HomeMy WebLinkAboutB04-0033 LEGALTOWN OF VAIL DEPARTMENT OF COMMLINIry DEVELOPMENT
75 S.FRONTAGEROAD
vArL, co 81657
970-479-2138
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TIMES
ADDiALT MF BUILD PERMIT Permit #: 804-0033
Job Address.: 352 E MEADOW DR VAIL Status.....: ISSUED
Location......: 352 EAST MEADOW DRIVE Applied...: 03/2512004
Parcel No....: 210108255001 Issued ...: 05/13/2004
Project No...: Expires...: 1l/09/2004
oliINER VMIJ IJLC 03/25/2004 Phone:
285 BRIDGE ST
VAIL
co 81657
License:
coNrRAcToR SHAW CONSTRUCTTON COMPATIY 03/25/2OO4 Phone: 970-242-9236
750 HORIZON DR
GRJNiID 'JI'NCTIOIT CO
81s05
Lricense: L08-A
ARCHTTECT ZEHREN & ASSOCTATES, rNC. 03/25/2004 Phonez 970-949-0257
P.O. BOX 1976
AVON, CO
81620
License: C00000162 6
APPr-,rCANr SHAW CONSTRUCTTOII COMPATTY 03 /25/2004 Phone : 970-242-9236
760 HORIZON DR
GRAND iTI]NCTION CO
81505
Li.cense:108-A
Desciption:
FINAL REMODEL OF MIXED USE LODGE & SPA
Occupancy: Rl,R2,A3
Type Construction: IIA
Type Occupancy: ??
Valuation: 5,005,000.00
Fireolace Information: Restricted: Y # ofcas Appliances: 0
Add Sq Ft: 0
# ofGas Logs: 0 # of Wood Pellet 0
*a**'1,| | * a:t 'l*,|** *'r 'r*:r,r FEE SUMMARY :**r*'+r:l*r*'t'r***r*t****:t't*t*'tttll'*:tr*'ir
Building--> S2o ,22'l . oo Restusrant Plan Review->So. oo Total Calculated Fees-> $33 , 37? .55
plan Check-> 913,14?. SS DRB Fee-_-> $0. OO Additiond Fees----> 90. O0
Investigation-> SO. OO Recreation Fee-> $0. O0 Total Permit Fee--> S33 , 3?7 .55
Wilt Call-> S3 . O0 Clean-up Deprosil--> $0. oo Payments---_---2 S33,377.55
TOTAL FEES----> 933 , 3?? . s5 BAIANCE DUE-----> 90. 00
t*a* l* +t +ar **,*,r a*
Approvals:Ifem: 05100 BUILDING DEPARTIUENI
o5/t3/2oo4 cdavis Action: AP PER REVIEW BY
HOUGLAI{D & ASSOCTATES
Ttem: 05400 PIJANNING DEPARTMENI
04/30/2004 George Action: Ap
ITEM: 05600 FIRE DEPARTMENT
o4/27/2OO4 mcgee Action: Ap
Item: 05500 PITBLIC WORKS
04/o2/2OO4 L8
additional information.
j4/3O/2OO4 Ls Action: DN
Bilty a supervisor for Shaw on the VaiI
he is to bring me a new revise sEaging
control plal and a bond for staging on
2004.
O5/O3/2OO4 Ls Action: Ap
Control and Staging Plan subnitted arld
Action: DN Awaiting for
T trave meet with
Mountain Lodge,
plan, traffic
Monday May 3,
Bond, Traf f j.c
approved.
il *l +l{ lt+r* +t+l+ l l+ lltt*t*itiir *t* r
See page 2 of this Document for any conditions that may apply to this permit.
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in full the information required, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the information as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinances and state laws, and to build this shucture according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, design review
approved, Uniform Building Code and other ordinances of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOI]R HOURS IN ADYANCE
/--''"/
N 479-2t49 OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM - 4 PM.
SIGNATURE OF O OR CONTRACTORFOR HIMSELF AND OWNET
PAGE 2
***.*t*****'**!t** * *****|****'i,1.,|!:t****:t'*t******,t 't*,*{.********* ********:**1i,}!t****:f **x.:*** *'i,i****'**:i**** *** ** * ** *
CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL
Permit #: 804-0033 as of 05-13-2004 Status: ISSUED
,i**'**:t,t+'**:f******{i'}***.|*+'t*:f,|tl'!i*'|{.!t{.,}:***.f********'},l*,}:|*'}**t:t,*****!***'t*:t*:***!t***+**********
Permit Type: ADD/ALT MF BUILD PERMIT Applied: 03/2512004
Applicant: SHAW CONSTRUCTION COMPANY Issued: 05/13/2004
970-242-9236 To Expire: 11109/2004
Job Address: 352 E MEADOW DR VAIL
l,ocation: 352 EAST MEADOW DRIVE
ParcelNo: 210108255001
Description:
FINAL REMODEL OF MIXED USE LODGE & SPA
Conditions:
Cond: l2
(BLDG.): FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE
COMPLIANCE.' Cond:14
(BLDG.): ALL PENETRATIONS IN WALLS,CEILINGS,AND FLOORS TO
BE SEALED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE MATERIAL.
Cond: l6
(BLDG.): SMOKE DETECTORS ARE REQUIRED IN ALL BEDROOMS AND
EVERY STORY AS PER SEC.3IO.9.I OF THE 1997 UBC.
Cond: I
(FIRE): FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVAL IS REQUIRED BEFORE ANY
WORK CAN BE STARTED.
Cond: CON0006347
Public Way permit is require for staging with ROW.
No Staging or use of Vail Valley Drive for deliveries or
dropoffs. Trafiic not allow to be delayed.
Use of Sidewalk also not allowed during construction.
Cond: CON0006402
Compliance with Planing andEnvironmental Conditions of
Approval (ie, ehu deed restrictions, offsite improvements)
shall be required prior to the issuance ofa TCO from
Planning Department.
NNNW
75 S, Frontaqe Rd.
Vall. Colorado- 8165i
APPLICANON WILL NOT BE ACCEPTET' IF INGOTPLETE OR
Proiect#:
Building Permit #:
970,479.2149
CONTRACTOR II{FORTATION
General Conlractor:
Srt+t Ccosrloond
Toum of Vail Reg. ltlo.:
lo 8-A
Contact and Phone #'s:
/c,ra gntP,*e lot't?2b
Email address: kcilo e SAa.rh o r.cc+Pnu //n c. igY- l11B
W ,/r1/"2Contractor Signature:
VALUATIONS FOR BUILIIING PERUIT & taterials
BUfLDING: S 3, BQo, O.2O ELECTRTCAL: $ /(&. Oo o orHER: s X ZOSTC6O
PLUMBING: $ 3@. OEO MECIfANfCAL:$ Z1O, oao rorAL:t &;Ao
d.iaOLt nao /tn uf t4vu, aannt ,g -S
For Parcel * Contact Assessors Officc at 97G328-8610 or visit .@m
Parcel #2/o1-os.ffi,r\
JobName: lr/4,. t/"".'r4t,) Lnoo, - f JobAddress: 3sz E"t, H"*--, Darc
Legal Descriptlon I Lot: I Block: I Flllng:Subdlvlslon:
tucfiitecuDesign",, 2 aLq u,. /lt s o<.
Ad&e*i/8 t. 6t,t*- a.c*z Dt uL &1 Phontt 1{g-ozt?
Engin@t" f/ c. P*, I A) tuteo.Address: F (ruvc*.rant lo., zL-J Prtplne:9fr- ?7b g
Detailed des€riotitn of work:-.-htNtlu Etneo€t-
,,a'. N*ta - Use L"o"t '. S,na
I t \,/
Work Ctass: New( ) Addition X) nemodel ({ R.ryjt ( ) eto( ) oh", ( )
WorkType: Interbr( ) E:rlerior( ) Bo0rp{ooes an EHU exist at this localion: vesX t'to ( )
Typeof Blcg.: Singb-fatnily( l@
No. of Existing Owelling Units in this building: 7 No. of Accommodation Units in this building: / g
No/Tvpe of Fireolacas Existhsr Gas Applbnces ( ) Gas LoSs ( ) Wood/Pellet ( l Wood Buming (3) (& 4et'Co /4t
No/Tvpe of Firephc€s propo6ed: gas Apptiarms ffi 6." t-ogs (e) Wood/Pe{et ( } Wood guming (NOT 4LLOWED)
Does a Fire Alarm Exist Yes (y') No ( )Ooes a fire Sprinkler System Exist Yes (Lf No ( )
r.ir.!Et.H,E!r'*{arHrhjr**t.*61ffiFoR OFFICE USE ONLY.**i..i*|"ffit'ffir*r.rh
Siif&"
)
DRB
F:\Users\cdev\FORMSIPERMITS|BLDGPERM.DOC oao:l,z(xx
Department of Gornmunity Development
Project Name: l/rrt /--'u*u Lo.t - f
Project Mdress:
I This Checklist mud be ompleted before a Buildlng turmlt appliation is
acceoted.
/ Nt pa€lesot applicdion is comdete
/ t* Wapprwat obtained (if reguir€d) Ffov*le a copy of +prod form
r/ Oondominium Asseidioo letter of apFond attadred if prq€d is a Mdti-Family compls( - t), ne &<.+t le&t
{ Cornptete Ste plan sibmitted
/. auat;"wn1ftfmit eplication induded if applicaue (ref€r to Rrblic worts ch€ddisr)
$aging plan induded (refer to Riblic Works dpddisl) l{o dumpster-parllno or materlal storaoe
allowed on roadwavs and shoulders wlthout urltton aporovat
o{ nsUestos test and tesilts $brnitted if dernolitbn is ocarning - l) , tzt €., e ,' ". /wt ese/ Rrchited *amp and signature (Al Conrnercirt ard Muti fariity)
/ nn tW plans incftrding hlldir€ sectaons and d6ration{5 sts of ptils for ltfulti-Famity and
Oommercial &rildings)
er' Wndor, and dmr scfi€dule
c/ Frll structurat ptans, induding de*rn criteft (i-e-16)
/ sructural &€ineer gamp ard ggndure on srrudurd dans (Al ornrn€.cid dd rilta tunily)
r/ Sift *pct must be srbmatt€d praor lo foottq fuEpectaon - tJtra O*,6r.n f '** t
e/ Fire resigive.tssernuies spedfied and pen€trdions iiltacded
y' -gndre daeacs dlorn m plans - P&a, Dtstr .> -8oro S,ro.^-, n^-r.n-.-
t/ Type and quantity of tireplrc sfroln
Appllcant's Signature:
Date of submittal: 3/zv/ov
F:\UserslcdevlFORMS:IPERM(TSIaIOGPERM,OOC
Received By:
@n8/?'JoA
BUI LDI NG PERMI T I SSUANCE TI ME FRAIIE
lf this permit requires a Twm of Vail Fre Departmqrt epprova, Egineer's (tublic Works)
revievrr ard apprwd, a Hanning @atment reviqr or l-bdth Department rwiil, and a
revaew by the &rilding Departrnent, the estimded time for a totd reviert will take as long
as three (3) weeks
Al ornnrercid (lage or vndl) and dl multi-tamily permits wi$ harc to fdlow the abore
mentioned maximum requirenrents. kidentid ard srndl prcieds $qid take a lesser
amount of time- tlowwer, if residentid or srnaller prqeds im@ the vaious abore
mentioned departments with regard to nece€sny review, these proieds rnry dso td<e
three (3) weeks to revieur and appnove,
Every attempt will be made by this @artment to e>(@ite this prmit as sl as
posdble.
l, the underdgned, understtrd the dan cfied< prooedure and time hane. I dso
underdand that if the permit is mt picked ry by the expiratim dde. thd I must stifi pay
the plan cfreck fee and thd if I fail to do so it mry affed future permits that | 4ly for.
Agreed to by:
//rr*g.9. ,-u.-
Sgnature
)4r,- r4o,'.r+a /-tno -P,*ne -EFtoied l{ame:
Date:>4" ls
F:lt so,sld€dFmlt$P€R |TSALOGPCRIa.IXIC etlmt?o,x
T0r]tIw
WHEN A..PUBLIC WAY PERUIT' IS REQI'IRED
PISASE READ AM) CIECK OFF EACTI OF T}E FOI.I-CI'I'IT{G o|.ESTIO}6 RreARDITG TI.E IGED Fffi A
?TJBLICWAYPERMIT.:
o ls thb a new residence?YE T{O
Does demotitkrn ryork b€ing performed JBquire the use of the Right'of-Way, eas€tnents or
pubfic property? \6 Y- i.lO-
YES -/tlO (E- T o. tt. ")^--)
z .furturSiignahrrc.
JoborPqiect Narre: t'At t{uo>a-, hqe 'P,*c A
ls any utility rvort needed? YGS- \QJZ-
Are 0rere arry improvements being dorE to tle ddveuay ?
ls a different c needed to the dte other thil the exhlirg ddY€ffiy?vs/ts
ts any drainage work bgDS done that affects the Rght-of-Way, eaenrents, or puuic property?
YES- IQ--/-
lsa"Reryod|eRigfttof-WayFermit'reqdted? YEq NO
ls the Rigbtd-Way, eesnents or priblb property to be used br staging, parking or Encing?
\B/ NO
ff r"t-* i. lp is"r"** stagkg orfendngptan re$ftdbytub$cWorks?.IES NO
tf you ansvered YE b any of these qu€cilbns, a ?r$lc Way Fermit' murst be obtained-
"Public way Fermit' applicatfttos may be obtslned at the R.Olh Wdkb offce or at Community
Dg/etoprnent (a sanple b attach€d). lf lou harre ary quesiions dease call Leona(t Satdovd h Rrbftc
Worksat4Tg-2198. y'C. t/+,/.t.
O-
I HAVE READ AI.ID ANSVI/ERED AI- T}E AFVC CI6I|OTS.
3*+t C*sto-''.,'-,..,
Date S[ned:3/at/ot
F:Ws€.slc&vtFOR S|PERi||T$aLOGPERI.OOC
F:/crrsryon€tb.flEib5pdm4
Corpany Narne
@M;m
NWfiWN
PUBLIC WORKS AND THE PUBLTG WAY PERilIT PROCESS
How it rclates to Buildlng Permits:
vl nX wt the attrctred cfi€ck list with the &rildng Fernit Applbation.
lf ycs rns ans*ercd to any of the questbns then a ?ublic Wayf permit b requlred. You
can pid< up an application at either Conrmunity Derrelopnent, let€d at 75 South Fpntagp
Road or PuHic Works. located at 1il)9 Ekhom Drirre.
S)4 ftfie sQnofts for utility ornpanies. A|.I- utlitbs must fieU verifo (locate) respectivet l' ' utilities prior to signing application. Sorne utility ompanies require up to 46 trours notice to
schedule a locate.
tr' A constructim traffic co.ttrcUst4ing plan musl be prepared on a separate street of paper.
Arl appmred site phn may abo be used. Thb plan will show locatiors of all traffic conlrol
devices (s!ns, cone, etc.) and the wort zore, (area of onstruction, st4ing, etc-). Thb
plan will expire on l{orember lst ard wifl need to be resrbmitted for consilelation for
approrral through the winter. Be aware that yorr resrbmisrbn for winter rnay be denied
depending on the localion of onstnrction.
;/ Sketch of work being perforned must be subrnitted indbating dimenr*rrp (lengsr, wid0t
and depth of trvotk). This rnay be drawn on the traffic contnol plan or a sate plan for the job.
O/StOmit completed application to fre R.6laclrtb.k's office for revietrr. lf retpired. locaEs will
be scfpduled for the Town of Vail electricians and inigation qew. The locates take plae in
the moming. but nny require up to 48 hours to perform.
E/ The Rtblic Work's Gonstnrction lnspector will raview the applicalion and approve or deny
the permit- You will be ontacied as to the status ard any requiremenG that may be
needed. MGt permits are releed within 48 lpurs of beirg rcceived, but please ailow up
to one (1) week to process.
;7,zAs mon as the permit is approved, the BuiHing Department will be notified, atbwing the' "Building Pemft. b be released. Please do not conftrse the ?ublb l/Vay Fermit' with a
'Building Permit'.
gr' NO'IE: The above process is for work in a public way ONLY. Public Way' Permits are valid only until November 15th. A new Public Way Permit is required
each year if work is not complete. Re-appllcauon each November l5th does not
mean an automatic renewal.
t,/tt /ot
erstand the above.
Date Signed
anGJnw
?p/VtlW
DRAI NAGE AND CULVERT I NSPECTI OTTIS ARE RBAUI RED BY PUBLI C WORKS!
Please read and cbeck off each of the iterns below:
The Torrn of Vn'l Brilding Department has devdoped the following ploedures to ensgre that new
@nstruclion sites have adequately established proper drainage frorn buitding sites along ad
adjacent to Torn of Vail roads or strcets.
The Town of Vdl Rrblic Works Department will be required to insped ard approve drainage
adjacent to Torn of Vdl roads or streels and the installation of ternporary or perrntrEnt culverts at
access points from the road or $reet onto the construdion dte. S.tdr appro\ral must be obtained
prior to any requeds for inspeclion by the Town of Vail &rilding Department for footings,
temPorary eledrical or any other inspedion. Here call leonard Srdoval at 479-2198 to reque$
an inspedion frorn the Rrblic works Department. Alov a minimum of 24 hour notice.
e Aso, the Tourn of Vail fublic Works Department will be ryroving dl final drzl'n4e and cutvert
instdlation with restlting road patcfiing irs necess:rll Srcfi 4provd must be obtained prior to any
Fnal Oertificate of Omrpancy issrance.
Agreed tonv, ,4rrz ArQea4rrn
Rc1'ed ltlame:
Date $gned:t/t lt
Print hlarne
hr- ,{**u /e*c --E
F:\Us€6\oderiFORMStPERMlTStsU)GpERfr.OOC @,JBt?fit4
MATERIAL STORAGE AND CONSTRUCTION PARKING
Please read and check off e*h of the items balow.
(@bs of corplete text are avdbue upon leqrest)
CODE 5-2-10: DEPTOISITS ON PUBLTC WAYS PROtilBtTED
0 Ur{aurful deposits: Suq*}ct to srbseciion C frercof. il b unlawful br arry person to litter, track or
depciit or c:use to be 6ttet€d, tedGd or depGitedr sand, gravel, rocks, mud, dirt, snow, ie, or any
other debris or material updr any street. sidaf,a|k. dby or publb plm. or any portbn thereof.
e Notice; Abatement: The Dtuector of Rrtrlb Wo*s may noflfy ard requare any person wtro vidates or
canses another to violato the provision of subseciinn A her€of, or who has in tfie Dirccior,s erndoyment
a petson who vitates (r caasr ao0|er to vitate the sa|fE. @ rerwe such sand. gravel. rccks, mud,
dirt' srnw. ioe or any ofrler debrb or lnaterial withh twenty b.tr (24, hours after re€ipt of said notice
by the Oirecbr of Publb Works. tn the errent the person so notified &es not comply with the rrctice
within the period of frne herein +erineO, the tXrecior of R.rbfrc Wod<s, or other authorized agent, may
ciuse any $dl satd, gravd, rodcs. tnd, dirt, sarow. ice. debris or any other material to be reflEved
from any street or alby at the elpense of ttre notifred.
s Summons and Penalty: As an altemative to the notce for renronal prwided in sr.bceclbn B Sove,
any person n'ho violates or causes anoher lo violate the sanE. rnay be issrred a sumrrrns to appear
before lhe rtunidpal Court of the Town &r saU vbHions. ard rryon being found gullty of a veotbtion
heresnder be nmisted as provitd h Secibn 14-l of thts ode.
e Notace and Penalty: lt is udawful br any person to fail or refuse to conply with the notice of the
Oirector of Pubfic Worlrs as Fovided h su06ecfioo B hereof, and any crdt pecson shall, in addition to
payment of the expetrse of renrona{ hcurred by the Dircctor of PuUb WbrlG" as proviled in subs€ctbn B
hereol upon being found guilty of a vir|atin hereunder. be p.nishsle 6 provided in Secfion 14-1 d
th's Code. (1997 Code: Odinance 6 (1979)-
CODES 7.34-1 AND 7-3A.3: PARKII{G OB{'TRUGTIXG TRAFFTC & IXPiOUNDIE!|TAUTHORIZED
e No person shall paft any v€h&Je upon a street or at any other flam within this Muniipdity in s^rcfi a
rnanner or under g.dt q|ddbm e to hterbre with the free morerent of wfrkufar hffic or poper
sfeet or hbhway maintenance- (ord. 2(1968) S f )
e ly'Vhenever arry police officer flrds a yef*le auendd (x unattended, sianding upon any podbn of a
sbeet or upon any pbce within thb lftrfdpafty in such a nanner as to corrtitute a viilation of any
sectlrn of this Artide, or l€fr unatterded for a period of tuuenty bnr (24) lrours or npre ard pr€surEd to
be abandoned under th€ condims presoteO by Aobrado Rarised Statites sdim 42-4-1102, e
amended. ttp officer shalt reqtire the whirJe to be rsnoved or cause it to be rernored and daed in
stoEge in the nearest gar4e or other place of safety deqtmbd or maintaaned by this Munkipatity, and
the charges for towirqg and storage of $Jdr vddde shafl be dlalged to the owner of the ve*rile h
addition to a ten dollar ($1O) irpot n&nent charye. (Ord. 2(1968) g 3: Od. 28(1981) S t)
I have read and will comply with flre above code provisions:
PositionorRelationshiproProjecr: f** r4*'.rr- - Srffll5
Eh$6Sg!.dFoRMslpERMtrslBLocpERM.ooc
F/svcryqrdainus/b*s:rn7
sa^l <- tr^r'-r
TDTlBEiJfl/.
5H[Lll
Commence building and site demolitiorVexcavation
Phase V Construction Duration
Exterior Construction substantially complete
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE - PhA!€ \/
Remodel Project Construction Plan
SCHEDTJLE
The construction schedule of the Vail Mountain Lodge shall generally be as follows:
March 24,2004
April 5, 2004
April 26 - December 21,2004
Seotember 2004
TRUCKACCESS & TRAFFIC CONTROL
. Shaw Construction Traffic Conffol supervisors will be Paul Hooyer and Foreman TBD. (On-
site phone number TBD)
. Delivery drivers shall contact the Shaw Superintendent a minimum of two (2) business days
prior to a delivery to coordinate the delivery and unloading'
. All delivery trucks shall enter the site from Vail Valley Drive. When ready to exit, all drivers
shall contact the Shaw Superintendent to arrange radio-controlled traffic exit with the
assistance of the Shaw Traffic Controller. No delivery trucks shall leave the site without
clearance for the Shaw Traffic Controller. All delivery trucks shall exit the site to the east
back to Vail Valley Drive.
. Qualified traffic control personnel shall be employed by the Contractor. All traffic control
personnel shall be equipped with a radio and appropriate flagging/signage equipment. The
traffic control personnel will coordinate the entering and exiting of delivery tnrcks with buses
and pedestrian traffic. Public busses shall take priority over all construction traffic. All
traffic control shall conform to the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
. During construction related deliveries and work activities which occur on public roads or
walkways, a traffic control person shall be stationed at the exit gate and one traffic control
person shall be stationed at the corner of Vail Valley Drive & East Meadow Drive. All
traffic control personnel shall be equipped with a radio and the appropriate signs. The traffic
control personnel shall signal when trucks are to exit the site only after making visual
clearance for oncoming busses and stopping pedestrian traffic in all directions.
. The Contractor shall designate a "Contract Enforcement Officer" to enforce the provisions of
this plan.
r Contractor to work with Public Works on coordinating deliveries on West Side with
construction of neighboring construction sites (on Mill Creek and Gore Creek Circle)
CONSTRUCTION FENCE
r Fence construction will be by Shaw Construction (On-site Contacts: Paul Hooyer).
r Fence will be an 8'-0" Chain Link Fence with "TOV Green" mesh and/or Plywood painted
"TOV Green".
CRANE USE
. Proposed on site crane duration will be during the weeks of April through Mid-May on SE
and NE Corner and from Mid May through September on the NW Corner. We will work
with TOV Public Works on moving crane off of TOV streets and in to site areas during
sensitive, holiday, and weekend time periods.. Crane set-up locations (3) are shown on Construction Staging Plan. Both locations will not
be used simultaneously.
PARTilNG
r Construction worker parking shall be in the Vail Transportation Center. Contractor
recognizes that this is a paid-parking facility in the winter months.
. There shall be no parking on Town of Vail sfreets.
PEDESTRIAN SAFETY AND TRAFFIC DIRECTION
r The Contractor shall install warning signs informing the public of the construction activity.
The signs shall be installed in the locations identified on the approved construction staging
plan.
r The Contractor shall install a consffuction fence as indicated on the approved construction
staging plan (see "Construction Fence" above).
TREE PROTECTION & EROSION CONTROL
. Silt Fences and/or Straw Bale Dikes will be installed for erosion control on the outside of the
perimeter fence along the south side. These barriers will be constructed as detailed in
Construction Staging Plan
WORI(HOURS
. Work hours will comply with the TAIL 2004 Yail Village Construction Hours Handout and
as summarized below:
. Access for workers to the site will be after 7:00 am Monday through Saturday. (Shaw
Office workers may access site at 6:00 am.) Work will be shut down by 7:00 pm (4:00
pm on Fridays, Saturdays, and Sundays, when permitted)'
' Equipment start-ups will be after 7:00am and must be shut down by 6:00pm Monday
through Saturday, and 8:00am to 5:00pm during the ski season, except as follows:
No construction work will be performed during specially designated holidays and events,
to be determined.
r Interior work (non-obtrusive) can occur at any time.
r Construction activity required for Sundays, Holidays or for extended work hours shall be
reviewed three working days in advance and approved by the Town of Vail. When required,
construction hours on Sundays will be limited to the hours of 9:00am to 5:00pm.
ROAD CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE
r The Contractor shall keep Vail Valley Drive, East Meadow Drive and areas adjacent to the
outside of the construction fence clean from construction debris, mud or other undesirable
materials resulting from the Vail Mountain Lodge construction activities at all times.
. Anti-tracking material (gravel) will be laid at the entrances/exits from the construction site
for approximately 30ft. in length.
SNOW REMOVAL
I The Contractor shall remove snow from within the site and disposed of in an appropriate
manner off site, as needed.
DUST AND NOISE CONTROL
. The Contractor shall limit unusually noisy construction activities to the hours of 7:30am to
6:00pm Monday - Saturday, with the additional restriction of 8:00am to 5:00pm each during
the ski season. Unusually noisy construction activities include, but are not limited to:
. Jackhammers
. Diesel-powered equipment including excavation equipment, mobile welders, generators,
cftrne, concrete pump trucks
! Masonry saws outside of the building
. The Contractor shall advise all trade workers of the need to use tools and machines with
manufacturer-approved sound attenuating devices.
. The Contractor shall control the dust emanating from the construction site during demolition
and earth-working activities with water.
r The Town of Vail Noise Ordinance shall be waived for this property during the approved
days & times of construction and as outlined in the Vail 2004 Construction Hours Handout.
FIRE IIYDRANT ACCESS/SAFETY
r The fire hydrant at the SE entrance to the TOV parking structure shall remain free and
accessible to the Fire Department at all times.
r All construction activities will be performed in accordance with OSHA.
. The Contractor will post the emergency response phone numbers on the site.
. Fire suppression equipment and first aid equipment will be on site in the site construction
office and on site in appropriate areas.
TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN COMPLIANCE
l. Shaw Construction will mail a copy of this plan to all material vendors with purchase orders
and confirm that delivery truck drivers acknowledge the rules and the potential fines
outlined.
2. Shaw Constmction will make these rules a part of each subcontact, will review them with
the subcontactor prior to their fust activity on site, will reference them in the weekly
Subconfactor Meeting Notes as a condition of employment on the Vail Mormtain Iodge
project.
ENFORCEMENT
. The Contractor shall designate a "Contract Enforceme,nt Officet''to enforce the provisions of
this plan.
. It is understood that all terms and conditions contained herein shall be subject to enforcement
by the Town Manager. In the event any condition or violation of the terms herein is not
remedied in five (5) days ofnotification, the project is subject to a stop work order until such
time as rernedied.
Inspecfron Reque.tt R
R€quested Inspect OrE:
lnsp€cuon Area:
SIE Address:
Typs: A-MF
Occuponcy:
Frldty, August 12, 2005
352 E IUEAOOW DR VAIL
352 EAST MEADOWORIVE
A/P/D lnformadon
Aclivlty:
Const Type:
OrYn€r:
Apdlcsnt
Contactor:
Archltscl:
D.scrlpllon:
Cominent:
Sub Ty"o: AMF SEfuS: ISSUEDl3e: llA Insp fue.: CD
Phone: 970'242-9236
Phone: 97G242-9236
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES. ltlc. Phon€: 970'949C257
FltlAL REiTODEL OF MIXED USE LOOGE & SPA
ROUTED TO Cf{ARLIE DAVIS. GEORGE RUTHER, FIRE DEPARTMENT AND PUBLIC I,,\rcRKS .
GRUfiER
. LCAMPBELL
Eond and EHU lntofmrtlon r€walv.d and rotrted io G€org€ Ruli€t
. CDAVIS
REVISIONS TO UMT'Tf, SUBMTTTED AND ROUTED TO CI-I,ARLIE DAVIS, GEORGE RUTHER, FIRE AND
PUBL]C VIICRKS. IADDED VALUATIO$I OF S3sO.MO.OOI . JSUTHER
hl€w r€vblon for Strannon Res. requlrcd. ftom KH lfttebb fuchnecb. See comm€ts uti&r appro€l (Pt/V) -
CDAVIS
RIGHT OF WAY REVISIONS SUBMITTED AND ROUTED TO PUBTle I'\ORKS . JSUIHER
REVISED DRAWI.IGS SUBMITTED AND ROUIED TO GEORGE RUTHER ANO CFIARUE DAVIS -
JSUTHER
Corscltorrs r€porl s€nt to fuch. K.H.tltdebb on 3/14(}5 Responsa h l€qulred
Chadb D6vts
A rep. ftom K.H.l,lrBbb t|as bk€n ileld plam from ofilc€ on 31710 at l PM
REVISIONS RECIEVED AND APPROVEO Y21lO5 CD. CDAVIS
Revocabl€ ROW D€rmtt submlt[.rl to tha PW Dooafin€nt fo] Shannon R€s. Unn M - ISAhDOVAL
drawlnos subtnlErid br resDonse to commenb.odad to Charllo Davb - JSUT}IER
C,aw Shannon check t 4'164 ln the anrount ot $3952.68 to Paul wtlh shtw consbuclbn on 321{5. n was
the wong anowtt Paul gove us a n€w ch€ck llom Vall Mtn Lodge & Sp. In ths cor€ct amunl. - DGOTD€N
Requastor: SFtAWCON.{nTtlt,FBOttco,rFe}|\ Phone: $44035
g)4-m33
VML LLC
SFIAW COI.f SIRUCIION COMPANY
SH,AW COhtSTRtrcnON COiTPANY
Comment Addltlonal Intomatlon ts n€€ded .€oardlno staolno plan. To b€ revbwsd on Aprll 6, 2004 @ PVI/. - COAVIS
COMMENT: PTANS ROUIED TO HOI'GLANDAND trSS&.TbR PI-AN REVIEWSS% CF PI-AN CHECK FEE v\,lLL BE
CHARGED FOR REVIEW
. CDAVISib mor€ lnso€ctlons undl retdslons are submliled lnd apqoved. - cDAvlS
REVISED DRAWT.IGS RECIEVED 421/(X ROUTED TO'CFI,ARLIE AISO
'OUIEd
tO G€OTgE d25l04
ADdovBd bv Ptrnnlm 7/7/04 Shnalure on revls.d omcs plsns - CDAVIS
Sblond Round ol re*$ons lor drascd oocuDancv cppfovd bv Bulldhs.
PI<ASTIO PIAN SUBTilTTEO AND ROI'TEb Td CF(ARLIE DAVIS. GEORGE RUTHER, FIRE ANO PUBLIC
r/rpRKs - cDAvlS
Coo mnt: Pbrrniro Commeffi on TCO Plt sin Pbn
1 . EHI-frs must bc codrphfod prbr b-fCO of entre buildirg ilour ono{edroofi|s one twDb.dtoom = Cx
smpby.€s)
2. Parklm m€(b b be Droylded I Erldno structu]e is to be tFed fol siaqlm
3. A n€wh ls r€qulrbd lor ALL ln com-plete worx (h bndsc.phg. gsdgs- door, etc.l ln lh€ amoml ot
15096
Comment
Comment:
Commonl:
Comment:
Comrnent
Commont:
Comm€nt:
Comrn€nl:
Comtn€ril:
Comm€nt:
Commont
Commont:
% -TZo/a^r*,Nk e em!LITo,,J#,.gx.- /tmasrdt-
Assloned To:- Action:
Cor nant
Coffimril:
cDAVtS Entersd By: DGOLDEN K
OFF Nlo GUARDRAILS.
COMMENT ET/FLOYEE HOI,,SIT.IG I.JNITS 3t)7,3{X},31 .l TFG EGRESS VI'NDOI,I'S DO NOT MEET 5.7 SO FT AREA,
AND THE SILL HEIGHT IS OI/ER 44' MAX.
Comment THE !3IBC SEC 1M52 EXECPTON ALLoI/I,S 5 SO FT FOR GRADE FLOOR OPENINGS.
Comrnent UNITS FINALS 4{F.4o7.&9.413.417
REpr131
'.' \
Run Id: 3516
Contlnued:
Comm€nt:
Corrunent
Comm€nt:
Comm€nt:
Comm€nt
Cornm€nt
APPR.
UNIT4O4 t'|oTIITSPECTED. UNITS 411 REOS GRAB BARS FOR ADA.
LNIT 4O4 GUARDRAIL I.IO D€CK LESS THAN 42'.tP GUARD'RAIL AT EAST ROitEO E JULIETTE B LCONY
GUARDRAIL FROM 01.1 3O5 APPROVED
Unns 503.505.507.509
uNtTs 701,702.
CORRIOOR FROi' CLUB DESK RAMP TO UNIT M, AT flrcT V\'lf,RK HEAD HEIGHT IS APPROVED
TO BE 8(r PER 03 rBC SEC 1010.5.?
PROVIO€ 2 LAYERS OF 5/r X GYP ATCEILIiIG FOR EXlSTltfG CORRIDOR.
COMM€NI I,I'OMENS NEW TOCKER ROOT' AP9ROVED.
- C^^AeTz' EUcfWcftL CowEcn'^HS€ trh:,.ru Oa EYkAPre fleWf €orL /U(eb
9qszavt' APPPIuEO+ [ZfAoqrc'N To &m6osT8cL (ufl!a4a4, +fPWez;,ffi^tq@ nLL
lnsoecton HistorY
*Approwcl -
Atlbn: Pl PARTIAT INSPECTIONofl1l]lsDector: GCD
PERMIETER FO(PERMIETER FooTII.IG AND THICKENED FTG AND 1 PAD PER REVISED PIAN DATED O4.G}-Comment:(X AS I.IOTED ON PI-AI.IS zuILD APPROVED SET.06/1t(X Inspoctor: GCO Actlon: CR CORRECTION REOUIRED
Comment I PILASTER FTG FULL OF WATER.o8/(Xi04 ln3p€ctof: GCD Acdon: PA PARIAL APPRoVAL
ComnEnt 1 PADFOR PILASIER.
08'20/04 Insg€clor: GCD Acton: Pl PARIAL INSP€CTION
ComlrEnt CIP STAIR 263 RISERUN ROTJGH APPROVED.
Insp€clor: cdavls Actlrn: AP APPROVED
loHnosl€lb for sDs locatad on south slde ot bulldano
lnsp€-ctor: cda'vis Ac*rn: AP APFROVED
Sbb lnsDcction for sm on soslh lid€ of bulldlno
TNSOOCT,OT: GCD ACTJON' PIPARTIAL INSPECTION
SLAB FOR SPA DECK.lmp.cior: GCD
I{C'T TUB CAP SLAB.
Actbn: PA PARTIAL APPROVAL
lmpeclor: @D Acton: l.|(' tlOTlFlED
UMT M SHANT{ON RESIDEIIGE }lO FURTHER lNSPEcllO}l UNTIL PLAN REVIEW
CORRECTIONS ARE RECE]VED ANO APPROVED.
03V17/oS InsD€clor: C'cD Acilon: Pf PARnALNSPECTION
Comm€nt: 2 FILASTERS FOR RESTARAUNT ADOITION PER CHANGE FROI, tvlOllRO€/NEVtGLL
DATEDO}O&05,
03/22105 lmp€ctor: cCD Ac$on: AP APPROVED
Comm€nt: UNIT M Sl.|.ANhloN RESIDENCE FOOTIhGS.BlDc-Foundatlorvst€€l -ADproved"06'2404 Insp€ctor: Art Actlon: AP APPROVED
Comment APPROVED SLAB AT NORTHEAST CORNER OF BUILDING07/13M Insp€clor: e'CD Actlon: Pl PARTIALINSPECTION
Comm€nt: FOUNDANON WATLS & PILAS1ERS PER REVISED PIINS.(E/23'04 lnsgaclor: GCD Action: Pl PARIAL INSPECTION
Comm€nt PAD AID PILASTER S SIDE.
11lfi2lo4- lnsp€clor: @D Acfon: CR CORRECTION REOURED
Comm€nt STEEL t\|oT PER DETAIL 3 S3.1.
| 1O3/(X tnsp€ctor: GCO Acflon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comm6nI: P@L FOUNDATIONWALLS SOUTH SID€.
111'i.1!M lnspeclor: GCD
Comm€nt: FOT ru8 WALLS
Acdon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
03'18rOS fnsp€clor: C+CD Action: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comment GRADE EEAMS PER REVTSION OATED 03{&05 FROM MONROETNEIJIELL EI\IG.
RRE226
to
lbm:
item:
10t27tU
Comment
t1lo5/o4
Comment
11!2404
Commant:
12io{ji0d
Comn|3nt:
031e06
Comm.nt:
It€m: 20
REPT131 Run fd: 3516
Requested Inspect Orte:- Insp€c'Uon Area:
Site Addre3s:
l/D€: FPLMB
Occ upoit'cy:
Tuesday, August 09, 2005
352 E MEADOW OR VAIL
SHANNON, \'T{L.UNIT M
Strtus:
lnsp fuor:
290 PLIfB#lnal
subQg: AMF
Requested Time: 00:30 All' Phone: 331.45OG
Enl€rsd By: DGOLD€N K
APAPPROVED
I8AND.
APAPFROVED
COI',ICEPTMEC
will call 331-4506JliolDRAGOtt
<-< &oA 6*s Sd^rT oFF ro &r. e,+:
uu6' /,ure k Qtaea@ tuEcrf, frt-ttTt--
lnspecton Hktorv
Acllon:
TEST. REPLACECommsnl:
06/01/o5
Comment:
tbm: 250 PLlvBPooUHot Tublism: 260 PLl,BMbc.
ll€m: 29O PLilBRnsl
t nePorttng ---Fag9Z
_4'.17 pm Vail, CO-_Chr Ot ___j_
AFrD lnlormrdort
Acfvttv:
Consi Typ5:
Own6r:
Aoollcant:
Cohlractor:
Dascrlpoon:
Nolhe:
Commenl:
Request d lnsoecflon(sl
Item:
R€qu€stor:
Commsnts:
Assbn€d To:- Actlon:
P0$(x'23
VML LLC
CO|.ICEPTMECI-|ANICAL. lIrc Phone: 97$949t12fl)
CONCEPTMEeHAMCAL. INC Phone; 97G949O2q)
ROTJGH IN DVW AND WATER PIPING TC' RXTURES. SET FIXruRES, RUN GAS RPII.IG.
REVISED MECI-IANICAL AND PLUMBII.E PI-ANS ISSUED V\NTH TI,IE PERMIT SEE PIAT-IS DA1ED
APRO/ED rl14l05 FOR ALt INSPECIONS - CGUMON
REVISIOIIS SUBMITTED AND ROt'TED TO CHRIS GUMON . CGI,''iflON
ISSUED
CG
pLd'$O
lbm: 210
Item: 2Z)
Item: 230 Pli/BRough{rllater * Approv?d "
05t0,fr05 lrgpecto.: CiCD Actlon: APAPPROVED
Comrnont l0O p6l TEST.
ttem: 240 PLIFC'8S PlDano " ADorov.d -'
0t0405 lmbeaor: C€D " Aclbn: APAPPROVEO
comm€nt: 15psl TEST. IJO'IE IFCG sEC 403.4.3 COPPER VENT FOR REGUIATOR.60lr'06 lnio3clor: cCD Ac$on' APAPPROVED
comn r{: GAs PIPE FOR DEC|(S 15per TEST.
REPTl31 Run Id: 3502
equest Reporting Page224:21_pn_--'- Vall, CO- C|tr Of
Requested tnspect Date: Frlday, August 12, 2005- lnsoecton Area: CG
Slte Address: 352 E MEAOOW OR VAIL
SHANNON. VITIL-UNIT IU
A/P,D lntormadon
Acttutty:
Comt Type:
o!flnsr:
Applkant
Cohkaclor:
D€scrlpuon:
l.lotlca:
Commoril:
M(}s.fiX7 1ype: SMECH
occupah'cy:
VML LLC
COI.ICEPT MECMNICAL, INC.
rssrJ€oc6
Phone: 97G949@0O
CONCEPTMECI-IANICAL, lNC Phona: 97S949{v2@ - _
DEilIO. REMOVBE ilJCT'/IICRK. TNSTALL TI,I'O FAI.ICONL UNITS WTH DUCTING. RUN BC'TH DRYER
AND RANGE EXHAUST DUCTING, SNO$'ELT ONE DECK.
REVISED MECI.IAMCAL AND PI-UMBING PLANS TSSUED VI'TH THE PERMIT SEE PLANS DATED
APROVED 4I4lO5 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS - CGUNION
REVISIONS SUBMITTEO AND ROt'TED TO CHRIS GUNION . JSUTHER
Status:
Insp Area:
ICAL, INC
Requesbd Tlme: 09:30 Alf,' PhonE: 970'94(XB$ -or- 331-
,f5O9
Enlered By: DGOLDEN K
tnsoecton HtsordbA
- 3 r*,f oL
MaLT l+frs
lSocuru^-l Uvtz-of
BEEI fuOM
llem: AX) MECI-l-Rouoh * ADorov€d *
06'05/05" InsDector: GCD " Actlon: PA PART1AL APPROVAL
COMMONI: BATH EX}IAUST. DRYER OUCT. SUPPLY AT{D RETURN DUCT.. NEED TO II{SPECTTERMNANONS VII}IEN INSTALLEO.
O525/O5 InsD€CiOr: GCD ACIION: PA PARIIAL APPROVAI-
Commant SI{CWMELT FOR UPPER OECK AND EXTERIOR STAIRS l(Epsl TEST.(H15/05 lnrgocior: cicD Actbn: APAPPROVED
Commsnt REruRN FOR RESTARAUNT.
MECH-l-leatlng
PLM&Gas PiFlng
MECH-ExhaGt lioods
i/ECFlSuDglyAl.
MECf+Mria.-- Approved '*
InsDoclor: GCO' Action: APAPPROVED
R.Z2 REFRIGERAI.'T 3OQ9.I NIIROGEN PRESSU.RE_ TES]FRESSU-BE* TEST FOR AC Ll NE S
ll€m: 310
hem:315
ilem: 320
ftem: 33[}
ttem: 340 qt05,05
Comment
Itsm: 3S,O MECI-lFin l
07/01/o5
Comnrnt:
GCD Ac[on: PAPARTIALAPP
REP?131
APPROVED RNISH INSTALLIT.IG GRILL.
mn}
Run Id: 3516
4:16 pm Vall, CO- Cltr Oi
Reguested lnspec't 9aEr luesday, July 26, 2005- InspedflonArea: JS
Slb Addrss: 352 E TEADOW DR VAIL
VAIL IUOUNTA|N LODGE g SPA
ArPrD lntormrfron
Actfuhv: trG$O121 T\oa: SIECHConslTypi: occupairty:
Or*r€r: VML LLC
Agg|cant R& HMECMNICALLLC
Co-nbrclor: R & H MECI-{ANICAL LLC
S.lDtrs:
Inlp A!aa:
ISSUED
JS
*Tffistrffit/ ^**Q(k;F'
dffiH: i'#ffiBHie"ffid^' ;:fi,-'" 35
subTlH: AcoM
Phon€: (970) 32&26t9
Pftone: €70)?&2SXlOc$np{bn: SIDEWALK AnD R flP S}lq , MELT TUBI}.IG ADOITION
AsshnedTo: JMONDRAGOMTT) - <K Enbnd qfi LCAIIPBELL Kltctlon'. fFl/ Tinte Exp:
n
,U"r'N-t tat /
/:,v,y,
/
7a;4/-
lnspecton Hlsbrv
lbm: 2(tr
Item: 310
MECFGRouofiMECI-t-Flea[no * Aooroved -
OB?Oo5 firspedor: JRM " Acdon: APAPPRoI/ED
Commsnt StJo|ftt'tELT SIDEwALK 10O, AIR TESTcF,lz4lo' l]l3Decior JRM Actbn: APAPPRoVED
Comm€nt DRIVEWAY SiIoI,I/MELT FOR VML
PLM&C'€S PlDlno
MECI'l-Erharfu l{oo&
MECH-SuppfyAh
IIECI-l-MLc.
lrEcl'lFln lOTnKE |n3pectoc @O Acton: NRiIOTREADYFORINSPECnOiI
Commont: PRbVIDE WILL CALL NtntBER AND SOMEOI.IE AVAILABLE TO BE Otl SITE.
lbm: 315
liem: 320
Itom: 3dtlbm: 3{O
hem: 3€X)
REPT131 Run Id: 3443
Requested Inspect O.te:- Asilgned To:
Inlpec{On Type:
Insirccdon Arar:SlbArklre$:
Ilpe: A-liF
Occupciay
Fddav. Julv 01.2fi)5
JilCNbRAGOTiI
BLDG
CD
352 E T||EADOUI'DR VA|L
352 EAST T{EADo!IV DRTVE
Sub
A,P,D lnlormaion
Acthrilt,:
Conrt Typ5:ol br:
Applbant
Conha&r:
Archliec{:
D.$rboon:
Co{n|mnt
HX4m3
VML LLC
: AlrlF St tls: ISSUED: llA lrEpAFa: CD
sFlAw co,NsTRUcnoN coitPAtfY
sFtAw co$tsTRlJcTtot{ cotpANY
ZEHREN & ASSOCIATES, ll.lC.
FIML REUC'OEL OF ITXED t'SE LOOGE & SPA
ROt'TED TO C}TARLIE DAVIS, GEORGE RUT}€R, RRE OEPARTTffiNT A}ID Pt',BLlc Urc'RTS .
GRUTHER
. LCAT'PB€LL
Eond tnd EFlt lniofln Uon Errc.hrad and |oubd to G€otgs RuttF. CDAVIS
REVIS]OIMT TO UMT.T,I St,BI,ilTlED AND ROt'IED TO CI-IARL]E DAVIS, GEORGE RUTHER, FIRE AhD
PI'BLIC I/TPRKS. (ADDED VAIUATIOI.I OF 335O.(xx).OO . JSUIHER
t{ery revFlon tor Slraruron Ros. leqqhed,ltom KH Ulbbb Archlhcts. So. commels undel .p'pro\€l (PW) -
CDAVIS
RIGHT OF WAY REVISIONS St BIdTTED At\D ROtmD TO R.ELIC !/K,RKS - JSUTHER
REVISED DRAWII'IGS SUBTTITED AND ROUIED TC, GEORGE RUTHER AND CM'RLIE OAVIS .
Phonc: 97$242-92i16
Phone: 9D242-92i5
Phone: 97O94(XI257
Cornment
Commont
Commcril;
Comment AddUorul lfomdbn b modod no.rdho sLohd Dbn. To be revleryod on Aprll6,2flX O PryV. - CDAVIS
Commont: PL"ANSR4fiEDTOIIOUGLANDINDTS@.FORPtANREVIEWE{tSCFPtANCIECfiFEEWILLBE
C}IARGED FOR REVIEW
cDAV|S
ilo more Insoec0om untl rsytsbns lra submllbd and aItfo more InsD€c0orls untl rsytsbrr lro submlted and aDgrowd. - CDAVIS
REVTSED DRAYVIIr|GS RECIEVED 621/(}4 RO[rrED TOCI-IARLlE_4S_foubd b G.oqB g2StX
ADDrotnd bv Phmho 7ftl0,l Shn ts. on rrvbcd olllce gbnr - CtlAVlS
Sbbord Rorind dro6brbr dnred ooqornsy.Dprolbd by Bufdm.
PIIASII.IGPI.ANSI.JBUITTEDAT.IDROUTEDTUCTARL|E MUS.GEORGE RUTHER, FIRE AIDPTEI.IC
UK'RKS - CDAVIS
@mme : Plrnnho Conm.rfl on T@ Pharho PLn
1 . El-fi..f3 muC b. comphtcd gbr io-ltco ot o lr€ brddlDg four one.badroornJone Mdtoom = rlx
amDbtlasl
2. PaiUm'needg b be omvlded I Effrro $rrdurl b b be usod br sttdm
3. A mwh b rocFrfic or ltt ln coadFtm wo* (b hn(hc'pang, gpnga (bor, rtc,, h lh. tmorttt ot
150*
JSUTTIERCorment Con cllOlE ropo.t $nl io tuch. K.Fl.Vhbb on 31406 ResporF b requked
Ch.rfe D.vb -
A rep. tlom K.H.Urebb h.s tlh3n tl€ld plorc tom ottlc€ on 31 7/O at I Pi,
trrv
Conrrnanl:
Cottrmer{:
Commel*
Comm€rt
Comm€nt
REPT131 Run Id: 3371
07-01-2005 Inspecfron Rcgucrt Reportlng PagB 1E
7:36 am valt_ co - ctty ol
Requesbd lnspect 9!b: E4dry, July 01,2005- lnseeclon Aree: GD - -
Slte Addrws: 352 E ilEADOW DR VAIL
VAIL TOI'I{TAIN LODGE BAR
ArP,D Informrllon
Actlvltr til0$0116 I\ae: &MECHConetTni: Occnpo'riry:
Chilriel: VML LLC
AFplhtnt R& HIIEC}IANICALLLC
CohTr&r: R&HMEC}IANrcALLLC
D..cthdon: I'{DERGROLr\D Dt CT SYStEll
Reauccbd lnsp€cdo]ilct
*tH.ACOM Slrt|s:lmpAnt:
l97O) 32&2ext
(97q 3A&2699
oTA/a{
ISSIJED
GD
Phone:
PhorE:
Item:
R.qFstor:
Agsl$red To:- Acdon:
tLC / ].lancy
Tlma Exp:
lnsoecUon Hlstorv
nem: AX) iGCl-lRowh "Appowd*m/ls,ot IffiDecbr: C€D''
Com'FnT SI,PPLY FOR RESTARAI,NT.
f@
Acdon: APAPPROI/ED
310
315fro
3Kx)
3,lO
3q)
It m:
lbm:
tbm:bm:
lbm:
lbm:
390
REPT131 Run Id: 3369
J
fFo
o
o
oqto
E** ttt
6
.s|I.E
E<<
F==zzz
aE * trsttovE'c
fie;x 9<" gzzzzz
I
Eoro-ooll!F(DO(D<Dl
_()c{FF-?l.gl
EF=eqcc
9R8888
J=-34rCcr(ct
zo
U'
IUo
g
E:'
(U
ootr
LHroolfi=t
F Crlxol
G-ldl
oE
El1
EI EIot ol'5t 6lot >lut(/)l
(5
oo
ooc
-gom
oo.
U)
Eco
o
ct)EoJcE-co
=oo(\lE.;
= (vt{o
ot?.9 irtet6lo.lol
o
.9co
-coo
r
€E
.F5t*t* o9"'5
SadE<g==zzz
c
6Per$rNN<.lb OFFFFT\<a
U
ciiiitlgSi,<IIJrtL@@oco6
cn
-----
c,J'=b F(\t.otro h.^,Q tr
EiriiiF9bGobbbaF!-FFF
ZEHREN
AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
ARCHITECTURT. PLANNINC
INTERIOR5. LANDSCAP€ ARCHITECTURE
P.O.8ox 1976 Avon. Colondo 81520
$ml9494257 FAX {9m) 9491oEO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
TO: Town of Vail DATE: November 30,2004
Dept of Community Development JOB #: 20021501.08
75 South Frontage Road ATTN: Charlie Davis
Vail, CO 81657 RE: Vail Mountain Lodse
WE ARE DELIVERING: ffi Attached ! Under separate cover via x the following items:
I Shop Drawings fi Prints ! Plans ! Samples ! Specifications
n Copy of Letter I Change Order ! Other
COPIES DATE NO.DESCRIPTION
1 3lz1l04 Copy of Division 83 1 1 Vail Mountain Lodge Proiect Manual
1 tr/30t04 Cut Sheet of Fire Rated Access Panel
I rr/23/04 SK-I83 Updated with Occuoancv Load lnformation
THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below:
ffi For Approval ! Approved as submitted I Re-submit copies for approval
! For your use E Approved as noted fl Submlt copies for distribution
I As requested ! Returned for corrections ! Retum corrected prints
! For review & comment
I ron BIDS DUE 20 n pn-nqrs RETURNED AFTER LoAN To us
REMARKS:
SIGNED: Ben White for Tim Losa
COPY TO: fi]e
%ir
JO HrVd,,0-,29
Eg
^lra.^
AV,I\ITQVSSYd
TIXd N)
14x<
Y(/r
?
F
T3g
<F3
ca
a
R elolx 5l;l: r.t[-J
a
lgr,
I
-l!lr
:F+
ts =r--ril Elelz-tldlz url Iva-f
6Qr-rat<l
^'/ | 4'\ |
=tc.tl--rl Hl-l
-:-_=f-2-
r t-i ->:I /. i,\ / ?.a t-t / r
JEE]x=:1!
=e
DRAWN BY: BW
CIIECKED BY: TL
ISSUE: CA
SHEET:
sK- 183
REF: A1.2
&oe
4&oQ
()o
c\l
I
0
t
ff,
iIr.lth
\ohl
+
t;rfl
z
F(A
X
rq
\o\o
FlfYl
r!Fl
I
z
J
O
Flt!
H
oQ
I r'l
M
z
RFl
E
d,&ur t!
&4&4
r! 14&x
t& Eid&
: e'l
PROJECT N0: 20q2r501.m
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
VAIL, COLORADO
DRAWING TITLE:
LEVEL 166 - E)ilT PASSAGEWAY 268 CHANGES
SCALE: l/8'= l'-0' DATE: ll/19/04
.-.-Lrrr\Lrr
-
.a AND AssocrATEs, rNc.
-
.I ArctmCnl1E. pi.11NNtNG. N11npx9
7 .- '8^ltl%";"fffi;iffiiffi'
-
(ros)e6348!m rex 6os) xr-sior
(3) F/S D AS
PLANNED
FIRE-RATED
S}IAFT CLOSURE
PER 707.12
NEW I HR
SHAFTWALL
SYSTEM
I HR RATED
FLOOWCEILING
ASSEMBLY
NEW l HR
SHAFT WALL
SYSTEM
(2) F/S D PER
REV 24 DATED
lotzv0/.
(l) F/s D PER
REV 24 DATED
tumtM
I) F/S DAMPER
NEWDUCT
I) F/S DAMPER
PROJECTNAME: PROJECTNoT 20021501.00
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
VAIL, COLORADO
DRAWING TITLE:
LEVELS 186, 196 & 2O'1 F/S DAMPER LOCATIONS
SCALE: NTS DATE: I l/1504
20x26
.- t- L rr r\ L rr
-
.l AND AssoclATEs, tNc.
-
^I mcxrncruRE. prANNrNG. rNrERrof,s
7 .-'3#e$1,;'^ffi',5ffi?i$
-
t&)5! 963-6090 t-Ai(.msr 96,3-8i@
lF-lltotl
lor lll,.lll
trI]tlt>iltrI]il[l!
H
z
Fl
o
o-
[-rl
l!!<llF->lt?-t oldlrl
=tF<<t =IHII| - /)1 O
trltrllrll!lItltl/\\ *-, r-
X
c.l
Fl
7 Fr(J
IJ
PROJECTNAME: PROJECTNo: 2002150:.00
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
VAIL. COLORADO
DRAWINC TITLE:
LEVELS 186 ,196, 207 F/S DAMPER LOCATIONS
SCALET NTS DATE: I l/8IX
.- L I- rr r\ L ir
-
.l AND AssocrATEs, lNc.
-
^I encxmcruRE. pr.ANNrNG. rNTERroRs
7 .-'3.3e*1',;'tr,5ffit133'
-
!oosr!r6,-65so,trrsoslg534io:
From: "Benjamin White" <benw@zehren.com>
To: <CDavis@vailgov.com>
Date: 1'll17l2$4 5:35:29 PMSubject: Vail Mountain Lodge - Shaft Rating Proposal
November '18,2004
RE: Proposed Fire/Smoke Damper Locations at Shaft 401A - Vail Mounlain Lodge
Mr. Davis:
I am working under Tim Losa on the Vail Mountain Lodge. I am writing in regards to lour correspondence
with Corey Rhodes of Beaudin Ganze Engineers concerning exhaust shaft penebations and our proposed
used of fire/ smoke dampers. Attached are two PDF architectural sketches depicting the location of the
proposed fire/ smoke dampers and access panels.
SK-177 is a diagrammatic section showing the three shafts in question. The area of most concern is
Level 186 where space considerations and the confluence of several existing ducts complicates the
construction of a shaft wall system. Per Corey's proposal, we would like to isolate Level 186 by placing
fire/ smoke dampers in both the floor and ceiling assemblies. Construction from Level 196 up would
continue in a shafi wall sptem. I am proposing to use a t hour-rated shaft wall as the ducts at that point
only penetrate three levels.
SK-178 shows enlarged plans of the areas in question and the location of all access panels.
It is my understanding that you have approved the mechanical solution and the aftached sketches
depicting the locations of fire/smoke dampers and access panels were necessary for final approval.
Please do not hesitate to call with any questions. Your comments are most welcome and I look forward to
hearing back from you.
Thank you,
Ben White
Zehren & Associates
(970) 9494257
GC: "Timothy Losa" <timl@zehren.com>, 'Steve Ritchey''
<SteveR@ShawConstruction.net>, "Corey M. Rhodes" <cmr@bgce.com>
Vruu NlourvrruN lLonon & Spn
January 25,2005
Mr. Charley Davis
Chief Building Department Manager
Townof Vail Building Department
Mr. Davis,
We are presently working on a repair of the Vail Mormtain Lodge & Spa's main elevator'
We have contracted with Amtech Elevator Services and they will have a crew out here
next week commencing on Monday January 31, the work should be conrpleted by Friday
ofthe same week.
The handicap elevator that services the lower level accessing the club and spa and the
main level accessing the restaurant is operational providing access from the main
entrance.
If you have further questions regarding this maintenance issue please do not hesitate to
contact me.
Kindest regards,
turJp.,gw
Chadd Ziegler
General Manager
Vail Mountain Lodge & Spa
Direct. 970-477-3232
Cell. 970-445-0122
352 East Meadow Drive Vail, CO 81557
Hotel (970) 476-0700. Spa (970) 476-7721. Fa< (970) 476-6451
0t/10/200s
Shaw Construction
Billy Sallee
RE: Vail Mountain todge TCO
Provide additional information on proposed staging plan before TCO approval will be issued .
l. In order to use walk path steps on south east side of building. The Vail Mountain l.odge must
provide the Town ofVail with and additional insured policy, for the term the construction access is
to be used.
2. Revocable Right of Way Permit is required for access across TOV property on the south, south
west side of building.
3. Construction schedule, showing when underground parking garage will b€ open to guest ofthe
VML
4. Construction schedule for work on South east side of building near Vail Valley Drive.
5. Erosion Control Plan for South side ofbuilding.6. Provide detail information on wbat walk path steps will be use for, construction use only sign is
required.
7. Traffic control plan for work or any proposed use of Vail Valley Drive during completion of
construction work to east side ofbuilding.
8. Construction completion date.
9. Bond in the amount of $ 90,000.00 dollars shall be in place. I recognize that an existing bond is in
place for the public improvements that are required but amount must total $ 90, 000.00 dollars. The
addition amount is required for the following.
a) Replacement for curb and gutter along Vail Valley Drive from intersection of E. Meadow
Dr.A/ail Valley Drive to Bridge. Cost to be split between Vail Mountain Lodge and TOV.
b) Repair damage to walk path light fixtures, walk path stone entrance walk way.
c) Bond for use ofvialk path during construction.
Vail Mountain Lodge Shaw Construction
Stan Cope William Sallee
Managing Director
Ifyou have any questions, please feel fiee to call me
^t
479-2198
Thank you,
Leonard Sandoval
Town of Vail
Construction Inspector.
- E.L.C.. Vail Mountain Paoe 1
From: Mike Vaughan
To: charlie davis; Mike Mccee; Pam Brandmeyer; Stan Zemler
Date: 01/06/2005 4:47:30 PMSubject: E.L.C., Vail Mountain Lodge
Good afternoon folks. I wanted to just lake a minute and pass on some siatus reports for the above listed
buildings.
Early leaming center will be ready for a sprinkler final tomonow. Todays inspection was put off due to the
fact that the tamper switches were wire incorrectly. (Backwards).
Other Middle Creek issues: Backflow in building A is still leaking. All State has yet to give me a schedule
for completion. Fittings are still mixed on the sprinkler trim package and must be changed.
Building B still has single action pull stations- Paul is aware and has told me that the replacements are on
order.
Barry Monroe is to come into the F.D. to order a knox box for ELC. The other Knox Boxes have been
recieved and are scheduled to be installed tomorrow.
VF&ES is denying the proposed fire hydrant landscaping as there is not seven feet of clear access shown
on the plan. This is a water district standard as well, and relates to the clearance around lhe 2 /2"
connections.
Vail Mountain Lodge has several issues that are not insurmountable,yet need to be addressed.
When I tested the alarm system today, I had the tech drop the A/C power in order to evaluate the battery
performance. The system did not respond satisfactorily. ln short, the horn strobes in the hallways
stopped illuminating.
I have advised the tech and Shaw that I will be available tomorrow to conduct a follow up test.
There were issues of missing cover plates on tamper annunciators, but these were being addressed while
lwas still on the property. Not a big deal, lanticipate completion by tomorrow.
Please feel free to pass this info on to whomever might need it. Like I said, I will be back at both locations
tomorrow.
Mike.
CC: John Gulick; Mike Vaughan
December 22,2004
Mr. Michael J. McGee
Deputy ChieflFiie Marshall
42 West Meadow Drive
Vail, CO 81657
Re: Vail Mountain Lodge
DearMike:
Thank you for meeting with me yesterday. I greatly appreciated your willingness to take
the time out of your busy schedule, at an un-appointed time, to discuss matters that are of
great importance to us.
As I mentioned during our conversation, safety is our first priority; working safely is a
condition of employment at Shaw Construction. Prior to my meeting with you, I
personally met with Billy Sallee and Gary Starr to discuss the actions that were to be
taken in order to secure a safe site, and to re-emphasize safety as a priority above all other
things on the project. During our meeting, our personnel worked diligently to correct
those things that you identified, and those items that were not immediately corrected are
currently being resolved by procuring additional materials or equipment that were not
immediately available on site.
Following our discussion, where you reviewed your concems of safety, separation of
construction and occupancy, I immediately called Billy Sallee, who is working on the
project as a Superintendent, to inform him ofour resolve to appoint him as the person in
charge of safety. As you know, Billy Sallee has training as a volunteer Fireman, and I
believe he is uniquely trained to be aware and sensitive to the most challenging issues
facing us at the Vail Mountain Lodge due to the on-going occupancy of the facility.
So that we do not experience any miscommunication in the future, please refer all
inquiries, inspections or questions to Billy Sallee. He can be reached in person at the
jobsite, or at either the job phone 477-1216 or on his cell phone 445-7210. Although we
have other Shaw managerial and labor personnel on the site, I ask that you please ensure
that all of your communication be directed to Billy so that there is not a misunderstanding
and so that you have a consistent contact from Shaw. We also ask that other Town of Vail
Staff. specificallv Mr. Sandoval and Mr. Davis. direct all concerns to Billy Salle so that
they may be addressed immediately.
In the unlikely event that Billy is not available or that ifyou find it necessary to contact
me personally, please do not hesitate to do so. I can be reached at work 970-242-9236, on
my cell phone at 970-985-3340 or at home 970-245-1693.
Thank you for recognizing that Shaw is not in complete control of the site, with
numerous other influences that are under the direct control of the Owner and other
contractors working on the project. We will diligently control our work, and will' endeavor to influence the actions of the other parties working on the project as well,
however, we understand that to the best of your ability, you will distinguish t}te actions of
others outside of Shaw.
We look forward to completion of this most challenging project, and to continuhg the
relationship of trust and confidence that we have worked so hard to establish with you
and others at the Town of Vail over the years.
Sincerely,
Clark Atkinson
Vice President
cc. Mr. Charlie Davis
Mr. Leonard Sandoval
Billy Sallee
Steve Meyer, President Shaw Constnrction
11August2005
To: Michael Cunent
From: Jeremy Thomas
Regarding: lnstallation of a Dacor ERBIS Epicure Range an EHIXS Epicure Hood.
Mr. Cunent,
The installation that is in question is as follorra;
The Dacor range and hood are being installed following the'Clearance Reduction Methods," illustrated in Table
308.6 in the Intemational Mechanical Code 2003. Using 24 gauge stainless sbel to sheath Orc face of the
cabinets adjacent b he range from the under side of the hood (+30' above range top) to the botbm of the
cabinets across their entire depth, with a minimum 2' rctum under the cabineb. The stainless steel sheathing will
have a minimum of 1'airspace between the metal and the cabinets in accordance witt tabb 308.6, IMC 2003.
This particular installation is made up of 15'deep wooden cabinets.
Prwkliq that all of Daco/s otrer minimum installation requirernents have been rne€t, the installation noted above
woutd meet our installation requircrn€nb.
The final decision is, of course, up b the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Dacor provides installation instructions
based on our experbnoe, testing and mandated certification requirements. Dacor exp€cts specilic installation
isEues not covered under by our instruc'tions to be ttte responsibility of the builder and the building inspec{or who
have detaibd tnorteOge ot, and have inspe@d such installatkrns.
I hope thia inbrmation will help in your cunent situation. I can be reached at the telephone numbers below if you
have questions.
Jeremy Thomas
Product Support
800-793-0093 ext.3124
76G792€000 cell
Charlie Davis - Shannon 405-0035 f05-0016 Page 1 I
From: JR RulapaughTo: Building_DivisionDate: 08112120057:57:14 AM
Subject: ShannonA05-0035 m5-0016
Shannon is signed of and ready for TCO per fire.
Thanks J.R.
F romiBtAtlJ 1N Grt{'llt dJSZ/U3U45 ru/2t/2w4 13:31 #W4 P.UU:yUl5
Project #: 5822.17
Derr Mr- White:
Please issue the following information to Shaw Construction for discussions and approval from the Town
of Yail Building Inspectors. This letter is in regard to the existing exhaust ducts at Level 177, I E6 and
196.
Existing exhaust duct at Level 177-
A. The existing hre damper located at the floor/ceiling assembly separating Level 177 from
Level 186 will be removed.
B. A new firc/smoke damper will be installed in tlre existing duct replacing the s)ci5ting fire
n acccss pancl shall be installed for mainterance on (he new fire/smoke &rnper. It is
the responsibility of the architect and contractor to consult with the building inspector
and determine the propcr access panel construction rcquired for this application.
Two existing exhaust ducts at Level I 86.
A. Thc cxisting firc dampcrs in tlre two exhaust ducts penetrating the floor/ceiling assembly
scparating kvel 186 and Level 196 will be removed.
B. Ncw firc/smoke dampers will be installed in the existing ducts, replacing the existing fire
dampers.
Access panels shall bc installed lbr maintenance on the new firey'smoke dampers.
The architcct atrd contmctor shall dcterrnine tlre appropriate constnrction fior the assemtly
around the ducts on Level 186.
Ul. Two existing cxhaust ducts and onc new exhaust duct on Lcvcl 196.
A. From the floor level oflevel 196ancwshaftwill be constuctcd to cnclose thc tlrcc
exhaust ducts. This shaft will be continuous through I*vel217 wherc thc ducts
terminate. It is the responsibility of the architect and contactor to dctemrine the proper
construction of the new shaft.
B. A tire/smoke damper Mll be installed at thc shaft wall for any branch duct penetrations
ofthe shaft.
C. Fire/smoke dampers will be insulled in each exhaust duct upon exiting the shaft on Level
2t7.
1104'€a!.'cr'kErvd'*202'Avqr\corl620;,T^1r"-Slllr?;tr*Srf-i'.?;iii,irt.lil"ir'l?'"*i?i.?13.ilir"#ril:':
11448 D..rf.td Dr., lCl, Truckcc, CA 96re t . pnonETdEffiFr.r: 530.550.7336 I-AJKE TAttOE
II"
L:\Outlcil Pr\i.cr $Jn:. I t Vril I'ltn Lodg. I.no\.rrion\\C Ehr mCS'Jt{!: | ?AO | 0clt.&.i www.bgoq,€qnr
l-rqn:BEAUDIN CTANZE 3ffi783&t3 t0/21/2M 13:31 #004 P.003/005
Sincercly,
Cfll,ftfll/ Un"lF
Corcy Rhodes, P.E.
Project Engrnccr
L.\Coldrn h jc!i!rsn:.|7 von N|n Lod8e Rnbr.cbi.\oE Docs\ltllt7Ao|ocR.doc
f\
T\f,
X
r9
O.
UJ:(9t,qs
za<5
2s.
33
zI(Ltoo
Lt-o
s
J
E
o-
(.)
thi
.+
+L
Fl
o-
E
i:$$ is$
EsEF
N1l
It
cfl
+h
i
lzhl\n NlCIlv3g:urorj900/900'd ?m# rc:tt FMltzlo|
LF-AN
+x
r5
s{{z? u.tJF(9<za'39
z
5o-Eo
9]l.
J
(Jz
-ollt
=
trE
(Ltr{+t
t-;
4tr1
ele
=to'-t-
F2l
Ic
5dEEgF
o
o-3(,
x
3Foq
gF
p5F@
r-E
3aoo
atl
=IrJz
F()
lrjz
(,
rr)
+h
,-j
hi
rd
F
F
C):ta
s
*iif i:iiE
aEAF
N
cnlt
rjFu{
t-i
: 1/lz<
;lt
co
IE
xt,/
nNe Nl0lvlg:urorjE 8t8/ZEm9m/f00'd toff zt:tt vwtz/o\
z txzt
'c Po. v-iEx !.sg;hME
ESAHC'
o\
v)
FF
t!--r
tna)2?
UIV
LJl,,ill
FF
fYl I
zg€ss3.
= s- 59 dE
:ttEe f9rEIlS;i
in;ea$$oEsBslN 3 g 35,!3
I
--'
IJT
El. \I
'Er
J
U
rI]
-
l:
9
6
z
l:l'5)
5i9.t
6L
q.t
{b-q
3.9FE
E
T
9
5
.2
if
391
O=
9-3go)c;.9
i9
'o
c
r(
EI
i;
bu
_LX
Ig
i.9l>
;9
6
o
a:
3)
AE
Ed
):
+r
i.$r6'le:lXiroi
o.;;{ju!
b5
ot
:E .E
ar
5C
a->
3Ptro
Fg.
fEt,;:€.,.=lEli&i!. I13:
o:
!(
a.5C'2't
(Je
!lo
€5
EI
:3
F"
r3
iE
IF
i3rls{f;je.
Sr
:s
ENbEqz.F
tsu
go3
oa?
E€
g
.=
F
.:
t:
ttt
'I .r
lJrt-5tt3t
!ate:
F!
.-.:
rt
n.;E
.EFE&4E
(,
(U
d)
.c
:=l
'F
t:
f-r
rrl
xtl
E *ri"lrJ ftt:> i\l
f"t :(J,_trl 5E4
Fz
E]
F
rT'l
F
rr'l
3z;(^
=k>o
(..
!'/
t-
o
d, cari '5-aui.^.
\-r---,
v('i>!z i:\?;i:>6,ry
frl
H
F3e],
T
d
oo
I
€l
-l$
I\I
I
I
T:-----------\j
a4
.rl i Eli Elrl iitr h].dz
t-'t_ -1. ll$ \r ,'9-'L
"ivl .... 'r
: | "..."..rn+-- -- -)a, ..- _ _ _=.1...---.--.-. lrN
,taj
,l
rl.l
rr
oo
F-
tl
'Jrr)
F
v,
lr\lr \ri ):itli\l . r'r]\ frHlr\ 2s,Ir \ ;3
I t l -n-Ir 4-lr fl ,;
J I A>lr i lrlII LJJlr < rr1| | ar.{ , ait I Frfilt' ffiir/ lL l.l;/ >:ni I ;3
-it.+
s
|;-l
tTl
lr-l
la) |l.-ltvllsJ
b%r ado'rs
uaZ,A
,)Et1orlls? p,.
L.I W JFKJ
<.o <
A: \c^
t:< *7e
ElorM9
e?"4 Eu)
Be
4r;
I!*
ts>
g
t=
, a-@
9rr.l =!*\, a.-t].]l-l F/
vt!
FJO 4
AE
tf'
'74fr< o-
-)& tt
,r; lJ Y ',t .^ l
t 20 E € l,
.l ,to-9 + :
I Fl ,l F i! ,:t!J --. h t > "i.i -\ ., < ;--,' :
E )2> 6 'l y
5
zeHEB6.s
- tr @- E.9
iu1Ei iE
I IEfi EFN=$3b83
g
rr---
IITIr. \IrL.l
=^/.
p
(Ja
a
cn
OU
I il-t \
L--:-Gir;f,-----
sl i
c''r | |ti
Fl
E+
i.rz, :.:
I
o\|.l
I
I'
(
/<\_ _
\f--/
f"t- -\:/
@--
q'i st6 -,. \t/aEr ?gH;*V
gEe=,,
HO'
'-'r O
8a
I! rr.
tr>
f r'l
O
i
zi8 z*
R r.r :tr4# !: X
/1 s.lxavE)nqzd
,'',)
. : ''\ l-
,7QF< o-)& rh z
'>,i, UY r,{ .^ AI >o =
s *
E .t J- 9
---.',
?
s2 HJ 5 r! ,:.;s?iiri,2> E J y
9
z9-Ess3s
= E E9 '.'6
;s!Ei f?
:AEun gn
-oE,I5i5
N=g95EE
g
rr- -
lr \lr\l
''J,l
-rl]<;\tr3
F(4O<AFEAa 3n"H EiX'.> Frtr :. Zii] ip frx Ifi1fr sH UB s#e fi3HH ZEo:d o> l* 7,
o
z
zoFatu |p.9
<r<
OFT
acn
tz
rj
a
rI.],l
<U
-:^
^>as
h:
r:tH
5>9.9
rr;1
<t
cn
Fl
z
z
r]1trl
(.)(n
F(.)
az
E{
z
v)
gr
t-.1
:_)
tl
s
,'., ?f, r'i
ri=zts7zIti -\
IJJ V)EZch<
l-'Xi^ lr)
Fl
Ffrl
-l
z
;E
F(/)
tl
c.l
z
F()rrl
(n
tqU
fTl
F
a
II
e.l
F-l
a
rrl
r.l
Fla
frl
F
OPENING
,t
\ i"t^,
I -"7
ll]l
lill
I
I
NN
Vam, Nlourwnnmv ll,onon & Sp,t
v-#Town of Vail
75 S. Frontage Road West
Vail, CO 81657
January 3,2005
To Whom lt May Concern:
The Vail Mountain Lodge will be responsible for shoveling the snow on the Town
of Vail's steps and path that lead from Vail Valley Drive to the temporary egress
from the townhouse that is under construction on the southeast corner of the
building. We will also clear the snow along the west easement between the
Mountain Haus and The Vail Mountain Lodge.
As in the past, we will maintain the Sidewalks from the garage entrance on our
northrvest corner to the north edge of the bridge on the southeast corner of the
property.
lf you nave any questions, please feel free to contact me directly, 476-9530.
Sincerely,lL+
Stan Copc
Managing Director
352 EastMeadowDrive Vail, CO81657
Hotel (970) 47c07cn. spa (970) !76-7721. Fa:r (970) 476-645r
EnururrGTcc)-?eNspEcfl(Wo
Inspectlon Reqqest R
A/P/D lnlbrm.tlon
Requeshd Insp€at Dsb:
lnspecdon Arer:
Slte Address:
TID€: A"MF
Occupqncy:
ilonday, October 1 1, 20In
352 E TTEAOOW DRVAIL
3Ii2 EAST flEADOW DRIVE
ActMty:
C,ondTwe:
orriier:
Appilcrnt:
tuchltect:
CorflIlctgr:
Descrlpdon:
con n€ni:
E{)+tx)33
VML LLC
SHAW CONSTRI.TCTION COfrlPAllY
zEfiREN & ASSOCTATES. trc.
SFIAW CONSTRIJCTION COMPA}IY
FIML REIrcDEL OF MIXED USE LODGE & SPA
Strt6:
Insp Ar€a:
tsst ED
CD
Phone: 97$242-9236
Phons: 97$94S9257
Phom: 97tts242-936
Commenl:
eoflrm€nt
Item:
Raau6sior:
AsslgiFd Itr
REVISED DRAWhIGS RECIE\,ED C/21/tX ROUTED TO CHARLIE Alro rout€d to C'oo{ge 6r25fiX
ADoroved bv Pbnnlm 7f7l04 Shnatne on r€vlsod oilc€ Dlans - CDAVIS
ttro'more Insoectlons lnfll tortslohr me rubmfr€d ard aDorqred. - CDAVLS
PT.ANS ROUTED TO }IOUGT.iChID A}ID ASSOC. FOR }T.AhI REVIEW 6696 OF PI.AI.I CHECK FEE W]LL B€
C}|ARGEDFOR REVIEW
- CDAVIS
Dzsren++f
COf,lPAl.lY
Requested Tlme: 0E:00 Alf,
Phone: 477-(Xt I
Entered By: DGOLDEN K
Aclbn: PIPARTU\L
comm€nis: FERMIETER FOOTlilc AND THICKENED FTG AI{D 1 P D PER REVTSED PIAN MTED o+tF(X AS T.IOTED ON PTANS zuILD APPRO\GD SET.
Aclbn: PAPARTIALAPPROVA
06/{ 5/04 fnepoclor: C;C,'VV L', ts
Conrmont3: 1 Ffl-ASTER FTG FULL OF WA
06/15/fl lmpector: GCD
firm€nts: PERMIETER FO(
TX}NE. LEAVE rcCESS.qY1ry04 h3pecto{: Arl
0W04/O'f lmpector: e'CD
CoflrmcnE: 1 PAD FOR PILASTER.(820/04 ln$eclor: CCD Actbn: Pl PARTIAI INSPECTIf,N
Cotnm.nts: CIP STAF 2E} RFEIRUN ROIJGH APPfiOVED.
llam: 20 BlDGFouridrtlofl/Sb€l - ApprovEd *
0Fl24l(X. lnr9oclor: An Ac{on: AP APPROVED
Cornm€nts: APPRO\/ED STABAT NORTHEAST CORNER OF zulLDlNG
O7t15to1 Inspec{or: GCD Actlon: Pt PARTIAL INSPECTPN
Comm€nt3: FOUNmnON WALLS & PILASTERS PER REVISED FLAI{S.
O&23/O4 h.!.clor: c'c.D Acllon' Pl P RTIAL INSPECTPN
Commenls: PAD AND PII..ASTER S SID€,llem: 30 BLDC'-Framho * Aooroved "
06/ilyo4 -lnsDacto{: cdarili Actlon: NR }'tOT READY FoR INSPECTPN
CommenE: LETEL 177 RESTRO|T'MS tlOT READY FOR FRATI tNG INSPECTION ELECTRCAL ROT GH
II.ISPECTIOilI REOI,,RED
AI.ARAM ROUGH AT{D SPRINKTER ROUGH REOUIREDo?llzlod Insp€cior GCD Actlon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTPII
Commsnb: FRAT,NG FOR SI.I.Al,lrS OFFEES AREA 155.
O7l15l04 In8pedor: GCD Acflon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTpN
Comm€nE: FRAMIT,IG FOR WALL A TREATIENT ROOM AIID OFFICE BY WMS LOCKER ROOM.
O8/(M/04 hspeclor: GCD Acton: CR CORRECTION REOUIRED
Commsnt3i COtttPLETE FIRESTOPHiG N RESTROOiIS.
OEVO6/(X h3p€ctor: eD Aclbn: APSRAPPRoVED/CoRRECTPNREOD
CoMM€Nb: RRE STOP PENETRATIONS IN RESTROOilIS AT CORRIDoR WALL. HEAD OF WALL IS
Commerrt: A.lclt0on l irilomstlofl ts noeded .eorrdho st oho ol6n. To b€ rclrht €d ofi ADril 6, 2(XX O Pl/V. - COAVIS
COTNTN€fit: ROUTED TO CHARLIE DAVIS. GEORGE RUII-IER. FRE DEPARTMENT I}'TD P(JBLICWORKS -
LS/A IDOVAL
BLDG+ln l
,*11ll1\ rlrneExp:
-
nfrffi*Ltc hPPzorYr?- qry, W_
l4-/
L
REPT131
Acllon: APAPPROVED
Run fd: 2443
1G11-2004 Inspgqdm Reqqest Page 9
ATl
I'.JIT (WATNNG FOR SFECIAL Tt'B)
Glrl6/(X Inspedor GCD Actbn: Pl PARTUL INSPECTION
Comrn€nb: CELf.lG DROP lN TERRA EISTRO.
@23/04 ln$oclo.: c{hvlr Actron' PI PARTIAL lNsPEcTloN
Comrnsd8: th|b3o4, 3o6o.k
Untb 306 lpFlovod on condiloo to aomPtslo pon*auon pachru d corklcrvrll[sn: 50 BLDGIrrsutsUon n ADororr€d "(HO,U04 lo!o#br: GCD Acilori: Pl PARTIAL hISPECTIO$,|
conmet{r;: I]€ULATPN l.f&S CORRDOR WATLS LEVEL 177.
Ogl3r(}]l lnspec'lor: ftt Ac0on: AP APPRO\,ED
Commc 3: APFRCwED LE\,EL 17? l.lORTH SID€ EXCEPT END t NlT. CORRECTIC,}I REOIIRED:
INSULATE AROIJND Wh[)OT'I'S
09/1dt)4 lnspcctor: GCD Ac{on: l,lOtlOTFlED
Cornma'{3: PRO\,I[E PICTURE OF INSUIITION IN RESTARAI,NT
Item: 60 BlDc€hdodthbn *fuorowd-
06/2904 lr€D€ctor: GCD ' ' Actbn: Pl PARTI L lllSPECTloil
Cornmentc: RESTARAUAI.fT AI.ID CORRIDOR 186 G\tr PATCHhIG.
07/06/(X fspector: GCD Fcdon' Pl PARTIAI- INSPECTIOII
Comrnnts: GYilCEil-hlGGYP
O7l12l0{ lmDecior: GCD Acton: Pl PARTIAL INSPECT|ON
Comrnonls: ABb\rE CElllilc PENETRATIOIIIS AFFROVED CORRIDOR t 56 BOTH SID€S OF WALL. o|( TO
tl,At{GAt\DFIMSH Ltr}.(E/t1l04 hcD.6.: @D Arfon: PIPARTIAI-INSPECTKIN
COMM.| S: RESTROOil GYP AI.ID ABC'\G CEf,It\G FIRETAPE AIIID CA[,LK.
0ry1UO0 lrcp€ciot: Arl Acilon: APAFPRO\rEDCorurtd3: AFPROVED AaOVE CE[-hlG TE].|ANT SEPARATION At€ CruLXhlG FOR UI{TS AT 177
T{ORTH SDE
O9/1s(X InrD.dor: @D Actho: RPARTIALIiISPECTIOII
Cmmenb: EHU LEVEI t77 3 t NIfS.
ltEcH RC'Olr tEvEL i556EtO4 l|lsD€cloc @D Actbn: PIPARTIALINSPECTION
COOlmENb: RESTARAT'I'IT CE]LING
@l29lo4 lnsD€clor: GCD Acilon: Pl PARTIqL NSPECTIC,N
Comm€nb: UMT il16
ftem: 7O BLD@Mbc.
lryo7lo4 |rEpacbr: C€D Aclbn: i,lONoTlFlED
Comrnonb: TF{S WAS A COURTESY h}SPECTION FOR TCO OF TERRA BISTRO. PttilB|}lG Al.lD
ELECTRICALWORK MAYHA\IE BEEN DOT{E w/OPERrfT.
1 "Pl-AItlNhlG F|}IA,I REOD
2.PROVIDE ACCESS TO T NDER BACK BAR FOR PLtff'BI|G. PROVIE AIR G P FOR ICE
BINS.
3.COi#LETE EXTERIOR
4.PROV!DE EXn S|GN O DOOR hrro LOAAYhm: g) BLDG'Flrlal
It€m: 21 PLAI$ILC Fortrilmon Ptln
lbmr 22 PtJAt{-lLC Sll€ Plrnhilr: '5&' PlJlil.TEtt{QF ,i
^ ltlro7,ro4 llqrslor: .G.o0. E|r: BfGIGD
Gonnrantg: ILC Foulrcd
At 3xt*br tbrk shdl bo complet d (h, pdn0ng, loof, nall m.brb,, clc.)
Item: 5&{ PLqN-FIMLC/O
Itom: 539 PW-FIMLC/O
Item: !i:lz PW-TEMP.CJO "Apso\d"IUOE(X ll|se*br: b " Acdon: APAPPROIED
{(V0&tX lmit€.tof: b Acton: CONDAPPROGryCO}|D|TIOI.ISCornnfitr: Aca6s lilo b{rll.k|g !|rd r.rhficnt canml ba Uam.
REPT131 Rurr Id: 2443
i
R€quesfed lnspect Date:
Inspection Area:
Slte .&ddress:
Thursdav, December 23, 2004cn
352 E MEADOW DR VAIL
352 EAST ITIEAOOW NRNE
A,P,D Inf0rmrtlon
Acthrftv:
Const T1p,6:
OlYner:
ADDllca nl:
Arttrnra:
Conl'rc{or:
D€rcdpllon:
Itfotka:
Comm€nt:
Btlit0fft3 Tlpe: A-IIF. Occupaircy:
VML LLC
SHAW COMITRI CTIOI{ COiTIPANY
SubTVpe AMFfAe: llA
Phone: 9702tl2-92816
Phone: 970-94S1-t)257
Phone: 97G242-9236
StrhB: ISSUED
lnrp fuea: CD
i, tNc.
COMPANY
FINAL REiiIOD€L OF iNXED t,SE LODGE & SPAffiS PLANIS D€NIEDSEE FILEptlASS{G PLAN SLrBtrrlTTED AND ROUTED TO CHARLIE DAVIS. GEORGF FUIHER, FIRE AND RIBLIC
$rcRKS.CDAVISVlf,)Ffl\S - (]lJAVlb
Plannlnq Comments on TCO PhaslPlannlno Comm€nts on TCO Phaslno Plan1 EH(y's muat b€ completed prior to*TCO of anhre bililding (!our one-bedrooms on€ lwo-b.droom = slx
6mploye6s)
2. Faildno nr2. Faftins n€e& to be provHed lf Darldng sfuclure is lo b€ used for stsglm
3._ 4 nswlorid ls requirbd for ALL ln compl€b worft (b lrndlcaplng, gamg|€ door, otc.) In lh. amourt ot
150%
Comrnsnt:
4.. GRUTI.IER
REVISED ORAWII.IGS RECIEVED 921/04 ROUTED TO CFIARLIE Alro roui€d lo C'eotgs @&O4
ADprol,3d bv Plannlno 7r7,'O4 Slonatlrs on .eyF.d olfica DLr|s - cDAvlS
t*r'nrorc hdpcctionr-uill rev{*ldnc lre submlt€d and opixoyed. - cDAvls
PLANS ROT}TED TO }K)IJGLAND AND ASSOC. FOF PLN{ REVIEW 65% OF PLAN CF€CK FEE I'ULI BE
CHARGEDFOR REVIEW
- cDAVtg
Comment
Comment
Comment Addltonal hbnn fbn b n€eded Boardlno staolno plan. To be teviewed on Aprll6. AXX O Pll\r. - CDAVIS
common|: RoUTED To CHARLIE DA\4s, GEORGERUIHER, nRE o€PARruENT AND PUBTIC IrcRKS .
GRUTHER
_ _^,\€D +" _lY1ftr*t!fttrt{ fl- $qrqrys I tr *
Reouests{, hsp€cuordsr _-D€$rr'-- b&zSS F4.-.ovtt B*serrnz*tf
n"qul fl^f,frIHh%Ncol-(pANy Lf1 Eaguested#:r g9i98iT
Asglgned To: CDAVIS Entered By: DGOLD€N KAc0on: Tlm6 ErD:
llsm Comm€nts: RESTI{}MNTTENIED.PtJANM{G APPROVAL REOUIRED
.ELECTRICAL PERMITAND I}.JSPECTION REOUIRED FOR ADDITIONAL Y1ICRK PERFORIIEDAT
THE T€WBAR AREA
Itrm Comrn€nt3: 1ERRA BISTRO AFPROVEO FOR rcO.
lcrnrurrxJc AA0ftpvtc lledutLil
Pltec ic t-rlc,4rg Aft&urtc- Ptol&El- Scttru.rtxJG
- FPE ftq*ilw1 /SngULES@ia- Pra&l,aa$
- Exrercrq, usea-sHf,L B€ &oilttFJ,
Comm€ntt:
08/2ty04
In3Declor: GCn
1 FAD FOR PILASTER,
Inspeclor: GCD
Actlrn: PAPARTIAL APPROVAL
Actlon. Pl PARTIAL lt'TSPECTtOt'l
-,no*ffi-ffi prlr$tl /Aa.n.e. Pens|Ar FrZ -For,g1r.lG F&t,pf,,iERffo
/t4oSt FE Co*lAceta)
nx0060
Item:20 BLDGFoundaooruSlocl '- Aoorowd -"
B24tO4 lnspector: Art Aclbn: AP APPROVED
COMMC'{6: APPROVED SLAB AT NORTHEAST CORNER OF BUILDING
O7i15lO4 ln0o€clot: GCD Acllon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTIO}I
COMTN€Nb: FOUNOANON WALLS & PILASTERS PER REVISED PLANS.(H231(X lnsD.ciot: CiCD Acfroni Pl PARTIiAL ll{SPECnOll
COMMENb: PAb ANDPTLAS1ER S SIDE.
1'l|0zmd Insp€dor: C'cD Actlon: CRCORRECTIONREoUIRED
Comrnents: STEEL IIOTPER DETAIL 3 S3.1.
11i03()4 Inspeclor: GCD ' Ac{on: PIPAiTIALINSPECTION
Comm€nIs: PCDL FOTJI.TDATION WALLS SOUIH SIDE.1lt11lm Inspectcx: GCD Acflon' Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comment8: llOT TUB WALLS
30 BLDG-Frgmlno * AoDrovrd "
116/30/04 -ln3DectDr: cdodi Aclion: NR NOT READ'r' FC'F INSPFCTION
COMM€NIS: TEVEL 177 RES'IROMMS NOT REANY FOR FRAMI}Ki ITISPECTICN ELECIRICAL ROUGH' lMlPECllOf.l REOIJIRED TARAM ROIJGH AND SPRINKLER ROUGH REOUIRED
O7l12to4. lnsoectot: GCD Actlon. Pl PARnAL II'ISPECTIoN
Comm€nts: FRAMII.E FOR SHAWS OFFICES AREA 155.
07/15/O'f lnsp€clor: GCD Action: PIFARTIALINSPECT]ON
CommeNIS: FRAMIhT FOR WAI.L & TREATME}JT ROOT' AND OFFICE BY W|{S LOCKER ROOM
tn,tx/o4 lmD,octor: GCD trcllcn cR CORRECTIoN REoUIRED
COMTNONIi: CCh'PIETE RRESTOPPING IN RESTROOMS
0go6/0f trisDactor GCD Acllon: APCRAPPRO/ED/CORRECTIONREOD
Commenb: FIRE STOP PENETRAI|ONS lN RESTROOMS AT CORRIDOR WALL. HEAD OF WALL lS
DONE, LEAVE ACCESS.
OgtOO4 lnsDectGr: Art Ac{on: AP APPRoVED
COMM6NIS: APFROVEO FFTAMING FOR UNITS AT 177 ]'TOF'TH SIDE EXCEPT EATHROOM IN I'I/EST END
UNIT fliAMNG FOR SPECIAL.TUB}
09'16,04 tnspector. GCE\ Actbn: Pl PARTIAL |i'|SP€CTICN
CoMMeNt3: CEILING,DROP IN TERFA BISTRC.
C€,,23E4 Inslector: cdavls Aciir.in: Pl PARTIAL |NSPECIOII
Commeftb: Unltr 304. 306 o.k
Unfis 3{15 roorovod on condltlon to complete
ln D€ctor: 'GCD Act6n: (
compl€te p€n€trairbn patchlnq at ionldor wall
Actkin: CR CORRECI]ON FEAUIREDlmD€clor: 'GC
FRAMING FOR
Comments, Slablnspsctlon toi epo orr sorfth slde ;i hrllciinE
11/24!M lnsoector: GCD ACJon: Pl PARTIAL Ii{SPECTION'l1tzqtA tnsp€ctor: 3cu
Commet{s: SI-AB FOR SPA DECK.
12lc6to{ lrapoclor: GCD
Commonli: HOT TUB CAP SLAE.
llem:
Action: PA PARTIAL APPROVAL
FRAfI,ING FOR 186 SUBMIT UL ASSEMBL|ES FCR FIRE I
BEING USED. IIUMERo|JS PENETI?AIIONS REOUIRII'.IG
InspQclor: GCD
LEVLE 177 UNITS 4O7
Acllon: Pl PARTIAL INSPEC
LEI/I-E 177 UNiTS 407.409.411,4t3. tN 407 PRE ROCK A80/E DOOR"
10/1.VBl
Cotnments:
TOIl€Jo4
Cornnet*s:
CAULKIl.IG
10/20lfiX lnsprctor: cCD : Ac$on: FIPARTIALINSPECnON
Comm€nts: IN UNIT 302 VrtEST BATH GROUT HOLES IN FLOOR AND FIRE STOP AT CORRIDO,R WALT.
1A22lM Inspoctor: GCD Adion: R PARTTAL INSPECIION
Comnr€nts: RRNSPECT OF UMT 3t)2 AND IIJSPECTION OF 4O4
392 lS OiILY FOR THE EXlSnt\G. BUMP o|JT AT A LATER DATE.
| 1/09(X Incpecior: GcD Actlon: Pl PARTIAL INSP€CTION
CoMm€nt!: FIEE STOP GAS PIFE AT FP, A}.ID PLUMB,AT CORFICOR STFAIGHTEN IJP PLUMBG IN
MASIER BAT}I LAV ANT1 VENT
I1l11to4. lmpeclor: GCD Acllon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Commenti: V\IOMENS LOCKEF ROOM WALLS
11t24l0d Insr€clor: GCD Acllcn: Pl PART'IAL INSPECIION
Commentr: BUMP OIJT FOP 3O2. Ui\,lTS 417.419.
12r03'O4 tnsrrecl,or: cdevlo ADtlon: APCRAPPROVEDTCORRECTIONREOD
Commenis: Unfts 503.505,509 & 51,| Atl harn same corrsctlon.
-FlreDrootlno ot all slruclurtl columns muet be ma.r€.
O.K.lo shaetock excepl ln rreas wiere columns are located. A relnsprec{on of flreprcoflrg
required
12tO3tO4 Inoi€ctor: cdrvb Adlon: Pl PARTLAL INSPECIION
Commontg. O.K b shserock c.llino at 19€ level
l2l0&o4 Insp€cloli COAVIS - Action: NR hPT READY FOR INSPECTION
Commardr: contocbt not rc6dv tor lh${ction12l13lH Insoectol: GCD Aclk'n: Pl PAR]]AL INSPECTION
Comm€nb: UMTS 38. 4O3 AND SOUTH TERRACE APPR FlFlESToPPlliG REA$ INSPECTIoN.
1211404 lrtspoclol: €davB Ail|on. !.fl NOT READY Fffi lNSpECTiOl.l
REPT131 Run Id: 2680
"12-Z:M
e.z7 pm _ --vAt|._co-=rotilllirE__:-__Comment$: Contractor Stat8d rc ftomlni readv lor lffipecllon reEuest today (Gary Paul Star)
1?i3)/04 lnsoeclor: cdavts - - Acfion':; Pl PAR1AL lNSPECTldll
Comtn€nls: Unttrs 303 and 4O3 aDDrovbd D€ndlno €l€ctkal louoh InsD€ctlon
-Add wrrD of sfrrtuidt columh in unii 3&3.lbm: 51|) ELDc-hisubtion " Approved "0€/0404 Intpeclon @D' Aclion: Pl PARIIAL INSPECTION
Cammenb: TNSULATION N&S CORRIDOR WAILS LEVET 177.
05f13/04 lnrp€ctor: An Actbn: AP APFROVED
Comment!: APPROVED LEVEL 177 NORTH SIDE EXCEPT END UNIT. COFRECTION REOUIRED:
f NSt LATE AROUND l,(,tNDO,l/S
Cy16/04 Inspoclor: GCD Actlon: No I\PTIFIED
Comrrrentg: PRbVIDE PICTI,RE OF INSULATION IN RESTARAUNT
llcm: 60 BLDC'-Stogdtoc_ f Nall ," Approvad "06/2flM fnsp.clor: cicD '' Aclton: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Commenis: RESTARAUANTANO CORRIDOR 186 GYP PATCHIIG.
OTlo€l0d- lffiDector; cCD Actlon: Pl PART1AL INSPECTION
Comm€nts: 'Gll/| CEILING GYP
O7l12lO4 Inspeclor: GCD Aclbn: Pl PARTIAL INSPECT|OiI
Comrnonts: ABbVE CElLlNc P€NETRAI]ONS APPRO/ED CORRIDOR 155 BOTH SIO€S OF WALL. o|(
TC' HAIIG AND RMSH LID.I(J FIAF(' ANLI FIN|SFI LII.J. 1
08/11/04 fnrDoc{or: GCD Actlon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECIIO}I
COmfl|€Nb: RESTRooi, GYP AND ABOVE,CETLII'IG RRETAPE AND CAULK.
0910/04 Inspeclor: Art Acilon: APAPPROVED
Comme nts: APPROVED ABOVE CEILING TENANT SEPARAT]ON AI.IO CAUT.KING FOR UNITS AT 177
09/'l$M InsDeclor: GCD Actbn: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTIOIJCo rncnb: EHULEVEL 1773UNITS.
A9i21lO4 lnlD.clon GCD Actlon: Pl PAR]]AL INSP€CTlOil
Comrn€nts: RESTAR UNTCEllltlc€8E04 lnloeclor: GCD Action: Pl P RTIAL I|.TSPECTION
Comments: UMT 3o5
1913/04 lnsnetlor: GCD Acllon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTIOII
coffincnt3: $tlTs3g.30€
10ft9,O4 larpeclor: cdwb Actlon: Pl PARIAL INSPECIIO f
Comm€ntr: Unn 4{}7 onlv|0EO(X lnsoector: bCD Acllon: Pt PARTIAL tNSPECllOll
Commerdr: UMTS /m.411.415
1A2Uo4- lrcpeclor:
fiun nl3: APPROVI TENIIVG IN UNIT{3TI2
AcUon: Pl PARTLA
1A2Uo4- Intg€dor: Arl Aclbn: APAPPROVED
ConUN.nl3: APPROVEO SHEETROCI( FASTENITVG IN UNIT{3TI2ltDlto4 l63p3clor: c'cDComrnf{$ t NlT 4tX
111{XYO4 loep€cior; @D
Comman0r: IML 177 CLOSET
'l1tlfl/o!- hop.clof: cCD
Comments: utllT 3OB
11124o4 lrcoeclor: GCD
Commentr: RESTOFil2.
1zloB1o,/l jl6Dedor: cdrvls
ConmenB: Unfts 4'17.419
12lc6lo{. lmpeclor: GCD Acfon: PI PARIAL INSPECTION
Comrn€nb: @LUMN \,\RA,P 5(x!,5O5,5G'.5 1 {
12l0go{ Inepoclot: COAVIS Acdon: Pl PARnAt INSPECITON
comm€nl3: uMTs 509.511
1zle€t04 lnsp€clol: ccl.vb Acuon: Pt PARnAL NSPECTION
Commantr: Units 5ol .5o3
1Z16104 Insp€itori ocD Acdon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTIoN
Comments: SI,{AFT ltt ALL CORE BOARD.
12l2WU lncpector: cdivis Acflon: Fl PARTIAi. INSPECIION
_C_omrn€ntr: urffs 233265 & ?86(stairwe[)
BLDG-Mltc.
1Cv07/04 Inspector: GCD Acfon: NOI.|C)TIFIED
CornrnNtr: ,1"IIS WAS A COURTESY II.ISPECIION FOR TCO OF TERRA EISTRO. PLUMBING AND
,ELECTRICAL WORK MAY HA\IE BEEN DONE W/o PERMIT.ilPLANNltlG RiIAL REOD ii
2.PRO/IDE ACCESS TO UNDER BACK BAR FOR ruLN'B|NG. PROVIDE AIR GAP FOR ICE
Bll.tS.
3.COI!iPLETE EXTERIOR
: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Acli,on: Pl PARIAL INSPECIIO,N
Actbn: PIPARTIAL INSPECTION
Actbn: PI PARNAL NSPECTION
Acdon: PI PARTIAL INSPECTON
li€m. 70
4.PROVIDE EXITSIGN O DOOR INTO LOEBY
12tRlO4 lftloecbr: c6vb Actlon: tlO NOT|RED
Comm€nls: Ano$nr couyrt. wrlk thru tor Occupancy Approv.l. Projecl ls In such sn unnnFhod rftat€ th6t lhet€
arc loo lny lcms requiring compl€Uon to fistfbm: 90 BLDG-Flnat
REPT131 Run Id: 2660
.t4
22
533
' It€m: 534
llem: 539
llenr: 532
Item:
l|em:
llem:
It€m: 53O
ragtr 4 l
2-PLAr{$flNG. PUBI_t{t WCRKS, ArJ} FIRE REC ArrFl?Cr./A!_
PLAN-ILc Found€lion Plan
PLAN-ILC Sile Plar
PLAiI'YEMP. eO - Anorov€d -1o!Q7lA lnsp€ctor: Gecrge ' Actlqn: Dl.! DENIED
Commenb: ILC requhed
All extdrlot worft shall b'e a,mpleted i!E, palnting. Ioo{, \iall maletial, etc.,
10 1;'0i lnspeclor. RF Aciidn. AFTAFFF.OVED
Comments: ILC prouided on 1Oi:-Exterior tinishes completsd on Resturant
BLDG-Temp. c;O'lOlI/04 lnsoector. CDAVIS Aclic'n: DN fENIED
Commenls: RESTAUFIANT DENIED
.PLANNIT'TG APPROVAL REQUIRED.ELECTRICAL P€RMIT ANg INSPECT]ON REQUITF I) FOR AN[{ TIONAL iJi/'3RK PERFORMED
AT TItE NEWBAR AREA.10/1ffM Inspector GCf) Adion: PA PARTIAL APPROVAL
Comm€NIs: 1ERRA BISTRO APTJRI.}VED FOR .TCO.
PLAN .FINAL C/O
PW.FINAL C/o
R V-TEUP CJO - ApprDvod *
10,0&'0.1 lnspector: ls Action AP APPROVED
l0'O8/04 lnsi)eclot ls Action: CONDAPPROVEDiCOiIOiIONS
Commenh: Acae3s into building s d i€-.{urant canncl b€ blocked.
REpT.131 F-un Id: 2680
.:F:r
Pagc 2O
08/1304 l$spectofi Art A*lon. APAPFROVE0
COMMiNTT: APPRCII/ED LEVEL 177 hPRTH S1DE EXCEPT END UNIT. COFRECTIO}I REOT'IRED:
II,SULATE AROT,ND ITVIiIDOUVS
tlg/tgo4 In8picior: GCD Acton: NO|IOTIFIED
Comm.ntt: PROVIffi FICTURE OF IHTIULA.IION IhI RESTARAU}JTIt m: 60 BLD&Smdoafrhbll --AWowd"
0e2fl04 lnepccbr: GCD -' Acdon: Pl PARnAL lNSPEcl]ON
C{mm3n!5: RESTARAUANT AND CORRIDOR 186 GYP PATCHIN€,
07/09{X lmpador: GCD Acilon: Pt PARnAL NSPECT1ON
Com.n ntr: OYM CflL[rtS 6YP
O?|1AM lffiDrclsl: GCD Actoo: Pl PARTIALIN$PECTION
Commenb: ABbVE CElLlttG PEN€TRAION$ APPROVEO CORRIDCR 155 BOTH SIOES OF WALI. o|(
TC, t{AtlG ANDFINISII LlD.(Wl l/M lnsDeclol: GCD Acl'cn: R PARTIAL tNSpECTlOfil
CoMNrnb: RESTRooII GYP ANO ABOI'/E CEILIi.I(I FIRETAFf AND C.AULK.(Plg(X lnsD{tctor: Arl ' A(Sn: APAPPROVED
COMmant3: APPROVED ABOVE CEILIMI TE}IANT SEPARA1ION AND CAULKING FOR UNITS AT 177
81ry04
Comn nb:
wr21l04
Comnan6:
m/ff!/04
Comrn€rtr:
tcvlSvM
Commofltr:
10/{904
Commcnb:
10/20/04
C$mmGnti:
to2€I/o*
Comrnar{a:
t1/m/04
Comfiri a:
NORIHSIffi
InBDeclot: CaCD
EHU LEVEL 177 3 UMTS.
TIECH ROOIT' LEVEL 156lBp.r,tlr: GCD
RESTARAUNTCEILII.IG
lmoector: GCD
lJhllT 305
Insfrector: 6CD
tr${TS 30,1.306.
lngo€clDr: cdcvlt
LJnit 407 onlvln$€ciDr: 'Gctr
IJI$T6 409,411 .4t $
Acton: Pl PAFnAL lt'l$P€C'notl
Aclion: Pl PARnAL NSlt€CTlON
Acuon: PI PARNAL NSPEC.TION
Actioni Pl PARTTAL
'NSPCCTIOil
I'rrFecIoT: Ail ,Actbn: AE APfROVED
APPROVED SHEETROCX FASTEltlf(G f,l,tJtlllT t:FAInroector GCD Acrbnl'fr PARtht INSpECTION
UMT/104
Action: Pl PARnAt INSPECIION
Ac{on: Pl PARTIA- INSPECilON
fbm: 70 GcD . Acton; NONOTIFIED I j
A COJRIESY IHSF€CllON FOR TCO OF TERRA BISTRO. PLUMBINO AND
I'\{,fiK MAY I.IAi/E BEET.I DONE WO PERIIIT. :
; FINAI REOD
ACCESE TO.UND€R BACK BAR FOR PLUMBIAIG. PROVIEE AIR GAP Fd |cE
lERIOR
$rGN @DOOR TryTOLOBBY
Cdalrh Acdon: NOI^|OT|FIEDi
lbm: 90 BLO6'Rn0I
t 1/O9/O4 lnsp€ctor: GCD
Co'nrmo o: LEVEI, 17?CI.OSET
11/18yO4
Commeila:
11t21t0{
Commcdtr:rzo304
Comrnanlr:
r?/0gt)4
Comnrnb:
12/0S04
Comnrants:
l2!Ulto{.
Commonbi
t?/'t6/04
Commenb:
1A2WA4
Com|mnb:
BLOSMI$G.
ln s'€dofi GCD
LhTT 3OB
lrEpactor: cCD Acllon: Pl PARII,AL fNSPECnObt
RESTOF 3O2.hEpictQt: cdevb Actlon: Fl PARTIAL INSP€CTION
Uftlc 417.{tglrllssctori GCD Airion: Pl PARnAL NSpECTI()N
CCIUrttfit 1r1/RAP 503,50t"60S,5t thcpedor: CDAVIS Actlon: pl PARntL ll{SPECnON
UMTS 5{F.S1 1
Ineoorlsr: cthvb Aclion: Pl pARnAt INSFECTIOIi
unlh 6d1.6ei
Incp€ctor: GCD Acdon: Pl PARTIAL lNstPECnOf.t
SI,TAFT WALL CORE BOARD-
Inrpcctgr: cdavh Ac'tion: Pl PARTIAI" INSPECTIOf'I
un|b 233265 & ?66{BraF$nllr
couvtt. srlk thru ior Occupency Approval. Protscl b In such an ordlnlsh'€d sttta lhlt thera
nanY ibrm reouirlm cornDlrtbn t(i r|f.re loo mny ibrtt| requidng coflpnbh $
f ii'I!j"r' i..i
r* f i:.,! .r, ic rr t I
1(y07/04
Comnranb:
{li
TII;l
,Ht"
REpt131
.lt{,*
Run Id: 2660
r"
fhm: 21 Pttt\,,'lLC Foundd],on Plantt m: 22 FllN-lLC Slur,Phr.Itm. 533 PI,AN"TEMP.CrO. "ADDrowd'"
lOlOTlfJ4 ltrsp€ctof: C'eotqo ' Acthon: DN D€f J|ED
Conm6nb; {LC rrqul$d
All crrrirlor work siull b€ compFred tl€, palntlng. roof, wall m€i€rial. elc.)
1O13/O4 lffiDoctor: RF Acflrtr': AfAPpR0VEC,
Comnrant$: ILC provtdec on lot2-Exbrbr ftnkhe* complets.,l on Flisturanlitrm: 530 BLDfr-T.mp. CiO.
1$11lo{. InsDcctof CDAVlg Acll*n: D|\IOENIED
CommenB: RESTAURAi.IT DENIED
-PLANNING APPROVAL REAUIRED
-ELECTRICAT PERM'T AND INSFECNOf.{ REOUIRED FOR ADI{NO}IAL \^JORK PERFORMED
ftrm:
tlrm:
lbm:
ATTHE NEWEAR ANEA
10/15/04 Inspoctor: GCO Aclhn; PAF.!,RTIALAPPROVAI
Commetb: IERRA BISTRO APPROVED FOR CO.
s34 PLAN - FI{AL C/O
539 PVi'.Rh,tALC/o
532 fl,lr-TEMF CiO '- ApDrovod "'
lO'0&tX lmoecbr: l$ . Actlrn. AF APPROVEII
Ity0&'04 lmbrdor: h Ac[on; CoNBAPPRjS/EDicoNolncNs
Comn€nb: Acc€r$ mo buildlng and rs!{urrnl c.nnol bo Usck€d.
r' + , t l''.il
i t,r'1 t ' ; r '1 t
,\ ;;' '
REPTl31
1t.
j:
Run fd: 264CI
Fage 25
Rcquest€d Insp+:t Oate:' hspectlon A'ee'
Slte r.ddress:
ArP,D lnformsflon
Acttuftv: M04-0t84 Tvoe: FMECH
Cottst Typ€: 3ccupah'cy'
Own€r. VML LLC
AFplicant. mlsco FIREPLACE E sToVE sHOp
'3c nlractor FRISCO flREPLACE 8 STOVE SHOP
Descrlpllon: tNSTAt L 2 GAS FIREPLACES
Ccminent ilrc PLAiI REVIEWPEFFORMEO " CDAVIS
Reouested Inspectlon[s]Frruttc
?00 ilECHfrnnsF
FRISCO FIREBLACE 8 STOVE SHCIP
Thursdav, lle.:efi'ber 23. ?0n.1
CD
352 E MEADOY', DR VAIL
35? E TYIEADOWDR
Phone: 97S6@3760
Plr,rne. 970-668-1i760
Item:
Requestor.
Asslgned To:- Actlon:
tt€ft Comments:
nom Comfirnts:
tt3mComn€ffi:
ttBm Comrn€nb:
Requested Time: 08:00 Altf' Fhone: 970-664-37€0
Enter€d Bf DGOLOEII KCDAVIST r
Iiqle EIP:!bs.:oc; rNsrALL' wAlfT:lREsToP 3sr
t N|TS 407,409,41 1 .^r15.505, AND 607. 404 REOg WALL FTRESICP.
uNrTs 417319.509,511
unit3 @7,6t)9.61 |.51 3.6
Teo,r'urutrIll'wl
lnspcction Historv
Item:
llem:
It€m:
ll€m:
nem:
It€m:
teeiolLED
l{1?,:}0fib5.306 INSTALL WALL FIRFSTCD 1f?oiXC$ Action: Pl PARTTAL INSPECTIOI'J
407.llC9.41 1 .415.505. ANO 6i)7. ^O4 REOS WALL FIRESTCP.or: GCD Ac8on: Pl PART]AL ll.lSPECTiON
310 MECF$Fleatino
315 PLMFGa$ Pldlnn
32O MECH-ExharfotHoods
33O MECH-Supolv Alr
34o MECI-.{-Mlac '
39O i,lEcl-l-Fln6l
Cor$rnafits:
10i 13/04
Comrn€nt3:
11i24t0l
C.omm€nts:mm€nts: UMTS 417,419,501
12118!04 Inspec'tor: cdavle
mm€ntB: Unlts 607.609.611.
4t 7.4t9,509,51 |
Comm€ntB: Unlts 607.609,61 1,613.615
Action: Pl PARTIAL INSP€CTIOi'J
Action: PA PARTIAL APPRO'I,'AL
Status: ISSUED
Insp Araa: CD
REPT131 Run Id: 2680
Correction List for Phased Occupanry of the Vail Mountain Lodge
Date: 1211512004
Project: Vail Mountain Lodge Permit # 804-0033
Location: 252E. Meadow Dr. Vail, Co.
Contractor: Shaw Construction
Listed below are corrections required to be addressed in plan and written format
for the submitted phased occupancy plan of the Vail Mountain Lodge.
Sheet A2.1
1) Work is proposed to continue on the building exterior. All exterior work
shall be complete prior to any occupanry approval. Excluded form this
requirement is the east elevation located next to the Terra Bistro
restaurant.
2) Show how work being proposed on east elevation is to be accomplished
without interfering with the means of egress system for the restaurant' Is
propane fuel and heating being used here? If so, show quantities of
propane tanks, location of heaters, how propane will secured, delivered
and stored. Also show how materials are to be delivered to this area
without affecting the Town of Vail's Right-of Way.
3) South elevation. All exterior work shall be complete in this area. Show exit
discharge that is free and clear and maintained free of ice and snow to
the public way. All scaffolding, construction materials, trash and debris
shall be removed and exit discharge established prior to occupancy
approval. Provide letter of agreement from the management staff that the
exit discharge will be maintained at all times. Some type of exit lighting is
also required in this location.
Sheet A2.2
1) Work is proposed to continue on the building exterior. Building o<terior
shall be complete prior to occupancy approval. It appears that high work
is also proposed. This work shall be complete prior to occupancy approval.
Sheet L1.1
1) South elevation. Show exit discharge for south elevation to the public
way.
2) West elevation. Exit discharge located at west elevation appears to be less
than 5' in width. This exit discharge serves separate buildings. (Vail
Mountain Lodge & Mountain Haus). Exit discharge shall be a minimum of
B'in width to serve occupant loads from both buildings and provide
enough clearance for maintenance. Provide agreement from management
staff that this exit discharge will be mainbined at all times.
3) East elevation. Exit discharge to the east does not have clear access to
the public way. As shown, the exit discharge is interrupted by construction
activity and construction fencing. Construction fencing shall be located on
the Vail Mountain Lodge property. It appears the proposed construction
fence is located beyond the property line.
Sheet A0.2
1) Show in clarity, complete path of egress through the building including
path of travel and where all areas have access to two means of egress.
Include the exit discharge to the public way.
2) Access to exit discharge not shown for two means of egress for level 155.
3) General comment. All exit components shall be shown, Include exit
illumination, exit identification and maintained free of construction
elements during interior construction. Show this in plan view and written
format.
Sheet A0.3
1) Show in clarity, complete path of egress through the building including
path of travel and where all areas have access to two means of egress.
Include the exit discharge to the public way.
2) Access to exit discharge from second exit not shown. Please note that this
correction has been noted on previous field inspections. This item shall be
addressed immediately or loss occupancy on this level (spa/health club)
may occur.
3) Construction access is proposed from west stair tower. What is the plan
here? Show how the exit enclosure will be maintained free and clear of
construction activity while building is occupied by the general public. The
recent past has shown that the control ofthese spaces is beyond the
capacity of the General Contractor. Provide in clarity, a written agreement
of how this is proposed to be achieved once occupancy has been granted.
Sheet A0.4
1) Show in clarity, complete path of egress through the building including
path of travel and where all areas have access to two means of egress.
2) Construction access is proposed from west stair tower. What is the plan
here? Show how the exit enclosure will be maintained free and clear of
construction activity while building is occupied by the general public. The
recent past has shown that the control of these spaces is beyond the
capacity of the General Contractor. Provide in clarity, a written agreement
of how this is proposed to be achieved once occupancy has been granted.
3) General comment. All exit components shall be shown. Include exit
illumination, exit identification and maintained free of construction
elements during interior construction. Show this in plan view and written
format.
Sheet AO.5
1) Show in clarity, complete path of egress through the building including
path of travel and where all areas have access to two means of egress.
2) General comment. All exit components shall be shown. Include exit
illumination, exit identification and maintained free of construction
elements during interior construction. Show this in plan view and written
format.
The plan review for this phased occupancy has been discontinued due to lack of
clarity shown on plans or in written format. Please review the listed corrections
and apply them to all areas of the revised plan. Provide additional information as
to how construction activity will be performed and where materials will be
staged.
Be aware that the Public Works Department and the Planning Departrnent
Temporary Certificate of Occupancy C|CO) approval shall be obtained prior to
requesting an inspection approral from the Fire and Building Depaftnents, Prior
to requesting a TCO inspection from the Fire Depaftment, all alarm certificationE
testing and sprinkler ceftification and testing must be complete. The Fire and
Building Departments may coordinate their inspection at the same time.
Plan review performed by,
Charlie Davis
Chief Building Official
Town of Vail
Requested Inspect Date:
lnsoecdon Area:
Stte Address:
Wednesday, January 19, 2005
CD
352 E MEADOW DR VAIL
35? E iIEADOWDR
AIEfD Inlbrmafror
,_ Acwltf lO+O184
Cons!Typ6:
Aoolbant:
Coirbaclor:
Otwier:
ApplEqnt:
VML LLC
FRISCO
FRTSCO
INSTALI.
AMF Sffi.|s:
ln:p Area:
SFOP
Phone: 97$60&37fl)
Phone: 970.€6&3760
Descdrdon:
Cominerrt:
Feo$€bil lnso€ctorilrl
T{OPLAN -CDAVI
pv.tt *
Cofimcnts: units3{X}.4}3o*bT$,If,: cDAvrs
Requested Tlme: 08:00 Aif' Phone: 477&11
EnleredBy: DGOTDEN K
Tlme ErF
3
(L
b
Insoecton HlsbrY
310
315
340&rt34)sn
' lbm:
lbm:
lbm:
lbm:
tlem:
llem:
Yl ?
lbm: 3t1{F88.![rc--
Eequestor: FRISCO-FIEEPLACE & STOVE SFIOP
LwAO
lbm: 2o0 t{E*FgWl}lHt'a4w lnapofior: (ni
Comrn ntD: LTNITS 302.304
l(}/13/O4 lnroector: G€lO13,O4 lnroector: GCD Actbn: PIPARIAINSPECTION
Conrm€ntB; IJMTS 4()7.,{19,41I ,415,506, AND 607. 404 REOS VIALL RRESTOP.'11i?$04 lnsDocbr: @D Actbn: PIPARnALI.|SPECIIONll;ZilllO{ Inspocbr: @D
Coflmonc; lJlllTS 41 7.419,5Gr.51 |
Actbn: Pl PARIAL I.ISP€CTION
Actlon: PA PARTIAL APPROVAL
InsD€cior: CDAVIS Acdon: DN DENIED
UilTS Ol-l 177 LEVEL€lfiER t{O ACCESS O{JE TO F[TRMTURE lN THE WAY OR TERMII.I TION CAPS t{CrT
I}.TSTALLED
REINSPECTON REOT.IREDIngpedor GCD Acllon: PA PARNAT APPROVAL
LEVELS I 77 AND 186 FIREPI-ACES FINAIED. EXECP/T 3(}3 AND 4O3 IP ROtJGH.
ISSUED
CD
llrce: SIiGCH
occupoity:
& STOVE SFIOP
59,56
t-lob
1?/''€/n,
Commanb:
01/O.lJtl5
Comments:
REE4r131 Run Id: 2767
ffi-tnspe*ionnequesin-eporting - - ---Fru;T
4'?9 pm _ ' vAtL. co _ TowN bF -
Reguested lnspect Oate: Wednesday, January 19, 2005
Inspectlon Area: CD
Site Address: 352 E MEADoW DR VAIL
.A/P,D lnformatlon
Aclhdv: M04-0O75 TvDe: SMECH
Const Typ*: Occupahty:
O,vrier: VML LLC
ADgIIcant D AGOSNNO MECHANICAL CONIRACTORS
Cohlractor: D AGOSTII\F MECHANTCAL CONTRAC TOR S
SubTg,fie: AC0M
Phone: 913-3845170
Phone: 91$3845170
gtatus: tS9r-rED
Insp Area: CD
Reguested Tlme: 08:00 AM- Phone: 9491747
Enlered By: DGOTDEN K
D€scrir{ion: remodel €rislino f'otrl rooms
Cominent Roulecl to Charfie Oavts ?Le++filFA(LL
ieouesterrnsoecrion(s) Hf?T|fI-L- fiPp2u,@Item: 390 MEeH-Flnsl
Requ€stoi: D AGOSTINO MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS
Assioned To: CDAVIS- Astion: Time ExD:
Itern Comm€nts: FOFRFITUFI NT o]'JLY
BALANCE REPORT CoMPLETE ANO \MLL BE SUBMITTEO 1O12i0.1
InsDecUon Historv
Item: 20O MECH-Rouohf,J[X,B]Pn*o"*o, cc;D8.|(X/04 lmpectof GCD Actlon: CR CORRECTTON REOUIRED
Commenls: 1.NO EXHAUST I TOTLET CCTIPARTMENT \ rOMEl',S.
2.FINISH JOINT AT SUPPLY MENS,
3.SUPPORT DINT PER EODE 18aa MIN WREInspector GCD -Action: AP APPROVED
ITEMS FROII.I O&O+04 APPRCVED. EXMUST TIOT SHOW! OI'I PLANS,
Inspectof' GCD Actlon: Pl PARTIAT INSPECnON
LEVEL I77 EATH EXHAUST. OSA A}JD DRYER DUCT UNITS
302,3{X.3O5,306.a)7.3O8.3O9,31 I. HAVE ENG REVIEW SHAFT FOR EXHAUST E1LICT AI;D
FIRE DAMPERS DUE TO SHFTBElr.fc NON COFfiNOUS BETWEEN nOORs
Inspoclor: cdavls Acllon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECIO}I
R€hrrn alr duct work at the oflices
Musi stlll lnsbll flro damo€rs and oressul€ tesl retrlo€ratlon lines
lnsp€ctor: An Acuorr: NO NdftFtED
INSPECNON CAIVCELLED BY COT-ITP}CTOR
Inspector: GCD Acllon: CR COFRECnON REOIJIRED
UMT iA4 REOS EXHAUST qT TJ8. DRYER DUCT HAS 7 9OS R€OS BOOSTER F 1I'!
lnspector: GCD Acllon: Pl PART]AL INSPECTION
OSA AND BATH EXHAUST d07..OS.4't 1.413..{15.InsDeclor GCD Aclion: Pl PARIAL INSPECI1ON
CORRECTIONS FOR LII.JIT 404 APPROVEO- 3O8 BATH EXIdA.USTAND DRYEF DI,ICT
APPROVED MASTER BATH NOT EIONE,
EXHAUST AND OSA FCR 505,509.41 7.419.lnsp€clor cdovls Aclion. Pl PARTIAL II,ISPECION
B€th fan exhaGl un{l 308 ontv
Insp€clor; @D Aclion. -,
"ApttAL 'IISPECTCI'IUMT 51 I BATH EXHAUSTAND OSA,Insp€ctor: GCD Acllon: Pl PART1AL INSPECTION
FIRE/SMOKE OAMPERS AT LEVEL 177 AND BRANCH LII.IES 186 CEILING. F'S DA.MPEP
RESTAMUI..IT REruRN AIR FOR EXPANSION,
08/06104
Comments:
09108/04
Commenb:
09123104
Comments:
#1.28/M
Comnnnls:
10/13/04
Commsnts:
10/13',O4
C omment!:
11t02io4
Comments:
t i,otroa
Comments:
11'17.tD4
Comrnenls:
11nAtO4
Comm€nB:
12t13i04
REPT131
Inspeclor: GCD AcUon: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Drrrr T/{ - )1 t:1
1?t1
Comtn.ils:
12t16t0/.
Commcils:
12!20o/
CommenL:otfld(F
conmenb:
lbm 3'lo
LEVEL 2t7 UNIST 7O1,7M
f/ECH-tb.Uno
PUIBG.!Pldho
MEcfF€xltrfu lloodr
MECl.l-SupCyAfs/r/U04'lnrpector: C'CD Actbn: PAPARnALAPPRoVAL
CoflUnents: I.IEW SUPPLY AIR EI{JCT FOf, RESTARAUNTIIECH-filhc. - Approued "
U*23,O4 lrpocfor: cdavb Aclbn: l.lO i.lOTlFlED
comm€nE: Rsvleuaed lack ot thatt encbsufe lor gxhautn ducls. wll app|o\r€ llse ol cbss ll 1r|nol(e'fltE
ormpers at every tlhr and root pamllatlicn and comphte itanttoon Ftch thtbugh lbor. Englnaer
of record shan revl€s and oDDrolle oroDosal. InsD6cllon f3$df€d
0f'27o4 lneooctor: GcD hcdon: CR DORRECflON REot RED
Comm.nB: REFRIGER nON PRESSURE TEST lS RE@ TO BE PER 9? Lrlrc SEC I l?2 AND TABLE 1 1-
D BASED ON TYPE OF REFRIGERAT.IT USEO.
1O/Oll04- Inrpeclor: GcD Ac0on: APAPPROVED
Commedr: rc'LNE SET PRESSURE TEST 380gc1l(ylso4 trEpcctor: cdrvl3 Acton: l.tOi.lOTlFlED
Commentr: t-laid wrtlltEn balancs ropod r€c€fvsd for tho mohcsnkal slFiem Includes adtilons h taltuatanl
MECtI-Flnal{O11O'l lmpecto{: CDAVIS Action: PAPARI]ALAPPRoVAL
Comm.ntB: RIF RESTAURAIi'T Oln-Y
BAIAI.ICE REPORTCOMPLETE ANO WILL BE SUEII|ITTED 1U12I0d
12t22im Ins9.cior: GCD Acton: Pl PARTIAI lNsPEcnQN
comrmnB: LE(G1 177302.C!4.308.UMT3{t6FANl.tOTurORKlllG.LEVELlS6tf.llTs4}7,4tr.4fi,
Item: 3S)
Item 3lOlbm: 315lbm: 320
l!.rn: :!iX)
REPT131 Run Id: 2767
Y
01-1&2$5 lmpgq{on Rqqc{
lhru 3lo- - llnr 315^f hil* saot lbn: :KXt
3rO
3gt
FCI+ifirc.B:lA0.lcofimann
6,tiITt0/Co|tlt|r6l
t(y04/04Coiltr|[:
1|}1
CormdSl-"
llECtl-Flnal
1O11O.lCofim.il$
lztluwr1Connrrtr:
fi v"tt I
C?
r\o3
RECID
IJSED.
A.ilon: APAPPROVED
lzliltyo4 InrD.frr: cdryh trlon: F{ PARTIAL h}SpECnONCoilrt|rt: tffi S &(}3 b.$ odnrrt.qrd Erll|b|l rYrbmrOlffiffi lttscloc OCD AEdon: PIPARTI LIISPECnO}ICmmilr: LEt EL A)? (AITS f,,7.qp.6r1.6ts.613.
LEVEL 217 1t'l3T 7U1,7{n
-Afroridr'
Imocclor: cddl Aclon: l,lO NOIIFIED
Rairrrurd hct ol ||Efi .nch'src frt .rhrfr dudr. lul aF(lnF.rr |l .nry lfior and rcof prnrtalbn cnd co||p|rb p
0t nip|d rhnlltd.w and epero|| plolrotcl.-l0eqiugll4[
?\.E$ze")
Roa
u|. of Cbc Ismft./tlle
Fbh |htorlgh [oot. Etrgtutcct
SEC ItU AM)TABTE tI.
aotlog.4rr.'{.,
REPT131 Run fd: 2767
TOWNOFVAIL
75 S.FRONTAGEROAD
VAIL, CO 81657
970-479-2138
Job Address:
Location.....:
Parcel No...:
Project No :
352 EMEADOW DRVAIL
352 EMEADOWDR
210108255001
"PTi36(-6 t1
DEPARTMENT OF COMMI.]NITY DEVELOPMENT
NOTE: THIS PERMIT MUST BE POSTED ON JOBSITE AT ALL TMES
MECHANICALPERMIT Permit #:M04-0184
OWNER
VAIIJ \-TJ
81,657
License;
CONTRACTOR FRISCO FIREPLACE & STOVE
P O BOX l_330
FRTSCO, CO
80443
I-,icense: 101-M
APPLICANT FRISCO FIREPLACE & STOVE
P O BOX 1-330
FRTSCO, CO
I0443
I-,icense: l-01--M
Desciption: INSTALL 2 GAS FIREPLACES
Valuation: $56.157.00
Fireplace Informalion: Resrictod: Y # ofGas Appliances: 0
Status . .
Applied.
Issued .
Expires .
09/15/2004 Phone:
SHO09 /L5/2004 Phone: 970-668-3760
SHO09/15/2004 Phone: 970-658-3760
# of Gas tngs: 0 # of Wood Pella: 0
FEE SI'MMARY
S0 - 00 Total Calculated Fe€s-->
S0. 00 Additional Fees------->
S1,428.00 Total P 't Fee------->
Payments----------->
BAI-ANCE DUE-.-....>
.: ISSUED
.: 0911512004.: 0912112004.: 03120/2005
Mechmical-->
Plan Check-->
Investigation->
Will Call---->
51,428.00
s0.00
s1, 428 . 00
s1,428.00
s0. 00
51, 140 . 00 R€stuarant Plan Review-.>
S28s.00 DRBFee------------>
s0. 00 ToTAL FEES----:-->
$3.00
IEem:O5].OO BUILDING DEPARTMM{T
09/2t/2004 cdavis Action: AP SUB'JECT TO FIEI-,D INSPECTION
Itsem: 05500 FIRE DEPARTMEXIT
CONDITION OF APPROVAL
Cond:12
(BI-,DG. ) : FIELD INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED TO CHECK FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.
Cond:25
(BLDG. ) : GAS APPI,IAI{CES SHALL BE VENTED ACCORD]NG TO CHAPTER 8 AND SHALL
TERMINATE AS SPECIFIED IN SEC.8O6 OF THE 1997 UMC, OR C}IAPTER 8 OF THE ]-997 IMC.
DECLARATIONS
I hereby acknowledge that I have read this application, filled out in fulI tbe information required, completed an accurate plot plan,
and state that all the infonnation as required is correct. I agree to comply with the information and plot plan, to comply with all
Town ordinanc€s and state laws, and to build this structure according to the towns zoning and subdivision codes, desigr review
approved, Uniform Building Code and other ordinanc€s of the Town applicable thereto.
REQUESTS FOR INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE TWENTY-FOIJR HOURS IN ADVANCE BY OR AT OUR OFFICE FROM 8:00 AM - 4 PM.
*+{'{'********l't**++*'}****tt*t*+f*+t+***t**f,******l**a***ri*+**t*+*********************+++**l*
TOWN OF VAIL, COIORADOCopy Reprinted on Ur-21-2O04 rt 11:35:25 09/2r/2004
StateNnent
*i****************+*l+****++***t*****t**********+*******+a+******ii*********'t+*+*++*********
$1,428.00 09/L5/200402227 PrIInit: JSNotation: +29930/FRISCO
StaEenenE Nruriber: R040006653 Amount:
PalmenC MeBhod: Check
FIREPLACE
Permit No:
Parcel No:
Site Address :
Location:
This Pa)ment,:
MP 00100003111100
PF 00100003112300
wc 00100003112800
I.{04-0184 t!pe: MECHANICAL PERMIT
2101082ss001
352 E MEADOW DR VAII,
352 E MEADOW DR
Tota1 Fees:
$1,428.00 TOTA1 ALIJ FINIS:
Balance :
MECHANICAI, PERMIT FEES
PIJAN CHECK FEES
WILL CALL INSPECTION FEE
s1, 428.00
$1, 428.00
$0.00**+ft{'******+*tt**i**+**t*++***ff****+f*t***+t*{'+t*****+++***************i'**********l*******
ACCOI,]NT ITEM LIST:
Account Code Descripti.on Current Pmts
1, 140.00
285.00
3.00
APPTICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF INCOMPTETE OR UNSI
Building Permit #:
Mechanical Permit #:
(-6cv
-00
75 S, Frontage Rd.
Vail, Colorado 81657
dff!roruUry 151''"0
a Equipment Cut/Spec Sheets _.,V Jror o8= sgoo / ..---- _ -)
97 O- 47 9-2L49 (Inspections)
Permit will not be accepted without the following:
ConAd Asesrc Office at 97O-328-8640 or visit wvvw.Parcel
robName: 5,#;fi:,m|'u Job Address: 3€2 E, /ne*AOd .bEry€
Legal Description ll Lot:- ll etoct: - ll riting:Subdivision: -
owners Name: yhl L il?rN ub6€ ll Address: 1sz tr rla4 oa prvglFffi
Engineer:Address:Phone:
-Detailed description of work:
/aawzL 6r'tE fit4t/v/*5
WorkClass: New( ) Addition( ) Atterarion(\J Repair( ) Other( )
Boiler Location: Interior ( ) Exterior ( ) Other( )Does an EHU exist at this location: Yes ( ) No ( )
TypeofB|dg:Sing|e-family()Dup|ex()Mu|ti-fami|yffirant()other()
No. of Existing Dwelling Units in this building:No. of Accommodation Units in this buildino:
No/Tvpe of Fireplaces Existing: Gas Appliances ( ) Gas Loos ( ) Wood/Pellet ( ) Wood Burninq (
Noffype of Fireplaces Proposed: Gas Appliances (z' ) cas Logs ( ) Wood/Pellet ( ) Wood Eurning (NOT ALLOWED)
Is this a conversion from a wood burning fireplace to an EpA phase II device? yes ( ) No ( )
CoMPLETE VALUATION FOR MECHANICAL PERMIT (labor & Materiats)
MECHANTGAL: $ 5b , /t7, tr?
Mechan ical C-ontractor:Iitt s c ct
Town of Vail Reg. No.:Contact and Phone #'s: qrO
fu411/ol tttr{Lta€A (e t - S I6a
Contractor Signature: Y fut A <-t.[t^ {-
* * ***** **** ** *** ***** xxx FOR OFFICE USE ONLy***** *******x**** ************
Aceoted Bv:
F:,/ everyone/forms/ mechperm f*D €<y,'a{
10-11-2004
6:39 am
Inspection Request Reportlng
vAlL, co -rowN oF
Requested InspectDate: Motrday, Octobet 11, 2004
Inspection Area; CD
Site Address, 35? E MEADOW DR vAlL
Page 15
A/P/D Informatis
Acttvity: Mt)4-tD75 Type: BMECH
Consl Tyyr. Occupancy.O*ner: VML LLC
Applicanl: D AGOSTII{O MECFI,ANCAL CONTRACTORS
CoNIrAcloI: D AGOSTINO MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS
subTtpe AcoM
Phon€: 91338+5170
Phona: 913-384-5170
Stotus; ISSUED
Insp Area: CD
JHTI. HflsHjlfJs"**-T".^"*ett fseT\rL,l\pWu*'*ffi*";no, { (
D asr-e'4l*r*.P# l,K *
Rsquestor.-Q.AOOSTINo tr{ECFlqll|cAL CONTRACTORS Phone: 417-Mr1
Asstgn€d To: cDAtilF Ent€r€d By: DGOLDEN
\ Actton: Tirn€ Exp: *Effi MF,,/ /
- tu/tc 6E ffiil /o////oq
Inspectlon Hlstorv
nem: 2m MECH-Rouqh " ADDroved "
O8/O4/D{ tnsD€c.tor: GCD' Action' CR CORRECTION REOUIREO
COMMENTS: 1 TIO EXHAUST 1 TOILET COMPARTMFNT WOMFNS
?.FINISH JOINT AT SUPPI..Y MENS.
3.SUPPORT DUCT PER CODE 18OE MIN WIRE.
lnsDector: GCD lctron: AP APPROVED
ITEMS FROM 08,04.04 APPROVEO. EXHAUST NOT SHOWN ON PLAI.JS.
Insp€ctor: cCD Action: Pl PARTI,AL IN$PECTION
LEVEL 177 BATH EXHAUST. OSA AI{D DRYEF DUCT UNITS
3O2,3Od.3O8,3O6,3O7.3O8.3O9,3T 1 HAVE ENG REVIEW SHAFT FOR EXHAUST DUCT AND
FIRE DAMP€FIS DUE TO SHFT BEING NON COI.ITINOIJS B€TWEEN FLOORS,
0€v23/O4 Insp€clor: cdavts Aciton: Pl PARTI,AL INSPECTNSN
Comments: REfurn air drrct lrrrk at the o{fices
Must still lnstalt Rre damoeIs rnd oressure tesl r€trlqeratlon tlnes
Dgl?an4 Inspector: Arl Actlon: No tq6rtFtrD
Commenls: IiISPECTION CANCELLED BY CONTRACTOR
31O MECH-H€atina
315 PLM&Gas PlFing
3?O MECH-Exhausl Hoods
330 MECH-Supplv Alt
ffil14td4 'lnspeclor: GCD Action. PA PART]AL APPROVAL
Comments. NEW SUPPLY AIR OUCT FOR RESTARAUNT
ft6m: 34O MECH-Mlsc. " Approved "
09l23i0d Inspec{or: cdavii Action: llO flOTlFlEO
Comm€nts: Revi€wed lack o{ sha{l emlosur€ for ertEusl ducls. Witl approv€ us€ o{ class ll smoft€/tire damPefs
at every fllo{ and rool p€nelrauon End compl€l€ p€ntratroo patch through noo{. Engine€r of record
shall reviow and aDorove proDosal. lnspecllon requlred
O9i27t0{ Inspeclor: GCD' ' Aclion. CR CORREC.TIOI'I REOUIRED
Comments: REFREERATIONPRESSURETESTISFEODTOBEPEF9TUMCSECll2?ANDTABLEll-
D BASED ON TYPE CF REFRIGERANT USED.
08/06Jtx
Commsnts:
0e/u&04
Comm€nts:
llem:
nem:
nem:
It€m:
REPTl31 Run Id: 2443
10-11-2004
6:39 am
Inspection History
ttem: 210
Inspection Request Reporting- ItAlL, CO.Tolrlfl{ OF
Page 19
Ac[on: Tlm€ ExD:
IIem Commenls: DIIW-AND.RISE,RS SERVING PRbVATFF*IFENCE ON 3rd FLOOR AT EAST END. WATER
COLUMN TEST.
ttem Comm€nts: GRID 2 THRU 7 NORTI.I SIDE WATER COLUMN TEST.
tt€M COMM€NIS: LEVEL 177 ADA RESTOOIUS VENTING UNDER WATER COLUMN TEST
Item Comm€nts;DWV WATER COLUMN TEST.2nd FLOOR 186 NORTH FROM 2 LINE TO 5 LINE. CHECK FO
Item: 220 PLMB-RoushrD.v{.v.
RegrEsror: D AGOSTINO MECHANTCAL CONTRACTORS
Assigned To: JMONDRAGON
Requested Time: 08:00 Al$
Phone:949-1747
Entered Bv: DGOLDEN K
'ffazllHz'j+-**'BtsDft
U../'.vlL b '/rPPe*oP
bt+Wtc)en4ry
(/
STUDOR VENTS ON LAVS-
nem commentr: GRID LINE ? THRU 7 SOUTH slDE CORRIDOR VETJT t)tJ LEVEL 177.
WASTE ON LEVEL 186
}tem Commenls: DISCUSSED TESTING OF VENTS FOR 2nd FLOOR .I€6 OK TO NOT TEST
Item Comments: 2 BATH GROUPS ON LEVELS 155,165 WATER COLUMN TEST.
BATI.I GROUP 3O8P WATER COLUMN TEST-
Nem Comments: WASTE FOR LEVEL 195 AND VENT FOR 186 VVATE€ COLUMN TE$
-
pL.-rrrrtAv.IG
_ Iwlc-l
o6t2ga4
Comm€nls:
o7l13/04
Dr/vv 4
RESTA
Actio,
TH
ADA RESTROOMS.GCD Acton: Pl PARTIAI INSPECTIoN
N BATHROOMS AND KITCHFN t)WV W'ATER COLl,|MN
O8124,O4 Insp€clor: qd/dda Actron Pl PARTIAL INSPEC TfON
Comments Leiel 185 gaE maii *rlCed hps & g6splp,e to b€ll vat\re. no g€s Frip€ to untts tesled Used a PLD
t€ster and soap, under sncherwater column presstlfe. 7 tap€ t-e6ted
09/30104 lnsp€ctor: Art ArUrn: AP APPROVED
COMM€NIS: APPROVED Dl,lrd ON LEVEL 165 GRID 11 :' 'I? UNIT'263
APPROVED EII'IJV ON LE'JEL 177 GRID 10 > I? UNffS {3O8 & 336.
APPROVED BAR SINK DWV AT LEVET 196 N,E. CORNER, MENDEK UNIT
nem: 220 PLM&Ror.rohtD.W.V.
of'/23d[ Inspector: GcD Acfon. Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
CoMMeNts: DV{/V AND RISERS SERVING PROVATE RESIDENCE Ot'I 3Td FLOQR AT EAST END. WATER
COLUMN TEST,
06J30/O4 insp€clor: CDAVIS Action: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comments: LEVEL 177 ADA RESTOfMS VENTII,JG UNDER WATER COLUMN TEST
07/O6rO4 Insp€cto{: GCO Action: Pt PARTTAL INSPEenON
Comm€nls GRID 2 THRU 7 NORTH SIDE WATER COLUMN TEST
07i {5/O.l Instr'eclo| GCn Aclion: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTIoN
REPTl31 Run Id: 2443
STUDOR VENTS ON I-AVS.
O7l29lM Inspactor: ART Acl,on: Pl PAFIAT INSPECTION
COMMENTS: GRID LINE 2 THRU 7 SOUTH SIDE CORRIDOR VEN ON LEVEL 177.
WASTE ON LEVEL 185
OA/OrryO4 InsD€ctor: GCD Acuon: NO NOTIFIED
Co.nm€nts: DISCUSSED TESTING OF VENTS FOR 2ncl FLOOFT 186 OK TO NOT TEST SOME VENTS.
o8/0e'O4 Insoector: GCD Actbn: Pl PARTnL INSPECTION
ComMenis: WASTE FOR LEVET 196 AND\IENT FOR 186II/ATER COLUMN TEST,
08/j9/04 Inspector: GCD Acticn: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comm€nb: ? BATH GROUPS ON LEVELS 155.166 WATER COLUMN TEST.
BATH GROUP 3O8P WATER COLUMN TEST.
nem: 23{) PlM&Rouoh,Water
O6/3tvoj[ Insp€clor: CDAMS Actbn: Pl PARTiAL INSPECnON
Comments: PARTIAL lNSPECTtOl.f WffH CORRECTIONS
LEVEL 177 RESTROOMS 95# AIRTEST
.ALL PIP|NC MUST BE SECUREI].INSTALL ISOLATORS.INSTALL NAIL PLATES WHERE REOUIRED
091t19/M Inspeclor: Art Action: DN DENIED
Comm€nts, WATER PIPING HAS BEEN INSTALLED PROPERLY, HOWEVER, THE SI-IOWER/TUB
INSTALTATIONS ARE NOT PROVIDED WITH FRESSURE-BALANCE VALVES AS REOUIRED
BY THE 2()o3 tPC, SECTION 424.3, REI$ESPECTION 1S REOUIRED
CF/22IO4 Insrlector: GCD Aclirn: Pl PARTIAI INSPECTK)N
Comments: UTATER PIPE lN LEVELS 177 186 APRPOVED, ExEcPT LrNlT 417 LEAK. 58Psi TEST
09122184 InsDaclor: GCD Aciion: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Comm€nts: SF(f,WER VALVES I.{OTED ffFTXFO4 HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.
1O/O404 lnsp€ctor: GCD Actlon: P| PARTTAL INSPECTI3N
Comments: UMT 417 LEAK FIXED AND APPROVED STREET PFESSURE
PLMSGaS PIDIno
CFl22lO4 lnsiactor: GCD Aclion: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Commenb: UMTS 3(X,3>5,3O6,308 lspsi TEST.
l0l04/'04 Inspsctor: GCD Action: Pl PARTIAL INSPECTION
Commenls: FIREPIT GAS LINE 1sp€i TEST
PLMSPooVHot Tub
PLMB-Mlsc.
PLM&FhaI
@l22t}4 lnsp€clor: GCD Action: Pl PARTIqL INSPECTION
Comm€nts: PLUMBIAIG APPROVED IN RESTROOMS. ADA REOUIREMENTS NOT MET AT LAVS AND
WOMENSWC
1{€m: 240
flem: 2€0
Item: 260
ll€m: 29O
REPT131 Run Id: 2443
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
ttI
I
Town of Vail
I}FFICE COPY
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
VAIL, COLORADO
B oV. oo B3
RECEI t/ED
tiAR Z tt 200+
Project Manual
20021501.08
Permit Set
March 22,2004
SANTABARBARA J,i'Z E H R E N V A I L
(805)9636890 Fpv\ (805)96$8102
santaba,ba,a @ zehreo.com a7 AND ASSOCIATES, lNC. t:t"tt:it3t:tJfJtJtli:tlT
ARCHITECTURE' PLANNING. INTERIORS
ffi
ffi9
I
I VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
t RENOVATTONS AND ADDTTTONS
Project No. 021501.08
Vail. Colorado
I
0
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
SPECIFICATION INDEX
ORIGINAL ISSUE: March 22,2004
Italic indicates information to be issued at a later dale.
Bold indicates information that has changed.
)t DIVISION I - GEIVERAL REQITIREMENTS
OOTOO GENERALCONDMONS
AIA DOCI.JMENT A2OI. GENERAL CONDIDTIONS OF THE CONTRACT
FORCONSTRUCTION
CODE ANANLYSIS
OIIOO STJMMARY
OI2IO ALLOWANCES
OI23O ALTERNATES
OI25O CONTRACTMODIFICATIONPROCEDURES
AIA DOC G7IO. ARCHITECTS SI.JPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS
AIA DOC G7O9- WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUEST
AIA DOC G701. CHANGE ORDER
AIA DOC G7I4. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
csl FoRM l3.lA- SUBSTTTUTTON REQUEST
01270 I.JMTPRICES
01290 PAYMENTPROCEDURES
O13IO PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01320 CONSTRUCTIONPROGRESSDOCUMENTATION
01330 SI.]BMITTALPROCEDI.]RES
CSI FORM I2.IA- SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL
AIA DOC G8IO, TRANSMITTAL LETTER01400 QUALTTYREQUTREMENTS01420 REFERENCES
OI5OO TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS01600 PRoDUCTREQUTREMENTS
01700 EXECUTToNREQUTREMENTS
OI73I CUTilNGANDPATCHING
01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITON
OI77O CLOSEOUTPROCEDURES
CSI FORM 14.IA- PUNCH LIST01781 PROJECTRECORDDOCUMENTS
01782 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA
OI82O DEMONSTRATIONANDTRAINING
csl FoRM 13.2- REQUEST FOR INTERPERTATION
CSI FORM I.5A- SUBCONTRACTORS AND MAJOR MATERIAL
SUPPLIERS LIST
RELEASE OF ELECTRONIC FILES
I
Specification Index Issue A - Permit Set (0318104)Page I of4
VA,IL MOUNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS
DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION
02230 SITE CLEARING
02620 ST]BDRAINAGE
02751 CEMENTCONCRETEPAVEMENT
027il PAVEMENTJONTSEALANTS
02780 UNITPAVERS
02920 LAWNS AND GRASSES
02930 EXTERIORPLANTS
DIVISION3 - CONCRETE
O33OO CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
O33OO CEMENTBASEDIJNDERLAYMENT
DIVISION 4 - MASOIYRY
04860 STONEVENEERASSEMBLIES
DTVISION 5 - METALS
Project No.02150f.0E
Vail. Colorrdo
I
t
I
0
I
$
05120
05310
05500
0551 I
05521
STRUCTURAL STEEL
STEEL DECK
METAL FABRICATIONS
METAIL STAIRS
PIPE AND TTJBE RAILINGS
I
t
I
I
1
D
I
IDI\ISION 6 - WOOD AI|ID PLASTICS
06105 MISCELLANEOUSCARPENTRY
0640I EXTERIORARCHITECTI.'RALWOODWORK
06402 INTERIORARCHITECTI.JRALWOODWORK
DIVISIONT - THERMAL AI\D MOISTURE PROTECTION
07142 HOTFLUID-APPLIEDWATERPROOFING
07210 BI'ILDING INSULATION
I
,l
I
I
tSpecification Index Issue A - Permit Set (03/8/04)Page 2 of4
I
I VAILMOUNTT.A,N LODGE
t RENOVATTONSANDADDITTONS
Project No. 02t501.08
Vail, Colorado
Ii
I
I
I
t
07241 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FIMSH SYSTEMS- CLASS PB
07610 SHEET METAL ROOFING
07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
O78I I SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTTVE MATERIALS
07841 THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
07842 FIRE RESISTTVE JOINT SYSTEMS
07920 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AI{D WINDOWS
O8I 11 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
O82II FLUSH WOOD DOORS
08212 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
08263 SLIDING WOODFRAMED GLASS DOORS
O83II ACCESSDOORSANDFRAMES
08550 WOODWINDOWS
08711 DOORHARDWARE
08830 MIRRORS
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
t 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
, 09265 GYPST]M BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES
I, 09310 CERAMIC TILE
'l/ 09385 DTMENSTON STONE TrLE
09512 ACOUSTICTILECEILINGS
n 09638 STONEPAVTNG AND FLOORTNG
t, 09640 wooDFLooRrNG" 0965I RESILIENT FLOOR TILE
E 09653 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
tl 0e751 INTERIOR STONE FACTNG
09911 PAINTING (CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS)
- 09931 EXTERIOR WOOD STAINSI!
-l' DIVISION TO - SPECIALTIES
II r0300 FTREPLACES (TO BE TSSUED AT A LATER DATE)r 10801 ToILET AND BATH ACCESSoRIES (To BE ISSUED AT A LATER DATE)
10820 GLASS SHOWER DOORS (TO BE TSSUED AT A LATER DATE)
.JI
DrvIsIoN r r - EQITTPMENT
I1451 RESIDENTIALAPPLIANCES
I1460 I.JMTK]TCHENS
I
Specification Index Issue A - Permit Set (03/8/04)
I
I
Page 3 of 4
VAILMOUNTIAN LODGE
Rtr,NOVATIONS AND ADDITIONS
Project No.021501.08
Yail, Colorado
I
t
I
0
,|
(DrvrsroN 12 - FTJRNTSHTNGS - NOT USED)
(DMSION 13 - SPECTAL CONSTRUCTION - NOT USED)
DIVISION 14_ COITVEYING SYSTEMS
14240 HYDRALICELEVATORS
DIVISION T5-MECHAMCAL
I5OIO MECHANICALGENERAIPROVISIONS
I5IOO BASICMATERIALSANDMETI{ODS
15250 INSI.'LATION
I54OO PLI.]MBING
15600 HEAT GENERATION, RIFRIGERATION AND LIQTIID HEAT TRANSFERI58OO AIRDISTRIBUTION
I59OO CONTROLSANDINSTRT]MENTATION
DTVISION T6 - ELECTRICAL
I6OIO GENERALPROVISIONS
I6IOO BASIC MATERTALS AND METHODS
16500 LIGHTING
16720 FIREALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS16750 TELECOMMI'NICATIONSYSTEMS
END OF SPECIFICATION INDEX
I
,t
Il
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Specification Index Issue A - Permit Set (03/8/04)Page 4 of 4
I
t
I
t
tl
t
I
0
I
t
T
t
n
i
T
I
I
I
1997 Edition - Electronic Format
GENERAL PROVISIONS
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
sUBCONTRACTORS
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
CHANGES IN THE WORK
TIME
PAYMENTs AND COMPLETION
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
INSURANCE AND BONDS
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
MIsCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
AIA Document A2Ol - 1997
l, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
r TABLE oF ARTTcLEs
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
lo.
It.
12.
t3.
14.
INDEX
Acceptance of Nonconforming Work
9.6.5,9.9.3, t2.3
Acceptance of Work
9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3,9.to.r, 9.ro.3, 12.3
Access to Work
3.lO e.z.r, n.r
Accident Prevention
4.2.3, ro
Acts and Omissions
3.2, !3.2, j.r2.8, 3.r8, +2.3, 43.8, 4.4r, 8.3.r,
9.5.r, 1o.2.5, r3.+2, r3.7, 1 4.r
Addenda
r.r.r, 3.lr
Additional Costs, Claims for
4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.3.6,6.r.r, ro.3
Additional Inspections and Testing
9.83, r2.2,r, r3.s
Additional Time, Claims for
4.j.4,4.3.7'8J.2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
t.3,4,9.+,g.s
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid
l.l.l
TI4S DOCUMENT HAS MTR\N,IT
'TGALcoNtEouEl.lcE . coNswf Afto[ wtf H Nl
NTONNEY 15 ENCOURAGED W'fH
RESPECI fO
'r5
COMWTTON On
i'iODIF,CALON. AUT,fiNIICAI ION OF lrXS
EITCI RON'C,ILY DNAFTED NA
DOCUINENT MAY BE MADE BY USING HA
DOCUMENT D/IOI.
Ihis docunrrerrt has been approved ard
endorcd by Tfu Associatd Gerpral
co ntr acto rs of Anet ica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
6ENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnstilute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20@6-5292
@ copyrighr lerr, 1915, 1918, t925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 196t, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, T975;1987, 1997 by The
American lnstitule of Architecfs. titteenih Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substanfial
quolalion of ils provisions withoul writlen permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United
states and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photbcopying violates U.5.
:yrighl laws and will subjecl the violator to legal proseculion. Thii documenf was eleclronically produced
.,rth permission of fhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Documenl: Oi - 3l20n@4. AIA License Number lll5OO7, which
expires on YlY2@4.
Aeslhetic Effecl
4.2.13, 4.5.r
Allowances
3.8
rrll-risk Insurance
.4.l.r
Applications for Payment
4.2.5, 73.E, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.r, 9.53, 9.7.r, 9.8.5,
9.1o, ll.r.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3
Approvals
2.4, 3.r.3, 3.5, 3.ro.2, t.r2, 4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.2,
13.5
Arbitration
4.t.3, 4.4, 4.5.1, 4.5.2, 4.6, 8.3.r, 9.7.t, \.4.9,
rr.4.1o
Architect
4.1
Architect, Definition of
4.r.r
Architect, Extent of Aurhority
2.4, 3.12..7, 4.2, 4.3.5, 4.4, 5.t, 5.3,7.r.2,7.3.6,
7.4,9.2,9.3.r, 9.4, 9.5, 9.8J,9.ro.r, 9.ro.3, r2.r,
r2.2.t, r3.5.r, r3.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Architect, Limitations of Authority and
Responsibility
2.r.r,3.j.3, 3.r2.4, j.r2.8, 3.rz.ro, 4.r.2, 4.2.r>
4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.5, 4.2.7, 4.2.ro, 4.2.12, 4.2.13,
4.4, 5.2.r, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4,9.5.5
Architect's Additional Services and Expenses
2.4, rr.4.r.r, r7.2.r, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.24
Architect's Administration of the Contract
:rr.t, 4.2, t.s4, q.4,9.4,9.s
'chitect's Approvals
2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5.r, 3-ro.2,4.2.7
Architect's Authority lo Reiect Work
3.5.r, 4.2.6, rz.r.2, r2.z.r
Architecfs Copyright
L.6
Architect's Decisions
4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.\r, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.r,
4.4.j, 4.4.6, 4.j, 53, 73.6, 7 J.8, 8.r.3, 8.3.r, 9.2,
9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.r, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Architect's Inspections
4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.8.J, 9.9.2, 9.ro.r, 13.5
Architect's Instructions
3.2.3,3.3.r, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.8,7.4.r, r2.1, rj.5.2
Architect's Interpretations
4.2.rr, 4.2.12, 4.3.6
Architect's Proiect Representative
4.2,rO
Architect's Relationship wfth Contractor
r.r.2, r.5, 3.r.3,3.2.r, 3.2.2, 3.L3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2,
3.j.r, j.7.3,3.ro, 3.D, 3.r2, 3.16, 3.r8, 4.1.2, 4.1.3,
4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.r, 4.4.7 , 5.2, 5.2.2, 7 , 8.3.r, 9.2,
9.3, 9.4, 9.5,9.7, 9.& 9.9, 10.2.6, ro.j, 1r.3,
rr.4.7, 12, 13.4.2, r3.5
Archilect's Relationship with Subcontractors
r.t.z, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6-3,9.6.4, rr.4.7
Architect's Representalions
9.4.2, 9.5.\ 9.to.l
Architect's Site Visits
4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.4,9.4.2, 9. , 9.9.2,
9.ro.l,13.t
Asbestos
lo.3.r
Attomeys' Fees
3.18.1, 9.1o.2, 1o.3.3
Award of Separate Contracls
5-r.r, 6-r.2
Award of Subconlracts and Other Contracts for
Portions of the Work
5.2
Basic Definitions
Ll
Bidding Requirements
r.r.r, r.r.7, 5.2.r, rr.5.r
Boiler and Machinery Insurance
rr.4.2
Bonds, Lien
9.ro.2
Bonds, Performance, and Payment
7 3.6.4,9.5.7,9.ro.3, 11.4.9, ll.5
Building Permit
3.7.r
Capitalization' 1.3
Certificale of Subslanrial Completion
9.8J,9.8.4,9.8.5
Certificales for Payment
4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, I .4. 9.5, 9.6.r, 9.6.6, 9.7 .r,
9.ro.r, 9.ro.3, r3.7, r4.r.r.3, 14.2.4
Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval
r3.5.4
Certifi cates of Insurance
9.1o.2, rr.l.3
Change Orders
r.r.r, 2.4.r, 3.4.2, 3.8.2.3, 3:r.r, 3.rz.E, 4.2.8,
4.3.4, 4.3.9, 5.2.3, 7 .r, 7 .2, 7 4, 84.r, 9.3.r.r,
9.ro.3, rr.4.r.2, 1r.4.4, rr.4.9, r2.r.2
Change Orders, Definition of
7.2.r
CHANGES IN THE WORK
3.1r, 4.2.8, 7, 8.3.r, 9.3.r.r, u.4.9
Claim, Delinition of
4.3.1
Claims and Dispules
3.2.3, 4,3, 4. 4, 4.5, 4.6, 6.1.r, 6J, 7.3.8, 9.3.j,
9.1o.4, 10.3.3
Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims
4.5.5
Claims for Additional Cost
,2.1, q.l.q, 4.3.5,4.3.6, G.r.r, 7.3.8, ro.3.2
Claims for Additional Time
fHI' NCUDENI HAS MrcRfNIf LEGAL
cottsEQw|l,(:Es. cwuLfAttoN w,tH AN t)
Af fonNEY E Et'tcouRACi.D wf H \I/
RESPECT TO IfS COMPUTION ON
tvrODtF |CAT tON. AUT,f Nf lCAl ION OF | |rs
EUCTNOII'CAUY DR,fI ED NA
DOCUtttENT MAY 8E MADE BY USNG NA
DOCUT EMMT.
fhis docunnnt has fuen approvd atd
erfursed by Tln Associatd @rcrd
Contractors of Anprica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
The American Inslitule of Architecls
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
I
T
t
0
D
I
I
0
!
1
t
t
il
l
I
I
I
I
@ CopyriSht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, l93Z 1951, 1958, 1951, 1953, 1965, 1967. 1970, 1976. 1987, 1997 by ThC
American Institule of Architects. Fifte€nfh Edition. Reproducfion of the material herein or substantial
quotation of its provisions wilhoul wrilten permission of ihe AIA violates the copyright laws of the United'afes and will subject lhe violaie fo legal proseculion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violater U.S.
pyrighl laws and will subject lhe violator lo legal prosecution. This documenl was electronically produced
wilh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license withoul violalion until
the dale of expiration as noted below. User Document: 03 - 3n0l2@4- AIA License Number lll5oo7, which
expires on Sll3n0o4.
2
I
T
t
t,
I
T
I
I
0
1
I
I
I
l
t
t,
T
I
I
,2., q.rq,4.3.7, 6.r.r, 8.3.2, ro.j.2
Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions
4.3.4
laims for Damages
3.2.3, j.r8, 4.l.lo, 6.1.1, 8. j.3, 9.5.t, 9.6.7, ro.3.3,
u.r.rr .4.5, 1r.4.7, r4.r.3, 14.2.4
Claims Subiect to Arbitration
4.4.r, 4.5.r, 4.6.r
Cleaning Up
3.15, e.:
Commencement of Statutory Lirnitalion Period
13.7
Commencement of the Work, Condilions
Relating to
2.2.\ 3.2.r, 3.4.r, 3.7.r,3.ro.r, 3.12.5, 4.3.5, 5.2.r,
5.23, 6.2.2,8.r.2, 8.2.2, 8.j.r, rr.r, u.4.1, rr.4.6,
rr.5.r
Commencement of the Work, Definition of
8.1.2
Communications Facilitaling Contract
Administration
s.gt,4.2.4
Completion, Conditions Relating to
r.5.r, 3.4.r, 3.u, 3.r5, 4.2.2, 4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2, 9.8,
9.9.r, 9.ro, 12.2, 13.7, r4.r.2
COMPLETION, PAYME NTS AND
9
Completion, Subatantial
4.2.9,8.1.r, 8.8, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.r, 9.ro.3,
9.ro.4.2, r2.2, t3.7
Cornpliance with laws
r.6.r, 3.2.2,3.5, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.t3, 4.1.1, 4.4.8,
4.6.4, 4.6.6,9.6.4, ro.2.2, rr.r, ll.4, r3.r, t3.4,
13.5.r, r3.5.2, 13.5, r4.r.r, r4.2.r.3
Concealed or Unknown Conditions
4.3.4, 8.3.r, lo.j
Conditions of the Contract
r.r.r, r.r.Z, 5.r.r, 5.r.4
Consent, Wdtten
r.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.r.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2,
9.8.5, 9.9.r, 9.ro.2, 9.10.3, [.4.r, r3.2, L3.4.2
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
r.r.4,6
Construction Change Directive, Definition of
7.3.r
Construction Change Directives
r.r.r, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 4.3.9,1.t,7 .3,9.3.r.t
Construction Schedules, Conlractor's
r.4.r.2, 3.ro, 3.r2.r, 3.12-2, 4.3.7.2, 6.r.3
Contingenl Assignmenl of Subcontracts
5.4, t4.t 2.2
Continuing Contract Performance
4.3.3
Contract, Definilion of
1.t.2
CONTRACT, TERM INATION OR
5USPENsION OF THE
t.+.r.r, u.+.9, l4
Conuact Administration
3.r.3, 4, 9.4,9.5
Contract Award and Execution, Conditions
Relating to
3.7.r, 3.ro, 5.2, 5.r, u.r.3, u.4.6, u.5.r
Contracl Documents, The
l.l, r.z
Contract Documenls, Copies Furnished and llse
of
r.6, 2.2.j, 5.3
Contract Documenls, Definition of
l.t.l
Contract Sum
3.8, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.4.5, 5.2.3,7.2, 7.3' 7.4' 9.1'
9.4.2, 9.5.r.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, to.!.2, rr.4.r, 14.2.4,
14.3.2
Contract Sum, Definition of
9.r
Contract Time
4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.Lr.3' 7.3, 7.4, 8.r.t,
8.2, 83.r, 9.j.r, 9.7, ro.3.2, r2.r.r, 14.3.2
Contract Time, Definition of
8.r.1
CONTRACTOR
3
Contractor. Definition of
3.r, 6.r.2
Contractor's Construction Schedules
r-+.r.e, 3,lO 3.rz.r, 3.12.2, +3.7.2, 6.r.3
Conlractor's Employees
3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.r,3.9, 3.r8.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, ro.2,
ro.3, .r.r, Ir,4.7, r4.1, 14,2.1.-,
Contractor's Liabilily Insurance
I l.l
Contractor's Relationship with Separate
Contractors and Omer's Forces
3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, rL.4.7 , rLr.z, t2.2.4
Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors
r.2.2, j.3.2, 3.r8.r, !r8.2, 5,9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.ro.2,
rr.4.r.2, n.4.7, x.4.8
Codractor's Relationship with the Archilecl
r.r.2, r.5, 3.r.3, 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3, 3.3.r, 3.4.2,
3.5.r, 3.7.3, 3.ro, j.u, 3.12, 3.16, 3.r8, 4.r.2, 4.r.3,
4.2, 4.3. 4, 4. 4.r, 4. 4.7, 5.7, 6.7.2, 7, 8.3.r, 9.2,
9.3, 9.+ 9.j,9.7,9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, ro.3, u.3,
rr.4.7, 12, rr4.2, r3.5
Contractor's Representations
r.5.2,3.5.r, 3.12.6, 6.L2, E.2.r, 9.3.3, 9.8.2
Contractor's Responsibility for Those
Performing the Work
3.3.2, t.rg, 4.2.j, 4.3.E, j.3.1, 5.1.3, 6.2, 5.3,9.5.t,
lo
ttqs DOCU!{fNT HIS lMrcBrANf LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES. COMULTAI'ON WI|H AN
AITORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH
RESPECI TO IT5 CONME|PN OR
I@D,f ICATION. AUIHEMrcANON OF TIIS
E LECI ROMCAILY DRAF T ED NA
DOCUMENr MAY BE MADE 8Y USN,IG NA
DOCUMENr D4OI.
this document lps been approvd ard
et1,orsed by flp Nsociatd @neral
Co ntr act ors of America.
I
ot99t AtAo
AIA DOCUMENI A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
American Inslitufe of Archifects. Fifteenth Edition- ReDroduciion of the material herein or substintial The American tnslifule of Architects
quolalion of its provisions wilhouf wrilten permission oi the AIA violafes the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
-'ates and will iubject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNTNG: Unlicensed iioi-ocopying violates U.5. Washingfon, D.C.20@6-5292
,:yright laws and will subject the violafor lo legal prosecution- This document was elecironically produced
wilh Permission of the AtA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license withoul violalion unlil
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 03 -- ?n0l2Co,4. AIA License Number lll50O7, which
expires on Sn3ncp4.
3
Contraclor's Review of Conlract Documenls
t.5.2,1.2,3.7.3
Contractor's Right to Stop lhe Work
9.7
-ontractor's Righl to Terminate the Contract
4.3.ro, l4.l
Contractor's Submiltals
3.ro, 3.u, 3.r2, 4.2.7, 5.2.r, 5.2.3, 7.3.5, 9.2, 9.3,
9.8.2, 9.84, 9.9.t, 9.ro.2, 9.ro.3, u.r.3, 1r.5.2
Contraclor's Superintendent
3.9,ro.2.6
Contractor's Supervision and Conslruction
Procedures
t.2.2, 3.3,3.4, 3.r2.1o, 4.2.7, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.r.3,
5.2.4, 7.r.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 8.2, ro, 12, 14
Contractual Liability Insurance
rl.r.r.8, tr.2, ,3
Coordination and Correlation
r.2, r.5.2, 3.3.t, 3.ro, 3.12.6, 6.t.3, 6.2.r
Copies Furnished of Drawings and
Specifications
r.6,2.2.5, 3.rr
Copyrights
r.6,3.r7
Correction of Work
2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 4.2.r, 9.+2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.t,
12.r.2, r2.2, r3.7.r.3
Correlalion and Intent ofthe Conlract
Documents
1.2
Cost, Definition of
7.3.6
- lsts
2.4, 3.2.3,3.7.4, 3.8.2,3.15.2, 4.3, r.4.2, 6.r.r,
6.2.3, 7.3.J.3,7 A.5,7.3.7, 7 J.8, 9.ro.2, ro.3.2,
ro.5, u.3, u.4, r2.r, D.2.r, 12.2.4,13.5> 14
Cutting and Palching
6.2.5,3.14
Damage to Conslruction of Ovrner or Separate
Conlractors
3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9.2.r.5, ro.2.r.2, ro.z5, 10.6, u.r,
rr-4, 12.2.4
Damage to the Work
3.14.2, 9.9.L, ro.z.r.2, ro.2.S, ro.6, rr.4, 12.2.4
Damages, Claims for
j.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.ro, 6.t.r,8.3.3, 9.5.r, 9.6.7, ro.5.3,
rr.r.r, rr,4.5, rr.4.7, r4.r.3, 14.2.4
Darnages for Delay
6 ).r, 8J3, 9.5.r.6, 9.7, ro.3.2
Date of Commencement of the Work,
Definition of
8.1.2
Date of Substantial Complerion, Definition of
8.1.3
Day, Definition of
8.r.4
Decisions of the Architect
4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.rr, 4.2.12, 4.2.r3, 4.3. 4, 4. 4.r,
4.4.5, 4.4.6, 4.j, 6 J, 7.3.6, 7 J.8, 8.r.3, 8J.r, 9.2,
9.4, 9.5.r, 9.E.4, 9.9.r, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Decisions to Withhold Certification
9. 4.t, 9,5, 9.7, t4.t.t.3
Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance,
Reieclion and Correction of
2.3, 2.4, 3.5.r, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.r, 9.5.2, 9.6.6,
9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.ro.4, r2.2.r, r3.7.r.3
Defective Work, Definition of
3.5.r
Definitions
r.r, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.r, 3.r2.r, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.r.r,
4.3.r, 5.r, 6.r.2, 7.2.r, 7.3.r, 7.3.6, 8.r, g.l, 9.8.1
Delays and Extensions of Time
3.2.3, 4.3.r, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4. 4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.r, 7.3.t,
7.4.r,7.5.r,8,3, 9.j.r, 9.7.r, ro.3.2, 1c-6.r, 14.3.2
Disputes
4.r.4, +3,4.4, 4.5, +6,6-3,73.8
Documents and Samples at the Site
3.tl
Drawings, Definition of
1.r.5
Drawings and Specifications, tlse and
Ownenhip of
l.l.l, r.3, 2.2.5, 3.llr 5.3
Effective Date of Insurance
8.2.2, u.1.2
Emeryencies
4.3.5, 1O.5, r4.r.r.z
Employees, Contractor's
3.3.2, 3.43, 18.t, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, ro.2,
ro.3, rr.r.r, u.4.7, t4.r, r4.2.r.r
Equipment, Labor, Materials and
rJ.3, rJ.6, 3.4, 3.5.r, 3.E.2, 3.8.3, 3.t2, 3.r3, 3.15.r,
4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.r, 5.2.r, 7.t.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3,
9.5.r.3, 9.tO.2, ro.2.r, rO.2.4, r4.2.r.2
Execution and Progress of the Work
r.r.3, r.2.r, r.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.r, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7,
t.ro, 3.r2,3.r4, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.3, 6.2.2,7.r.3,
7.3.4, 8.2,9.j, 9.9.r, ro.2, ro.t, r2.2, r4.2, r4.3
Extensions of Time
3.L3, 4.3.r, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.r, 7.3,
7.4.r, 9.5.r, 9.7.r, ro.3.2, ro.5.r, r4.3.2
Failure of Payment
4.3.5, 9.5.r.3,9,7 , 9.to.z, r4.t.t.3, r4.2.r.2, r3.5
Faulty Work
(See Defective or Nonconforming Work)
Final Cornpletion and Fina! Payment
4.2.r,4.2.9, 4.3.2,9.8.2, 9.lQ ll.r.2, u.r.3, u.4.r,
\.4.5, r2.3.r, r3.7 , 14.2.4, 14.4.3
Financial Arrangements, Owner's
L2.r, 13.2.2, r4.r.r.5
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance
u.4
GENERAT PROVISIONS
l
ttx' NcuttlrEMf H/6 IMPOR| ANf LEGAL
coNsEouENcEs. cousuLru,oN wlTH N a
AIIORNEY E ENCoiufd|GED W'fH \!,
RfJPECI IO tfs COMPtEftON On
I
I
I
wDlftcAf,or't. AUTt#},'tcAf|o'/, of f tls
ELECIROMCALLY D'l.f f ED NA
DoCUtt'ENf MAY 8E MADE 8Y USTNG NA
DXU|TEN| D&1.
Ttis document tps beelt. apyoved ard
enhrsd by tlr- Associatd Gercrd
Contr aclors of Ameri ca.
I
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONs OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American Institufe of Architects
l7l5 New York Avenue, N.W.
Warhington, D.C. 20006-5292
I
I
0
I
t
t
,l
I
,t
I
I
I
I
@ copyr.Sht lstl, 1915, 1918. 1925, 1937, l9sl. 1958, 1961, 1963, 1955, 1967, 1970J976-9FtlItgfSt-TF-
American Instilule of Archife<ts. Fifte€nlh Edifion. Reproduction of the malerial herein or substantial
quolation of ils provisions without writlen permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the Unifed<rates and will subject the violaie to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
ryrighr laws and will subjecl the violalor lo legal proseculion. This document was electroniially produced
,vith permission of the AIA and ran be reprodwed in accordance wilh your license without violation until
lhe date of expiration as noled below. User Document: 03 - 3/2Ol2@4. AIA License Number'll15007, which
exoires on 51131200'4.
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
c
I
Governing Law
l3.l
uarantees (See Warranty)
Hazardous Materials
1o.2.4, 1O,3, lo.5
ldentification of Contract Documents
1.5.r
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers
5.2.r
Indemnificalion
3.r2, 3.18, 9.1o.2, 1o.3.3, 1o.5, 11.4.r.2, n.4.2
Information and Services Required of the Owner
2.r.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, J.r2.4, 3.rz.ro, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.r.3,
6.r.4, 5.2.5,9.r2, 9.6.r, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.ro.3,
ro.3.3, u.2, D.4, r3.5.r, 13.5.2, 14.1.r.4, r4.1.4
Iniury or Damage to Person or Property
4.3,8, ro.z, ro.o
Inspections
3.r.3, 3.3.3, 3.7-r, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9,9.4.2, 9.8.2,
9.EJ, 9.9.2, 9.ro.r, t2.2.r, 13.5
Instructions lo Bidders
l.t.l
Instructions to the Contraclor
3.2.3, 3.3.r, 3-8.r, 4.2.8, j.2.1, 7, 12, 8.2.2, 13.5.2
Insurance
3.r8.r, 5_.r.r, 2.3.6, 8.2.r, 9.j.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.r,
9.ro.2, 9.ro.5, u
Insurance, Boiler and Machinery
1r.4.2
Insurance, Contractor's Liability
I l.l
.6urance, Effective Dale of
E.2.2, rr.r.2
Insurance, Loss of tlse
u.4.3
Insurance, Owner's Liability
ll.2
Insurance, Proiect Managernent Prolective
Liability
u.3
Insurance, Properly
ro.2.5, ll,4
Insurance, Stored Materials
9.3.7, rt.4.t.4
INSURANCE AND BONDS
ll
Insurance Companies, Consenl to Partial
Occupancy
9.9.1, r.4.r.5
Insurance Companies, Setllemenl with
rr,4.ro
Intent ofthe Conlract Documents
r.2.r, 4.27, 4.2.12, 4.2.13,7.4
Interest
t3.6
Interpretalion
t.z.l1,4,4.r.r, 4.3.r, 5.r, 6.1.2, 8.r.4
Interprelations, Written
4.2.rr, 4.2.12, 4.3.6
Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Rquired
4.6.4
tudgment on Final Award
4.6.6
Labor and Materials, Equipment
r.r.3, r.r.5, 3.4, 3.5.t, 3.8.t, 3.8.3, 3.12, j.13,
1.r5.r, 42.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.r, 5.2.r, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3,
9.5.t.3, 9.tO,2, rO.2.r, rO.2.4, t4.2.r,2
Labor Disputes
8.3.r
l,aws and Regulations
r-6, 3.2.2,3.6, j.7, 3.r2.ro,3.r3, 4.r.r, 4.4.8, 4.6,
9.6.4,9.9.r,1o.2.2, rr.r, rr.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1,
13.5.2, 13.6, 14
Liens
2.r.2, 4.4.8, 8.2.2, 9.3.3, 9.Lo
Limitation on Consolidation or loinder
4.6.4
Limitations, Slatutes of
4.6.3, 12.2.6, r3.7
Limitations of Liability
2.3, 3.2.t, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.r2.ro, 3.r2, 3.r8,
4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 5.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.5.7,
9.ro.4, ro.3.3, ro.2.5, r.1.2, u.2.r, rr.4.7, 12.2.5,
13.4.2
Limilalions of Time
2-r.2, 2.2,2.4, 3.2.r,3.7.J, 3.ro, 3.rr,3.12.5, 3.r5.r,
4.2.7, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4,7.3,
7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.r, 9.3.3, 9.4.r, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.4
9.9, 9.ro, rr.r.3,ll.4.1.5, 11.4.5, ll.4.ro, r2.2, rt 5,
r3.7, 14
Loss of Use Insurance
11.4.3
Material Suppliers
r.6, 3.r2.r, 4.2.4, 4.2.5, 5.2.r, 9.3, 9.4.2,9.6,
9.ro.5
Materials, Hazardous
ro.2.4, ro.3, ro.5
Materials, Labor, Equipment and
r.r.J, r.r.5, r.5.r, 3.4, 3.5.r,3.8.2, 3.8.4, 3.12, 3.r3,
3-r5.r, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.r, 6.2.r, 7.3.6,9.3.2, 9.3.3,
9.5.r.3, 9.rO.2, r0,2.r, rO.2.4, r4.2.r.2
Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and
Procedures of Construction
3.3.r, 3.r2.ro, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2
Mechanic's Lien
4.4.8
Mediation
4.4.r, 4-4.5, 4.4.6, 4.4.8,4.5, 4.5.t, 4.6.2,8.3.t,
to.5
Minor Changes in the Work
L{S DOCUtvENf HtS Mrcnf N{T LE('AL
coNsEouENcEs. cot'lsufAfto wf H Nt
Af f ONNEY
'S
EIICOU&A.GED W'f H
RESPECr IO IT5 COAryENON ffi,
MODIFICA|ION. AUf HENIICATION OF f TTS
EIECTROMCAUY DRNTED NA
DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE 8Y USING NA
DOCUNENT D&I.
f his dxummt lw fuen approvd ard
edorsed by Tlr- Assaiatd Gercrd
Contr aclors of Arr€jr ica.
AIA OOCUMENT A20t - t997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
The American lnstitule of Archite(rs
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D-C. 20@6-5292
I
t
I
J
t
I
I
t
I
@coPyri8htl9ll,l9|5,I9l8,l925,l937,l95l'1958,|96I,l963;W
American Institufe of Architects. Fifteenth Edifion. ReDroducfion of th€ material herein or substantial
quotalion of ils provisions without wrilten permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United
<lafes and will subjecr the violate fo legal proseculion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.
:yright laws and will subject fhe violalor lo legal prosecution. This document was electron'rcally produced
,'rlh permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 03 - ff2o/2@4. AIA License Number 11150O7, which
expires on YBnoo,4. (
t
r.r. r, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 4.3.6,7r,7.4
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
l3
rodifications, Defi nition of
I.t.l
Modifications to the Contract
r.r.r, r.r.2, 3.7.3, 3.r\, 4.r.2, 4.2.r, 5.2.3,7,8.3.r,
9.7, rO.3.2, tr.4.r
Mutual Responsibility
6.2
Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of
g.6.6,9.g.1,12.3
Nonconforming Work, Reiection and
Conection of
2.j, 2.4, 3.5.r, 4.2.6, 5.2.r, 9.5.r, 9.8.2, 9.9.3,
9.10.4, r2.2.r, r3.7.r.3
Notice
2.2.r,2.3, 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.3.r, 3.7.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.9, 4.1,
4.4.8, 4.6.5, j.2.r, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.ro, ro.2.2t rr.r.3,
rr.4.5,r2.2.2, rz.z.4, 13.3, r3.5.r, 13.5.2, r4.r, r4.2
Notice, Writlen
2.3,2.4, 3.3.r,3.9, 3.12.9, 3.r2.ro, 4.t 4.+E,
4.6.5, 5.2.r, 8.2.2,9.7,9.ro, ro.2.2, ro.3, u.r.3,
n.4.6, 12.2.2, r2.Ll, 13.3, r+
Notice ofTesting and Inspections
13.5.r, 13.5.2
Notice to Proceed
8.t.2
Notices, Permits, Fees and
2.2.2,3.7 , 3.r3, 7.3.6.4, ro.2.2
Observations, Contractor's
r.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 4.3.4
.ccuPancy
2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, rr.4.r.s
Orden, Writlen
r.r.r, 2.t, 3.9, 4.!.6, 7, 8.2.2, rr.4.9, r2.r, r2.2,
r15.2, r4.3.r
OWNER
2
Owner, Delinition of
2.1
Owner, Infornation and Services Required of
lhe
2..t.2,2.2, 3.2.r, 3.12.4, 3.r2.ro, 4.2.7, 4.j.3, 5.r.3,
5.r.4, 6.L5, 9.!2,9.6.r, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.ro.3,
ro.3.3, rr.2, u.4, t3.5.r, 13.5.2, r4.r.r.4> r4.r.4
Ovmer's Authority
r.5, 2.r.r, 2.j, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.r, 3.r2.ro, 3.14.2,
4.r.2, 4.r.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.r,5.2.4,
5.4.r, 6.r, 6.j, 7.2.r, 7.j.r, 8.2.2, 8.3.r, 9.3.r, 9.1.2,
9.5.r, 9.9.r,9.rO.2, ro.3.2, u.r.3, D.3.1, rr.4.3,
rr.4.ro' 12.2.7, r2.3.r, 13.2.2, r4.3, r4.4
Owner's Financial Capability
2.2.r, 13.2.2, r4.t.l.t
Owner's Liabilty lnsurance
ll.2
Owner's Loss of Lbe Insurance
11.4.3
Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors
r.r.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4,9.6.4,9.to.2, r4.2.2
Owner's Righl to Carry Out the Work
2.4, na.4. r4.z.z.z
Owner's Righl to Clean Up
5.3
Owner's Right to Perform Conslruction and to
Award Separate Contracls
6.1
Owner's Right to Slop the Work
2.3
Owner's Right to Suspend the Work
14.3
Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract
14'2
Ormership and Use of Drawings, Specifications
and Other Instruments of Service
r.r.r, 1.6, 2.2.j, 3.2.r, 3.1.r, 3 .r7.r, 4.2.12,5.3
Partial Occupancy or llse
9.5.6,9.9, 1.4.r.5
Patching, Cutting and
3.14, s.z.s
Patents
3.r7
Payment, Applications for
4.2.5, 7.3.E, 9.2, 9.3, g.+, 9.5.r, 9.6.1, g.l.r,
9.8.j, 9.lo.l, 9.ro.3, 9.ro.5, n.r.3, r4.2.4,14.4-3
Payment, Certificates for
+.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9,4, 9.5, 9.6.r, 9.6.5, 9.7.r,
g.ro.r, g.ro.3, r3.7, r4.1.1.3, 14.2.4
Payment, Failure of
4.3.6, 9.5.r.3, 9,7 , 9.ro.z, r4.r.r.3, r4.2.r.2, 13.6
Payment, Final
4.2.r, 4.2.9, 4.r2,9.8.2, g.ro, tr.r.2, rr.l.3, u.4.r,
u.4.5, r2.3.r, r3.7, 14.2.4, r+4.3
Payment Bond, Performance Bond and
7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.ro.3, 11.4.9, I 1.5
Payments, Progress
4.3.1,9.3,9.5, 9.8.5, 9.ro.3, 13.6, 14.2.3
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9
Payments to Sukontractors
5.4.2, 9.5.r.J, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.4.8,
14.2.r-2
PCB
ro.3.r
Performance Bond and Payment Bond
7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.to.3, u.4.9, I 1.5
Permits, Fees and Notices
ztt, 3.7, 3.r3, 7.3.6.4, ro.2.2
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION
TIIS Do(UMENI HAS [vrcRf//|TT |f,GAL ..
coMEouENcEs. cout//-rAnov wtrH Nt It
Af foBtfr,Y ts ENC0UR,.GED wfH ,I
RESPECI rO
'fS
COMPUIiON On
MO FTAIPN. AUT'IENIICAIION OF THs
EUCT RONIC HIY DRAI TED A'A
DOCUMENT MAY 8E MADE 8Y IJSING NA
DoC.U|/ENI UOt.
Ttis dxwnnl lw fun approved ard
edorsd fo flc Assxiatd Gercrd
Connadors of Au|,e]'.ica.
-
AIA DOCUMENT A2O\ - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
The American Inslitute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue. N.W.
WashinSton, D.C. 20006-5292
I
tl
I
I
t
|,
t
t
I
i
I
I
t
I
3
t
@ CopyriSht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, t951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1956, '1967, 1970, 1975, 'lgS[lggUEy Th-
American Inslilute of Archilects. Fifleenth Edilion. Reproduction of lhe maferial herein or substantial
quotation of ils provisions without vrrilien permission of the AIA violates fhe copyrighf laws of the United
<tales and will subjecl lhe violale to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
:yrighf laws and will subjecr lhe violalor to legal proseculion. This documenf was electronically produced
.,rlh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license wilhoul violafion unlil
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 03 - 3l20l2@4. AIA License Number lll5oO7, which
expires on 5l1Y2Oo4.
t
I
Il
I
t,
I
I
0
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
t
OF
lo
Dolychlorinated Biphenyl
ro.3.r
t'roduct Dala, Definition of
3.r2.2
Product Dala and Samples, Shop Drawings
j.il,3.12,4.2.7
Progress and Completion
4.2.2, 4.J.j, 8,2, 9.8, 9.9.r, r4.r.4
Progress Payments
+.1.1, g.1,9.6, 9.8.5, 9.ro.3, 8.6, 14.2.3
Proiect, Definition of the
1.r.4
Proiect Management Protective Liability
lnsurance
ll.3
Project Manual, Definition of the
r.r.7
Project Manuals
2.2.5
Proiecl Representatives
4-2.1O
Property Insurance
ro.z.5, | 1.4
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
lo
Regulations and Laws
r.6, j.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, !.r2.ro, !.r3, 4.r.r, 4.4.8, 4.6,
9.6.4,9.9.r, ro.2.2, u.r, rl.4, r3.r, r3.4, 13.5.1,
13.j.2,8.5,14
rteiection of Work
3.5.r, 4.2.6, t2.2.r
Releases and Waivers of Liens
9.ro.2
Representations
r.j.z, 3.5.r, t.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.r, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.r,
9.8.2,9.ro.r
Representalives
2.r.r, 3.r.r, 3.9, 4.r.r, 4.2.r, 4.2.10' 5.r.r, 5.r.2,
13.2.r
Resolution of Claims and Disputes
4.4, +.s, +.6
Responsibility for Tbose Performing the Work
3.3.2, 3.r8, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 5.3.r, 6.1.j, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.r,
lo
Relainage
9.3.r, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, g.g.r, 9.ro.2, 9.ro.3
Review of Contract Documents and lield
Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples by Contractor
3.r2
Rights and Remedies
r.r.2, 2.3,2.4, 3.5.t, 3.r5.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.4, 4.5, 4.6,
5.!,5.4, 6.r, 6.3,7.3.r,8.3, f.il,9.7, to.2.5, ro.3,
tz.t.z, rz.z.4, 13,4, v
Royalties, Patents and Copyrighls
3.17
Rules and Notices for Arbitration
4.6.2
Safely of Persons and Property
1O.2, ro.5
Safety Precautions and Programs
3.3.r,4.2.2, 4.2.7,5.3.r, lO.l, ro.z, ro.e
Samples, Dehnition of
3.r2.3
Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and
3'u'3,12,4.2.7
Samples at the Site, Documents and
3.ll
Schedule of Values
9.2,e.3.r
Schedules, Construction
r.4.r.2, 3.ro, 3.r2.r, 3.n.a, 4.3.7.2, 5.r.3
Separate Contracts and Contraclors
r.r.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.L4, 4.2.7, 4.6.4, 6, E.3.1,
1r.4.7, r2.r,Z, 12.2.5
Shop Drawings, Definilion of
3.r2.r
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
t.\,3.12, q.z.l
Sile, tlse of
3.r3, 6.r.r,6.2.r
Site Inspections
r.2.2, 3.2.r, 3.3.3, 3.7.r, 4.2, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.ro.r,
rl.5
Site Visits, fuchitect's
4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.4,9.4.2, 9.5.r, 9.9.2,9.ro.r, r3.5
Special Inspections and Testing
4.2.6, r2.2.r, r3.5
Specifications, Delinition of tbe
r.r.6
Specifications, The
r.r.r, 1.1.6, r.r.7, r.2.2, r.6, 3.rr, 3.r2.ro, 3.r7
Statule of Limitations
4.6J, 12.2.6, r3.7
Stopping the Work
2.3, 43.6, 9.7, ro.3, r4.r
Slored Materials
II1S DOCUMENI H?6
'MrcRTNIT
LEGAL
coMsErji.lEt'lcEs. coNsuf Afto wrH //jl
ATTONNEY IS ENCOUF,,.GED WIf H
RE PECi TO IT5 COMME|ION OR
M@tFtcAf toN. AUIHENT|CAflON Of nlt'
ELECI RONICALLY DRr'fIED NA
WUMENT MAY BE MADT SY U'ING NA
DOCUIyENI D&1.
This document ha been approvd atl
erfursd by flre '{ssociatd Gercrd
Cont t actots of AnEt ica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American Instifute of Archilects
'1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSton, D.C. 20006-5292
Conditions by Contractor 5'2'r, 9'3'2, ro'2'r'7, ro'2'4,rt'4'r'4
r.s.2,3.i,1.1.1,1.r2.7,6.r.3 Subcontraclor' Definition of
Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and SUgi|tNfnnCfOnSArchitect
3.ro-r, j.ro.2, 3.u, 3.r2, 4.2, j.2,6.r.3,9.2, 9.8.2 5
American lnslilule of Architects. Fifteenfh Edition. Reproduclion of the material herein or substanlial
quolalion of ils provisions wifhouf writlen permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United<lales and will subjecr lhe violale to le8al prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.
ryright laws and will subject lhe violator lo legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
.,rlh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license wifhoui violation until
the dale of expiration as noted below. User Document: 03 -- y20l2@4. AIA License Numb€r lll5oo7, which
expires on Yl3l2@4.
Subcontractors, Work by
r.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.r2.r, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.r.2,
9.5.7
rbcontraclual Relations
5.3, 5.4, 9.3.t.2,9.5, 9.ro lo.2.r, lr.4.7, u.4.8,
r4.r, 14.2.1, 14.3.2
Submittals
r.6, 3.ro, 3.D, 3.r2, 4.2.7, 5.2.r, 5.2.3,7 A.6,9.2,
9.3, 9.8, 9.9.t, 9.ro.2, 9.1o.3, lrr.3
Subrogation, Waivers of
o.r.r, u.4.5, I1.4.7
Substantial Completion
4.2.9, 8.r.r, 8.r.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.7, 9.8, 9.p.r, 9.ro.3,
9.ro.4.2, r2.2, r3.7
Substantial Completion, Definition of
9.8.1
Substitution of Subcontractors
5.2.3,t.2.4
Substilulion of fu chitect
4.1.3
.../ Substitulions of Malerials
,/ 3.4.2, j.s.r, 7 .3.7' Sub-subcontractor, Definition of
5.t-2
Subsurface Condilions
4.3.4
Successors and Assigns\. 13.2' Superintendent
3.9, ro.z.b
Supewision and Construction Procedures
n.z, 3.3, 3.4,3.r2.ro, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3,6.r.3,
6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7 1.6, 8.2, 8A.r, 9.4.2, ro, 12, 14
Surety
4.4.7, 5.4.r.2, 9.6.5, 9.ro.2, 9.ro.3> 14.2.2
Surety, Consent of
9.ro.2, 9.1o.3
Surveys
2.2.3
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience
14.4
Suspension of the Work
5.4.2'14.3
Suspension or Termination ofthe Contract
4.3-5, 5.4.r.r, u.4.9, 14
Taxes
3,6,3.8.2.r,7.3.6.4
Termination by the Contractor
+.l.ro, 14.l
Termination by the Owner for Cause
4.3.ro,5.4.r.r, 14.2
Termination of the Architect
4.r.1
Termination of the Conlractor
14.2.7
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
CONTRACT
t4
Tests and Inspections
3.r.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.83, 9.9.2,
9.ro.r, ro.3.2, ll.4.tl, rt.z.r,l3,5
TIME
I
Time, Delays and Exlensions of
3.2.3, 4.3.r, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3,7.2.r> 7.3.r,
7.4.r,1.5.r,8.3, 9.5.r, 9.7.r, ro A.2, 10.6.r,14.3.2
Time Limits
2.r.2,2.2,2.4, 3.2.r, 3.7.3, 3.ro, 3.rl, 3.r2.5, 3.15.t,
4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.+ 6.L4, 7 .3,
7.4,8.2, 9.2, 9.3.r, 9.3.3, 9.+r,9.5, 9-6,9.7,9.8,
g.g, g.lo, u.r.3r .4.r.5, 11.4.5, ll.4.ro, 12.2, r3.5,
r3.7, 14
Time Limits on Claims
4.3.2, q.t.+, +.t.8, 4.+ 4.j, 4.5
Title to Work
9.3.2,9.3.t
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF
WORK
l2
Uncovering of Work
l2.l
Unforeseen Conditions
+3.4' 8.3.r' lo.3
Unit Prices
+3.9,7.3.3.2
tlse of Documents
r.r.r, r.6, 2.2.5, 3.12.5, 5.3
llse ofSile
3,13, e.r.r, e.z.r
Values, Schedule of
9.2,9.3.r
Waiver of Claims by the Archirect
13.4.2
Waiver of Claims by the Contractor
4.3.ro, g.ro.5, rr. 4.7, 13.+2
Waiver of Claims by the Ovrner
4.3.ro, 9.9.3, 9.ro.3, 9.1o.4, r.4.3, u.4.5, rr.4.7,
L2.2.2.r, 13.4.2, 14.2,4
Waiver of Consequential Damages
4.3.1O,r+.zt
Waiver of Liens
9.ro.2, 9.ro.4
Waivers of Subrogation
o.r.r, 1.4.s, 11.4.7
Warranty
3.5, +.2.g, q.3.5.j, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.r, 9.ro.4,
12.2.2, r3.7 .r.3
Weather Delays
4.3.7.2
T,1S Do(UTVENT HAS,MTR|NI| IEGAL
coilsEotJEvcEs. couwrArtov wTH Nt a
AIIORNEY
'S
ENCOWA.Jf,DWIIH \!
nEstrcf ro tf' cowEfnN oR
MOAFrcATrcN. AUIHENIICAIIOI{ Of f I{' -
ELECTBOMCALTY OR/trTED NA l
DOCUMEMVOT. '
T
I
I
0
I
Itis bcument ls &n apprwd ard
erdord by Tlrc Asnciatd Gereral
Cottrarlors of Ntr,rica.
I
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITION5 OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American Institute of Archilects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
I,
I
I
l
t
I
I
l
T
I
I
I
o copyri8ht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1966, 1957, 1970., 1976, 1987-I997Fy TF
American Insiifule of Archiiecls. Fifleenlh Edition. Reproducfion of the material herein or substantial
quotation of its provisions withoul wriilen permission of lhe AIA violates the copyrighf laws of the United
rrates and will subject the violate lo legal prosecution. wARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violaies U.5.
ryrighl laws and will subject the violator to leSal prosecution. This documenl was electronically produced
*rth permission of lhe AtA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license wilhout violafion until
fhe date of expiration as noled below. User Documenf: 03 - 3nol2co4. AIA License Number lll5@7, which
exDires on 5n3ir20o,4.
8
I
I
I
l
I
Work, Definition of
t.r.3
Written Consent
r.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.t.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2,
9.8.5, 9.9.r, 9.ro.2, 9.1o.3, ll.4.r, 13.2, 13.4.2
Wrilten Interpretalions
4.2.rr, 4.2.12, 43.6
Writlen Notice
2.3,2.4, 3.3.r, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.r2.1o, 4.3, 4.4.8,
4-6-5, 5.2.r,8.2.2, 9.7,9.ro, ro.2.2,lo. j, ll-r-3,
rr.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, r4
Wrilten Orders
r.t.r,2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6,7,8.2.2, rr.4.9, r2.r, r2.2,
13.5.2, 14.3.r
I
t
t
I
I
ARTICLE I GENERAL PROVISIONS
I.I BASIC DEFINITIONSI,I.I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Orvner and Contractor
(hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other
Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Conuact,
other documenls listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the
Contract. A Modificalion is (r) a written arnendment to lhe Contract signed by both parties, (z)
a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change
in the Work issued by the fuchitect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Ageement, the
Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements
(advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid
or portions ofAddenda relating to bidding requirements).
I.I.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Conlract for Construction. The Contract represents the
entire and integrated agreement'belween the parties hereto and supersedes prior negoliations,
representations or agreemenls, either witten or oral. The Conuacl may be amended or
modilied only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a
contractual relationship of any kind (r) baween the Archilect and Contractor, (z) between the
Owner and a Subconlractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4)
belween any persons or entilies other than the Ovr'ner and Contractor- The Architect shall,
however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligalions under the Contract
intended to facilitale performance of the Architea's duties.
I,I.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,
whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment
and services provided or to be provided by the Conlractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.
The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
I.I,4 THE PROJECT
The Proiect is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract
Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or
by separate contracton.
I.I.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are tbe graphic and piclorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the
design, localion and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections,
details, scbedules and diagrams-
I.I.6 THESPECIFICATIONS
rHS DOCUNEN| HA' II|ffiRTN{f LEGAL
cot'tsEwEt{cEs. cutsuf AnoN wf H Nt
AT|ORNEY
'S
ETICo/.,RAGED WTH
RE PECT fO IfS COMPLETION 8
IfiOAFrcATrcN. AUI TE Nf'CAf ION OF TI45
ELTCT ROIIICAUY DMf f ED AIA
DOCUMENI MAY BE MADE 8Y USNG NA
DOCUMENT D&1.
Ttis &cunent las fun approvd ard
edord by E Asficiared C;rlrrllral
Contradors of Arneica.
AtA DOCUMET{T A20l - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsIRUCTION
The American lnstilufe of Archilecls
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSton, D.C. 2@06-5292
I
I
I
i
I
t
I
ffi
-01997 A|AO
€, copyrighr t9lr, 1915, 19t8, 1925, 1937, 1951, '1958, 1961, t963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1975, 1987,T9!17 by The
American Insfitule of Architects. Fifleenth Edifion. Reproduction of the material herein or substanfial
quotalion of its provisions withouf wrilten permission of lhe AIA violates the copyright laws of the United(tates anq will subjecl the violate lo leSal p.oseculion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
ryrighl laws and will subject the violator to legal prose(ufion. This documenl was electroniially produced
,vtlh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wifh your license without violation until
the dafe ol expiralion as nofed below. User Document: 03 - 3f2c,f2@,4. AIA license Number ll'15007, which
expires on 5113ncF'4.
o
The Specifications are that portion of the Conlract Documents consisting of the written
requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and
performance of relaled services.
I.I.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding
requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications.
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1,2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work by the Contraclor. The Contract Documents are
complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;
perfonnance by the Contractor shall be reguired only to the extent consistenl with the Contract
Documents and reasonably inferable from lhem as being necessary to produce the indicated
results.
1.2.2 Organizalion of the Specifications inlo divisions, sections and articles, and
arangemenl of Drawings shall not control lhe Contmclor in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or in establisbing lhe extent of Work to be performed by any trade.
t.2,3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known
technical or construclion industry meanings are used in lhe Contract Documents in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
I.3 CAPITALIZATION
1,3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Condilions include those which are (r) specifically
defined,' (z) the titles of numbered articles and idenlified references to Paragraphs,
Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles ofother documents published by
the American Institute of Archilects.
1.4 II{TERPREIATION
1.4.1 In the inlerest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modiffing words
such as 'all' and "any' and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modilier or an
article is absent from one statemenl and appears in another is not inlended to affect the
interpretation of either statement.
I.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the
Or'r,ner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, lhe fuchitect shall
identi$ such unsigned Documents upon request.
1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor
has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to
be performed and conelated personal obseryations with requirements of the Contract
Documenls.
I.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER
INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE
1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic
form, prepared by the fuchitect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service
through which the Work to be executed by the Conrractor is described. The Contractor may
retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or
malerial or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications
and other documents prepared by the Architect or the fuchitect's consultants, and unless
otherwise indicaled the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of
TTIS WUMENT HN
'MPoRT/'TI
TTGA,I,
Co,JJEo{JENCES. Cd{swf AITON WfH An
ATTORNEY IS EIr.OUP,iIGED WIH
RESPECT IO fis COMPITIIOTI OR
MOAFrcATION. AUI'IEMrcATDN OF TIf,'
EI.E CT RONICAJLY DNAF| ED HA
D&UMEN| MAY BE MADT, BY USiNG NA
D&UMENT D|'OI.
fhis dxumn lw fuen appoved ad
etfurcd by flr Asnciatd &rcrd
Contracto5 of AnFjrica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRAC] FOR CONSTRUCTION
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
t
I
t
T
I
t
I
@ copyrighr t9lt, 19t5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, t96t, 1963, 1966, 1967,1970, 1976, lpel, l997TtTh-
American tnstitule of Archilects. Fifteenth Edifion. Reproduction of the malerial herein or substanfial The American Institule of Architects
quotation of ils provisions wilhouf writlen permission of the AIA violates the copyrighf laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
-'ales and will subjeci the violale to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violales U.5. Washington, D.C- 20@6-5292
ryright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was ele(tronically produced
wtth permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license wilhoul violation until
the date of expiraiion as noted below. User Document: 03 - 3l202oo4. AIA License Number lll5oO7, which
expires on 5ll3l2@4.
'lo
-
I
I
T
i
T
J
3
I
t
I
l
I
l
I
I
l
I
I
I
lhem and will retain all common law, statutory and other resewed rights, in addition to the
coppights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Conlractor's record set, shall be
returned or suilably accounted for to the Architect, on iequest, upon completion of the Work.
The Drawings, Specifications and other documenls prepared by the fuchitect and the
Architect's consuhants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely wilh
resPecl to lhis Proiecl. They are not to b€ used by the Conlractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-
subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this
Proiect outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner,
Architect and the Architecl's consultants. The Contraclor, Sukontractors, Sub-subcontractors
and material or equipment suppliers are authorized lo use and reproduce applicable portions of
the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the fuchitect and the
fuchitect's consultanls appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the
Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorizalion shall bear the statutory
copyright notice, ifany, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other docurnents prepared
by the Architect and the fuchitect's consultants- Submittal or distribution to meei oflicial
regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Proiect is not lo be
construed as publication in derogation ofthe Architect's or Architect's consuhants' copyrights
or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2 OWNER
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is refened
to throughout the Contract Documents as ifsingular in number. The Owner shall designate in
writing a representalive who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect 1o all
matlers requiring lhe Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in
Subparagraph 4.r.r, the fuchitect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the
Owner or the Owner's authorized representalive.
2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Conlractor within fifteen days after receipt of a
wdtten request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice
of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such infiormation shall include a conect slatement of the
record legal litle to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred lo as the site,
and the Owner's interest therein.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the written requesl of lhe Contraclor, prior to commencement of
the Work and thereafter, fumish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial
arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Furnishing
of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of thi
Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such
financial arrangements wilhout prior notice to the Contmctor.
2.2.2 Excepl for permits and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.r, which
are lhe responsibility ofthe Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure
and pay for necessary approvals, €asements, assessments and charges required for construction,
use ol occuPancy ofpermanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish suweys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations
and utility locations for the sile of the Proiect, and a legal description of the site. The
Contractor shall be entitled lo rely on the accuracy of informCtion furnished by lhe Owner but
shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance ofthe Work.
2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contracl Documents shall be
fumished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services
relevant lo the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be
American Instifute of Ar(hile(ts. Fifleenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substintial
quotationof iis provisions wifhout written permission oi the AIA violates the copyright laws of lhe United
<tafes and will subjecl fhe violate to legal prosecution- WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes U.5.
:yrighl laws and will subject the violator lo legal prose<ution. This documenl was electi6ni-lly produced
,,tlh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without vioialion until
the date of expiration as noled below. User Document: 03 - }lZgtlOO4. AIA License Number I l'l5OO7, which
expires on 511Y2@4.
l.l
fl{s DOCUMTNT H/3 MrcRf N'IT
'TGALCOMEOUEI/GES, CONSULI Af ION WITH AI'I
ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WfH
RE PECI lO tt' COMPLEITON On
MODIFICATION. AUf HENIICATION OF TIiIS
EECI NONCAJIY DMff ED NA
NCUMEN| MAY BE MADE BY
'J'ING
NA
DOCUMENI D&I,
This document lw been approved ard
edorsd by Ifu Associatd Gereral
Contrcclors of ArrF.]rica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITION5 OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CON5TRUCTION
The American Instilute of Archilectt
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Conlractor of a written request for such
inlormation or services.
2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in lhe Contracl Documents, the Contractor will be
furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Proiecl Manuals as are reasonably
necessary for execution of the Work.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to conect Work which is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Conlract Documenls as required by Paragraph tu.2 or persistently fails to
carry oul Work in accordance with the Contmct Documents, the Owner may issue a written
order to the Contractor to slop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order
has been eliminated; however, the righl of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a
duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contrlctor or any
other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If lhe Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period aff.er receipt of written notice ftom
the Owner to commence and continue conection ofsuch default or neglect with diligence and
promptness, lhe Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written
notice to correct such deficiencies within a three-day period. If rhe Contractor within such
three-day period after receipt ofsuch second nolice fails to commence and continue to correct
any deficiincies, the Ownei may, without preiudice to other remedies lhe Ovrner may have,
correct such deficiencies. In sucb case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting
{ro1n payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of conecting sucf,
deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for lhe Architect's additional
services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and
amounts charged to the Contractor are both subiect to prior approval of the Architect. If
payments then or thereafter due the Contraclor are not suflicient lo cover such amounts, the
Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
iTICLE 3 COI{TRACTOR
3.I GENERAL
3.1,1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is
refened to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term
"Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor s aulhorized representative.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall petform the Work in accordance with the Conlract Documents.
3.1'3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents either by activitjes or duties of the Architect in the Architect's
administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspeclions or approvals required or performed by
persons other than the Contractor.
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIETD CONDITIONS BY
CONTRACTOR
3,2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the
Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other
Conttact Documents relative lo that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished
by the Owner pulsuan! to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing
conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site
affecring it. These obligations are for lhe purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor
and are not for the purpose ofdiscovering enors, omissions, or inconsislencies in the Contract
Documents; however, any enors, inconsislencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor
O Copyright l9ll, 1915, l9l8;
American Inslilute of Archifecls. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substintial
quotation of its provisions wilhoui wrillen permission of fhe AIA violates the copyright laws of the United
slates and will sublect the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed phofocopying violates U.5.
ryriSht laws and will subjecf the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
..rlh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without vioiafion until
lhe dafe of exPiraiion as noied below. User Documenl: 03 - 3n0,l2cp,4. AIA License Number lll5OO7, which
expires on 5/IY2OO4.
l2
T
T
)
I
T']S DOCUMENT HN MMTN'IT LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES, CONSULIAI'O'T WI1H AN A
AffoRNEY tt ENCOUQAGEDWfiH I
MSPECI fO tf' COMPtEftON OR
MODIFICA|ION. AUTHENI'CA{ION OF TI.TS ..^
ELECIROMC TY DRA'IED NA t
DOcutvENr MAY Bt M DE 8Y ustttc NA IDOCUMENI D$'.
fhis documen lw fuen approvd and
erdorsd by llte Associatd Gersal
Contrcctors of AnBrica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnstitute of Archife€ts
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
T
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the
Architect may require.
3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be
reported promptly lo the Architect, bul it is recognized that the Conlractor's review is made in
the Conlractor's capacity as a contraclor and not as a licensed design professional unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Conlractor is not re<luired to
ascerlain thal the Conlract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes,
ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or
made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect.
3.2.3 lf the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of
clarifications or instruclions issued by the fuchitect in response to the Conlractor's notices or
requests for information pursuanl. to Subparagraphs 3.2.r and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make
Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.e and 4.3.2. If the Contractor fails to perform the
obligalions of Subparagraphs 3.2.r and 3.2.2, the Conlractor shall pay such costs and damages to
the Owner as would have been avoided if the Conlractor had performed such obligations. The
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from erron,
inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between lield
measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized
such enor, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the
Architect.
3,3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
3,3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direcl the Work, using the Conlractor's best skill
and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions ofthe
Work under the Contract, unless the Conlract Documents give other specific instructions
.concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall
evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely
responsible for the iobsite safety ofsuch mears, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.
If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures
may not be safe, the Contraclor shall give timely written notice to the Ovmer and fuchitect and
shall nor proceed with that portion of the Work withoul further written instructions ftom the
fuchitect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods,
lechniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the
Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the
Conlractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or
entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors.
3,3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already
performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIAIS
3.4.1 Unless olherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide
and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water,
heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution
and completion of rhe Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
3.4,2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after
evaluation by the Architecl and in accordance with a Change Order.
@ Copyright l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1956, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The
Ameri€an Insfitute of Archile(ls. Fifteenth Edition. Reoroduction of the material herein or substanlial
quofation of its provisions wilhoul writlen permission oi the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United-'ates and will subject the violale to legal prorecution. WARNTNG: Unlicensed photocopying violales U.S.
pyrighf laws and will subjecl the violator to leSal prose(ution. This documenl was eleclronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without violalion until
fhe date of expiralion as noted below. User Document: 03 - l/2O20O4. AIA License Number ltl5@7, which
expires on 5ll3l2@4.
l3
f tt' DOCUMEN| Hr'6,MrcRIN,lf lfGAL
CONSEOUENCES. COI/dULIAIION W'fH NI
AIIORNEY IS ENCo4JPLAGED WfH
RESPECT IO IfS COMPLETION OR
toDtf ICATION. AUTHENI,CATION OF It*S
ELTCI RONICNTY DR/ffED NA
DOCUT'IENT MAY U MADE 8Y UStt{G AIA
DOCUMENT W)1.
Ihis docuncnt lps fuen approved and
etdorsed by llrc Asso<iatd General
Contractors of AlrE ca.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDI]IONs OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnstilute of Archifects
u35 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20m6-5292
-
T
I3'4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's
employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit
employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.
3.5 WARRANry
3.5.1 The Contractor warranls to the Owner and Archilect that rnaterials and equipment
furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or
permitted by the Contract Documents, lhat the Work will be free from defects not inherent in
the quality required or permilted, and that tbe Work will conform to the requirements of the
Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions nol
ProPe4y approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty
excludes remedy for damage or defect caused bv abuse, modifications not executed by thl
Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and
tear_ and normal usagg. If-required by the Architect, lhe Contractor shall furnish satisfactory
evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.
3.6 TAXES
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided
by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,
whelher or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.
3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
3'7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractoi shall secure
and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmenlal fees, licenses and
inspeclions necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily
secured after execution ofthe Contract and v/hicb are legally required when bids are received or
negotiations concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations and lawful orden of public authorities applicable to performance of tbe Worlc
3,7'3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents arein accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and
regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions oflhe Contract Documents are
at variance therewilh, tbe Contractor shall promptly notifr the fuchitect and Owner in writing,
and necessary changes shall be accornplished by appropriate Modification.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes,
ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and
Owner, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the
costs attributable to correction.
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3,8,1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances staled in the
Conlract Documenls. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by
such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to
employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable obiection.
3.8,2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docurnenls:
.l allowances shall cover tbe cosl to tbe Contractor of materials and equipment
delivered at tbe site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;
@ copyriShr l9I. r9rs, 1918, r92s, 1937, r95r, 1958, 1961, 't963, 1965, 1967, 1970, rt6J98-Tgg7-5y ThF
Ameri€an Instifute of Architects. Fiffeenth Edition. Reproduction of lhe material herein or substintial
quolation of ils provisions without writlen permission of rhe AIA violates the copyright laws of the United(tates and will subject lhe violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
:yright laws and will subiect rhe violafor to legal prosecution. This document was elecfroniially produced
.vith permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date o{ expiration as noled below. User Documenl: O} - y2c,l2cn,4. AIA License Number lll5oO7. which
expires on 5ll3l20p'4.
14
-1
T
f llt' DOCUMEN| HtS MnRTNlf LICrltt
co^rSEwENcE . cot'tsuLtATrot! w,TH Alt la
ATIORNEY tS ENCOURAaED WfiH IRE'trCt fO tt' COII/P|-EIiOi{ OR
tytOAFrcAf ,o/t. AUfHENITAqON OF Tl4S
E TCTNOMC/J.LY OffeFTED AIA
WUMEN| MAY U MADE Tf USIIIG NA
oocuMEll,f wt.
flis docunrent lw t*en approvd ard
erfursd by llr- lssuiated Geteral
Contradors of America.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONOIIIONS Of THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The Amerkan Instituie of Architecfs
'1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 2O0o5-5292
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
.2 Contractor's cosls for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installalion costs,
overhead, prolit and olher expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounls
shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances;
.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be
adjusled accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall
reflect (r) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause
3.8.2.r and (z) changes in Contraclor's €osts under Clause 3.8.2.u.
3,8,3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in
suflicienl time to avoid delay in the Work.
3.9 sUPERlNTENDENI
3,9.1 The Contractor shall ernploy a competent superintendenl and necessary assistants
who shall be in attendance at the Protect site during performance of the Work. The
superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications
shall be confirmed in wrifing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on w tten
requesl in each case.
3.IO CONTRACTOR'SCONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
3.lo.l Tbe Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit
for the Owner's and fuchitect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work.
The schedule shall not exceed lime limits cunenl under the Contract Documents, shall be
revised al appropriate intervals as required by the conditions ofthe Work and Proiect, shall be
related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall
provide for expeditious and praclicable execulion ofthe Work.
3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for lhe fuchitect's approval, a
schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construclion schedule and
allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.
3,10.3 The Contractor shall perform rhe Work in general accordance wilh rhe mosl recenl
schedules submilted to the Owner and Architecl-
3.II DOCUMENT5 AND SAMPLES AT THE 5ITE3.ll.l The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the
Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and
marked currently to record field changes and selections made during consuuction, and one
record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required
submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for
submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
3.I2 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPIES
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagams, schedules and other data specially prepared
for the Work by lhe Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub.subconlractor, manufacturer, supplier
or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
3,12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions,
brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor lo illustrale materials
or equipment for some portion of the Work.
3,12,3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship
and establish standards by which the Work will be iudged.
tl'tl9 DOCUMEN| HAS tt'trcRr&tr LEGAL
CONSEQUENCES, CONSULrAIIOAI WfH NI
ATTORNEY I5 ENCo/./RAGED WITH
RESP€Cr TO IfS COMPIETION OR
MODIFICAIION, AUf IIENTrcAI/oN OF f'{S
ELTCI RONICAIIY DMFTED NA
DXUMEN| MAY BE MADE, BY USING NA
DOCUMENI DEI.
fhis document has been approvd ard
edorced bv lllr- Asmciated Gened
Contr actori of Amer ica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT IOR CONsTRUCTION
The American Insiilute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W-
Washington, D.C. 20@6-5292
€ copyr8hr le , rers, rer8, 1925, 't937, 19s't, 1958, 1951, 1953, 1965, 1957, 't97O, 't976, 1987, 1997 by The
American lnstiiute of Architects. Fifleenrh Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or subsfantial
quofafion of its provisions wilhod writien permission of the AIA violafes the (opyright laws of the United
stales and will subject the violate to leSal prosecuiion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes U.5.
:yright laws and will subjecr the violator to legal prosecuiion. This document was electronically produced
,{ilh P€rmission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your licenre without violation unlil
lhe dale of erpiration as noted below. User Document: O3 - 312A2cF.4. AIA License Number lll5oO7. which
expires on 5/1Y20O4.
l5
I
3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Conlract
Documenls. The purpose of their submittal is lo demonstrate for lhose portions of the Work
for which submittals are required by the Contract Documenls the way by which the Contractor
proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the
Conlract Documenls. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph
4.2.2. lnformational submiltals upon which the fuchitect is not expecled to take responsive
action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by
the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.
3.12.5 The Contraclor shall review for compliance wilh the Contract Documents, approve
and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals
required by the Contracl Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to
cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors.
Submittals which are not marked as reyiewed for compliance with the Contract Documents
and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action.
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar
submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contraclor has determined and verified
materials, {ield measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and
has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the
requirements of tbe Work and of the Contract Documents.
3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract
Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar
submitlals unlil the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect.
3.12.8 Tbe Work shall be in accordance with approved submitlals except that the Contractor
shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of lhe Contract
Documents by the fuchitect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar
submittals unless the Contractor has specilically informed tbe Architect in writing of such
deviation al the time of submittal and (r) the fuchitect has given written approval to the
specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (z) a Change Order or Construction
Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or
similar submittals by the fuchitect's approval thereof.
3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmiued Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, lo r€visions other than those requested
by the Architect on previous submittals. In tbe absence of such written notice the fuchilect's
approval ofa resubmission shall not apply to such revisions,
3.l2.lO The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute
the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by fhe
Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such
services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construclion means, melhods,
lechniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide
professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or
certilications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment arc specifically
required of the Conlractor by the Contract Documents, lhe Owner and the Architect will
specifr all performance and design criteria that such services must satisff. The Contractor shall
cause such sewices or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional,
whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specilications, certifications,
Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other
submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others,
shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner
and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness ofthe
@ copyrighl l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1975, lgStl9CIEy Tha
American Institute of Archileds. Fifteenlh Edifion. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial
quolalion of its provisions without wrilten permission of the AIA violater lhe copyright laws of the United(tates and will subiecf the violate lo legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes U.5.
:yright laws and will sublect the violalor fo legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
,,/ith permission of the AtA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license withouf violation until
the date of expiration as noled below. User Document: 03 - 3!2c,/2cn,4. AIA License Number Ill5OO7, which
expires on 511312@4.
l6
t
I
t
I
I
TttS DOCUMEM HA6,tvrcRf NIT IEGAL
cot6EauENcE5. cotif,uTAttov wtrH N,r f
AffoRNEYtSENCOttP./|GEDyy/,fH tRESPfCI fO tf' COMWflON On
MOD'EICAT'ON. AUrHENiICAT'ON OF f
'45ELECiRON|CALLY Dfl/'ffED NA I
DOCUMENI MAY BE MADE 8Y U''NG NA f
DOCUMENI DIDI. |'
flis docurnent lps been approvd and I
erdorsd bv lfr- Associatd General IContractort of An|F"rica
t
01997 A|AO
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONDIIION5 OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
The American Institule of Architects
1735 New York Avenue. N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
$ffi
I
I
I
services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the
Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that
such services must salisff. Pursuant lo this Subparagraph 3.rz..ro, the Architect will review,
approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose ofchecking
for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Conlract
Documenls. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or
design criteria required by the Contract Documents.
3.13 USE OF S|TE
3.13,1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law,
ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site
wilh materials or equipmenl.
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,, fitting or patchilg required to
cornplete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly.
3.14,2 The Contractor sball not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or
partially completed conslruction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, palching or
otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or
otherwise alter such construclion by rhe Ovmer or a separate contractor except with wrilten
consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably
witbheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Oryner or a separate
contraclor the Conlractor's consent to cutting or oiherwise altering the Work.
3.I5 CLEANING UP
3,15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation.
of wasle materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the
Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Proiect waste materials, rubbish, the
Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials.
3,15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner
may do so and the cost thereofshall be charged to Ge Conlractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
3.16,1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in
preparation and progress wherever located.
3,17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
3.17'l The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend
suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and
Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense
or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or
manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are
contained in Drawings, Specilications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Archilect.
However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is
an inllingement of a copyrighl or a patenl, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss
unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect.
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, Iosses or
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f I4S DOCUMENT HAS IMrcRfN,If ITGAL
COI{sEOUENCES. COMULiAI'ON WIf H NI
ATfORNEY IS ENCoi'/R,/GED WITH
NESPECT TO ITS COMftETION ON
WDIFICA|'ON. AJf HENTrcAT'ON OF THS
EUC| RONC//.LY DMF| ED NA
DOCUMEN| MAY BE MADE BY USING NA
DOCUMENI UIO'.
TNs docunent has been approved arl
edorsed by lttr- Associatd Gerpral
Conlrxtors of Anerica.
exPenses are not covered by Proiect ManaBement Protective Liability insurance purcbased by
the Contractor in accotdance with Paragraph u.3, the Conlractor shall indemnlfr and hold o.Bs7 ArAo
harmless the Owner, Archilect, Architect's consultants, and agenls and employees of any of nf,n ooiuf'tf Hf A2ol - 1997
them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but nor limited to GENERAL coNDtTtoNs oF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Instifute of Archilecls
quolation of ils provisions wifhout wrillen permission of lhe AIA violales the copyright laws of the Uniled U35 New York Avenue, N.w.
<rates an9 will sublecr. rhe violate lo legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed phofocopying violates U.5. Washington, D.C. 20@6-5292
:yright laws and will subject fhe violalor to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
.eilh Permission of fhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the dale of expiralion as noted below. User Documenl: Ol - l/2Ol2OO4. AIA License Number lll5OO7, which
expires on 5/lY2OO4.
t7
-
altorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such
claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to
injurv to or deslruction oftangible property (other than the Work ilself), bul only to the extent
caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontraclor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts lhey may be liable, regardless ofwhether
or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.
Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce olher rights or obligations
of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph
3.18.
3.18.2 In claims against any person or enlily indemnified under this Paragraph 3.r8 by an
employee of the Conlractor, a Sukontractor, anyone direclly or indirectly employed by them
or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under
Subparagraph 3.r8.r shall not be linrited by a limitation on amount or type of damages,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractoi under workers'
compensation acts, disability b€nefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.I ARCHITECT
4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity
lawfulty practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the
Architect or the Architect's authorized representative.
I
I
I
I
I
I
TI4S DXUMEM HAS
'MNRTNTI
LEGAL
cottsEOtJENcEs. cottsuljAn?N wrH Anr IArTONIEY,SEI{r.OUF,,.GEDW,IH T
RESPfCT TO NS COMPIEIION OR
II&AF'CAI Iq{. AUTHEMICAI ION OF T HS
EITCI ROT,IICAITY DRAFIEDAIA I
DOCUMENr MAY BE MADE 8Y USttJc NA ll
DOCUMENI D$)r. v
fhis document lw been apgovd ard
4.1,2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth 1n 11. erdorsedby fiE Associatd &rctal
Contract Documenti shall not be reslricted, modified or exlended without written consent of contrxtort of Anerica
the Owner, Contraclor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
4.1.3 If the employment of the Archilect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new
Architect against whom the Contraclor has no reasonable obiection and whose status under the
Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect.
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2,1 The fuchitect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract
Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (r) during construction, (z) until final
paymgnt is due and (f) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to tirne during the one-year
period for correction of Work described jn Paragraph rz.z. The Architect will have authority to
act on behalf of the Owner only lo the exlent provided in the Contract Documents, uniess
otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract.
4.2.2 The Architect, as a repres€ntative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals
appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (r) to become generally hmiliar wifh
and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work
compleled, (z) to endeavor to g,uard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in fhe Work,
and (l) to determine in general if lhe Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the
Work, when fully compleled, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. Howwer,
the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to
check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have contiol over or
charge of, nor be responsible for, the construclion means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection wirh the Wbrk, since
these are solely the Contractor's righls and responsibilities under the Contnct Documents,
excepl as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.r.
4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to p€rform the Work
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have
conlrol over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor,
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
AtA DOCUMET{T A20l - 1997
GENERAL CONDITION5 OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
@ copyriSht l9ll, 19t5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1951, 1963, 1966, 1967, l97O; Ita6: 1962-IB75|
Americari Institure of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the mateiial herein or substlntial The Amerk€n Instifute of Architects
quotation of ils provisions without writlen permission oi the ela violate! fhe copyright laws of the g^it.6 'U35,lew York Avenue, N.W.
lles and will subject lhe violafe to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed ihoiropying violates U.5. WashinSfon, D.C.20@6-5292
pyright laws and will subjecr lhe violator to legal proseculion. This document was electroniially produced
wilh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wifh your license wilhouf violalion until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Do€umenf: Oi -- 3l2Df2@4. AIA License Number'lll5@7, which
expires on 511312004.
't8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Subconlractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing
portions of lhe Work.
4,2,4 Communicalions FacilitafinS Contract Administration. Excepr as orherwise
provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially
iuthorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through
the Architect aboul matters arising out of or relating 1o lhe Contract. Communications by and
with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with
Subcontractors and material supplien shall be through the Contractor. Communications by
and with separate contraclors shall be through the Owner.
4.2,5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applicalions for Paymenl, the
Architect will review and certifr the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for
Payment in such amounts.
4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reiect Work that does not conform to the
Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect
will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with
Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or compl€ted.
Howwet, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to
exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the
Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or
employees, or other percons or entities performing portions of the Work.
4.2.7 The fuchitect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the
Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for lhe
limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable
promptness as to caus€ no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Conlractor or
separate conlractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional iudgment to
permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of
determining the accuracy and cornpleteness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,
or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of
which remain the responsibility of the Contraclor as required by the Contract Documents. The
Architect's review of the Contraclor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of lhe
obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, l.j and 3.r2. The Architect's review shall nol constitute
approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically $ated by tbe Architect, of any
conslruction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The fuchitect's approval of
a specilic item shall not indicate approval ofan assembly of which the item is a component.
4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and
may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4.
4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial
Complefon and the date of 6nal completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the
Owner's review and records, writlen warranties and related documents required by the Contract
and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon
compliance wilh the requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.2,10 If the Owner and Architect agree, lhe Architect will provide one or rnore project
represenlatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at lhe site. The duties,
responsibilities and limitalions of authorily ofsuch project representatives shall be as set forth
in an exhibit to be incorporated in lhe Contract Docurnents.
4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and
requiremenls of, the Contract Documents on wdtten requesl of either the Owner or
@ copyrlghr re , 1915, t918, l92t t937, 1951, 1958, 1951, 1963, t966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, t997 by The
American Insfitule of Architects. Fiffeenth Edition. Reoroduction of the material herein or substantial
quoration of ils provisions wilhout writlen permission of the AtA violates the copyright laws of the United
'lates and will sublecl fhe violate io leSal prosecufion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violales U.5.
)yright laws and will subject lhe violator to legal prosecufion. This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license wilhout violation until
the date of expiration as noled below. User Document: 03 - y2A2@4. AIA License Number 'ltl5OO7, which
expires on 5lly2@4.
l9
Il4S DOCUIIENI HAS D4rcRfAtlf ttcr4l
colvjEouEt'tcEs. coNsuLfAf,oN w,fH Nt
ATIOR|dEY IS EIICOUFd,GED WIf H
RESPECT fO
'TS
COMPIEI'ON OR
MO FrcAIION. AUTHENTICAIION OT fHS
E'TC| RONC NLY DNAF TED NA
DOCUMEM MAY 8E MADE 8Y USING NA
DOCUMENT DNI.
This docunent lps been approvd and
etdorsd by ffu Associald Gercrd
Contractort of Anwica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT IOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnsfilute of Archifects
1735 New York Avenue, N.w.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
I
Contraclor. The Architect's response to such requesls will be made in writing wilhin any time
limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made
concerning the time within which interpretations r<luired ofthe Architect shall be furnished in
compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by
the Architect to furnish such inlerpretations until r5 days after wrilten request is made for
lhem.
4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistenl with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of
drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the fuchitect will endeavor
to secute faithful performance by botb Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either
and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.13 The fuchitect's decisions on matlers relating to aesthetic effect will be final if
consistent with the intenl expressed in the Contract Documents.
4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.3.1 Definition, A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a
matter of right, adiustment or interprelation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension
of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes
other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or
relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to
substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making lhe Claim.
4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated wirhin zr days after
occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within zr days after the claimant first
recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim,'whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by
wdtten notice to the Architect and the other party.
4.3.3 Continuing Contracl Performance, Pending final resolution ofa Claim except as
otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 91t and Article r4, the Contractor
shall proceed diligently with performance of lhe Contracl and the Owner shall continue to
make payments in accordance wilh the Contract Documents.
4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Condilions. If conditions are encountered at
the site which are (r) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ
materially from those indicated in the Contracl Documents or (z) unknown physical
conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist
and generally recognized as inherent in construction aclivities oftbe character provided for in
the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to tbe other party
promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than zr days after first
observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if
they differ materially and cause an increase or deoease in the Contractor's cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in
the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the fuchirect determines that the conditions at
the site are not materially different from those indicaled in the Contract Documents and that
no change in the terms of the Contract is iustified, the fuchitect shall so notiff the Owner and
Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such
determinalion must be made within zr days after the Architect has given notice of the decision.
If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time
shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjuslment in
the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adiustment shall be refened lo the Architect for initial
determination, subiect to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4.
4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an
increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before
@ CopyriSht 'l9ll, 19]5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1965, '1967,1970, 1975, 1987, 1997 bt lht
American Instilute of Archilects. Fifteenrh Edition. Reproducfion of the malerial herein or subsfantial
quofalion of ifs provisions without writfen permission of fhe AIA violaler the copyright laws of lhe Uniled
<rates and will subject the violafe to legal prosecuiion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.
:yright laws and will subject the violator fo legal prosecution- Thls documenl was electronically produced
"vith permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license wilhoul violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Documenf : 03 - y20l2Co4. AIA License Number |l l5OO7, which
expires on 511312004-
20
I
t
I
I
THs NCUMENI HAS
'MNB|
NIT TECAL
cotif,EouEt€Es- cousuLtAftotJ w,tH Nl I
Af IORNEY IS EIICOUP'F.GED W'f H I
RESPECI tO tf' COMPLEf'qt OR
MODiFICAI'ON. AW tENftCATtON OF fti'
ET.E,CIROMC/!'J-Y DR/fTED NA I
DOCUII4ENI MAY SE MADE gY USING AIA ]
DoCUttENf D&t. !
flis hcwrcn lw ben aprr:ovd and I
erdorsd bv llc Asmciard C'ercral IConl rxtors of Arrr]r i ca.
I
I
I
I
I
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR COI{STRUCTION
The American tnsfitute of Ar€hilects
1735 New York Avenu€, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20@6-5292
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
proceeding lo execute the Work. Prior notice is nol required for Claims relating to an
emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph ro.5.
4.3.5 If the Contraclor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not
limited to (r) a written interpretation from the fuchitect, (z) an order by the Owner to stop the
Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work
issued by the Architect, (+) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by
tbe Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in
accordance with this Paragraph 4.3.
4.3,7 Claims for Additional Time
4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written
notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of
cost and of probable effect ofdelay on progress ofthe Work. ln the case ofa continuing delay
only one Claim is necessary.
4.3.7,2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim
shall be documented by data substantiating that weather condidons were abnormal for the
period of tirne, could not have been reasonably anlicipated and had an advene effect on the
scheduled construction.
4.3.8 lnjury or Damage lo Person or Property. If either party to the Contract sufferc
iniury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission ofthe other party, or of
others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, wdtlen notice of such iniury or darnage,
whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding
zr days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable lhe other party to
investigate the matter.
4.3.9 If unit prices are slated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and
if quantities originally contemplated are rnaterially changed in a proposed Change Order or
Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work
proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices
shall be equitably adiusted.
4.3,10 Claims for Consequential Damaggs, The Contractor and Owner waive Claims
against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to lhis Contract. This
mutual waiver includes:
.l damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income,
profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of managemenl or
employee productivily or of the services ofsuch persons; and
.2 damages incuned by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the
compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and
reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly hom
the Work.
Tlris mutual waiver is applicable, withoul limitalion, to all consequential damages due to either
party's termination in accordance with Article r4. Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.ro
shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in
accordance w h the requiremenb of the Conlracl Documents.
4,4 RESOIUTION OF CLAIM5 AND DISPUTE5
4,4.I Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an enor or omission by the
Architect bul excluding those arising under Paragraphs lo.3 througb ro.5, shall be referred
initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a
condition precedent to mediation, arbilralion or litigation ofall Claims between the Conlractor
American lnstitute of Architecls. Fifleenth Edition. Reoroduction of the material herein or subsiantial
quotation of ils provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyrighl laws of the United
<lates and will subject the violafe to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
pyright laws and will subiect the violaior to legal prosecuiion. lhis document was electronically produced
nrith Permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license wilhoul violation until
the dale of expiraiion as noted below. User Documenl: 03 - 3tZOl2@,4. AIA License Number lll5OO7, which
exDires on tl3/2m4.
2l
TllS D&UtvENf HAS MnnINlT LEGAL
CfiISEol'/ETvcES. CO|/6ULIATION W'fH N'I
ATICBNEY 15 ENCOURAGED W'IH
RESPECI fO IT5 COMPuIION OR
t'lODtFlCAf lON. AUIHEMICATION Of tl{S
ELTCT NOMCAUY DF!r'.FrED NA
NCUMENT MAY BE ttlADE BY US,NG NA
DoCUMENI DQI.
lhis document has been approvd ard
mdorsd by fle r'ssr,ciatd Gercral
Contracto6 of AnFJrica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2O1 - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnstitule of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSlon, D.C. 20006-5292
-
and owner arising prior to lhe date final payment is due, unless Jo days have passed after theclaim has been referred ro the fuchiteat with no decision having'been rendered by the
fuchitect. The fuchitect will not decide disputes between the Coitractor and persons or
entities other than the Owner.
4,4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the claim take
one or more ofthe following actions: (r) request additional supporting dati from the claimant
or a response with supporling data from the other party, (z) riiect the claim in whole or inpart, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the
Architecl is unable to resolve the Claim if the fuchitect lacks sulficient informaiion to evaluale
the nerits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it
would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim.
4'4.3 In evaluating claims, the fuchitect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult wirh or
seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledee or expertise who
may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may req-uest the owner to
authorize retention ofsuch persons at the Owner's expense.
4.1.4 If the fuchitect requests a party to provide a response to a claim or to fumish
additional supporting data, such pany shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such
request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, idvise the
fuchilect when the response or supponing data will be furnished or aivise thi Architect thar no
supporting data will be furnished. upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, tbe
Architect will either reiect or approve the Claim in whole oi in part.
4.4'5 The Architect will approve or reiect Claims by written decision, which shall state rhe
reasons therefor and which shall noti$ the parties of any change in the conlract sum or
Contract Time or both. The approval or reiection ofa Claim by the Archirect shall be final and
binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitralion.
4'4.6 When a written decision of the fuchitect states that 0) the decision is final but subjea
to mediation and arbilration and (z) a demand for arbitration of a claim covered by such
decision must be made within 3o dap after the date on which the party makine the dimand
receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitraiion within"said 3o dap,
period shall result in the tuchitea's decision becoming final and binding upon the oilirer aird
Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after ar5itration proceedinigp have been iniriated,
such decision. may. be enter-ed as evidence, but shdl not sulersede ariitration proceedings
unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned.
4.4:7 upon receipt of a claim against the contractor or at any time thereafter, the
Archilect or.the^owne-r-may,_pu1 is not obligated to, notiff the surety, if any, of the nature and
amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contraitor's difault, the fuchitect
or lhe Owner may, but is not obligated to, noiiry the surety and request the surity,s assistance
in resolving the controversy.
4.4'8 lf a clairn relates to or is tbe subiect of a mechanic's lien, the party asserrinq such
claim may proceed in- accordance with applicable law to comply-with the'lien notice or-filing
deadlines prior to resolution of the claim by the Architect, by riediation or by arbitration.
4.5 MEDIATION
a:I.l Any Claim arising out ofor related to the Contracl, except Claims relaling to aesthetic
effecl and -except those waived- as provided for in Subparagraphi 4.3.ro,9.ro.4 "ni 9.ro.5 shall,
after initial decision by the Architect or 3o days after submissiin of rhe Ciaim'to rhe erihirect,
be rubiect to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or
equitable proceedings by either party.
t
!
I
I
I
rHS DOCU|TTENI ttAS MrcffA&t UG/[ -Co|'ISEQUENCES. CONSWTAqON WTH N,t I
AIIORNEY
'S
ENCOUNAGEDW'TH T
RESPECI fO tf' COMHII//O Of,
lroDtFtcAftoN. AUIHENUCATiON OF ftXS _
ELECTRON|'CNTY DRN| ED NA IWUMEN| MAY BE MADE 8Y USI/,IG NA
'DOCUIyiENI D/'01.
,#HffifH;trTEY IContradors of Anerica.
r
$w-
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
01997 A|AO
AIA DOCUMENT A2O1 . 1997
GENERAL CONDITION5 OF IHE
CONTRACT IOR CONSTRUCTION
American Institute of Architerts. Fifleenlh Edirion. Reproduclion of the malerial herein or substintial
quotaiion of its provisions wifhout written permission oi the AtA violafes lhe coovriohr law< of rhp r tnira.lquotaiion of its provisions wifhout written permission AIA violafes lhe copyright laws of the United I
I
I
The American Inslitute of Architecfs
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSton, O.C. 20@6-5292-'ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed pho6copyinn violates U.S.
PyriShl laws and will subject the violator lo legal prosecution, This document was electroniiallv produced
with.permission of the AIA and can be reproduied in accordance with your license without vioia'tion until
the date of erpiration as noted below. User Document: 03 -- Srlm@4. AIA License Number lll5@7, which
exDires on 511Y2@4.
22
I
J
T
t
I
t
I
!
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor lo resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the
parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance wilh the Construction Industry
Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for
medialion shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with tbe American
Arbitration Association. The requesl may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for
arbitralion but, in such event, medialion shall proceed in advance of arbitralion or legal or
equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 5o days from
the date of 6ling, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement ofthe parties or court order.
4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation
shall be held in the place where the Proiect is located, unless another location is mutually
agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements
in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6 ARBITRATION
4.5,1 Any Claim arising out ofor relaled to the Contract, except Claims relating lo aesthetic
effect and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.ro, 9.ro.4 and 9.ro.5, shall,
after decision by the fuchitect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be
subiect to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by
mediation in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5.
4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the
parties mulually agree olherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry
Arbitration Rules ofthe American Arbitration Association currenlly in effect. The demand for
arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American
Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the fuchitect.
4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in
Subparagraphs 4 .4.5 $d 4.6.r as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the
Claim bas arisen, and in no event shall ir be made after the date when institution of legal or
equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph r3.7.
4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating
to the Contract shall include, by conso[dation or ioinder or in any other manner, the Architect,
the Architect's employees or consuhants, except by written consent containing specific
reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other
penon or entity soughf to be ioined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or
in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Conlractor, a separate €onlractor as
described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question offact or
law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or
entity other than the Owner, Contractot or a separate contractor as described in Anicle 6 shall
be included as an original third party or additional lhird party to an arbitration whose interest
or responsibilily is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity
shall not constitule consent to arbittation of a Claim not described tberein or with a person or
entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other
ag,reements to arbilrate with an additional person or entity duly consenled to by parties to the
Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having
jurisdiaion thereof.
4.6,5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party Iiling a notice of demand for
arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration
is permitted lo be demanded.
o copyrfghr re , rer5. rel8, rgzt 1917, 195t, 1958, t95t, t963, t956, t957, 1970, 't976, 1987, 1997 by The
American lnstifute of Architects. Fifteenlh Edition. Reproduction of the maierial herein or substantial
quotalionof its provisions wilhout writlen permission of the AIA violales the copyrighf laws of the Uniled(tates and will subject lhe violate fo leSal prosecufion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes U.5.
pyright laws and will subject lhe violalor to legal prosecution. This document was electroniially produced
'vifh permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
ihe dafe of expiralion as nofed below. User Document: 03 - 3f20l2@4. AIA License Number'lll5Oo7, which
erpires on 5n3n@4.
23
TT{S DOCUMENT TW IMP9NI ANT ITGAL
COITSEOUENCES. CONSULI AI'ON WTH AN
ATIOBNEY I' ENCWMGED W'fH
nEsPECf TO tf' COTWE ON On
MOAFrcANON, AUf HENT'CATION OF ITIIS
E LTCr RONICAIIY DRAF f ED NA
DOCUMEN| MAY 8E MADE BY
'JgNG
NA
DOCUMENT D4OI.
Tfis docvmenl hx been approvd ard
etdorsd by fh Asrcciated Gereral
Conlr aclors of Aflrsf,ica.
01997 A|AO
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAT CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT TOR CONSIRUCTION
The American lnslitule of Architecf s
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSton. D.C. 20006-5292
$ffi-
4.5.6 JudSmenl on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators
shall be fiial, and-iudgment ma1 be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any
court having iurisdiction thereof.
ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
5.I DEFINITIONS
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to
perform a portion of the Work at the site. The ternr 'sukontractor' is referred to throughout
the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sukontraclor or an auth6rized
representative of the Sukonlractor. The term 'Subcontraclor' does not include a separate
contractor or subcontractors ofa separate contractor.
5'l'2 A Sub-sukontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirecl contract with a
Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term 'Sub-subcontractor" is
refened to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-
subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.
5,2 AWARD OF 5UBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF
THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Docurnents or the bidding requirements, the
Contracl-or, as-soon as p-racticable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing ro the
Ovmer through the fuchitea the names of penons or entities (including those who are to
fumish m-aterials or eqyipment fabricared to a special design) proposed- for each principal
portion of the Work. The Architecr rvill proJnptly reply to the Coniractor in writing stating
whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable obiiction t6
any such proposed-person or entlty. Failure of the Owner or fuchitect to reply promptly shall
constitute notice ofno reasonable objection.
5.2.7 The Contractor shall not contract wilh a proposed person or entity to whom the
Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely obiection. The Contractor shall not be
required to contract witb anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable obiection.
5,2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable obiection lo a person or enlity proposed by
the Contraclor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or fuchiteit has no
reasonable obiection. If rhe proposed but r-eiected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of
performing lhe Work, the Contract Sum and Contracl Time shall be increased or decriased by
the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractoi's Work. However, no increase in
the Contract Sum ot Contact Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has
acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected
if the Owner or fuchilect makes reasonable obiection to such substitute.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL REIATIONS
5.3'l By appropriate agreement, witten where legally required for validity, the Contractor
shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by $e
Subconlractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to
assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibililies, including the
responsibility for safety of lhe Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these
Documents, assumes toward the Owner and fuchilect, Each subcontract agreement shall
preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and fuchitect under the Contracl Documents with
resPect to lhe Work to be performgd by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will
not Preiudice such righls, and shall allow to the Subcontraclor, unless specificilly provided
otherwise in the subconlract agreement, the beneht of all rights, remedies-and rediess against
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCIION
American Instilufe of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduclion of fhe maferial herein or substintial The American Institule of Architectsquotalion .of its Provisions wif houl wr.itfen permission of lhe AIA violales f he copyright laws of the Unifed U35 New york Avenue, N-W.staies and will subject the violale to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5. washinpton, D.C.20006-5292
pyriSht laws and will subject the violator fo legal proseculion. This document was electronically produced
'rith permission of fhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without vioiaiion until
lhe dale of expiralion as noted below. User Document: 03 - 3l20n@4. AIA License Number lll5oo7, which
expires on 5/ly2oo4.
24
I
I
I
Il1l5 Docuttfi|{r HAS ltt t/nf$tl IIGr'tr
CANSEWENCE' CONflJLI AIION WT H AN
Af TORNEY
'S
EIKOIJNAGED W'fH
RESPfCI TO trt COMPUIION On
MOAFTAION. AUT'#,NfrcAnON Of fl45
EUCIRONICNLY DN,fIED NA
DOCU|TIEN| MAY BE MADE BY U NG AJA
NCUWN| D&t,
Ttis docurntt Iw fun approvd atd
erldorsed by tlc Asncialcd C*twd
Conlraclots of Anr€jrica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
W
r
01997 A|AO
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
the Contractor thal the Contraclor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where
appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Sukontractor lo enter inlo similar agreements
with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor,
prior to lhe execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Conlract Documents to
which the Sukontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor,
idenlifr to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed sukonlract agreement
which may be at variance with the Conlract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make
copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-
subconlractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
5.4,1 Each sukontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to
the Owner provided that:
.l assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for
cause Pursuant lo Paragraph r4.2 and only for tbose subcontract agreements
which the Owner accepts by notifoing the Sukontractor and Conlractor in
wdting; and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights ofthe surety, ifany, obligated under bond
relating to the Conlract.
5,4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 3o days, the
Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adiusred for increases in cost resulting from
the suspension.
ARTICTE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 5EPARATE CONTRACTOR5
6.I OWNER's RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
.6.1.1 The Owner reseryes lhe right lo perform construction or operations related. to the
Proiect with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other
portions ofthe Proiect or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions ofthe
Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related lo insurance
and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved
because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor sball make such Claim as provided in
Paragraph 4.3.
6,1.2 When separate contracls are awarded for different portions of the Prolect or other
construction or operations on the site, lhe terrn "Contractor'in the Contract Documents in
each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination ofthe activities ofthe Owner's own forces
and of each separate conlractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with
them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in
reviewing their construction schedules wben djrected to do so. The Contractor shall make any
revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a ioint review and mutual
agreemenl. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the
Contractor, separate contraclors and the Other until subsequently revised.
5.1.4 Unles otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs
construction or operations related to the Proiect with lhe Owner's own forces, the Owner shall
be deemed to be subiect to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the
Contractor under the Conditions of lhe Contract, including, wilhout excluding others, those
stated in Article 3, $is Article 6 and Articles ro, u and 12.
6,2 MUTUATRESPONSIBIL]TY
@ copyriShi l9ll, 1915, 1918, 192s, 1937, 1951, 195€; i95l--I95t l96ql96l 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The
American Institute of Archiiects. fiffeenlh Edition. Reprodwlion of the malerial herein or substantial
quolalion of ils provisions withoul written permission of lhe AIA violales the copyright laws of the United(lales and will subject the violate lo legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed phofocopylng violates U.5.
pyrighl laws and will subjecl the violator lo legal proseculion. This document was electronically produced
,.rith permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Document: OJ -- 312A2@,4. AIA License Number lll50o7, which
expires on 5ll3l20o4.
25
T|XS DOcUlvENl HN MrcnTANl LEG/I
CONSEOUENCE' COMULI AiION Wf H N,I
AIfffiNEY IS ENCOURAGED WIf H
RESPECI fO ffS COMPITI'ON OB
I'PdFrcAfrcN. AUf |ENTTAI,ON OF Il4S
EIECI ROMCAUY DBAFTED NA
DOCUMEN| MAY 8E MADE 8Y USIIIC NA
NCUMENT D$'.
fhis document l'us been approvd atd
erdorsed by flrc Associatd c*neral
Contradots of America.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAT CONOITIONS OT THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American Inslitute of Architecis
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
6.2.1 The Conlractor shall afford lhe Owner and separate contractors reasonable
opportunity for introduction and storage oftheir materials and equipment and performance of
their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contmctor's constru€tion and oDerations
with lheirs as required by the Contract Documenls.
6.2,2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon
conslruction or operations by the Owner or a separate conlractor, lhe Conlractor shall, prior to
proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptry report to the Archilect apparent
discrepancies or defecls in such other consiruction lhat would render it unsuitable for such
proper execulion and resuhs. Failure of lhe Contractor so to report shall constitute an
acknowledgment that the Ov"ner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed
construclion is fit and proper to receive the Conlmctor's Work, except as to defects not then
reasonably discoverable.
5.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner
wbich are payable to a separale contractor because of delays, improperly tirned activities or
defective construclion ofthe Contractor. The O.nner shall be responsible to the Contractor for
costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed actMties, damage to the
Work or defective construction ofa separate contractor.
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by lhe Contractor
to completed or partially cornpleted construction or to property of the Owner or separate
conlractorc as provided in Subparagraph ro.z.5.
6,2,5 The Owner and each separate contraclor shall have the same responsibilities for
cutting and palching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.r4.
5,3 OWNER's RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
5,3,1 Ifa dispute arises among lhe Contractor, separate conlractors and the Owner as to the
responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and sunounding
area free hom waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Arcbitect will
allocale the cost among those responsible.
ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 GENERAL
7.1,1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and
withoul invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construclion Change Directive or order
for a minor change in the Work, subiect to the limilations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere
in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreemenl among the Owner, Contractor and
Architecl; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect
and may or may not be agreed to by rhe Contractor; an order for a minor change in lhe Work
may be issued by the Architect alone.
7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract
Documents, and the Contraclor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the
Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2,1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Archilect and signed by tbe
Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all offhe following:
.l change in the Work;
,2 lhe amount of the adlustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and
t
t
I
I
I
TI15 DOCUMENI HAS
'MPoRINIT
LEGN.
coNsEouENcEs. coMULf At to[ WI H N a
AfTOflNEY
'S
ET,ICOINAGED WITH I
RESPECI TO tr' COtnWnON On
IvPAFTAIDN. AUTHEMTATiON OF I|XS
EUCIROMCr'dTY DRAFIED NA I
DOCUMENI MAY BE MADE BY USTNC AtA amCUMENT AP'.
ftis fuvnnt lw been approvd ard I
erfursed bY ll're Associatd krcral tContractors of AnBrica.
I
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAI CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
@ copyriSht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, l9t, l9sl, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1966, 1967,'1970, 1976, 1987t IgEfFy The _.
Americari Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproducfion of the material herein or subsrantial The American Inslilute of Architects
quotalion of its provisions without wfilten permission oi fhe AIA violales the copyright laws of the unitea .l?5,Tel York Avenue, N.W.
-'ates and will iubject the violale to legal prosecution. WARNIN6: Unlicensed ihoi-ocopying violates U.5. WashinSton, D.C.20@6-5292
,JyriShr laws and will subjecl the violator lo leSal prosecution. This do<ument was eleclronically prodwed
wilh permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wifh your license without violalion until
lhe date of expirafion as noied below. User Documenl: 03 -- y2u2Co'4. AIA License Number lll50o7, which
expires on 5ll3l20o'4.
26
-
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
,3 the extent of the adjustmenl, if any, in the Contract Time.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to lhe Conlract Sum may include lhose
listed in Subparagraph 2.3.3.
7,3 CONSTRUCTIONCHANGEDIRECTIVES
7,3,1 A Construction Change Directive is a wrilten order prepared by the Architect and
signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on
adiustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by
Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work
within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions,
the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.
7 '3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreemenl on
the terms of a Change 0rder.
7.3,3 lFthe Construction Change Directive provides for an adiustment to the Contract Sum,
the adiustment shall be based on one of the following methods:,l mutual acceptance ofa lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient
subdantiating data to permil evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contracl Documents or subsequently agreed upon;.3 cost lo be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually
acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or.4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.5.
7.3,4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly
proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's
agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change
Direclive for determining the proposed adiustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of
the Contraclor therewitb, including adiustrnent in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the
method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be
recorded as a Change Order.
7.3,6 If the Contractor does not respond prornptly or disagrees with the method for
adiustmenl in the Contract Sum, the method and the adiustment shall be determined by the
Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work
attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable
allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, lhe Contractor
shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting
together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, costs for the purposes ofthis Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following:.l costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance,
fringe benefits required by agreement or custorn, and workers' compensalion
lnsurance;
,2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportalion,
whether incorporated or consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipmenl, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented
from the Contractor or olhers:
costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or
similar taxes related to the Work; and
additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to
the change.
@ copyr.ghr le . rer5, r9r8, 1925, 1937, 1951, 19s8, 1961, 1953, 1966, tg67; E-7o, I976;T98tlt9-by The
American Insfilute of Architects. Fifleenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or subsfantial
quofalion.of its provisions wilhouf writien permission of the AIA violates fhe copyright laws of fhe United
<fates and will subieci lhe violate to leSal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed phofocopying violales U.5.
PyriSht laws and will subject lhe violafor to legal prosecution. This do(ument was electroniially produced
,lith permission of fhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without vioiation until
the dale of expiralion as nofed below. User Documenl: 03 - 3t2Dl2cr)4. AIA License Number lll5OO7, which
expires on 511Y20o4.
27
.4
.5
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
THS DKUMENT HAS MrcRfANf LT,GAL
CONSEOUENCES. COTISULTAI ION WTH NI
ATTORNEY
'S
ENCOURACf,D WITH
RESP€Cr fO IfS COMPLET,ON OR
WDIFICATION, AUT
'ENT'CAIION
OF ITil'
EUC|RONCAUY DMFIED NA
DOCUMENT MAY 8E MADE BY USING NA
DOCUMENI D&1.
TLis document lps been approvd ard
edorsd by f he Associatd C*rrr,al
Contr actors of AflEri ca.
olE T ArA@
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONOIIIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CON5TRUCTION
The American Institute of Architects
U35 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSfon, D.C. 20@6-5292
$ffi
7.3.7 The arnount of credit to be allowed by the Contraclor to the Owner for a deletion or
change which results in a nel decrease in the Contracl Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed
by tbe Architect. When both additions and credits covering relaled Work or substitutions are
involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis ofnet
increase, iIany, with respect to lhat change.
7.3,8 Pending final deierminalion of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to
the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in
Applications for ?ayment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement
with part or all ofsuch costs. For any portion ofsuch cost lhat remains in dispute, the Architect
will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those
costs. That determination ofcost shall adiust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change
Order, subiect to the right of eilher parly to disagree and asserl a claim in accordance wiih
Article 4.
7,3,9 When the Owner and Conlractor agree with the determination made by the Architecr
concerning the adiustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach
aBreement upon the adjustments, such agteement shall be effective imrnedialely and shall be
recorded by preparation and execution ofan appropriate Change Order.
7.4 MINOR CHANGE5 IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order rninor cbanges in the Work not involving
adiustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with
the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall
be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders
promptly.
ARIICLE 8 TIME
8.I DEFINITION5
8.1,1 Llnless otherwise prcvided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized
adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the dale established in the Agreement.
I'l'3 The date of Substantial Complelion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance
with Paragraph 9.8.
8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents sball mean calendar day unless
otherwise specifically defined.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPTETION
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contracl. By
executing the Agreement the Contractor confums that tbe Contract Time is a reasonable
period for performing the Work.
8,2,2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or inslruction of the Owner
in wriring, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective
date of insurance required by Article l to be furnished by the Contractor and Ovmer. The date
of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.
Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to
proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notif lhe Owner in writing not less than five
days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of
mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests.
I
I
I
I
I
fIlS DOCUMEN| Hr'6 ,MrcATA/iIT LEGAL
COMEOUENCES. CON'UL! Aq'ON WITH N I
AIIORItrY IS ETVrOU|,/|GED W'f H I
REStrCf rO tfs COMPLETTON OR
MODIFICAT IOT!. AUTIT,NTICAIION OF TIXS
ELECTROMCNTY Df{/'F!ED NA I
DoCUMENI MAY 8E MADE BY UflNG ArA ImCUMENT A'O'.
Tlns dcrlnent lw fun apywd and I
erdorsd bv lle Asnciattd C*ned tContraclors of Axterica.
I
@ copyrighl r9lr, lgls, 1918, 192s, 1917, 1951, 1958, 1951, 1953, 1956, 1957, 1970, 196-962-EgrE -Tht
American Inslilufe of Architects. Fiffeenth Edifion. Reproduclion of ihe material herein or substintial
quotaiion of its provisions withoui wriften permission of lhe AIA violates the copyright laws of the United
<tafes and will subject rhe violate fo le8al prosecution. wARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates u.5.
ryri8ht laws and will subjecl fhe violalor io legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
',rfh Permission of lhe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license withoul vioiation until
the date of expiration as noled below. User Do€umenl: 03 - 3l2ot2@4. AIA License Number lll5OO7, which
expires on 5ll3l2@4.
28
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI .1997
GENERAL CONDITIONs OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CON5TRUCTION
The American Inslilute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSlon, D.C. 20006-5292
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve
Substantial Completion witbin the Contract Time.
8.3 DELAY5 AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work
by an act or neglecl of lhe Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate
contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes,
Iire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or olher causes beyond the Contractor's
control, or by delay authorized by rhe Owner pending medialion and arbitration, or by other
causes which the Archilect determines may iustiff delay, then the Contract Time shall be
extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine.
8.3,2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of
Paragraph 4.3.
8,3,3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party
under other provisions of the Contracl Documents.
ARTICLE 9 PAYTVIENTS AND COMPLETION
9.I CONTRACTSUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adiustments,
is the tolal amounl payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under
the Contract Documenls.
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect
a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and
supported by such data to substanliate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule,
unless obFcted to by the Archilect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's
Applications for Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT9.31 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,lhe Contractor
shall submit to the fuchitect an itemized Application for Payment forbperations completed in
accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and
supported by such data substanliating the Contlactor's right to payment as the Owner or
Archilect may require, such as copies of requisitions ftom Subcontractors and material
suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents.
9,3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for
payment on account of clranges in the Work which have been properly authorized by
Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet
included in Change Orders.
9.3'l'2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for
which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or malerial supplier, unless
such Work has been performed by others wbom the Contractor intends to pay.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on
account of malerials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent
incorporation in lhe Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may sirnilarly be
made for materials and equipment suilably stored off the site at i location agreed upon in
wriring. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned
upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the
Ov"ner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and
TTIIS DOCUMENT HAS ITqTNTNI| IfGAL
COMEOUENCES. CONSULT AIION WITH NI
ATTORNEY IS ENCO'JMGED W'TH
RE PECT fO ITS COMPI.ETION @,
MOAFTA|'A!. AU|HENTICATIOT{ tr THS
EIEC| RONCNTY DRAFIED NA
DOCUIWN| MAY 8E MADE EY U9N6 NA
DOCUiTIENI AnOl.
fhis docvnent lw been approvd ard
etfursd by tle Asnciald Genqal
Co rtr actort ol AnEr ica.
01997 A|AO
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
@ copyriSht l9lt. 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, I
American lnsiitule of Architecfs. Fifteenth Edition. Reoroduction of the material herein or substantial TheAmerican Insrilule of Archite(ts
guotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
"ates and will sublect lhe violate io legal prosecution. WARNIN6: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5. Washington, D.c.20@6-5292
pyrighl laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electroniially produced
with permission of the AtA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation uniil
lhe date of expiralion as noted below. User Documenl: 03 - 3nu2m,4. AIA Licenie Number lll5oo7. which
expires on 5llll2@4.
29
I
shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such
malerials and equipment stored off the site.
9'3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payrnent
will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further wanants lhat
upon submittal of an Application for Payment all work for which certificates for payment
have been previously issued and payments received from the owner shall, to the best of the
Conlractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security
interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subconlractors, material suppliers, oi
olher persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, maierials and
equipment relating to the Work.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4'l The Architect will, within seven days after receipt ofthe Contractor's Application for
Payment, either isJue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for
such arnount as the fuchitect determines is properly due, or noti& thi Contractor and ownerin writing of the fuchitect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as
provided in Subparagraph 9.5.r.
9.4,2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representalion by the
Architect lo the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data
comprising the Application for Paymenl that the work has progressed to the point indicated
and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, tbr! quality of the
Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations ari subiect
to an eYaluation of the Work for conformance wilh the Conlract Documents upon Substantial
Complelion, to results of subsequent lests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations
from lhe contract Documents prior.to cornplelion and to-specific qualifications expressed by
the Architect. The issuance ofa Certificate for Payment will hrrther ionstitute a representation
that the contmctor is entitled to payment in lhe amount certified. However, the issuanie of a
Certificate for Payment will not be a represenlation rhat the Architecl has (r) made exhaustive
or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (z) reviewed
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of
requisitions received from sukoltractors and material suppliers and other data requeited by
the Owner to sub6tantiate the Conlractor's right to payment, or (l) made exarnination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the contmctor has used money previously paid on account
of the Contract Sum-
9.5 DECI5IONS TO WITHHOID CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may witMold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the
exteDt reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the fuchitect's opinion the
represenlations lo the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.42 cannot be made. If th; Architecf
is unable to certiff payment in the amounl of the Application, the Architect will notifo the
Conlractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph g.+.r. If the Contmctor and Architect
cannol agree on-a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a certilicate for payment
for the amount for which the Architect is able to maki such representations to the Owner. The
Architect may also withhold a certificate for Payment or, because of sub,sequently discovered
evidence, mayrulliff tbe whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such
extenl as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to prolect the Owner from loss for which
the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in
Subparagraph 3.3.2, because of:
.l defective Work nol remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing ofsuch
claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractori.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subconlractors or for
labor, materials or equipment;
I
I
I
I
I
T,XS D0CUMENI HAS Mpo.RTN'll UGN-
cot{sEout vcts. cowsur |.]/'f,oN wtrH Nt )
Af f oRNEY tS ENCOURAGED WrH I
RESPECr tO
'tS
COMPtEftON OR
I'WErcAfPN. AUT,lENllCAf ION OF THS
ETECIROMCALLY DNNED NA I
DocUtYENf MAY 8E MADE 8Y atstVc NA aDOCU|WN| A'ot.
ftis document lps 6cen apprM atd I
erfursd bv llp Associatd GenerJ tCo,tnctors of Ar'€rica-
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
t
I
CONTRACT FOR CON5TRUCTION
American Inslilute of Architects. Fifteenfh Edition. Reproduclion of the material herein or substintial The American Institute of Architectsquotation _of ils provisions wilhout writfen permission of lhe AIA violafes the (opyright laws of the United U35 ttew york Rvenue, lt.W.qales and will subjecl the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes U.S. Washincfon, D.C.269oG-5292
?yriShf laws and will subjecf the violalor to legal prosecution. This document was elecrronically prodwed
'vilh Permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without violation until
lhe date of expiration as noted below. User Documenf : O3 -- 3l20t2@4. AIA License Number lll5oo7, which
expires on 5ll3noo4.
30
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of
the Contract Sum;
.5 damage lo the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence thal the Work will not be completed wilhin lhe Conlract
Time, and that lhe unpaid balance would not be adequale to cover actual or
liquidated damages for the anticipaled delay; or
.7 persistent failure to car)' out the Work in accordance wilh the Conlract
Documents.
9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will
be made for amounts previously withheld.
9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificale for Payment, the Or,r'ner shall make
payment in the manner and within the time proyided in the Contract Documents, and shall so
notifr the Architect.
9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment
from the Owner, out ofthe amount paid to the Contraclor on accounl ofsuch Sukontractor's
portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages
actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account ofsuch Sukontraclor's portion
ofthe Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require
each Subcontractor to make paymenls to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.
9,6.3 The fuchitect will, on request, furnish to a Subconlractor, if practicable, information
regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action
taken thermn by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such
Subconlractor. .
9.6,4 Neither the Owner nor fuchitect shall have an obligalion lo pay or to see to the
payment of money to a Subcontraclor except as may olherwise be required by law.
9.6.5 Payment 10 material suppliers shall be trealed in a manner similar ro thar provided in
Subparagraphs 9 .6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4.
9,6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a proBress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of
the Proiect by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance wirh the
Contracl Documents.
9,5.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum
of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by
Sukontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Sukontractors or
suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or botb, under contract with the
Contractor for which payment was made by the Ovmer. Nothing coniained herein shall require
money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contraclor,
shall create any fiduciary liabiliry or tort liabiliry on the pan of the Contractor for breach of
trust or shall entitle any person or enlity to an award of punitive damages against the
Contractor for breach oftbe requirements of this provision.
9.7 FA]TURE OF PAYMENT
9.7,l If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fauh of the
Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contraclor's Application for Payment, or if
tbe Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven da;n after the date established in the
Contract Documents the amount certilied by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the
Contractor may, upon seven additional days'written notice to the Ownir and Architect, stop
@ copyrighi r9lt, 19t5, 1918, 1925, 1937, 195t, 1958. t961, t963, 1965, 1967, 1970, t976, 1987, t997 by The
American Institufe of Architecis. Fifleenth Edilion. Reprodu<fion of lhe material herein or substantial
quotation of ils provisions without wrilten permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of fhe Uniled-'ates and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes u.S.
pyright laws and will subject the violator to leSal prosecution- This document was electronically produced
wilh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license wifhout violation unlil
lhe date of expiration as noted below. User Documenf: 03 - y7ol2D4. AIA License Number lll50o7, which
expires on 5/lY20O4
3l
f,45 DOCUIyENi HAS MtrlRTN|T LEGAL
CONSEOUEI'KES. CfiISULIAIION Wf H AI{
AIf ORNEY 15 EI,K2UQAGED WrH
RESPECI fO ITS COMPITiION OR
MOAFrcATrcN, AUrHEMICAIION Of THS
EIICIRONCATY DR/fIED NA
MCUWNT MAY EE MADE BY
','SII,IG
NA
WCUMEN| D4OI.
fhis docvment lw been approvd ard
erdorsd by Tlre Associald Gercrd
contrrtors of ArrQrica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONs OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CON5TRUCTION
The American lnstilute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washinglon, D.C. 20@6-5292
the Work until payment o[ the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be
extended approprialely and the Contracl Sum shall be increased by the amount of the
Conlractor's reasonable costs ofshut-down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for rn
the Contract Documents.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8,1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or
designated portion thereofis sufficiently conrplete in accordance with the Contract D(ruments
so that lhe Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its inlended use.
9.8.2 When the Contractor conside$ that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner
agre€s to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit
to the fuchitect a conrprehensive list of items to be completed or corricted pdor to final
payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the
Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with lhe Conlract Documents.
9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the fuchitect will make an inspection to
determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the
Architect's inspection discloses any item, whaher or not included on the Contiactor's list,
which is not sufficiently complele in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the
Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for ils intended use, the
Contractor sball, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or
conect such item upon notification by the fuchitect. In such case, the Contractor shill then
submit a request for another inspection by lhe Architect to determine Substandal Completion.
9.8.4 When lhe Work or designated portion thereof is substanlially cornplete, the Architect
will prepare a Certilicate ofSubslantial Completion which shall esrablish the date ofSubstantial
Cornpletion, shall establish responsibilities of lhe Owner and Conlractor for security,
maintenance, heat, utiliries, damage lo the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within
which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties
required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Complelion of
lhe Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Substantial Completion.
9,8,5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and
Contractor for their written acceplance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.
Upon such acceplance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of
retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted
for Work that is incomplete or Dot in accordance with the requirements of the Conlraa
Documents.
9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or panially completed portion of the
Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,
provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause rr.4.r.5
and authorized by public authorities having iurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy
or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the
Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to iach of ttrem
for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to lhe Work and
insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and
commencemenl of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor
considers a portion substantially complele, the Conlractor shall prepare and submit a lisl to the
Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial
occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work
shall be determined by written agreement between the Ovrner and Contractor or, if no
agreemenl is reached, by decision ofthe Architect.
I
I
I
I
I
f IXS DX.UiVENI HAS llqwf$fi |fA4.L
coNsErJ4')ENcEs. cot!,5t/tfAflO W'f H N{
ATTOf,NEY IS ENCo{'JP!4,GED WTH
RESPECr fO trs COMPtf,TtOtt OR
lvnuf ,CALON. AUTIEMTCAITN OF rlfs
EITCIROMCATY Df,^Fi ED NA
DACUMEN| MAY 8E WDE BY USING AIA
WCUMENI D/'OI.
fEs dewan |r:ls fuen approvd atd
endord by flp Asociatd krsd
Conlractors of A'',e ca.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American Inslifute of Archite(rs
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20@6-5292
I
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
c' copyrighr r9I, t915, 1918, 1925, l93z t951, 1958, 1951, 1953, 1955, 1967, 1970., 1976,198Z EgTbtThe
American Instilule of Archilecls. Fiffeenfh Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial
quotation of ils provisions without wrillen permission of lhe AtA violales lhe copyright laws of the Unifedctates and will subjecf the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
pyright laws and will subject lhe violator to legal prosecution. This dorument was electronically produced
wifh Permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license withouf violation until
fhe date of expiration as noted below. User Do<ument: 03 - y2ol2@4. AIA License Number lll5@7, which
expires on 5ll3l2oo4.
32
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupan€y or use, the Owner, Contractor and
Archilect shall iointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in
order to determine and record the condition of the Work.
9.9,3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use ofa portion or portions of the
Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the
Contracl Documents.
9,IO FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAT PAYMENT
9,lO.l Upon receipt of witten notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and
accePtance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly
make such inspection and, when the fuchitect hnds the Work acceptable under the Contract
Documenls and lhe Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final
Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and
beliel and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been
completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the
entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificale is due and
payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment lyill constitute a further representation
that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.ro.z as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to
final payment have been fulfilled.
9.10.2 Neirher final pa)'ment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until
the Conlractor submits to the Architect (r) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and
equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the
Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have
been paid or otherwise satisfied, (z) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the
Conttacl Documents to remain in force after final payment is cunently in effect and will not be
canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the
Owner, (f) a written statement that lhe Contraclor knows of no substantial reason that the
insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4)
consent of surety, if any, to final paymenl and (S), if required by the Owner, other data
establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of
liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out ofthe Contracl, lo the extent and
in such forrn as may be designated by the Owner. Ifa Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release
or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner
to indemnifr the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatislied after paymenls are
made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner maybe compelled to
pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.
9.10,3 lf, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially
delayed through no fault of the Contraclor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final
completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner sball, upon application by the
Contractor and certihcation by the Architect, and without terminating the Conlract, make
payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
rernaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than relainage stipulated in
the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the writlen consent of surety to
payment of the balance due for that porlion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be
submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such
payment shall be made under terms and condilions governing final payment, except lhat it
shall not conslitute a waiver of claims.
9.10,4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except
those arising from:
.l liens, Claims, securily interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and
unseltled;
American lnstifute of Architects. Fifteenlh Edition. Reproduciion of the malerial herein or subslantial
quofation of its provisions wilhoul wriften permission of f he AtA violales the copyright laws of rhe United
'tates and will subject the violale to legal proseculion. WARNTNG: Unlicensed pholocopying violates U.5.
pyright laws and will subjecl lhe violafor io legal prosecution. This documenl was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without violation until
the date of expiration as nofed below. User Document: O3 -- 3,f2ol2@4. AIA License Number lll5oo7, which
erpires on 51131200,4.
33
IIIIS DOCUMENT HAS MTNTNI| LEGAL
CONSEOUENCES. CONSULT Af
'ON
W'T H lf'I
ATfOflMY E ET'ICOI.'MGED WIH
RESPECf TO If' COMPLEIION OR
fv'oryf rcAnON. AUf,fNflCALoN oF r s
EITCT ROTII C AUY DRAr T ED N A
DOCUMEN| MAY BE MADE 8Y I]SING NA
DOCUMENI A'Or.
fhis docummt lps ber.n approvd atd
erdorsd bv fbe Asnciatd General
ConJractori of America.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
The American lnstituie of Architecis
U35 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20@F5292
I
.2 failure of the Work to comply with lhe requirements of the Conlract Documents;
OI
.3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents.
9.10.5 Acceptance of final Payment by lhe Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier
sball constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in witing and
identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment.
ARTICLE IO PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERry
IO.I 5AFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAM5
lO.l.l The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all
safely precautions and programs in connection with the performance ofthe Contract.
IO.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or lors to:
.l employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;
.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in
storage on or offthe site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the
Contraclor's SubcontractoF or Sub-subcorrtraclors; and
.3 other property at the site or adiacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not desiBnated for removal,
relocation or replacement in the course ofconstruction.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply wirh applicable laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or
their protection from damage, iniury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erecl and maintain, as required by existing conditions and
performance of theContract, reasonablesafeguards for safety and protection, including posting
danger signs and other wamings against hazar&, promulg,ating safety regulations and n,itiryinf
owners and users ofadiacent sites and utilities.
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or
unusual methods are necessary for execulion ofthe Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost
care and carry on such activities under supervision of proped qualified perconnel.
10,2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (othel than damage or loss
insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to
in Clauses lo.z.r.z and ro.z.r.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a
Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for
whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Cliuses ro.z.r.z
and ro.u.r.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions ofthe Ovrner or Architect or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of
them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The
foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under
Paragrapb 3.r8.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization
at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's
suPerintendent unless otberwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and
Archilect.
@ copyriShr l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937;lt-1, 1958J96I;19@
American Inslitute of Architects. Fiffeenth Edition. Reproduclion of the material herein or substantial
quoialion of its provisions wilhoul writfen permission of lhe AIA violates the copyright laws of the United
slates and will subject ihe violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violaies U.5.
ryright laws and will subject the violator lo legal prosecution. This document was electroniially produced
..rlh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiration as noled below. User Document: 03 - y2ol2oo4. AIA License Number lll5oO7, which
expf res on 5ll3l2@4.
34
I
I
t
I
I
I
IITS DOCUMENI HAS IMrcf.IAAII EGAL
conrsEwENcEs. coNSuLrAttoN wtH AN 3
AfroRtffY ts EN60UP(/|GEDW1TH tRESPECi tO
'fS
COMPUi'ON OR
MOUFrcANON. AUI'ENIIC/.I|,ON OF I'T5
ELECTROMCNTY DP(/'F!ED NA I
DOCUi{ENT I't AY BE MADE BY ll'tttc NA aWUMENTW'.
llis cc,cwrent ha been approvd ard Ierdord bv lle Associatd Gercrd ICont r aclors of AnP.jrica.
I
AIA DOCUMINT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
The American lnsfiluie of Architects
'1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
WashinSton, D.C. 20006-5292
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
10,2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be
loaded so as to endanger its safety.
IO.3 HAZARDOU5MATERIALS
l0.3.l If reasonable precautions will be inadequale to prevent foreseeable bodily iniury or
death to persons resulting from a nraterial or substance, including but not limited lo asbestos or
polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor
shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in lhe affected area and report
the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing-
10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services ofa licensed laboratory to veriS the presence or
absence of the rnaterial or substance reported by lhe Contractor and, in the event such material
or substance is found to be present, to verifi that it has been rendered hannless. Unless
otherwise required by the Contracl Documenls, lbe Owner shall furnish in witing to the
Contractor and fuchitect the names and qualificalions of persons or entities who are to
perform tests verifting the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to
perform the lask of removal or safe containment ofsuch material or substance. The Conlractor
and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whelher or not either has
reasonable obiection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor
or Archilect has an obiection to a person or entity proposed by $e Owner, the Owner shall
propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable obiection.
When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in rhe affecled area shall
resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Conlract Time shall be
extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the
Contraclor's reasonable additional costs of shul-down, delay and stail-up, which adiuslrnents
shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7.
1O.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnifr and bold harmless
the Contractor, Sukontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of
any of them from and against clairns, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited
10 attomeys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of lhe Work in the affected area
if in fact the malerial or substance presents the risk of bodily iniury or death as described in
Subparagraph lo.3.r and has nol been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damaBe, loss
ot expense is attributable to bodily injury sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or
destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage,
loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence ofa party seeking indemnity.
lO,4 Tlre Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph to.l for materials and substances
brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the
Conlract Do€uments.
lO.5 If, without negligence on the part ofthe Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for
the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or subshnce solely by reason of performing
Work as required by the Conlract Documents, the Ovrner shall indemni$ the Contractor for all
cost and expense there\ incurred.
10.6 EMERGENCIES
10.6.l In an emeryency affecring safety of persons or propeny, the Contraclor shall act, at
the Conlractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, iniury or loss. Additional
compensation or exlension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency
shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
ARTICLE II ]NSURANCE AND BONDS
II.I CONTRACTOR'SLIABILIrylNSURANCE
@ copyrfghr re , l9ls, t9t8, t92s, t937, 1951, t958, 196t, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970,'t976, 1987, 1997 by The
American Instilute of Archite<ls. Filteenth Edilion. ReDroduction of the material herein or substantial
quofalion of its provisions wilhouf writlen p€rmission of the AIA violates fhe copyrighf laws of the United
'latet and will subled the violate lo legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
rpyright laws and will subject lhe violator to le8al prosecution. This document was electronically produced
wilh Permission of ihe AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of expiraf ion as noted below. User Documenl: 03 - 3n0l2@4. AIA License Number ll l5oo7, which
expires on YBn@4.
35
TIiIS DOCUMENI HAS
'MrcRfN'If
LEGN
CONSEWEI'ICE5. COIISULT Af ION WI H N,t
Af f ORMY IS ENCOUF,4|GED WIIH
RE'PECI fO
'fS
COtY'PlfftON OR
trtoDlFtcAl,ot'l AUf l#.NTlcAf,ql oF ftts
EITCI RONCAUY DRAF f ED N A
DXUMENT MAY tr MADE 8Y II''NG NA
D&,UMENT D&1.
Ihis docwten ht been approvd atd
etdorsd by fhe Associatd Generd
contracloB of At wka.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONIRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnstifute of Architecls
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washin8lon, D.C. 20@6-5292
I
ll.l.l The Contractor shall purchase lrom and maintain in a company or companies
lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Proiect is located such
insurance as will protect the Conlractor from claims set forth below which may arise out ofor
result from lhe Contractor's operations under the Conlract and for which the Contractor may
be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of
them may be liable:
,l claims under workers' compensation, disability benelit and other similar
employee benefil acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed;
,2 claims for damages because of bodily iniury, occupational sickness or disease, or
death of the Contractor's employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily inlury, sickness or disease, or death of any
person olher than lhe Contractor's employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal iniury liability coverage;
.5 claims for damages, other than to ttle Work itself, because of iniury to or
destruction oftangible property, including loss ofuse resulting therefrom;
,6 claims for damages because of bodily iniury, death of a person or property
damage arising oul of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;
.7 claims for bodily iniury or property damage arising out of completed operalions;
and
,8 claims involving contraclual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's
obligations under Paragraph 3.r8.
ll.l.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph u.l.l shall be written for not less than limits
of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is
greater. Coverages, whether wrilten on an occunence or claims-made basis, shall be rnaintained
without inlemrption from date of commencemenl of the Work until date of final payment and
termination of any coverage required lo be maintained after linal payment.
ll.l.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior
to commencement of rhe Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this
Paragraph u.t shall conlain a provision that coverages afforded under lhe policies will not be
canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior writlen notice has been given to the
Ov"ner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force afler final
payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation ofsuch
coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as requied by
Subparagraph 9.ro.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised
lirnits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor
with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief.
II.2 OWNER'S TIABILIW INSURANCE
ll.2.l The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Ovmer's usual
liability insurance.
II.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE TIABILITY INSURANCE
ll,3.l Opfionally, the Owner may require lhe Contractor to purchase and maintain Proiect
Managemenl Protective Liability insurance frorn the Contractor's usual sources as primary
coyerage for the Owner's, Conlractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction
operations under the Contract- Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the
Owner shall reimburse the Conlractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of
purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be
responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum
limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits
required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses u.l.r.2 through u.1.r.5.
I
I
I
I
I
fHS DOCUMENT HN IMNNINII UGN
cfi,rsEouEtrcEs. cousuuAnov wfH Nr a
AffoRNEYtsENCOtnAcED!/|/fH I
RESPECr tO tTs CoftrPt8liott q
ITAFrcA|PN. AUT'f,Nf rcAf'ON OF TN'
EUCTNONrcATTY DNr'flED NA I
DOCUI,rf]NI MAY 8E MADE 8Y Vj,,16 NA .DOCUMENI D&'.
fhis docunrn lps bn,en appwd ad I
etfursd bv flr r'ulll,ciated Gercral tContr aclors of Arnerica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONsTRUCTION
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
@ CopyriSht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961. 1953, 1956, 1957, 1970, 1975. lgg7;lggzbtTh-
American Institute of Architects. Fifteenfh Ediiion. Reproduction of the maferial herein or substanfial The American Instifute of Architects
quotation of ils provisions u/ithoul wrillen permission of lhe AIA violaies ihe copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.- ates and will subject lhe violale to leSal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed phorocopying violafes U.5. WashinSton, D.C.20@6-5292
pyright laws and will subject the violator lo legal proseculion. This documenf was eleclronically produced
wilh permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without violalion until
lhe date of expiration as noted below. User Document: 03 - y2on@4. AIA License Number lll5@7, which
expires on 5llV70o4.
35
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Pro ject Management Protective Liability
insurance, lhe Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages,
excepl such rights as they may have to the proceeds ofsuch insurance. The policy shall provide
for such waivers ofsubrogation by endorsemenl or otherwise.
11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor lo include the Owner, Architect or other
persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under
Paragraph u.r.
II.4 PROPERTYINSURANCE
ll.4.l Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or
companies lawfully authorized lo do business in lhe iurisdiction in which the Proiect is located,
property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk' or equivalent policy form in the amount
of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contmct modifications and cosl of
materials supplied or installed \ others, comprising tolal value for the entire Proiect at the sile
on a replacenent cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be
mainlained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documenls or olherwise agreed in
writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries ofsuch insurance, until linal payment
has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.ro or until no person or entity other than the Owner
has an insurable interest in the property required by lhis Paragraph u.4 to be covered,
whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Conlractor,
Subcontraclors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project.
ll.4.l.l Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall
include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and
physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious
mischiel collapse, earthquake, Ilood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary
buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any
applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and
Contractor's services and expenses required as a result ofsuch insured loss.
11.4.1.2 lfrhe Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the
Contract and with all of the coveng,es in the arnount described above, the Owner shall so
inform the Contmctor in wrifing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may
then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost tbereof shall be
charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect ofthe Owner to
purchase or rnaintain insurance as described above, witbout so notifying the Contractor in
w ting, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable therelo,
11.4.1.3 If rhe property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not
covered because of such deductibles.
11,4.t,4 This property insurance shall cover portions ofthe Work stored offlhe site, and also
portions of tbe Work in transit.
11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence
until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to
such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or olherwise. The Owner and the Contractor
shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent ofthe insurance company or companies and shall,
without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that
would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance,
11,4,2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and mainlain boiler
and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by lau wbich shall
specifically cover such insured objects during installation and unlil final acceptance by the
@ copyriSht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970., '1976, 1987,1997 by The
American Instilute of Archiiects. Fiffeenlh Edition. Reproduclion of ihe malerial herein or substantial
quotation of ils provisions wilhoul wrillen permission of fhe AIA violafes fhe copyright laws of lhe United
'tates and will subject the violate lo legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violafes U.5.
-opyrighi laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license wilhoul violation unlil
the dale of expiration as noted below. User Documenf: 03 -- 3n0ncn,4. AIA License Number ll l5OO7, which
expires on
'llflzoo,4-f7
f H5 WCUMEN| HAS WrcRf ANT UGAL
6oNSEOUEi'ICES. CO/I/6WI Af ION WIIH Alt
ATIORMY 15 ETICOUMGED WTH
RESPECT TO IfS COMP'TI'ON OR
MOAFTAflON. AUr t#.Nf tCAf tON OF f'll'
EITCIRONICAUY DRNTED NA
DOCUMENI MAY BE MADE BY USING NA
DOCUMEN| D401.
fhis document ha been apyovd ad
erdorsd by llc Asn<iatd Gercrd
Conlradorc of Aftrerica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnsfituie of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20@G5292
-
Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contraclor, Sukontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.
11.4.3 Loss of Use lnsurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and
maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of lhe Owner's property
due to fire or olher hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the
Contractor for loss ofuse ofthe Owner's property, including consequential losses due lo fire or
other hazards however caused.
11.4.4 Ifthe Conlractor requests in writing tbat insurance for risks other than those described
herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Ov'rner
shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost lhereofshall be charged to the Contractor
by appropriate Change Order.
11.4.5 If during the Proiect construction pedod the Owner insures properties, real or
personal or both, at or adiacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from
those insuring the Proiect, or if after linal payment prope y insurance is to be provided on the
completed Proiect lhrough a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proiect during the
conslruction period, tbe Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of
Subparagraph u.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate
property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by
endorsement or otherwise.
11,4.5 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy
of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph u.4. Each policy
shall contain all generally applicable conditions, delinitions, exclusions and endorsements
related to this Profect. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled
or allowed to expire, and that ils limits will not be reduced, until at least 3o days' prior written
notice has been given to the Contractor.
11.4,7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Conlractor waive all rights against (r)
each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-sukontractors, agents and employees, each of
the other, and (2) rhe Architect, Architect's consultants, sepanrte contractors described in
Article 5, ifany, and any ofrheir subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for
damages caused by fire or other caus€s of loss to the extent covered by property insurance
obtained pursuanl to this Paragraph u.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work,
except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance beld by the Owner as fiduciary.
The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require ofthe fuchitect, Architect's consultants,
separate contraclors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-sukontractors,
agents and employees of any of fhem, by appropriate agreements, written where legally
required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumeraled herein. The
policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorcement or otherwise. A waiver of
subrogation shall be effective as to a person or enlity even though that penon or entity would
otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contraclual or otherwise, did not pay the jnsurance
premium directly or indirectly, and whelher or not the person or entity had an insurable
interest in the property damaged.
11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adiusted by the Owner as
fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may
appear, subject 1o requirements ofany applicable mortgagee clause and ofSubparagraph tr.4.ro.
Tbe Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their iust shares ofinsurance proceeds received by the
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall
require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractorc in similar manner.
11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon
occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The
o copyriSht l9ll, 1915, 1918, 192s, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1965, 1967, 1970, 1975;1987;T9tTTtThe
American Instilute of Archite(ts. Fiheenlh Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substaniial
quotation of its provisions withoul wrillen permission of fhe AIA violates lhe copyright laws of the United
"ates and will subject the violate lo leSal prosecufion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
,ryright laws and will subject lhe violator to legal prosecution. This document was elecfronically produced
wifh permission of the AtA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without viola?ion until
the date of expiration as noted below. User Do<umenl: 03 - 3nU2@4- AIA License Number ll l5OO7, which
eroires on 5n3n@4.
38
IIIIS DOCUMENI HN IMPONfNfi ITGAL
CoNSEWENCES. COt'ltWfAf tON WTH Nt
Af IORMY IS ENCAJNAGED WI|H
RESPECI fO
'r5
COMPtIftON OR
MODE'CAIION. AU|HEMICA| ION OF TTIIS
ELECIROMCNTY DN,4frED NA
DOCUINENT MAY BE MADE BY
'ISING
NA
oocuttENf D40r.
fhis dxumen tw tr'en approvd and
etfursd by llc Asaciatd c*tr,al
Conlracloq of Anwica.
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American Insiitute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20006-5292
T
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall
deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in inlerest may reach, or in accordance with an
arbilration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If afler
such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for
convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contraclor afier
notification of a Change in lhe Work in accordance with Article 7.
ll.4.lo The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjusl and settle a loss with insurers unless
one of the parties in interest shall obiect in wriling within five days after occurrence of loss to
the Owner's exercise of lhis power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as
provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration,
make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions ofthe arbitrators. Ifdistribution of
insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution.
II.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
ll,5.l The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering
fairhful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as
stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the
date of execulion oflhe Conlract.
11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of
bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall
promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall perrnit a copy to be made.
ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
I2.I UNCOVERING OF WORK
l2.l.l If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to
requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing
by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's examinalion and be replaced at the
Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time.
12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically
requested to examine prior to ils being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work
and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with tbe Contract
Documents, cosls of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the
Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, conection
shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Ovmer or a separate
contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment ofsuch costs.
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
I2.2.I BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAT COMPLETION
12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work reiected by the Architect or failing to
conform to the requirements of lhe Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after
Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of
correcting such reiecled Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation
for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's
expense.
12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2,2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph :.S, if, within one year
after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the
date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.t, or by terms of an
applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to
be not in accordance with the requiremenls of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
@ copyri8ht 1911, 'lgls, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The
American Inslifute of Architecls. Fifteenth Ediiion. Reoroduction ol the material herein or substantial
quolaf ion of its provisions withoul writlen permission of lhe AIA violafes lhe copyright laws of the United
''ates and will subjecl the violate lo legal prosecufion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violales U.5.
pyright laws and will subjeci ihe violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
wifh permission of fhe AtA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without violation unfil
the date of expiralion as noted below. User Documenl: 03 -- y2O/20O4. AIA Li."nr" Number lll5OO7, which
expires on 511312co4.
39
TTiS DOCUMENT Hr'S
'MrcRTN{T
ITGAL
coftsEQuENcES. cot'tswTAf toN wrH N't
ATIORNEY IS EI,ICOURAGED WTH
RESPECI tO tft COMPtrnq{ OR
IIIODIFICAIION. Autt#.NftCAT,ON OF I lt|
ELECrRONCNIY DMF| ED NA
DOCUIviENI MAY 8E MADE BY USING NA
DOCUMENT D4OI.
This document hu been approvd ar:d
e,dorced by flc Associatd cetr-ral
Contr act ors of Nnerica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITION5 OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnstitute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washinglon, D.C. 20006-5292
I
correct it promptly after receipt of wdlten notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner
has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall
give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for
corection of Work, if the Owner fails to notifr the Contractor and give the Contractor an
opportunity lo make lhe correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the
Contractor and to make a claim for breach of \.r'arranty. If the Contractor fails to correct
nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice fiom
the Owner or Architecl, the Owner may correct il in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.
12.2,2,2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to
portions of Work first performed after Subslantial Completion by the period of time between
Substantial Complelion and the actual performance of the Work.
12.2.2.3 The one-year period for conection of Work shall not be extended by conective
Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to lhis Paragraph u.r.
12.2,3 The Contractor shall remove from tbe site portions of the Work which are not in
accordance with the requirements of the Contracl Documents and are neither corrected by the
Contractor nor accepted by the Owner.
12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of conecting destroyed or damaged construction,
whether completed or partially completed, ofthe Owner or separate contractors caused by the
Contractor's conection or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Documents.
12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph n.z shall be construed to eslablish a period of
limitation wilh respect to other obligalions which rhe Contractor might have under the
Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described
in Subparagraph rz.z..z relates only to the specific obligation of the Contraclor to correct the
Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the
Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings
may be commenced lo establish the Contractor's liabiliry with respect to the Conlractor's
obligations other than specifically to conect the Work.
I2.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work wbich is not in accordance with the requirements
of the Contract Documents, lhe Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and
conection, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such
adiuslment shall be effected whether or not linal payment has been made.
ARTICLE I3 MISCELLANEOUSPROVISIONS
I3.I GOVERNING LAW
13.l,l The Contract shall be governed by the law ofthe place where lhe Project is located.
13.2 SUCCESSoRS AND ASSIGNS
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, lheir partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to lhe other party hereto and to partners, successorc, assigns
and legal representatives of such other party in respecl to covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph r3.z.z,
neither party to the Contract shall assign lhe Contract as a whole without wrilten consent of
the other. Ifeither party attempts to make such an assignment wilhout such consenl, thar party
shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
13,2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract 10 an
institutional lender providing conslruclion financing for the Project. In such event, the lender
O Copyri8ht 'l9l l, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 195I, 1958, 1961, 1953, 1956, 1967, 1970, 1975, 1987, 1997 by The
Ameri€an Institute of Architecis. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substanlial
quotation of iis provisions without written permission of ihe AIA violates the €opyrighl laws of the United
rtates and will sub.ject fhe violale to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopyinS violales U.5.
rpyright laws and will subjecl fhe violafor to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation unfil
ihe date of expiration as noled below. User Document: 03 -- y2U2Co4. AIA License Number lll5@7, which
expires on 5ll3l2Co,4.
40
T
I
I
TI
II.
ITIIS D&UMEN| IIAS MrcRfNTf I.EGN
CONSEOUENCES, CONSULIAT|,ON WIH N f
ATIO0MY $ Ei{CO|)MGEDWtfH IMSPECI fO tr' COMPtTftON OR
t toDlf tCAT,ql. AUTHENI,CAIiON OF r,lt'
EITCTROMCATY DRAIIED NA I
DOCUMENT MAY 8E MAU BY US|NG NA aDOCUNENT ANOI.
This doatnen ha fun approvd atd Iedorsd bv fl:c Associatd Gerwal tContractus of Anwica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnsiitufe of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, N.w.
Washington, D.C. 20005-5292
t
I
T
t
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The
Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.
I3.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly sewed if delivered in person to the
individual or a member of $e firm or entitv or to an officer of the corooration for which it was
intended, or if delivered at or sent by regiitered or certified mail ro ihe last business address
known to the party giving nolice.
I3.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies
available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights
and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Ovmer, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a
waiver ofa righr or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to
act constitute approval ofor acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically
agreed in writing.
I3.5 TESTS AND IN5PECTIONS
13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract
Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having
furisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor
. shall make arangemenls for such lests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing
laboratory or entity acceptable lo the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall
bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the fuchitect
timely notice of when and where tesls and inspections are to be made so that lhe Architect may
be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear co s of tests, inspections or approvals
which do not becorne requirements until after bi& are received or negotiations concluded.
13.5,2 If tbe fuchitect, Owler or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that
portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under
Subparagraph 13.5.1, the fuchitect will, upon wriuen aulhorization from the Owler, instruct the
Contraclor to make arrangements for such addirional testing, inspection or approval by an
entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Archilect of
when and where lests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for
such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's
exPense.
13.5.3 Ifsuch procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs r3.5.r and
13.5.2 reveal failure of lhe portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the
Contract Documenls, all cosls made necessary by such failure including those of repeated
procedures and compensalion for the Architect's seryices and expenses shall be al the
Contractor's expense.
13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required
by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the
fuchitect.
13.5,5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contracl
Documenls, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of
testing.
13.5.5 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made
promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work.
American Insfitute of Archite€ts. fifteenlh Edition- Reproduction of the material herein or 5ubstantial
quoiation of iis provisions wilhout written permission of the AIA violafes fhe copyright laws of the United
'rales and will sub,iecl lhe violate lo le8al prosecuiion. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violales U.5.
,PyriSht laws and will subject the violalor lo leSal prose(ution. This document was elecfronically produced
wilh P€rmission of the AtA and can be reprodtrced in accordance with your license without violation until
the date of erpiralion as noled below. User Document: 03 -- 3ac/ncr.4. AtA License Number lll50o7, which
expires on YlY2@4.
4l
TI15 DOCUMEN| HIS
'MPC'BINII
ITGAL
CONSEOUET'ICES. COMUL| ATION WITH AN
ATTORNEY IS ET{COURAGED W'f H
RESPECr TO lf' COI\4PU||ON OR
tttCDlF lCAf t0n. AUT HENTTAI PN Or r,45
EITC| ROMC AIIY DR,f f ED AIA
DACUMEN| MAY 8E MADE BY USING A'A
DACUMENT D/'OI.
ffis document lps ber'n approvd ard
edorsd by lhe Assxiatd C*neral
Contractors of Anerica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnslitute of Architecis
U35 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 2@06-5292
I
13.6 INTERE5T
13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the
date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in wriling or, in the absence
thereof, at lhe legal rate prevailing from lime to time at lhe place where the Proiect is located.
13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
]3.7,1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
.l Before Substantial Completion, As to acts or failures to act occurring prior
to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statuti of
limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be
deemed to haye accrued in any and all events not later than such date of
Substantial Completion;
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for payment. As
to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of'substantial
Completion and prior to issuance_- of the final Certilicate for payment, any
applicable statute of limitalions shall commence to run and any alleqed cause of
action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all evenis not later than the
date ofissuance ofthe final Certilicate for Payment; and.3 After Final Certificate for Paymenf. As to acts or failures to act occuning
after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for payment, any
applicable stalute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of
action shall be deemed lo have accrued in any and all events not kler than the
dale .of -any -act or failure to act by the Conlractor puruant to any Warranty
provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date ofany conection of the Work or failure to
conect the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph rz.z, or the date of actual
commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the
Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last.
ARTICTE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
I4.I TERMINATION BYIHE CONTRACTOR
l4.l.l The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 3o
consecutive days through no act or fault of the contractor or a subcontraclor, sub-
subconlractor or their-agents or employees or any other penons or entilies performing portions
of the Work under direct or indirect contracl with the Contractor, for any of the fillowing
reasons:
.l issuance ofan order ofa courl or olher public authority having jurisdiction which
requires all Work to be stopped;.2 an act ofgovernmenl, such as a declaration ofnational emergency which requires
all Work to be sropped;,3 because the fuchitect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not
notified the Contractor ofthe reason for withholding certification as provided in
Subparagraph 9.4.r, or becaux the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate
for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or.4 the Owner has failed to fumish to the Contractor promptly, upon the
Contraclor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph z.u,r.
14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate lhe Conlract if, through no act or fault of the
Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontraclor or their agents or employees or any other
Persons or entities performing portions ofthe Work under direct or indirect conlract wifh the
Contractor, repealed suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as
described -in Paragraph r4.3 constitute in the aggregate more than roo percefl of the total
number ofdays scheduled for completion, or reo dalr in any 365-day period-, whichever is less.
O Copyrighr l9ll, 1915, 1918, 192
American Institute of Archifecfs. fifieenth Ediiion. Reproduction of the maferial herein or substintial
quotalion_ot its provisions without wrilten prermission of lhe AIA violates the copyri8ht laws of the United'tates and will subject the violate lo legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.
,pyright laws and will subjecf the violator to leSal prosecution. This documenf was electronically produced
wilh permission of fhe AtA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license without vioiaiion until
the dale of expiralion as noled below. User Do€ument: 03 -- 3/2ol2oo4. AIA License Number 'l ll5Oo7, which
expires on 511Y2@4.
4Z
I
I
I
t
I
f llls NcuMENt
'1t6IqrcRf
Nfi UGAI
coNsEouENcEs. cottsuf ATtoN wfiH Nt I
AttoRNEY S ENCOUf(/IGED|y|/1,TH rnEsPfcf to tfs coMntno ofr
MODE\CA| tON. AWI#.N CA ON OF Tt S
ELECTRONCNIY DRA|IEDNA I
0€/CUMENI MAY BE. MADE BY US|,NG ArA JDOCUMEN| D/N'.
'##Ir;TEH:,tr#,";' ICo rxto$ of Annrica.
ArA DOCUMEI{T A20l - 1997
GENERAL CONDIIIONS Of THE
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCIION
The American lnititute of Ar(hiie(ts
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20@6-5292
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
14.1,3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph r4.r.r or 14.r.2 exists, the Contractor
may, uPon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, lerminate the Contract and
recoyer from lhe Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect lo
materials, equipmenl, lools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable
overhead, prolit and damages.
14,1,4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 5o consecutive days through no act or fault of
lhe Contractor or a Sukonlractor or their agenls or employees or any other persons performing
portions of the Work under conlract with rhe Contractor because the Owner has persistently
failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters
important to the progess of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days'
written notice to the Owner and the Architecl, terminate the Conlract and recover from the
Owner as provided in Subparagaph r4.r.3.
I4,2 TERMINATION BYTHE OWNER FOR CAUSE
14.2.1 The Owner may terminale the Contract if the Contractor:
.l persistently or repeatedly tefuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled
workers or proper materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with
the respective agreemenls belween the Contraclor and the Subconlractors;.3 persistenrly disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders ofa public
authority having iurisdiction; or
,4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract
Documents.
14,2,2 When any of the above reasons exisl, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect
that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without preiudice to any other rights or
rernedies of the. Ov,'ner and ifter giving the Contrictor and ihe-Contractorb surety, If any,
seven days' wdtten notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subiect to any
prior rights ofthe suret)4
.l take possession oflhe site and ofall materials, equipment, tools, and construction
equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;.2 accept assignment ofsubcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and.3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient.
Upon request of lhe Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a
detailed accounting of lhe costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.
14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in
Subparagraph r4.zl, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the
Work is finished.
14,2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,
including compensalion for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and
other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to rhe
Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may
be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall
survive termination of the Contract.
I4.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.3,1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or
intenupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
9 Copyrighr 19 , 1915, l9l& 1925, ',t932 t951, ',t958, 1961, 1963, 1965, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The
American lnstifufe of Archifecfs. Fifteenth Edifion. Reoroduction of lhe material herein or substantial
quotation of ils provisions withoui wrillen permission oi the RIA violates the copyright laws of the United
<tates and will subject the violafe to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.
>yright laws and will subject the violafor to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced
..rth permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license withoul violafion unlil
lhe date of expiration as noied below. User Documenf: 03 -- 3?U2OO4. AIA License Number l'll5OO7, which
expires on 5ll3l20o4.
43
f IXS DOCUMEN| HAS MrcRf r'0|f ITGAL
CONSEfl)E|{(,Ei. COi,!SULI AI,ON wlfH Ail
ATIORNEY IS EIK.OUMGED WITH
RESPECI tO
'tS
CONtPttftON Ofr
WDIF'CA\'ON, AUIHENTICAIION OF f I4S
ELECTRONCNIY DRAF TED NA
Do(UMENI MAY BE MADE BY u'/NG NA
DOCU|WN| D/pl.
t s docvment lns been approvd ard
erfursd by lllc Associated Cffieral
Cont r actors of America.
olgtT AtAo
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI . 1997
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT FOR CON5TRUCTION
The American lnstitule of Archile€ts
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washinglon, D.C. 20006-5292
$ffi
14,3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adiusted for increases in the cost and
tirne caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph r4.3.r.
Adiustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adiustment shall be made to the
extenl:
.l lhat performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or intemrpted
by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or
.2 that an equilable adiustment is made or denied under another provision ofthe
Contract.
14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and
without cause.
14.4,2 Upon receipt of writlen notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's
convenience. the Conlractor shall:
.l cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;
.2 take actions necessary or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the Work; and
,3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of
ternination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase
orders and enler into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.
14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive payrnent for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such
termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed.
O Copyrighl t9ll, 1915. 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1951, 1963, 1965, 1967, r97O, 1976, l98t l99Z5tTh-
American Institute of Archite€fs. Fifleenfh Edition. Reproduclion of the material herein or substantial
quotation of its provisions withoui writlen permission of lhe AIA violales the copyright laws of the United
'tates and will subject ihe violale to legal prosecution. wARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5.
,pyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was eleclronically produced
with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance wilh your license withouf violafion until
the date of expiralion as noted below. User Document: 03 - 3/2ol20o4. AIA License Number lll50o7, which
expires on 5113120p'4.
44
T
I
I
I
!
II
TI.,S DOCUIVENr HAS ITI,'rcNTN{T ITGAL
coNSEWUrcES. COtf,atLtArtON WfiH Nt f
AITCf;jMV'SENCo.JP./IGEDW'TH I
Ff,l,PECf TO tTS COtt fl.EftON OR
t'n@ff,cAf tou. AUftENltcATloN oF t.ls
ELECTRONKAUJ tnAFfED eta I
DOCUMEM MAY BE MADE 8Y UStt{6 NA aDoCUttENTD40l.
Ttis dor.unrlf lw tcen approvd ard I
etdorsd bY f Ie Associard (Erwd tContr;r,tors of /uner.ica.
AIA DOCUMENT A2OI - 1997
GENERAT CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT TOR CONSTRUCTION
The American lnslitute of Ar€hitecfs
1735 New York Avenue, N.W.
Washington, O.C. 20005-5292
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
2002r s01.08 VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE
Adopted Code: 2003 Intemational Building Code
Construction Type: T1,pe II-A
Primary Occupancv: R-2
Maximum Heisht: 85 feet, 5 stories (Height Modification 504.2)
Maximum Area: 24,000 square feet
Section 301 - Use and Occuoancv Classilication
Occupancv Classilication
Group A-2; Assembly
Group A-3; Assembly
Group B; Business
Group R-l; Residential
Group R-2 Residential
Group S-l Storage - Moderate Hazard
Group S-2 Storage - Low Hazard
Group S-2 Storage - Low Hazard
Occupancy Senaration - Table 302.3.3*
Use
Restaurant
Health club
Office
Hotel
Apartment/Fractional Fee
Miscellaneous Hotel Storage
Parking Garage
Storage - Food Products
3tzt/2004
* Separation (V Reduction)
* Exception 302.3.3 - I hour reduction for fully sprinklered building
Adjacency
A-UA-3
A-2lR-l
AAB..2
A-2lS-l
A-2tS-2
A-3/R-l
A-3/R-2
A-3lS-l
A-3/S-2
R-l/s-l
R-l/s-2
R-2lS-1
R-2tS-2
R-1/R-2
A-2/A-2
A-3/A-3
R-1/R-l
R-2/R-2
s-l/s-1
s-2is-2
Seoaration 0able 302.3.3)
2 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
3 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
3 How
2 Hour
3 Hour
2 Hour
3 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
2 Hour
3 Hour
2 Hour
I Hour
I Hour
I Hour
2 How
l Hour
l Hour
I Hour
2 Hour
I Hour
2 Hour
l Hour
2 Hour
Hor.rr
Hour
Hour
Hour
Hour
Hour
2 Hour
I Hour
BUILDING CODEREVIEW 01000 - I
302.3.2 Separated Uses
Floor Level Occupancy Group
2002150r.08
kvel 155 (Basement*)
Level 155 (Basement*)
Level 155 (Basement*)
Sub-Total Level 155
Level 166 (Basenrent*)
Level 166 (Basement*)
Lwel 166 (Basement*)
Level 166 (Basement*)
Sub-Total Level 166
l*vel 177 (Level One)
l*luel 177 (Level One)
Level777 (Level One)
Level177 (Level One)
I'evel177 (Level One)
L.evel 177 (Level One)
Level 177 (Level One)
Sub-Totel Level177
Level 186 (Level Two)
Level 186 (Level Two)
Sub-Totrl Level 186
Level 196 (Level Three)
Level 196 (Level Three)
Sub-Total Level 196
Level2O7 (Level Four)
Level 207 (kvel Four)
SubTotal Level 207
Lev el 2l'l (Level Five**)
Total
VAIL MOI-]NTIAN LODGE 3t2l/2004
Calculated Area Ratio
12,53t O.54
1,142 0.03
2.555 0.1I
t6,228 0.69
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
R-l
A-3
R-2
lncidental Uses (A-3)
(Not in Tonl)
A-3
R-2
92
Incidental Uses (A-3)
(Not in Total)
A-2 (Restaurant)
A-2 (Kitchen)
A-2 (Lobby)
R-l
R-2
B (Accesory Uses)
Incidental Uses (R-l)
R-l
R-2
R-l
R-2
R-l
R-2
Slories
Table 503
J
4
4
Allowable Area
Table 503
23,09s
35,760
23.095
3
4
5
4
23,095
35,7ffi
39,000
23.095
23,09s
23,095
23,O95
35,760
35,7ffi
37,500
35,760
35,760
35,7ffi
35,760
3s,760
35,760
35,760
35,760
107,280
12,32r
I,153
4,363
1.157
18,994
3,567
r,202
1,586
2,354
7,078
1,030
604
17,421
4,090
10.948
15,038
2,337
r2.710
15,047
3,146
5.905
9,051
876
s7,433
0.53
0.03
0.11
0.05
0.73
0.t5
0.05
0.07
0.07
0.20
0.03
0.02
0.sE
0.1 I
0.31
0.42
0.07
0.36
0.42
0.09
0.t7
0.25
0.02
0.54
{' 503.1.1 Basements need not be included in the total allowable area provided they do
not exceed the area permitted for a one-story building.
BUILDING CODE REVIEW 01000 - 2
' 20021501.08 VAIL MOLTNTIAN LODGE 3t2u2004
I
** 504.2 Automatic sprinkler increase.
r Section 502 Definitions
r B"*.*t - Ttrt po.tt"n of a building that is partly or completelybelow grade plane. A
I basement shall be considered as a story above grade plane where the finished surface of! the floor above the basement is:
I t:.
M::: ffifr3::1H1flJff,111";,""0 rever ror more rhan 50% orthe
total building; or
- 3. More than 12 feet above the finished ground level at any point.
Section 504 Heieht Modifications
I 504@ increase - The maximum Height is increased by 20
t feet and the maximum number of stories is increased by one story. (85'-5 stories).
- Section 506 Area Modifications
I s06@Atxk)/100)+((Arxkyl00)
r f-#1ffi3i"f;::liiffi1 z.,oo',sq.ft..A2lA3: 15,500sq.ft.
I k - Frontage Increase (506.2) - 47
Is - Sprinkler Increase (506.3) - 200%
I Aa:24,000 + ((24,000 x47)/l00) +(24,000 x 2)/100)
| fr:3ifHl,1',1:','"?if1l'&,*,
A": 15,500 + ((15,500 x 47)/LO0) +((15,500 x21100)
I Aa = 15,500 + (7,285) +(310)
I A" = 23,095 sq. ft. per floor (A2lA3)
I 506.2 Frontage Increase - Ir: 100 x (F/P-0.25) x (W30)
t Ir- Increase
F- Total Building Perimeter - 660'
I P - Perimeter w/ Frontage > 20'- 540'r W - Public Way/Open Space Width:25'
I Ir: 100 x (540'1660'-0.25) x (25/30)r k=47
I 506.3 Sprinkler IncreaseI ForMultistoryBuildings -k:200%
I 506.4 Area Determinationr For three story or higher buildings, multiply by 3,
I
I BUILDINGCODEREVIEW 01000 - 3
20021501.08 VAILMOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2U2004
No story shall exceed the allowable area per floor (A"), as determined in section
506.1.
Total Area - 35,760 x 3 : 107,280 (Rl/RZ)
602.2 Types I and II construction. Types I and II construction are those types of
construction in which the building elements listed in Table 601 are of non-combustible
materials.
Table 601
Buildine Element Ratine
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exterior non-bearing walls Table 602
lnterior non-bearing walls 0 hour
Structural Frame
Bearing Walls
Floor construction
Roof Construction
< 5 feet
>5" <10'
>10" <30'
>30'
Table 602
Fire Sep. Dist. Ratine
I hour
I hour
I hour
I hour
I hour
I hour
I hour
0 hour
603.1 Allowable Materials. Combustible materials shall be permitted in buildings of
Tlpe I or II construction in the following applications and in accordance with Sections
603.1. I through 603.1.3.
4. roof coverings that have an A, B, or C, classification.
6. Where not installed over 15 feet above grade, show windows, nailing or furring
strips, wooden bulkheads below show windows, their frames, aprons, and
showcases.
10. Combustible exterior wall coverings, balconies, or similar appendages in
accordance with Chapter 14.
1l. Blocking for handrails, millwork, cabinets, and window and doorframes.
1405.4 Wood veneers. Wood veneers on exterior walls of buildings of Type I, II, II, and
fV construction shall not be less than l-inch nominal thickness and shall conform to the
following:
1. The veneer does not exceed three stories in height, measured form grade except
where fire retardant treated wood is used; the height shall not exceed four stories.
2. The veneer is aftached to or fuired from a non-combustible backing that is fire
resistant rated as required by other provisions ofthis code.
BUILDING CODE REVIEW 01000 - 4
'- 20021s01.08 vArL MoITNTIAN LoDGE 3/21t2004
I 704.8 Allowable area of openings. The maximum area of unprotected or protected
openings permitted in an exterior wall in any story shall not exceed the values set forth in
I Table 704.8.
!
Table 704.8
I Openins Distance Allowed % Elevation Wall Openine Actualt
Unprotected l0'to 15' l5% West r.ffi.f. #t '-W
I Unprotected < 30' No Limit N/SiE No Limitr
706.1 Fire Barriers, General. Fire Barriers used for separation of shafts, exits, exit
I passageways, horizontal exits or incidental use areas, toseparate different occupancies, tot se,parate a single occupancy into different fire areas, or to separate other areas where a
fire barrier is required.
'r 707.2 Shaft enclosures required. Openings through a floor/ceiling assembly shall be
- protected by a shaft enclosure.
r 707.4Fire resistance rating. 2 hours for four stories or more. I hour connecting less
- than four stories.
I 707,14 Elevator shafts. Elevator hoist-way enclosures shall be constructed in accordance
I with Section 707.4 and Chapter 30.
I 707.14.1 Elevator Lobby. Elevators opening directly into a fire resistive rated
corridor as required by Section l0l6 shall be provided with an elevator lobby at each
I floor containing such a corridor. The lobby shall separate the elevators from the corridor
I by fire partitions and the required opening protection.
r 708.1 Fire partitions, General. The following wall assemblies shall comply with this
I section.r! l. Walls separating sleeping units in occupancies in Group R-l hotel occupancies,
- and R-2.
I 2. Corridor walls as required by Section 1016.1.
3. Elevator lobby separation as required by section 707.14.1
I 708.3 Fire resistive rating. The fire-resistive rating ofthe walls shall be I hour.
I 711.3 Horizontal assemblies. Floor assemblies separating dwelling units in the same
t building or sleeping units in occupancies in Group R-l hotel occupancies and R-2 shall
be a minimum of I hour fire-resistive-rated construction.
I
I
I
I BUILDING CODE REVIEWr 01000 - 5
20021501.08
Section 715 Opening Protectives
Table 715.3
Assembly Tqre
Fire Barriers
o Shaft, exit enclosure, exit
passageway
o Other Fire Barriers
Fire Partitions
o Corridor Walls
o Other Partitions
Exterior Walls
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
I Hour
I Hour
I Hour
I Hour
I Hour
other exitways
B
B
c
c
C
C
3lzt/2004
Required Rating Min. Fire Door Ratine
2 Hour 90 Minute
60 Minute
45 Minute
20 Minute
45 Minute
45 Minute
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Table 803.5
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish requirements by occupancy
Group Vertical exits and exit Exit access corridors and Rooms and enclosed
A-2
A-3
R-1
R-2
S
B
passageways
B
B
B
C
c
B
spaces
c
C
c
c
C
C
Table 1004.1.2 Maximum floor area allowance per occupant
Occupancy
Assembly - Unconcentated
Business Areas
Exercise rooms
Kitchen -commercial
Locker rooms
Parking Garages
Residential
Pools
Pool deck
Accessory storage areas, mechanical
Floor Area/Occupant
15 net
100 gross
50 gross
200 gross
50 gross
200 gross
200 gross
50 gross
15 gross
300 gross
Table 1005.1 Egress width per occupant served
Occupancy Stairways OtherComponents
M,y'.3, Rl, R2, B, S 0.2 0.15
1009.1 Stairway width. The width of stairways shall be detsrmined by Section 1005.1
but not less than 44 inches. Stairways serving and occupant load ofless than 50 shall
have width not less than 36 inches.
1009.2 Headroom. Stairways shall have a minimum headroom of 80 inches.
BUILDING CODE REVIEW 01000 - 6
r 20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2t/2004
! f 009.3 Stair Treads and risers. Stair risers heights shall be 7 inches maximum. Stair
_ tread depths shall be I I inches minimum. Within dwelling units in R-2 occupancies, the
I maximum riser height shall be 7.75 inches and the minimum tread depth shalt be t O! inches. A nosing of 1.25 inches shall be provided on stairways with solid risers where the
tread depth is less than 1l inches.
- Table 1014.1
r Giffi-oo"-."orof "gr"r,I Occupancy Max. Occ. LoadA.B 50
Rl0ls30r
I 1014.2 Exit access arrangement. Where a building is equipped with an automatic
I sprinkler system, the separation ofthe exit doors or exit access doorways shall not be less
than one-third of the overall diagonal dimension of the area served.
I Table l0l5.l
Exit access travel distance
I Occupancv With Sprinkler Svstem
I A, R, S-l 250 feet
B 300 feet
t Table 1016.1
Corridor Fire Resistance Ratins
I Occupancy Occuoant Load Ratine W Sprinkler System
I A,B,S >30 0R >10 0.5
t 1017.1 Exits, General. Once a given level of exit protection is achieved, such a level
shall not be reduced until arrival at the discharge.
I 1019.1 Vertical Exit Enclosures Required. Interior exit stairways shall be enclosed
with fire barriers. Exit enclosures shall have a rating of not less than 2 hours when
I corurecting four stories or more and not less than I hour when connecting less than fourI stories.
I
I
t
I
I
BIIILDING CODE REVIEW 01000 - 7
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLANN t N G . I N TE RI O RS
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963.41 02
ganlaba,bara@zehrsn-com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP. 1
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen
Manufacturer: Sub-Zero
Product Refriserator
ProductNumber; 642
Descriotion: 42"Side-bv-SideRefriserator/FreEzer
Dinrnsion: M" Hx42" W x 24" D
Color/Finish: Stainless Steel
Cormnents: Suoolier to verifo that all necessarv Darts for inslallation are ordered
Enerev Star Com iant
Picture is representational
Color may vary
vaz E H R E N ,r,o,n.n-o'uYAF,e7o)e4e-1oeo
-
AND ASSOCIATES yair@zehren.'com'
7.,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP.2
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Spegificatiqn
Location: 269C Kitchen
Manufacturer: Vikine
Product: Range
Product Number: 48" VDSC
Description: 48" Professional Dual Fuel Freesanding Range
Dinrension: 48"Wx36'Hx28'D
Color/Finish: Stainless Steel
Conrnents: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963S890 FAX (805)963-8 1 02
santabarbar@zdren.com
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
i-Z E H R E-N ,rro,.o*ruYfll,e7o)e4e-1o8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES "airgzrnrn.'co.n'
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
,,.,s,Sj*TSRiEBiS,.. 7=Z E H R E N
sa.iabarbara@zehren.com
--
AN D ASSOCIATES
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949.02s7 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zeirsn.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP-3
Proiect Information
Name: Vuil Mo
Location: V"tt, C"t""rd"
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen
Manufacturer: Viking
Product: Ransc Hood
ProductNumber: VWH4878
Description:
Dimension: 48"Wx 18" Hx27" D
Color/Finish:
Conrnents: Supplier to veri$ thal all necessary parts for installation are ordered
P jcture is representational
Color may vary
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP-4
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen(2)
Manufactuer: Bosch
Product Dishwasher
ProductNumber: SHV66A03
Description: Integated 6 Cycle Dishwasher
Dinrcnsion: 33718"-35"Hx23518" -24118"W x239116"D
ColorlFinish: Stainless Steel
Comments: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I N TE RI OR S
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)9636890 FAX (805)96181 02
santabsbarg@zqhtqn.com
VAIL
(970)949{2 57 FAX (970)94+.1080
veil@zehrBn.com
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
akoE,^T,&,[,]:
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
t
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNI N G. I N TERI O RS
SANTA BARBARA
(E05)963€E90 FAX (605)96$8 r 02
saJtab€rbara@zshrsn.co.n
Zehren & Associates Specilication Sheet APP.5
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
PrqlectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
lncation: 269C Kitchen
Manufactuer: Sham Trim Kit: Sharp
Product: Microwave ProductNumber: RK-42S24
Product Number: R-430CS Color/Finish Stainless Steel
Description: Built-in
Dimension: Hl23l8" W 21 1116" D 17 318" -ColorlFinish: Stainless Steel
Comrnents: Supplier to veri& that all necessary pads for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
7aZ E H R E N ,nro,*n-o.uYAltsTo)e4e-108o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren,'clm'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP-6
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location; Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throupb
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: l49A Laundry
Manufacturer: Maytag
Product: Wasber
ProductNumber: MAV950IE, Atlantic
Description: Wasber
Dimension: 53 l/8" H x 27" W x 28 l/4" D
Colorffinish: White
Comments: Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NI NG. I N TE Rl ORS
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)9638102
3ar$ab€rbata@z6ht6n-cotn
I
I
I
I
I
zr"5 s, &,F, fj*,0,*,-oJA|1,,^)e4$1oso
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
t
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNING. I N TE RI O RS
SANTA BARBARA
(E05)963€890 FAX (8O5)96'8102
santabarbara@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP-7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier:
Ad&ess:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
location: l49A Lamdrv
Manufacturer: Maytag
Product: Dryer
ProductNumber: MDET400A,Atlantic
Description: Electric Dryer
,Dimension: 43 318. Hx27" W x28 l/4" D
Colorffinish: White
Conrnents: Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
7AZ E H R E N (e7o)e4e4257vfllL(e7o)e4e-io8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP.8
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
Location: 3028 Kitchen,3088 Kitcheq 404B Kitchen
N{anufacturer: Sub'Zcro
Product: Refriserator
ProductNumber: 561
Description: 36"Side-by-SideRefrigerator/Freezer
Dimension: 84'Hx36"Wx24"D
ColorlFinish: IntersratedWoodPanel
Connnents: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G . I N TE RI OR S
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
II
I
t
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)96Hr 02
sanlabarbare@zeh€n-com T
t
zr"oE
^frs,irfj,n,o,*..",.y4f,1,,^p4$1o8o
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (605)96$81 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FA)( (970)949-1 O80
vail@zehren.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP-9
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 3028 Kitchen,3088 Kitcheq 4048 Kitchen
Manufacturer; Dacor
Product Wall Oven
ProductNrunber: PCSI30,heference
Description: 30" Single Electric Oven
Dimension: 30" W x 28 3/8" H x 23 718"D
Color/Finish: Stainless Sleel
Corunents: Supplier to verify that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Pichre is representational
Color may vary
zks#,*,1,N
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP - IO
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specillcat!!'!
Location: 3028 Kilchen,3088 Kitcheq 404B Kitchen
Manufacturer: Dacor
Product: Cooktop
Product Nuniber: CER304, Millenia
Description: 3O"Electic Cookrop with 4 Elernents
Dimension: 30"Wx2l'D
ColorlFinish: Black Graphite
Cormnents: Supplier to verify that all necessary parts for irstallation are ordered
Picture is represantational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I N T E R I O R S
I
I
I
t
I
II
I
I
t
I
I
II
t
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)96981 02
santaba rbara@zehren-c!fn T
I
zk$ s, s,i, N,n,0,**_,JAlf,.^)e4$1o80
T
U
I
I
J
T
t
il
J
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
ARCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)Sr3€890 FAX (8Os)9618102
saniabarb€ra@zohrrncom
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)949.1 08O
vail@zohren.@m
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP. 11
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 3028Kitchen,3088Kitchen,4048Kitchen
Manufachrer: Dacor
Product:
ProductNumber: PMOR3O
Description: Over th Cooktop Microwave, Vented
Dimension: 29 15116" W x 16 3/8" H x 16 7/8" D
ColorlFinish: Stainless Sleel
Cornrnents: Suppter to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ar"s #,s,E^,f:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP. 12
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Pbone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 3028Kitchen,3088Kitchen,4048Kitchen
Manufach.rrer: Bosch
Product: Dishwasher
ProductNumber: SHV46C03
Description: Intigrated 4 Cycle Dishwasher
Dimension: 33718"-35"Hx23518" -24ll8"W x239/16"D
Color/Finish: Custom Wood Panel
Corrrnenls: Supplier to verify that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is repres€ntational
Color mav varv
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
,i
il
I
I
I
t
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNIN G . I
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-6890 FAX (8Os)963-81 02
santaba lbara@z€h,€n.com
NTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-O2s7 FA)( (970)9491 O80
vail@zehrsn.cfi
I
J
I
I
I
I
zr"oE 05,s,[,!:
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97 0)9494257 FAX (970p4$. 1 O8O
vail@z€ftren.com
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)96$61 02
sa.tab€tbara@zehren.com
t
I
il
!
I
I
t
t
0
Il
I
t
I
0
I
I
I
I
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP - 13
Pro.iect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302T WD, 308T W/D, 404T WD
Manufachrer: Maytag
Product: St""t "bt" W"rh.t & Dty*
ProductNumber: LSE7806A
Description: Stackable Washer & Dryer
Dimension: 73" Hx28" W x27 ll2" D
Colo/Finish:
Comrnents: Supplier to veri$ that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color nray vary
Zf"oEn3rS,t^'!!
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP - 14
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
$pecificafon
Location: 303C Bedrooq 305G Living,304A Hall,306A Hall,403CBedroorn,407A Ha[,
409,{ Hall, 4l lA Hall, 4l5C Bedroorq 4l7A Hall, 4l9A Hall, 509A Hall, 5l le Hall,
6074, Hall, 609A Hall, 6l lA Hall, 6134' Hall, & 615A Hall
Manufactmer: U-Line
Product:
ProductNumber: l5R
Description: N/A
Dirnension: 28 5/32" H x 13 15/16"W
Colorffinish: Custom Wood Panel
Comrents: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
il
I
t
T
t
0
I
I
I
I
A RCIIITECTURE . PL AN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963589O FAX (805)963-8102
sanlabaabaaa@zehrgn.cortt
INTERIORS
VAlL
(97O)949O2s7 FAX (970)94$.1 080
vail@zehten. corn
I
0
I
I
I
I
zr"5J,*,E^,!!
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
t
t,
t
I
I
I
I
I
t,
t
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (80s)963-8 102
santabarbara@zottren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949. 1 080
vail@zehren.cam
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP - 15
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:307E Kitch, 309E Kirch, 3l lE Kitch 70lE Kitch & 702E Kirch
Cervitor Kitchens, Inc.
Kitchen Unit
NMTO
Sink, Faucet, 2 Burners & 6.4Cu. Ft. Undercounter Refrigerator
72" W x4O" x24" D
Plastic Laminate Cabincts
Manufacturer:
Product;
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Colorffinish:
Comments:Supplier to veriry that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNI N G. I N TE RI ORS
L7r"oE n3,&,F,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet APP - 16
Project Information
Name: Vail Mounfain Lodee
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
Location: 307E Kitcb, 309E Kitcll 3l lE KitclL 70lE Kitch, & 7028 Kitch
Manufacturer: GE
Product: Miat"*""" O"*
ProductNumber: JE5I0BW
Description: N/A
Dirnension: 9 l9ll3" x 12 11116" x l8 5132"
Colorffinish: Black
Cornrnents: Supplier to verifr that all nccessary parts for installation are ordered
Provide undercabinet hanging kit
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
I
I
c
T
t
0
I
I
I
r
I
t
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N IN G . I
SANTABARBARA
(805)953-6890 FAX (805)96$8102
santabarbara@zehrsn.com
NTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)9491 08o
vail@zdrrerrcpm
I
I
t
I
zr"5#,&,F,f!
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
t
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (80s)963-8102
saDtabarbara@zehJeo.com
TNTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949.O2s7 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
va il@zehron. com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 1
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-U5-9926
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen, 3028 Kitchen,3088 Kitchen,404B Kitchen
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Kitchen Sink
Product Number: K-3224-3, Ravinia
Description: Self- Rimming
Dimension: 33"Wx22"Dx8"H
Color/Finish: Stainless Steel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"5#,*,i,i:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.2
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen,3028 Kitchen, 3088 Kitchen,404B Kitchen
Manufacturer: In Sink Erator
Product: Garbase Disoosal
ProductNumber: 777s
Description: N/A
Dimension: N/A
Color/Finish: N/A
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
T
I
1
I
I
I,
l
t
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-61 02
santabart ara@z€hten.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.sgm
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
zr"oE ^[,s,l,N
I
t
I
I
3
,
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8 1 02
sanbbarbara@z€trren.com
VAIL
(97 Or949-O257 FAX (970)9491 080
vail@zeh.gn.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 3
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
lssue Date :
Available Throush
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen, 3028 Kitchen, 3088 Kitchen,4048 Kitchen
Manufacturer: Grohe
Product: Kitchen Faucet
Product Number: 33 759 KDO, Ladylux Plus
Description: Pull-OutSprayFaucet
Dimension: 9 5/8" Spout reach
Color/Finish: Stainless Steel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN NI N G . I N TE R I O R S
ar"sLs,l,l:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -4
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 2002 I 501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 269CKitchen,3028Kitchen.308BKitchen,4048Kitchen
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Kitchen Hot Water Dispenser
PrndrrctNrrrnhcr K-q6n7-R
Descriotion: Goose Neck Hot Waler Disoenser.
Dinrension: 10" High Spout 3" Reach
Color/Finish: Stainless Steel
Cornments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corryonents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,l
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
sanlabarbara@zehren.com t
I
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
7-/Z E H R E-N ,rro,**oruYAlL,eTo)s4e-1080
--
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.'com-
I
I
T
I
t
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTABARBAM
(805)9634890 FAX (805)9618102
santabarbara@zehren.coln
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1080
vail@zehrcn.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 5
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Noftingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:1498 Bath, l49E Bath, 302J Bath(2), 302P Bath, 3025 Bath,308J Bath(2), 308P Bath, 3085 Bath,
336D Bath(2), 404J Bath(2),404P Bath, 4043 Bath
Lavatorv
K-2257,Caxton
Tile In, Vitreous China, unglazed
19" x 15"
Almond
Comrrents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:.
Dimersion:
Color/Finish:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Laf"oE ^3,S
E^.1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.6
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Srrnnlier Dahl of Avon
Address: 780 Noningham Road
Avoq CO 81620
Contact: Ananda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:115 Men's(?) 1l? Worrren'qt'?)
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Lavatorv
Product Number: K-2257 , Caxton
Description: Tile In, Vitreous China. unglazed
Dimension: 19" x 15"
Color/Finish: Mexican Sand
Cornrnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. INTE RI ORS
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963-689O FAX (805)963-8102
santabarbars@zehron. cfi
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)94S.1 08O
vail@zehre..com
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
f,
I
zr"5s,s,i,!:
I
I
t
T
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
fi
T
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636890 FAX (80s)963-81 02
santabarbEra@zehaen.corn
VAIL
(97 O)p49-O257 FAX (970)949.1060
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269E} Powder
Manufacturer: Alchernv Glass
Product: Glass Bowl
Prodrrct Nrmher AR 1? l2R?
Description: Above Counter Ground & Polished Edge Sink
Dimension: 15" Diameter
ColorlFinish: Coral Cienesa
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN NI N G. I N TE RIORS
zr"oE,5,&,1,f:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 8
Project Information
Name:
Location:
Project No:
Issue Date:
Vail Mountain Lodee
Vail. Colorado
20021501.00
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
780 Nottineham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Arnanda Bouchard
970-949-9t01
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:302L Powder- 308L Powder
Manufacturer: Kohler
Ptoduct: Pedestal Lavatory
Product Number: K-2258-8, Memoirs
Description: Classic Desigr\ 8" Center
Dimension:27" x22" x35"
Color/Finish: Almond
Cornrnents:Supplier to provide and order all neccssary corryonents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I N T E R I O R S
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€890 FAX (805)963-8102
santabarbara@zehr6n.com
VAIL
(970)9490257 FA( (970)949,1 OB0
vail@zehrGn.com
T
I
I
I
I
l
il
I
I
I
I
I
zr"oE 03,&,i,1:
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
l
I
J
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (E05)9634102
sanlabarbara@zehr€n.(Dm
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97 O)9 49-0257 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehren.cgm
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 9
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location:
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone:
Fax:
Specific4tion
Location: 404L Powder
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Pedestal Lavatorv
Product Numbe.
Description: Classic Design, 8" C.enter
Dimension: 24" x 19 3/4" x 34 318"
Color/Finish:
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"5 #,&,r^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -IO
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Srrnnlier Dahl of Avon
Address: 780 Noftingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 9'70-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:303D Bath,304D Bath, 305D Bath,305H Bath,306D Bath,403D Bath,407D Bath, 409D Bath,
41 1D Bath, 4l5D Bath, 4l7D Bath, 4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 51 lD Bath,
607D Bath, 609D Bath, 6l lD Batb, 6l3D Bath, 615D Bath
Kohler
K-2885-8, Man's Lav Lavatory
Self-Rirnrning, Cast Iron Lavatory, 8" Centers
24" x13"
Alnond
Manufactuer:
Product:
Product Numbei:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Iinish:
Comments:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NIN G. I NTE RI OR S
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehr€n. coatt
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
zr"5 #, &,[, N (e7o)e4s.o2JAll(e?o)e4s_108o
T
I
t
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE
SANTABARBAM
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehren- com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.lI
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avorl CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 307F Bath, 309F Bath, 3l lF Bath, 70lF Bath, 702F Bath
Manufachuer: Kohler
Product: Lavatory
ProductNumber: K-2196-1, Pennington
Description: Self-rinrning, Single Hole Drilling, Vitreous China Lavarory
Dimension: 20-114" x l7-l/2"
Colorffinish: White
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corryonents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
iaz E H R E N (s?o)e4e-o25?v*\e7o)e4e-108o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vait@zeh.en.'com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB. 12
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avort, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specilication
Location: 2698 Powder
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Faucet
Product Number: K-T198, Falling Water
Description: l0 1/4" Spou! Wall Mounted Lavatory Faucet
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963€890 FAX (8Os)96!8102
santabarbaaa@zohren-com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949O2s7 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehren.com
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
T
I
I
!
I
I
t
t
zr"5#,&,i,f:
I
I
t
t
I
I
f'
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)96181 02
sanlabarbara@zehr€n.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB. 13
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone:
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:336D Bath(2)
Manufacturer:
Product:
Newoort Brass
Lavatorv Faucet
ProductNumber: 1030
Description:
Dimension:
ColorlFinish:
1030 Series, Widespread 8" Center Lavatory Faucet
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Comments:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
7-lz E H R E N (e?o)e4s42sy*!\e7o)e4$1080
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren-com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB. 14
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 97O-949-9lOl
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:l49B Bath, l49E Baft" 302J Bath(2), 302L Powder, 308J Bath(2), 308L Powder,
404J Bath(2), 4ML Powder
Lavatorv Faucet
800
800 Series, Widespread 8" Cehter Lavatory Faucet
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
ColorlFinish:
Corunents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary corrponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color nray vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I N TERIORS
I
l
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-8102
sa ntabarbaaa@ehr€n. corn t
t
Zf-| Sr S,E^ r N (e?o),4e{-4yA!L(,?o)s4slo8o
I
I
I
I
)
I
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A RCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G t
SANTA BARBARA
(Eo5)963€69O FAX (80s)963€ I 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FA,\ (970)94$1 08O
vail@zehren.cfi
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 15
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:302P Batb 3025 Bath, 303D Bath, 304D Bath, 305D Bath,305H Bath, 306D Bath, 308P Bath,
3085 Bath,403D Bath,404P Bath,4045 Bath,407D Bath,409D Bath,4l lD Batb 4l5D Bath,
41?D Bath,4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath, 607D Bath,609D Bath,
61lD Bath, 613D Bath, 615D Bath
Newport Brass
Lavatorv Faucel
1200
1200 Series, Widespread 8" Center Lavatory Faucet
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Comrnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Mariufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
ColorlFinish:
Pichrre is representational
Color may vary
Zf"oE 03,*,t^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -16
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Fanning & Associates, Inc.
80u745-7313
303-286-9069
Specification
Location: 315 Men s(2), 317 Women's(2)
Manufachrer: Dela
Product: Lavatorv Faucet
Product Number: 3555-NNLHP H2I6NN .Description: Victorian Widespread
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Pearl Nickel
Connnents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for tstallation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNI N G. I NTE RI ORS
t
I
t
I
il
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
VAIL
(97 0)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1080
vail@zehren.com
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (80s)963-8102
sanlabarbara@zehr€ n-com L7r"oE nH,S,l,l:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (80s)963-8102
sanlabarbora@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren-cfi
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.IT
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Noftingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-910l
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:307F Bath, 309F Bath, 3l lF Bath, 70lF Bath, 702F Bath
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product:
ProductNumber: K-|5598-F, Coralais
Description: Sinsle Con$ol Centerset.Dimension: Per Manufacnuer
Color/Finish: Polished Chrome
Cornrnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Pichue is representational
Color rnay vary
zr^5s,&,F,!:
Z,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.18
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 2002 | 501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Ad&ess:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:1498 Bath. l49E Bath
Manufacturer: Eljer
Product: Watercloset
Pioduct Number: 091-7883, Hylando
Description: lT" Toilet, Two-Piece- Back Outlet
Dimension: Per Manufachrer
ColorlFinish: #96, Biscuit
Connnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Match Kohler's Almond color
Picture is representational
Color nuy vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNING. I N TE RIORS
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963$89O FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@2ehren.clrn
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970p49.1 08O
val@zslrcn.com
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
zr-5Ls,[,11
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTABARBAM
(80s)963-6890 FAX (805)9€3-8102
sant*a lbara@zshr€n.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1 080
vail@zeh,en.clrn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.19
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Arnanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specilication
location:2698 Powder, 302K WC, 302P Bath, 3025 Bath, 308K WC, 3O8P Bath,
3085 Bath, 336E WC,404K WC,404P Bath,4045 Bath
Manufachrer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
K-3457 Devonshire Colorffinish: Almond
Elonsated. 12" Roush In
Per Manufacturer
Alrnond
Comments:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
zr"oE o3,s,l,N
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.20
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 302L Powder, 308L Powder,404L Powder
Manufachrer: Kohler
Product: Watercloset
Product Number: K-3429, Memoirs
Description: Elongated Two- Piece Toilet with Classic Design, 12" RoughJn
Dimension: 303/8" 17 7116" 31 318"
Color/Finish: Almond
Corffnents: Sup?lier to provide and order all necessary corrponents for irntallation
Pictue is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN I N G . IN TERI ORS
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963$890 FAX (80s)963-8102
santabarbara@z€hrgn.cfi
VAIL
(970)949{257 FAX (970)94$1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
I
I
I
I
zr"5#,&,E^,11
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(E0s)963€890 FAX (805)963{102
santabarbara@zehran.clm
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949,0257 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@zehrcn.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -2I
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountaur Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingtham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone:
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 4l lD Bath
Manufacturer: Kohler Toilet Seat Cover: Kohler
Product: Watercloset Product Number: K-4652, Lusta
Product Number: K-3427, Highline at ADA Units Color/Finish: White
Description: Comfort Height Toilet with 12" Rough In
Dimension: Per Manufacturer .Colorffinish: White
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Zf"oE ^3rS,t^'!:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLNIB.22
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-910l
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 315 Mens,317 Women's(3)
Manrfacturer: Kohler Toilet Seat Cover: Kohler
Product: Watercloset Product Number: K-4652, Lusta
Product Number: K-3427, Highlirre at ADA Units Color/Finish: Almond
Description: Comfort Height Toilet with 12" Rough In
Dimension: Per Manufacturer _ColorlFinish: Almond
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is represenlational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I NG. I N TE RI ORS
I
I
t
I
T
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (80s)963-81 02
sar*ab6rbara@zehren.c-or'|
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAx (97op./t9 1O80
va il@zehren. clrn
t
I
l
t
L7f*oE ^3,S,E^,!:
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€89O FAX (80s)963-81 02
santeb€rbara@zehron.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1080
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -23
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
lssue Uate:
Available Throush
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone:
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:303E WC, 305E WC, 305H Bath, 306E WC, 307F Bath, 309F Bath, 31lF Bath, 403E WC,
407E WC,409E WC,4t5E wC,415E WC, 4l7E WC,4l9E WC, 503E WC, 505E WC,
509E WC, 51lE WC, 607E WC, 609E WC, 6l lE WC, 613E WC, 6l5E WC, 70lF Bath,
6O?F Rarh
Kohler Toilet Seat Cover: Kohler
Watercloset Product Number: K-4652, Lustra
K
Elongated Toilet with 12" Rough In
Per Manufacturer
White
Comments:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
ColorlFinish:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Lz("oE o3r$,E^'!:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.24
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throlgh
Supplier:
Address:
Contacl:
Phone:
Fax:
Ultra Hardware
St r lfut"
303-571-5611
303-394-0200
Spelrfis4lss
Location: 336DBath
Manufacturer: BainUltra
Product: Bath
Product Number: Pro.Meridian 55
Description: Air Jet Tub
Dimension: 66"Lx34" Wx 20" D
Color/Iinish: Almond
Corrrnents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NIN G. I N TE RI ORS
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAx (805)96$8102
santabarbara@zehrgn-c!m Zf-oE ^3, S, E^,
I,",0,*,,,JAlt,^)e4e.io8o
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963$890 FAX (8O5)963-8102
santabarbara@zehren-com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)94+ 1 O8O
vail@zdr.en.cgm
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 25
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 9'10-949-9101
Fax: 9'70-845-9926
Specification
Location: 1498 Battl l49E Bath
Manufacturer: TBD
Product: Bath
Product Numben TE6---
Description; C."t". Sid" D."i"
Dimension: 60" x 30"
Color/Finish: Alrnond
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
zkoE,*T,&,[,]:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 26
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
lssue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-910l
Fax: 9'10-845-9926
Specilication
Location: 302P Batll 3025 Batb 308P Bath, 3085 Batb 4O4P Batb,4045 Bath
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Bath
Product Number: K-7 I 5/K-7 I 6 Villager
Description: Cast Iron
Dimension: 60" x 30"
Colorffinish: Almond
Conrnents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corryoncnts for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN Nl N G. I NTE RIORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)9@{142
santabalbara@zehrcn.conr
VAIL
(970)949-@57 FA)( (970p49-'loEO
vail@zehr€n.6fi t
I
zksr,s,E^,!:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (EO5)96$E 102
santabarbaaa@z€hten.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)94$.1 O80
va @zehren.cfi
T.ehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLM.B - 27
Proiect Information
Narne: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Througb
Supplier:
Address:
Dabl ofAvon
780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Amanda Bouchard
970-949-9r01
970-845-9926Fax:
Specification
Location: 305HBath.4llDBath
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Bath
Product Numbsr: K-715/K-T 16 Villager
Description: Cast lron
Dimension: 60" x 30"
Colorffinish: Whitc
Corrnents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zlr"oE o3,s,i,fi
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 28
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Ulfra Hardware
St.t K.ltt
303-571-s6l l
303-394-0200
Specilication
Location: 6l5D Bath
Manufachuer: Hy&osystem
Product: Bath
Product Number: 6634, Solo
Description: Agrylic Soaking Tub
Dimension: 34" x 66"
Color/Finish: White
Cornmsnts: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NI N G. I N TERI ORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santa barbara@z€hren. com t
I
zr^oE ^[rs [rN ,,,0,no".Jfl.,, )e4e_1080
I
l
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
*,,issT*Pn[Rim,., -72 E H R E N
santabarbara@zehron.clm
--
AN D AS SOC IATE S
INTERIORS
VAlL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1 080
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLM.B.29
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier:
Address:
UlEa Hardware
Stm K.t"
303-571-5611
303-394-0200
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302J Bath, 308J Bath,404J Bath
Manufacturer: Hydrosystem
Product: Bath
Product Numbert
Description: Acrylic Soaking Tub
Dimension: 60" x36" x22"
Colorffinish: Almond
Corrrnenls: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.3O
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Ultra Hardware
Str" Kru
303-571-s6t I
303-394-0200
Specification
Location:303D Batll 304D Batb, 305D Batb 306D Bath,403D Batll 407D Bath, 409D Bath,4l5D Bath,
4l7D Batll 4l9D Batb 503D Balh, 505D Bath, 509D Batb, 5l lD Bath, 607D Batb" 609D Bath,
6llD Bath, 613D Bath
Bath
6036, Deanna
Acrylic Soaking Tub
60" x36" x22"
White
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
Conrnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G. IN TE Rl ORS
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-Al 02
sgntabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)94+0257 FAX {970)949-1 O80
vail@zehfen.com T
I
zr"5#,*,E^,f:
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
ARCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€890 FAX (805)96$8102
santabarbara@zehren.c!m
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -31
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proier-t Nn ?OO7 I SO I nO
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 307F Bath. 309F Bath. 3l lF Bath
Manufacturer: Larso Bathware
Product: Bath
ProductNumber: 2603-3CTM
Description: Fiberglass Tub/Shower Module
Dimension: 60" Lx30" W x 76" H
Colorffinish: White
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
.l
:
.;,.
:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"oE 03,&,'^,fl
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -32
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contacl:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 70lF Bath.702F Bath
Manufacturer: Lasco Bathware
Product: Shower Unit
ProductNumber: 1363
Description: Fiberglass Shower Stall
Dimension: 36"Wx36"Dx72"H
Color/Finish: White
Cornrnents: Supplier to Fovide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Pichre is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I NG . I N TE RI ORS
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€89O FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehr€n.com I
I
J.,:IZ E H R E N
-
AN D AS S OC lnr L i (e7o)e4e-o257FAx(e70)s4$1080
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A RCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
('',if.j:ISAiE,tiS,* v=Z E H R E N
santabarbarc@zehren.com E AN D ASSOCIATES
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1 08O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.33
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location:
Project No: 20021501.00
lssue ljate:
Available Throush
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon. CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 336D Bath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Roman Tub Faucet
Prodrrct Nrrmher I f|16
Description: 1030 Series, Deck Set Bath Faucet
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish:
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
-fl
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.34
Proiect I4formation
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 302J Bath, 308J Bath,404J Bath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Bath Faucet
ProductNumber: 806
Description: 800 Series, Bath Faucet
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Iinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corryonents for installation
"'"€*s'
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I NTE R I ORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)9634890 FAX (805)96981 02
santaba rbala@zohlgn.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)9491 O8O
val@zeh,en.Gom
I
I
T
I
zr"5 s,s,E^,!:
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
A RCIIITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)96$6890 FAX (805)9698102
santabarbara@zeha€n.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.35
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location:
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
ISSUe Uate:
Available Throuqh
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Noningham Road
Avon. CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 9?0%19101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location:303D Bath, 304D Bath, 305D Bath, 306D Bath,403D Bath,407D Bath, 409D Bath,4l5D Bath,
4l7D Bath, 4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath, 607D Bath, 609D Bath,
6l lD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 615D Bath
Newport Brass
Roman Tub Faucet
1206
1?OO Serie< Rath Farrcef
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Cormnenls:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
v-Z E H R E-N ,r,o,ror-or.Y$!te7o)s4e'o8o
-7
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehrcn.'com',
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 36
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dal ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingharn Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: l49BBath,l49EBath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product Bath and Shower Faucet
ProductNumber: 802BP
Description: 800 Series, Balance Pressure Valve Bath and Shower Faucet
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
dtFb
Pichre is representational
Color mav varv
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N ING. I N TE RI ORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636890 FAX (80s)963-8102
santabarbara@zehren.com I
I
Z f"oE ^[, &,E^, N,"0,*""Yflt'^)e4elooo
I
I
I
T
I
t
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
sanlabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1080
vail@zehren,com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 37
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
lssue uare:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Noftingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 302P Bath, 3025 Bath, 305H Bath, 308P Bath, 3085 Bath, 404P Bath, 4045 Bath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Bath and Shower Faucet
ProductNumber: l202BP
Description: 1200 Series, Balance Pressure Valve Bath and Shower Faucet
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Cornrnenls: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
L7(*oE o3,S,i,!1
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -38
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon" CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-U5-9926
Specification
Location: 307F Bath- 309F Bath. 3l lF Bath
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product:
Product Number: K-Tl560l-4, Coralais'Description: Bath and Shower Mixing Valve Faucet
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Colorffinish: Polished Chrome
Cornrnents: Sup,plier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN NI N G . I NTE RIORS
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)9638102
santabadlara@z€hren.com
VAlL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@zshren.com
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
zkoEnS,*,[,!:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8O5)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehren.clrn
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970F49.1O8O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 39
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect Nn ?nn?lsnl nO
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 97U845-9926
Specification
Location: 336D Bath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Shower Faucet
Product Numbe.
Description: 1030 Series, Balance Presswe Valve Shower Faucet
Dinrension: Per Manufacturer
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Cornnrents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
zr"oE ^3,s [,[:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB.40
Plgject Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dali of Avon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon. CO 81620
Contact: Aman& Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 97O-U5-9926
Specification
Location:303D Bath,304D Bath, 305D Bath,306D Batlu 403D Bath,407D Battr,409D Bath,4l5D Bath,
4l7D Bath,4l9D Batlr 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 51lD Bath, 607D Bath, 609D Bath,
6l lD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 615D Bath
NewDort Brass
Shower Faucet
Manufacturer:
Product:
ProductNumber: l204BP
Description:
Dirnension:
Color/Finish:
1200 Series. Balance Presswe Valve Shower Faucet
Per Manufacnrrer
Satin Nickel
Cornrnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary con{roncnts for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I NG. I N TE RI ORS
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santaba rltara@z ght€n.com
VAIL
(97O)949-O2s7 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehren.com I
I
zr"oE ^3,&,E^,f:
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE
SANTABARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)96381 02
santaba rbara@zehr€n.com
Zehren & Associates Specilication Sheet PLMB.41
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location:
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Noftingham Road
Avorl CO 81620
Contact: ' Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 302J Bath.308J Bath.404J Bath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Shower Faucet
ProductNwnber: 8048P
Description: 800 Series, Balance Presswe Valve Sbower Flucet
Dimension: Per Manufachrer
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color mav vaw
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
j-Z E H R E N ,,,o,ro...uYAjf,e7o)e4e.1oso
--
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -42
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Avai!4ble Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon. CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 70lFBath,702FBath
Manufachrer: Kohlcr
Product: Sho*". F""*t
Product Number: K-Tl56l I
Description: Shower Faucet with Lever Handle
Dimersion: Per Manufactr-rer
Color/Finish: P"tirh.d Cht"-"
Corrmpnts: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corryonents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCI|ITE,CTURE . PLAN N I N G . I N TE RI O R S
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)96381 02
gantaba lbara@zohren.com
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehren.com I
I
zr"oE ^3,&,E^,1:
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)9636890 FAX (805)963-Al 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949{257 FAX (970)94$1O8O
vail@zehren.cam
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -43
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location:
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Arailable Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax:
Specification
Location: 315 Men's
Manufachrer: Kohler
Product: Urinal
ProductNurnber: K-5016-ET, Dexter
Description: NiA
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Almond
Cornrrents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corrponents for installation
Provide automatic flush valve
Picture is representationa I
Color mav varv
zr-oEo!,&,[,ft
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -44
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Snnnlier l)ehl nf Avon
Address: 780 Noningham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 4l lD Bath
Manufachrer: Kohler
Product: Handshower
ProductNurhber: K-8520
Description: '3-Way Handshower & Slide Bar
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
ColorlFinish: Bnrshed Chrome
Conrnents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Pichrre is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I NTE RI ORS
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€890 FAX (805)963-8102
sanlabarbara@zEhren. com I
I
ZkS Sr &,E^, N'"0'*'-o'uYAll-o)e4e'1o80
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963-6890 FAX (8Os)96981 02
santabaabara@zeh,en.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
197 0)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1080
vail@zehren-com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 1
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A."rd" B"r.h*d
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 2698 Powder.336D Bath. 3368 Bath
Manufacturer: Newoort Brass
Product: Robe Hook
ProductNumber:. 13-12
Description: 1030 Series Robe Hook
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
ColorlFinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All materials and construction rust conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contact quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locatiors and rnounting heights
Provide blockins for weisht requirernents
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"5s,s,[,]:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.2
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
At*"d. B"r.trrd
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:2698 Powder
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
Newport Brass
Towel Ring
13-09
1030 Series Towel Rine
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Cornrnents:All materials and constuction must comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contract qualig
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer lo Detail Ma[ual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
A RCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (8O5)963-8102
santabarbara@zehren. coan
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1O8O
vail@zehren.crrn
t
I
zr^5s,*,[,]:
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
,*.;#llT*Ri[F,ffn*, 7=Z E H R E N
santabarbara@zehren.com
-
AN D ASSOCIATES
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-'1080
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 3
Proiect lnformation
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
Prniect Nn ?OO7l SOI OO
lssue l)ate:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A*.rd. B"""h"td
9'70-949-9r0r
910-845-9926
Specification
Location: 269El Powder, 3368 WC
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Tissue Holder
froduct Nrunber ,
Description:
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All rnaterials and construction must conply with applicable fue and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and rnounting heights
Provide blockins for weisht requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.4
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A.""d. B"*h.td
970-949-910r
970-845-9926
Specification
Iocation: 336D Bath
Manufacturer:
Product: Towel Bar
ProductNumber: 13-02
Description: 1030 Series- 24" Towel Bar
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All materials and construction must conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Re fer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN I NG . INTE RI ORS
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963$890 FAX (8Os)9618102
santabarbar'a@zeh ren.com
VAIL
(970)949{257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zeh.en.com
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L2r,oEo3,SF,l:
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NIN G. I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963{890 FAX (EO5)96}8102
santabarbar@zehren.com
NTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 5
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
At*"d" B.".h-d
970-949-9101
9'70-845-9926
Specification
Location: l49B Bath. l49E Bath
Manufacturer: Newoort Brass
Product: Robe Hook
Product Number: l0 - l2
Description: 800 Series Robe Hook
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All rnaterials and construction must co
Att rrt"tt"tr -rrt b" ".rtr""t qr.tlty
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Pichre is representational
Color mav varv
L7(-oE oT,*,E^,f:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.6
Proiect Informaiion
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
I ncafinn' Vail Cnloradn
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-"rd" B.r.h*d
970-949-9101
910-845-9926
Specilication
Location:l49B Bath, l49E Bath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Towel Ring
ProductNumber: l0- 09
Description: 800 Series Towel Ring
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Comments:All materials and construction rnrst comply with applicable fue and safety codes
All materials rnust be contact quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installatjon are ordered
Refer to Detail Marnral for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ARCIIITECTURE
SANTABARBAM
(80s)963-689O FAX (8Os)963-8102
sar abada.a@zehrcn com
I
I
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
izz E H R E_N ,,,o,*,_o,,ysl.,e7o)e4e-1080
-
AND ASSOCIATES vai@zehreniom'
I
It
I
I
t
I
t
I
I!
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
A RCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-689O FAX (80s)963.a1 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949- t080
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location:
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-.rd" B"".l"td
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: l49B Bath, 149E Bath
Manufacnrrer: Newport Brass
Product: Tissue Holder
ProductNumber: l0- 28
Description: 800 Series Tissue Holder
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
ColorlFinish: Satin Nickel
Corrrnents: All materials and construction must comply with applicable fre and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri9 that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights-
Provide blockins for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
zr-oE ^3,*,F,1:
Zehren & Associates Specilication Sheet ACC- 8
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021 501 .00
Issue Date:
dvailable Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A.""d" B"".h"rd
970-949-9r01
970-845-9926
Specificatiql
Location: l49B Bath. l49EBath
Manufacturer: Newport Brass
Product: Towel Bar
Pioduct Number: l0 - 02
Description: 800 Series- 24" Towel Bar
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
ColorlFinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All rnaterials and construction must conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials rmrst be contact quality
Supplier to veriry that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNIN G . I NTE RIORS
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963-6890 FAX (805)963.8102
sariabarbara@zehren.cam t
I
ar"s ^[ &,i, N,n,o,no*o,uyAlf-,)s4s-108o
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
t
t
t
T
T
T
t
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(eo5)963689o FAX (8Os)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehrsn.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97O)94S.O257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 9
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Dahl ofAvon
A"r*d" Bor.b".d
970-949-9t0l
970-845-9926
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302K WC, 302J Bath, 302L Powder, 302P Bath, 3025 Bath, 303D Bath, 304D Bath, 305D Bath,
305H Bath, 306D Bath, 308K WC,308J Bath, 308L Powder, 308P Bath,3083 Bath,403D Bath,
404K WC, 404J Bath, 404L Powder,404P Battr, 4045 Bath, 407D Bath, 409D Bath, 4l lD Bath (3
415D Bath, 417 Batlr, 4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath, 607D Bath,
6l lD Bath, 613D Bath, 6l5D Bath
Manufacturer: Franklin Brass
Product Double Robe Hook
Prndrrr-t Nrrrnhcr' 46O? Kclcie
Description: N/A
Dimension: 3" Proiection
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Comments:
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to verifu that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representationa
Color may vary
ZkoE olr$,t^rltj
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.lO
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Dahl of Avon
A."rd. B"r.h"td
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302J Batb 302L Powder, 302P Bath. 3025 Bath, 303D Bath, 304D Bath, 305D Bath, 305H Bath,
306D Bath, 308J Bath, 308L Powder, 308P Bath, 3085 Bath, 403D Bath, 404J Bath, 404L Powder
404P Bath, 4045 Bath, 407D Bath, 409D Bath, 4l lD Badr, 4l5D Bath, 417 Bath, 419D Bath,
. 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath, 607D BatlU 6l lD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 6l5D Bath
Manufacturer: Franklin Brass
Product: Towel Ring
Product Number: 9016. Jamestown
Description: N/A
Dimension: Pcr Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All materials and construction must conply with applicable fire and safety codes
AII -ut .i"ls -*t b" "ootu"t qouliry
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weiqht requirements
Picture is representational
Color rnav varv
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963$890 FAX (805)96$8102
santabarbara@z€hren.cnm
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97O)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.comL7(*oE o3,&,E^,f:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- II
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Dahl of Avon
At*"d" B.".l"rd
970-949-9t01
970-845-9926
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302K WC,302L Powder, 302P Bath, 3025 Bath, 303D Battr, 304D Bath,305D Bath,305H Ba
306D Bath, 308K WC, 308L Powder, 308P Bath, 3085 Batb 403D Balh, 404K WC, 404L Por
404P Bath,4045 Bath,407D Bath, 409D Baft,415D Bath,417 Bath,4l9D Bath,
503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Batb, 607D Bath, 6l lD BattL 613D Bath, 6l5D Bath
Manufacturer: F "*lir B..*
Product:
Product Number: 9008. Jamestown
Description: N/A
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish:
Conrnents: All materials and construction must conply with applicable fire and safeg codes
All materials must be conaact quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary pars for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blockins for weisht reouirements
Picture is re
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963.6890 FAX (805)9€3-81 02
sanlabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zehrEn.comzr"5L&,F,!:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 12
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
I nr.afinn Vail Cnlnradn
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
DaN ofAvon
Att"rd" B"".h.d
970-949-9r01
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
ColorlFinish:
Cornrnents:
302J Bath, 302P Bath,3025 Bath, 303D Bath, 3MD Bath, 305D Bath,305H Baih, 306D Bath,
308J Bath, 308P Bath, 3085 Bath, 403D Bath, 404J Bath, 404P Bath, 4045 Bath, 407D Bath,
409DBath,4l5DBath,4l7Bath,4l9DBath,503DBat[505DBath,509DBath,5llDBath,
607D Bath, 6l lD Batb 6l3D Bath, 6l5D Bath
Franklin Brass
9024, Jamestown
Satin Nickel
All marerials "rd constructio
@
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heighs
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G. I NTERI OR S
I
I
I
T
t
t
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963-6890 FAX (805)963-41 02
santabarbara@zehren com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)9491 08O
vail@zehren,com I
t
Lzr^oE 03,&,i,1:
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
t,
I
I
I
J
J
I
I
t
ARCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTABARBARA
(8Os)963-6890 FAX (805)96+8 1 02
santabarbara@zehren-com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-108O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 13
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
Ar*"d. B"*h.d
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 315 Men's,317 Women's(3),4llD Bath
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: Tissue Holder
ProductNumber: 8-6857
Description:
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
ColorlFinish: Satin Nickel
Cornrnents: All materials and construction must comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri& ihat all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Deeil Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color mav vaw
zr"5Ls,u^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- 14
Project Information
Name: Vail Mormtain Lodge
I ncerinn Vail Cnlnrado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Pbone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
Ar*"d"8"*h.d
970-949-910r
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 315 Mens, 317 Women's, 4l lD Bath
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: Grab Bar
ProductNumber: B-5507x36
Description: N/A
Dimension: 36" Long Grab Bar
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Conrnents: All rnaterials and constuction nnrst conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All rnaterials nnrst be contact quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirernents
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
!
I
J
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
zr_oE rFrS,lrN,n,o,,ono*y*r,,,.)e4e-108o ISANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
sant€barbaaa@zehFn com
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
tl
f'
I
I
D
$
n
J
I
i
l
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963{890 FAX (8Os)963-8102
santaba.ba€@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-I5
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A"""d. B"r.hrd
970-949-9t01
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 315 Mens.317 Women's.41lD Bath
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: Grab Bar
ProductNumber: B-5507x42
Description: N/A
Dimension: 42" Lone Grab Bar
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All materials and construction must comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contact quality
Supplier to verifu that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual fot lo"ntionr -dffi'
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN I N G. I NTE RIORS
zr-oE 03,&,[,]:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-I6
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021 501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-""d" B"""}-d
970-949-910r
970-84s-9926
Specification
Location: 315 Men's, 317 Women's, 4l lD Bath
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: Grab Bar
ProductNumber: B-5507x48
Description: N/A
Dimension: 48" Lone Grab Bar
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Comments: All rnaterials and construction must conply wjlh applicable fire and safety codes
All rnaterials rnust be contract quality
Supplier to verify that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and rnormting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
A RCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963.8102
sanlabarbara@zehlen.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9,19-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 o8o
vail@zehaen.com
t
t
I
,J
I
I
t
t
I
I
0
I
f,
7i
'II
I
I
zr"5s,s,l,f:
I
t
I
t
I
fr,
!
t
t,
t
t,
I
I
li
t
I
I
J
t
SANTA BARBARA
(8osp636890 FAX (805)9618102
sanlabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
t970)949-0257 FAX (970)949108O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-I7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A.*d"Bo*h-d
970-949-9r01
9'70-845-9926
Specilication
Location:315 Men's, 317 Women's (3)
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product:
ProductNumber: B-2116
Description: Concealed Mounting
Dimension: Projects 3 7/16" from wall
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Cornrnents:All materials and construction must comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be confract quality
Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
,i: .:..::.'
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
A RCIIITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I N T E R I O R S
L2r"5#,&,[,]:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-I8
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-""dr B"""h-d
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:3 l5 Men's(2), 3 | 7 Women's (2)
Manufacturer: Bobrick
rt-^-t.,^.. C^^- l\:^-rrooucl: soap ulspensor
Product Number: B-226
Description: 34oz Soap Dispensor '
Dimcrsion: 6n Spout
ColorlFinish: Satin Nickel
Cornrnents:All materials and construction must conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All rnatefials rnust be contract qualilv
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting hcights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963S890 FAX (8Os)963-8102
saotaba rbara@zehrgn.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1 08O
vail@eh.en,com
I
I
n
t
I
0
I
t
,l
I
I
I
r
il
t
I
I
0
l
zr-5J,&,i,1:
t
I
I
T
I
.l
^t
t,
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
t
T
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€89O FAX (805)963-81 02
sanlabsrbara@zehren-com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1080
vail@zehren.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-I9
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location:
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A--d" B"".ltrd
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
l.ocation' ?17 Wntnpn'c /?'l
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: Toilet Seat Dispenser
ProductNumber: B-221
Description: Surface Mounted Toilet Seat Dispenser
Dimension: 15 3/4" W x 11" H x 2" D
Colorffinish:
Conmtents: All rnaterials and construcfion nrust comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials rrnrst be contract qual8
Supplier to verify that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weisht requtements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NIN G. I N TE RIORS
zr"5Ls,i,ll
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.2O
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A--d. B"*h.rd
9'70-949-9t01
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:315 Mens, 317 Women's
Manufach.rer: Bobrick
Product: Toilet Seat Dispenser
ProductNumber: 8-3013
Description: Recessed Toilet Seat Dispenser
Dimension: 155/8"Wxll l/4" Hx2 7/8"D
Color/Iinish: Satin Nickel
Commenls:All materials and construction nnrst comply with ap?licable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picnre is representational
Color may vary
9ro'
l,l|t|m
A RCHITECTURE
I
I
I
I
I
'1
t
I
,t
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
0SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
sarrtabarbara@zehren.com
I
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
Zf"$ Ir S [rfl,",o,non-o,rY*f,tn,,)e4e-1o80
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
J
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
l,
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963€890 FAX (805)963-8102
santabatbara@zehren.corn
VAIL
(97O)949-O2s7 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-2I
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-.rdt B"r.h"td
970-949-910r
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:l49B Bath. l49E Bath.4l lD Balh
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: ffi
Product Number: B-207x 63
Description: .Concealed Mounting
Dimension: 63" Lone
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Cornments:All materials and construction must conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contact quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Munuul for lo"utiors and *ting hei#
Pt*id. bl,""kt"e f"t *"tsht *quirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLANNIN G. I N TE R I O RS
zr-5#,&,[,i:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-22
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
lssue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Ad&ess:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl of Avon
A-""dr B"*t"rd
970-949-9r01
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:302P Bath, 3025 Bath,305H Bath, 308P Bath, 3085 Bath,404P Bath,
4045 Bath
Bobrick
Curtain Rod
B-207x66
Cnnr-pelpd Mnrrntino
66" Long
Satin Nickel
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dirnension:
Color/Finish:
Connnents:All rnaterials ard constuction rmrst conply with applicable fire and safety codes
All rnaterials rmrst be contract quality
Supplier to verifr that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
t
f,
I
I
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)953€890 FAX (8O5)953-8102
sanlabarbara@zehrBn.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 OaO
vail@zehren.com
n
I
t
I
t
I
ar"sL&,i,11
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
l
A RCHITECTURE . P LAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€8e0 FAX (805)963.81 02
sanlabarba,a@zeh,en.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)94$1 O80
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-23
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location:
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-"rd" B"".}*d
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:307H Bath, 309H Bath, 3l lH Bath
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product:
Prndrrct Nrrrnher R-?O7v 1(
Description: Concealed Mounting
Dimension: 36" Long
Color/Finish: Polished Chrome
Connnenls:All materials and consruction nnrst comply with applicable fre and safety codes
All materials must be contact quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blockins for weisht requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"5 #,s,E^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-24
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
Anr-d" B"".t*d
970-949-9t0r
970-84s-9926
Specification
Location:70lH Bath,702H Badr
Manufacturer: Bobrick
Product: Curtain Rod
Product Number: B-207x 60
Description: Concealed Mounting
Dimension: 60" Lone
Color/Finisb: Polished Chrome
Connnenls:All rnaterials and construction must comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be coptract quality
Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picnue is representational
Color nray vary
I
l
t
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
A RCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8Os)9618102
sariabarbara@zeh.en.coan
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
t
t
I
I
t
I
zr-5L*,l,N
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX {805)96}.81 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vai@zehrBn.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-25
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodpe
Location:
Project No: 20021501.00
lssue l)ate:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
At*"d. B"r.Lrd
970-949-9101
970-84s-9926
Spmification
Location:307H Bath, 309H Bath, 31 lH Bath, 701H Bath, 702H Bath
Manufacturer: Franklin Brass
Product: Sinele Robe Hook
Product Nurnber: 9001. Jamestown
f)cc.'rintinn. N/A
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
ColorlFinish: Polished Chrome
Cornrnents:All rraterials and consruction must conply with applicable fre and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for inslallation are ordered
Refer to Detait Manual for locations and mormting heights _
Provide blocking for weieht requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ar"s#,s,i,fl
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.26
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl of Avon
Ar.rd" B"".Ltd
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 307H Bath, 309H Bath, 3l lH Bath, 70lH Bath, 702H Bath
Manufacturer: Franklin Brass
Product: Towel Ring
ProductNumber: 9016
Description: N/A
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Polished Cbrome
Comments: All materials and consruction rmrst comply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials musl be contract quality
Supplier to veriry that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary - "-. -"'l '
ARCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)96381 02
santabarbaaa@zehren.@m
INTERIORS
VAIL
(s7o)e49-0257 FAX (970)9491 O80
vail@z6hren.com
I
I
l
I
n
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Il
i
I
I
zr"oE ^.T,s,[,]:
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
t
I
J
u
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636E90 FAX (805)96$8102
sanlabaJbara@zeh ren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949J 080
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-27
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Dale:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A.""d" 8"".t".d
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 307H Bath, 309H Bath, 3l lH Bath, 70lH Bath, 702HBath
Manufacturer: Franklin Brass
Product: Tissue Holder
Product Number: 9008, Jamestown
Description: N/A
Dinension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Polished Chrome
Connnents: All materials and constuction rnrst cornply with applicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heigbts
Provide blockine for weieht requiem€nts
Picture is representanonal
Color mav varv
Zf"oEo3,S,E^rfl
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.28
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl of Avon
Ar*"d. B"".h*d
970-949-9r0r
970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 307H Batll 309H Bath, 3l lH Balh, 70lH.Bath, 702H Bath
Manufacturer: Franklin Brass
Product: Towel Bar
ProductNumber: N/A
Description: Per Manufacturer
Dimansion: Satin Clrome
Color/Finish: Polished Chrome
Cornments: All materials and construction rnust corryly with ap,plicable fire and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri8 that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCI{ITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-8 1 02
santabarbara@zehren.qom
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)94$1 O8O
vai@zehren.com
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
U
I
l
t
I
It
l
I
zr"5Ls,[,]:
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t'
I
t
ARCHITECTURE E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
7aZ E H R E N (e?o)e4+o2syA!\e7o)e4e-1oso
--
AND ASSOCIATES vair@z€hron com'
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)96$81 02
sarigba lbat-a@zehren. com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet cT- 1
Proiect Information
Name: Vuil Mou
Location: V.lt, C"t"t"d"
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 315 Men's, 317 Women's
Material:
Manufacturer American Olean
ProductNumber: CRl1 S36C9T
Name/Color: Golden Rod
Finish: N/A
Dimensions: 12" x 12" Set on diagonal at walls, 12" x 12" Flooring, 6" x 12" Cove base
Edge Delail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Conrnents: Fl"i.h
"tt
*p.r"d .dg*
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variafion in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufachuer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and placernent.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
i.is:::::C"':'
:.,,r,',
1.....' ..| ,
,:$ ll;...,..1' ..i- tr. i...:.:-i. -?,'; - ':
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT-2
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacturcr
Product Number:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dirnensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comrnents:
315 Men's, 317 Women's
Ceramic Liner/ Decos
Crossville
MTI53
Bronze Verdigris
N/A
2" x 2" (Cut From 2" x 8") Random at walls, sa straight
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All ston€ to be sealed per rnanufacturer requirernents.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNI N G. I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-5890 FAX (805)963€1 02
sa. gbsrbara@zehten.com
NTERIORS
VAIL
(97O)949O2s7 Fru( (970)949.1 O8O
vail@zellan.com
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
l
I
t
I
27"5#,S,E^,|:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
)
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8Os)963-81 02
sanlabaabara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949.1 O80
vail@zehrsn.c{rn
T,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 3
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Spccllication
Location: 3l5 Men's, 317 Wonren's
Material:
Manufactiurer Crossville
Product Number: MTl54
Name/Color: Bronze Verdigris
Finish: N/A
Dimersions: I " x 12" Liner at walls, including backsplash and endsplash at vani9
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout TBD
Comnents:
All stone is a nahnal product, Oerefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per rnanufachrer requirernents.
Any metal parts must be guaranteed against rust conosion and scratching.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placement-
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G . I N TE R I O RS
L7r"5S,S,t^,fl
Zchren & Associates Specification Sheet CT-4
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodqe
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilicetion
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Nurrber:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Edge Deail:
Grout:
Comrents:
303D Batlr, 3O4D Bath, 305D Batlu 305H Batb,306D Badr,403D Bath, 407D Bath,409D Bath,
4l lD Bath, 4l5D Bath,4l7D BatlU 4l9D Bath, 503D Badr, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath,
607D Bath 609D Bath, 6l lD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 6l5D Batb
Porcelain Tile
Arnerican Olean
cR 10. s36c9T
Canyon Ridge, White Thistle
Pcr Manufachuer
12" x 12" Flooring,6" x 12" C,ovebasc,6' x 6" Sbower flooring
N/A
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural produc! thercfore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirerrnts.
Refer to Floor Finish Plao and Detail Manral for tile pattem and placement.
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
ARCHITECTURE
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
l
I
SANTABARBARA
( 8Os)963€89O FAX (805)9618102
santabarbara@zshBn.corn
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
i7Z E H R E_N ,,,o,*r.uY#ltezo)e4elo8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES ual@ehren.com'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)9636890 FAX (8O5)963-8't02
santabsrbara@zeh,en. com
Zehren & Associates Specilication Sheet cT- 5
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
Iocation:
Material:
Manufactruer
Product Number:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dirnensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cornrnents:
303D Bath, 304D Batb 305D Bath,305H Bath,306D Bath,403D Batb 407D Bath,409D Batl,
41lD Bath, 4l5D Bath,4l7D Batlu 4l9D Bath, 503D Batb 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath,
607D Battu 609D Bath, 6l lD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 6l5D Bath
Ceramic Tile
American Olean
M.
Mafte
6" x 6" Set on diagonal at walls above accent band
N/A
TBD
Firtrh "tt e>,""*d "dg"tAll srone is a natural produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed oer manufacturer reouirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile panern and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
i7z E H R E_N ,,,0,*,_0.,y$!L.e7o)e4elo8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vlirgzehren.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.6
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:303D Bath, 304D Bath" 305D Bath, 305H Battu 306D Bath,403D Bath,407O pa!!! aQlp BqtlL
607D Bath, 609D Bath, 61lD Bath, 613D Bath, 615D Bath
Sonoma Tilemakers
SE44
Sanchez
Matte
4" x 4" Set on diagonal at walls below accent band, including backsplash and endsplash at vanity
N/A
TBD
All materials and construction must be contract quality.
Any metal parts must be guaranteed against rust corrosion and scratching.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail lr{anual for tile pattern and placement.
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/Golor
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G . I N TE RIOR S
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963-6890 FAX (80s)963-8 I 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-108O
vail@zehren.com
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
l
T
I
I
I
Lar*oEo3,&,i,!:
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
,!
I
I
I
T
I
l
I
A RCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(8(}s)9636890 FAX (805)963-81 02
Ba.iabatbara@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specificetion
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Nurnber:
Name./Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Connnents:
303D Bath, 304D BatlU 305D Bath, 305H Bath, 306D Bath,403D Bath, 407D Bath,409D Batll
4l lD Bath, 4l5D Bath,417D Ba0r,4l9D Batb 503D Bath, 505D Bath 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath,
607D Batl, 609D Baft,6llD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 615D Bath
Glass Tiles
Sonorna Tilemakers
Tamtrum
Herm
l" :tl\tr\
NiA
TBD
Fttrlrh "tt *p.r"d .dg*
All stone is a natural produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Firirh Pl-
"n
Picture is representational
Color nray vary
E.PLANNTNG.INTERIORS
fiZ E H R E N rgzorgns-ozsY*Lrezo)e4$io8o
= AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.8
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:3025 Bath,3085 Bath,4045 Bath
303D Bath, 304D Batll 305D Bafi 305H Bath,306D Bath,403D Bath, 407D Bath,409D Barh,
4llD Bath,4l5D Batb 4l7D Bath,4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath 51lD Bath,
607D Bath, 609D Batlu 6l lD BaOr, 613D Batll 615D Bath
Ceramic Liner
Sonoma Tilemakers
F(frfe Metrlc
Frrrnorirrn Antinrre Rronze
N/A
l/2" x 8" Liner at walls, including backsplash and endsplash at vanity
N/A
TBD
All stone is a natural product, therefore zubject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per nranufacturer requirements.
Any metal parts must be guaranteed against rust corrosion and scratching.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placernent.
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Number:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
N.
I
I
l
I
I
ARCHITECTURE E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
LZf*oE o3r S,l, N,.,0,*,.o,,YAlf-o)e4e.,oso ISANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963€890 FAX (805)96!81 02
sar{abarbara@zehren.com
I
t
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
l
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€E90 FAX (805)963-8102
santabarbara@z6hren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949- rO8O
vail(lzehren.com
T,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 9
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location: Vail. Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:336D Bath
Material: Porcelian Tile
Manufacturer: Arm Sacks
Product Number,
Name/Color: P.rfu P"*y R"*d"
Finish: Copper
Dimensions: 3/4" x 3/4" (12" x 12' Sheet) Floor border and wall mirror border
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Cormrents:
All materials and construction must be confract quality.
Any rnetal parts must be guaranteed against rust corrosion and scratching.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and placement.
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I N T E R I O R S
zlr"5L&,:,f:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.lO
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Ad&ess:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: l49B Bath
Material:
Manufac$rer American Olean
ProductNumber: CC-35
Name/Color: Vellum
Finish: Polished
Dimensions: 6"x 6" Set on diagonal at wall 4:low accent band
El-^ ri^.^:l- l.l/ ArfuEg rrgiaur.
Grout TBD
Corrnents: Ft"trtt "tt r,p.*d "dg*All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per rnanufacturer requirernents.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tilc pattem and placement.
;-=); -).
:i'
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN IN G. INTE RI ORS
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
3
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbaia@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)9491 O80
vall@zehren.com
I
I
I
I
zr"5#,&,l,fi
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636890 FAX (8Os)9638102
santabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 OaO
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 1I
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Motmtain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
Location: l49B Bath
Material:
Manufacturer Arm Sacks
ProductNumber: A57583-6
Name/Color: Dijon
Finish: Polished
Dimensions: 4"x 4" Set on diagonal at walls above accent band, 3" x 6" Set straight at accent band
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Comrnents: Ft"trh
"tt ",p"*d.dg*All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail M
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCIIITECTURE . PLAN NI N G . I N T E R I O R S
Zf-oE o3,S,E^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet
ect Information
Name:
Location:
Project No:
Issue Date:
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Location:
Material:
Manufacfurer
Product Number:
Name./Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Conrnents:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTUR
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8Os)963-8102
sardabarbara@zehren-com
Vail Mountain Lodge
Vail, Colorado
20021501.00
l49B Bath
Ccramic Accent Tile
Moore Merkowie
Rectangular Leaf
Green & Ocbre
2 ll4" x 6" Accent at shower walls
Finish all exposed €dges.
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to varir tion in color
All stone to be sealed per manufactwer requirenrents.
Rcfer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile p ftern and
CT.I2
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-C257 FAX (970)94$.1 oEO
vail@zehrqn.€om
I
T
I
I
I
I
P
Z
AN
E.
-1-7.4
-
LANNINGEHRE {
D ASSOC IATI S
T
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zeh€n com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zehren com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 13
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: i49E Bath
Material:
Manufacturer Decorative Materials Inc, Ltd
Product Number: Adex Natural Field
Narne/Cnlnr Vcllnw
Finiqh'
Dimensions: 5" x 5" Set on diagonal at shower walls
Fdoc Dptail' N/A
Grout: TBD
\- urru|ls||r5:
" -rt-"t, "^p"*" a"gat
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per rnanufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placement.
Picfure is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNIN G. I NTE RIORS
zr"5L&,i,|:
Znhren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.14
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufachrer
Product Number:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimensiors:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cornrnents:
l49E Bath
Ceramic Tile- Shower Walls Onlv
Decorative Materials lrc, Ltd
Aspen 33
Moss
Glazed
2" x 2" Random at shower walls
N/A
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a nahual product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per rmnufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Dctail Manual for tile pattem and placerncnt.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)e63€890 FAX (805)96381 02
santabarbara@zehren.cofn
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)9491080
val(lzcbr.n. com
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
zr"5Ls,l,l:
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80sp63€890 FAX {805)96}81 @
sariabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@eh,en.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.15
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Number:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirernents.
Refer to Floor Fioirh Pl- .n
302J Batb, 308J Bath,404J Bath
Porcelain Tile
Decorative Materials Inc. Ltd
Encore, Vccchio
Bergamo, Primervera Mulii
Per Manufacturer
at shower walls
N/A
TBD
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G . I N TE RI O R S
zkoEoT,&,i,|:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.16
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Speclfication
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Nurnber:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimnsions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cornrrents:
302J Batla 308J Batll 404J Bath
Porcelain Tile
Decorativc Materials ltrc, Ltd
Encore, Vccchio
Corsica. Primervera Multi
Per Manufacturer
3" x 9" Acccnt band at shorrer walls
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stope to be sealed per rnanufacfurer requirernents.
Refer to Floo,r Fhish Plan and Dctail Mamal for tile pattem and placement.
Picture is rcpresentational
Color rmy vary
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
l
l
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
{805)963€890 FAX (805)96}810?
g€fl tgba rbara(Frren.@m
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97o)9.r9{25t FA)( (97O)949'1O8O
val@erhren.com
I
I
zlr"5s,&,i,f:
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
A RCEITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805p63€E90 FAX (80s)96}81 02
sariabrrbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)9491 O8O
vail@z6hren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 17
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mo
Location: V"ltJ.t"""d.
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Number:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimensions;
Edge Deail:
Grout:
Connnents:
302P Bath, 308P Bath, 404P Bath
Porcelain Tile
Dal-tile
LC03
La Costa Gold
N/A
12" x 12" FlooE& 6" x 12" Base
N/A
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stonc is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placernent.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"oEn3,&,lrl:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 18
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mormtain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specificetlon
Location:
Material:
Manufactuer
Product Number:
Nanre/Color:
Finish:
Dimcnsions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
302P Bath, 308P Bath, 404P Bath
Ceramic Tile
Da!-tile
Kl80
Charmis
Per Manufacnrer
6" x 6' At shower wells, 3" x 6" Bullnose and beocb seat
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a nanuzl p'roduct, tbcreforc subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be scaled p€r manufacturer requirem€nts.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detril Marnral for tilc patterfl ard placement
Pichrc is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G . INTB RI O R S
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)e63-689O FAX (8Os)963€102
santabarbara@u elren.coan
t
T
Zf"oE nlr &,i r N,,,0,*,'-J#l,.)eisroso
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
T
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNIN G. I N TE RI OR S
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9634890 FAX (805)9618102
santabarbara@zehren.com
Picture is reoresenta
alf*nvf*lssociates Specifi cation Sheet CT- 19
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vajl, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Spcclfication
Location: 302P Bath.308P Bath.404P Bath
Material: Porcelain Tile
Manufacturer: Decorative Materials Inc, Ltd
Product Number: . N/A
Nanp/Color Aspe_n Liner, Frosted Jade
Finish Glazed
Dirnensions: 3" x 6" Liner at shower walls
Edee Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Cornrnents:
All materials and construction must be contact quality.
Any metal parts mrst be guaranteed against rust corrosion and scratching.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan und D"tuil M
Picture is representational
Color may vary
7az E H R E N ,rro,**oruYAf,teTo)s4e.1o8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehrcn.con
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.20
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain l,odge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilicedon
Location: 3023 Batb, 3085 Bath, 4045 Bath
Mnterial: Porcclain Tile
Manufactuer: CAPCO
Product Number: MAP 872
Name/Color Perla Bone
Finish Glaznd
Dinrsnsions: 12" x 12" Flooring,6" x 12" Base
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout TBD
CorrrenB:
All rmterials and constuction rmrst coqly with applicable fue and life safety codes.
All mterials and construction rust be contsact oualitv.
Rcfcr to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual fo tile pattern and placerrcnt.
Picture is rcpresentational
Color may vary
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
l
I
I
ARCHITDCTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)953€890 FAX (805)96+8 r&!
santabarbar@zeh ren.conl
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9.190257 FA)( (970P4$ tO8O
vail@zat|€n.cofl!
T
I
zr"5#,s,l,f:
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8Os)963-8102
santab6rbara@zehren-com
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zehlen.€om
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT-2I
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 3025 Battr,3085 Bath,4045 Bath
Material:
Manufacturer Arrrrican Olean _
ProductNumber: CC-38
Name/Color: Moss
Finish: Matte
Dimensions: 6" x 6" At shower walls, 3" x 6" Bullnose
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Comments: Ft"lrh rtt r-p.*d "dg*All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufachuer requirErnents.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Dctail Manual for tile pattem and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN I N G. I NTE RIORS
zr"5s,&,[,]:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT.22
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.0O
Issue Date:
Available Tbroush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
ipecificetion
Location: 3023 Bath,3085 Batb,4MS Bath
Material:
Manufacturer Lunada Bay Tile, Inc
Product Number: Custom Mix
Name/Color: Mocha, Honey Pearl, Seafoam Green Silk, Crerm Pearl, Autunm Pearl
Finish: Per Manufacturer
Dinrnsions: I" x I " (l2" x 12" Sheets, Cut into 3" x 12" Strips) Accent Band
,
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout TBD
Corrnents:
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufachrer requirernents.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and ptacenmt.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
A RC}IITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I
SANTA BARBARA
( 805)963€890 FAX (805)96381s2
ganlabarba ra@zehaen.coan
NTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (97o)9rl9l o8o
vail@zrlren.com
T
I
zr"5s,&,1,!:
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
!
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
A RCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-8r02
sgntabarbara@zehJen.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CT- 23
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:303C Bedroonl 304C Bedroorn, 305G Living, 306C Bedroor& 403C Bedroorl 407C Bedroonl
409C Bedroorn,41lC Bedroorq 4l5C Bedroorq 4l7C Bedroor4 4l9C Bedroorq 503C Be&oonl
505C Bedroorn 509C Bedroorn 5l lC Bedroonr. 607C Bedroonr. 609C Bedroorl 6l lC Bedroorn,
613C Bedroorn, 615C Bedroom
Porcelain Tile
Crossville
VS55 Poroeii
T ewn Elrnrrrn Acnpn I caf
Per Manufacturer
4" x 12" Fireplace surrourd
N/A
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plan and Detail Manual for tile paftern and placement.
Material:
Manufacturer
Product Nrunber:
Name/Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Corrrnents:
Picture is representational
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
i7z E H R E N ,rro,ro*oruY$LteTo)e4$1080
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zeh'sncom'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.l
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
JeffMikelson
97G92G5927
9704.79:7976
Specification
Location: 315 Men's,317 Wonren's
Material: Grardte
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Golden Leaf
Finish Polished
Dimensions: 12" x 12" Cormtertops, 4' x 4" Accent tile at u/alls
DJ^^ r\r^:l- tt, At:)Lr5g ugr4tr.
Grout: TBD
Commnts: Fi"irh
"tt "rp.*d "dg""All stone is a nahral product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per rnanufacturer requiremcnts.
Refet to
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G. I N TE R I O R S
I
t
I
I
I
3
I
I
T
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-6890 FAX (8Os)96$81 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949,O2s7 FAX (970)94+1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
I
I
zr"oE#,s,l,li
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTABARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)96981 02
santabarbgrq@zehrsn.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949.02s7 FAX (970)9r+1 080
vail@zshrgn-com
Tnhren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.2
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:302H Entry, 302E Close! 302F Hall, 302L Powder, 303A Hall, 304A Hall,305A Hall, 306A Hall,
308A Entry, 308L Powder,403A Hall,404A Entry,404E Close! 404F Hall,4OlL Powder,
407A Hall,409A Hall, 41lA Hall,415D Batll 4l7AHall,4l9A Hall, 503A H4l,
509A Hall,5l1A Hall,607A Hall" 609,4. Hall,6l lA Hall, 613A Hall, 6l5A Hall
Slate
Santa Fe Collection
N/A
Wildfire
Guased Natural Cleft
12" x 12" Floorins
N/A
TBD
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed oer manufacfirrer requirernents.
Refer to Floor P!- *d D.t"t
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dirnensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Corunents:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"oE ^3,s,i,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 3
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Speciflcation
Location:303C Bedroorl 303D Batb 305G Living,305D Batb,305H Bath,304A Hall, 3MD Bath,
306A Hall,306D Bath,403C Bedrooq 403D Batb 407A Hall,407D Bath,409A Hall,
409D Batb,4l lA Hall, 4l lD Batll 4l5A Hall, 4l5D Bath,4l7A Hall, 4l7D Battr,4l9A Hall,
4l9D Batb, 503A Hall, 503D Bath, 505A Hall, 505D Bath, 509A Hall, 509D Ba0l' 5l lA Hall,
51lD Bath, 607A Hall, 607D Batb" 609A llall, 609D Bath, 61lA Hall, 61 lD Bath, 613A Hall,
6l3D Batb 615,{ Hall, 6l5D Bath
Granite
Alpha Granit€ & Marble
N/A
Golden Green
Polished
12" x 12" Countertops
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a nannal product, thereforc subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufacturer requirernents.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placement.
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dinrnsions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
ISANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-6890 FAX (8Os)963.8102
sar abarbara@zehren.com
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
i-22 E H R E-N ,rro,ro*oruYfllteTo)e4e-1o80
-
AND ASSOCIATES vai@zehren.'com'
T
I
t
I
I
I
T
T
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9€36890 FAX (8os)963.81 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zBh.€n.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN-4
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Desien Materials. Inc.
1048 East 49th Avenue Buildins, C-l
Denver, CO 80238
Wendv Utkke
970.260.0985
303446-078r
Specification
Location:269C Kitchen
Material: Granite
Manufacturer: D"ri* Mffi
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Autumn Harmony
Finish Polished
Dimensions: Slab at countertoo
Edge Detril:
Grout: TBD
Comments: Finish all exposed edges.
l{n tt"t"
All stone is to be sealed per manufacnuer reguirernents.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNIN G. I N TE RI OR S
zr-oEn3,&[,]:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.5
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact: Mike Quandt
Phone: 303-744-1742
Fax: 303-634-6066
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufachner:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dirnensftrns:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cornrnents:
269F Entry,269B Powder
Dal-tilc,AHNZU
MST4
Colirna Sunset
Honed
Slab at coutertop, 8" x 8" Flooring, 4" x 8" Ftooring, 6" x I' Base
I l/2" Build-Up, Bullnose Edge at countertop
l/2" Bevel edge at flooring
TBD
All stone is a natural product therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per marnrfacturer requirements.
Refcr to Floor Plao and Detail Manual for tilc pattem and placenpnt.
Picture is represe,ntational
Color rnay vary
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5p63-6890 FAX (805)96981 02
gantabarbsrg@z€luen.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (97OF49-1 O8O
veil@zchr€n.com
I
I
Zf-oE oH,&,i,N
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8'102
santabarbara@zehren com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 6
Pro.iect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
I ocalion Vail Colnradn
Proiect No: 20021501.00
lssue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufactuier:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Delail:
Grout:
Comments:
'116D Reth
Santa Fe Collectinn
N/A
A lexendrie
lfnned
l2" x 12" Flooring, shower bench seat, and at shorver walls, 6" x 12" Base,
4" x 4" Shower floorins. 12" x 12" Set on diasonal above and below accent band
N/A
TRN
Finish all evnncc.l pdops
AII stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed oer manufacturer reouirements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual lor tile paftem and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
; - .: :.
L7r*oE o!,S,[,|:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mounrain Lodge
Incation: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Laura Giese
303-574-2990
303-574-t391
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacfurer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
336D Master Bath
Marble
Santa Fe Collection
N/A
Santiago
Polished
12" x 12" Countert@ and tub dech 4' x 4' Flooing and at shower walls
2" x 12" Accent tile, 4" x 4" Accent tile at tub deck and shower walls
N/A
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per rmnufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Dctail Manual fc tile pattern and placenrent.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G . I N TE RI O R S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8Os)963-81 02
santabarbara@zeh,9n. com
VAIL
(970)949.0257 FAX (970)949-108O
vail@zehr€n.com
I
I
Zf-oE 03,&,i,1:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)9618 I 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)94$,0257 FAX (970)949-1 o8O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 8
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
JeffMikelson
970-926-5927
970-479-7976
Specification
Location: l49E Bath
Material: Limestone
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Jerusalem Antique Gold
Finish Honed
Dimensions: 12" x 12" Flooring, 6" x 12" Base
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Cornrnents:
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual f
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I N TE RI O R S
anr"oE o3,s,F,f:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 9
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Sup'plier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
JeffMikelson
970-926-5927
97M79-7976
Specification
Location: l49B Bath
Material: Limestone
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
ProductNrunber: N/A
Name/Color Jerusalem Beige
Finish Honed
Dimensions: 12" x 12" Countertop and flooring, 6" x 12" Base
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Comnents:
All stone is a natual product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per rnanufacturer requirements.
Rcfer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placement.
.",'
Pictue is representational .1 . '-. --' :'
Color may vary
lx
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-689O FAX (8Os)96181 02
santabarbara@zohr6n.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@zehren.com
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
zr"5L*,l,ff
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-5890 FAX (805)963-8 1 02
gantabarbara@zBhren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zghr€n.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.IO
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Jeff Mikelson
970-926-s927
970-479-7976
Specification
Location: l49E Bath
Material: Marble
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Numbert
Name/Color Rosa Gerona
Finish Polished
Dirnensions: 12'x 12" Countertop
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Conrnents: F tt.tr.tt r*"*d .dg*
All stone is a nanral product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufachuer requirements,
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tilc pattem and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NI N G. I N TE RI O R S
ar"s#,s,E^,fl
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.11
Proiect lnformation
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
JeffMikelson
970-92G5927
9704't9-7n6
Specification
Location: 3028Kitchen,3088Kitchen,4048Kitchen
Material Granite
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Giallo Vensziana
Finish Polisbed
Dimensions: 12" x 12" Cormtertop
EJ-^ h^.^:l- \Y, ALlirEg rJEtatr. l\ril
Grout TBD
Corrmrents: Ft"t"h "tt "-p"*d "dg*All stone is a ratural produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to bc seated per manufacturer requirenrents.
Refcr to Floor Plan and Dstail Mennl for tilc pattcrn and placenenS.
Picture is representrtional
Color rnay vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-6890 FAX (805)96$8102
sa]{darbara@zcrren.com
INTERIORS
VAlL
(970)94$.0257 FAX (970)94$1 060
vail@zsh.cn.corn
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Zf"oE,nT,&'F'11
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN I N G. I NTE RI ORS
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santaba|bara@zehren.com
7*hren & Associates Specification Sheet sTN- 12
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Dale:
Available Through
Address:
Contact:
Phone: 970.260.0985
Fax: 303446-0781
Specification
Location: 3O2S Bath, 3O2K WC, 302J Bath, 3085 Batlr, 308K WC, 308J Bath, 4045 Bath,404K WC,
404J Bath
Material:
Manufacturer: Desi$Materials.Inc.
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Jerusalem Bone
Finish Honed
Dimensions: 12" x 12" Comtenop, tub declc, and flooring,4" X 4" at Shower Floor, 6" x 12" Base
Edse Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Comments:
All stone is a natual produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is lo be sealed per rnanufacturer requ ernents.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and pla
a.
i. ,. .I
Picture is representational
Color may vary
fiZ E H R E N ,rro,*r-orrYALteTo)s4elooo
= AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.'com'
Zehren & Associates Specilication Sheet sTN- 13
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Narne/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cornrnenb:
302J Bath, 308J Batlr 4O4J Bath
St.,"
Decorative Materials lnc, Ltd
N/A
MayGreen
Honed, Tumbled
12" x 12" At shower walls above acrcnt band. 8" x E" At walls below acccnt band,
4' x 4' Random at flooring, 4" x 4" Sbower flooring
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a nanual product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining,
All stone is to be sealcd per manufacturer rcquirennnts.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pa$ern and placement.
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN NI N G . I N TE R I ORS
SANTABARBARA
(805)9634890 FAX (00s)963-81 02
sar*abarbara@zghrgn.cdn
I
I
.72 E H R E_N ,nro,*n*uYAl.,e7o)e,relo8o
--
AND ASSOCIATES uirgzeruen.'com'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
santabs lbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zshren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.14
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throueh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302J Batb 308J Balb 404J Bath
Material: Travertine
Manufacturer: DesimMaterials.Inc
ProductNumber: ChairRail
Name/Color Duranqo
Finish Honed
Dimensions: 2" x 12" At walls
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
Cornxnents: Firirh
"tt "-p*"d "dg*All stone is a nahual producl, tberefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNI N G. IN TERIORS
Lz(*oE 03,&,F,1:
Znhren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 15
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302PBath,308P Batb" 404P Bath
Material: Marble
Manufacturer: Alpha Granite & Marble
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Rojo Alicante
Finish Polished
Dimensions:
Edge Detail: N/A
Grout: TBD
ConmletrE:
All stone is a nanral produc! therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stonc is to be sealed per rnanufacturer requircnrnts.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Mamal for tile pattem and plac"*ot.
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@eht€n.cotn
I
t
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
.22 E H R E_N ,rro,ro**uyfll,e7o)e.e..'oso*- AND ASSOCIATES vairqzerrreniom'
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
ARCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9635890 FAX (8O5)96$81 02
sanlaba,bara@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet WLS-1
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: By Contractor
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:Townhome Unit
Material:
Description:
Finish:
Gvpsum Wall Board & Ceilines
Contactor to provide sample to Zehren & Associates for approval before installation
Prime and Paint
Paint Specified Seperately
Att ".t".t.All materials and construction must be contract quality.
Any metal parts must be guaranteed agairxt rust corrosion and scratching.
Comments:
Picnue is representational
Color mav vaw
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
j7Z E H R E N ,rro,ror_orrYAlteTo)e4s,ioso
= AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet WLS.2
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021 501 .00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Sunnlier: Bv Contractor
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:Unit 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 315,317,403, 404,407, 409,411, 415, 417,419, 503, 505,
509, 5l 1, 607, 609, 6l I, 613, 615
Material:
Description:
Finish:
Comments:
Gypsum Wall Board & Ceilings
Contractor to provide sample to Zehren & Associates for approval before installation
Prime and Paint
Paint Specified Seperately
Attt-t
All materials and construction must be contract quality.
Any metal parts must be guaranteed against rust conosion and scratching.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963€89O FAX (805)9638102
sar abarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1O8O
vail@z6hren.com
I
I
zr-5Ls,i,f:
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-68e0 FAx (805)9618 1 02
santabarba,a@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949O2s7 FAX (970)949-1O8O
vail@zehJen.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet WLS-3
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Bv Contractor
Specification
Location:Unit 307, 309, 3l l, 701,702
Material:
Description:
Finish:
Gvpsurn Wall Board & Ceilinss
Oranse Peel
Prime and Paint
Paint Soecified SeDeratelv
Comrnents:All materials and constuction must comply with applicable fire and life safe9 codes.
All materials and constuction must be contract quality.
Any metal parts nnrst be guaranteed against rust corrosion and scratching.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I N TE RI ORS
4r"5 S,S,t^,fl
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet wD-t
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mormtain Lodse
Location:
Proiect No: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Bv Contractor
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
269A Closet, 269C Kitchen, 269D Closet, 269E DininglLiving, 269G Stair,
3028 Kitchen, 302C Dining Roorn, 302D Family Roorn, 3088 Kitchen, 308C Dining Roorq
308D Family Roonl 4048 Kitchen, 404C Dining Roorq 404D Family Room
Wood Floorins
Green Mtr Wildwoods
TBD
Random 4", 5", 6" Widths
Random 3'-0" min- 8'-0" max lengths
N/A
Ft"lrh
"lt
r,p"*d "dg""All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finisb Plans for tile pattern.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I NTE RI OR S
I
I
t
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
santabarbara@zehaen.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FN( (970)949-1 08O
vail@zshrefl.coan
t
I
zr"oE o!,*,i,1:
t
t
T
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
A RCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9634890 FAX (805)9618102
sariabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (97o)e4s-108o
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CPT-I
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodpe
LUUauUII: -"", t-*"at
ProjectNo: 2O02I5O2.OO
lssue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:Townhome
Matedal: Custorr\ Per Interior Designer Yarn Conrent: TBD
Manufacturer: TBD Pile Weigbt: TBD
Product Number,
Name/Color TBD Secondary Backing: TBD
Pattern ReDeat: TBDDimensions: TBD - ,Pad: TBD Warranty: TBD
Comments:Meets or Exceeds Methenamine Pill Test
All nraterials and construction rnust cornply with applicable fire and life safety codes
All materials and construction must be contact quality
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zks#,*,r^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CPT-2
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mounlain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
$peqncaqqn
Location:Fractional
Material:
Pile Weisht: TBDManufacturer: TBD _
Product Number: TBD Primary Backing: TBD
Secondarv Backins: TBDName/Color TBD' _ -
Patterri Repcat: TBDDimensions: TBD
Warrantv: TBDPad: TBD -
Corrrnents:Meels or Exceeds Methenamine Pill Test
All rnaterials and construction must conply with applicable fue and life safety codes
All materials and construction must bc contract quality
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLANNI N G . I NTE R I O RS
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
II
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636890 FAX (805)963-8102
sanlsbaabara@zeh ren.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)94S1O8O
vail@zehr€n.com I
I
aksLs,l,fi
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-108O
vail@zehren.com
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9635890 FAX (805)96381 02
sanlabarbara@zeh ren.com
I
T
T
T
t
T
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CPT-3
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:AU
Material: Custon! Per Interior Designer Yarn Conlent: TBD
Manufach[er: TBD Pile Weieht: TBD
Product Numbe.
Name/Color TBD Secondary Backing: TBD
Dimensions: TBD Pattern Repeat: TBD
Pad: TBD Warranty: TBD
Comments:Meets or Exceeds Methenamine Pill Test
All materials and construction must be conb-act qualiry
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr-5#,s,i,l:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet CPT4
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:307A Hall,3079 Closet, 307C Closet,307D Bedroom,309,{ Hall, 3098 Closet, 309C Closer,
309D Bedroom,3l lA Hall,3l lB Closet, 3l lC Closet,3l lD Bedroom, 620 Stair, 621 Stair,
70lA Hall, 70lB Closet, T0lC Closet, 70lD Bedroom,702A Hall,7028 Closet,
702C Closet, 702D Bedroom
Solution Dyed Nylot/ Sk i" Dy.d Nylon Y"- C-t
Desigrweave Pile Weipht:
20997 Primary Backing: Polypropylene
Trieste Secondary Babking: ActionBac
l2'Wide Paftern Repeat: 5i 16" W x l" L
Warranty: l0 Year Wear
Material:
Manufachuer:
Product Nrunber:
Name/Color
Dimensions:
Pad:
Comments:Meets or Exceeds Methenamine Pill Test
All rnaterials -d "o*tro"tio. -ust cooply *ith .ppli..bl@
Picrure is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G . I N TE R I ORS
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963€890 FAX (805)963€102
sadtabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX {97o)9rr9.108Oyail@zehren.com I
I
zr"5#,s,i,fi
t,
I
I
t
l
I
I
J
l
I
I
t
I
I
il
/
I
I
T
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963.81 02
santabarbara@zehrer.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet vT-t
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Dale:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Carol Blaha
303-684-92rr
Specification
Location: 307F Bath, 309F Bath, 3l lF Bath, 70lE Kitchen, 70lF Bath, 7028 Kitchen, 702F Bath
Material: Vinvl Tile
Manufacturer: Parterre
ProductNumber: 77137
Name/Color Pond, Versailles
Finish N/A
Dimensions: 18" x 18" x 3rnm
Fdop f)eteil. N/A
Grout N/A
Comments:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I N TE R I O R S
-72 E H R E N (s7o)s4s42sy*!(e7o)e4$1o80
= AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehrEn.bom'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet RB-1
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
Unit 307, 309, 3l l, 7O1, 702
Rubber Cove Base
Roppe
Pl30
Buckskin
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
**i#}gSP,iERiM,* ?7ZE HREN'santabarbara@zehren.com
-
AN D ASSOCIATES
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehren.com
,l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
U
I
1
l
I
I
ll
J
t
1
,1,
I
!
I
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963€890 FAX (805)9618102
santabarbara@zehren-com
VAIL
(970)94+O257 FAX (970)94+1 080
vail@zehren-com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLAM-I
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specilication
Location:307E Kitchen, 307H Bath, 309E Kitchen, 309H Bath, 3l lE Kitchen, 3l lH Bath,
701E Kitchen, 701H Bath, 702E Kitchen, 702H Bath
Pl.,
'WilsonArf
4633-60
Nenrral Nehrrla
N/A
a""r" "rr ""l"r"t" tuBtt
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Detail Manual for tile pattern.
Material:
Manufactuer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Corrmrcnts:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NIN G. I N TE RI OR S
zr"5 #,s,r^,i:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLAM.2
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:3078 Kitchen, 307H Batb 3098 Kitchcn, 309H Bath, 3l lE Kitchen, 3l lH Bath,
70lE Kitcberl 70lH Balh,702E Kitchen,702H Bath
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Numben
Narne/Color
Finish
Dirnensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cormnents:
Plastic Laminate
WilsonArt
p437-ffi '
Puma
N/AN6---
N/A
N/A
Finish all orposed edges- _
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per rnanufactuer requirements.
Refer to Detail Manual for tile pattern.
Picture is representational
Color nray vary
ARCIIITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)96&81 02
santabarbara@zehren-com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949{257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vail@zehren.com
I
I
I
l
!
il
I
'lI
l
I
il
rt
I
il
il
I
I
I
zr"5#,s,F,fl
I
I
t
,l
I
I
I
I
t,
I
I
I
l
I
t,
l,
I
T
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N IN G . I N TE RI O R S
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (8Os)9638102
sar abalbara@zeh ren. com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet MW-l
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier: Per Contractor
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:D.U. - Townhome Unit
Manufacturer: N/A
Material: Wood Base
Product Number: Per Detail
Name/ Color: Alder, #l Commor\ I " tight knots or approved alternate
Finish: Per Interior Designer Sample
Dimensions: 8" High at Main and Upper Levels
Connnelts:Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Provide Sanples for Interior Designer Approval
I " Tight Knots; Fill knots as needed; Cull wood missing knots
All materials and constuction must comply with applicable fire and life safety codes
All materials and conslructioD must be conract qualiry
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
-72 E H R E N .r,o,*r-o,uY$!.,e7o)s4e_1o8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehren.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet MW-2
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Dale:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Per Conuactor
Specification
Location:Unit 302, 303, 304, 3q5,!9q1!5, 3r7,403,404.A07,409,4rr,41s,4r7,419, 503, 505,
509,5l l, 607,ffig,6l r,613,615
N/A
Wood Base
per Detail
Alder, # I Corrrnon, I " tight tnots or approved alternate
Per Interior Designer Sanple
6'Hish
Manufacturer:
Material:
Product Number:
Name/ Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Cornrnents:Suprplicr to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Provide Sarrples for Interior Designer Approval
I' Tight Knots; Fill tnots as needed; Cull wood missing knots.
All materials and construction must comply wiih applicable fre and life safeg codes
All materials and constuction must be contract quality
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN IN G. IN TE RI ORS
T
t
I
T
Il
I
I
,l
I
t
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
sa ntabarbaaa@zehaen.clm
I
I
'l
I
I
I
Zf"oE oSr S,lr N,,,0,**o'uYfl!t,^)s4s-io8o
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 O8O
vaal@zehren.com
SANTABARBARA
(805)9634890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santaba rbara(Dzeh ren.com
I
I
T
7
I
t
l
I
t,
I
t
1
I
I
t
I
I
t,
I
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet MW -3
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Per Contractor
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:l49B Bath, l49E Bath, 2698 Powder, 269C Kitchen, 3028 Kitchen, 302J Bath, 302P Bath,
3025 Battr" 3088 Kitchen, 308J Bath, 308P Bath,3085 Bath, 3368 Dressing Area,336D Bath'
4048 Kitchen,404J Bath,404P Bath,4045 Bath
TBD
Match Door Stvle or Provide Altemate
Alder, #l Common, l " tight knos or approved altemate
Per Interior Desiener SarnDle
Field Veri&
Conrrrnts:Suoolier to verifo that all necessarv Darts for installation are ordered
Provide Door Stvle Sarroles for Interior Desigter ADproval
l" Tight K-nots max; Fill knots as needed; Cull wood missing knots
All rnaterials and construction must cornply with applicable fire and life safe9 codes
All rnaterials and construction must be contract quality
Manufachrer:
Material:
Product Number:
Narry' Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
ARCIIITECTURE . PLANN I N G . I N TE R I O R S
zr.5 #,s,t^,11
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet MW-4
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Per Confractor
Specification
Location:3MA Hall, 305A Hall, 306A Hall,407A Hall, 409A Hall, 4l lA Hall, 415A Hall,
4l7A Hall,419A Hall, 509.A Hall, 5l lA Hall, 607A Hall, 609A Hall, 6l lA Hall,
613,It Hall, 615A Hall
TBD
Match Door Stvle or Provide Ahernate
Alder, #l Conunon, l" tight knots or approved'altemate
Per Interior Designer Sanple
Field Verify
Manufacturer:
Material:
Product Number:
Narne/ Color:
Finish:
Dimensions:
Connnents:Supplier to verify that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Provide Door SVle Sarrples for Inlerior Designer Approval
I' Tight Knots rnax; Fill knots as needed; Cull wood missing knorc
All materials and consfruction rrmst conply with applicable fire and life safety codes
All materials and constuction must be contract quality
A RCHITECTURE
I
I
I
f,
t
t
I
I
'!
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
fl
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (80s)9698102
santabarbara@aoh.6n.c!m
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
Zf"$ It &,Eo, N,"0,'o*o"YA!L-o)e4e-1oso
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
ti
I
;
i
t
I
t
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)9634890 FAX (805)963.81 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-108O
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG-1
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proier-t Nn' )nO?lsnl nn
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contacl:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:336D Bath(2)
Item Description Vanity Light
Manufacturer Brass Light Gallery
Product Number: CN-104-81, Reto Sconce
Dimensions: l8"Wx5"Hx5 1/2"P
ColorlFinish:
Chain f enoth' N/A
Shade: All8
olr.tuc rrruslr. -"", -r"*Install: Refer to drawings for mormting height
Corrrnents: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
I II I isrer
Provide blocking for weigbt requirement
Picture is representational
Color may vary
Af"oE 03,&,E^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG.2
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 2002t501.00
Issue Date:
Avaif4ble Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 336D Bath(2)
Item Descripion Vanity Light at Make-Up Cormter
Manufachrer Minka Lavery
ProductNumber: 632-84
Dimensions: 42 112" W x3 3l8" Hx43l4" P
Color/Finish: Brusbed Nickel
Chain Lenglh: N/A
Shade: Opal Glass
Shade Finish: N/A
Install: To Be Installed Vertically
Refer to drawings for mormting height
Corrmrcnts: Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Picture is represenlational
Color may vary
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
ni
I
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963€e90 FAX (805)9618102
sanlabaJbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1080
vail@zehren.com
I
I
I
l
Izr"oE#,&,[,]:
t
I
T
t
I
T
I
.l
I
l
t
fl
t
T
I
T
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
sanlabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zehren.com
Z.,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG-3
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
Proiect Nn' ?OO2l5Ol nO
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 1498, 1498
Item Description
Manufacturer Kichler
Product Numbe'
Dimensions: 24" Wx l0 l.r2"Hx8l/2" P
Colorffinish: Brushed Nickel
Chain Length:
Shade: TBD
Glass Finish: TBD
Install: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Comments: Supplier to veri8 that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NI N G . I N TE RIORS
zkoE o3,s,E^,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG .4
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269BPowde(2)
Itern Description Wll Sconce
Manufachrer Hubbardton Forge
ProductNumber: 204526-20
Dimensions: 4'! W x29" H x6l/2" P
Colorffinish: Natural Iron
Chain Length: N/A
Shade: TBD
Shade Finish: TBD
Install: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Comments: S"peti". t. ""rtfy th"
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NI N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963"81 02
santaba rba,a@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97O)949-0257 FAX (97OF49-1 08O
vail@zeken.com
l
t
t
T
I
I
I
It
I
I
I
/t
t
I
I
I
I
I
IZf"oEo3rs.,E^rfi
l
I
t
t
t
I
il
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€E90 FAX (805)963-8r 02
sariabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1080
vail@zehren,corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG-5
Proi ect Information
Name: Vail Mormtain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
tssue uate:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269C Kitchen(5)
ItemDescription Pendant
Manufacturer Cosalt
ProductNumber: CP52I22
Dimensions: P", M*frch"* .
ColorlFinish: TBD
Chain Length:
Shade' TRD
Shade Finich. TRD
kstall: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Cormnents: Supplier to veriff that all necessary pars for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Pictrue is representational
Color may vary
zkoEoS,&,E^,|:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG.6
Project Information
Narne: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Conlact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 269E Dining/ Living
ItemDescription Pendant
Manufacturer Neidhart
Product Number: Lucien 6 arm
Dimensions: 36" Diameter
Color/Iinish: Dark Bronze
Chain Length:
Shade: Hand Blown Glass
Shade Finish: Clear Frosted
Install: Refer to drawings for rrounting height
Connnents: Supplier to veri0 that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Providc blocking for wcight requirenrnt
Picture is representational
Color rnay vary
T
t
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLANN I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)9636890 FAX (805)96381 02
santababara@z€tren.co.n
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)94$02s7 FAX (s7O)949'1 08O
vsil@zehren.com
I
n
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
t
I
t
Izr"5L&,r^,!:
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
sanlabarbara@zehaen-@m
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG -7
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
I nr"alion' Vail Colnradn
Proiecl No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302J Bath(2), 308J Bath(2),404J Bath(2)
Item Description Vanity Lig|t
Manufacturer Minka Lavery
ProductNumber: 5272-77
Dimensions: 20 ll2"W x8l/4"Hx6"P
Color/Finish:
Chain Length:
Shade: TBD
Shade Finish: TBD
hstall: R.f.. t. dr"*t"gr f* -",-rltu h.lght
Connnents: S"pptt"t t *.tfy th"t "tl t"*@
IIT I iqrpd
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
i7z E H R E N ,r,0,*r_oruy*!\s7o)s4s_1o8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zeh.en.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG-8
Proiect Information
Narne: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 303D Bath,304D Bath,305D Bath, 306D Bath" 308P Bath,403D Bath,407D Bath,409D BatlU
4l lD Batb 4l7D Bath, 4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath,
609D Bath, 61lD Bath, 613D Bath
Item Description Vanity Light
Manufacirer Minla Lavery
ProductNwnber: 5583-84
Dimensions: 25 ll2" W x7 314" Hx83/8" P
ColorlFinish: Brusbed Nickel
Chain Lensth: N/A
Shade: TBD
ShadeFinish: TBD
Install: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Cornrnents: Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirerrrnt
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
t
I
I
il
ARCHITECTURE . P LAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
( 805)9635890 FAX (805)963.8102
sariabarba,a@z€hr€n.co,n
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@zehr€n-com
I
l
t
t
,T
I
i
t
t
I
l
IzkoEoS,&,E^,1:
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
santabarlraro@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97O)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 O80
vail@zebren.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG-9
Pro.iect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
I nr-alion' Vail Cnlnradn
Proiect Nn' 7OO7l5Ol On
lssue uate:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Locafion: 302P Bath, 3025 Bath, 305H Badr, 3085 Bath,404P Bath,4045 Bath,415D Bath,
607D Bath, 615D Bath
Iiem Descripiion \--lty- Ltght
Manufachrer Milka Lavery
PrndrrcfNrrrnher' 55R?-R4
Dimensions: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Brushed Nickel
Chain Length: N/A
Shade: TBD
Ju.rqc I ullstl. t--
Install: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Corrmrnts: Srpptl"t
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Pictrue is representational
Color may vary
Zf-oE^3rS,E^'fi
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG - TO
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Dale:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302L Powde(2l, 308L Powdc(2),4M Powde(2)
Item Description Wall Sconce
Manufacnrer Corbett
Product Number: 38001, Jardins Du Soleil
Dimensions: 5" W x 16 1i2" H x 8" P
Color/Finish: Dragonlly Greeu
Chain I -enoth' N/A
Shade: N/A
Glass Finish:
Install: Refer to drawings for rnounting height
Comments: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Providc blocking for weight requirement
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE
t
t
I
I
I
i
t
I
l
I
t
t
I
l
t
I
I
t
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)9698r 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
zr_5 #, &,1, l*,,,o,*,_o,uyAl.,,^)e4e_1o8o
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
ARCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963$690 FAX (805)963-8102
santabarbaaa@zehren.coan
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG-II
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mounlain Lodee
LULaUUu. -"", \.ar"-"",
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
$pcjfication
Location: 3028Kitchen(3),308BKilchen(3),4048Kitchen(3)
IternDescription Pendant
Manufacturer Candella
ProductNumber: C360GFEAL
Dimensions: 7" W x34 ll2" H
Color/Finish: Ferro
Chain Length:
Shade: Roman Glass
Shade Finish: TBD
Install:
Cornments: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirennnt
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
=AZEHREN
-
AN D ASS oc rnr e i (e70)e4e-02:l/FAx(e70)e4e-10E0
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG.12
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Localion: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302C Dining Roorq 308C Dining Roonl 404C Dining Room
ItemDescription Semi-FlushPendant
Manufachrer Corbett
ProductNumber: 5605
Dirnensions: 18"Wxll"H
Colo/Finish: TBD
Chain Lensth: N/A
Shade: Aruburn Silver
Shade Finish: Veneered Stone
Install: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Comments: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for irstallation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Picture is representational
Color rnav varv
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963-6890 FAX (805)96+81 02
sar$abarbara@zehr6n.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(97O)949-02s7 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@ze}}ren.comL7r"oEo3,S,l,f:
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963.81 02
sanlabarbara@zehrgn.co'n
VAIL
(970)949.02s7 FAX (970)94+1 060
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG. 13
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
lssue uate:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 315 M". t
Item Description Wall Scones
Manufacturer Morrison Lighting
ProductNumber: 4099-01
Dimensions: 9"Wx 13"Hx3 l/2"P
Color/Finish: Foreed lron
Chainkngth: N/A
Shade: Sand Etched Peach
Shade Finish: Glass Diffuser
krstall: R"f* t &"*l"gs f* n-*tl"g hright
Conrnents: Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirement
Picnre is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G . INTE RI ORS
zr"5L&,[,]:
Z,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet LTG - 14
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mounlain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 307F Bath, 309F Bath, 3l lF Bath, 701F Bath, 702F Batr
Itern Description Vanig Lighting
Manufachrer TBD
Product Nrmrber: TBD
Dimensions: TBD
Color/Finish: TBD
Chain Length: N/A
Shade: TBD
ShadeFinish: TBD
Install: Refer to drawings for mounting height
Corrrnenls: Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
UL Listed
Provide blocking for weight requirercnt
Picture is representational
Color may vary
T
I
il
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
T
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€8e0 FAX (8Os)96'81 02
santabarbara@zeh.en.co.n
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949.02s7 FA( (970)949.1 080
vail@zehr€n.com
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
Izr"5L&,r^,f:
I
I 2002150r.08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3/21/2004
t
SECTION Ol IOO - SUMMARY
T
PART I -GENERAL
rl
-, I.I STJMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:a
.,1. l. Work covered by the Contract Documerts.
I 2. Work phases.
I]fJ 3. Work under other contracts.
4. Use ofpremises.
t 5. Owner's occupancy requirements.
l] 6. Specification formats and conventions.
t B. See Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Conhacts" for division of responsibilities for the
f Work.'r-
I Lz 'woRK covERED By coNTRACT DoctjMENTs
!
A. Project ldentification: Vail Mountian Lodge, Architet's Project Number 20021501.08.
t l. Project Location: 352 East Meadow Drive, Vail, Colorado, 81657
I
B. Owner: VML, LLC
l. Owner's Representative: Stan Cope, American Hospitality, c/o The Lodge Tower 200
I
Vail Road, Vail, Colorado 81657 (970) 476-9530
l, C. Architect: Z'efuen and Associates, Inc., PO Box 3401, 43 East Beaver Creek Boulevard, Suite
,r 303, Avon Colorado 81620
f D. The Work consists of the following:
I l. The Work includes demolition, renovation, and additions to the current core and shell.
I E. Project will be constructed under a single prime contact.
-.q, 1.3 WORK PHASES
I A. The Work shall be conducted in one phase.I
B. Before commencing Work, submit a schedule showing lhe sequence, commencement and
I completion dates, and move -in dates of Owner's personnel for all phases of the Work.t
I
I
SI.JMMARY 01100- I
t.4
20021501.08 VAIL MOLTNTI-AN LODGE 3/21/2004
WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried
out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. Coordinate the
Work of thjs Contract with work performed under separate contracts.
Concurrent Work: Unit Owner's will award separate contract(s) for the following construction
operations at Project site. Thos€ operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under
this Contract.
l. A separate contract will be awarded for demolition and renovations of the eastem
condominium unit on level 196 and 207. Documents describing in detail the extent of
those renovations will be made available to the Conhactor tluough the Building Owner.
USE OF PREMISES
General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations, during the
constuction period. Contactor's use of premises is limited only by Ownet's right to p€rform
work or to retain other contractors on po'rtions of hoject.
Use of Site: Limit use of premises to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb
portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
l. Limits: Confine constructions operations to areas indicated in the constuction staging
plan submitted to the Town of Vail by the Contactor.
2. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy of the Healthclub, Restaurant, and
existing, occupied units by the owners and general public.3. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways parking garage, loading areas, and entrances
serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and anergency
vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and eatrances.b. Schedule deliveries to minirnize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on-site.
Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout
construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its
occupants during construction period.
owNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
Partial Owner Occupancy: Building Owner will occupy the premises during entire construction
period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so
as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits, unless otherwise indicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
B.
1.5
B.
1.6
SUMMARY 01100 - 2
B.
A.
B.
I
I
I
't
I,
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
t
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
l. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or olher occupied or used
facilities without written permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to place and
install equipment in completed areas, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy
does not interfere with cornpletion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial
occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
l. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of
the Work to be occupied before Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner
occupancy.
3. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On
occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving
occupied portions of building.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service
for occupied portions of building.
SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS
Specihcation Format: The Specifications are organized inio Divisions and Sections using the
l6-division format and CSVCSC'S "MasterFormat" numbering system.
l. Division l: Sections in Division I sovem the execution of the Work of all Sections in
the Specifications.
Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and
the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.
These conventions are as follows:
l. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract
Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.
Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words
shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where
applicable as the context of the Contact Documents indicates.2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.
Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for
clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by
others when so noted.
a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall conply with," depending on the context,
are irnplied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
t.7
SUMMARY 01100 - 3
20021s01.08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECIITION (Not Used)
END OF SECTIONOIIOO
VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t2l/2W4
SUMMARY 01100-4
I
r' 20021501.08 vArL MoITNTI.AN LoDGE 3l2t/2004
,l
!
SECTION OI2IO - ALLOWANCES
a
PART I -GENERAL
I I.1 SI]MMARY
I A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirernents goveming the following:
.\ l. Lurnp-sum allowances.
I 2. Unit-cost allowances.
- 3. Quantity allowances.
4. Contingencyallowances.
I 5. Testing and inspecting allowances.r
Li B. See Division I Section "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices.
,! C. See Division I Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures goveming the use of allowances
for testing and inspecting.
t r.z sELEcTIoNANDpuRcHASE
I A. At the earliest practical date after award ofthe Contract, advise Architect of the date when finalil selection and purchase ofeach product or system described by an allowance must be completed
to avoid delalng the Work.
I B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections.
Include reconnnerdations that are relevant to performing the Work.
I C. Pr:rchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.
| 1.3 suBMrrrALSt
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form
I specified foichange Orders.I
B. Subrnit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for
I use in fulfillment of each allowance.
a C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of
r the Work.r,t
1.4 COORDINATION
ar A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Fumish templates as required to
coordinate installation.I
I ALLowANcES 01210 - I
I
I
IA.
B.
1.5
Il
I
t
B.
1.6
20021501.08 VAILMOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/2t/2004
LLrMP-SUM, LINIT-COST AND QUANTITY ALLOWANCES
Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner
under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site.
Contractor's costs for receiying and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and
profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner under allowance
shall be included as part ofthe Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.
CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES
Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by
Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by owner
under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contact
Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar
costs.
Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractods related costs and reasonable overhead and profit margins,
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner
by Change Order.
TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES
Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing ageacies, actual tests and
inspections, and reporting results.
The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for
retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist
the testing agency shall be included in the Contact Sum.
Costs of services not required by the Contract Documerts are not included in the allowance.
At Projecl closeout, credit unused amounts rernaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
UNUSEDMATERIALS
Retum unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to
Owner, after installation has been cornpleted and accepted.
l. If requested by Architect, prepare unused material for storage by Owner when it is not
economically practical to retum the material for credit. If directed by Architect, deliver
unused material to Owner's storage space. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is
Contracto/s responsibi I ity.
D.
t.7
I
I
I
I
T
B.
C.
D.
l
T
T
I
I
1.8
ALLOWANCES 01210 -2
I
I
I
2OO2I5O1.O8 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3t2v2004
EXAMINATION
Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Retum
damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
PREPARATION
Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with
related work.
SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
Allowance No. I Include testing and inspection as specified in Division 0331 Section "Cast-in-
in-Place Concrete
Allowance No. 2 Includc testing and inspection as specified in Division 05120 Section
"Stuchral Steel".
Allowance No. 3 Include a unit cost allowance for roofing system repair and replacement as
specified in Division0l73l Section "Cutting and Patching", Division07610 Section "Sheet
Metal Roofing" and in Division 07210 Section "Building Insulation".
Allowance No. 4 lnclude a lump sum cost allowance for cutting and patching as specified in
Division0l73l Section "Cutting and Patching" and in Division0l732 Section "Selective
Demolition' and shown on drawings for all conskuction activities located in finished areas
below the elevation or adjacent to existing finished areas including corridors and dwelling units.
Allowance No. 5 Include a lump sum allowance for a design-build contact for a fully
operational fire protection system including but not limited to design, approvals, malerials,
labor, testing, and inspections. Include a unit cost allowance for additional sprinkler heads,
concealed heads, and piping.
Allowance No. 6 Include a lump sum allowance for field modifications to unanticipated,
unforeseen, hidden, or covered existing conditions related to structural steel, metal fabrications,
steel decl and/or cast in place concrete Work indicated in the Documents.
Allowance No. 7 krclude a unit cost allowance for floor leveling as specified in Division 3
"Cement Based Underlayment" indicated in the Documents.
Allowance No. 8 Allowance No. 8 Include a unit cost allowance for 24 inch by 24 inch access
doors of each type as specified in Division 8 "Access Doors" indicated in the Documents..
3.1
A.
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
H.
3.2
3.3
t
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ALLOWANCES 01210 - 3
20021501.08
END OF SECTION OI2IO
VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 3/2r/2004
ALLOWANCES 01210 - 4
A.
B.
c.
D.
l.l
1.2
1.3
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021501.08
SECTION OI23O - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for altemates.
DEFINITIONS
Altemate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined
in the Bidding Requirernorts that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if
Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be
completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described
in the Contract Documents,
l. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Conhact
Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustrnents are made to the
Contract Sum.
PROCEDTIRES
Coordination: Modiff or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of tbe altemate into Project.
l. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part
of alternate.
Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notif each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each altemate. lndicate if altemates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
altemates.
Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each altemate.
3/21/2004
ALTERNATES 01230 - I
2OO2I5OI.O8 VAIL MOUNTI"AN LODGE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3/2v2004 t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
3.I SCHEDULEOFALTERNATES
A. General: Reference Interior Specification sheets for alternates related to Interior Fixed Finishes
Fixtures, and Appliances.
B. Altemate No. l: Provide a unit price altemate for a 20 minute rated, 3'-0" by 6'-8"painte4
flush wood door as specified in Division 0821I " Flush Wood Doors", with wood glued panels
to match existing corridor doors as an alternate to a two panel stile and rail corridor door as
specified in Dvision 08212, "Stile and Rail Wood Doors".
C. Alternate No.2: Provide a unit price alternate for a standard passage lockset as specified in
Division 0871 I ' HARDWARE", for card readers specified in Hardware Group I .
D. Alternate No. 3: hovide a deduct or add alternate cost for unit kitchens as specified in Division
11460'Unit Kitchens" for each item listed below:
1. Two cooktop bumers, each rated at 1250 W.
2. No Built -in Electric Oven.3. No recirculating, nonventing hood.
4. No fluorescent light fixtures.
5. No microwave.
6. No wall shields.
7. Stainless Steel sink substituted for porcelain anamel finished steel.
END OF SECTION OI23O
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
IALTERNATES01230 -2
A.
B.
c.
l.l
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
1.2
t.3
t
l
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
SECTION OI25O - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
3/21/2004
SI]MMARY
This Secfion specifies administative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contact modifications.
See Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements for handling and processing
allowances.
See Dvision I Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices.
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not
involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710,
"Architect's Supplemental lnstructions."
PROPOSAL REQUESTS
Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed
changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If
necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
l. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider thern
insbuctions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.2. Within 14 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustnents to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, fumish survey data
to substanti ate quantities.
b. krdicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipmentrental, and amounts oftrade
discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.d. Include an updated Contractofs Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
fmish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.
Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the
Contact, Contactor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDI"]RES 01250 - l
I
I
I
I
I
)
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)96$8102
santabarbaaa@zehtgn. com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 5 AIt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
lssue uate:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avnn CO Rl6?O
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
rnone: , twrlr-,lu
rax: , twsl>rrtb
Specification
Location: 1498 Bath, l49E Bath, 302J Bath(2),302P Bath,3025 Bath, 308J Bath(2), 308P Bath, 3083 Bath,
336D Bath(2), 404J Bath(2), 404P Bath, 4045 Bath
Manufachrrer:
r ruuuLt. ,-"a "-t-t
Product Number: K-221 I Caxton
Description: Undercounter,VitreousChina,unglazec
Dimension: 19" x 15"
Color/Finish: Almond
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary cornponents for installation
Picture is repre sentational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G . I NTE RI ORS
Af-| #r S,[, I,,,0,*,'o*YAt',,^)e4e-1o'o
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 6 AIt
Proiect [nformation
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Suoolier: Dahl of Avon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specilication
Location: 315 M.t.
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Lavatory
Product Number: K-221 I Caxton
Description: Undercounter,VitreousChina,unglazed
Dirnension: 19" x 15" -Color/Finish: Mexican Sand
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I N TE RI ORS
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehren.com I
t
-72 E H R E N (e7o)e4e-o2szvAlL(e7o)s4+1080
-
AND ASSOCIATES vsir@zeh'encom
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAx (80s)963-E 1 02
santabarbara€!2€hren.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB -10 AIt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier: Dahl of Avon
Ad&ess: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 9'70-845-9926
Specification
Location:303D Bath, 304D Bath, 305D Bath, 305H Bath, 306D Bath, 403D Bath, 407D Bath, 409D Bath,
4l lD Bath, 4l5D Battl 417D Bath, 4l9D Bath, 503D Bath, 505D Bath, 509D Bath, 5l lD Bath,
607D Bath, 609D Bath, 61lD Bath, 6l3D Bath, 6l5D Bath
Lavatorv- Hotel Roorns
. K-2885-8U. Man's Lav Lavatorv
Undercounler. Cast lron Lavatorv. 8" Centers
', Att - 1't n
Alrnond
Connnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
iaz E H R E N (e7o)e4e-0zs7vAlL(e7o)e4e.io8o
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zeh'cn.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB. 13 AIt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Prniect Nn' 2OO215O| OO
Issue Dale:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:336D Bath(2)
Manufachrer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
ColorlFinish:
Waterworks
Lavatory Faucet
JULSl9. Julia
Lavatorv Faucet with Cross Handles
Per Manufacturer
Nickel
Connnents:Supplier to provide and order all necessary components for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G. I NTE RI ORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
sanlabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
{970)949-0257 FAX (970)94+108O
vail@zehr€n.com I
I
zr^5#,&,[,]'j
I
T
I
l
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN NI N G. I N TE RIORS
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (80s)9638 1 02
santabarbara@zqhren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB. 19 AIt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon. CO 81620
Contact: Arnanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-U5-9926
Specification
Location: 2698 Powder, 302K WC,308K WC,336E WC, 404K WC
Manufacturer: Kohler
Product: Watercloset
Product Number: K- 3466, San Raphael
. Description: Elongated, One Piece
Dimension: Per Manufach[er
ColorlFinish: Almond
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
i7z E H R E N ,r,o,ro*o.rYAlteTo)s4e-108o
--
AND ASSOCIATES vait@zehren.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 33 AIt
Proiect Information
Narne' Vail Mnrrnrain I ndoe
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl ofAvon
Address: 780 Noningham Road
Avon, CO 81620
Contact: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 970-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 336D Bath
Manufacnrer: Waterworks
Product: Roman Tub Faucet
Product Number: JUTUOS & JUTU07, Julia
Description: Exposed Tub Filler with Handshower and Cross Handles Deck Union
Dimension: Per Manufactuer
Colorffinish: Nickel
Comments: Supplier to provide and order all necessary conponents for installation
Picture is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I N T E R I O R S
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
T
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963-689O FAX (80s)963-81 02
sa ntabarba ra@z€hren-c!m
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 08O
vail@zehrsn.com I
I
Z1"oE ^3,&,E^,fl
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . P LAN N I N G
SANTABARBARA
(805)963$890 FAX (8O5)9€$8102
santabarbara@zehr6n-com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949O257 FAX (970)949.1 08O
vail@zehren-com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet PLMB - 39 AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location:
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
tssue lrate:
Available Through
Supplier: Dahl of Avon
Address: 780 Nottingham Road
Avon CO Rl67O
Contacl: Amanda Bouchard
Phone: 910-949-9101
Fax: 970-845-9926
Specification
Location: 336D Bath
Manufacturer: Waterworks
Product: Shower Faucet
Product Number,
Description: Concealed Shower System .
Dirrension: Per Manufacturer
Colorffinish: Satin Nickel
Connnents: Supplier to provide and order all necessary corrponents for installation
ETSH 85
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ruSV 34
L
i
I
i
I
zlr"oE ^3,s,1,N
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-g AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Proiect No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A-"rd. B"r.htd
970-949-9101
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:302K WC, 302J Bath,302L Powder, 308K WC, 308J Bath, 308L Powder,
404K WC,404J Bath,404L Powder
Manufachrer: Newport Brass
Product: Robe Hook
ProductNumber: 10- 12'
Description: 800 Serics Robe Hook
Dimension: Per Manufacturer
Color/Finish: Satin Nickel
Connnents:
All materials must be contact quality
Supplier to veri0 that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mouting heig'hts
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is representational
Color mav varv
A RCHITECTURE . PLAN NI NG. I N TE RI ORS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (80s)963-8102
santabarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)9490257 FAX (970)949.1O80
vail@zehren.com T
I
zr"5#,&,E^,N
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (805)963-81 02
saniabarbafa@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC.IO AIt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
Projecr No: 2002 l50 I ^00
lssue uale:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A."rd" 8"."h-d
970-949-910r
9'10-845-9926
Specification
Location:302K WC, 302J Bath, 302L Powder, 308K WC, 308J Bath, 308L Powder,
404K WC,404J Bath.404L Powder
^"*""" *a*
Towel Rine
to- oq
ROO Spriec Tnrwel Rino
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
Comments:All materials and consuuction must conply with applicable fire and safeg codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veriff that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blockins for weieht reouirements
Pichre is representational
Color may vary
L7r"5#,&,1,1:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC-I1 AIt
!4ject Information
Name:
Location:
Project No:
Issue Date:
Vail Mountain Lodse
Vail, Colorado
20021501.00
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Conlact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl ofAvon
A.r"d. B"..h*d
9'70-949-9101
9't0-845-9926
Spegification
Location:302K WC, 302J Bath, 302L Powder, 308K WC, 308J Bath, 308L Powder,
404K WC, 404J Batll 404L Powder
Newoort Brass
Tissue Holder
l0- 28
800 Series Tissue Holder
Per Manufachuer
Satin Nickel
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dinrension:
Color/Finish:
Conrments:All materials and construction nnrst cornply with applicable fue and safety codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to veri& that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Proui@nts
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G . I N TE RI ORS
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)953-6890 FAX (805)963-8102
sanlabarbara@zehren.com I
I
jjlz EHREN .^_^.. vArL
--
AN D Assoc rnr i i (e70)e4e-0257zFAx(e70)e4e-108o
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
T
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
A RCHITECTUREI
I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)953€890 FAX (805)963.81 02
sar{abarbara@zehren.com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet ACC- I2 AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mor.rntain Lodge
Lncalion Vail Cnlnredn
Projecl No: 20021501 .00
lssue uate:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Dahl of Avon
A-""d" B.".h.d
970-949-9t01
970-845-9926
Specification
Location:302K WC, 302J Bath, 302L Powder, 308K WC, 308J Bath, 308L Powder,
404K WC, 404J Bath, 404L Powder
Newporl Brass
Towel Bar
l0-02
800 Series- 24" Towel Bar
Per Manufacturer
Satin Nickel
Manufacturer:
Product:
Product Number:
Description:
Dimension:
Color/Finish:
Comments:All materials and construction must cornply with applicable fue and safeg codes
All materials must be contract quality
Supplier to verif that all necessary parts for installation are ordered
Refer to Detail Manual for locations and mounting heights
Provide blocking for weight requirements
Picture is repre sentational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
j7Z E H R E N ,n,o,non-oruYfll,e7o)e4e-1080
--
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zehrenrom
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 1 AIt
troject Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location: Vail, Colorado
PrqiectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
JeIf Mikelson
970-9265927
970479-'1976
Specilication
Location: 315 Men's. 317 Women's
Material: Granite
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Goldan Leaf
Finisb
Dimensions: Slab at countertops
Edge Detail: I l/4", Bullnose Edge
Grout TBD
Comments: Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is to be sealed per rmnufacturer requirernents.
Refcr to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattcrn and placerrcnt.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
3
t
I
ARCHITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(8Os)963689O FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zeh.en.conl
T
I
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
Zf"oE n!, S,i, N'""*';:'al*:(*)s4slooo
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
A RCEITECTURE
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (E05)96181 02
sartabarbara@zehran.cofit
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 3 AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodse
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:303C Bedroonl 303D Balh 305G Living, 305D Bath, 305H Bath" 304A Hall, 304D Baltu
306A Hall, 306D Bath, 403C Bedrooq 403D Bath,407A Hall,407D Balh,409A Hall,
409D Bath, 4l lA Hall, 4l lD Bath" 4l5A Hall, 4l5D Bath,4l7A Hall,4l7D Bath, 4l9A Hall,
4l9D Batb" 5034' Hall, 503D Bath, 505A Hall, 505D Bath, 509A Hall, 509D Balb 5l lA Hall,
51lD Batlq 607A Hall,607D Badu 609A Hall,609D Bath, 61lA Hall, 6llD Bath,613,4. Hall,
6l3D Batll 615A Hall,6l5D Battr
Granite
Alpha Granite & Marble
N/A
Golden Green
Slab at countertops and tub deck
I l/4", Bullnose Edge
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural product, tlrerefore zubject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufactuer requfuements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detar
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/C.olor
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Corrrnents:
Picture is representational
Color may vary
E.PLANNING.INTERIORS
7-22 E H R E_N ,rro,*r.oruY$tr,e7o)s4e-1080
-
AND ASSOCIATES vair@zeh'en.com'
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.7 AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Laura Giese
303-574-2990
303-574-t391
Specifiqatio4
Location:336D Master
Material: Marble
Manufacturer: Santa Fc Collection
ProductNumber: NiA
Name/Color Santiago
Finish Polislrcd
Dimensions: Slab at countertop and tub deck
Edge Detail: I l/4' , Bullnose Edge
Grout: TBD
Corffnents: Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is to be sealed per rnanufacturer requirerpents.
Refcr to Floot Plan aod Detail Manual for tile pattern and placernent.
Picture is reptesentational
Color mav varv
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
,l
I
T
I
ARCIIITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9634890 FAX (8Os)96$8 1 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)94$o2s7 FAX (970)949.1 08O
vail@zehre.r.co.n
I
I
zr"5#,&,F,f:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
A RCHITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963€890 FAX (805)963-81 02
santabarbara@zehren. corn
NTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-'1 08O
vail@z€h.en.corn
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN.9 AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodee
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Dale:
Arailable Through
Supplier:
Ad&ess:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Jelf Mikelson
970-926-s927
970479-7976
Specilication
Location: 1498 Bath
Material: Limestone
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Jerusalem Beiee
fu!5'
Dimensions: SIab at countertop
Edge Detail:
Grout: TBD
Comments: Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is to be sealed per manufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile oaftern and olacement.
t.7
Picture is representational
Color may vary
zr"5#,s,i,fl
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet sTN- 10 Alt
Project Infqrlnation
Name:
Location:
Prqject No:
Issue Date:
Vail Mounlain Lodge
Vail, Colorado
20021501.00
d,vailable Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Ieff Mikelson
97U92G5927
97U479-7976
Specification
Location:l49E Bath
Material: Marble
Manufacturer: Dal-stone
Product Number: N/A
NamdColor Rosa Gerona
Finish Polished
Dimensions: Slab at countertop
Edge Derail: I l/4", Bullnose Edge
Grout: TBD
Cormnents: Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is to be sealed per manufacturer requirenrents.
Refcr to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and placement.
Pichue is representational
Color nray vary
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
t
t
ARCHITECTURE . PLANN IN G . I
SANTA BARBARA
(8O5)963-6890 FAX (8O5)96181(}2
santabarbara@zehren.com
NTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 080
vall@zehran-clm
T
I
L2r"oE#,&,1,1:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
T
T
SANTA BARBARA
(80s)963489O FAX (805)96+81 02
sanltbarbara@zehren.com
VAIL
(970)949.0257 FAX (970)9491 O8O
vail@zehren-co.n
T,ehren & Associates Specification Sheet sTN- 11 Alt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail. Colorado
ProjectNo: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throuqh
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
JeffMikelson
970-92G5927
970479-7976
ipecilication
Location:3028 Kitchen, 3088 Kitchcn, 4048 Kitchen
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Nanp/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Cornnrents:
Granite
Dal-stone
N/A
Giallo VenEziana
Polisbed
Slab at countertop
I l/4'. Bullnose Edee
-
TBD
Finish all exposed edges.
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All slone is to bc sealed per rnanufasftuer requirements.
Refer to Floor Plan ard Deteil Matrual for tile pattern and placement.
Pichue is representational
Color may vary
A RCHITECTURE . P L A N N I N G. I N T E R I O R S
Af-oEo3,S,F,l:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 12 AIt
Project Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
WendvUtkke
970.260.0985
30344G0781
Specification
Location: 3023 Bath, 302I Bath, 3085 Bath, 308J Bath, 4045 Batb,404I Bath
Malerial: Limestone
Manufacturer: DesigrrMaterials,Inc.
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Jerusalem Bone
Finish Honed
Dimensions: Sl"b
"t
Co*t"ttopr -d tub d*k
Edge Detail: t l/tr, Butt"ose Edgt
Grout: TBD
Comments:
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and
All stone is to be sealed pcr rmnufachter requirements.
Refer to Floor Plan and Detail Manual for tile pattern and olacement.
..:. .- "- ::^
Picture is representational
Color may vary
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(805)963-6890 FAX (8Os)96981 02
santabarbara@zehren.com
INTERIORS
VAlL
(970)94S0257 FA)( (970)949-1 O8O
val@zghrBn.com
I
IL7r"5#,S,l,l:
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
SANTA BARBARA
(E05)963-6690 FAX (8os)963-81(r2
santaba Dara@zehr6n.corn
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)9491060
vail@zah.en.cgm
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet STN- 15 AIt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mormtain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021501.00
Issue Date:
Available Throush
Supplier:
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location: 302P Balh.308P Bath 404P Bath
Material: Marble
ManufacNrer:
Product Number: N/A
Name/Color Rojo Alicante
Finish Polished
Dimensions: Slab at countertops
Edge Detail:
Grout TBD
Comments: Fl"tth "lt *p*"d "dg*All stone is a natural product, therefore zubject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone is to be sealed per manufactrucr requirerrcnts.
Refer to Floor Ptan and Detail Manual for tile pattem and placement.
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G. IN TE RI O R S
zr"oE o3,s,l,l:
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet wD-lAlt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
I nnefinn' Vail Cnlnredn
Proiect No: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: By Contractor
Address:
Contact:
Phone:
Fax:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufachrrer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Corrnents:
269A Closet, 269C Kitchen, 269D Closet, 269E Dining/Living, 269G Stair,
3028 Kitchen, 302C Dining Roorq 302D Family Rooru 3088 Kitchen, 308C Dining Roonl
308D Family Roorq 4048 Kitchen, 404C Dining Roor& 404D Family Room
Wood Flooring
Master Crafted Specialty Woods
N/A
Hickory
Knottv Brown
Random 4", 5", 6" Widths
Random 3'-0" min- 8'-0" max lengths
N/A
N/A
Finish all exposed edges
All stone is a nahral product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All stone to be sealed per manufacturer requirements,
Refer to Floor Finish Plans for tit. p"tt*
Picture is representational
Color may vary
ARCHITECTURE . PLAN N IN G. I N TE RI O RS
SANTA BARBARA
(805)9636890 FAX (805)963-8I 02
santabarbara@zehten.com
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1O80
vail@zehlcn.com
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L=f*oE o3r$,E^rl!
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
A RCHITECTURE . PLA N N I N G
SANTA BARBARA
(E05)963-6890 FAX (E0s)963€1 02
santabarbara@zehran. corn
INTERIORS
VAIL
(970)949-0257 FAX (970)949-1 080
vail@zehren-com
Zehren & Associates Specification Sheet wD-lAlt
Proiect Information
Name: Vail Mountain Lodge
Location: Vail, Colorado
Project No: 20021502.00
Issue Date:
Available Through
Supplier: By Contractor
Ad&ess:
uontact:
Phone:
litx:
Specification
Location:
Material:
Manufacturer:
Product Number:
Name/Color
Finish
Dimensions:
Edge Detail:
Grout:
Comments:
269A Closet, 269C Kitchen, 269D Closet, 269E Dining/Living,269G Stair,
3028 Kitchen, 302C Dining Room, 302D Family Roorq 3088 Kitchen, 308C Dining Roorg
308D Family Roorq 4048 Kitchen, 404C Dining Roonl 404D Family Room
Wood Floorine
Master Crafled Soecialtv Woods
N/A
FIerd Marnle
Knottv Brown
Random4",5",6" Widtts -
Random 3'-0" min- 8!0" max lengths
N/A
Finiqh all ernnced pdoec
All stone is a natural product, therefore subject to variation in color, shading and veining.
All slone to be sealed per rnanufacturer requirements.
Refer to Floor Finish Plans for tile oattem.
Pichre is representational
Color may vary
Lar"s#,*,E^,1:
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2U2004
l. lnclude a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the
Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. hrdicate the effect of the
proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Conhact Time.
2. lnclude a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, fumish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
3. lndicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
4. Include costs oflabor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Confractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contact Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Division I Section nProduct Requirements" if the proposed
change requires substitution ofone product or system for product or system specified.
Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for hoposal Requests. Sample copies are
included at end of this Section.
ALLOWANCES
Allowance Adjushnent: To adjust allowance amouts, base each Change dder proposal on the
difference between purchase amolmt and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of
work-in-place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances,
mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.
l. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate disnibution of
overhead costs and other margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders
related to unit-cost allowances.
4. Ovi.ner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent
quantity survey, measure, or count.
Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nafure of the allowance
describ€d in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contactor's
handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 14 days of receipt of
the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will
reject claims submitted later than 14 days after such authorization.
l. Do not include Contractor's or subcontactot's indirect expense in the Change Order cost
amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what
could have been foreseen from information in the Contact Documents.2. No change to Conhactor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-
priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
C.
1.4
B.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01250 - 2
I 20021501.08 VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE 3/2112004
I
1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
I A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures
- of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G70l form included at end of Part 3.
'lI I.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
I A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on
t AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contactor to proceed with a
change in the Work, for subsequant inclusion in a Change Order.
I
I l. Consfuction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work It
also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contact Sum or the
Contract Time.
- B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
Construction Change Directive.II l. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessa4r to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contact.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
I' PART 3 - ExEctrTIoN (Not Used)
T ENDOFSECTIONOI2sO
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I coNTRACTM'DTFTcATIoN 'R..EDTJRES
0 t2s0 -3r
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONSULTANT
CONTRACTOR
FIELD
OTHER
COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DMFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE 8Y USING AIA
DOCIIMENT D.or.
t]EDEEE
ARCHITECT'5 PROJECT NO:
CONTRACT DATTD:
'Ihe work shall be caried out
Docurnents with-out change in Contracl Sum or Contract Timi. Proceeding with the Work in accordance with these inslructions
indicates your acknowledgrnent lhat there will be no change in the Contract Su-m or Contracl Time.
Description:
Atkcbments:
(8.r. intqt tisring ol doriy'wnts thot ',rp'pr, .tcsripJiorr.)
ARCHITECT'S
SUPPLEMENTAL I NSTRUCTIONS
AIA DOCUMENT Gzto - ELECTRONIC FORMAT
PROJECT:
(Nanc, addrcss)
OWNER:
TO:
(C-ontactot)
CONTRACT FOR:
ARCHITECT's SUPPLEME NTAL
INSTRUCTION NO:
ARCHITECT:
ISSTIED BY:
fuchitect
IITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAT |NSTRUCI|ONS - 1992 EDITION - AIAO - WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will,r,ufcl llre violator lo legal prosecution. This documenf was eleclronically produced with permissi6n of the AIA and cin 6-e reproduced in
accordance with your license without violation until lhe date of expiration is'noted below. Uier Document: 1557 aii.aia - 3/8/2004. AIA License
Number l ll5@7' which expires on 5/lv?(D4'
Ebcrronic Format GTro - 1992
Contracl AdministrationS'r\IA G7O9 Work Changes Proposal Request
Disfribuiion Iisl:
Owner
Architect
Consuhanl
Contraclor
Field
Other
I
I
I
PROJECT (Name and address):
OWNER (Name and address):
FROM ARCHITECT (Name and address):
TO CONTRACTOR (Name and address):
PROPOSAL REOUEST NUMBER:
DAIE OF ISSUANCE:
CONTMCT FOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
ARCHITECI'S PROJECT NUMBER:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DESCRIPTION (lnsert a wriften descrip?ion of the Work):
ATIACHMENTS (List attached documents that support descript'ron):
(Srgnatw€)(hin .d norE oNI tith)
CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA Contracl Document. An original assures changes will not be obscured.
Please.eubmil an itemized proporal lor <hanges in thi Conlratr sum and Gbntrxr Time for proposed modilications to fh€ Contract Documents
described herein. wilhin ( ) days, the contrxlor must submit fhis proposal or notify the Archifecf, in wriling of the date on which proposal
submission is anticipated.
Unlicensed pholocopying violates U.5. copyrighf laws and will subject th€ violalor to legal prosecution. To report copyrighr vio6tions of atA
Conlracf oocuments, e-mail The American Inslitute of Architects' legal counsel.. copyrightoala.org. This document was eleciroiically produced with
permission of the AIA and can be reproduced withouf violation unfil lhe date oflxpirarion-as noted below. User Documenl: 1557 proposal
?st.aia -- y8/2@4. AIA License Number lll5O07, which expires on 5/t3filoo4.
Eledroni( Format G7O9 - 2ool
I
THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDTR, A.CONSIRUCTION CHANGE DIRECIIVE OR A DIRECTION IO PROCEED wlTH THE \A,oRK
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DATE
- ,.'
PhotocoPying violales U.5. copyright laws and will subjecl the violafor to legal prosecution. To report copyright violations of AtA Contracl
Documenls, e-mail The American Institute of Architects' legal counsel. copyright0aia.org. This documenl was electronically produced with
permission of the AIA and can be reproduced withoul violation until the dare of erpiration ai noted below. User Document: 1557 lh;nge order.aia -
- :v8l2@4' AIA License Number lll5ooT' which erpires on 5/13/2004'
Ereclronic Formar GTor - 2ool
ffi{ A T I 'ContractAdministration
"g'fllA cTol change order
PROJECT (Nane atl address):
TO CONTRACTOR (llame and ddress):
THE CONTRACT IS CHANGED A5 FOLLOWS:
(rcltde, wlnre apy'icfle, any udisptted anau anributda/,e to previotdy executd Cotntruction Cfenge Ditxtives)
The original (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum price) was f
Thg net change by previously authorized Change Orders ., $
The (Contract Sum) (Guaranfeed Maximum Price) prior to this Change Order was $
The (Contract Sum) (Guaranteed Maximum price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) I
by this Change Order in the amount of
The new (Contracl Sum) (Guaranleed Maximum Price) including this Change Order will be $
'Le contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchangg)by ( ) dayi.
. date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Changg'Order therefore is
IIOTE: Thk Change Order does rct irrclude charya in the Contrrct Sum, Contract linre or Guararted Maximum Price whichlnve
been autlprizd by Corstruction Dirs.tive until the cost ad tine have been agred upon by Drlh the ow.Er ad Contrxtot, in
which car;e a Change Oder is exrcvtd to supersde tle Corctruction Change Dhetive.
NOT VALID UNTIT SIGNED 8Y THE ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR AND OWNER.
ARCHITECT (Frrm rume)CONTRACTOR (Fhm name)OWif ER (Fin mnrc)
ADDRESS ADDRESS ADDRESS
8Y ($gnatwe)BY (Signatwe)BY (Signature)
(Typd nane)(typd rane)
DATE
(lyped nne)
CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA Coniract Document. An original assures changes will not be obscured.
Dislribution List:
Owner
Archilect
Conlraclor
Field
Other
CHANGE ORDER NUMBER:
DATE:
ARCHITECT'S PROJECI NUMBER:
CONTRACT DATE:
CONTRACT FOR:
Contract Admin istrationS-;\IA G714 Construction Change Directive
PROJECT (Alame and ddress):
TO CONTRACIOR (llane atd dd r ess):
Distribution List:
Owner
Archite(l
Consultant
Confractoa
Field
Other
I
t
I
I
DIRECIIVE NUMBER:
DATE:
CONTRACT FOR:
COIITRACI DATE:
ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NUMBER:
You are hereby direcfed to make the following change(s) in fhis Contract:
(Desoibe biefly any proposd changes or list my attxirrd inf ornation in tlc alterntive)
PROPOSED ADJUSTMENTSl. 'The proposed basis of adjusiment to the Contracl Sum or Guaranteed Maximum prile is:. Lump Sum (increase).(decrease) of $
. tJnil Price of $ per
. As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.3 of AIA Document A2Ol-1997
. As follows:
l
2. The ContractJime is proposed to (be adjusted) (remain unchanged). The proposed adjustment, if any, is (an
increase of days) (a decrease of days).
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
t
I
t
I
When signed by the Owner and Architect and received by the Contractor, this
document becomes effective IMMEDIATELY as a Conrfr*tion Ghange Directive
(CCD), and the Contractor shall proceed with the change(s) describel aborn.
Conlractor signature indicalet
agreement wilh the proposcd
adjustments in Contracl Sum and
Conlract Time set forth in this CCD.
ffi
ADDRESS
BY (Sigmture)
-
ItyrytlEme)
ARCH f TECT (Firm name)
ADDRESS
BY (ggnatwe)
.-( | ype namel
OWNER (Fhm rwrc)
ADDRESS
BY (sigrulwe)
(lpdtu,nr,)
DATE DATE DATE
CAUTlOltl: You should siSn an otiginal AIA Conlract Documenl. An oriSinal assures <hanges will nof be obscured.
-^t
Unlicensed photocoPying violaies U.5. copyriSht laws and will subject fhe violator to legal prose(ution. To report <opyrirht vio-lations of nlA
Confract Documenls, e-mail lh€ American lnstilule of Archite(fs' legal counsel. copyrightoaia.org. This document was eletiro-nically produced withpermission of the AtA and can be reproduced wilhoul violation until the dare oi expkarioi as noted below. User Documenti 1557 change
directive.aia - ly8/2OO4. AIA License Numb€r lll5007, which expires on tl3f20O4.
Electroni€ Format G7l4 - 20Ol
I
I
I
I
ql :r"K#il:,,
V Technology SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST
_ (After the Bidding Phase)
Project:Substitution Request Number:
From:
I Re:
A,/E Project Number:
Contract For:
T
I
Specification Title:Descriplion:
Page:Article/Paragraph:
Proposed Substitution:
I H:l';:
Installer:
Address:Phone:
Model No.:
t
T
History: I Newproduct f] 2-5 yearsold !S-tOysold D More than t0 years otd
Differences between proposod substitution and specilied product:
I E Point-by-point comparative dara atrached - REQUIRED By A/E
Reason for not providing specified item:
T
I
I
I
Similar Installation:
Projecl:
Address:
Architect:
Owner:
Date lnstalled;
Proposed substitution aflects other parts of Work: fl No f] yes; explain
I ":::::.,T:::::::::::::::
($
Proposed substitution changes Contracr Time: E No fl Ves [e00] [Deduct]days.
I
t Supporting Data Attached: fl Drawings ! Producr Dala I Sanples D Tests f] Reporrs D
Copynght 1996, Constuction Sp€cificalion Institut€, Pagc of Seplember 1996
r 60l Madison StIc€1, Alexandria, VA 22314-1191 CSI Form l3.lA
I
SUBSTITUTION
REQUEST
(Continued)
The Undersigned certifies:
' Proposed subslitution bas been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product.o Same warranty will be fumished for proposed substitution as for specified product.o Same maintenance service and source ofreplacement parts, as applicable, is available.o Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule.
' Cosl data as stated above is conplete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substituiion which may subscquently becorne
apparent are lo be waived.. Proposed substitution does not affect dirnensions and firnctional clearances.
' Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construclion costs caused by tbe
substitution.
I
t
I
in the Work as substitution will be
Submitted by:
Signed by:
Firm:
Address:
Telephone:
Attachrn€nts:
A/Es REVIEW ANDACTION
! Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordancc with Specification Section 01330.
Ll Substitulion aPproved as noted - Make submitlals in accordance wilh Specification Section 0t330.
Ll Substitution rqiected - Use specified nsrerials.
l-l Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials.
Signed by:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Additional Corlrnents:I conbactor D Subconu-actor E Supplier I Manufacturer D ,c/B tr
Copyighl I 996, Construction Specification lnstitute,
601 Madison Stre€t, Alexandria, VA 22314-1191
Scptcmber I 996
CSI lorm l3.lA
Page of
t
t
20021501.08 VAILMOIJNTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
SECTION OI27O - UNIT PRICES
I
PART I -GENERAL
I
I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
I B. See Division I Section "Allowances" for procedures for using unit prices to adjust quantity
I allowances.
I r.2 DEFINTTIoNS!
A. Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid ForrrL as a price per unit of
I measurement for materials or seryices added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by
t appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contact Documents
are increased or decreased.
I I.3 PROCEDURES
I A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,! applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.
I B. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification Sections for work that requires
I establishment of unit prices. Methods of measwement and payment for unit prices are specified
in those Sections.
I C. Owner resewes the right to reject Contactor's measurernent of work-in-place that involves use
of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an
I independent surveyor acce,ptable to Conhactor.
I D. List ofUnit Prices: A list ofunit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced
r in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I LIST OF UNIT PRICES
I A. Unit Price No. I - Roof System Repair and Replacernent.
1. Description: Replacement and Repair of the Roof System including, but not limited to,
I metal panels, sheet metal and flashing, sheathing, insulation, waterproofing membrane, to
I
t
t uNrrPRIcEs 01270 - |
20021501.08
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
t
B.
C.
D.
VAIL MOI.]NTIAN LODGE 3tzr/2004
tie into and match existing roof system according to Division 0 173 1 Section "Cutting and
Patching", Division 07610 Section "Sheet Metal Roofing" and in Division 07210 Section
"Building lnsulation"-
2. Unit of Measurement: Square Feet.
Unit Price No. 2 - Fire Protection Sprinkler Heads:
l. Description: hovide additional sprinkler heads as requested by Architect or Owner.2. Unit of Measurement: Each head.
Unit Price No. 3 - Fire Protection Sprinkler Heads (concealed):
1. Description: Provide additional concealed sprinkler heads as requested by Architect or
Owner.
2. Unit of Measurement: Each head.
Unit Price No. 4:
l. Description: Provide Unit Pricing on each size and type of siding door according to
Division 08263 Section "SLIDING WOOD FRAITED GLASS DOORS.'
Unit Price No. 5:
l. Description: Provide Unit Pricing on a typical flush painted wood corridor door with trvo
adhered wood panels to match existing wood doors to according to Dvision 0821 Section"FLUSH WOOD DOORS" and Division 06402 Section 'INTERIOR
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK'.2. Unit of Measurement: A typical door.
Unit Price No. 6:
l. Description: Provide unit Pricing on each size and tlpe of wood door according to
Division 08212 Section'STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS.'2. Unit of Measurement: Each Door.
Unit Price No. 7:
l. Description: hovide unit Pricing on each size and type of wood window according to
Division 08550 Section "WOOD WINDOWS.'
2. Unit of Measurement: Each Window.
Unit Price No. 8:
l. Description: Provide unit Pricing on cement based underlayment according to
Division 03542 Section "CEMENT BASED LTNDERLAYMENT'2. Unit of Measurement: Square Feet for 1.5 inch (average) thick layer.
Unit Price No. 9:
I' Description: Provide Unit Pricing on each fully mortised card lockset Division 0871I
Section'HARDWARE.'
F.I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
H.
T]NIT PRICES 01270 -2
20021501.08 VAIL MOITNTIAN LODGE 3/21/2004
' 2. Unit of Measurement: Eacb Lockset.
I J. UnirPriceNo. lo:I
l. Description: Provide Unit Pricing for Fill and Conrpaction of southern spa terrace area.
l| 2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard.a
I ENDOFSECTIONOI2TO
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I I]MTPRICES 01270 -3
a.
b.
d.
e.
B.
l.l
1.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
I
I
It
tI
T
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3t2v2004
SECTION 01290. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
STJMMARY
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirernents necessary lo prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Constuction Schedule.
l. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required adminisfative forms
and schedules, including Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets
Submittals Schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than
seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
Format and Contcnt: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items
for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line itern for each Specilication Section.
I . Identification: Include the following Project identifrcation on the Schedule ofValues:
Project name and location.
Name of Architect.
Architect's project number.
Contactor's name and address.
Date of submittal.
2. Submit draft of AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets or approved equal.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Conbact Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project
Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract arnounts,
where appropriate.
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
7 . Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance.
Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product ofthe unit cost, multiplied by
measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contact Documents to determjne
quantities.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - I
2002150r .08 VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 312v2004
Each item in the Schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share ofgeneral overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
schedule updating: update and resubmit the schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Drectives result
in a change in the Conkact Sum.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and paymelts as
certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
l. htitial Application for Payment, Application for Paynent at time of Substantial
Completion; and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
Payment Application Times: The date for each progress pa)rment is indicated in the Agreement
between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application
for Payment is the period indicated in the Ageanent
Payment Application Times: hogress payments shall be submitted to Architect by the fifteenth
of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the
last day of the month.
Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Documant G703 Continuation
Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and exccute by a person
authorized to sigr legal documexts on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete
applications without action.
l. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Constuction
Schedule. Use updated schedules ifrevisions were made.2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last
day of construction period covered by application.
Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien
and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arisins out of the
Conhact and related to the Work covered by the payment.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
I
8.
9.
1.3
B.
D.
F.
G.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 -2
J.
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
0
I
I
I
t
t
t
il
T
I
I
I
20021501.08
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/21/2004
l. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to desigrate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to
Owner.
Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
List of subcontractors.
Schedule ofValues.
Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
Schedule of unit prices.
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final),
List of Contractor's staff assignments.
List of Conhactor's principal consultants.
Copies of building permits.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
perfonnance of the Work.
Initial progress report.
Report of preconstruction conference.
Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent cornpletion for portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
L lnclude documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
l. Evidence of completion ofProject closeout requirements.2. Insurance certificates for products and cornpleted operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Confract Sum.4. AIA Documentc706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."6. AIA Documenl G7O7 , "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7 . Evidence that claims have been settled.8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of
date of Substantial Cornpletion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of tbe Work.
9. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01290 - 3
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
Q
I
l
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
312v20042002150r.08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Uscd)
END OF SEC'TION OI29O
VAIL MOI.JNTIAN IJODGE
0t2w-4PAYMENTPROCEDT]RES
B.
c.
B.
c.
l.l
1.2
I
I
I
.T
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
3
I
I
l
I
t
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOI.INTIAN LODCE
SECTION OI3IO . PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART I - GENERAL
3t21/2004
SI]MMARY
This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
l. CoordinationDrawines.
2. Project meetings.
See Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for a description of the division of
Work among separate contracts and responsibility for coordination activities not in this Section.
See Division I Section "Execution Requirernents" for procedures for coordinating general
installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control
points.
COORDINATION
Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate
construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper
installation, c orurection, and operation.
l. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
4. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to
ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and
repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.
Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures
required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees
at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
Adminishative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contactors to avoid conflicts
and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not
limited to, the following:
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE
Preparation of Contractor's Constuction Schedule.
Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
Progress meetings.
Preinstallation conferences.
Project closeout activities.
Startup and adjustment of systems.
Project closeout activities.
3t21/2004
ST]BMITTALS
Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability
necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if
coordination is required for installation ofproducts and materials fabricated by separate entities.
l. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Coordination Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed
data. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of componelts of architectural,
structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.b. Indicate dimensions shown on the Contact Drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum
clearance requirernents. Provide alternate sketches to Architect for resolution of
such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be
considered changes to the Contract.
2. Sheet Size: At least 8-ll2 by 1l inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30 by 40
inches (750 by 1000 mm).
3. Number of Copies: Submit two opaque cqics of each submittal. Architect will retum
one copy.
4. Refer to individual Sections for Coordination Drawing requiremants for Work in those
Sections.
PROJECT MEETINGS
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at hoject site, unless otherwise
indicated.
l. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notifu Owner and Architect of scheduled
meeting dates and times.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concemed, including Owner and Architect, within three
days of the meeting.
I
T
I
0
I
I
I
I
T
I
i
1.3
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
1.4
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310-2
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
a,
b.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
U
I
t
I
I
I
t
l
J
I
i
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
Preconstruclion Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after
execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location.
Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
l. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subconfactors; suppliers; and other concerned
parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar
with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
o.
p.
q.
r.
S.
Tentative construction schedule.
Phasing.
Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.
Designation of key personnel and their duties.
Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
Procedures for requests for interpretations (RFIs).
Procedures for testing and inspecting.
Procedures for processing Applications for Paymant.
Dstribution of the Conhact Documents.
Submittal procedures.
Pieparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises and existing building.
Work restrictions.
Owner's occupancy requirernents.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Construction waste management and recycling.
Parking availability.
Office, work, and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
t. First aid.
u. Securify.
v. Progress cleaning.
w. Working hours.
3. Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.
heinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
l. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufachrers and fabricators involved in or
affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and
installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect
of scheduled meeting dates.
2. Agenda: Review progress of other constuction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
The Contract Documents.
Options.
Related requests for interpretations (RFIs).
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 3
2002150r.08 VAILMOT]NTI,AN LODGE
Related Change Orders.
Purchases.
Deliveries.
Submittals.
Review of mockups.
Possible conflicts.
Compatibility problems.
Time schedules.
Weather limitations.
Manufacturer's written recommendations.
Warranty requirements.
Compatibility of materials.
Acceptability of substates.
Temporary facilities and contols.
Space and access limitations.
Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
Testing and inspecting requiremants.
lnstallation prccedures.
Coordination with other work.
Required performance results.
Protection of adjacent work.
Protection of construction and personnel.
3t2y2004
I
I
T
t
I
d.
e.
f.
0
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n,
o.
p.
q-
r.
t.
u.
w.
x.
v.
3. Record sigrificant conference discussions, agrcements, and disagreements, including
required corrective measures and actions.
4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present.
5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary lo resolve irnpediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progtess Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1. Attendees: In addition to represantatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor,
subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in
planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these
meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized
to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of sigrificance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Conbactor's Construction Schedule. Determine how constuction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitnents from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Conhact Time.
I
I
tl
I
l
I
I
I
I
f,
I
I
t
I
1) Review schedule for next period.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01310 - 4
t 2oo2r5ol.o8 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
t b. Review present and future needs ofeach entity present, including the following:
I l) Interface requirements.
| 2) Sequence ofoperations.3) Status of submittals.
I q Deliveries'
tI 5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
,' 8) Temporary facilities and conhols.
9) Work hours.
il l0) Hazards and risks.
\l I l) Progress cleaning.u n) Quality and work standards.
I [i irfr:i::ffi:i:: of dencientiterns
a 15) Requests for interpretations (RFIs).
16) Status ofproposal requests.
17) Pending changes.
t 18) Status ofChange Orders.
19) Panding claims and disputes.
|
20) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Record and distribute to Conhactor the meeting minutes.
d 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of tlre meeting to each party present and to parties who
I shouldhavebeenpresenl.
tr a. Schedule Updating: Revise Conhactor's Construction Schedule after each progressI lffi:TJ:ffJ:Hnili,ffi"l"i:hff.'":r#:ffr:'recognized Issue
I
I PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
I
ll PART 3 - EXECUTION (NotUsed)
L END OF SECTION O13IOl
It
-r_t
,t
t
3/2r/2004
I
I PRoJECT MANAGEMENTAND cooRDINATIoN 01310 - 5
T
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
l
2002 1501 .08 VAILMOUNTIAN LODGE 3l2t/2004
SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART I -GENERAL
I.I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress
of consfuction during performance of the Wor\ including the following:
l. Contractor'sConstructionSchedule.
2. SubmittalsSchedule.
3. Daily construction reports.4. Field condition reports.
B. See Division I Section "Summary of Multiple Contracts" for preparing a combined Contractor's
Constuction Schedule.
See Division I Section "Payment hocedwes" for submittine the Schedule of Values.
DEFINITIONS
Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for plarming, scheduling, monitoring,
and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consnme
time and resources.
l. Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the
planned early start and finish times.2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction
project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations
determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project.
Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network
schedule that establishes the minimum overall hoject duration and contains no float.
Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Conhactor, but is a
jointly owned, expiring hoject resource available to both parties as needed to meet
schedule milestones and Conhact cornpletion date.
Fragnet: A partial or fragmentary network that breaks down activities into smaller acfivities for
greater detail.
Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar sigrificant construction
element.
t.2
B.
D.
F.I
I CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIINTIAN LODGE 3t21t2004
SUBMITTALS
Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a
tabular format:
l. Scheduled date for first submittal.
2. Specification Section number and title.
3. Submittal category (action or informational).
4. Name of subcontractor.
5. Description of the Work covered.
6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit two opaque copies, large enough to show entire
network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two opaque copies of initial schedule, large
enough to show entire schedule for entire constuction perior,i.
l. Submit an electonic copy of schedule, using software indicated, on CD-R, and labeled to
comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (kritial or Updated)
and date on label.
CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit three copies of each of the following
computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in rcports shall contain activity number,
activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early start
date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in caleadar days.
l, Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date,
or actual start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending ordcr oftotal float.
Daily Constuction Reports: Submit two copies as requested by Architect or Owner.
Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
COORDINATION
Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of
consfuction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate conhactors.
Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2, Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.
I
I1.3
c.
D.
I
U
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
f
I
Il
I
,l
I
E.
F.
1.4
B.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 -2
B.
2.1
2.2
I
T
t
I
i
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
l
20021501.08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOIINTTAN LODGE 3/2V2004
SI.JBMITTALS SCHEDULE
Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
by construction schedule. lnclude time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts. the Schedule of Values, and
Conhactor's Construction Schedule.
Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of
Final Completion.
l. Contact completion date shall not be changed by submission ofa schedule that shows an
early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal
element of the Work. Comply with the following:
l. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifi cally allou'ed by Architect.2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long
lead iterns and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate aciivities
in schedule. hocurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals,
approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
a. Casework and cabinetry.
Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division I
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
Starhrp and Testing Time: Include not less than 7 days for startup and testing.
Substantial Cornpletion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contact Documents and
as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner.
4. Work Resbictions: Show the effect of the followine items on the schedule:
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
J.
I
I CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0r320 - 3
2002150r.08 t
t
I
t
N
I
I
I
I
D.
A.
B.
2.3
VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE 3t2l/2004
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Unintemrptible services.
d. Use of premises restrictions.
e. Seasonal variations.
f. Environmental conbol.
5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of consbuction for each major portion of the
Work.
Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but
not limited to, the Notice to hoceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.
Contract Modifications: For each proposed contact modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragrets to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.
CoNTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCI{EDLJLE (CpM SCHEDULE)
General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.
Preliminary Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 dlys of date established for
commencement of the Work. Outline sigrificant construction activities for the first 60 days of
construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement
prediction based on indicated activities.
CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Constuction Schedule using a computerized time-scaled
CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
l. Develop network diagram in sullicient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be
accepted for use no later than 30 days after date established for commancement of the
Work.
^. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall
not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion
dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.
2. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting
progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.3. (Jse "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays
incorporated into the schedule.
CPM Schedule Preparation: hepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work.
Using the preliminary network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identift probable critical
paths.
l. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship
of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the
following activities:
C.
I
I
I
'l
I
I
tD.
t
ICONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 0t320 - 4
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
i.
E.'
F.
2.4
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
t
t
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOLINTTAN LODGE 3/2II2OO4
Preparation and processing of submittals.
Mobilization and demobilization.
Purchase of materials.
Delivery.
Fabrication.
Utility interruptions.
Installation.
Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Conbactor's activities.
Testing.
2. Critical Path Activities: Identifu critical path activities, including those for interim
completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract
milestone dates.
3. Processing: hocess data to produce output data on a computerdrawn, time-scaled
network. Revise data, reorganiz,e activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary
to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time'
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate
paths with most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical
path.
Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early start-total
float" sort. Identiff critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity'
2. Descripfion of activity.
3. Principal events of activity.
4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5. Early and late start dates.
6. Early and late finish dates.
7. Activity duration in workdaYs.
8. Total float or slack time.
9. Average size ofworkforce.
Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports
showing the following:
l. Identification of activities that have changed'
2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7 . Changes in the Contract Time.
REPORTS
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01320 - 5
3.1
2002r 501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3tzt/2004
l. List of subcontractors at Proj ect site.
2. Equipment at Project site.
3. Materialdeliveries.
4. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
5. Accidents.
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
7 . Meter readings and similar recordings.
8. Orders andrequests ofauthoritieshavingjurisdiction.
9. Services connected and disconnected.
10. Equipment or system tests and startups.
B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a di{ference between field conditions
and the Contract Documorts, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for
interpretation on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect
actual construction progrcss and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly
scheduled progress meeting.
L Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progre$ses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
Dist'ibution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors,
testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Conhactor with a need-to-know
schedule responsibility.
l. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from disfibution when they have completed their assigned
portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTIONOI32O
I
I
1
l
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
B.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCTJMENTATION 01320 - 6
l
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
i
I
I
l
I
1.2
I
I
t
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
SECTION OI33O - SUBMITTAI PROCEDURES
PART I . GENERAL
I.I ST]MMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirernents for submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. See Division I Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and
reports, including Contactor's Consfuction Schedule.
C. See Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and
for mockup requirements.
D. See Division I Section "Closeout Procedtues" for submiuing warranties.
E. See Division I Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
F. See Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
G. See DMsion I Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting videotapes of
demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
DEFIMTIONS
Action Subrnittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.
Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive
action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requiremants'
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction actMties.
L Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate fansmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
A.
B.
t.3
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Construction hogress
Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of
related construction activities.
Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of
the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in
advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time
if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same rnanner
as initial subrnittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
l. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.2. Provide a spac€ approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or beside title
block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:
Project name.
Date.
Name and address of Architect.
Name and address of Conhactor.
Name and ad&ess of subcontractor.
Name and address of supplier.
Name of manufacfurer.
Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
l) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a
decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 06100.01). Resubmittals
shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g.,
06100.01.A).
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.l. Other necessary identification.
Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or othenvise specifically identi$ deviations fiom the Contact
Documents on submittals.
Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final zubmittal, and tmless
Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal
may serYe as final submittal.
I . Additional copies submitted for maintanance manuals will not be marked with action
taken and will be returned.
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
!
I
1
t
I
I
B.
C.
D.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
I
t
I
I
I
F.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDIJRES 0t330 -2
G.
J.
A.
B.
1.4
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
T
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE
Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals
received from sources other than Contractor.
l. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810.
Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and nurnber of copies as initial submittal.
l. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked "Reviewed" or "Reviewed as Noted."
Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on hansmittal forms.
Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating "Reviewed" or
"Reviewed as Noted." taken bv Architect.
CONTRASTOR'S USE OF ARCHITECT'S CAD FILES
General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architecfs CAD files will be provided to
Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions:
l. Upon sigrratr:re of the enclosed draft agreement and payment of fees indicated. Each
consultant may have differing agreement and/or fees and should be negoiaed directly by
the Contractor or Subconfact with that consultant.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACTION SUBMITTALS
General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.
Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of constructjon and
type of product or equipment.
l. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are
not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as hoduct Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufactwer'swrittenrecommendations.
b. Manufacturer'sproductspecifications.
c. Manufacturer'sinstallationinstructions.
d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
e. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
f. Printed performance curves.
312V2004
SI.]BMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 3
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.]NTIAN LODGE
C. Operational range diagrams.
h. Compliance with specified referenced standards.
i. Testing by recognized testing agency.
3tzt/2004
4. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of hoduct Data, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one retumed copy as a Project
Record Document.
Shop Drawings: hepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contact Documents or standard printed data, unless
submittal of Architect's CAD Drawings is otherwise permitted.
I . Preparation: Fully illustrate requiranents in the Contact Documents. hrclude the
following information, as applicable:
a. Dimensions.
b. Identificationofproducts.
c. Fabrication and installation drawings.
d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.
e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and
contuol wiring.
f. Shopworkmanufacturinginstructions.
E. Templates and patterns.
h. Schedules.
i. Notation of coordination requirements.j. Notation of dimensions esablished by field measurement.
k. Relationship to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
l. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
m. Wiring Dagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and held-installed
wiring.
2. Sheet Size: Exccpt for templates, pattems, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by I I inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30 by
40 inches (750 by 1000 mm).
3. Number of Copies: Submit two opaque (bond) copies of each submittal. Architect will
retum one cqPy.
Sarnples: Submit Samples for reyiew of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of tbese
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
submittal and actual component as delivered and installed,
I . Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together
in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title ofappropriate Specification Section.
I
I
T
D.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
3
I
I
il
I
l
I
I
ISI]BMITTAL PROCEDTJRES 01330 - 4
F.
G.
H.
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-
control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be
used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and pattems available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattem,
texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacfurer's
product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from same rnaterial to be used for the Work, cured and finished in marmer specified, and
physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of
color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the
following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing
color, texhre, and pattem; color range sets; and components used for independent testing
and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two
. Sample sets; remainder will be retumed.
Product' Schedule or List: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written
sumrnary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
l. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of product schedule or lis! unless otherwise
indicated. Architect will retum two copies.
Submittals Schedule: Conrply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Construcfion
Progress Documentation."
Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Payment
hocedures."
Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Payment
Procedures. "
Subcontract List: Prepare a written surnmary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each
portion of the Work, including those who are to fumish products or equipment fabricated to a
special desigrr. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include tlre following information in tabular form:
I . Number of Copies: Submit three copies of subcontactor list, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will return two copies.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITIALS
General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections.
L Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will not retum copies.
3t21/2004
2.2t
I
I
I SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 5
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE 3/2r/2004
2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of
entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sigr documents on behalf of that
entity.
3. Test and Inspection Reports: Cornply with requirements specified in Division I Section
"Quality Requirements."
Coordinafion Drawings; Comply with requirements specified in Dvision I Section "Project
Management and Coordination. "
Contactor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section
"Construction Progress Documentation."
Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience
of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.
Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding hocedure
Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include
names of frms and personnel cedified.
Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's lefterhead certiffing that
Installer cornplies with requiremarts in the Contract Documents and, where required, is
authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufactwer's letterhead certifoing
that manufactwer complies with requirernents in the Contact Documents. Include evidence of
manufachrring experience where required.
Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certiffing that
product complies with requiremants in the Contact Documents.
Material Certificates: hepare written statements on manufachrer's letterhead certiSing that
material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Material Test Reports: Prepare reports wriftm by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with
requiremarts in the Conhact Documents.
hoduct Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Conhact Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or
on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
ResearcMEvaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization
acceptable to authorities baving jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in elfect
for Project.
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
H.
J.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 - 6
M.
N.
o.
P.
a.
T.
U.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
2002 l 501 .08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE
Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation
of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. krclude written recommendations for primers and subshate
preparation needed for adhesion.
Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during
installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements in the Contact Documents.
Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and
normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements specified in
Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."
Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
pei'formance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
lnclude list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads.
Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for
calculations. Include page numbers.
Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents
manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a
product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of
manufacturer.
Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized
service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:
1. Statement on condition ofsubshates and their acceptability for installation ofproduct.
2. Summary of installation procedwes being followed, whether they comply with
requirements and, ifnot, what corrective action was taken.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance
complies with requirements.
Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare wdtten information indicating current status of
insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of
coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs): Submit information directly to Owner; do not submit to
Architect.
l. Architect will not review submittals that include MSDSs and will retum them for
resubmittal.
3/2v2004
SUBMITTAL PROCEDTJRES 01330 - 7
2.3
20021501.08 VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 3tzt/2004
DELEGATED DESIGN
Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required ofContactor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems compllng with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
l. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit
a written request for additional information to Architect.
Delegated-Design submittal: In addition to shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit three copies of a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design
professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contactor to be designed or
certified by a design professional.
I . Indicate that products and syslems comply with performance and design criteria in the
Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing
these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I CONTRACTOR'SREVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for
compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with
approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name
and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date
of Conhactor's approval, and statement certiffing tbat submittal has been reviewed, checked,
and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
ARCHITECT'S ACTION
General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contactor's approval stamp and
will retum them without action.
Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal. make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and retum it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp
and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:
l. Reviewed.
2. Revise and Resubmit.
3. Furnish as Corrected.
4. Rejected.
5. Not Reviewed.>
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
!
I
l
I
I
I
I
B.
3.2
B.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDI.]RES 01330 - 8
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIINTIAN LODGE 3/2U2004
C. krformational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not retum it, or will
retum it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nomesponsive, and will be retumed
without review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION OI33O
SI.]BMITTAL PROCEDI]RES 01330 - 9
#.AIA
PROJECT Q,tame ard afiress)i
TQ (Name a ddress):
FROM ttanr"- ad eddress):
WE TRANSMIT:
vtA:
FOR:
THE FOLLOWING:
Contract Adm i n istration
GSlO Transmittal Letter
[ ]Attached
[ ] Overnight delivery
[ ]Courier
[ ] Approval/ Action
[ ] Comment
[ ] Drawings
[ ] Under separate cover
[ ] Mail
[]Fax
[ ] Informaf ion
[ ]Distribufion
[ ] Specifications
[ ] E-mail
[ ]other
[ ] Use as requested
[ ] other
[ ] Digiial Files
I
l
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
REMARKs:
BY:
COPIES TO:
Phofo(oPyinS violates U.5. copyrighl laws and will subject the violator fo legal proseculion. To report copyright vi-irclations of AtA contracl
Documents, e'mail The American Inslilute of Archilecfs' legal counsel. copyiightOaia.org. This documenf wai electronically produced withpermission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violatioi until the date oi eipiration ai noted below. User Document: 1557 transmittal.aia --
'f2OO4. AIA License Number tll5@7, which expires on S^3|ZOO4.
Electroni( Format GSIO - 20Ol
ql :itr#il:it,,
Y Technotory
SUBMITTAL
TRANSMITTAL
P rojecl:
A/E Proiect Number:
TRANSMITT
A
AL To (Contractor):Submittal No.
From (Subconnactor):! Resubmission
Qty. Reference / Title /-Description / Spec. Section Title and Peragreph /Number MNnufacturcr Drewins Detail Referencc
By:
! Submitted for review and approval
E Resubmitted for review and approval
I Complies with contract requirements
E Will be available to meel construction schedule
E A/E review time included in construction schedute
Other rernarks on above submission:
E Substitution involved - Substitution reouest attached
! If substirution involved, submission includes point-by-point
comparative data or preliminary details
! Iterrc included in submission will be ordered
inrnediatel y upon receipt ofapproval
' tr One copy retained by sender
TRANSMITTAL
B
To 1lurg;'
From (Conhactor):
Attn:
By:-
Date RecU by Contractor:
Date Tmsmtd by Contractor:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
! Approved
! Approved as noted
Other remarks on above submission:
E Revise / Resubmit
I Rejected / Resubmit
I One copy retained by sendo
TRANSMII"TAL
C
To (Conbactor):
From (A/E):E ortto
Attn:
By:-
Date Rec'd by A/E:
Date Tmsmt'd by A,iE:
Approved
Approved as noted
Not subject lo revievt
No action required
Revise / Resubmit
Rejected / Resubmit
I Approved as noted / Resubmit
Other rernarks on above submission:
! Provide file copy with corrections idenrified
! Sepia copies only retumed
E Point-by-point comparativc data required
to complete approval process
I Submission Incomplete / Resubmit
I One copy retained by sender
TRANSMITT
D
AL To (Subcontractor):
From (Contractor):Byt
Date Rec'd bv Contmctor:
Date Tmsmt'd bv Contractor:
Copies: fl Owner I Consultants tr- D- D_ D One copy retained by sendo
Copyrieht I 996, ConsFuction Specilications lnstitute,
106 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-1791
September 1996
CSI Form l2.lA
Pagc of
I
B.
B.
c.
D.
l.l
t.2
t
l
I
T
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
20021 50t .08 VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE 3/2t/2004
SECTION 01400 - QUALTTY REQUIREMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
ST]MMARY
This Section includes administafive and procedural requirernents for quality assurance and
quality control.
Testing and inspecting services are required to verifr compliance with requiremants specified or
indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the
Contract Document requirements.
l. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-
assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with tbe Contract Document
requirements.
2. Requirements for Contactor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required
by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of
this Section.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
DEFINITIONS
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed
construction will comply witb requirements.
Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and
completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract
enforcement activities performed by Architect.
Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to
veriff selections made under sample submittals, to demonsfrate aesthetic effects and, where
indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review constuction, coordination, testing,
or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish the standard by which the
Work will be judged.
Preconsfuction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for the hoject
before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or
compliance with specified crjteria.
Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing
agency qualified lo conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to
establish product performance and compliance with industry standards.
01400 - I
20021501.08 VA]L MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2t/2004
Source Quality-Conhol Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e.,
plant, mill, factory, or shop.
Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation
of the Work and for completed Work.
Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an
employee, Subconhactor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
l. Using a term such as "carpenty" does not imply that c€rtain constuction activities must
be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requiremerrts specified apply exclusively
to hadespeople of the corresponding generic name.
Experienced: when used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a
minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this hoject; being familiar with
special requirements indicated; and having cornplied with requirernents of authorities having
jurisdiction.
CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the
most stringent requirernent. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but
apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before p,roceeding.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be
the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the
minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits.
To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as
appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision
before proceeding.
SUBMITTALS
Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a
recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
I . Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number oftesting agency.4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
T
I
I
I
l
F.
I
I
t
I
I
I
N
l
T
t
I
I
I
I
J.
B.
1.3
1.4
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01440 - 2
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
2002150r.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification ofproduct and Specification Section.8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation oftest results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and
inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with
the Contract Document requirements.
12. Name and signahre of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
paym€nts, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
compliance with standmds and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
QUAIITY ASSI.JRANCE
General: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish the minimum qualification levels
required; individual Specification Sections specif additional requirements.
Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experiorced in installing, erecting, or assembling
work similar in material, desigr, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar
to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as
well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed
for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this
Project in material, design, and extent.
Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities
shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall
satisff qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
l. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing
the Work.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the
experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according
3t21/2004
QUALITYREQUIREMENTS 01400 - 3
2002150r.08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/21t2004
to ASTM E 548; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where
required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
l. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program.
Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized represantative of
manufacturer who is tained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extert to those indicated for this
Project.
Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each
form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using
materials indicated for the cornpleted Work
l. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by
Architect.
2. Notiff Architect seven days in advance of dat€s and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workrnanship.4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or consfuction.5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the conpleted Work.
6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
QUALITYCONTROL
Owner Responsibilities: Where quality<ontrol services are indicated as Owner's responsibiligr,
Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
l. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing
agencies engaged and a description oftypes oftesting and inspecting they are engaged to
perform.
2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting consfuction that replaces or is necessitated by work
that failed to comply with the Contact Documents will be charged to Contractor.
Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Conhactor's responsibility. Unless
otherwise indicated, provide quality+ontrol services specified and those required by authorities
having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities
having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
l. Where services are indicated as Confactor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing
agency to perform these quality-conhol seryices.
a. Conhactor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in
writing by Owner.
2. Notif testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
I
t
I
t
l
t
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
H.
1.6
B.
QUALTTY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 4
C.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 312v2004
3. Where quality-conFol services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a
certified wrinen report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
4. Testing and inspecting requested by Conhactor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,
when they so direct.
Manufacturer's Field Services: Wlere indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipmant installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Dvision I Section " Submittal
Procedures."
Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality-conhol seryices, including retesting and reinspecting, for
construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contactor in performance of
duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notifi Architect and Contractor promptly of irregulmities or deficiencies observed in the
Work during performance of its seryices.2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests
are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and
inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.4. Submit a cetified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
qual ity-control service through Contractor.5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve
or accept any portion of the Work.6. Do not perform any duties of Conhactor.
Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspectiorrs, and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary seryices as requested. Notiff
agancy sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the
following:
Access to the Work.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
Adequate quantitie s of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing
agency.
Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance
and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1.
2.
A
5.
6.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400 - 5
20021501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTI,AN LODGE 3/2II2OO4
Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.t.
1.7 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agercy as required by
authorities havingjurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows:
I . Verifoing that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and qualit5r-control procedures
and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.2. Notiffing Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed
in the Work during performance of its services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-contol
service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion,
which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from the Contact Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
|ART
2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART3 -EXECUTION
3.I REPAIRANDPROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.l. Comply with the Contact Document requirements for Dvision I Section "Cutting and
Patching."
Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-conhol services.
END OF SECTION OI4OO
B.
C.
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
IQUALITYREQUIREMENTS01400 - 6
c.
D.
t.l
I
T
I
t
t
I
I
I
2002r 501.08 VAIL MOTINTTAN LODGE 3t21/2004
SECTION OI42O - REFERENCES
PART I -GENERAL
DEFIN]TIONS
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contact.
"Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications,
and requests, napproved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
"Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required,n and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
"Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic represantations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements v/'ithin the construction industry that control
performance of the Work.
"Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
"Install": Operations at Project site including rmloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applyng, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
"Provide": Fumish and install, cornplete and ready for the intended use.
"Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site
is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built,
1.2 INDUSTRYSTANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Conbact Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable consbuction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards
are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
A.
B.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
F.
G.
H.
I.I
I
I
REFERENCES 01420 - |
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE 3121/2004
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on hoject should be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its conskuction activity. Copies ofapplicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
l. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain
copies directly from publication source.
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbrreviations and
acron)r'ms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name ofthe standards and regulations.
I.3 ABBREVIATIONSANDACRONY-T,IS
A. Industry Organizations: Wlrere abbreviations and acronyrns are used in Specifications or other
Contact Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale
Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Frofessional Associations of the U.S."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean thb recogrrized name of the entities in the following list.
AA Aluminum Association, lnc. (The)
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
A'rqlVfA AmericanArchitecturalManufacturersAssociation
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and
Transportation Offi cials
AATCC American Association ofTextile Chemists and Colorists (The)
ABMA AmericanBearingManufacturersAssociation
ACI American Concrete Institute/ACl Intemational
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
AEIC Association of Edison llluminating Companies, Inc. (The)
AFPA American Forest & Paper Association (See AF&PA)
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The)
T
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
IREFERENCES01420 -2
I 20021501.08 vArL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2U2004
T
AHA American Hardboard Association
Ir AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
I AI Asphalt Institutet
ALA American Institute of Architects (The)
I} AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
I AISI American kon and Steel Institute
-I AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
I AICA Associated Landscape Contractors of America
l, ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated
r AMCA Air Movement and Contol Association Intemational. Inc.
I ANSI American National Standards InstituteI
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts
f APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association
t APA Architectural Precast Association
a API American Petroleum Institute
f ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
'
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
t ASCA Architectural Spray Coaters Association
I ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning Engneers
I ASME ASME krtemational
I (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers Intemational)r ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
I ASrM
ffi.-T:Tli"Ttilresting and Mareriars rnternationar)
I AwcI AWCI lnternationalt
I REFERENCEs ot42o-3I
20021501.08
AWCMA
AWI
AW?A
AWS
AW\MA
BHMA
BIA
BIFMA
VAIL MOT}NTIAN LODGE
(Association of the Wall and Ceiling Indusfries Intemational)
American Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(See WCSC)
Architechral Woodwork Institute
American Wood-Preservers' Association
American Welding Society
American Water Works Association
Builders Hardware ManufacturErs Association
Brick Industry Association (The)
BIFMA International
(Business and Institutional Fumiture Manufacturefs
Association Intemational)
Carpet Cushion Council
Center for Cold$ormed Steel Structues
Copper Devel o'pment Association lnc.
Canadian Elechicity Association
Chemical Fabrics & Film Association. Inc.
Compressed Gas Association
Canadian General Standards Board
Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
Cast hon Soil Pipe Institute
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
Comrgated Polyethylene Pipe Association
Carpet & Rug krstitute (The)
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSA International
(Formerly: IAS - International Appro l Services)
3tzl/2004
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CCC
CCFSS
CDA
CEA
CFFA
CGA
CGSB
CIMA
CISCA
CISPI
CLFMI
CPPA
CRI
CRSI
CSA
REFERENCES 0t420 - 4
a 20021s01.08 vArL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/21t2004
I
acl Construction Specifications Institute (The)Ir CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
I CTI Cooling Technology Institutet (Formerly: Cooling Touier Institute)
I DHI Door and Hardware Institute
I EIA Electronic Industries Alliance
I EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association
1' EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
I EJMA Expansion Joint Manufactwers Association, Inc.
I ESD ESD Associationt
FCI Fluid Contols InstituteI! FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association (See GANA)
I FM Factory Mutual System (See FMG)
I FMG FM GlobalI (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
I
_ FRSA lig:Llfftil? Sheet Metal & Air conditioning contractors
r FSA Fluid Sealing Association
I FSC Forest Stewardship Councilt
_ GA Glpsum Association
- GANA Glass Association of North America
(Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association)It GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute
I GTA Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of
I North America (See GANA)
- HI Hydraulic Institute
Ir HI Hydronics Institute
I HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (See NAAMM)I
-I REFERENCES OI42O-5I
20021501.08 t
I
I
I
I
I
HPVA
HPW
IAS
VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE
Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
Intemational Approval Services (See CSA)
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, lnc.
Intemational Conoete Repair Institute, Inc.
lntemational Electotecbnical Commission
Institute ofElectrical and Electonics Engineers, hrc. (The)
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
lnsulating Glass Certi fication Council
Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (Ihe)
Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.
International Solid Srnface Fabricators Association
Intertek Testing Services
Insect Screening Weavers Association (Now defunct)
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
Laminating Materials Association
Lighhing Protection lnstitute
Laminated Safety Glass Association (See GANA)
Metal Building Manufactwers Association
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
Material Handling Industry of America (See MHIA)
Material Handling Indusfy of America
Marble Institute of America
Master Painters Institute
3t2t/2004
ICEA
ICRI
IEC
IEEE
IESNA
IGCC
IGMA
ILI
ISSFA
ITS
IWS
KCMA
LMA
LPI
LSGA
MBMA
MFMA
MFMA
MH
MHIA
MIA
MPI
T
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
IREFERENCES01420 - 6
!20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTLAN LODGE 3t21t2004
- MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and
f Fittings Industry krc.
r NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
I NAAMM North Arnerican Association of Mirror Manufacturers (See GANA)f
NACE NACE International
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
I
NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association
I NAIMA North American lnsulation Manufacturers Association (The)
I NAMI National Accreditation and Managernent Institute, Inc.r NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, lnc.
I NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute
II NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association
I NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau
I
NECA NationalElectricalContractorsAssociation
I
f NeLMA Northeastem Lumber Manufacturers' Association
a NEMA National Eleckical Manufacturers AssociationI
NETA InterNationalElectricalTestinsAssociation
I NFPA NFPA lnternationalt fNational Fire Protection Association Intemational)
I NFRC National Fenestration Rating CouncilI
NGA National Glass Association
I NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association
I NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority
,NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association
I NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
I
I REFERENCES ot42o-..I
20021501 .08
NSF
NSSGA
NTMA
NTRMA
}IIVWDA
OPL
PCI
PDCA
PDI
PGI
RCSC
P"FCI
RIS
RTI
SAE
SDI
SDI
SEFA
SGCC
SIA
SIGMA
SJI
SMA
SMACNA
VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE
NSF International
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association
National Tenazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc.
National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (See RTI)
National Wood Window and Door Association (See WDMA)
Omega Point Laboratories, Inc.
Precast/Prestessed Concrete Institute
Painting and Decorating Contractors of America
Plumbing & Drainage Institute
PVC Geomembrane Institute
Research Council on Structural Connections
Resilient Floor Covering lnstitute
Redwood Inspection Service
RoofTile lnstitute
(Formerly: NTRMA - National Tile Roofing Manufacturers
Association)
SAE Intemational
Steel Deck hrstitute
Steel Door Institute
Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
Safety Glazing Certification Council
Security hdustry Association
Sealed Insulating Glass Manufachrers Association (See IGMA)
Steel Joist Institute
Screen Manufacturers Association
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Conhactors'
National Association
3t2V2004
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
T
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
IREFERENCES0t420 - 8
I 2oo2rsol.o8
I
VAIL MOI.INTIAN LODGE
SMITIE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
I SPFA SprayPolyurethaneFoamAlliance
@ormerly: SPUSPFD - The Society ofthe
Plastics Industry, lnc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Dvision)
!SPIB Southern Pine lnspection Bureau (The)
I SPVSPFD Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. (The)
Spray Polyurethane Foam Dvision (See SPFA)
I SPRI SPRI
(Single Ply Roofing hstitute)
I SSINA Specialty Steel Industy of North Americaa
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
! STI Sleel Tank hrstitute
I SWI Steel Window Institute
!SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute
I TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.
I TIA/EIA Telecommunications lndustry Association/Electronic
I hdusn-ies Alliance
- TMS The Masonry Societyrr TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
I TPI Turfgrass Producers InternationalI
UL Underwriters Laboratories lnc.II UM Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
I USITT United States lnstitute for Theate Technology, Inc.
I WASTEC WasteEquipmentTechnologyAssociation
I WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
I WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCSC)
I WCSC Window Covering Safety Council
_ (Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers
a Association)
I REFERENCES
I
3t2v2004
01420 - 9
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/21t2004
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and
Door Association)
WIC Woodwork lnstitute of Califomia
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
WSRCA Western States Roofing Contactors Association
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acroqrms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
BOCA BOCA hrternational. lnc.
CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC)
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical
Offrcials (Th6)
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
ICBO ICBO Evaluation Service. Inc.
ES
ICC International Code Council, Inc.
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building O{ficials)
SBCCI Southem Building Code Congress Intemational, Inc.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION OI42O
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
T
IREFERENCES01420 - l0
A,
B.
C.
1.1
1.2
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
2002r 50r.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
SECTION O15OO - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART I - GENERAL
3/2v2004
I
t
I
I
1.3
SI]MMARY
This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
See Division I Section "Execution Requirernents" for progress cleaning requirements.
See Divisions 2 tlrrough 16 Sections for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements
for products in those Sections.
DEFINITIONS
Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, pemanent or temporary roofing is
complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all
openings are closed with permanent consfuction or substantial temporary closures.
USE CHARGES
General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.
Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not
limited to Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
Water Service: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering
and without payment of use chmges. Provjde connections and extensions of services as
required for c onstructi on operations.
Electric Power Service: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use
without metering and without payment of use charges. hovide connections and extensions of
services as required for construction operations.
SUBMMTALS
Site Plan: Show ternporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for
construction personnel.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B.
t.4
1.5
I
I
I
t
I
I
I TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - I
2002150 r .08 VAIL MOT]NTI,ANLODGE 3t2v2004
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
I.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its
use as a construction facility before Ovme/s acceptance, regardless of previously assigned
responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERTALS
A. Gypsum Board: Minimum l/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick by 48 inches (1219 mm) wide by
maximum available lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with
ASTMC 36/C36M.
B. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glasS, slag wool, or rock wool;' with maximum flame-spread and smokedeveloped indexes of 25 and 50, respectively.
2.2 TEMPORARYFACILITIES
2.3 EQUTPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide
vented, self+ontained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic
control.
1. Use of gasoline-buming space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I INSTALLATION,GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 2
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
H,
3.2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE 3/21t2004
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities
are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
TEMPORARY UTILIry INSTALLATION
General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
l. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
intemrpted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
l. Connect temporary sewers to private system indicated as directed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water seryice facilities will be permitted, as long as
facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable lo Owner. At Substantial
Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
1. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a. drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly
from pans.
Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of
conskuction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of
completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low
temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed.
Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to
produce ambient condition required and minimize anergy consumption.
Electric Power Service: Use of Owner's existing eleckic power service will be permitted, as
long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.
l. Cormect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner.
Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
l. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire systern.
Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all
construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01s00 - 3
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE 3lzt/2004
l. Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. hovide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and cornputer in
each field office.
2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers including police and fire
departments Contractor's home office Architect's office Owner's office Principal
subcontractors' field and home offices.
3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when
away from field oflice.
J. Elechonic Communication Service: Provide temporary elechonic commrmication service,
including electronic mail in field office.
3.3 STJPPORTFACILITIESINSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
l. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial
Completion. Personnel remaining after Sirbstantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Ovrrner.
B. Traffic Contols: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Protect existing site improvem€nts to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Parking: Parking areas for construction personnel will not be provided on site.
D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Maintain hoject site, excavations, and construction free of water.
l. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
E. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs.
Install signs where indicated to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
l. hovide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste<ollection containers in sizes adequate to handle
waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction. Comply with Division I Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning
requirements.
G. Lifu and Hoists: hovide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
t
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
I
T
I
l
T
I
I
T
I
ITEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 4
H.
J.
K.
L.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
3.4
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
2002r 50 r.08 VAIL MOTINTTAN LODGE 3/2v2004
l. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoistins materials are considered "tools and
equipment" and not temporary facilities.
Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators will not be permitted.
Existing Elevator Use: Use of Owner's existing elevators will be not be permitted.
Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders
are not adequate.
Existing Stair Usage: Use of Building's Owner's existing stair (eastern) will be permitted, as
long as stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial
Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
l. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, sigrs, or other procedures to protect stairs
and to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged,
restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
Ternporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Cover finished, permanent stairs with protective covering
of plywood or similar material so fmishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
Environmental Protection: Provide prctection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable
effects.
Tree and Plant hotection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line
of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root
systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize atffaction and
harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control
procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial
Completion. Perform conhol operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.
Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized enhance,
vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Cornply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar
activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
l. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL S 01500 - 5
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTI,AN LODGE 3/2v2004
Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to+eiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt
migration and to separale areas occupied by Building Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
l. Construct dusproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side,
and fire-retardant plywood on construction operations side.
2. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas.
3 . Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks.4. Protectair-handlingequipment.
5. Weather strip openings.
6. Provide walk-off mats at each enfance through temporary partition.
Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of tlpes
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and contollable fire losses. Comply with
NFPA24I.
I . Prohibit smoking in construction areas.2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire igrition according to requirernents of authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supcrvise an overall fue-prevention and -protection program for personnel
at Project site. Review necds with local fire dcparfinent and estrablish procedures to be
followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post wamings and information.4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a wamihg
sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection puposes only and are not to be removed.
Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition rnatil removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
Temporary Facility Cbangeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a p€rmanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
l. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession ofProject identification signs.
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
G.
3.5
B.
C.
D.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 6
20021501.08 VAIL MOT]NTTAN LODGE 3/21t2004
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division I
Section "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION OI5OO
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01500 - 7
B.
c.
B.
c.
l.l
t.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021501 .08
SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART I -GENERAL
VAILMOI.]NTIAN LODGE 3t2v2004
SUMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for
use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufachrers' standard warranties on
products; special wananties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
See Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for Conhact closeout.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and
installations specifred to be warranted.
DEFIN]TIONS
Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the. terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other desigrration shown or listed in manufacturer's published product
literature, that is current as of date of th€ Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless
explicitly stated otherwise. hoducts salvaged or recycled from other projects are not
considered new products.
3. Cornparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those ofspecified product.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipmant, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
Basis-of-Desigr Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of desigt," including make or model number or other
desigaation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appeaftmce, and other characteristics for purposes of
evaluating cornparable products of other named manufacturers.
SUBMITTALS
Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identifo product
or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and
title and Drawins numbers and titles.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - l
20021501 .08 VAIL MOI]NTTAN LODGE 312|2004
I . Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13. I A.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following,
as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate
contactors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of
the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as
performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific feafures and
requirements indicated.
d. hoduct Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installafi on procedwes.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
C. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance with requirements indicated.
h. Researcl/evaluation reports evideacing compliance with building code in effect for
Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
i. Detailed comparison of Contactor's Construttion Schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Worlg including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Conkact Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's
letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.j. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.k. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Conhact Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.l. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of faihne of proposed substitution to produce indicated
results.
3. Architecfs Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within 7 days of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within
15 days of receipt of request, or 7 days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form ofAcceptance: Change Order.
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
Comparable Product Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identiff
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
I . Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product
request. Architect will notifr Contractor of approval or rejection ofproposed comparable
I
I
I
I
I
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
IPRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 2
C.
B.
1.4
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
product request within 15 days ofreceipt ofrequest, or 7 days ofreceipt ofadditional
information or documentation. whichever is later.
a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division I Section "Submittal Procedutes."
b. Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use ofa comparable
product request within time allocated.
Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Cornply with requirements in Division I
Section " Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
QUALITY ASSIJRANCE
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on hojcct, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even ifpreviously selected products were also options.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instuctions.
Delivery and Handling:
l. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at hoject site and to prevent
overcrowding of constuction spaces.2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Storage:
Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting ofunits.
Store materials in a manner that will not endanger hoject structure.
Store products that are subject to damage by the elernants, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above grormd, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
Store cementitious products and materials on elevated platforms.
Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of
installation and concealment.
Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperahue, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
3/2u2004
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 3
1.6
20021501.08 VAIL MOLTNTI-AN LODGE 3/21/2004
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other
warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturefs disclaimers and limitations on
product warranties do not relieve Conhactor of obligations tmder requirements of the Contract
Documents.
l. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual
manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to
Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written wananty required by or incorporated into the Contact
Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufactwer's warranty or to provide
more rights for owner.
Special Warranties: Prepare a written documeat that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for appro l before final execution.
l. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and
properly executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a
written document using appropriate form properly executed.
3. Refer to Divisions 2 tlrough 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for su6mitting special warranties.
Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Closeout hocedwes."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
l. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
requiremants of the Contact Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term 'as selected," Architect will make
selection.
5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Architect's.
6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
Product Selection Procedures:
t
t
I
T
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
T
III
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
2.1
B.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 4
2.
J.
4.
5.
7.
9.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
I
t
t
t
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIINTIAN LODGE 3t2112004
1.Product: Where Specifications name a single product and manufachrer, provide the
named product that complies with requirements.
Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufactuer or source,
provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.
Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.
Manufacfurers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed thal complies with requirements.
Available Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both products and
manufacturers, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed prduct, that complies
with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed product.
Available Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed, or an turnamed manufacturer, that complies
with requirements. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Cornparable hoducts" Article for
consideration of an unnamed product.
Product Options: Where Specifications indicate that sizes, profiles, and dimensional
requirernents on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide the
specified product or system. Comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions"
Article for consideration of an unnamed product or system.
Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product and include a list of
manufactwers, provide the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other
named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions,
and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in
Part 2 "Comparable hoducts" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by the
other named manufacfu rers.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, select a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample.
Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
a. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other
specified requirements, comply with provisions in Part 2 "Product Substitutions"
Article for proposal ofproduct.
10. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacfurer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product that
complies with other specified requirements.
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of
colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattem,
density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium
items.
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors,
pattems, texfures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, density, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium
items.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 5
2.2
2002150r.08
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01600
VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3t21t2004
PRODUCT S1JBSTITUTIONS
Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the
Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or re.iected at discretion
ofArchitect.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contactor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will retum
requests without action, except to record noncornpliance with these requirements:
l. Requested substitution offers Ownet a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner
must assume. Owler's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect
for redesigrr and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Ov',ner, and
similar considerations.
2. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Conbact Documents.3. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
Requestcd subsitution will not adversely affcct Contractor's Construction Scheduie.
Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
7. Requested substitution is compatible with other podions of the Work. '
8. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
9. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will
retum requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents, that it is consistent with the Conhact Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.2. Detailed comparison of sigrrificant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include atbibutes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
Samples, if requested.
I
IIt
It
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
4.
5.
6.
2.3
J.
j
5.
PRODUST REQUIREMENTS 01600 - 6
20021501.08 vArL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 3/21/2004
!
SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
I
PART I -GENERAL
T 1.I ST]MMARY
I A. This Section includes general procedural requirements goveming execution of the Work
rncluding, but not limited to, the following:
I l. Constructionlayout.r 2. General installation ofproducts.
3. Progress cleaning.
I 4. Starting and adjusting.I 5. Protection ofinstalled construction.
6. Correction of the Work.
I B. See Division I Section "Closeout hocedured" for submitting final property survey with Project
Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels,
l and final cleaning.
t
1.2 SI'BM]TTALS
r A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifoing that location and elevation of
exterior improvements comply with requirements.
I B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept
hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
I C. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor.
t 1.3 QUALTTYASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice
I in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experiarced in providing land-survefng
- services of the kind indicated.
t PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
I PART3 -EXECI,TION
I 3.1 ExAMTNATToNI
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of improvements, utilities, and other
I construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate andI
I ExEcUTIoNREQUIREMENTS 01700 - I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOI.]NTLAN LODGE 3/21/2004
veri0/ tbe existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work.
l. Before construction, veriff the location and points of conneclion of utility services.
Existing Utilities: The existence and location of utilities and construction indicated as existing
are not guaranteed.
l. Before construction, verif the location and invert elevation at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and electrical services.2. Fumish location data for work related to hoject that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
I . Veri8/ compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing hnishes or pnmers.
2. Examine roughing-in for rnechanical and electrical systems to veriff actual locations of
connections bfore equipmort and fixture installation.
3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are
to be installed.
4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
PREPARATION
Existing Utility lnformation: Fumish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or
relocate existing utility lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by
construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to
other construction, veri$ dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with constuction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.
Space Requirements: Verifu space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
Review of Conhact Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Conhact Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include
a detailed description ofproblern encountered, together with recommendations for changing the
Conhact Documents. Submit requests on CSI Form 13.2A, "Request for Interpretation."
I
I
I
c.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
3.2
B.
C.
D.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 2
B.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
3.3
3.4
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t21/2004
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, veri$ layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notif Architect
promptly.
General: lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and conhol points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element ofProject.2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawines to obtain
required dimensions.
3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
5. Notiff Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
INSTALLATION
General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct aligrrment and
elevation, as indicated.
l. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance
and ease ofrernoval for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
Comply with manufacfurer's written instuctions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or
loading in excess ofthat expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be
factory prepmed and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that
adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated
requirements.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 3
2002r s0r.08 VAIL MOI]NTTAN LODGE 3t2v2004
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Fumish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and
items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver
such items to Project site in time for installation.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairlinejoints.
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
PROGRESS CLEANING
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including corrmon areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements sbictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
l. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to'rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
Site: Maintain hoject site free of waste materials and debris.
Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
l. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
lnstalled Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed swfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensnre
freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
Dwing handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from
damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
H.
3.5
B.
C.
E.
F.
D.
G.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 4
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
II
I
II
T
I
T
I
I
T
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t21t2004
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through
the rernainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure
operability without damaging effects.
I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progless, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise
deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.6 STARTINGANDADruSTING
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
C. Test each piece of equipment to veriff proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning conftols and equipment.
D. Manufacturer's Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to
inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification
requirements in Division I Section "Quality Requirements."
3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage
or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Conply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged subshates and finishes.
Comply with requirements in Division I Section "Cutting and Patching."
l. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up
with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces camot be repaired
without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.
E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700 - 5
2002150t.08
END OF SECTION OITOO
VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE 3mn004
DGCUTION REQUIREIVIENTS 01700 - 6
t,
t
2002 l 501 .08
SECTION OI73I - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART I - GENERAL
VAIL MOLTNTIAN LODGE 312v2004
A.
B.
c.
l.l
1.2
1.3
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
fi
I
I
I
il
SUMMARY
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to
cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
See Division 7 Section "Through-Penetoation Firestop Systems" for patching fire-rated
construction.
SUBMITTALS
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before
the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the
following information :
l. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
2. Changes to ln-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elernents and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance
and other significant visual elements.3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4. Dates: Indicate whan cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List serviceVsystems that cutting
and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services/systems tbat will be
relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long
servi ceVsystems will be disrupted.
6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
strucfural elements, submit details showing integration of reinforcement with original
structure.
7. Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of
unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSI.]RANCE
Structural Elernents: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio,
1. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elernents and related components
in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
CUTTING ANDPATCHING 01731 - I
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2y2004
2. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related
components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in
reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or
decreased operational life or safety.
B. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch constuction exposed on the exterior or
in occupied spaces in a nnnner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually
unsatisfactory manner.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Retnove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
In-Place Materials: Use materials identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1 If identical materials are unavailable or carmot be used, use materials that, when installed,
will match the visual and fi:nctional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to
be performed.
l. Compatibility: Before patching, veriff compatibility with and suitability of substrates,
including compatibility with in-place finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
'lt
I
t
2.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
$
1
A.
B.
3.1
3.2 I
I
{lCUTTING AND PATCHING ot73t -2
I
I
t
t
I
7
I
0
T
t
Ar
V
I
t
I
i
I
t
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2r/2004
Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or intemrption of free passage
to adjoining areas.
Existing Utility Services and MechanicallElectrical Systems: Where existing services/systems
are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before
cutting to prevent intemrption to occupied areas.
PERFORMANCE
General: Ernploy skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
l. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other constuction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similm
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; cornply
with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacant surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete or Masomy: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.4. Mechanical and Eleckical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
rernoved. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
5. hoceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
Patching: Patch construction by frlling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations
following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as
possible. hovide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other
Sections.
l Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonshate integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finisb
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence
of patching and refi nishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even
surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall
B.
D.
J.J
B.
CUTTING AND PATCHING 0173t - 3
20021501.08 VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE 3t2l/2004
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and
aPpearance.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weatherti ght condition.
D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely
remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
END OF SECTION OI73I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
0
t
I
-
Ut
I
I
ili
I
I
I
ICUTTING AND PATCHING 01731-4
I 2oo2r5or.o8
I
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
t
U
SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
-latll
PART I.GENERAL
-I.I SI.JMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or sFucture.
2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
n rz DEFINTTIoNS
f'" A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless
I indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
a- B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to
a Owner ready for reuse.
I,F C. Rernove and Reinstall: Detach items hom existing constuction, prepare them for reuse, and
1', reinstall them where indicated.
I D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherw'ise indicated to be rernoved, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.3 SI.]BMITTALS
I A. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate detailed sequence of selective demolition
and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity, intemrption of utility
l, services, use of stairs, and locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.
I B. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site
rr improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by
I
selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.
,\ C. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility
f licensed to accept hazardous wastes.-/rl,1
l, t.4 QUAITTYASSURANCE
'l
A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in dernolition work
I
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
4 B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities
having jurisdiction.
U
fr
I SELECTTvEDEMoLITIoN 0t732 - |
2002 1501 .08 VAIL MOI.JNTIANLODGE 3/2r/2004
C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operalions will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as
far as practical.
C. Notiff Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding
with selective demolition.
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the
Work.
l. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;
immediately notif Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under
a separate contact.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not pemitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
l. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
I.6 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged
during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.
C. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
t
I
il
I
I
I
I
'i
I
tl)
I
I
I
I
0
I
fi
ISELECTTVE DEMOLITION 0t732 -2
I
l
I
t
I
f,
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
J
l
I
0
I
20021s01.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 312112004
Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing
any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of
strucfure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.
Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction
photographs.
UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Existing ServiceVSystems: Maintain services/systans indicated to remain and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operalions.
Service/System Requiremeats: Locate, ideniiff, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility
services and mechanicaUelectrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
l. Arrange to shut offindicated utilities with utility companies.2. If serviceVsystems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary serviceVsystems that bypass
area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other
parts ofbuilding.
3. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion ofpipe or conduit after bypassing
PREPARATION
Site Access and Temporary Conhols: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
L Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division I Section
"Temporary Facilities and Controls."
Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adj acent buildings and facilities to remain.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of
governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and
chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to
rernain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed swfaces to avoid marring
existing fi nished surfaces.
D,
3.2
B.
3.3
B.
3.4
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3
20021501.08 I
I
I
I
l
0
I
I
l
I
0
I
1
I
,t
I
I
!
I
B.
B.
c.
3.5
3.6
VAIL MOUNTI.AN LODGE 3/21/2004
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verifo condition and contents ofhidden
space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression
devices during fl ame-cutting operations.
4. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.5. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
Existing ltems to Remain: Protect construction indicated to rernain against damage and soiling
during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, iterns may be removed to a suitable,
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their
original locations after selective demolition operations are cornplete.
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERI,ALS
General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site
and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
I . Comply with requirements specified in Division I Section "Consfuction Waste
Management."
Buming; Do not bum demolished materials.
Disposal: Transport donolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
CLEANING
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition
operations began.
END OF SECTION 01732
SELECTTVE DEMOLTTION 01732 - 4
I
I
SECTION OI77O - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART I -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,It including, but not limited to, the following:
l. Inspectionprocedures.
2. Wananties.
3. Final cleaning.
B. See Division I Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Paymant
for Substantial and Final Completion.
C. See Division I Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record
Specifications, and Record Product Data.
t
L D. See Division I Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenancea- manu'al requirements.
I E. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirernents for
t the Work in those Sections.
/',,-1II\I,, 1,2 SI]BSTANTIAL COMPLETION
I A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
t Completion, complete the fotlowing. List items belorv that are incomplete in request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner ofpending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to
services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property
surveys, and similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number wh€r€ applicable.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's
personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems.
9. Submittest/adjust/balancerecords.
20021 50 r .08 VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE 3t21t2004
I
I
t
I
I
T
r
I
I
I
0
01770 - |
I cLosEourPRocEDURES
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/21/2004
with mockups,10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along
construction tools, and similar elements.
I l. Advise Owner ofchangeover in heat and other utilities.12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notifu Confactor of unfulfilled
requirernants. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
or will notiff Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
I . Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incornplete is completed or corrected.2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Cornpletion.
FINALCOMPLETION
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, cornplete the following:
I . Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division I Section "Payment
hocedures."
2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of iterns to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy
of the list shall state that each item has been completed or othenvise resolved for
acceptance.
3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notif! Contractor of unfulfilled requirenents.
Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notifu Contactor
of constuction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
I . Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area
affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction
t
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
t
I
3
I
l.J
I
I
I
I
it
I
B.
1.4
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 -2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2r/2004
including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Conhactor that are outside the limits of construction.
Use CSI Form 14.1A.
l. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
WARRANTIES
Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of
the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is
indicated.
Aganize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavyduty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, looseleaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by- I l-inch
(2 I 5-by-280-mm) paper.
2. hovide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warrantSr. Mark
tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone
number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
'WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
Provide additional copies ofeach warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
FINALCLEANING
General: hovide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local eavironmental and antipollution
regulations.
1.5
B.
2.1
3.1
0
I
I
!
I
I
I CLOSEOTIT PROCEDURES 01770 -3
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3t2v2004
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacfurer's written instructions.
l. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion for entire hoject or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean hoject site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other
foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove peFochemical spills, stains, and other
foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-fiee condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
C. Remove debris and surface dust Aom limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, henches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, rernoving debris and excess nap;
shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.j. Clean transparant materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged hansparent materials. Polish
mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
I ) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates.
m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
n. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces ofdiffusers, registers, and grills.q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace bumed-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to cornply
with requirements for new fixfures.
r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
B.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDI.]RES 0t770 - 4
t
t 2OO2I5OI.O8 VAIL MOT.INTIAN LODGE 3121t2004
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury deb'ris or
- excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous'f\ materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
! lawfullv.
l,
r ENDOFSECTTON0ITT0
t
I
I
f,
1
T
t
I
t
I
t
I
r
I
I cLosEourPRocEDrJREs 01770 - 5
Ti
T
l
I
I
i
I
t
t
l
I
I
I
I
P<E{':
9tr
ECtgtL
Ea<a l)
l
I
E.2ge
IF
E+
ESE<g>-
2E69
ET
-a<
=J
; (r)o\s
z-e!0E
F.>4-
I
I
:
Er
tr
tr
El
tr
D
tr
D
o
Ofl
q)
>o
tr
u;
oo
.o
c)
v)
n
o
D
l|)
z
{)
z
o
Eo
!.,
E
()
{t
a
c
it)
=
atl
tr
FeFE
a)
.9q
=(,Eg
FC0otroOo
=.=5'ot*9€E'!l
oo
Eg
e.a6r
€B
b?
FS.E C|.
96i6l)
ID;
.EL
.biIaEFFI r-i
EC'b€
5=
-^9
r)&trg
a,.o
E
zii6,9,AE
d'Eet<().A
t!
Eo
3r.
aF
O
,a
oa,
FfrU9z)D
er
$€s
F)
B.
B,
l.l
1.2
2.1
l
t
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
$
l
I
i
J
I
t,
2002150r.08 VAIL MOUNTI-AN LODGE
SECTION OI78I - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART I - GENERAL
3t21t2004
SIJMMARY
This Section includes administrative and procedural requiremeats for hoject Record
Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. RecordSpecifications.
3. Rccord Product Data.
See Division I Section uOperation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirernents.
See Divisions 2 through l6 Sections for specific requirernents for Project Record Documents of
the Work in those Sections.
SUBMITTALS
Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
I . Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up Record Prints.
Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contact modifications.
Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
RECORDDRAWINGS
Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or blackline white prints of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings.
I . Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies
from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to Fepare the
marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
dilficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
01781- IPROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
2002 r 501 .08 I
T
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
)
I
I
i
I
I
I
t
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
t-
B.
2.2
2.3
VAIL MOI.]NTIAN LODGE 3tzr/2004
2. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing
actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. lf Shop Drawings are marked,
show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
3. Mark record sets with erasable, red+olored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, altemate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
Format: Identi$ and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING' in a prominent location.
Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. lnclude identification
on cover sheets.
Identification: As follows:
Project name.
Date.
Designation'PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
Name of Architect.
Name of Contractor.
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and conhact modifications.
l. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment fi:rnished, including substitutions and product options selected.3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, krstaller, and other information necessary to
provide a record of selections made.
4. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where
applicable.
RECORD PRODUCTDATA
Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in hoduct Data submittal.
l. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include sigtificant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instuctions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where
applicable.
PROJECT RECORD DOCTJMENTS 01781 - 2
a.
Ir' 2002150r.08 vAIL MouNTt.AN LoDGE 312l/2004
-,
. 2.4 MISCELLANEoUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
I A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specihcation Sections for miscellaneousll record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file
miscellaneous records and identiff each, ready for continued use and reference.If
PART 3 - EXECUTION
It''' 3.1 REcoRDINc AND MAINTENANCE
I A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for ProjectJ Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to hoject Record Documents as
they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.a
f B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the
field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project
I Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and
t in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to- Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
lt.r? ENDoFSECTIoNorT8I
-'I
II,
I
I'
I
i
3
I
h
rl
I
I PRoTECTRECoRDDocT.JMENTSI 01781 - 3
- 20021501.08 vAIL MoINTIAN LoDGE 3tzt/2004
rl
a
SECTION 01782 - OPERATION ANDMAINTENANCE DATA
-\I
PART I - GENERAL
Il,
I.I STJMMARY
I A. This Section includes adminisfative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
't maintenance manuals, including the following:
fr
I l. Emergency manuals.t 2. Operation manuals for systerns, subsystems, and equipment.3. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of Droducts. materials. frnishes .r systems and equipment.
-B. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual
t requirements for the Work in those Sections.r!
i 1.2 SUBMITTAIS
t A. Manual: Submit one copy of each manudl in final form at least 15 days before final inspection.
Architect will return copy with cornments within 15 days after final inspection.
l. Correct or modiff each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 2 copies of
each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUALS. GENERAL
I A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each|l system and subsystern, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part ofa system.
Each manual shall contain a title page, table ofcontents, and manual contents.
I B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
l. Subject matter included in manual.2. Name and address of Project.
3. Name and ad&ess of Owner.4. Date of submiftal.
5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.6. Name and address of Architect.
a, 7 . Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
f C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed
to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project
Manual.
I
I
I
I
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 1
2002r50l.08 3/2U2004
Manual Contenls: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
l. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring vinyl-covered, looseJeaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-l/2-by-ll-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper; with
clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside
covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. Identiff each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject mattef, of
contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each
tab to indicate contents. krclude typed list of products and major components of
equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of hoject Manual.
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagrostic
software diskettes for computerized elechonic equipmant.
4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, pwched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
anvelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.
EMERGENCYMANUALS
Content: Organize manual into a separate section for type of emergency, emergency
instructions, and emergency procedures.
Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include
instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component for
fire, flood, gas lealg water leak, power failure, water outage, equipment failure, and chemical
release or spill.
Emergency Insfuctions: Describe and explain warnings, houble indications, error messages,
and similar codes and sigrals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for
notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
Emergency Procedures: lnclude instructions on stopping, shutdown instructions for each type
of emergency, operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits, and
required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
D.
2.2
B.
c.
D.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 -2
VAIL MOI-INTIAN LODGE 3l2t/2004
II
. 2.3 OPERATIONMANUALS
I A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
t individual Specification Sections and equipment descriptions, operating standards, operating
procedures, operating logs, wiring and control diagrams, and license requirements.I
I B. Descriptions: Include the following:
l. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer'sname.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.4. Equipment function.
5. Operatingcharacteristics.
6. Limitingconditions.7. Performance curves.
8. Engineering data and tests.
9 . Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include stad-up, break-in, and control procedures; stopping and normal
shutdown instructions; routine, normal, s'easonal, and weekend operating instructions; and
^ required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
t D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram contr.ols as
installed.
I
I E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identif color-coding where required for? identification.
'
2.4 PRODUCTMAINTENANCEMANUAL
I A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
I Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and
sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
L
I B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and
arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
r telephone number of lnstaller or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference
I Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
f
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
f l. Product name and model number.2. Manufacturer'sname.
I 3. Color, pattern, and texture.
fJ' 4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
I D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and inspection
procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, schedule for cleaning and
maintenance, and repair instructions.
I 2oo2l5or.o8
I
I oPERATIoNANDMAINTENANCEDATA 0t782 - 3
2002150r.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validiW of warranties or bonds.
2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCEMANUAL
C.
Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,
maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintexance seryice
contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual,
identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product,
list name, address, and telephone number oflnstaller or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
Manufachrers' Maintenancc Documentation: Manufacfurers' maintenance documentation
including maintenance instructions, drawings and diagrams for maintenance, nomenclature of
parts and components, and recommended spare parts for each component part or piece of
equlpment:
Maintenance Procedures: Include test and inspection insfuctions, houbleshooting guide,
disassembly instructions, and adjusting instructions, and demonstration and taining videotape if
available, that detail essential maintelance procedures:
Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacemcnt and repair parts, with
parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local
sources of maintenance materials and related services.
F,
G. Maintenance Service Contacts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and
telephone number of service agent.
Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and
conditions that would affect validitv of warranties or bonds.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
MANUAL PREPARATION
Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures
for use by emergency personnel and by Ovmer's operating personnel for types of emergencies
indicated.
I
I
I
,l
Tl
I
Il
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
g
I
B.
D.
E.
3.1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 0t782 - 4
I
B.
c.
D.
F.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021501.08
and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01782
VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE
Producl Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care
and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance
data indicating operation and maintenance ofeach system, subsystern, and piece of equipment
not part of a system.
Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include
only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identifu each
product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one itern in a
tabular format, identi$ each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.
Identiff data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illusfrate control sequence and
flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record Drawings to
ensute corect illustation of completed installation.
l. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance
manuals.
Comply with Division I Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation
3t2u2004
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01782 - 5
I 2oo2l5or.o8
I
SECTION OI 820 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING!ht-
v PART l -GENERAL
r.
I.I SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner'sIt personnel, including the following:
t 1. Demonstration of operation of systerns, subsystems, and equipment.2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipmart.
I B. See Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for demonstation and training
I for products in those Sections.
,l
rJ 1.2 SUBMTTTALS
I A. lnstruction Proglam: Submit two copies of outline of instructional progam for demonstration
I and haining, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and! instructors' names for each training module. Include leaming objective and outline for each
haining module.
a'
J
^. 1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating
maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for
this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful
learning performanc e.
I B. lnstructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with
I requirernents in Division I Section 'Quality Requirements," experienced in operation andu maintenance procedures and training.
I C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures
I related to demonsfiation and training.
I D. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and
I maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data
has been reviewed and approved by Architect.
VAILMOT]NTIAN LODGE 3tzr/2004
t
t
t
1
I.
DEMoNSTRATIoN AND TRAINING 01820 - l
2002150r -08
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
fi
I
I
I
T
t
I
l,
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
2.1
3.1
VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE 3/21/2004
INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules
for each systern and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification
Sections.
Training Modules: Develop a leaming objective and teaching outline for each module. lnclude
a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each
module, include instruction for the following:
l. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirernents, and Criteria: Include system and
equipment descriptions, operating standards, regulatory requirements, equipment
function, operating characteristics, limiting conditions, and performance curv€s.2. Documentation: Review emergency, operations, and maintenance manuals; Project
Record Documents; identification systems; warranties and bonds; and maintenance
service agreements.
3. Emergencics: lnclude instructions on stopping; shutdown instruc.tions; operating
instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits; instructions on meaning of
warnings, touble indications, and error messages; and required sequences for electric'or
electronic systems.
4. Operations: Include startup, break-in, control, and safety procedures; stopping and
normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating
instructions; operating procedures for emergencies and equipmenl failure; and required
sequences for electric or electronic systems.5. Adjustments: Include aligrments and checking, noise, vib'ration, economy, and
effi ciency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: lnclude diagnostic instructions and test and inspection procedures.7. Maintenance: Include inspection procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of
cleaning, procedures for preventive and routine maintenance, and instruction on use of
special tools.
8. Repairs: Include diagrrosis, repair, and disassembly instructions; instructions for
identifuing parts; and review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTRUCTION
Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules,
to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of
pailicipants, instruction times, and location.
Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain
systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
l. Owner will fumish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820 -2
I
I 2oo2r5or.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2V2004
I C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires
seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start ofeach season.
l. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days'advance notice.
I D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's
] mastery of module by use ofa dernonstration performance-based test.
I ENDoFsEcrroNols2o
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DEMoNSTRATIoNANDTRAINING 01820 - 3
I gl mffi#i;,,
I Y =':1"'"'REQUEST FOR
INTERPRETATIONt;R.F.l- Number:
From:I
I Re:
To:
A"/E Project Number:
Contract For:
t Specification Section: Paragaph; Dawing Reference: Detail:
I
Request:
I
I
I Signedby:Date:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
Response:
fl Attachments
Response Frorn To:Date Rec'd:Date Ret'd:
Signed by:
copies: Iowner Dconsultants O- tr- tr- fl- Erit"
Copynght 1994, Construction Specifications lnstitute, Page of
601 Madison Stlcet, AlexaDdria, VA 22314-1791
July 1994
CSI Ftrm !3.24
I
I
Il
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
x<a v-1
>\F
v)
$
o.
Eo\
=F
=F*:
rE i.i'5N
P<,6>
'E -=
EF
E-6-q<
XE96
FE5,;tR>(J-s€
3ii
tr
tr
tr
tr
fl
tr
tr
tr
14
E
o(J
tr
-
tr
iio
O
(,
tn
it).c|
z
()
-ae
D
!),o
E
z
oE
tu
o
c)
l|,
IJ
t/)
o
o
a.E,
a
I
a)g
o
!,
(u
(h
(,
o
F
a,
J
o
It)v,
tlv)
ziiE,9'aE
,:. 9€EE6
(l
o
c(l,
.tA
j-i.
x<5<'F
o.F
7u)7-
Qa&4arI]3-r) Ft<tr.y i---)-AZ.-tH<
AHF-\ r-'t--a-
*.
f-
s
E.s
FEg-to:rot--\ F
tt)
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
Date
\ame ol Purchaser
(.'ompanl.' of Purchaser
Street Address of Purchaser
Cit) , Slate and ZIP oi'Purchaser
Re: Elechonic Files
Pro.1r"'ct Namc
Architect's Project No. \\\x\\ \\
Dear Name:
At your request, Znhren and Associates. Inc., will provide Electronic Files for your convenience and use
in the preparation ofdesign-build drarvrngs related to lProjecr Nanrel, subject to the following terms and
conditions of this Agreement:
Zetren and Associates', Inc., Electronic Files were produced and are compatible with AuloCAD Release
2000 software, and 32mb RAM, 256 mhz cpu (minimum) hardware. Zehren and Associates, Inc., makes
no repres€ntation as to the compalibility of these frles with your hardware or software.
Data contained on these electronic files is part of T,ebren and Associates, lnc., Instruments of Service and
shall not be used by you or anyone else receiving this data for any purpose other than as a convenience in
the preparation of design-build drawings for [Project Name]. Any other use or reuse by you or others
will be at your sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to Zehren and Associates, Inc. You agree
to make no claim and hereby waive, to the fullest extent psrmitted by law, any claim or cause of action of
any nature against Zehren and Associates, Inc., its officers, directors, employees, agents, or sub-
consultants which may arise out of or in connection with your use of these Electronic Files. Furthermore,
you shall, to the fullest exteat permitted by law, indemnifi and hold harmless Zehren and Associates,
hc., from all claims, damages, losses and expanses-including attomey's fees-arising out of or
resulting from your use ofthese Electronic Files.
These Electonic Files are not Contract Documeats. Significant differences may exist between these
Electonic Files and corresponding "hard-copy" Contract Documents due to Addenda, Change Orders or
other Revjsions. Zehren and Associates, Inc., makes no representation regarding the accuracy or
completeness of the Electronic Files you receive. In the event that a conflict arises between the Contract
Documents prepared by Zelren and Associates, Inc., and the Electronic Files, the Contract Documents
shall govern. You are responsible for determining if any conflict exists. By your use of these Elechonic
Files, you are not relieved of your duty to fully comply with the Contract Documents, including and
without limitation, the need to check, confrm and coordinate all dimensions and details, take field
measurements, verifr field conditions and coordinate your work with that of other contractors for the
hoject in accordance with the Specifications.
Because of the potential that the information presented on the Electronic Files can be modified,
unintentionally or otherwise, Zetren and Associates, Inc., reserves the right to remove all indicia of its
ownership and/or involvement from each electronic display.
Zelven and, Associates, lnc., retains the rights to all intemally developed drawing and documentation
standards contained within the Electronic Files exclusive of software.
A service fee of $75.00 will be charged for the electronic hansfer ofeach file, regardless ofthe number
of sheets, computer disks. cd-r disks; or electronic, intemet, or e-mail transfers. Any re-use of these files
for projects other than [Project Name] is expressly prohibited under this Agreement, unless written
approval is provided by Zehren & Associates, Inc.
Under no circumstances shall delivery of the Electronic Files for use by you be deemed a sale by Zelrren
and Associates, Inc., and Zehren and Associates, Inc., makes no warranties, either expressed or implied,
of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. ln no event shall Zefuen aid Associates, Inc.,
be liable for any loss or profit or any consequential damages.
Sincerely,
ISignatorl]
lTitlel
Zeluen and Associates, Inc.
This Agreemant Accepted By (Signature):
Title:
Date:
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
,I
I 20021501.08 vArL Mor-rNTArN LoDGE i/z0tzo04!
I SECTION 02230 - SrTE CLEARTNG
I
r PART l -GENERAL
r I.1 SUMMARY--A. This Section includes the followine:I
t l. hotecting existing hees shrubs groundcovers plants and grass to remain.
2. Removing existing trees shrubs groundcovers plants and grass.
f| 3. Clearing and grubbing.
| 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.
5. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.
;; 6. Disconnecting and capping or sealing site utilities.
fJ 7. Temporary erosion and sedimentation conhol measures.
I 1.2 MATERIALOWNERSHIPt
A. Except for stipped topsoil or other materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared
,l materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Projecl site.!
I 1.3 PROIECTCONDITIONS
t- A. Traffrc: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, sbeets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
I or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
r 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacant occupied or used facilities
| 2 ;,:1fi:ffi:::".1fi:r.,"#r#1ili:tH*:H,H#*?requiredbyauthoritiesf having jurisdiction.
I B. Utility Locator Service: Notifi utility locator service for area where Project is located before
] site clearing.
I C. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control
I measures are in place.
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.r soILMATERTALSt
A. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Requirements for satisfactory soil materials are specified in
I Dvision 2 Section "Earthwork."r
l
I
SITE CLEARING 02230 - |
20021501 .08 VAIL MOT]NTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
1. Obtain approved borrow soil materials off-site when satisfactory soil materials are not
available on-site.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during
construction.
B. Locate and clearly flag bees and vegetation to rernain or to be relocated.
c. Protect existing site improvements to remain fiom damage during construction.
l. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
3.2 TEMPORARYEROSIONANDSEDIMENTATIONCONTROL
A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation contol measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airbome dust to adjacent proper.ties and walkways,
according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation confiol measures during construction
until permanent vegetation has been established.
C. Rernove erosion and sedinrntation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during
removal.
3.3 TREE PROTECTION
A' Erect and maintain ternporary fencing around tee protection zones before starting site clearing.
Remove fence when construction is complete.
B. Do not excavate within hee protection zones, unless otherwise indicated.
C' Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by conskuction
operations, in a manner approved by Architect.
3.4 UTILITIES
A' Locate, identiff, discormect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed.
I . Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
SITE CLEARING 02230 -2
I 20021s01.08 vArL MoIJNTATN LoDGE 3/z0t2oo4
| : il::?,;#::J$,[':,llilf,:JffilJi]ffi:ifi.,i.'..,T#iiy,,';ff1,',:l:
r c' Removal of underground utilities is included in Division 2 sections covering site utilities.I
I 3.5 CLEARINGANDGRUBBINGtr
-tI A' Fill depressions caused by cleanng and grubbing operatlons with satisfactory soil material
I
unless further excavation or earthwoik is iniicated.
I l' Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of g inches (200 mm),
I
and compact each rayer to a density equal to adiacent original ground. l
3.6 TOPSOL STRIPPING
I A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
B' strip topsoil to whatever depths are encount€red in a manner to prevent intermingling withI underllng subsoil or other waste materials.
c' Stockpile topsoil materials away. from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil.
I crade ana.sliapeG$br;;rain surface-water. a;r.;i" prevent windblown dust.
I 3.7 SITEIMPROVEMENTS
Y A' Rernove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary tol, facilitate new construction.
-
I
3.8 DrsPosAL
I A' Disposal: Remove -surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials,and rraste materials including trash and o"utls, uil-r"gally dispose of them off owner,sI propertv.
l' separate recyclable materj,als produced during site crearing from other nomecyclable
I i:lifilhJff:e or stockpile without i"t"'.i-r,ie *ith other iraterial" unJ runrpo.t tr,"m
I ENDoFSEcrroNo223o
t
I
I
SITE CLEARING
I
02230_3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
SECTION O23OO - EARTHWORK
PART I -GENERAL
1.I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade walks pavements lawns and grasses and exterior
plants.
2. Excavatingandbackfilling forbuildings andstructures.
3. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade.
4. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements.
5. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.
1.2 DEFINTTIONS
A. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation.
l lnitial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a tench, including haunches to
support sides ofpipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfrll to fill a tench.
B. Bedding Course: Course placed over the excavated subgrade in a bench before laying pipe.
C. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
D. Drainage Course: Course supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary
flow of pore water.
E. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and
dimensions indicated.
l. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond
indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional
excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions
changes in the Work.
2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.
F. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
G. Structr:res: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical
and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below
the ground surface.
EARTHWORK 02300 - I
2002 l50 r .08 VAIL MOIJNTTAN LODGE 3/20/2004
Subbase Course: Course placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphalt
pavement, or course placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement
concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.
Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavalion, or top surface of a fill or
backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildings.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted in writing by Architect and then only after arranging to provide temporary
utility services according to requirernents indicated.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
F.
SOILMATERIALS
General: hovide borrow soil materials when suflicient satisfactorv soil materials are not
available from excavations.
Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM,
or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75 mm) in any
dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT
according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination ofthese groups.
l. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixtne of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and nahral or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a l-ll2-inch
(37.5-mm) sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.
Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixtwe of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 p€rcent passing a I -ll2-inch
(37.5-nrm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.
Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natual or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-l/2-inch
(37.5-mm) sieve and not more than l2 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075-mm) sieve.
Bedding Course: Nafurally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed
stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a l-inch
(25-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No.200 (0.075-nrm) sieve.
I
tH.
I.
J.
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
l
1.3
I
I
I
2.1
B.
D.
G.
I
EARTHWORK 02300 -2
2.2
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
3.2
3.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOLTNThN LODGE 3120/2004
Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of [washed ]crushed stone, or crushed or
uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 Percent passing a
l -l /2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
ACCESSORIES
Waming Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufachred for
marking and identifoing underground utilities, 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 4 mils (0.1 mm)
thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Protect sauctures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, Iateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations.
Preparation of subgrade for earthwork operations including removal of vegetation, topsoil,
debris, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified in Division 2
Section "Site Cle aring."
Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation contols, which are specified in Divisisn 2
Section "Site Clearing," during earthwork operations.
EXCAVATION
Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface
and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include roclg soil
materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be
authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions.
l. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials
and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTI.JRES
Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch (25
mm). If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from stuctures for placing and
removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.
l. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim
bottoms to required lines and grades to leave sotid base to receive other work.
H.
B.
I
I
EART}IWORK 02300 - 3
20021501.08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and
subgrades.
3.5 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or
conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higho
than top ofpipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
L Clearance: 12 inches (300 mm) each side of pipe or conduit.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of
pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of
pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp
objects along trench subgrade.
l. Excavate frenches 6 inches (150 mm) deeper than elevation required in rock or other
unyielding bearing material, 4 inches (100 mm) deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding
SUBGRADE INSPECTION
Proof-roll subgrade below the building slabs and pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired
equipment to identiff soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or
saturated subgrades.
Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or
construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.
UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation
of concrete foundation or footing to exca tion bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean
concrete fill, witb 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi (17.2 MPa), may be used when
approved by Architect.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other constuction or utility plpe as directed by
Architect.
STORAGE OF SOIL MATERI,ALS
Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing.
Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
l
I
B.
3.6
3.7
3.8
EARTHWORK 02300 -4
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
20021501.08
3.10
A.
B.
3.r 1
A.
VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE
l. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of
remaining trees.
UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
Place backfill on subgrades free ofmud, frost, snow, or ice.
Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding
cours€ to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints,
fittings, and bodies ofconduits.
Bacldll trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 mm) of bottom of
footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is
specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
Provide 4-inch- (100-mm-) thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30
inches (750 mm) below surface of roadways. After installing and testing, completely encase
piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) of concrete before bacldilling or placing
roadway subbase.
Place and compact initial bacldill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than I inch (25
mm) in any dimension, to a height of l2 inches (300 mm) over the utility pipe or conduit.
l. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both
sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or
displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.
lnstall waming tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below fmished grade, except 6
inches ( 150 mm) below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
SOILFILL
Plow, scariS, bench, or b,reak up sloped surfaces steeper than I vertical to 4 horizontal so fill
material will bond with existing material.
Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:
L Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.
2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material.
3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.
4. Underbuilding slabs, use angineered fill.
5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill.
SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent hll or backfill soil layer before
compaction to wjthin 2 percent of optimum moisture content.
3/2012004
3.9
A.
B.
D.
F.
G.
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
EARTHWORK 02300 - 5
2002r 501.08
3.12
A.
3.13
A.
B.
3.t4
A.
B.
B.
VAIL MOIJNTI.AN LODGE 3t20t2004
l. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
2. Remove and replace, or scariry and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that
exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified
dry unit weight.
COMPACTIONOF SOIL BACKMLS AND FILLS
Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth
for material cornpacted by heavy conpaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm)
in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of stuctures to required elevations, and
uniformly along the full length of each structwe.
Conpact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698:
l. Under structtnes, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scariff and recompact top 12
inches (300 mm) of existing subgrade and each layer of bacldill or fill soil material at 95
percent.
2. Under walkways, scarifo and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and
compact each layer ofbackfill or fill soil material at 92 percent.
3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scariff and recomprt top 6 inches (150 rnm) below
subgrade and compact each layer ofbacHill or frll soil material at 85 > percent.4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85
percent.
GRADING
General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth strrface, free of irregular strrface changes. Comply
with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.
Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish
subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
l. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm).2. Walks: Plus or minus I inch (25 mm).
3. Pavements: Plus or minus l/2 inch (13 mm).
Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of l/2 inch ( l3 nrm) when tested
with a l0-fbot (3-m) straightedge.
SI]BBASE AND BASE COI.]RSES
Place subbase and base course on subgrades free ofmud, frosl snow, or ice.
On prepared subgrade, place subbase and base course under pavements and walks as follows:
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
tEARTHWORK02300 - 6
I
2.
t
I
I
I
I
20021 50 I .08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
Shape subbase and base course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades.
Compact subbase and base course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines,
cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698.
3.I5 DRAINAGE COT]RSE
A. Place drainage course on subgrades free ofmud, frost, snow, or ice.
B. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete slabs-
on-grade as follows:
I . Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches ( I 50 mm) in compacted thickness in layers of
equal thickness, with no compact€d layer more than 6 inches ( 150 mm) thick or less than
3 inches (75 mm) thick.
Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to not
less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.
3.16 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
free ofhash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
constuction operations or weather conditions.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
l. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,
and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
3,17 DISPOSAL OF SUPJLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste rnaterial, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose ofit offOwner's property.
END OF SECTION O23OO
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
I
t
I EARTHWORK 02300 -7
I 20021501.08 vArL MoLTNTTAN LoDGE 3t20/zoo4I
.l
I SECTTON 02620 - ST.JBDRAINAGE
t PARTr -CENERAL
I r.l suMMARY
t
A. This Section includes subdrainage systems for foundations.TI 1.2 SI.]BMITTALSl
t A. Product Data: For drainage conduit, drainage panels, and geotextile fabrics indicated.
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.r PIPTNGMATERTALS
A. Refer to various application articles in Part 3 for applications of pipe, tube, fttting, and joining
I materials.
I
I 2.2 DRAINAGE PIPES ANDFITTINGS
I A. Perforated, PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2729,bell-and-spigot ends, for loose joints.
I 2.3 SPECIALPIPE COI]PLINGS
I A. Description: ASTMC 1173. Rubber or elaslomeric sleeve and band assembly fabricated to
I match outside diameters of pipes to be joined.
| 2.4 CLEANOUTS
I A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 3034, PVC cleanout threaded plug and threaded pipe hub.
I
, 2.5 DRAINAGE CONDUIT
I A. Pipe and Fittings: Perforated, smooth PVC complying with ASTM D 4216 and ASTM D2729.
I 1. Size: 6 inches (152 mm) high by approximately 2-114 inches (57 mm) thick with a
a minimumflowrateequaltoNPS4(DN 100)pipe.
2. Fittings: PVC with NPS 4 (DN 100) outlet connection.
t 3. Couplings: PVC.r
I
I
SUBDRAINAGE 02620 - |
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.INTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
SOIL MATERIALS
Impervious Fill: Clay, gravel, and sand mixture.
Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed slone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate, Size No. 57, with 100 percent passing l-1/2-inch (37.5-
mm) sieve and not more than 5 percent passing No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRICS
Woven or nonwoven geotextile filter fabric of PP or polyester fibers, or combination of both.
Flow rates range from I l0 to 330 gpm per sq. ft. (4480 to 13 440 [-/min. per sq. m) when tested
according to ASTM D 4491. Available styles are flat and sock.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
EARTI{WORK
Excavafing, tenching and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
SI.JBDRAINAGE SYSTEM APPLICAiIONS
NPs 4 (DN 100) Piping:
l. Perforated, PVC sewerpipe and fittings forloose, bell-and-spigotjoints.
T
2.6
2.7
3.1
3.2
J.J
3.4
A.
B.l
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
IIDENTIFrcATION
Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section
installation of green waming tapes directly over piping.
l. lnstall detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and
structures.
"Earthwork. " Arrange for
over edges of underground I
I
t
T
I
I
B.
FOUNDATION DRAINAGE INSTALLATION
Bottom Impervious Fill: Place impervious fill material on subgrade adjacent to bottom of
footing after concrete footings have been cured and forms removed. Place and compact
impervious fill to dimensions indicated, but not less than 6 inches (150 mm) deep and 12 inches
(300 mm) wide.
Drainage Fill: Place supporting layer of drainage fill over compacted subgrade to compacted
depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). After installing drainage piping, add drainage fill to
width of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on side away from wall and to top of pipe to perform tests.
After satisfactory testing, cover piping to width of at least 6 inches (150 mm) on side away from
footing and above top of pipe to within 12 inches (300 mm) of finish grade. Place drainage fill
in layers not exceeding 3 inches (75 mm) in loose depth; compact each layer placed.
ISUBDRAINAGE02620 -2
C.
3.5
I
I
I
1
I
2002 r s01.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2012004
l. Encase pipe with sock-style geotextile filter fabric before installing pipe. Connect sock
sections with electrical tape.
Fill to Grade: Place native fill material over compacted drainage fill. Place material in loose-
depth layers not exceeding 6 inches ( I 50 mnr). Thoroughly compact each layer. Fill to finish
elevations and slope away from building.
PIPING INSTALLATION
hstall piping beginning at low points of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with
unbroken continuity of invert. Bed piping with full bearing in filtering material. Install gaskets,
seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions and other
requirements indicated.
l. Foundation Subdrainage: Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at a minimum
slope of 0.5 percent and with a minimum cover of 36 inches (915 mm), unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down.3. Excavate recesses in trench bottom for bell ends ofprpe. Lay pipe udth bells facing
upslope and with spigot end entered fully into adjacent bell.
Use increasers, reducers, and couplings made for diflerent sizes or materials of pipes and
fittings being connected. Reduction of pipe size in direction of flow is prohibited.
Install PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321.
PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
Join PVC pipe and fittings according to ASTM D 3034 with elastomeric seal gaskets according
toASTM D2321.
Join perforated, PVC pipe and fittings according to ASTM D2729, with loose, bell-and-spigot
joints.
Special Pipe Couplings: Join piping made of different materials and dimensions with special
couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and that fit botb
pipe materials and dimensions.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing: A{ter installing drainage fill to top of pipe, test drain piping with water to ensure free
flow before backfilling. Rernove obstructions, replace damaged components, and repeat test
until results are satisfactory.
I
I
I
I B.
c.
B.
C.
3.6
3.7
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
SUBDRAINAGE 02620 -3
20021501.08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clear interior of installed piping and stnrctures of dirt and other superfluous material as work
progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place
plugs in ends ofuncompleted pipe at end ofeach day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION 02620
SIJBDRAINAGE 02620 -4
I 20021501.08 vArL MoINTTAN LoDGE ilzorzoolr
I
-lI SECTTON 027sr - CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
T PARTI -GENERAL
I l.l sIMMARY!
_ A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:l
! l. Driveways and roadways.
2. Curbs and gutters.
I 3. Walkways.
fJ 4. Exterior Slabs on Grade
-I r.2 STJBMTTTALS
l A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
B. Design Mixhres: For each concrete pavement mixture.
I 1.3 QUALITYASSURANCE.
I A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products who complies
I with ASTM C 94lC 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment
I B. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless
t modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.
I PART2-PRoDUCTSt'
I 2.1 STEELREINFORCEMENT
I A. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcernent: ASTM A 185. fabricated from as-drawn steel wire
l into flat sheets.
B. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet.
I C. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420); deformed.I
D. Plain Steel Wire: ASTM A 82. as drawn.
t E. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496.
I F. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
I reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcernent, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports
according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
I
I
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 0275r - 1
2002 t 50l .08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3/20t2004
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and
source throughout the Project:
l. PortlandCement: AASHTOM 85,Type trwhite,560lbVcubicyard.
2. Ready Mix Concrete: AASHTO M 157.
B. Aggregates: Provide aggregates from a single sourcel. Fine Aggregate: AASHTO M 6, 33-39% total.
2. Coarse aggregate: AASHTO M 80, size 67,357, or 467.
C. Water: ASTM C94|C94M.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 2@.
E. Chernical Admixtures: ASTM C 4941C 494M, of type suitable for application, certified by
manufactruer to be compatible with other admixfures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent
water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cemsntitious material.
2.3 FIBERREINFORCEMENT
A. Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament or frbrillated polypropylane fibers engineered and designed for
use in concrete pavement, complying with ASTM C I I16, Type III, liT to l-ll2 inches ( 13 to
38 mm) long.
2.4 CURINGMATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover: AASIIT0 M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTMC l7l, polyethylene film or white burlappolyethylene
sheet.
Water: Potable.
Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
Clear Waterbome Membrane-Forming Curing Conrpound: ASTM C 309, Type l, ClassB,
dissipating.
F. White Waterborne Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B.
2.5 RELATEDMATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Srips: ASTMD 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber
or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
c.
D.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
l
t
I
T
ICEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 027sr -2
I 2002150r.08 vAIL MotrNTrAN LoDGE 3/2012004t
I B. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigmarts or colored water-reducing
I admixtures; color stable, free ofcarbon blaclg nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis.
r 2.6 CONCRETEMIXTURES
a D-:pare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, with the following properties:
I rr. rr(
t I . Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3750 psi {27 .6 MPa).
2- Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.48.
| 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm)
- 4. Air Content:
a. 5 percent for aggregates l" and larger.
I b. 6percent foraggregates3l4".I c. 7 percent for aggregates l/2",
d. 8 percent for aggregates 3/8".II B. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate, but
not less than 1.0 lb/cu. yd. (0.60 kg/cu. nr).
-.
I C. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturels written
rnstructions.
If 2.7 CONCRETEMDqNG
I A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to
f ASTM C 94lC 94M and ASTM C I I 16. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged
and used in tlre Work.
PART3 -EXECUTION
' 3.I EXAMINATIoN
I A. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired
I equipment to identi$ soft pockets and areas ofexcess yielding.
I 3.2 EDGE FORMSAND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
I A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulktreads, and intermediate screed guides for pavemenl to
t required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and
so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
I B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete
- without damaee.
I
I
I
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 0275t -3
2002 I 501 .08 I
I
I
I
I
A.
J.J
3.4
B.
c.
D.
VAIL MOLINTI-AN LODGE 3/20t2004
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and
supporting reinforcement.
JOINTS
General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line with
faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Constuct transverse joints at right angles to
centerline, unless otherwise indicated.
Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and ead terminations of pavematt and at
locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless pavement
terminates at isolation joints.
Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs,
catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated.
Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as
indicated. Constuct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete
thickness.
Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with
an edging tool to a l/4-inch (6-mm) radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface
finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed.
Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.
Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push
or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place.
Screed pavemant surfaces with a straightedge and strike off.
Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform
surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not firrther
disturb concrete surfaces before beginning hnishing operations or spreading surface treatrnents.
FLOATFINISHING
General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations.
Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared and
concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven
floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power rmits. Finish surfaces to true
3.5
t
I
t
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
3.6
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
A.
B,
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 0275t - 4
T
I
I
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform
granular texture.
l. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip of damp burlap across float-finished concrete,
perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture.
Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across float-finished
concrete surface perp€ndicular to line ofnaffic to provide a uniform, fineJine texture.
Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating float-
finished concrete surface l/16 to l/8 inch (1.6 to 3 mm) deep with a stiff-bristled broom,
perpendicular to line oftraffic.
CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CIiRING
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperafur€s.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy
conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (l kg/sq. m x h) before and during
finishing operafions. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing,
screeding, and bull floating or darblng conqete, but before float finishing.
Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete
surface.
Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moishne curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing
compound or a combination of these methods.
PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
Comply with tolerances of ACI I l7 and as follows:
1. Elevation: 114 inch (6 mm).
2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch (10 mm), minus 1/4 inch (6 mm).
3. Surface: Gap below l0-foot- (3-m-) long, unleveled sfaightedge not to exceed l/4 inch
(6 mm).
4. Joint Spacing: 3 inches (75 mm).
5. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch (6 mm), no minus.
6. Joint Width: Plus l/8 inch (3 mm), no minus.
REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not
comply with requirements in this Section.
Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavemenl for at least 14 days after
placement.
3t20t2004
2.
J.
B.
c.
D.
3.8
3.9
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 - 5
2OO2I5OI.O8 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t2ot2oo4 I
C. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreigrr material. I
Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial I
Completion inspections.
END OF SECTION 0275I
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 0275r -6
I 20021s0r.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDGE 3/20/2004!
I
t SECTIoN 02264 -IAVEMENTJoTNT SEALANTS
I PARTI-GENERAL
I r.l suMMARYI
- A. This Section includes the following:lI I . Expansion and conhaction joints within cement concrete pavement.
2. Joints between cement concrete and asphalt pavement.II 1,2 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
- B. Samples: For each tlpe and color ofjoint sealant required.
t-
t C. Product certificates.
I D. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer.
I
I PART2-PRoDUCTS
I
- 2.t MANLJFACTURERS
t A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
I ardcles.I
I 2.2 MATERLALS, GENERAL
!A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are
I compatible with one another and with joint substates under conditions of service and
I application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on testing and field
expenence.
I 1 m:fi "ru'J*,1T:ff;:l;:.:i.,jfi:l;T,:'fl:.Til*"#r#l'T,":"JJino.,.Tijoint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
I B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
I
I!
PAVEMENTJOINT SEALANTS 02764 - It
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
B.
2.3
2.4
2002r50I.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
Type NS Silicone Sealant for Concrete: Single-component, low-modulus, neutral-curing,
nonsag silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Typr: NS.
l. Available Products:
a. Crafco lnc.; RoadSaver Silicone.
b. Dow Corning Corporation; 888.
Type SL Silicone Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt Single-component, low-modulus, neutal-
curing, self-leveling silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Type SL.
L Available Products:
a. Crafco Inc.; RoadSaver Silicone SL.
b. Dow Coming Corporation; 890-SL.
HOT-APPLIED IOINT SEALANTS
Elastomeric Sealant for Concrete: Single-component formulation cornpllng with
ASTM D 3406.
l. Available koducts:
a. Crafco Inc.; Superseal 444n77.
b. Meadows, \rll. R., Inc.; Poly-Jet 3406.
B. Sealant for Concrete and Asphalt Single-componenl formulation complying with
ASTM D 3405.
l. Available Products:
^. Koch Materials Company; Product No. 9005.
b. Koch Materials Company; Product No. 9030.
c. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Hi-Spec.
C.
JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
General: Provide joint-sealant backer materials that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
subshates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are ap'proved for applications indicated
byjoint-sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Round Backer Rods for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: AIITM D 5249, Type l, of diameter
and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion ofsealant.
Backer Sh-ips for Cold- and Hot-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249;Type 2; of thickness and
width required to control sealant depth, prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant, and fill
remainder ofjoint opening under sealant.
2.5 I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS 02764 -2
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
3.1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOI.INTIAN LODGE 3/20t2004
D. Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, of diameter and
density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to
comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instuctions.
Joint Priming: Frime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by
joint-sealant manufactwer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substate tests or pnor
experience.
Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C I193 for use ofjoint
sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
Install backer materials to support sealants during application and at position required to
produce optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of backer
materials. Do not stretch, twist, puncfure, or tear backer materials. Remove absorbent backer
materials that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials.
Inbtall sealants at the same time backings are installed to completely fill recesses provided for
each joint configuration and to produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to
joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or
curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of conliguration indicated; to
eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides ofjoint.
Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by
methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of
products in which joints occur.
END OF SECTION 02764
PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS 027& -3
I 20021501.08 vArL MouNTATN LoDGE 3r20t2004I
t sEcTIoN 02780 - r.JNrT PAVERS
I PART l -GENERAL
I l.r suMMARYt
A. This Section includes the followine:II l. Brick pavers set in aggregate setting bed.
2. Edge restraints for unit pavers.It 1.2 SI.JBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For eacb product indicated.'-
r B. Samples: Showing the full range of colors, texhres, and pattems available for each type of unit
t Paver indicated.
l lnclude Samples of material for joints and accessories involving color selection.
I 1.3 QUALTTYASSIIRANCE
I A. Build mockups for each form and pattern of unit paver.
l. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if wrdisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
I
1.4 PROJECTCONDITIONS
I A. Cold-Weathet Protection: Do not use frozen materials or build on frozen subgrade or setting
beds.
I B. Weather Limitations for Bituminous Setting Bed: Install bituminous setting bed only when
atmospheric temperature is above 40 deg F (4 deg C) and when base is dry.
I C. Cold-Weather Requirernants for Mortar and Grout: Heat materials to provide mortar and grout
temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C). Protect unit paver work against
freezing for 24 hours after installation.
t
PART 2 - PRODUCTSl,!2.1 MANUFACTURERS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below inhoduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
t
I.JNTT PAVERS 02780 - I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
2.2
2.3
20021s01.08 3t20/2004
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance wilh requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufactruers speci fi ed.
COLORS AND TEXTURES
Colors and Textures: Match existine.
UNIT PAVERS
Brick Pavers: Light-traffic paving brick; ASTM C 902, Clasr SX, Type I, Application PX.
Provide brick without frogs or cores in surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work.
1 . Manufacturers:
a. Robinson Brick Co, Denver, CO.
b. Brick Inc., Denver, CO.
c. LPS, Denver, CO.
2. Temporary hotective Coating: Precoat exposed surfaces of brick pavers with a
ternporary protective coating that is compatible with briclq mortar, and grout products.
ACCESSORIES
Steel Edge Res$aints: Painted commercial steel edging 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) thick by 4 inches
(100 mm) high, with loops pressed from or welded to face to receive stakes at 36 inches (900
mm) o.c., and steel stakes l5 inches (380 mm) long for each loop.
l. AvailableManufacturers:
a. BorderConcepts,Inc.
b. Ryerson, J. T. & Son, Inc.
Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complfng with ASTM D ll12,Typell.
Cornpressible Foam Filler: Preformed strips cornplying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2Al.
AGGREGATE SETTING-BED MATERIALS
Graded Aggregate for Base: Sound crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for
Size No. 8.
Geotextile: Woven or nonwoven polyester or polypropylene geotextile, with a permeability
rating 10 times greater than that of subgrade soil and an apparent opening size small enough to
prevent passage of fines from leveling course into base course.
Sand for Leveling Course: Sound, sharp, washed sand compllng with gradation requirements
ofASTM C 33 for fine aggregate.
VAIL MOI.JNTAIN LODGE
2.4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
2.5
B.
C.
I
II]NTTPAVERS 02780 -2
D.
B.
C.
D.
F.
3.1
3.2
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
2002 r s01 .08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
Sand for Joints: Sharp, washed sand with 100 percent passing No. 8 11.l8-mrn) sieve and 95
percent passing No. l6 ( 1 .18-mm) sieve.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
Mix pavers from several pallets or cubes, as they are placed, to produce uniform blend of colors
and texfures.
Cut unit pavers with motor-driven masonry saw to provide pattern indicated and to fit adjoining
work neatly. Use full tmits without cutting where possible.
Joint Pattern: Match existing unit paver joint pattem.
Tolerances: Donotexceed 1/16-inch (1.6-mm) unit-to-unit offset fromflushnor 1/8 inch in 24
inches (3 mm in 600 nrm) and 1/4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m) fiom level, or indicated slope.
Expansion and Control Joints: Provide joint filler as backirig for sealant-filled joints where
indicated. hstall joint filler before setting pavers.
Provide edge restraints as indicated. Install edge restraints before placing unit pavers.
AGGREGATE SETTING-BED PAVER APPLICATIONS
A. Compact soil subgrade uniformly to at least 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 laboratory density.
B. Proof-roll prepared subgrade and correct deficient areas.
C. Place aggregate base in thickness indicated. Compact by tamping with plate vibrator.
D. Place geotextile over base course, overlapping ends and edges at least 12 inches (300 mm).
E. Place leveling course and screed to a thickness of I to l-1/2 inches (25 to 38 mm), taking care
that moisture content remains constant and densitv is loose and constant until oavers are set and
compacted.
F. Treat leveling base with soil sterilizer to inhibit growth of grass and weeds.
G. Set pavers with a minimum joint width of i/I6 inch (1.6 mm) and a maximum of 1/8 inch (3
mm), being careful not to disturb leveling base. If pavers have spacer bars, place pavers hand
tight against spacer bars.
H. Vib'rate pavers into leveling course with a low-amplitude plate vibrator capable of a 3500- to
5000-lbf (16- to 22-kN) compaction force at 80 to 90 Hz.
I. Spread dry sand and fill joints immediately after vibrating pavers into leveling course. Vibrate
pavers and add sand until joints are completely filled, then remove excess sand. Leave a slight
surplus of sand on the surface forjoint filling.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I.JNITPAVERS 02780 -3
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
2002150 r .08
ENDOF SECTION 02780
VAIL MOI.JNTAIN LODGE
02780 -4I.]N]TPAVERS
I 2002rs0r.08 vArL MouNTAIN LoDGE 3r20tz0o4I
r sEcTIoN 02920 - LAWNS AND GRASSES
T PART I -GENERAL
I r.l sTJMMARYI
A. This Section includes seedins.
I 1.2 DEFINMONS
'lI A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil.
I B. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced off-site by homoganeously blending mineral soils or sand
I with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to
I becomJtopsoil; mixed with soit amendments.I
D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface
I of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil.
I
r 1.3 SLJBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
I B. Productcertificates.
C. PlantingSchedule: Indicatinganticipatedplantingdates.
I 1.4 QUALITYASS{IRANCE
I A. lnstaller's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor
on Prqject site whan planting is in progress.
t B. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
I r.s LAwNMATNTENANCEI
A. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is
I
established, but for not less than the following periods:
I . Seeded Lawns: 60 days from date of Substantial Completion.
I B. Mow lawn as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Remove no more than 40 percent of
grass-leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings.
I
LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 -I
I
20021501.08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3120t2004
SEED
Seed Species: State-certified seed of grass species, as follows:
I . Sun and Partial Shade: Proportioned by weight as follou,s:
a. Low Grow Mix (supplied by Arkansas Valley Seed) containing 45% Sheep fescue,
35% Ephrain Crested Wheatgrass, and?0Yo Ruebens Canada Bluegrass.
PLANTING MATERIALS
Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimurn of 2 percent organic material
content; free of stones I inch (25 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials
harmful to plant growth.
l. Topsoil Source: Amend existing in-place surface soil to produce topsoil. Veriry
suitability of surface soil to produce topsoil. Swface soil may be supplemented with
imported or manufachrred topsoil from off-site sonrces.
lnorganic Soil Amendments:
l. Lime: ASTM C 602, Class T or O, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80
percent calcium carbonate equivalent.
2. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, with a
minimum 99 percant passing through No. 6 (3.35-mm) sieve and a maximum l0 percent
passing through No. 40 (0.425-mm) sieve.3. hon Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10
percent sulfur.
4. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
Organic Soil Amendments
l. Cornpost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8.2. Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed" finely divided or granular texture,
with pH range of 3.4 to 4.8.
3. Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with pH rang;e of 6 to 7.5, containing partially
decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having water-absorbing
capacity of I100 to 2000 percent.
4, Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen-treated sawdust, grotmd bark, or wood waste;
of uniform texfure, free ofchips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.
Fertilizer:
l. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground; a minimum of I percent
nitrogen and l0 percent phosphoric acid.2. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent
available phosphoric acid.
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
2.1
2.2
B.
c.
D.
LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 -2
E.
A.
B.
2.3
3.1
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOI.INTAIN LODGE
3. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character,
consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic
sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
a. Composition: I lb/l000sq.ft.(0.45k8i92.9 sq.m)ofactualnitogen,4percent
phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight.
4. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-
insoluble nitogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition:
a. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, l0 percent phosphorous, and l0 percent
potassium, by weight.
Mulches:
I . Snaw Mulch: Provide airdry, clean, mildew- and seed-free, salt hay or threshed straw of
wheat, rye, oats, or barley.
2. Peat Mulch: Sphagrrum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular
texture, with pH range of 3.4 to 4.8.
3. Peat Mulch: Finely divided or granular texture, with pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing
partially decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having water-
absorbing capacity of I100 to 2000 percent.
4. Compost Mulch: Well+ornposted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5
to 8.
PLANTING SOIL MD(
Planting Soil Mix: Mix topsoil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the
following quantities:
I . Ratio of Loose Compost to Topsoil by Volume: 1:2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
LAWNPREPARATION
Reseed all lawn or ttnf areas disturbed by construction.
Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 8 inches (200 mm).
Remove stones larger than 2 inches (50 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and
other extaneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
1. Apply superphosphate fertilizer directly to subgrade before loosening.2. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil
amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix.
3. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 8 inches (200 mm) but not less than required to
meet finish grades after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil
or subgrade is frozan, muddy, or excessively wet.
3/2012004
LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 -3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
3.2
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t20t2004
Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surlace plane with loose, uniformly
fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus l/2 inch ( 13 mm) of finish elevation. Roll and rake,
remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas that can be
planted in the immediate future.
Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface
to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil.
Restore areas iferoded or otherwise disturbed after finish gnding and before planting.
SEEDING
A. Sow seed at the rate of40 lbs. per acre.
B. Rake seed lightly into top l/8 inch (3 mm) of topsoil, roll lightly, and watsr with fine spray.
C. Protect seeded areas with slopes not exceeding 1:6 by spreading straw mulch. Spread unifornrly
at a minimum rate of 2 tonVacre (42k9929 sq. m) to form a continuous blanket 1-1/2 inches
(38 mm) in loose depth over seeded areas. Spread by hand, blower, or other suitable equipment.
D. Protect seeded areas from hot, dry weather or drying winds by applying compost mulch within
24 horns after completing seeding operations. Soak and scatter uniformly to a depth of 3/16
inch (4.8 mm) and roll to a smooth surface.
3.3 SATISFACTORYLAWNS
A. Satisfactory Seeded Lawn: At end of maint€nance period, a healthy, rurifon& close stand of
grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregula:ities, with coverage exceeding 90
percent over any l0 sq. ft. (0.92 sq. m) and bare spots not exc,eeding 5 by 5 inches (l25by 125
mm).
B. Reestablish lawns that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until lawns
are sati sfactory.
END OF SECTION 02920
I
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 -4
I 20021501.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDGE 3t20/2004I
t SECTION02930-EXTERTORPLANTS
t PARrI -.ENERAL
I l.l suMMARYr
A. This Section includes the followins:
| 1. rrees.
2. Shrubs.
I 3. Ground cover.
f| 4. Plants.
I 1.2 DEFINITIONSI
f A. Finish Grade: Elevation of frnished surface of planting soil.
! B. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand
with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.
I C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modihed to
become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments.I
I D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil rernaining after completing excavation, or top surface
ofa fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.r
f I.3 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.I
B. Samples: Mineral mulch.
I C. Product certificates.
I D. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants.
- E. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for
I maintenance of exterior plants during a calendar year.
I
1.4 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer who maintains an experienced full-time
supervisor on Project site when exterior planting is in progress.
I B. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil-testing laboratory.
I EXTERIORPLANTS 02930.1
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3120/2004
hovide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with
applicable requirements in ANSI 260.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock."
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Do not prune bees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, b'ranches, and root systems from
sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or
bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their n.atural shape. hovide protective
covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do not drop exterior plants during delivery.
Deliver exterior plants afler preparations for planting have been completed and install
immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set exterior plants trees
in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist.
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Warrant the following exterior plants, fcrr the warrant5r period indicated,
against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack
of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by Owner, or inciclents that are beyond Contractor's
contol.
l. Warranty Period fm Trees and Shrubs: One year from date of Substantial Completion.2. Warranty Period for Grormd Cover and Plants: Six months from date of Substantial
Completion.
MAINTENANCE
Trees and Shrubs: Maintain during wananty period by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding,
fertilizing, restoring planting saucers, tightening and repairing stakes and guy supports, and
resetting to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings.
Spray as required to keep tees and shrubs free ofinsects and disease.
Ground Cover and Plants: Maintain during warranty period by watering, weeding, fertilizing,
and other operations as required to establish healthy, viable pkmtings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
EXTERIORPLANTS
Tree and Shrub Material: Furnish nursery-grown tees and slurubs complying with ANSI 260.1,
with healthy root systems developed by hansplanting or root pruning. Provide well-shaped,
fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as
lnots, sun scald, injwies, abrasions, and disfigurement.
l. hovide balled and burlapped hees and shrubs.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
C.
D.
1.5
B.
1.6
1.7
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
B.
2.1
EXTERIORPLANTS 02930 -2
B.
C.
D.
B.
C.
D.
2.2
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOI'NTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in pots
or similar containers, and complying with ANSI 260.1.
Annuals: Provide healthy, disease-free plants of species and variety shown or listed. Provide
only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are in bud but not
yet in bloom.
Perennials: Provide healthy, field-grown plants from a commercial nursery, of species and
variety shown or listed.
PLANTING MATERIALS
Topsoil: ASTMD 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 2 percent organic material
content; free of stones 1 inch (25 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials
harmful to plant growth.
l. Topsoil Souce: Amend existing in-place surface soil to produce topsoil. Veriry
suitability of surface soil to produce topsoil. Surface soil may be supplernented with
imported or manufactured topsoil from off-site sources.
Inorganic Soil Amendments :
L Lime: ASTM C 602, Class T or O, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80
percent calcium carbonate equivalent.
2. Sulfur: Granular, biodeg radable, containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, ivith a
minimum 99 percent passing tbrough No.6 (3.35-mm) sieve and a maximum l0 percent
passing through No. 40 (0.425-mm) sieve.
3. hon Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a rninimum of20 percent iron and l0
percent sulfir.4. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated.
Organic Soil Amendments:
l. Compost: Well<omposted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8;
moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percant passing tkough l-inch (25-
mm) sieve.2. Peat: Sphagnum peat moss, partially decomposed, finely divided or granular texture,
with a pH range of 3.4 to 4.8.
3. Peat: Finely divided or granular texture, with a pH range of 6 to 7.5, containing partially
decomposed moss peat, native peat, or reed-sedge peat and having a water-absorbing
capacity of I100 to 2000 percent.
4:. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nihogen-heated sawdust, ground barlg or wood waste;
of uniform texfure, free ofchips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials.
Fertilizer:
1. Bonemeal: Commercial, raw or steamed, finely ground;
nifrogen and l0 percent phosphoric acid.2. Superphosphate: Commercial,phosphatemixture,soluble;
available phosphoric acid.
a minimum of I percent
a minimum of 20 percent
EXTERIORPLANTS 02930 -3
2002 l 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
3. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial-grade complete fertilizer of neutral character,
consisting of fast- and slow-release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic
sources ofurea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition:
a. Composition: I lb/1000 sq. ft. (0.45 k992.9 sq. m) of actual nitogen,4 percent
phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight.
4. Slow-Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water-
insoluble nihogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the foliowing composition:
a. Composition: 20 percant nitrogen, l0 percen,t phosphorous, and 10 percent
potassium, by weight.
Mulches:
l. Organic Mulch: Wood and bark chips.
2. Compost Mulch: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter, pH range of 5.5
to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 pef,cent by weight; l0t} percent passing thnough I -inch
(25-mm) sieve.
3. Mineral Mulch: Rounded riverbed gravel or smooth-faced stone.
a. SizeRange: 314 inch(I9 mm) maximum, 1/4 inch (6mm) minimum.
b. Color: Readily available natural gravel color range.
Weed-Control Barriers:
Nonwoven Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz.isq. yd. (l0l g/sq. m)
minimum.
Composite Fab'ric: Woven, needlc-punched pollpropylane subshate bonded to a
nonwoven polypropylane fabric,4.8 oz./sq. yd. (162 g/sq.m).
PLANTING SOIL MD(
Planting Soil Mix: Mix topsoil with the following soil arnendments and fertilizers in the
following quantities:
1. RatioofLooseComposttoTopsoilbyVolume: l:2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXTERIOR PLANTING
Bed Establishmart:
l. Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 8 inches (200 mm).2. Remove stones larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in any dinrension and sticks, roots, rubbisb
and other extaneous matter and legally dispose of thefir off Owner's property.
3. Thoroughly blend planting soil mix off-site before spreading or spread topsoil, apply soil
amendments and fertilizer on surface, and thoroughly blend planting soil mix.
t
I
I
t
I
F.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
T
I
l.
2.
2.3
3.1
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 4
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
4.
5.
B.
D.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
4. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 8 inches (200 mm) but not less than required to
meet finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is
ftozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
5. Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose,
uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish
grades.
Trees and Shnrbs:
l. Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving
center area raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further
disturb base. ScariS sides ofplant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. Excavate
approximately three times as wide as ball diameter.
2. Set tees and slnubs plumb and in center of pit or tench with top of root ball I inch
(25 mm) above adjacent finish grades.
a. Balled and Burlapped: Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of root balls
and partially from sides, but do not remove from rmder root balls. Remove pallets,
if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken
before or during planting operation.
b. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix anil
eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one-half backfilled
water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no
more water is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of
planting soil mix.
3. Organic Mulching: Apply 3-inch (75-mm) avera5e thickness of organic mulch extending
12 inches (300 mm) beyond edge of planting pit or hench. Do not place mulch within 3
inches (75 nrm) of tnmks or stems.
Tree and Shrub Pruning: Prtme, thin, and shape trees and shrubs according to standard
horticulfural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Do not cut fee leaders;
remove only injwed or dead branches from flowering trees. Prune shrubs to retain nafural
character. Shrub sizes indicated are sizes after pruning.
Ground Cover and Plant Planting:
1. Set out and space ground cover and plants as indicated.
2. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading ofroots, and backfill with planting soil.
3. Work soil arormd roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation
around plants to hold water.
Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil.
Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of
recovery from hanspl anting shock.
Planting Bed Mulching:
1. Install weed-control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 6
inches (150 mm).
EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 - 5
2002 r 501.08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
2. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. Apply 2-inch (50-
mm) average thickness of mulch, and finish level with. adjacent finish grades. Do not
place mulch against plant stems.
Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other
contactors and trades, and others. Maintain protection dunng installation and maintenance
periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged exterior planting.
Remove surplus soil and waste material, including excess subsoil, unsuitable soil, tash, and
debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 02930
I
I
IF.
G,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EXTERIORPLANTS 02930 -6
I 20021501.08 vAIL MouNTTAN LoDcE 3t2otz004I
I SECTIONO33OO - CAST.IN-PLACE CONCRETE
I PART I.GENERAL
I 1.1 suMMARYr
A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including, reinforcemant, concrete materials,
I mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.I
t r.2 sr.rBMrTrALS
A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
I B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture.
C. Shop Drawings: For steel reinforcernart.
f D. Material test reports and certificates.
I I.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete
I products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requiranants for production facilities and
equipment.
t l. Xffi#ffi.:ff|r,:$ according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed concrete
I B. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract
- Documents:
I l. ACI 301, "Specification for Struchral Concrete," Sections I through 5.
t 2. ACI I17, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2J STEELREINFoRcEMENTr
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
I B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel
wire into flat sheets.
t
I
CAST-IN.PLACE CONCRETE O33OO - 1
I
2.2
20021 50 r .08
C.
C.
VAIL MOI.]NTLAN LODGE 3120/2004
Bar Supports: Bolslers, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening
reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcemert in place. Marrufacture bar supporls from steel
wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice.',
CONCRETE MATERIALS
Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and
source, throughout Project:
l. Portland Cement: As indicated in Structural Documents.
a. FlyAsh: ASTMC618,ClassCorF.
2. Blended Hydraulic Cement: As indicated in Stn:ctural I)ocuments.
Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, graded, As indicated in Stnrctural Documents.
Water: ASTM C94|C94M andpotable.
Air-Entraining Admixttne: ASTM C 260.
Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtr.nes certified by marrufacturer to be compatible with
other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those
permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium
chloride.
l. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494lC 494M, Tlpe A.2. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixhre: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.3. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494lC 494M, Type F.
Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and desigred for use in concrete
pavement, complying with ASTM C I I16, Type A\ U2to I -ll2 inches (13 to 38 mm) long.
CIJRING MATERTALS
Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film fornLing, manufactured for application
to fresh concrete.
Absorptive cover: AASHT0 M 182, class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 /sq.m) when dry.
Moisture-Retaining cover: ASTMC l7l, polyethylene film or white burlappolyethylene
sheet.
Water: Potable.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Cornpound: ASTMC309, Type l, ClassB,
dissipating.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
2.3
B.
I
I
t
I
I
D.
E.
I
I
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2
I 2002150r.08 vArL MotrNTrAN LoDGE 3/2012004I
I F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type l, Class B,
I nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of
floor covering.
I G. Clear, Solvent-Bome, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTMC 1315,
Type I, Class A.
I H. Clear, Walerborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type l, Class A.
! 2.4 RELATEDMATERIALS
I A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
I
I 2.5 CONCRETEMD(TI.]RES
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of
r laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 .
r B. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixfure as follows:
I '1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated in Siructural Documents.ll 2. 'Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: As indicated in Structural Documents.
3. Slump Limig As indicated in Sfuctural Documents
I 4. Air Content: As indicated in Structural Documents.
I 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content offoweled finished floors to exceed 3 percent.
6. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufactwer's recommended
I rate.
I
II 2.6 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
Ir- A. Fabricate steel reinforcement accordins to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
. 2.7 CONCRETEMDilNG
I A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
I ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C I I16, and turnish batch ticket information.
I l. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and
I delivery time from l-l/2 hours to 75 minutes; when airtemperahre is above 90 deg F (32
deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
I
I
t
I
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3
It
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
3.1
3.2
J.J
20021 50 r .08
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VAIL MOI.INTTAN LODGE 3t20t2004
FORMWORK
Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 to suppofi vertical,
lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and constuction loads that might be applied, until stucture
can support such loads.
Construct formwork so concrete members and strucfures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI I 17.
Chamfer exterior corners and edges ofpermanently exposed concrete.
EMBEDDED ITEMS
Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded itemsr required for adjoining work that
is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Uise setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions fumished with items to be embedded.
STEEL REINFORCEMENT
General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" lior placing reinforcement.
l. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
3.4 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance c'f concrete are not impaired, at
locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, veriff that installation of formworlg reinforcement, and embedded
items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers ofsuch thickness that no new
concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enor:gh to cause seams or planes of
weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.
Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
l. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.
C. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1.
I
t
T
t
I
t
I
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4
D.
A.
B.
D.
C.
3.6
3.7
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
T
I
T
t
I
I
I
T
I
2002 l50l .08 VAIL MOLTNTIAN LODGE 3/20t2004
HofWeather Placement: Comply with ACI 301.
FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and
finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power{riven floats or by hand floating if area is small
or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots.
Repeat float passes and restraightening until swface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular
texrure .
l. Apply float finish to swfaces indicated to receive trowel finish and to be coverrd with
fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing or built-up or membrane roofing.
Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply frst howeling and consolidate concrete by
hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and reshaighten until surface is free of
trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that
would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings.
1. Apply a howel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring,
carpet, paint, or another thin-film-finish coating system.
2. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point betweor concrete surface and an
unleveled, freestanding, l0-foot- (3.05-m-) long itraightedge resting on 2 high spots and
placed anyrvhcre on the surface does not exceed l /8 inch (3.2 mm).
Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first towel finish to surfaces where tile is to be
installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarif
surface with a fine broom.
l. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for howel finished floor surfaces.
CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CTIRING
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperahres. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-
weather protection during curing.
Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or
windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (l klsq. m x h) before and
dwing finishing operations. Apply according to manufachuer's written instructions after
placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
Crue concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
I . Moishre Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days.2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped
at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure fornot less
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5
2002 I 501 .08
END OF SECTION O33OO
VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE I
t
I
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
3.8
3.9
than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover
material and waterproof tape.3. curing compound: Apply uniformly in continuous olreration by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instuctions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuit5r of coating and repair
damage during curing period.
a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging
concrete surfaces by method recomme'ded by curing co-pound
manufacturer unless manufactwer certifies in writing curing compound will not
interfere with bonding offloor covering used on I,roject.
CONCRETE STJRFACE REPAIRS
Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove
and replace concrete that cannot be repaircd and patched to Architect's approval.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirernents:l. Testing Frequency: obain at least one conposite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m)
or fraction thereofofeach concrete mixhrre placed each day.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer thm five compressive-strength tests
for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted fiom at least five randomlv
selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five arc used.
Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test r€ports.
I. Testing Services: Tests shall be performed according to ACI 301.
3/20/2004
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6
I 20021501.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDcE 3t2o/2004I
I SECTION 03542 - CEMENT-BASED TINDERLAYMENT
I PART l -GENERAL
I I.I RELATEDDOCUMENTSI
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division i Specification Sections, apply to this Section.I
I 1.2 ST]MMARY
I A. This Section includes cement-based, polymer-modified, selfleveling underlayment for interior
I finish flooring.
I B. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division3 Section "Concrete Top,pings" for cementitious wear toppings applied overI base slabs.
2. Division 9 Sections for patching and leveling compounds applied with finish flooring.
I C. Allowances: Furnish cement-ba'sed underlaymant under the allowances specified in Division I
Section nAllowances."
I D. Unit Prices: Administrative and procedural requirements for rmit prices are specified in
Diyision I Section "Unit Prices."
!- 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.!
B. Shop Drawings: Plans indicating substrates, locations, and average depths of cement-based
I underlaynent based on survey of substrate conditions.
!
I 1.4 QUALTTYASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer (applicator) who is acceptable to
I manufacturer, who has completed cement-based underlayment applications similar in material
I and extant to that required for this Project, and whose work has resulted in construction with a
record of successful in-service performance.
I B. Mockups: Before installing underlayment, apply mockups to demonstrate qualities of materialsr and execution. Comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the
completed Work:
I 1. Architect will select one area or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application on each substrate required.
I
I
CEMENT-BASED UNDERLAYMENT 03542 - |
20021501.08 VAIL MOT]NTTAN LODGE 3t20t2004
Notify Architecl seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be applied.
Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting underlayment application.
Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed when finish
floorins is installed.
DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing
manufacturer's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage, mixing with other
components, and application.
Store materials to comply with manufacturer's written insfructions to prevent deterioration from
moisture or other detrimental effects.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer'r; written recommendations for
substrate temperahtre and moisture contert, ambient temperatrre and humidity, ventilation, and
other conditions affecting underlayment performance.
Close areas to traffic during underlayment application and for time period after application
reconuEnded in writing by manufacturer.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate cement-based underlayment with requiremorts of hnish flooring products, including
adhesives, specified in Division 9 Sections.
1. Before installing surface sealers recommended by underlayment manufacturer, if any,
verifr compatibility with finish flooring installation adhBsives.
PART2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANI.'FACTT]RERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirernents, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. K-15 Self-Leveling Underlayment Concrete; Ardex, Inc.
2. Self-Leveling Underlayment; W. R. Bonsal Company.
3. 300 Premium Underlayment; Burke Group, LLC (The).
4. Conflow; Conspec Marketing and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
5. Levelayer I; Dayton Superior Corp.
6. Selby Self-Leveling Underlayment; Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc.
7. Thoro Underlayment, Self-Leveling; Harris Specialty (hemicals, Inc.8. Levelex Underlayment; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
9. Ulna/?lan MB; Mapei Corporation.
2.
3.
t
I
I
I
T
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
r.5
B.
1.6
B.
CEMENT-BASED UNDERLAYMENT 03542 -2
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
10. Level-Right; Maxxon Corporation.
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS
Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, selfleveling product that can be applied in
uniform thicknesses from l/8 inch (3 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent
floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTMC 150, podland cement, or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined by ASTM C 219.
2. Compressive Srengh: Not less than 4100 psi (28 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
3. Underlayment Additive: Resilient-emulsion product of underlayment manufachrer
formulated for use with underlaymant when applied to substrate and conditions indicated.
Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, l/8 to l/4 inch (3 to 6 mm), or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
l. Provide aggregate when recommended in writing by underlayment manufacturer for
underlayment thicloress required.
Water: Potable and at a ternperature of not more than 70 deg F (21 deg C).
Primer: Product of underlayment manufacfurer recommended in writing for subshate,
conditions, and application indicated.
PART3 -EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substates, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of
underlayment including substate moishrre content. Begin underlayment application only after
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
General: Prepare and clean substrate according to manufacfurer's written instructions for
substrate indicated. Provide clean, dry, neutral-pH subshate for underlayment application.
l. Treat nonmoving subsbate cracks to prevent cracks frorn telegraphing (reflecting)
through underlayment according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
2. Fill substate voids to prevent underlayment from leaking.
Concrete Substrates: Mechanically remove laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds,
form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants that might impair
underlayment bond according to manufacturer's written instructions.
t
t
t
t
I
I
I
tI
I
2.2
B.
c.
D.
3.1
I
I
I
T
I
I
3.2
B.
I
t
CEMENT-BASED LINDERLAYMENT 03542 - 3
20021s0r.08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3120t2004
C. Metal Substrates: Mechanically remove rust, foreign matter, and other contaminants that might
impair underlayment bond according to manufacturer's written instructions. Apply corrosion-
resistant coating compatible with underlayment if recommended in writing by underlayment
manufacturer.
D. Adhesion Tests: After substrate preparation, test substrate for adhesion with underlayment
according to manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Mix and apply underlayment components according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
l. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum underlayment-to-subsfate and
intercoat adhesion.
2. At substate expansion, isolation, and other moving joints, allow joint of same width to
continue tlrough underlayment.
B. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate.
C. Apply underlayment to produce miform, level sr.rrface.
l. Apply a frnal layer without aggregate if required to produce smooth surface.2. Feather edges to match adjacent floorelevations.
D. Cure underlayment according to manufactureds uniften instructions. Prevent contamination
during application and curing processes.
E. Do not install finish flooring over underlayment rmtil after time period recommended by
underlayment manufacturer.
F. Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate, including
areas that emit a "hollow" sound when tapped.
3.4 FTELDQUATTTYCONTROL
A. Slump Test: If slump testing is recommended in writing by nranufacturer, test underlayment for
slump as it is placed for compliance with manufacturer's writl.en recommendations.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect underlayment from concenhated and rolling loads for remainder of construction period.
END OF SECTION 03542
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
CEMENT-BASED I.]NDERLAYMENT 03542 - 4
t 20021s0r.08 vAIL MouNTATN LoDGE 3/20/2004I
T SECTION 04860 - STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
a PART l -GENERAL
I l.l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
r A. Drawings and ganeral provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I 1.2 STJMMARY
I A. This Section includes stone veneer in the following applications:
I l. On concrete retaining walls.'r 2. Anchored to concrete backup.
I 3. Anchoredtounitmasonrybackup.
t 4. Anchored to cold-formed metal framing and sheathing.
B. Related Sections include the followine:JI l. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for dovetail slots in concrete for anchoring
stone veneer.
I 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing.
t 3. Division 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring."
t C. Products installed, but not furnished, in this Section include the following:
- 1. Steel lintels and shelf angles for stone veneer assemblies specified in Division 5 Section
r "Metal Fab'rications."
I
. I.3 STJBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each tpe of product indicated.
I B. Stone Samples for Verification: For each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required.
t-C. Colored Mortar Samples for Verification: For each color required.
It D. Qualification Data: For Installer.
I 1.4 euALTTYASsTJRANCE.I
A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced stone masons and stone fitters
I who are skilled in installing stone veneer assemblies similar in material, design, and extent to
I those indicated for this Project and whose projects have a record of successful in-service
- performance.
I STONEVENEERASSEMBLIES 04860-1
r
20021501.08 3t20t2004
Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone, regardless of finish, from a single
quarry with resources to provide materials of consisteat quality in appearance and physical
properties.
l. Obtain each variety of stone from a single quarry, whether specified in this Section or in
another Section of the Specifications.
Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain ingedients of a uniform qualify for each
mortar component from a single manufacturer and each aggreg:rte from one source or producer.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not
use cementitious materials that have become damp.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moishre-resistant containers designed for lifting and
emptying into dispensing silo. Store prebloded, d4r mortar mix in delivery containers on
elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispelrsing silo with
weatherproofcover.
Store masonry accessories, including metal iterns, to prevert corrosion and accumulation of dirt
and oil.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Protection of Stone Veneer Assemblies: During constuction, cover tops of walls, projections,
and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone
veneer assemblies when construction is not in progress.
l. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides and hold cover
securely in place.
Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent tbem from staining the face
of stone veneer assemblies.
l. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and morlar splatter by coverings spread on
the ground and over the wall surface.
Z. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well asi similar products with painted and
integral finishes, from mortar droppings.
4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at end of each day to prevent rain from
splashing mortar and dirt on completed stone veneer assemblies.
Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or seffing beds. Remove and replace stone veneer
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
t
I
I
I
!
T
I
I
B.
C.
B.
D.
B.
t.5
1.6
VAIL MOI.'NTAN LODGE
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 2
I 20021501.08
'AIL
Mo'NTAIN LoDGE it2ot2004I
I assemblies damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction
f requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6iTMS 602.
f I . Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
I deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7
days after completing cleaning.
I D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.I/ASCE 6/TMS 602.tI PART2-PRoDUCTS
II 2.1 STONE SOI]RCES
I A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following
I stone varielies from one of the following sources:
,i'i 1. StoneTlpel: Granite MossRocktomatchexisting.
rr 2. Stone Type II: Sandstone sills and coursing to match existing.
I 2.2 MANIFACTTJRERS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where zubparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
I requirements apply for product selection:
l, l. Available hoducts: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
il incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.- 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
N
2.3 STONEI
U A. Match Architect's samples for variety, color range, finish, and other stone characteristics
relating to aesthetic effects.
I B. Granite Building Stone Standard: ASTM C 615.
I C. Other Stone: Provide stone that complies with the following physical characteristics:
tlr l. Maximum Absorption, by Weight 3 percent according to ASTM C 97.
r 2. Minimum Compressive Snength: 7500 psi (52 MPa) according to ASTM C 170.
-trI
1lI
I
J
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 3
I
2.4
20021 501 .08
2.5 VENEERANCHORS
A. Materials:
VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
MORTAR MATERIALS
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather
consfuctjon. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color
indicated.
l. Low-Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to
ASTM C I14.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150,
Type I or III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207.
Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and. as follows:
1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18-mm)
sieve.
Mortar Pigmants: Natural or synthetic iron oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and
with a record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortars.
Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part of or all
gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use with
job-mixed portland cement mortar and not containing a retarder.
l. Latex Additive: Styrene-butadiene rubber or acrylic resin.
Cold-rrly'eather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with
ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of
composition indicated.
Water: Potable.
Available hoducts:
l. Cold-WeatherAdmixture:
a. Euclid Chemical Co.; Accelguard 80.
b. Grace, W. R. & Co., Construction Products Division; Morset.c. Sonnebom, Div. of ChemRex, Inc.; Trimix-NCA.
l
I
;l
I
I
I
I
n
I
I
c
,
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I,
I . Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, urith ASTM A I 53/A 153M, Class B-2.2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A366M, cold-rolled, carbon-steel sheet
hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 4
J
t
t
t
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/2012004
B. Comrgated-Metal Veneer Anchors: Not less than 0.030-inch- (0.76-mm-) thick by 7/S-inch-
(22-mm-) wide hot-dip galvanized steel sheet with comrgalions having a wavelength of 0.3 to
0.5 inch (7.6 to l3 mm) and an amplitude of 0.06 to 0.10 inch (1.5 to 2.5 nm).
C. Wire Veneer Anchors: Formed from Wl.7 or 0.148-inch- (3.E-mrn-) diameter, hot-dip
galvanized steel wire.
D. Adjustable, Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie section and a metal
anchor section that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces
perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as
follows:
L Sffuctrual Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf (445-N) load
in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05
inch (1.3 mm).
E. Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie section and a metal anchor
section for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as follows:
l. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf (445-N) load
in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05
inch ( l.3 mm).
F. Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: ASTM C 954 except manufactured with hex washer head
and neoprene washer, No. l0 (4.8-mm diameter), in length required to penetrate steel stud
flange by not less than 3 exposed threads, and with the following corrosion-protective coating:
l. Organic polymer coating with salt-spray resistance to red rust of more than 500 hours per
ASTM B II7.
G. Available Products:
l Adjustable, Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors:
a. Dur-O-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company;D/A213.
b. Duro-Wal, a Dayton Superior Company; D/A 210 with D/A 700-708.
c. Heckmann Building Products, Inc.; 3 l5-D with 3 I 6.
d. Hohmann & Bamard, krc.; DW-10.
e. Hohmann & Bamard, hc.; DW-I0HS.
f. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; DW-10-X.
g. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America; 1004, Type III.
h. Masonry Reinforcing Corporation of America; RI-71l.
2. Screw-Attached Veneer Anchors:
a. Heclcnarur Building Products, Inc.; Pos-I-Tie.
3. Organic-Polymer-Coated,SteelDrillScrews:
a. Elco Industries, Inc.; Dril-Flex.
b. Hilti Corp.; Kwik-Flex.
T
I
I
I
l,
T
T
I
I
I
t
;
I
I
I
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 5
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
ITW-Buildex; Traxx.
Rawlplug Co., lnc. (The); Perma-Seal Coated Twin-Fast.
3/20t2004
EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERTALS
Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in
Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and below:l. Copper: l0-oz./sq. ft. (3-kgisq. m) weight or 0.0135 inch (0.34 mm) thick for tully
concealed flashing; l6-oz.lsq. ft. (s-kgsq. m) weight or 0.0216 inch (0.55 mm) thick
elsewhere.
2. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry with sawtooth or dovetail
ribs at 3-inch (75-mm) intervals along langth of flashing to provide an integral mortar
bond.
3. Fabricate metal expansion-joiut st'ips to shape indicated.4. Fabricate metal drip edges to extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and. 1/2 inch (13
mm) out from wall, with a hemmed outer edge bent down 30 degrees.
Contractor's Option for Concealed Flashing: For flashing partly exposed to the exterior, use
metal flashing specified above. For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use one of the
following, unless othenvise indicated:
l. Copper-Laminated Flashing: Manufacturer's standard laminated flashing consisting of 7-
oz./sq. ft. (2-kg/sq. m) sheet copper bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of glass-fiber
cloth. Use only where flashing is firlly concealed in masonry.2. Asphalt-Coated Copper Flashing: Manufachuer's standard product consisting of 7-oz./sq.
ft. (2-kgisq. m) sheet copper coated with flexible asphalt. Use only where flashing is
fully concealed in masonry.3. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Manufacturer's standard composite flashing product
consisting of a pliable and highly adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a
high-density, cross-laminated polyethylane film to produce an overall thickness of0.040
inch (1.0 mm).
4. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Manufacturer's standard composite flashing
product consisting ofa polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy 0.025 inch (0.6
mm) thick with a 0.015-inch- (0.4-mm) thick layer of rubberized-asphalt adhesive.
a. hovide flashing as a complete system with preformed corners, end dams, other
special shapes, and seaming maierials all produced by flashing sheet manufacturer.
5. EPDM Flashing: Manufacturer's standard flashing product formed from a terpolymer of
ethylene-propylene-diene, complying with ASTM D 4637,0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick.
Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal
Flashing and Trim."
Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products
or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other
and to substrates.
Available Products:
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
3
t
I
d.
2.6
B.
D.
I
I
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 6
I 20021501.08 VAILMOUNTATN LODGE 3t20/2004a
I l. Metat Ftashing:
I
a. Cheney Flashing Company; Cheney Flashing (Dovetail).
I b. Cheney Flashing Company; Cheney Flashing (Sawtooth).
I c. Keystone Flashing Co.; Keystone 3-Way lnterlocking Thruwall Flashing.
- 2. Copper-Laminated Flashing:tt
I
^. Advanced Building Products, Inc.; CopperFabric Flashing.
I i flff"*"lTh*:;".H';tt-rrF,ashing
d. Phoenix Building Products; Type FCC-Fabric Covered Copper.I I UlT:1iffiff#ff3iT;.i13ffiiilHi#Til'lr;,I g. York Manufacturing, Inc.; York Copper Fabric Flashing.
n 3. Asphalt-Coated Copper Flashing:
I a. Advanced Building Products, lnc.; Cop-R-Cote.
- b. AFCO Products, Inc.; Cop-A€ote.
I c. Hohmann & Bamard, krc.; H & B C-Coat Flashing.d. Phoenix Building Products; Type ACC-Asphalt Bituminous Coated.
I e. Polyite Manufacturing Corp.; Coated Copper Flashing.
I f. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc.; Coated Copper Flashing.
g. York Manufacnring, Inc.; Copperseal.
I 4. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing:I
i I f;[d_l i:f'J.:,"ff"Xf:ll#"il"H'3-fiTff;", perm-A-Barrier wa'
c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Textroflash.
I d. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Polyguard 300.
I e. Polyite Manufachring Corp.; Poly-Barrier Self-Adhering Wall Flashing.
f. Williams Products, Inc.; Everlastic MF40.
.-\
I 5. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing:
a. Hyload Cloaked Flashing System; Hyload Flashing Membrane.
J 6. EpDM Flashing:
I
a. Firestone Building Products; FlashGuard.
I 2.7 MISCELLANEOUSMASONRYACCESSORIES
I A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTMD 1056, Grade2Al;
A compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene,
I urethane, or PVC.
t
I
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 -7
20021501.08 VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
Asphalt Dampproofing for Concrete Backup: Cut-back asphalt complying with ASTM D 4479,
Type I, or asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1227,Type III or IV.
MASONRY CLEANERS
Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of ll2-cup (0.14-L) dry-measure tetrasodium
polyphosphate and l/2-cup (0.14-L) dry-measure laundry detergent dissolved in I gal. (4 L) of
water.
Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing
mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new constuction stains from stone masonry
surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended
use by stone producer.
l. Available Products:
a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; l0lG Granite, Terra Cotta, and Brick Cleaner.
b. Diedrich Technologies, lnc;202 New Masonry Detergent.c. Dominion Restoration, hc.; DR-60 Stone and. Masonry Cleaner.d. Hydrochernical Tectmiques, Inc.; Hydroclean Brick, Granite, Sandstone and Teira
Cotta Cleaner (HT -626).
e. ProSoCo, lnc.; Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent.
f. ProSoCo, Inc.; Sure Klean Restoration Cleaner.
2.9 STONEFABRICATION
A. General; Fabnicate stone in sizes and shapes necessary to comply with requirements indicated,
including details on Drawings.
l. For granite, comply with recommendations in NBGQA's "Specifications for Architectural
Granite.u
B. Select stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated and to comply with
fabrication and construction tolerances recommended by applicable stone association or, if
none, by stone source, for faces, edges, beds, and backs.
l. Clean sawed backs ofstone to remove rust stains and iron particles.
C. Thickness of Stone Veneer: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:
l. Thickness: 4 inches ( 1 00 mm) plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 mm).
D. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straigbt and at right angle io face, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Shape stone for type of masonry (pattem) as follows:
l. To match existing.
F. Finish exposed faces and edges of stone to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to
match approved samples and mockups-
B.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.8
B.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 8
G.
B.
c.
3.1
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2002 r 501 .08
2.10
A.
VAIL MOI'NTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
|. Finish: To match existing.
2. Finish for Sills: To match existing.
3. Finish for Lintels: To match existing.4. Finish for Copings: To match existing.
a. Finish exposed ends ofcopings same as front and back faces.
Carefully inspect stone at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with reguirements for
appearance, material, and fabrication. Replace defective rmits before shipment.
MORTARMD(ES
General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entaining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixhres, unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride.
2. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar, regardless of weather
conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together
before adding water. Then mix again, adding only anough water to produce a darnp,
unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this
dampeaed condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until
mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not
retemper or use partially hardened material.
Preblanded, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish &y mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended rnix.
Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients
before delivering to hoject site.
Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270,Property Specification.
1. Extended-Life Mortar: Mortar complying with ASTMC ll42 may be used instead of
mortar specified above, at Contractor's option.
Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime.
Mortar for Setting Stone: Type S.
Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type N.
PART 3 - EXECTJTION
EXAMINATION
Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone veneer assemblies, with Installer present, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance.
2.
5.
4.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 9
20021501 .08 T
I
l
I
I
I
2.
J-
B.
3.2
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t20/2004
l.Examine substrate to verif, that dovetail slots, inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors,
flashing, and other items installed in unit masonry or concrete and required for or
extending into stone veneer assemblies are correctly installed.
Examine wall framing, sheathing, and building paper or building wrap to verify that stud
locations are suitable for spacing of veneer anchors and that installation will result in a
weatherproof covering.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Advise installers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement,
veneer anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone vene€r assemblies.
Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of building paper or building wrap before beginning
stone installation.
Coat concrete backup with asphalt dampproofing.
Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before
setting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear
water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or
abrasives.
SETTING OF STONEVENEER, GENERAL
Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements
relating to aesthetic effeAs, physical properties, or fab'rication, or that is otherwise unsuitable
for intended use,
Arrange stones for good fit in uncoursed rubble pattern with joint widths within tolerances
indicated. Insert small stones into spaces between larger stones as needed to produce joints as
uniform in width as practical.
Alrange stones with color and size variations wiformly dispersed for an evenly blended
appearance.
Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. Install veneer anchors, supports,
fasteners, and other attaclments indicated or necessirD/ to secure stone veneer assemblies in
place. Set stone accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to
established relationships and indicated tolerances.
Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment, if any. Lay walls with joints not less than
114 inch (6 mnr) at narrowest points nor more than I inch (25 mm) at widest points.
Provide expansion, conhol, and pressure-relieving joints ofwidths and at locations indicated.
l. Keep expansion and pressure-relieving joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
c.
D.t-,
J.J
I
t
I
D
t
i
T
I
T
I
I
B.
c.
D.
F.
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - l0
G.
A.
B.
D.
E.
F.
3.4
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
2. Sealing expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints is specified in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
Install embedded flashing and weep holes at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to
downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated.
l. At cold-formed metal-framed walls, extend flashing from exterior face of veneer, through
the veneer, up the face ofsheathing at least 8 inches (200 mm), and behind building paper
or building wrap.
2. At lintels and shelfangles, extend flashing full length ofangles but not less than 4 inches
( 100 mm) into masonry at each end.
3. At heads and sills, extend flashing 4 inches ( 100 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2
inches (50 mm) to form a pan.
4. Interlock endjoints ofribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than l-l/2
inches (38 mm) or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with
elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants"
for application indicated.
5. Extend sheet metal flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) beyond face of masonry at exterior and
tum flashing down to form a drip.
6. Install metal drip edges beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing l/2 inch
(13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of metal drip edge.
7. Install metal flashing termination beneath flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flashing
1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flashing to top of metal
flashing termination.
8. Cut flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall consfuction is completed.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces. do not exceed ll4 inch in 10 feet (6 mm
in 3 m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), or l/2 inch in 40 feet (13 mm in 12 m) or more. For
extemal comers, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed l/4
inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or ll2 inch in 40 feet (13 mm in 12 m) or more.
Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other
conspicuous lines, do not exceed l/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or l/2 inch in 40 feet (13
mm in 12 m) or more.
Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20
feet (13 mm in 6 m) or 3/4 inch in 40 feet (19 mm in 12 m) or more.
Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as variation of the average
plane ofthe face ofeach stone from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane.
Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated.
Variation in Plane between Adj acent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for
thicloess of stone.
3/20t2004
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - ll
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t20t2004
3.5 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES
A. Anchor stone veneer to concrete with com.rgated-metal veneer anchors as follows:
l. Secure veneer anchors by inserting dovetailed ends into dovetail slots in concrete.2. Embed veneer anchors in mortar joints to within I inch (25 mm) of face.
B. Anchor stone veneer to cold-formed metal framing with screw-attached veneer anchors as
follows:
l. Fasten each anchor section by screwing through sheathing into framing.
2. Embed wire tie section in mortar joints to within 1-l/2 inches (38 mm) of face.
C. Space veneer anchors not more than 18 inches (450 mm) o.c. vertically and 32 inches (800 mm)
o.c. horizontally, with not less than I veneer anchor per 2.67 sq. ft. (0.25 sq. m) of wall area.
Install additional veneer anchors within 12 inches (300 mm) of openings, sealant joints, and
perimeter at intervals not exceeding 12 inches (300 mm).
D. Set stone in full bed of mortar with full head joints, unless otherwise indicated. Build veneer
anchors into mortar joints as stone is set.
E. Fill space between back of veneer and building paper or building wrap with mortar as stone is
set.
F. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) before
setting mortar has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square httoms and clean
sides.
3.6 POINTING
A. Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by rernoving dust and mortar particles.
Where setting mortar was rernoved to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing
mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch (10 mm) deep until a uniform depth is formed,
B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not more than 3i8 inch
(10 mm) deep. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before
applying next layer.
C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the
following joint profi le:
L Joint Profile: To match existine.
ADruSTING AND CLEANING
Remove and replace stone veneer assemblies of the following description:
l. Brokan, chipped stained, or otherw'ise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods
and results are approved by Architect.
2. Defective joints.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
3.7
STONE VENEER ASSEMBLIES 04860 - 12
D.
A.
B.
3.8
:
I
I
I
I
T
I
t,
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
3. Stone veneer assemblies not matching approved samples and mockups.
4. Stone veneer assemblies not complying with other requirements indicated.
Replace in a manner that results in stone veneer assemblies' matching approved sarnples and
mockups, compllng with other requirernents, and showing no evidence of replacement.
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone veneer assemblies as work progresses. Remove mortar fins
and smears before tooling joints.
Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone veneer assemblies as
follows:
l. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes
or chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone veneer
assemblies.
3- Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering
them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking
tape.
4- Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by
rinsing thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean stone veneer assemblies by bucket and brush hand+leaning method described in
BLA Technical Note No. 20 Revised II, using job-mixed detergent solution.
EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE
Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use.
Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masoffy waste, including mortar and excess or soil-
contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed.
1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches (100 mm) in greatest dimension.
2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of
tnasonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork.'3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within l8 inches (450 mm) of finished grade.
Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as
described above, and other waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 04860
C.
STONE VENEER AS SEMBLTES 04860 - 13
t 20021s01.08 VAIL MOIjNTIAN LODGE 3t2O/2004
I sEcrIoN05120 - srRUcruRAL srEEL
I PARr r -GENERAL
t l.l SI'MMARY
- A. This Section includes structural steel and grout.
I
1.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
t A. Cormections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contact Documents
to be selected or completed by structural-steel fabricator to withstand [ASD-service] [LRFD]
a loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated.
I l. Select and complete connections using scbematic details indicated and AISC's "Manual
f of Steel Construction, Load and Resistance Factor Design," Volume 2, Part9 andlm
I AISC's "Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Desigr," Part 4.
I 1.3 sr.JBMrrrALSI
.- A. ProductData: Fqeachtypeofproductindicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication ofstuctural-steel components.
t C. Welding certificates.
D. Mill test reports.
7 E. Source quality-control test reporrs.t
I IA QUAIITYASSTJRANCE
-A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality
t Certification Program and is designated an AlSC-Certified Plant, Category Sbd.
I- B. Welding: Qualifu procedures and personnel according to AWSDl.l, "Structural Welding
r Code--Steel."
- C. Comply with applicable provisions of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings
_, and Bridges."
t
al
I
I
I STRUCTTJRAL STEEL 05120 - l
2002 l 501 .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOIINTIAN LODGE 3/2012004 I
I
t
I
I
T
t
I
t
t
I
T
T
I
T
t
I
t
I
)1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS
W-Shapes: As indicated in Stn:ctural Documents.
Channels, Angles, M or S-Shapes: As indicated in Structwal Documents.
Plate and Bar: As indicated in Structural Documents.
Cold-Formed Hollow Sructural Sections: ASTM A 500. Grade as indicated in Structural
Documents, structural tubing.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.
Welding Elecfodes: Comply with AWS requiremants.
BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), T1rye l, heavy hex
steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and
ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers..
l. Finish: Plain.
2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8,)
compressible-washer type.
a. Finish: Plain.
High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy hex
steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel nuts; and
ASTM F 436 (AS'IM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers, plain.
l. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTMF959, Type490 (ASTMF959M,) Type 10.9,
compressible-washer type, plain.
Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTMF 1852, Type 1, head
steel stuctural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon-steel
nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon-steel washers.
1. Finish: Plain.
D. Shear Connectors: ASTMA 108, Grades l0l5 through 1020, headed-stud tpe, cold-finished
carbon steel; AWS Dl.l, Type B.
Unheaded Anchor Rods: As indicated in Sfuchrral Documenls.
L Configuration: As indicated in Structwal Documents.
2. Finish: Plain.
A.
B.
C.
D,
E.
F.
2.2
B.
c.
STRUCTTIRAL STEEL 05120 - 2
I 20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
I F. Headed Anchor Rods: As indicated in Structural Documents, shaight.I
l. Finish: Plain.
I G. Tlueaded Rods: As indicated in Structural Documents.
I l. Finish: Plain.
t
- 2.3 PRMER
II A. Primer: SSPC-Paint ZS,TyqII, iron oxide, zinc oxide, raw linseed oil, and allcyd.
I B. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer.
I
I 2.4 GROUT
I A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic
I aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for
t application and a 30-minute working time.
II 2,5 FABRICATIONI
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate
I according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's
I "specification for Structural Steel Buildings-Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Desigt."
;; B. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacfttrer of shear
I connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to
AWS Dl .I and manufacturer's written instructions.
: 2.6 SHoP coNNEcTIoNS
f A. High-Shength Bolts: Shop install high-stuength bolts according to RCSC's "specification for
t Structural Joints Using ASTMA325 or A490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint
specified.
-
I l. Ioint Type: As indicated in stuctural documents.
I B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
I appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
I 2.7 sHoPPRMTNcI
._ A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
a l. surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded
members to a deoth of 2 inches (50 nrm).
I
I
STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 - 3
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3/20/2004
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
3. Surfaces to be high-shength bolted with slip-critical connections.
4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
5. Galvanizedsurfaces.
Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Rernove loose rust and mill scale and
spatter, slag, or flux deposits. hepare surfaces according to the following specifications and
standards:
L SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Priming: Immediately after strrface preparation, apply primer according to manufachrer's
written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a &y film thickness of not
less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints,
comers, edges, and exposed surfaces.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and
inspections and prepare test reports. Comply with testing and inspection requirernents of Part 3,
Article "Field Quality Control."
Correct deficiencies in Work that test repo'rts and inspections indicate does not comply with the
Contract Documents.
In addition to visual inspection, shop-welded shear connectcrs will be tested and inspected
according to requirernents in AWS Dl.l for stud welding.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
c.
ERECTION
Examination: Verifr elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of
anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector pr€sent, for compliance
with requirements.
l. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Set struchral steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's
"Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges' and "Specification for Stuchrral
Steel Buildings-Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Desigrr."
Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing
materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearrng plates. Clean bottom surface
ofbase and bearing plates.
l. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as
required.
B.
C.
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
l
T
I
I
I
I
I
2.8
B.
c.
I
I3.1
B.
I
I
I
STRUCTURAL STEEL 0s120 - 4
!
I
I
I
I
t
20021501.08 VA]L MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
2. Weld plate washers to top of base plate.
3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed.
Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or
bearing plate before packing with grout.
4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base and bearing plates so no
voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply
with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.
D. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for
Steel Buildings and Bridges."
3.2 FIELDCONNECTIONS
A. High-Strenglh Bolts: Shop install high-shength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A490 Bolts" for type of bolt and t)?e of joint
specified.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS Dl.l for welding procedure specifications, tolerances,
appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work.
l. Courply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and
"Specification for Stuctural Steel Buildings-Allowable Stress Desigr and Plastic
Design" for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignmant, and removal of paint
on surfaces adjacant to field welds.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
inspect held welds and high-strangth bolted connections.
Bolted Cormections: Shop-bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural loints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
Welded Cormections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1.
l. h addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS Dl .1 and the
following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle lnspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be
accepted.
c. Ultrasonic lnspection: ASTM E 164.
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the
Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION O5I2O
STRUCTTJRAL STEEL
B.
D.
3.3
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
l 05120 - s
T
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
20021 50 r .08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3t20t2004
I
T
I
I
I
I
t.2
SECTION 05310 - STEEL DECK
PART I.GENERAL
I.I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Roofdeck.
2. Composite floor deck.
3. Noncomposite form deck.
SIJBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type of declq accessory, and product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Include layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing
channels, pans, deck opanings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other
construction.
Product certificates.
Welding certificates.
Research/evaluation reports.
QUALITY ASSI'RANCE
Welding: Quali$/ procedr:res and persormel according to AWS Dl.l, "Structural Welding
Code--Steel," and AWS D1.3, 'Structrnal Welding Code--Sheet Steel."
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide steel deck units identical to those
steel deck units tested for fire resistance per ASTM E I 19 by a testing and inspection agancy
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
l. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by desigrr desigrations from UL's "Fire Resistance
Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency.
2. Ste€l deck units shall be identified with appropriate markings ofapplicable testing and
inspecting agency.
AISI Specifications: Calculate structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's
"Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Stuctural Members."
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
1.3
B.
c.t
I
t
I
STEEL DECK 05310 - r
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.1
2002 r s01 .08
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
BHP Steel Building Products USA Inc.
Consolidated Systems, Inc.
Epic Metals Corp.
Marilyn Steel Products, Inc.
Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Div.
RoofDeck, Inc.
United Steel Deck, Inc.
Verco Manufacturing Co.
Wheeling Comrgating Co.; Dv. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corp.
ROOF DECK
Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without topflange stiffening grooves, to comply with'SDI
Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Declg" in SDI Publication No. 29.
1. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 611, Grade C minimum, shop primed with gray or
white baked-on, lead- and chromate-free rust-inhibitive primer.
Deck Profile: As indicated in Structural Documents..
Profile Depth: As indicated in Structural Documents.
Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated in Structural Documents..
COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK
Composite Steel Floor Deck Fabricate panels, with integralll' ernbossed or raised pattem ribs
and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Composite
Steel Floor Deck," in SDI Publication No. 29, the minimum section properties indicated, and
the following:
l. Prime-Painted Steel Sheet: ASTMA6II, Grade (l minimum, with top surface
phosphatized and unpainted and bottom surface shop primed with gray or white baked-
on, lead- and chromate-free rust-inhibitive primer.
2. Profile Depth: As indicated in Stuctural Documents.
3. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated in Structtnal Documents.
ACCESSORIES
Accessories: Steel deck manufacturer's standard accessory materials, including mechanical
fasteners, closure strips, pour stops, and closures for deck.
2.2
2.
).
4.
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
2.3
aA
STEEL DECK 05310 - 2
J.
3.1
I
l
I
T
t
T
I
I
t
T
I
I
T
I
I
J
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 3/20t2004
C.
Shear Connectors: ASTMA 108, Grades 1010 tlnough 1020 headed stud type, cold-finished
carbon steel, AWS D I . I, Type B, with arc shields.
Repair Paint: Lead- and cbromate-free rust-inhibitive primer.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
krstall deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in
SDI Publication No. 29, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned
and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastored. Do not stetch or contract
sideJap interlocks.
Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.
Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting
through or adjacent to decking.
Provide additional reinforcemert and closure pieces at openings as required for strength,
contintrity of decking, and support of other work.
Comply with AWS requirernents and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.
Roof Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish srips, cover plates, end closures,
and reinforcing channels according to deck manufachrer's written instructions. Weld to
substrate to provide a complete deck installation.
Shear Connectors: Weld shear connectors through deck to supporting frame according to
AWS Dl.l and manufacturer's written instuctions. Butt end joints of deck panels; do not
overlap. Remove and discard arc shields after welding shear connectors.
Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting
structure according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated.
Floor Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck,
according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight-fitting closures at open ends of ribs and
sides of decking. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of floor deck panels, unless
otherrvise indicated.
Repairs and Protection:
l. Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on both
surfaces of prime-painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint.
B.
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
STEEL DECK 0s310 - 3
2002150r.08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
3.2 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independant testing agency to perform field quality-
control testing.
B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.
C. Shear connector stud welds will be tested and inspected according to AWS Dl .l .
D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.
E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contrastor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of corrccted work with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION O53IO
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
ISTEELDECK053r0-4
I 20021501.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDcE 3/20/2004I
I SECTION O55OO - METAL FABRICATIONS
I PARTI-GENERAL
l,
I 1.1 STJMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
r 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports.
2. Shelfangles.
I 3. Loose bearing and leveling plates.
t 4. Steel weld plates and angles.
5. Miscellaneous steel trim.
J 6. Metal ladders.
|| 7. Loose steel lintels.
I
B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for metal-framed stairs.
t C. See Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings" for metal pipe and tube railings.
I D. See Division 5 Section "Omamental Railings" for omamental metal railings.!
T 1.2 SI.JBMITTALS
a A. Product Data: For the followine:
I L Grout.
I' B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their
I
connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
I C. Ternplates: For anchors and bolts.
t,J PART2-PRoDUCTS
-t 2.1 MANUFACTURERS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
I Product selection:
- l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
a incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.l! 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
a
manufacturers specified.
t
t METALFABRICATIONS O55OO - I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
METALS
Metal Surfaces, General: hovide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
Ferrous Metals:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/..{ 36M.
2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold-formed steel tubing.
3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is
indicated or required by strucnral loads.
4. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal channels cornpllng with MFMA-3, 1-5/8
by l-5/8 inches (41 by 4l mm). Channels made from galvanized steel compllng with
ASTM A 6531A653M, structural steel, Grade 33 (Grade 230), with G90 (2275) coating;
0.079-inch (2-mm) nominal thickness.
5. Cast kon: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by
structural loads.
Nonferrous Metals:
l. AluminumExtrusions: ASTMB22I (ASTMB22l$,alloy6063-T6.
2. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 63218 632M, alloy 6061 -T6.
3. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 261826M, Alloy443.0-F.
FASTENERS
General: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with
coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless-steel
fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.
Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either
ASTM A 47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers,
and shims as needed, hotdip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERI,ALS
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-allcyd primer
cornpllng with MPI #79.
Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C I107.
Concrete Materials and hoperties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-
Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air+ntrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28day
compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise indicated.
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
l
T
I
I
I
2.2
A.
B.
2.3
B.
2.4
B.
C.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2
A.
B.
D.
F.
G.
2.5
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE
FABRICATION
General: heassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that
maintain structural value ofjoined pieces.
1. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges.
Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize
distortion and develop sfength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion
without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds
smooth and blended.
3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
5. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with
integrally welded steel strap anchors, not less frloir' 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other
Sections as needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items.
Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate loose steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated
for opanings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated.
l. Lintels in Exterior Walls: Prime with zinc-rich primer.
Shelf Angles: Fabricate shelf angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to frarning. Fabricate
with horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches
(150 mm) from ends and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.
I . Shelf Angles in Exterior Walls: Prime with zinc-rich primer.
2. Furnjsh wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to
cast-in-place concrete.
Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel iterns
bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.
Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown
with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed
field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate
assembly and installation with other work.
I . Exterior Miscellaneous Sreel Trim: Prime with zinc-rich primer.
Metal Ladders: Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated.
l. Space siderails l8 inches (457 mnr)apart, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Steel Ladder Construction: Flat bar siderails, with 3/4-inch- ( I 9-mm-) diameter steel bar
rungs fitted in centerline of siderails, plug-welded, and ground smooth on outer rail
faces. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung.
3/2012004
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3
2.6
20021501.08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
FINISHES
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after
assembly.
Steel and hon Finishes:
l. Hotdip galvanizn items as indicated to comply with ASTM Al23/Al23M or
ASTM A 153/4 l53M as applicable.
2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed metal
fabrications:
^. Exteriors (SSPC Zone lB): SSPC-SP 6NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast
Cleaning."
b. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except
those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on
fireproofing, or masonry, to comply with SSPC-PA 1, 'Paint Application Specification
No. l: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting," for shop painting.
PART3 -EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fining required for installing metal fabrications. Set
metal fabrications accr:rately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.
l. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be left as
exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of
exterior units that have been hot{ip galvanized after fabrication.2. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be
fastened to in-place construction.
3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, rnasonry, or similar constuction.
Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After
bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack solidly with
nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection.
1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up
paint with the same material as used for shop painting.
2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
T
I
B.
3.1
B.
c.
METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDGE 3/20/2004
I ENDoFSECrroNossoo
METALFABRICATIONS 05s00 - 5
I 2002150r.08 vAIL MoTJNTTAN LoDGE 3t20t2004I
I SECTION()55II -METALSTAIRS
t PARTI -GENERAL
fr I.I SI]MMARYI
A. This Section includes the following:
It l. Preassembled steel stairs with concrete-filled treads.
T 1.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Structural Performance of Stairs: Provide metal stairs capable of withstanding the effects of
I gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
t l. Uniformload: 100 lbflsq. ft.t4.79 kNisq. m).
I 2. Concenhated Load: 300 lbf (1.33 kN) applied on an area of4 sq. in. (2580 sq. mm).t 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need notbe assumed to act concurrently.
4. Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding shesses resulting from railing loads in addition
I to loads specified above.I 5. Limit deflection of teads, platforms, and framing members to U360 or 714 inch (6.4
mm), whichever is less.
t B. Sfuchral Performance of Railings: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of
gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:
-
t l. Handrails:
- a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.! i 3tff"H::Ti:::"ffi?3Jiji3;';"S*tri::##J,TiTl,Xi".."*"
I 2. Top Rails of Guards:a
a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kNlm) applied in any direction.
I b. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
t c. Uniform and concenbated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
11 3. krfill of Guards:
l' a. Concentrated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of 1 sq. ft.
(0.093 sq. m).r i Ht?,Ti?1:1i:,','"1'f *"$"',iili:1,9:liH.n:;x"#:1,1,,
I
t
I METAL STAIRS 05511- I
1.3
1.4
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.JNTTAN LODCE 3/20/20M
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For metal stairs.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
COORDINATION
Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,
concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in
concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
Coordinate locations of hanger rods and struts with other work so that they will not encroach on
required stair width and will be within the fire-resistance-rated stair enclosure.
PART2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANT]FACTI.]RERS
A. In other Part 2 adicles where titles below inhoduce lists, the following requiremants apply to
product selection:
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirernents, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
A.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
T
I
A.
B.
2.2 METALS
Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513, Tlpe 5 (mandrel draln).
Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A36M or ASTM A283lA 283M, Grade C or D.
Wire Rod for Grating Crossbars: ASTM A 510 (ASTM A 5l0M).
hon Castings: Either gray iron, ASTMA48lA48M, Class30, or malleable iron,
ASTM A 47lA 47M, unless otherwise indicated.
Uncoated, Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, either commercial steel, Type B,
or struchral steel, Grade 25 (Grade 170).
Uncoated, Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A l01l/A l01lM, either commercial steel, Type B,
or struchral steel, Grade 30 (Grade 205).
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
G.
METAL STAIRS 05511-2
I 2.4 FABRrcArroN
I 20021s0r.08 vArL MouNTIAN LoDGE 3/20/2004
!
I I. Expanded Metal, Carbon Steel: ASTM F 1267, Class l (uncoated).r J. Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, 2-inch (50-mrn) woven-wire mesh, made from 0.135-
I inch (1.5-mm) nominal diameter wire complying with ASTM A 510 (AS'IM A 5l0M).
I K. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 22lM), Alloy 6063-T6.
a.
T 23 MISCELLANEoUS MATERIALS
t A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-t Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day
compressive shength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless othenvise indicated.
t B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, 6 by 6 inches (152 by 152 mm)-W1.4 by W1.4, unless
otherwise indicated.
I A. Available Manufacturers:a
l. Alfab, Inc.
I 2. American Stair, Inc.! 3. Sharon Companies Ltd. (The).
I B. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, struts, clips, brackets,
! bearing plates, and other components necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms on
supporting structure.I I lr*trffi'ir*li;1i1?,#'a'J$rffi:H",ffi';",Y*T"fi:ffiT,:"i#::i3tliil
fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed
I connections, finish exposed welds smooth and blended.r 2. Use connections that maintain structural value ofjoined pieces.
- 3. Cut drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges, unless
I otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.a 4. Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without impairing work.
5. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
t fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
I C. Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers of steel plates or channels. Construct platforms of steel plate
I or channel headers and miscellaneous framing members.
t l. Ifusing bolts, fabricate andjoin so bolts are not exposed on finished surfaces.
).
I D. Metal-Pan Stairs: Form risers, subkead pans, and subplatforms to configr.nations shown from'- steel she€t of thickness needed to comply with performance requirements but not less than
o 0677 inch (1.7 mm).II l. At Conbactor's option, provide siair assemblies with metal-pan subtreads frlled with
reinforced concrete durine fabrication.I
I
METAL STAIRS 0551I - 3
I
I
I
I
I
B.
2.5
20021501.08 VAIL MOIINTI,AN LODGE 3/20/2004
FINISHES
Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for
recornmendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal stairs after assembly.
Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with
requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed producs:
1. Interior Stairs (SSPC Zone lA): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal stair components. Comply with SSPC-PA l,
'Paint Application Specification No. l: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for
shop painting.
PART3 -EXECUTION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in
location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.
Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel stucture or to weld plates cast into
concrete, unless otherwise indicated.
Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are
not to be left as exposed joints. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior rmits that have
been hotdip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
Place and finish concrete fill for teads and platforms to comply with Division 3 Section "Cast-
in-Place Concrete."
Adjusting and Cleaning:
l. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of
shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting.
END OF SECTION O55I I
B.
C.
D.
t
t
T
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
t
I
!
IMETAL STAIRS 0551I - 4
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDGE 3t20/2004r
-
ll SECTIONO552I -PIPEANDTUBERAILINGS
I PART I -GENERAL
.] 1.I ST]MMARY!
A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Steel pipe and tube railings.r
_ B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for steel tube railings associated with metal stairs.
t 1.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. Structurat Performance: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads
and the following loads and stresses within limits and mder conditions indicated:
II l. Handrails:a
a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
I b. Concentated load of 200 lbf (0.89 kXl apptiea in any direction.
a c. ' Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
I 2. Top Rails of Guards:
I a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ ft. (0.73 kN/m) applied in any direction.
I b. Concentrated load of200 lbf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction.
I c. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
i. Infill of Guards:Ia a. Concentated load of 50 lbf (0.22 kN) applied horizontally on an area of I sq. ft.
(0.093 sq. m).
I b. Uniform load of 25 lbf/sq. ft. (l.2 kN/sq. m) applied horizontally.
t c. Infill load and other loads need nol be assumed to act concurrently.
I B. Control of Corosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals
t and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
,l
t 1.3 SUBMTTTALS
A. Product Data: For mechanically connected railings, grout, anchoring cement, and paint
I products.!
B. Shop Drawings: lnclude plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
I
t
PIPE AND TIJBE RAILINGS 0552I - 1
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
2.1
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOLTNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
l. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis
data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
Samples: For each exposed finish required.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTTJRERS
Available Manufacfurers: Subject to compliance with requirernents, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Steel Pipe and Tube Railings:
a. Pisor Industries, [nc.
b. SharpeProducts.
c. Wagrer, R & B, Inc.; a division of the Wagner Companies.
METALS
Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same fpe of material and finish as
supported rails, unless othenvise indicated.
Steel and hon:
l. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513, Type 5 (mandrel drawn).
2. Pipe: ASTM A 53iA 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight (Schedulc 40),
unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads.
3. Plates,Shapes,andBars: ASTMA 361A36M.
4. Castings: Either gray or malleable iron, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Gray hon: ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 30, rmless another class is indicated or
required by struchral loads.b. Malleablekon: ASTM A47/A47M.
5. Expanded Metal: ASTMF 1267, Type I (expanded) or II (expanded and flattened)1,
Class 1 (uncoated).
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERTALS
A. Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners, unless unavoidable or standard for railings indicated.l. Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 25 for
electrodeposited zinc coating.
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
I
I
T
PIPE AND TT]BE RAILINGS 05521-2
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
20021s0r.08
E.
F.
G.
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODCE 3/20t2004
Anchors: Provide cast-in-place, chemical or torque-controlled expansion anchors, fabricated
from corrosion-resistant materials with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six
times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed
when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488.
Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy
welded.
Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections.
Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer
complying with MPI#79.
Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or SSPC-Paint 29 and compatible with
topcoat.
Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zincdust, zinc-oxide primer compatible with finish paint
systems indicated, and cornplying with SSPC-Paint 5.
Grout and Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonmetallic grout complying with
ASTM C I107; or water-resistanl, nonshrink anchoring cement; recornmended by rnanufacfurer
for exterior use.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate railings to comply with desigr, dimensions, and details indicated, but not
less than that required to support structural loads.
Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings
designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings.
Form curves by bending in jigs to produce uniform curvature; maintain cross section of member
throughout bend without cracking or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces.
Close exposed ends of railing members with prefab'ricated end fittings.
Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails. unless otherwise indicated.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings,
and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless othenvise indicated.
FINISHES
Steel and hon:
I . Galvanized Railings: Hotdip galvanize exterior railings, after fabrication, to comply
with ASTM Al23lAl23M. Provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fastaners,
sleeves, and other ferrous components.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
T
I
I
I
2.4
B.
c.
D.
2.5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521 - 3
3.1
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
Shop-Primed Galvanized Railings: After galvanizing, clean railings, treat with metallic-
phosphate process, and apply primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1.
Shop-Primed Steel Finish: Prepare to comply with SSPC-SP 6NACE No. 3,
"Commercial Blast Cleaning" and apply primer to comply with SSPC-PA l.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
General: Perform cutting drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings
accurately in location, alignment, and elevation.
l. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of l/16 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m).2. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal mernbers and variations from parallel
with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed ll4 inch in 12 feet (5
mm in 3 m).
Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry,
wood, or dissirnilar metals, with a heavy coat of bifuminous paint.
Anchor posts in concrete by inserting into preset steel pipe sleeves, formed or core-drilled holes
and grouting annular space.
Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges.
Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with round flanges connected to railing ends and
anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts.
Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets.
l. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger
bolt.2. For steel-framed partitions, fasten to steel framing or concealed steel reinforcements
using self-tapping screws of size and type required to support structural loads.
Adjusting and Cleaning:
l. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted cormections, and abraded areas of
shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting.2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair
galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05521
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
t
I
J.
B.
C.
D,
E.
F.
G.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 0552r - 4
I 2002150r.08 vAIL MotrNTrAN LoDGE 3t21t2004I
Ii SECTION 06105 . MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
r PART1 -GENERAL
I l.l suMMARY!
A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Miscellaneous lumber.a 2. Shelving and clothes rods.
3. Panel products.t
I 1.2 STJBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product indicated.
I l. lnclude data for wood-preservative and fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment
I manufacturer and certification by heating plant that materials comply with requirements.
_ B. ResearcMEvaluation Reports: For the following:
a l. heservative-heated wood.
2. Fire-retardant-treatedwood.
I 3. Powerdriven fasteners.
t
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
r A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
I l Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on
I end orback ofeachpiece.
a 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-
inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.
- B. Wood Struchral Panels:
I 1. Plywood: DOC PS I or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated.I
I
I
I
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t21t2004
WOOD-PRESERVATTVE-TREATED MATERI,ALS
Preservative Treatment by Pressure hocess: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood),
except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from
liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C3l with inorganic boron (SBX).
Kiln-dry material after teatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and
l5 percent for plywood.
Mark each healed item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
l. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar
members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in
contact with masonrv or concrete.
FIRE-RETARDANT.TREATED MATERIALS
Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with
performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identiff.fire-
retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber
Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
l. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated.
2. Use Interior Type A High Ternperature (HT), unless othenvise indicated.
DMENSIONLT]MBER
General: Of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee
National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated.
MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
Provide miscellaneous lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the
following:
l' Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
2. Blocking.
3. Cants.
4. Nailers.
5. Furring.
6. Grounds.
For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade lumber with 15
percent maximum moisture content of any species.
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
2.2
B.
c.
D.
2..)
A.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.4
2.5
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 2
I 20021s01.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDGE itzv2o04I
I C. For exposed boards, provide lumber, with 15 percent maximum moisture content, of eastem
S white pine, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; D Select (Quality) grade;
NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
t D. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content and any of
the following species and grades:
I l. Mixed southem pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Eastem softwoods, No.2 Common grade; NELMA.
I 3. Northern species, No.2 Common grade; NLGA.
I 4. Western woods, Constuction or No. 2 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.
I 2.6 sHELVTNGAND cLorHES RoDS
!
A. Shelving: 3/4-inch ( l9-mrn) medium-density fiberboard shelving with radiused front edge.
I B. Clothes Rods: 1-1/2-inch- (-18-mm-) diarneter, clear, kiln-dried hardwood rods.
t 2.7 PANEL PRODUCTS
- A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exterior sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each
I location, and thickness as.indicated but not less than 112 inch (13 rnnr).
B. Miscellaneous Exposed Plywood: DOC PS l, A-D Interior, thickness as indicated but not less
I than l/2 inch (13 mm).a C. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged,
I fire-retardanl treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)
I thick.
t 2.8 FASTENERS
A. General: Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative
I humidity, provide fasteneis with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/,4. 153M.t
B. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
a C. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads
and reamer wings.
I! PART3-EXECUTION
I! 3.I INSTALLATION
I A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, kue to line, cut, and fitted. Fit
f carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate [furring,]
r
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 3
r
2002 I 501 .08 VAILMOI]NTIAN LODGE 3/2r/2004
nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other
constuction.
B. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized
standards.
C. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.
D. Wood Stntctural Panels: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form
No. E30K, "APA Design/Constructbn Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of
structural-use panels and applications indicated.
END OF SECTION 06105
I
!
I
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - 4
I 2002rs0r.08 vArL MouNTr.AN LoDGE 3/2r/2004
I sEcrroN 06150 - wooD DEcKrNc
I PARr 1-.ENERAL
I 1.1 suMMARy
A. This Section includes the following:
r l. Solid-sawn roof(solfit and ceiling) decking.
I 1.2 suBMrrrALS
- A. Product Data
r B. Samples:
I t tJ*fl ili #:".,rr_::aucts
for hansparent finish, for each species and cut, finished on
I I.3 QUALITYASSTJRANCE
I A. Decking Standard: Comply with AITC I12, "Standard for Tongue-and-Groove Heavy Timber
t Roof Decking."
I 1.4 DELIVERY, SToRAGE, ANDHANDLING
A. Schedule delivery ofwood decking to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying theI Work.t
I PARr2-PRODUcrs
I 2.1 LT.JMBER.GENERAL
t A. Gerreral: Comply with DOCPS20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard,u and with
I applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review.
I B. Grade Stamps: Factory mark with grade stamp of inspection agency on surfaces that will not be
exposed to view.
t C. *oir,*" Content: Provide wood decking with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of
dressine.
I
I
wooD DECKING 06150 _ 1I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
C.
D.
2.2
20021501 .08 VAILMOUNTTAN LODGE 3t2v2004
SOLID-SAWN WOOD DECKING
Wood Species:
L lnterior: Reference lnterior Speci{ication Sheets.2. Exterior: Rough Sawn, Westem Red Cedar, plain sawn.
Decking Nominal Size:
1. lnterior: Reference Interior Specification Sheets.2. Exterior: I x6.
Decking Grade:
l Interior: Reference Interior Specification Sheets-2. Exterior: Select(ed) Decking or Select Dex.
Surface and Edge Pattem:
l Interior: Reference Interior Specification Sheets.2. Exterior: Smooth strrface, Vee grooved.
2.3 FASTENERS AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Exterior Fastener Material: Hofdip galvanized steel.
B. Sealant: Latex sealant compatible with substates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. solid-Sawn wood Decking: Install to comply with referenced decking standard.
B. Apply joint sealant to seal roof decking at exterior walls at thc following locations:
l. Between decking and supports located at exterior walls.2. Between decking and exterior walls that butt against underside ofdecking.3. Between tongues and grooves of decking over exterior walls and supports at exterior
walls.
Repair damaged surfaces and finishes after completing erection. Replace damaged decking if
repairs are not approved by Architect.
END OF SECTION 06150
I!
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
WOODDECKING 06150 - 2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
t
T
t
I
T
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
SECTION 06401 - EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART I -GENERAL
1.I SI.IMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
l. Exterior standing and running trim.
2. Exterior omamental work.
3. Exterior frames and jambs.
4. Exterior siding.
5. Shop priming of exterior arcbitectural woodwork.
6. Shop finishing of exterior architectural woodwork.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For wood-pre servative materials and finishes indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include location of each itenr, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale
details, attachment devices, and other components.
C. Samples: For lumber for exterior wood stain Iinish, for each finish systern and color, with one-
half of exposed surface fi nished.
1.3 QUATTTYASSURANCE
A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork
Quality Standards."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERI.ALS
Fire-Retardant Treatment: For all exterior siding, use materials impregnated with fire-retardant
chemicals per AWPA C20; exterior type or interior Type A as required.
Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials, Nonpressure Process: Treat woodwork items indicated
to receive water-repellent preservative teatrnent to comply with AWPA Nl using the following
preservative:
I . Water-Repellent Preservative: Formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl
carbamate (IPBC) complying with AWPA P8 as its active ingredieat.
2.1
B.
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06401 - l
20021501.08 VAIL MOI,JNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
2. Water-Repellent Preservative/Insecticide: Formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl
bufyl carbamate (IPBC) as its active ingredient, combined with an insecticide containing
chlorpyrifos as its active ingredient, both cornpllng with AWPA P8.
Nails: Hot-dip galvanized.
Screws: Hotdip galvanized.
FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with
performance requirements in AWPA C20 (umber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identiff fire-
retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber
Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
l. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated.
a. Exterior standing and running h'im.
b. Exterior omamental work.
c. Exterior frames and jambs.
d. Exterior siding.
FABRICATION
Wood Moisture Content: 9 to 15 percent.
Complete fabrication, including assembly, frnishing, and hardware ap'plication, to maximum
extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for
shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide arnple allowance for
scribing, t'imming, and fitting.
Woodwork for Transparent Finish:
l. Grade: Custom.
2. Wood Species: Western red cedar.
Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members,
except for mernbers with ends exposed in finished worlc
Shop Priming: Shop prime woodwork for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified
in Dvision 9 Section "Painting."
l. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to
concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to surfaces installed in contact with
concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces.
Shop Finishing: Comply with AWI Section 1500 To greatest extent possible, finish
architectural woodwork at fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup and cleaning until after
installation.
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
C.
D.
2.2
2.3
A.
B.
D.
F.
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06401-2
3.1
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
2002r501.08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
Grade: Custom.
Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatibre with finish coats, to
concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats lo surfaces installed in contact with
concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces.
Finish System: To match existing.
Sheen: To match existing.
PART3 -EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before
installation. Before installing architectural woodworlg examine shop-fabricated work for
completion and complete work as required, including backpriming and removal of packing.
Quality standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified for type of woodwork involved.
Install woodwork true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims.
Install level and plumb to a tolerance of l/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm).
Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged
finish at cuts.
Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to subsFates. Secure to
4o*dt' stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use
fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and fired flush with woodwork.
Cornplete the finishing work specified to extent not completed at shop or before jnstallation of
woodwork. Fill nail and screw holes with matching filler where exposed.
Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed strrfaces. Touch up shop-applied finishes to
restore damaged or soiled areas.
END OF SECTION 0640I
t.
2.
J.
4.
EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06401 - 3
I 2002150r.08 vAIL MoINTIAN LoDGE it20t2oo4r
I SECTION 06105 -MISCELLAMOUS CARPENTRY
I PART l -GENERAL
I r.r suMMARY!
A. This Section includes the following:
I 1. Miscellaneous lumber.t 2. Shelving and clothes rods.
3. Panel products.
I
I 1.2 ST]BMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product indicated.
r I . krclude data for wood-preservative and fire-retardant treatment from chemical freatment
t manufacturer and certification by treating plant that materials comply with requirements.
B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following:
I l. ' Preservative-treated wood.
2. Fire-retardant-treatedwood.
I 3. Powerdriven fasteners.
I
- PART2-PRODUCTS
I
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
! A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American
Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review.
I I . Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on
I end or back ofeach piece.
I 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Provide dry lumber with l5 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-
inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless othenvise indicated.
t B. Wood Structural Panels:
I l. Plywood: DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated.I
r
t
I
MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 - I
I 20021501.08 vArL MouNTATN LoDcE 3t2ttz004r
I SECTION 06402 .INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
t PART1 -GENERAL
I I.I SI]MMARYI
A. This Section includes interior woodwork including for the following applications:
I 1. Standing and running trim.
2. Wood cabinets.
I 3. Plasticlaminate cabinets.
f 4. Plasticlaminate countertops.
5. Frames and jambs.
I 6. Shopfinishingofwoodwork.
I B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips,
- unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation.
I
1.2 SUBMITIALS
I A. Product Data: For the following:
I L Cabinet hardware and accessories.
|| 2. Handrailbrackets.3. Finishing materials and processes.
t B. Shop Drawings: Include location of each item, plans and elevations, large-scale details,
attachment devices, and other components.
I C. Samples:r
l. Lumber and panel products for transparent finish, for each species and cut, finished on
I one side and one edge.! 2. Lumber and panel products with shop-applied opaque finish, for each finish system and
color, with exposed surface finished.
I 3. Plasticlaminate-clad panel products, for each type, color, pattem, and surface finish.
I 4. Thermoset decorative-overlay surfaced panel products, for each type, color, pattern, and
surface finish.
I.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of woodwork.t
B. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork
I Quality Standards" for grades of interior architechral woodwork, constuction, finishes, and! other reouirements.
I
INTERIOR ARCHITECTTIRAL WOOD\MORK 06402 - I
t
1.4
2002l501 .08 VAIL MOLINTAIN LODGE 3/2U2004
l. Provide AWI certification labels or compliance certificate indicating that woodwork
complies with requirements of grades specified.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet
work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperatwe and relative
humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the consfuction
period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Wood for Transparent Finish:
l. Species and Cut: Alder, quarter sawn or cut.
Wood for Opaque Finish:
l. Species: Any closed-grain hardwood.
Wood Products:
l. Hardboard: AHAAI35.4.
2. Medium-DensityFiberboard: ANSI4208.2,Grade MD.
3. Particleboard: ANSIA208.l.Grade M-2.
4. SoftwoodPlywood: DOCPS I,MediumDensityOverlay.
5. HardwoodPlywoodandFaceVeneers: HPVAHP-I.
Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Particleboard or medium-deasity fiberboard with surface of
thermally fused, melamine-impregrated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT-1.
High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3.
1. Available Manufachtrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. FormicaCorporation.
b. International Paper; Decorative hoducts Div.
c. Laminart.
d. Pioneer Plastics Corp.
e. Westinghouse Elecfic Corp.; Specialty Products Div.
f. Wilsonart lnternational: Div. of hemark International. Inc.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
III
II
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.1
B.
C.
D.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -2
A.
B.
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
t
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOLTNTAIN LODGE 3t2v2004
C.
FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS
Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood: Materials impregnated with fire-retardant
chemical formulations to comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood),
Exterior Type or Interior Type A. Use fire-retardant-treatment formulations that do not bleed
through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln-dry material after treatment.
Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Panels made from softwood particles and fire-retardant chemicals
mixed together at time of panel manufacture with flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-
developed index of25 or less per ASTM E 84.
Fire-Retardant Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 medium{ensity fiberboard panels made from
softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire-retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel
rnanufacture with flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 200 or less
perASTM E 84.
2.3 CABINETHARDWAREANDACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials for a complete installation of
architectural woodwork, except for items specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware."
B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by referencing BHMA
numbers or items referenced to this standard.
C. Butt Hinges: 2-314-inch (70-mm), S-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch- (2.4-mm-)
thick metal.
l. SemiconcealedHinges forFlushDoors: BHMAA156.9, 801361-
2. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: BHMA A156.9, B0l52l.
D. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, 801602, self-closing.
E. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, 4 inches (100 mm) long 5/16 inches (8 mm) in diameter.
F. Catches: Magnetic, BHMA A156.9, B03 141.
G. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA 4156.9, 804071; with shelf rests, 804081.
H. Drawer Slides: Side-mounted, full-extension, zinc-plated steel drawer slides with steel ball
bearings, BHMA 4'156.9,805091, and rated for the following loads:
l. Box Drawer Slides: 100 lbf (440 N).2. File Drawer Slides: 200 lbf (890 N).
3. Pencil Drawer Slides: 45 lbf (200 N).
I. Door Locks: BHMA Al56.l l, E07121
J. Drawer Locks: BHMA 4156.1l. E07041
K. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Complying with BHMAAI56.I8 for BHMA finish number
indicated.
TNTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 0@02 -3
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t21t2004
Reference interior designer specifi cation sheets.
Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for hrrass or bronze base: BHMA 652 for steel base.
INSTALLATION MATERIALS
Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, fire-retardant-
heated, kiln-dried to less than 15 percent moisture content.
Handrail Brackets: Cast from malleable iron with wall flange drilled and tapped for concealed
hanger bolt and with support arm for screwing to underside ofrail. Sized to provide I -ll2-inch
(38-mnr) clearance between handrail and wall.
FABRICATION
General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site.
Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
l. lnterior Woodwork Grade: Premium. @welling Unit), Custom, and Economy (at
employee housing units) complying with the referenced quality standard.
2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove
splinters and burrs.
Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish.
For bim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for
width.
5. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf bacla of other wide, flat
members, except for mernbers with ands exposed in finished work.
6. Assemble casings in plant except wtrcrc limitations of access to place of installation
require field assembly.
Premium Grade Wood Cabinets for Transparent Finish:
l. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay.
2. Grain Matching: Rrm and match grain vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed
panels.
3. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book match.
4. Veneer Matching within Panel Face: Balance match.
5. Semiexposed Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Match species and cut indicated for
exposed surfaces.
a. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber, same species indicated for
exposed surfaces.
b. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood p-lywood, same species indicated for exposed
surfaces.
6. Provide dust panels of l/4-inch (6.4-mm) plywood or tempered hardboard above
compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops.
Custom Wood Cabinets for Transoarent Finish:
I
I
I
l.
2.
2.4
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.5
J.
A
B.
C.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAI WOODWORK 0@02-4
I 2oo2rsol.o8 VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE 312112004
I l. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay.
I 2. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Book match.
3. Semiexposed Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Compatible species to that
indicated for exposed surfaces, stained to match.
I a. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber, stained to match species
I indicated for exposed surfaces.
t b. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood, same species indicated for exposed
surfaces.
I 4. Provide dust panels of l/4-inch (6.4-mm) ptywood or tempered hardboard abovet compartments and drawers, unless located Oirecily under tops.
I D. Plastic-Laminate Cabinets:I
1. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay.
| 2. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High-pressure decorative of grade indicated.
I a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: HGS.
b. Postformed Surfaces: HGP.
t i. ;;ltj:l;ffi;:,X8lr-,""n (0460-mm) minimum thickness, matching raminate
. in color, pattern, and finish.
r' 3. Materials'for Semiexposed Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative
overlay.
I a. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative overlay.
b. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative overlav.
I 4. Colors, Pattems, and Finishes: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
I E. Plastic-Laminate Countertops:
I
I . High-Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: HGS.
r 2. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
I 3. Edge Treatrnent: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces.! 4. Core Material at Sinks: Particleboard made with exterior elue.
I F. Rails:
t l. Handrails: Transparent finish.
I G. Fire-Rated Interior Frames and Jambs: Products fabricated from fire-retardant particleboard or
I fire-retardant medium-density fiberboard with veneered, exposed surfaces and listed and labeled
by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings
I indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252.
- 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure.
- 2. Fire Rating: 20 minutes.
I
I
I
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 5
2002 r s01 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3tzt/2404
SHOP FINISHING
Finish architectural woodwork at fabrication shop. Defer only final touchup, cleaning, and
polishing until after installation.
Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, cornpatible with finish coats, to concealed
surfaces of woodwork. Apply fwo coats to back of paneling.
Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated below for grade, finish system,
staining, and sheen, with sheen measured on 60deg ree gloss meter per ASTM D 523:
1. Grade: Prernium (Dwelling Unit), Custom elsewhere.2. AWI Finish Systern: TR4, conversion varnish.
3. Staining: Match sample.
4. Wash Coat for Stained Finish: Apply a vinyl wash coat to woodwork made from closed-
grain wood before staining and finishing.
5. Open-Grain Woods: Do not apply filler to open-grain woods. After staining (if any),
apply paste wood filler to open-grain woods and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match
stained wood.
6. Sheen: Flat, 10-25 gloss units.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and
examine and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming before
installation.
Quality Standard: lnstall woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade
specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved.
Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and shaight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm
in 2440 mm). Shim as required with concealed shims.
Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining worlg and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged
finish at cuts.
Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with
countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use
fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with
woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated.
Standing and Running Trim: tnstall with minimum number ofjoints possible, using full-length
pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Fill gaps, if any,
between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood
base, if finished.
I
I
I
2.6
A.
B.
c.
I
T
J- l
A.
B.
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
T
D.
F.I
t
I
I
INTERIOR ARCHITECTT.]RAL WOODWORK 06402 - 6
G.
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
t
T
t
I
I
I
I
t
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t2r/2004
Cabinets: lnstall without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are
accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide
unencumbered operati on.
l. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16
inches (400 nrm) o.c. with No. l0 wafer-head sheet metal screws through metal backing
or metal framing behind wall finish.
Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through comer blocks of base cabinets or other
supports into underside of countertop. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant
specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Rails: Cut carriages to accurately fit heads and risers and securely anchor lo supporting
substrates. Glue teads to risers, and glue and nail treads and risers to carriages. Glue and
dowel or pin balusters to treads and railings, and railings to newel posts and support wall
railings on indicated metal brackets securely fastened to wall framing.
END OF SECTION 06402
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -7
f, 20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
I
SECTION 07 I 42 . HOT FLUID.APPLIED WATERPROOFING
lt't PART I -GENERAL
I)
"' 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplemantary
I Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, aprply to this Section.
I r.z suMMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
! l. Reinforced waterproofing membrane.
^ B. Related Sections include the following:
f t
P,i,Hl:lnt
Section "Foundation Drainage Systerns" for drainage panels and geotextile
fl 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint-sealant materials and installation.
I 3. Division 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring" for stone paving.
t 1.3 PERFORMANCEREQUTREMENTS
- A. Provide waterproofing that prevents the passage of water and complies with physical
I requirements in CAN/CGSB-37.50, "Hot Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing andr Waterproofing."
.tr1 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: Include manufachner's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and freating
I substrate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties.
- B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and extent of waterproofing. Include details for substrate
I joints and cracks, sheet flasbings, penetrations, inside and outside comers, tie-ins to adjoining
- waterproofing, and other termination conditions.
I C. Samples: For the following products:U
l. l2-by-12-inch(300-by-300-mm)squareofflashingsheet.
I 2. l2-by-12-inch (300-by-300-mm) square of insulation.
I 3. 4-by4-inch (100-by-100-mm) square of drainage panel.
I D. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certiflng that installers comply with
f requirements.
tI
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - I
I
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
Sample Warranty: Copy of special waterproofing manufacturer's and Installer's warranty
stating obligations, remedies, limitations, and exclusions before starting waterproofing.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
lnstaller Qualifications: A qualified installer who is authorized, approved, or licensed to install
waterproofing manufacturer's products; and who is eligible to receive waterproofing warranty
specified.
Source Limitations: Obtain waterproofing materials, sheet flashings, protection course, and
drainage panels through one source from a single manufacfurer.
L Mockups: Apply waterproofing to 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m) of deck and wall to demonstate
surface prepa.ration, crack and joint treatment, comer treatment, thickness, texture, and
execution quality
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if rmdistrnbed at time of
Substanfi al Completion.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Dbliver liquid materials to Project site in original containers with seals rmbroken, labeled with
manufactr:rer's name, product brand name and 1pe, date of manufacture, and directions for
storing and mixing with other conrponents.
Store liquid materials in their original rmdamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location
and within the temperature range required by waterproofing manufacturer.
Rernove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelflife.
Protect stored materials from direct sunlight.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substate
temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a
damp or wet substate, or when temperahre is below 0 deg F (minus l8 deg C).
l. Do not apply waterproofing in snow, rain, fog, or mist.
Maintain adequate vertilation during application and curing of waterproofing materials.
I.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by waterproofing manufacturer
agreeing to repair or replace waterproofing and sheet flashings that do not comply with
requirements or that do not remain watertight within specified warranty period.
I
I
1.5 I
t
I
I
B.
I
I
1.6
C.
D.
I
I
il
I
I
J
I
1.7
B.
I
I
IHOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07t42 - 2
B.
2.1
2.2
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
t
I
t
t,
3
t
I
t
l
$
I
l
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t20t2004
l. Warranty does not include failure of waterproofing due to failure of substrate prepared
and teated according to requirements or formation ofnew joints and cracks in substrate
that exceed 1/8 inch (3 mm) in width.
2. Warranty Period: l0 years after date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Installer's Warranty: Written waterproofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at
end of this Section, sigrred by Installer, covering Work of this Section, for warranty period of
two years.
l. Warranty includes removing and reinstalling protection board, drainage panels, and
insulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTI.]RERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products:
American Hydrotech, Inc.; Monolithic Membrane 6125.
American Perrnaquik Inc.; Permaquik 6100.
Barreft Company; Ram-Tough 250.
Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Div.; CCW-500.
T. C. Miadri; Miraseal 9100.
Monsey Bakor; Elasto-Seal 790-ll.
Protecto Wrap Co.; HM625B.
Tremco; Tremproof 150.
MEMBRANE
Single-component; 100 perc€nt solids; hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt with the following
properties measured per applicable test methods in CAN/CGSB-37.50:
1. Flash Point: Not less than 260 degC or not less tlnn25 degC above manufacturer's
maximum recommended application temperature.
2. Cone Penetration: I l0 maximum at25 degC, and 200 maximum at 50 deg C.
3. Flow: 3mmmaximumat60degC.
4. Toughness: Not less than 5.5 J
5. Ratio ofToughness to Peak Load: Not less than 0.040.
6. Adhesion Rating: Pass.
7. Water-Vapor Perneance: 1.7 ngtPa x s x sq. m.
8. Water Absorption: 0.35-9 maximum mass gain, or 0.18-g maximum mass loss.
9. Pinholing: Not more than one pinhole.
10. Low-TemperatureFlexibility: Nocracking.
11. Crack Bridging Capability: No cracking, splitting, or loss of adhesion.
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 3
2002r50l.08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3120t2004
12. Heat Stability: Comply with requirements for penebation, flow, Iow-temperature
flexibility, and viscosity when heated for five hours at manufacturer's recommended
application temperature.
13. Viscositv Test: 2 to 15 seconds.
2.3 AUXILIARYMATERIALS
A. Primer: ASTM D 41, aspbaltic primer.
B. Elastomeric Flashing Sheet 50-mil- (1.3-mm-) minimum, nonstaining, uncured sheet neoprene
with manufacturer's recommended contact adhesives and predrilled metal termination bars and
anchors, with the following physical properties as measured per standard test methods
refereaced:
l. Tensile Strength: 1400 psi (9.6 MPa) minimurn; ASTM D412, Die C.
2. Elongation: 300 percent minimum; ASTM D 412.
3. Tear Resistance: 125 psi (860 kPa) minimum; ASTM D 624,Ae C.
4. Brittleness: Does not break at minus 30 deg F (34 deg C); ASTM D 2137.
C. Modified-Bituminous Flashing Sheel SBS-modified bituminous sheet, 160-mii- (4-mm-) thiclq
woven or nonwoven polyester or glass-fiber reinforced; suitable for application method
specifi ed; granular surfaced.
D. Sealants and Accessories: Waterproofing manufachugr's reconnnended sealants and
accessories.
E. Reinforcing Fabric: Manufactwer's recommended spum-bonded polyester fabric.
F. Separator Sheel ASTM D 4397, polyethylene sheet, minimum 4 mils (0.l0 mm) thick.
G. Protection Course: Semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral-reinforced-asphaltic core, pressure
laminated between two asphalt-saturated fibrous liners and as follows:
l. Thickness: l/4 inch (6 mm), nominal.
2. Adhesive: Rubber-based solvent t5pe recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for
type of protection course.
2.4 MOLDED.SHEETDRAINAGEPANELS
A. Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Comply with Dvision 2 Section "Foundation Drainage
Systems."
2,5 INSULATION
A. Board Insulation: Extruded-polystyrene board insulation complying with ASTM C 578, square
edged of type, density, and compressive sbength indicated below:
1. TypeV,3lb/cu. ft. (48-kg/cu. m) minimum density and 100-psi (690-kPa) minimum
compressive strength.
I
l
I
I
t
0
I
I
!
I
c
f,
a
I
I
I
fl
I
I
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 4
B.
c.
B.
2.6
I
I
I
)
I
I
I
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOT,INTAIN LODGE 3/2012004
lnsulation Drainage Panels: Extruded-polystyrene board insulation complying with
ASTM C 578; fabricated with shiplap or tongue-and-groove edges and with one side having
grooved drainage channels, unfaced or faced with manufacturer's standard, nonwoven geotextile
filter fabric.
1. TypeVI, 1.8-lb/cu. ft. (2g-kg/cu. m) minimum density and 40-psi (276-kPa) minimum
compressive strengtb.
Available Manufacfurers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into tbe Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. DiversifoamProducts.
2. Dow Chemical Company (The).
3. Owens Coming.
4. T. Clear Corporation.
5. Tenneco Building Products.
PLAZADECKPAVERS
Plaza Deck Pavers: Slate pavers specified in Dvision 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring."
I . Colors and Textures: To match existing.
Setting Bed: Provide mortar setting-bed materials specified in Division 2 Section "Unit
Pav€rs."
l. Concrete Fill: ACI 301, compressive shength of 5000 psi (34 MPa) at 28 days and air
content of 6 percent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements and other conditions affecting performance.
I . Veri8, that concrete has cured and aged for minimum time period reconrnended by
waterproofi n g manufacturer.
2. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by
plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Clean and prepare substate according to manufacturer's written insfuctions. Provide clean,
dust-free, and dry substrate for waterproofing application.
Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to Prevent spillage and overspray
affecting other construction.
3.1
3.2
B.
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 5
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOI.JNTAIN LODGE 3/2012004
Close off deck drains and other deck penetrations to prevent spillage and migration of
waterproofing fluids.
Remove grease, oil, form-release agenls, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating
contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.
l. Abrasive blast clean concrete surfaces uniformly to €xpose top surface of fine aggregate
according to ASTM D 4259 with a self-contained, recirculating, blast-cleaning apparatus.
Remove material to provide a sound surface free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing
cornpoundg concaete hardeners, or form-release ageats. Remove remaining loose
material and clean surfaces according to ASTM D 4258.
Remove fins, ridges, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, and other
voids.
JOINTS. CRACKS, AND TERMINATIONS
Prepare and treat substrates to receive waterproofing membnane, including joints and cracks,
deck drains, corners, and penetations according to CAN/CGSB-37.51, 'Application of
Rubberized Asphalt, Hot-Applied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and waterproofing systern
manufactrner's written instuctions.
l. Rout and frll joints and cracks in substrate. Before filling, remove dust and dirt according
to ASTM D 4258.
2. Adhere elastomeric flashing sheet to substrate in a layer of hot, rubberized asphalt.
Extend elastomeric flashing sheet a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on each side ofjoints
and craclc and beyond deck drains, comers, and penetrations.
3. Embed reinforcing fabric into a layer of hot, rubberized asphalt. Exteird reinforcing
fabric a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on each side of joints and cracks and beyond
deck drains, comers, and penehations.
At expansion joints and discontinuous deck-to-wall or deck-to-deck joints, bridge joints with
elastomeric flashing sheet exterded a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on each side ofjoints and
adhere to subsrates in a layer ofhot, rubberized asphalt.
FLASHING INSTALLATION
Install flashing sheets at terminations of waterproofmg memb'rane according to CAN/CGSB-
37.51, "Application of Rubberized Asphalt, Hot-Applied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and
waterproofing system manufacfurer's written instructions.
Prime substrate with asphalt primer.
Install elastomeric flashing sheet and adhere to deck and wall substrates in a layer of hot,
rubberized asphalt.
Install modified-bituminous flashing sheet and adhere to substrate in a layer of bot, rubberized
asDhalt.
t
I
I
I
C.
D.
I
T
E.
T
I
't
I
Ii
il
I
'l
I
1
I
B.
B,
C.
D.
3.3
3.4
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 6
F.
B.
c.
D.
F.
B.
C.
3.5
3.6
3.7
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
t
T
]
I
i
I
r
J
2002150r .08 VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE
Extend flashing sheet up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above plaza deck
pavers and 6 inches ( 150 mm) onto deck to be waterproofed.
lnstall termination bars and mechanically fasten to top of flashing sheet at terminations and
perimeter of roofing.
MEMBRANE APPLICATION
Apply rubberized asphalt according to CAN/CGSB-37.51, "Application of Rubberized Asphal!
Hot-Applied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and manufacturer's written instructions.
Heat rubberized asphalt in an oil- or air-jacketed melter with mechanical agitator specifically
designed for heating rubberized-asphalt waterproofing.
Apply primer, at manufacturer's recommended rate, over prepared substrate and allow to dry.
Reinforced Membrane: Apply waterproofing to substrates and adjoining surfaces indicated.
Spread hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt to a thickness of 90 mils (2.3 mm); embed
reinforcing fabric, overlapping sheets 2 inches (50 mm); and spread another 125-mil- (3.2-mm-)
thick layer to provide a uniform, reinforced, seamless membrane 2 I 5 mils (5.5 mm) thick.
Apply waterproofing over prepared joints and up wall terminations and vertical surfaces to
heights indicated or required by manqfacturer.
Cover waterproofing with separator sheet with overlapped joints while rubberized asphalt is still
hot and before membrane is subject to taflic.
l. Install protection course with overlapped joints over separator sheet..
MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL INSTALLATION
Place and secure molded-sheet drainage panels to subshate according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Use adhesives that do not penetrate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of
geotextile to maintain continuity. hotect installed molded-sheet drainage panels during
subsequent construction.
1. For vertical applications, install board insulation used as a protection course before
installing drainage panels.
INSTJLATION INSTALLATION
Install insulation drainage panels over waterproofed surfaces. Cut and fit to within 3/4 inch ( 19
mm) of projections and penetrations.
On vertical surfaces, set insulation units into hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation rmits according to manufacturer's instructions.
Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units-
3t20t2004
HOT FLUID.APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 -7
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODCE 3t20t2004
3S PLAZA DECK PAVER INSTALLATION
A. Setting Bed: Install setting bed in locations and of thickness indicated to comply with
requirements in Division 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring."
B. Install pavers to not vary more than l/16 inch (1.6 mm) in elevation between adjacent pavers or
more than l/ 16 inch ( 1.6 mm) from surface plane elevation of individual paver.
C. Maintain tolerances of paving installation within l/4 inch in 10 feet (l:48) of surface plane in
any direction.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.9 FIELD QUAIITY CONTROL
Flood Testing: Flood test each deck area for leaks, according to recommendations in
ASTMD 5957, afler completing waterproofing but before overllng construction is placed.
Install temporary containment assemblies, plug or dam drains, and flood with potable u/ater.
l. Flood to an average depth of 2-ll2 inches (65 mm) with a minimum depth of 1 inch (25
mm) and not exceeding a depth of 4 inches (100 mm). Maintain 2 inches (50 mm) of
clearance from top ofsheet flashings.
2. Flood each area for 72 hours.
3. After flood testing, repair leaks, repeat flood tests, and make further repairs until
waterproofmg installation is watertight.
Notiff Architect to obs€rve flood testing and examine underside of decla and terminations for
evidence of leaks during flood testing.
CURING, PROTECTING, AND CLEANING
Cure waterproofing according to manufacturer's written recommendations, taking care to
prev€nt contamination and damage during application stages and cwing.
l. Do not permit foot or vehicular taffic on unprotected membrane.
Protect wat€rproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.
Protect installed insulation drainage panels from damage due to ulhaviolet light, harmful
weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide tenporary coverings where
insulation will be subject to abuse and carmot be concealed and protected by permanent
construction immediately after installation.
Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures
recommended by manufacturer of affected construction
END OF SECTION 07142
3.10
A.
l
0
I
T
I
t
I
I
h
J
I
B.
C.
D.
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 8
A.
B.
C.
l.l
1.2
I
I
t
!
t
iI
I
l
t
20021 501 .08
SECTION O72IO - BUILDING INSULATION
PART I -GENERAL
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following:
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
l.
2.
J.
^
5.
Insulation wrder slabs-on-grade.
Foundation wall insulation (supporting bacldll).
Concealed building insulation.
Loose-fill building insulation.
Vaoor retarders.
1.3
SIJBMITTALS
hoduct Data: For each product indicated.
Product test reports.
Research/eviluation reports.
QUALITY ASSIJRANCE
Fire-TesGResponse Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire-test-
response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84
for surface-burning characteristics and other methods indicated with product, by UL or anothsr
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identiff materials
with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
INST]LATING MATERI.ALS
General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced
standards and, for preformed units, in sizes to frt applications indicated, selected from
manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths.
Extruded-Polystyrene Board lnsulation: ASTM C 578, Type V, 3.00 lb/cu. ft. (48 kg/cu. m),
with maximum flame-spread and smokedeveloped indices of 75 and 450, respectively.
Fabric-Faced, Extruded-Polystyrene Drainage Panels: ASTM C 578, Type VI, with a density of
1.8 lbicu. ft. (29 kg/cu. m), faced with insulation manufacturer's standard nonwoven filtation
fabric and fabricated with one side having a matrix of drainage and edge channels.
A.
2.1
B.
C.
t
I
I
I
t
t
BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - |
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOTNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
Mineral-fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured frorn glass:
l. Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket lnsulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-
spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for
combustion characteristics.
Glass-Fiber Loose-Fill Insulation: ASTM C 764 for type (method of application) indicated
below; maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 5, and as follows:
l. Type I for pneurnatic application.
2. Type 2 forpoured application.
VAPORRETARDERS
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTMD4397,6 mils (0.15 mm) thick, with maximum
permeance rating of 0.13 perm (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m).
Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an
inner reinforcing layer consisting of either nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less
than 25 lb/1000 sq. ft. (12 kg/100 sq. m), with maximum permeance rating of 0.0507 perm (2.9
nglPaxsxsq.m).
Fire-Retardant, Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: 2 outer layers ofpolyethylene film
laminaied to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either a nonwoven grid of nylon cord c
polyester scrim and weighing not less than2T lb/1000 sq. ft. (10 kg/100 sq. m), with marimum
penneance rating of 0.1317 perm (7.53 nglPa x s x sq. m), and flame-spread and smoke-
developed indices ofnot more than 5 and 60, respcctively.
Foil-Polyester Film Vapor Retarder: 2 layers of 0.5-mil- (0.013-mm-) thick polyester film
laminated to an inner layer of l-mil- (0.025-mm-) thick aluminum foil, with maximum water-
vapor transmission rate in flat condition of 0.0 g/h x sq. m and with maximum flame-spread and
smoke-developed indices of 5.
Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pre ssure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder
manufachrer for sealing joints and penefrations in vapor retarder.
AIXILIARY INSULATING MATERI,ALS
Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation
securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates.
Protection Board: Premolded, sernirigid asphalt/fiber composition board, 1/4 inch (6 nrm)
thiclg formed under heat and pressure, of standard sizes.
INSULATION FASTENERS
Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors secwely to
subshates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates.
I
ID.
2.2
J
I
)o
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
'c.
D.
2.3
I
I
I
U
I
B.
2.4
BUILDING INSULATION 07210 -2
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
i
t
t
l
t
l
I
I
J
3
I
I
20021501.08
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
3.1 INSTALLATION
General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written insfuctions
applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to
envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with
insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement'
lnstall perimeter insulation on vertical surfaces by setting units in adhesive'
l. Ifnot othenvise indicated, extend insulation to footing.
2. Protect below-grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during bacldlling by
applying protection board set in adhesive.
Protecl top surface of perimeter underlab insulation from damage during concrete work by
applying protection board.
Installation of General Building tnsulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method
indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is
indicated, bond units to zubstrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide
permanent placement and support of units.
l. Seal joints between closed+ell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applyng adhesive,
mastic, or sealant to edges ofeach unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place.
Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant.
2. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless
otherwise indicated. Do not obstnrct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping.
a- Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of
insulation to surounding construction to ensure airtight installation'
3. Install mineral-fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the
following requirements:
a. Use blanket widths and lenglhs that fill the cavities formed by frarning members.
If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce
a snug fit between ends.
b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit
between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members'
4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm) support
unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to
flanges of metal studs.
5. Stuff glass-Iiber, loose-filt insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where
shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a
density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. tl. (40 kgibu. m).
lnstallation of Vapor Retarders: Extand vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected
from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as
B.
C.
D.
BUILDING INSULATION o72lo - 3
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated subshates, including
those filled with loose-fiber insulation.
l. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than two wall
studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of
wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners l6 inches (406 mm) o.c.2. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor-retarder tape according
to vapor-retarder manufacfurer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations
with vapor-retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid
substrates.
3. Firnrly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as
recommended by vapor-retarder manufacfurer.
Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating
vapor retarders with vapor-retard€f, tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating
objects and vapor retarder.
Repair any tears or puncturcs in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other
work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder.
END OF SECTION O72IO
T
t
I
I
t
T
il
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
1-
5.
BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 4
t 2oo215or.o8 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
. sEcrIoN 07142 - Hor FLUID-APPLIED wATERPRooFINc
-
|| PARTI-GENERAL
h
u 1.1 SUMMARY
t A. This Section includes reinforced, hot fluid-applied waterproofing memb'rane.
t
- 1.2 SI.]BMITTALS
t A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating
subshate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties.
t B. Shop Drawings: Show locations and extent of waterproofing. Include details for substrate
lornts and cracks, sheet flashings, penefrations, inside and outside corners, tie-ins to adjoining
) waterproofing, and other termination conditions.
I C. Product test reports.
. I.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. hrstaller Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install
manufacturefs products; and who is eligible to receive waterproofing warranty specified.
f, 1.4 PROJECTCONDTTTONS
- A. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproohng within the range of ambient and subshate
I temperatues recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to ar damp or wet subsfrate, or when ternperature is below 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C).
I I.5 WARRANTY
I
A. Special Warr"anty: Manufacturer's standard form, sigred by manufacturer, in which
manufacturer agrees to repair or replace waterproofing and sheet flashings that do not cornply
with requirements or that do not remain watertight for a period of 10 years after date of
Substantial Completion.
- PART2-PRODUCTS
a
... 2.I MANT]FACTURERSIIf' A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
lncorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:l
T
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07t42 - |
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3120/2004
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
l. American Hydrotech, Inc.; Monolithic Membrane 6125.
MATERIALS
Membrane: Single-cornponent; 100 percent solids; hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt
compllng with CAN/CGSB-37.50. American Hydrotech, lnc.; Monolithic Memb'rane 6125
Primer: American Hydrotech, Inc, Surface Conditioner.
Elastomeric Flashing Sheet: 60-mi1- (1.3-mm-) minimum, nonstaining, uncured sheet neoprene.
American Hydrotech, Inc, Flex Flash UN.
Reinforcing Fabric: Manufactuer's recommended sprm-bonded polyester fabric.
Separation Sheet/?rotection Course: Semirigid sheets of fiberglass-reinforced-rubberized
asphaltic sheet, pressure laminated between 2 asphalt-satrnated fibrous liners and nominal
thickness l/4 inch (6 mm).
MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANELS
Woven-Geotextile-Faced, Molded-Sheet Drainage Panel: Manufachred cornposite subsurface
drainage panels consisting of a woven-geotextile facing with an apparent opening size not
exceeding No.40 (0.43-mm) sieve laminated to I side of a 3dimensional, nonbiodeg radable,
molded-plastic-sheet drainage core, with a horizontal flow rate not less than 2.8 gpm per ft. (35
Lr'min. per m). American Hydrotech, krc, Hydrodrain.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Clean and prepare substate according to manufachrer's written instructions. Provide clean,
dust-free, and dry substate for waterproofing application.
Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray
affecting other construction.
Close off deck drains and other deck pelrebations to prevent spillage and migration of
waterproofing fluids.
Remove grease, oil, form-release agants, paints, ctrring compounds, and other penetrating
contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.
Remove fins, ridges, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, and other
voids.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
l
I
I
I
!
I
t
I
I
B.
B.
c.
D.
E.
B.
D.
2.2
2.3
3.1
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 2
I
I
f
l
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
JOINT AND CRACK TREATMENT
Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in subshate according to CAN/CGSB-37.51,
"Application of Rubberized Asphalt, Hot-Applied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and
waterproofing manufacfurer's written insh'uctions.
Install elastomeric sheet reinforcement and bond to deck and wall subsht€s where indicated or
required. Extend elastomeric sheet reinforcement a minimum of 18 inches (150 rnm) onto
perpandicular surfaces and other work penetrating substrate.
hepare vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penebations through waterproofing
and at drains and sleeves.
l. At expansion joints and discontinuous deck-to-wall or deck-todeck joints, bridge joint
with sheet flashing extended along each side ofjoint and securely bond to substate.
2. Install elastomeric flashing sheet at terminations and adhere to deck and wall substrates
in a layer of hot, rubberized asphalt.
MEMBRANE APPLICATION
Apply rubberized asphalt according to CAN/CGSB-37.51 and manufacturer's written
instructions.
Heat rubberized asphalt in an oil- or air-jacketed melter with mechanical agitator specifically
designed for heating rubberized-asphalt waterproofing.
Apply primer, at manufacfurer's recommended rate, over prepared substrate and allow to dry.
Reinforced Membrane: Apply waterproofing to substrates and adjoining surfaces indicated.
Spread hot fluid-applied, rubberized asphalt to a thickness of 90 mils (2.3 mm); embed
reinforcing fabric, overlapping sheets 2 inches (50 mnr); and spread another 125-mil- (3.2-mm-)
thick layer to provide a uniform, reinforced, seamless membrane 215 mils (5.5 mm) thick.
Apply waterproofing over prepared joints and up wall terminations and vertical surfaces to
heights indicated or required by manufacturer.
Install protection cou6e with overlapped joints while rubberized asphalt is still hot.
MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL INSTALLATION
Place and secure molded-sheet drainage panels to strbstrate according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Use adhesives that do not penetate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of
geotextile to maintain continuity. Protect installed molded-sheet drainage panels during
subsequent construction.
PROTECTING AND CLEANING
Do not permit foot or vehicular haffic on unprotected horizontal membrane.
312012004
3.2
A.
B.
c.
3.3
B.
c.
D.
F.
3.4
3.5
t
I HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 -3
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.
C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacant construction using cleaning agents and procedures
recommanded by manufacturer of affected consfruction
END OF SECTION 07142
T
I
HOT FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING 07142 - 4
t
t
I 2002150r.08
'AIL
M.'NTIAN L.DGE 3t2ot2oo4
t. SECTION 07241 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB
PART I - GENERAL
l,
\I r.l RELATEDDOCUMENTS
a A. Drawings and general provisions of the Confracl including General and Supplementary
I Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, ap'ply to this Section.
I 1.2
''MMARYI
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) applied over the following:
a. Gypsumsheathing.
.'
I B. Related Sections include the following:
- l. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for gypsum sheathing and water-
I lweather-resistive-barrier metal fiaming.
- 2. Division 7 Section 'Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in EIFS with elastomeric joint
sealants.
- I.3 DEFINITIONS
!, A. EIFS: Exterior insulation and finish system(s).
- B. Class PB EIFS: A "nonload bearing, exterior wall cladding system that consists of an insulation
I board attached either adhesively, mechanically, or both to the substate; an integrally reinforced
base coat; and a textured protective finish coat," as defined by ASTM C 1397.
I 1.4 PERFoRMANCEREQUIREMENTS
I A. EIFS Performance: Comply with the following:t 1. Bond htegrity: Free from bond failure within EIFS components or between system and
supporting wall construction, resulting from exposure to fire, wind loads, weather, or
other in-service conditions.
2. Weathertightness: Resistant to water penehation from exterior into EIFS and assemblies
behind it or through them into interior of building that results in deterioration of thermal-
insulating effectiveness or other degradation of EIFS and assemblies behind it, including
substrates, supporting wall construction, and interior finish.
I B. Class PB EIFS: Provide EIFS having physical properties and structural performance that(! comply with the following when tested per methods referenced:
I
f,
I EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - |
2002150t.08 VAIL MOLTNTIAN LODGE 3/20t2004 T
I
T
l
I
I
I
,l
I
I
I
I
I
I
l,
I
D
'It
Abrasion Resistance: Sample consisting of l-inch- (25.4-mm-) thick EIFS mounted on
112-inch- (12.7.n'm-\ thick gypsum board; cured for a minimum of 28 days; and showing
no cracking, checking, or loss of film integrity after exposure to 528 quarts (500 L) of
sand when tested per ASTM D 968, Method A.
Accelerated Weathering Characteristics: Sample of size suitable for test equipment and
consisting of l-inch- {25.4-mm-) thick EIFS mounted on l/2-inch- (12.7-nm-) thick
gypsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing no cracking, checking, crazing, erosion,
rusting, blistering, peeling, or delamination afler testing for 2000 hours when viewed
under 5 times magrrification per ASTM G 23, Method 1, or ASTM G .
Absorption-Freeze Resistance: No visible deleterious e{fects and negligible weight loss
after 60 cycles per EIMA l0l.0l.
Mildew Resistance of Finish Coar Sarnple applied to 2-by-2-inch (50.8-by-50.8-mm)
clean glass substrate, cured for 28 days, and showing no growth when tested per
ASTM D 3273.
5. Salt-Spray Resistance: Sarnple consisting of I -inch- (25.4-mm-) thick EIFS mormted on
l/2-inch- ( l2.7-mm-) thick gypsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing no cracking
checking, crazing, erosion, rusting, blistering, peeling, or delamination after testing for
300 hoursperASTMB l17.
6. Tensile Adhesion: No failure in the adhesive, base coat, or fmish coat. Minimum 5-psi
(34.5-kPa) tensile strength before and after freeze-thaw and accelerated weathering tests
perEIMA 101.03.
7. Water Penetation: Sample consisting of l-inch- (25.4-mm-) thick EIFS mounted onll2-
inch- (12.7-mm-)thick gypsum board, cured for 28 days, and showing no wat€r
penetration into the plane of the base coat to expanded polystyrene board interface of the
test specimen after 15 minutes at 6.24 lbflsq. fr". {299 Pa) of air prcssure difference or 20
percent of positive design wind pressure, whichever is greater, across tlte speciman
during a test period when tested per EIMA 101.02.
8. Water Resistance: Sample consisting of 1-inch- (25.4-mm-) thick EIFS mounted on ll2-
inch- (12.7-mm-) thick gJpsum board; cured for 28 days; and showing no cracking,
checking, uazing, erosion, rusting, blistering, peeling, or delamination after testing for 14
days per ASTM D 2247.
9. Impact Resistance: Sample consisting of l-inch- (25.4-mm-) thick EIFS when
constucted, conditioned, and tested per EMA 101.86; and mecting o'r exceeding the
following impact classification and range:
a. Standard Irnpact Resistance: 25 to 49 inchlb (2.8 to 5.6 J).
10. Positive and Negative Wind-Load Performance: Sample assembly, 48 by 48 inches
(1220 by 1220 mmi) in size, consisting of studs, sheathing, and l-inch- (25.4-mm-) thick
EIFS; and showing capability to withstand wind loads indicated when tested per
ASTM E 330.
11. Drainage: 3 samples capable of draining water, and having an average minimum true
drainage efficiency of 90 percent when tested per EIMA 200.2.
Water-AMeather-Resistive-Barrier Coating: With physical properties that comply with the
following when tested on substrate pet methods referenced:
L Tensile Adhesion: No failure in bond when 5 samples of water-/weatber-resistive coating
are applied to substrate and tested at a minimum I 5-psi ( 105-kPa) flatwise tensile
strength p€r ASTM C 29'7 .
t.
2.
.'.
4.
c.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 -2
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3t20/2004
Absorption-Freeze Resistance: No visible deleterious effects and negligible weight loss
after 60 cycles per EIMA l0l.0l.
Water Penetration: 3 samples each sized not less than 4 by 8 feet ( l2l9 by 2438 nrm);
consisting of coating applied to substrate including a minimum of 2 vertical joints and I
horizontal joint within sheathing subshate, each joint not less than 0.125 inch (3.2 mm)
wide; and tested sequentially as follows:
a. Passing l0 cycles at 80 percent positive design load (design load is defined as
ultimate load with a safety factor of 3.0 imposed) as the maximum test load when
tested in accordance vrith ASTM E 1233, Procedure A.
b. No water penetation on the plane of the exterior-facing side of substate after 75
minutes at 6.24 lbflsq. tt. (299 Pa) of air-presswe difference or 20 percent of
positive design wind pressure, whichever is greater, across the specimen during a
test period when tested per ASTM E 331.
Water Resistance: 3 samples, each sized not less than 4 by 6 inches (102 by 152 mm)
and consisting of coating applied to substrate, showing no cracking, checking, crazing,
erosion, blistering, peeling, or delamination after testing for 14 days per ASTMD 2247.
Water Vapor Transmission: Three samples prepared by applying the coating, at
recommended thickness, to a nonadhesive surface and removipg cured coating film.
Average thicloress is determined from material density, area, and weight and samples are
tested per ASTM E 96 after conditioning at 75 plus or minus 5 deg F (24 plus or minus 3
deg C) and 50 percent relative humidity for 40 hours before testing, with results meeting
or exceeding grade requirements in Table l4-l-A ofUBC Standard 14-1.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each fype and component ofEIFS indicated.
Samples for lnitial Selection: For each type offinish-coat color and texture indicated.
1. Include similar Samples ofjoint sealants involving color selection.
Samples for Verification: 24-inch- (600-mm-) square panels for each type of finish+oat color
and texture indicated, prepared using same tools and techniques intanded for actual work
including a typical control joint frlled with sealant ofcolor selected.
l. Include sealants Samples to verify color selected.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: For joint sealants from sealant manufacturer
indicating the following :
l. Materials forming joint subshates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
Maintenance Data: For EIFS to include in maintenance manuals.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.5
B.
D.
E.
C.
F.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS . CLASS PB 07241 -3
2002r 501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
QUALITY ASSURANCE
hstaller Qualifications: An installer who is certified in writing by EIFS manufacturer as
qualified to install manufacfurer's system using trained workers.
Source Limitations: Obtain EIFS through one source from a single EIFS manufacturer and
from sources approved by EIFS manufacturer as compatible with syJtem components.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: hovide EIFS and system components with the following
fire-test-response characteristics as determined by iesting identical EIFS and systeri
components Per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identiff produ€ts with ippropriai" -"ttitgr of
applicable testing and inspecting agency.
l - Fire-Resistance Characteristics: hovide materials and construction tested for fire
resistance per ASTM E I 19.
DELTVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING
Deliver materials in original, unopened packages with manufactwers' Iabels intact and clearlv
identifying products.
store materials inside dnd under cover; keep them dry and protected from weather, direct
sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, damaging temperahres, construction traffic,
and other caus€s.
Stack insulation board flat and off the ground.
hotect plastic insulation against igrition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating
materials to Project site before installation time.3' Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each
area of consFuction.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
weather Limitations: Maintain ambient temperatures above 40 deg F (4.4 deg c) for a
minimum of 24 hours before, during, and after adhesives or coatings
"re
apptiea. Do not apply
EIFS adhesives or coatings during rainfall. Proceed with installaiion oniy *hen existing-and
forecasted weather conditions and ambient outdoor air and subshate temperafures perm;t
-nms
to be applied, dried, and cured according to manufactwers' written instructions and warranfu
requirements.
Field Measurements: Verifu actual dimensions required for prefabricated panets by field
measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on shop Drawings.
l. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying
the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating prefabricated panels witiroui
field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that acfual dimensions correspond
to established dimensions.
1.6
A.
B.
c.
1.7
l.
2.
1.8
B,
EXTERIOR INSTILATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 4
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
]
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
l
I
t
t
20021s01.08 VAIL MOTINTTAN LODGE 3/20t2004
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers' subjgct to compliance wilh requirements, manufacturers offeringproducts that may be incorporated into the lvork include, uuirr" noitinircJi;,;; folowing:
Manufacturers: subject to compriance with requirements, provide products by one of thefollowing:
l. Class PB EIFS:
Acrocrete. Inc.
Bonsal, W. R. Co.
Corev America, Inc.
Dryvit Systems, Inc.
El Rey Stucco Company, Inc.
Finestone - Simplex products Division.
Master Wall, Inc.
Omega Products International. Inc.
Parex, Inc.
Pleko Systems lntemational, Inc.
Retro TeVExcel LLC.
Senergy hrc.; SKW-MBT ConsEuction Chemicals.
Shurcoat Wall Systems; VenTex, Inc.
Sonnebom, Div. of chemRex, Inc.; SKW-MBT consbuction chemicals.Sto Corp.
Stuc-O-Flex International, Inc.
TEC Inc.; An H. B. Fuller Company.
COORDINATION
coordinate installation of EIFS with related work specified in other Sections to ensure that wallassemblies, including sheathing, water-/weather-resistive,banier, fr"rh;;;; ;;:joint searants,windows, and do-ors, are protected against damage from the effects of weath er, age,corrosron,moisture, and other causes. Do noi allow wati to penehate behind flashing and protectivecoating of barrier EIFS.
coordinate panel fabrication schedule with constuction progress to avoid delaying the work.
1.9
2.1
B.
2.2 MATERTALS
compatibility: Provide substrates, water-/weather-resistive barriers, adhesive, fasteners, boardinsulatiorr, reinforcing meshes, base- and finish-coat systems, searants, and accessories that arecompatible with one another and approved for use by fIFS .*ut""trro rl, t;;".
Colors, Textures, and pattems of Finish Coat: Match Existing.B.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS. CLASS PB 0724t - 5
2002r 501.08 I
I
1
t
t
I
i
I
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
D.
F.
G.
VAIL MOLINTTAN LODGE 3t20/2QQ4
l. Fasteners: Wafer-head or hard-roc steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954, with
an organic-polymer coating or other corrosion-protective coating having a salt-spray
resistance of more than 500 hours per ASTM B I 17.
a. Size and Length: As recommended by sheathing manufacturer for type and
thickness of sheathing board to be attached.
Water-Aileather-Resistive Barrier: hovide one of the following:
l. Water-Meather-Resistive-Barrier Coating: EIFS manufachrer's standard formulation
and accessories dcsigned for indicated use, compatiblc with substrate, and complying
with performance requirements indicated.
a. Sheathing Joint Compormd and Tape: Type recommended by EIFS manufacturer
for sealingjoints between and penetations tlrough sheathing.
2. Polymer-Based Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677, Tlpe I air retarder; with flame-spread
and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested
according to ASTM E 84; and W stabilized; with presstne-sensitive plastic tape
recommended by building wrap manufacturer for sealing joints between and penetrations
through building wrap.
^. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Tyvek StuccoWrap"
by DuPont Tyvek Weatherization Systems (E. I. duPont de Nemours and
Company).
Primer/Sealer: EIFS manufacturer's standard substrate conditioner desigrred to seal substates
from moisture penetration and to improve the bond between substrate of type indicated and
adhesive used for application of insulation.
Flexible-Membrane Flashing: Cold-applied, fully self-adhering, self-healing, rubberized-
asphalt and polyethylene-film composite sheet or tape and primer; EIFS manufacturer's standard
or product recommended in writing by EIFS manufacturer.
Adhesive for Application of Insulation: EIFS manufacturer's standard formulation desigrred for
indicated use, compatible with substrate, and cornplying with one of the following
requirements:
l. Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, and
polymer-based adhesive specified for base coat.
2. Factory-blended dry formulation of portland cement, dry polymer admixture, and fillers
specified for base coat.
3. Factory-mixed noncementitious formulation desigrred for adhesive attachment of
insulation to substrates of type indicated, as recommended by EIFS manufacturer.
Molded, Rigid Cellular Polystyrene Board Insulation: Comply with EIFS manufacturer's
requirements, ASTM C 578 for Type I, and EMA's "EMA Guideline Specification for
Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation Board" for more st-ingent requirements for material
performance and qualities of insulation, including dimensions and permissible variations, and
the following:
I
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FIMSH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241-6
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
T
I
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOLTNThN LODGE 3t20/2004
1. Aging: Before cutting and shipping, age insulation in block form by air drying for not
less than six weeks or by another method approved by EMA that produces equivalent
results.
2. Flame-Spread and Smoke-Developed Indexes: 25 and 450 or less, respectively, per
ASTM E 84-
3. Dimensions: Provide insulation boards not more than 21by 48 inches (610 by l2l9 mm)
and in thickness indicated but not more than 4 inches ( l02 mm) thick or less than
thickness allowed by ASTM C 1397.
Reinforcing Mesh: Balanced, alkali-resistant, open-weave glass-frber mesh treated for
compatibility with other EIFS materials, made from continuous multiend stands with retained
mesh tensile strength of not less than 120 lbf/in. (21 dNrcm) per EIMA 105.01, complying with
ASTM D 578 and the following requirements for minimum weight:
l. Standard-Impact Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 4.0 oz.lsq. yd. ( I 36 g/sq. m).
2. Strip Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 3.75 oz.lsq.yd. (127 dsq.m)3. Detail Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 4.0 oz./sg.yd. (136 g/sq. m).
4. Corner Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 7 .2 oz./sq. yd. (244 gsq. m)1.
Base-Coat Materials: EIFS manufachrer's standard mixtwe complfng with one of the
following requirements for material composition and method of combining materials:
I .' Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, white
or natural color; and manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive designed for
use indicated.
2. Job-combined formulation of manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive and
manufacturer's standard dry mix containing portland cement.
3. Factory-blended dry formulation of portland cement, dry polymer admixture, and inert
fillers to which only water is added at Project site.
4. Factory-mixed noncementitious formulation of polymer-emulsion adhesive and inert
fillers that is ready to use without adding other materials.
Waterproof AdhesivelBase-Coat Materials: EIFS manufacturer's standard waterproof mixhre
complying with one of the following requiremarts for material composition and method of
combining materials:
I . Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, white
or natural color; and manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive designed for
use indicated.
2. Job+ombined formulation of manufacturer's standard polymer-emulsion adhesive and
manufacturer's standard dry mix containing portland cement.
Primer: EIFS manufacturer's standard factory-mixed elastomeric-polymer primer for preparing
base-coat surface for application of finish coat.
Finish-Coat Materials: EIFS manufacturer's standard acrylic-based coating complying with the
following requirements for material composition and method of combining malerials:
l. Factory-mixed formulation of polymer-emulsion binder, colorfast mineral pigments,
sound stone particles, and fillers.
I.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241-7
2002 I 501 .08 T
I
I
T
I
t
t
M.
N.
2.3
VAIL MOLINTTAN LODGE 312012004
Water: Potable.
Trim Accessories: Type as designated or required to suit conditions indicated and to comply
with EIFS manufacturer's written requirements; manufactured from UV-stabilized PVC; and
complying with ASTM D 1784, manufacturer's standard Cell Class for use intended, and
ASTM C 1063.
l. Casing Bead: hefabricated one-piece type for attachment behind insulation, of depth
required to suit thiclcress of coating and insulation, with face leg perforated for bonding
to coating and back leg.2. Drip Screed/Track Prefabricated one-piece tlpe for attachment behind insulation with
face leg extended to form a drip, of depth required to suit thickness of coating and
insulation, with face leg perforated for bonding to coating and back leg.3. Window Sill Flashing: hefabricated type for both flashing and sloping sill over framing
beneath windows; with end and back dams; designed to direct water to exterior.
MDCNG
General: Comply with EIFS manufacturer's requirements for combining and mixing materials.
Do not inhoduce admixtures, water, or other materials except as recommended by EIFS
manufachrer. Mix materials in clean containers. Use materials within time period specified by
EIFS manufacturer or discard.
PANELFABRICATION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
c.
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance ofEIFS.
Examine roof edges, wall framing, flashings, openings, substates, and juncfures at other
conskuction for suitable conditions where EIFS will be installed.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Protect contiguous work from moisture deterioration and soiling caused by application of EIFS.
Provide temporary covering and other protection needed to prevent spattering of exterior finish
coats on other work.
Protect EIFS, substrates, and wall construction behind them from inclement weather during
installation. Prevent penetration of moisture behind EIFS and deterioration of substrates.
I
I
2.4
3.1
I
I
I
l
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
3.2
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241 - 8
D.
F.
G.
B.
c.
3.3
I
T
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
Ii
I
t
I
I
I
20021501.08
C.
VAIL MOUNTL{N LODGE 3/20t2004
Prepare and clean substrates to comply with EIFS manufacturer's written requirements to obtain
optimum bond between substrate and adhesive for insulation.
Primer/Sealer: Apply over gypsum sheathing substrates to protect substrates fi'om degradation
and where required by EIFS manufacturer for improving adhesion of insulation to substrate.
Water-AVeather-Resistive-Barrier Coating: Apply over substrates to protect substates from
degradation and to provide water-/weather-resistive bamer.
l. Tape and seal joints, exposed edges, terminations, and inside and outside comers of
sheathing, unless otherwise indicated by EIFS manufacturer's written instructions.
Waterproof Adhesive/Base Coat: Apply over substrates to protect substrates from degradation.
Flexible-Membrane Flashing: Install over weather-resistive barrier, applied and lapped to shed
water; seal at opanings, panetrations, terminations, and where indicated by EIFS manufacturer's
written instructions to protect wall assembly from degradation. Prime substrates, if required,
and install flashing to comply with EIFS manufacturer's written instructions and details.
EIFS INSTALLATION
General: Comply with ASTM C 1397 and. EIFS manufacturer's written instructions for
installation of EIFS as applicable to each type of substate indicated.
Trim: Apply trim accessories at perimeter of EIFS, at expansion joints, and elsewhere as
indicated, according to EIFS manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate with installation of
insulation.
l. Drip Screed/Track: Use at bottom edges of EIFS, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Window Sill Flashing: Use at windows, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Expansion Joint: Use where indicated.
4. Casing Bead: Use at other locations.
Board Insulation: Adhesively attach insulation to substrate in compliance with ASTM C1397,
EIFS manufacturer's written requirements, and the following:
l. Apply adhesive to insulation by notched-trowel method in a manner that results in
coating the entire surface of gypsum sheathing with adhesive once insulation is adhered
to sheathing unless EIFS manufacturer's written instructions specifu using primer/sealer
with ribbon-and-dab method. Apply adhesive to a thickness of not less than 1/4 inch (6.4
mm) for factory mixed and not less than 3/8 inch (9.6 mm) for freld mixed, measured
from surface of insulation before placement.
2. Press and slide insulation into place. Apply pressure over the entire surface of insulation
to accomplish uniform contact, high initial grab, and overall level surface.
3. Allow adhered insulation to remain undisturbed for period recommended by EIFS
manufachrer, but not less than 24 hours, before beginning rasping and sanding
insulation, or applying base coat and reinforcing mesh.
4. Apply insulation over dry substrates in courses with long edges of boards oriented
horizontallv.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 07241-9
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t20Q4
Begin first course of insulation fiom screed/hack and work upward. Work from
perimeter casing beads toward interior of panels if possible.
Stagger vertical joints of insulation boards in successive courses to produce running bond
pattern. Locate joints so no piece of insulation is less than l2 inches (300 mnr) wide or 6
inches (150 mm) high. Offset joints not less than 6 inches (150 mm) from comers of
window and door openings.
a. Adhesive Attachment: Offset joints of insulation not less than 6 inches (150 mm)
from horizontal and 4 inches (100 mm) from vertical joints in sheathing.
Interlock ends at internal and external corners.
Abut insulation tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush,
continuouly even swhces without gaps or raised edges between boards. If gaps greater
than 1116 inch ( 1.6 mm) occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert insulation
without using adhesive or other material.
Cut insulation to ht openings, corners, and projections precisely and to produce edges
and shapes compllng with details indicated.
Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more
than ll32 inch (0.8 mm) from surface of insulation and to remove yellowed areas due to
sun exposure; do not create depressions deeper than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).
Cut aesthetic reveals in outside face of insulation with high-speed router and bit
configured to produce grooves, rabbets, and other features that comply with profiles and
locations indicated. Do not reduce inzulation thickness at aesthetic reveals to less than
3/4 inch ( l9 mm).
Interrupt insulation for expansion joints where indicated.
Form joints for sealant application by leaving gaps between adjoining insulation edges
and between insulation edges and dissimilar adjoining surfaces. Make gaps wide enough
to produce joint widths indicated after encapsulating joint substrates with base coat and
reinforcing mesh.
After installing insulation and before applylng field-applied reinforcing mesh, fully wrap
board edges. Cover edges of board and extend encapsulating mesh not less than 2-ll2
inches (64 mm) over front and back face, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
Treat exposed edges of insulation as follows:
a. Except for edges forming substrates of sealant joints, encapsulate with base coat,
reinforcing mesh, and finish coat.
b. Encapsulate edges forming substrates of sealant joints within EIFS or between
EIFS and other work with base coat and reinforcing mesh.
c. At edges timmed by accessories, extend base coat, reinforcing mesh, and finish
coat over face leg of accessories.
16. Coordinate installation of flashing and insulation to produce wall assembly that does not
allow water to penebate behind flashing and EIFS protective coating lamina.
D. Expansion Joints: Install at locations indicated, where required by EIFS manufachrer, and as
follows:
1 . Where expansion joints are indicated in substrates behind EIFS.
2. Where EIFS adjoin dissimilar substates, materials, and construction.
E. Base Coat: Apply to exposed surfaces of insulation in minimum thickness recommended in
writing by EIFS manufacturer, but not less than l/16-inch (1.6-mnr) dry-coat thickness.
5.
6.
7.
8.
12.
13.
9.
10.
ll.
T
T
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
tl
I
I
t
I
14.
15.
I
IEXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS. CLASS PB 0724r - r0
F.
G.
B.
3.4
3.5
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
;
J
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE
Reinforcing Mesh: Embed type indicated below in wet base coat to produce wrinkle-free
installation with mesh continuous at comers and overlapped not less than 2-112 inches (64 mm)
or otherwise treated at joints to comply with ASTM C 1397 and EIFS manufacturer's written
requirements. Do not lap reinforcing mesh within 8 inches (204 mm) of comers. Completely
embed mesh, applying additional base-coat material if necessary, so reinforcing-mesh color and
pattem are not visible.
1. Standard-impact reinforcing mesh, unless otherwise indicated.
Additional Reinforcing Mesh: Apply strip reinforcing mesh around openings extending 4
inches (100 mm) beyond perimeter. Apply additional 9-by-I2-inch (230-by-300-mm) strip
reinforcing mesh diagonally at comers of o'penings (re-entant comers). Apply 8-inch- (200-
mm-) wide strip reinforcing mesh at both inside and outside comers unless base layer of mesh is
lapped not less than 4 inches (100 mm) on each side of corners.
l. Embed strip reinforcing mesh in base coat before applyng first layer of reinforcing mesh.
Finish Coat: Apply over dry base coat, maintaining a wet edge at all times for uniform
appearance, in thickness required by EIFS manufactxer to produce a uniform finish of color
and texture matching approved sample and free of cold joints, shadow lines, and texture
variations.
INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
Prepare joints and apply sealants, of type and at locations indicated, to comply with applicable
requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and in EMA's 'EMA Guide for Use of
Sealants with Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems, Class PB."
I . Clean surfaces to receive sealants to comply with indicated requirements and EIFS
manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Apply primer recommended in writing by sealant manufacturer for surfaces to be sealed.
3. Install sealant backing to control depth and configuration of sealant joint and to prevent
sealant from adhering to back ofjoint.
4. Apply masking tape to protect areas adjacent to sealant joints. Remove tape immediately
after tooling joints, without disturbing joint seal.
5. Recess sealant sufficiently from surface of EIFS so an additional sealant ap'plication,
including cylindrical sealant backing, can be installed without protruding beyond EIFS
surface.
6- Apply joint sealants after base coat has cured but before applying finish coat.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
Remove temporary covering and protection of other work. Promptly remove coating materials
from window and door frames and other surfaces outside areas indicated to receive EIFS
coatlngs.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer and EIFS
manufactrner, that ensure that EIFS are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
3t20/2004
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS . CLASS PB 07241 - tr
20021501.08
END OF SECTION 0724I
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB 0724t - t2
B.
B.
1.2
t.3
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
j
I
I
I
t
I
)
t
I
I
I
2002 r 501.08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
SECTION 07610 . SHEET METAL ROOFING
PART I -GENERAL
I.1 RELATED DOCI]MENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contact, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following on-site, roll-formed sheet metal roofing:l. Standing-seam metal roofing.
Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for steel roof deck supporting sheet metal roofing.2. Division 5 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for secondary support framing
supporting sheet metal roofing.
3. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for roof insulation.4. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashings and other sheet metal
work not part of sheet metal roofing.5. Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories" for accessories on roof.6. Dvision 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field-applied sheet metal roofing sealants.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: Provide complete sheet metal roofing system, including, but not limited to, on-site,
roll-formed metal roof panels, cleats, clips, anchors and fasteners, sheet metal flashing and
drainage components related to sheet metal roofing, fascia panels, trim, underlayment, and
accessories as indicated and as required for a weathertight installation.
Wind-Uplift Resistance: hovide portable roll-forming equipment capable of producing sheet
metal roofing assernblies that comply with LJL 580 for Class 90 wind-uplift resistance.
I . Maintain IIL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of sheet metal
roofing work.
Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal roofing that allows for thermal movements resulting
from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing
buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overshessing of components, failure of joint
sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation
and avoid shear shess as a result of sheet metal roofing thermal movements. Base engineering
calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky
heat loss.
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - I
2002 1501 .08 I
T
I
I
T
D.
r.4
VAIL MOLINTI-AN LODGE
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 degF (67 degC), ambient; 180 degF (100 degC),
material surfaces.
Water lnfiltration: Provide sheet metal roofing that does not allow water infiltration to building
interior, with metal flashing and connections of sheet metal roofing lapped to allow moisture to
mn over and offthe material.
SI.]BMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated. Include details of construction relative to materials,
dimensions of individual cornponents and profiles, and finishes.
Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of sheet metal roofing, including
plans, elevations, and keyed refercnces to termination points. Distinguish between shop and
field-assembled work. Include the following:
3/2012004
Details for forming sheet metal roofing, including seams and dimensions.
Details for joining and securing sheet metal roofing, including layout of fasteners, clips,
and other attachments. lnclude pattem of seams.
Details of termination points and assemblies, including fixed points.
Details of expansion joints, including showing direction of expansion and contraction.
Details of roof penetations.
Details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and
counterflashings.
Details of special conditions.
Details of connections to adjoining work.
Details of the following accessory iterns, at a scale of not less than l-l/2 inches per 12
inches (1:10):
a. Flashing and trim.
b. Roofcurbs.
c. Snow guards.
B.
I
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
7.
8.
9.
Coordination Drawings: Roof plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and roof-
motmted items. Show the following:
I . Sheet metal roofing and attachments.
2. Pwlins and rafters.
3. Roof-mounted items including roof hatches, equipment supports, pipe supports and
penetrations, lighting fixfures, snow guards, and items mounted on roof curbs.
Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size
indicated below:
l. Sheet Metal Roofing: I 2 inches (300 mm) long by actual [pan] [panel] width, including
finished seam. lnclude fasteners, [cleats,] [clipsr] [battens,] closures, and other
attachments .
2. Trim and Closures: 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners and other exposed
accessories.
3. Accessories: l2-inch- (300-mm-) long Samples for each type of accessory.
c.
I
I
t
T
l
I
l
I
T
I
D.
ISHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 -2
E.
A.
B.
1.5
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021 50 t .08
C.
VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
4. Snow Guards: Full-size Sample.
Roll-Forming Equipment Certificate: Issued by UL for manufacturer's portable roll-forming
equipment designed for producing sheet metal roofing. Show expiration date no earlier than
two months after scheduled end of sheet metal roofing.
Qualification Data: For lnstaller.
Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified
testing agency, for sheet metal roofing portable roll-forming equipment. Include reports for
structural performance.
Wananties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of sheet metal roofing.
Roll-Formed Sheet Metal Roofing Fabricator Qualifications: An authorized representative of
roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufacturer for fabrication and installation of units required
for this Project.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requiremants in
Division I Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures
related to sheet metal roofing including, but not limited to, the following:
t . Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, sheet metal roofing
Installer, manufacturer's representative for sheet metal roofing portable roll-forming
equipment, metal deck, sheathing Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or
affects sheet metal rooling including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted
equipment.
2. Review and finalize construction schedule and veriff availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progess and avoid delays.
3. Review methods and procedures related to sheet metal roo{ing installation, including
portable roll-forming equipment manufacturer's written instructions.
4. Examine metal deck sheathing purlin and rafter conditions for compliance wittr
requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members.
5. Review structural loading limitations of metal deck and sheathing during and after
roofing.
6. Review flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment
curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect sheet metal roofing including
transition to and patching of existing roofing areas.
7. Review goveming regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and testing
and inspecting if applicable.
8. Review temporary protection requirements for sheet metal roofing during and after
installation.
9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after sheet metal rooling installation.
10. Document proceedings, including corrective measures and actions required, and fumish
copy of record to each participant.
F.
G.
H.
I
I
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 3
2002 r s01 .08 T
t
il
I
I
B.
c.
1.6
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver metal coils, sheet metal roofing pans, components, and other sheet metal roofing
materials so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package sheet metal roofing materials for
protection during transportation and handling.
Unload, store, and erect sheet metal roofing materials in a manner to prevent bending, warping,
twisfing, and surface damage.
Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated
covering. Store metal coils and sheet metal roofing materials to ensure dryness. Do not store
metal coils or sheet metal roofing materials in contact with other materials that miglrt cause
staining, denting, or other surface damage.
l. Store copper away from rmcured concrete and masonry.
Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal roofing from exposure to smlight and high
humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal roofing installation.
COORDINATION
Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations, which are
specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."
Coordinate sheet metal roofing with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of
metal decks, sheathing, parapets, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure,
and noncorrosive installation.
WARRANTY
Special Installer's Warranty: Roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this
Section, sigrred by Roofing lnstaller, in which Roofing Installer agrees to repair or replace
cornponents of custom-fabricated sheet metal roofing that fail in materials or workmanship
within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures.
b. Loose parts.
c. Wrinkling or buckling.
d. Failwe to remain weathertight, including rurcontolled water leakage.e. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal
weathering, including nonuiformity of color or finish.f. Galvanic action between sheet metal roofing and dissimilar materials.
2. Warranty Period: Two years Aom date of Substantial Completion.
D.I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
1.7
B.
1.8
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 4
I 20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
I PART2-PRoDUCr'
-
I z.r MANUFACTURERsr
A. ln other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for
I product selection:
I l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
a incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
I 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
- 3. Available Manufachrrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
I offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the manufacturers specifi ed.
- 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
I manufachrers specified.
I 2.2 ROOFINGSHEETMETALS
-A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold-rolled copper sheet, H00 temper, unless otherwise indicated.
I
f 1. Available Manufacturers:
- a. Hussey Copper Ltd.
I b. Outokumpu American Brass.
c. Revere Copper Products, Inc.
I 2. Weight ('llrickness): 16 oz.lsq. ft. (0.55 mm) unless otherwise indicated.a
I 2.3 TJNDERLAYMENTMATERIALS
!A. Polyethylene Sheet: 6-mil- (0.15-mm-) thick polyethylane sheet complying with
I ASrMD43e7.
I B. Felts: ASTM D 226,TypeIl (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felts.
I C. Self-Adhering, Granular-Faced Sheet: ASTMD 1970, 55 mils (1.4 mm) thick minimum,r minimum, consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl
or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer
I when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
I
l. Thermal Stability: Stable after testing at 240 deg F ( I 16 deg C); ASTM D 1970.
t 2. Low Temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29 deg C);
I ASTMD 1970.
3. Available Products:
a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Div. of Carlisle Companies hc.; Dri-
Start'HR" High Performance Roofing Underlayment.
b. Grace, W. R. & Co.; Vycor Ultra.
I
I
I SHEET METAL ROOFINC 07610 - 5
2OO2I5OI.08 VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE
c. Henry Company; Perma-Seal PE.
d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield.
e. TC MiraDRL WIP 300HT.
t
I
I
I
I
D.
2.4
3t20/2004
Slip Sheet: Building paper, minimum 5 lb/100 sq. ft. (0.24 kflsq. m), rosin sized.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
General: hovide materials and types of fastoters, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system
and as recommended by fabricator for sheet metal roofing.
Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners
designed to withstand design loads.
l Nails for Copper Roofing: Copper or hardware bronze, 0.109 inch (2.8 mm) minimum
and not less than 7/8 inch (22mm) long, barbed with large head.
2. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or selldrilling screws with hex washer
head.
Solder for Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead.
Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, pollsobutylene compound sealing tape
with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape.
Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, of base polymer, t1pe, grade, class, and use
classifications required to produce joints in sheet metal roofing that wiU remain weathertight
and as recommended by roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufactrner for installation indicated.
Expansion-Joint Sealant: For hooked-type expansion joints, which must be free to move,
provide nonsetting, nonhardening, nonmigrating, heavy-bodied polyisobutylene sealant.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for 15-mil
(0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of
asbestos fibers, sulfi.r components, and other deleterious impurities.
ACCESSORIES
Sheet Metal Roofing Accessories: hovide components required for a complete sheet metal
roofing assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner rmits, ridge closures, clips, flashings,
sealants, gaskets, fillers, closwe strips, and similar iterns. Match material and finish of sheet
metal roofing, unless othenvise indicated.
l. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as sheet metal
roofing.
2. Clips: Minimum 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm) thick, stainless-steel panel clips designed to
withstand negative-load requiremarts.
3. Cleats: Mechanically seamed cleats formed from the following material:
a. Copper Roofing: l6-oz./sq. ft. (0.55-mm-) thick copper sheet.
B.l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
c.
D.
F.
G.
2.5
I
l
ISHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 6
t 2oo2lsor.o8 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/20t2004
I 4. Closures: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam ort closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum l-inch- (25-mm-) thick, flexible closure
, strips; cut or premolded to match sheet metal roofing profile. Provide closure strips
where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.I
5. Insulate roof curb with l-inch- (25-mm) thick, rigid insulation.II B. Snow Guards: Prefabricated, noncorrosive units designed to be installed without penetating
sheet metal roofing, and complete with predrilled holes, clamps, or hooks for anchoring.
aI I :f"-ffi:Y,t"#,i?:H:r:Hrffffil:#Ti,t,Bronze-a'oy
stops designed ror
t
^. Available Prducts:I
I tl i'"Jfiil":";1f:;il#:'i::X'3l:"ii" 2ooMI 3) Zaleski Snow-Guards & Roofing Specialties; Model No. 7 Regular Copper.
I 2. Seam-Mounted, Stop-Type Snow Guards: Cast-bronze stops designed for attachment to
I vertical ribs of standing-seam sheet metal roofing with stainless-steel set screws.
' a. Available Products:
II l) Alpine Snow Guards, Div. of Vermont Slate & Copper Services, Inc;
Model No.30.
f 2) BergerBros. Co.; RT SnowGuards.
3) Polar Blox; Standing Seam Snowguard.
I C. Pipe Flashing: Premolded, EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base.a
l 2.6 EQUIPMENT
!A. Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: Manufacturer's standard Ul-certified equipment capable of
r forming sheet metal roofing in profiles indicated.
q l. Available Manufacturers:
- a. Berridge Manufacturing Cornpany.
IL! b. Fabral. Inc.
c. Flexospan Steel Buildings, Inc.
I d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC.
I e. Morin Corporation; a Metecno Group Company.
I 2.7 FABRICATTON
- A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal roofing to comply with details shown and
t recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design,
dimensions (pan width and seam height), geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of
I
I SHEET METAL ROOFING o76to - 7
2002I50r.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
I
I
installation indicated. Fabricate sheet metal roofrng and accessories at the shop to greatest
extent possible.
l. Standing-Seam Roofing: Form standing-seam pans with finished seam height to match
existing.
General: Fabricate roll-formed sheet metal roofing panels to comply with details shown and
roll-formed sheet metal roofing manufacfurer's wriften instructions.
Fabricate sheet metal roofing to allow for expansion in rururing work sufficient to prevent
leakage, damage, and deterioration of the Work. Form exposed sheet metal work to lit
subshates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels
indicated, and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
1. Lay out sheet metal roofing so cross seams, when required, are made in direction of flow
with higher pans ovedapping lower pans. Stagger cross seams.
2. Fold and cleat eaves and transverse seams in the shop.
3. Form and fab'ricate sheets, seams, sbips, cleats, valleys, ridges, edge treatments, integral
flashings, and other components of metal roofing to profiles, patterns, and drainage
arrangements shown and as required for leakproof construction.
Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the Work cannot
be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm)
deep, filled with sealant (concealed within joints).
Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-typc joints are indicated or required to produce
weathertight seams, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in
compliance with SMACNA standards.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other, protect against glvanic
action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt
underlayment to each contact swface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by
manufacturers of dissimilar metals or by fabricator.
Sheet Metal Accessories: Custom fabricate flashings and trim to comply with recommendations
in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimansions, metal, and
other characteristics of itern indicated. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop
fabrication.
l. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling,
and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded
back to form hems.
2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-
lock seams.
3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate
elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards.
4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not
allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view.
5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored
or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
I
ISHEETMETAL ROOFING 07610 - 8
c.
B.
c.
B.
2.8
3.1
3.2
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
20021 501 .08 VAILMOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for
application but not less than thickness of metal being secured.
FINISHES. GENERAL
Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are
acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations
in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to
minimize contrast.
Copper Sheet Finishes:
1. Exposed Finish: Mill.
Stainless-Steel Sheet Finishes: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish.
PART3 -EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, sheet metal roofing supports, and other conditions
affecting performance of work.
l. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins, angles,
channels, and other sfiuctural panel support members and anchorages have been installed.
2. Examine solid roof sheathing to verifr that sheathing joints are supported by framing or
blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances.
3. Verify that substate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and completely
anchored, and that provision has been made for flashings, and penetations tbrough sheet
metal roofing.
4. For the record, prepare \pritten report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental
to performance of work.
Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating sheet metal roofing to veriff
acfual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of sheet metal roofing before sheet
metal roofing installation,
Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
Install fasciae and copings to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet
Metal Flashing and Trim."
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 9
2002 I 501 .08 T
l
I
J.J
I
iB.
c.
l.
2.
J.
4.
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 312012004
IINDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on
roof sheathing under sheet metal roofing. Apply primer if required by underlayment
manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacfurer for
installation; use primer rather than nails for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply
over entire roof, in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps ofnot less than 6 inches (150
mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-112
inches (90 mm). Extend underlayment into gutter trough. Roll laps with roller. Cover
underlayment within 14 days.
Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirenrnts specified in Divisiqn 7
Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
Apply slip sheet over underlayment before installing sheet metal roofing.
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
General: Anchor sheet metal roofing and other components of the Work securely in place, with
provisions for thermal and structural movement. Install fasteners, solder, welding rods,
protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a
complete roofing system and ai recommended by fabricator for sheet metal roohng.
Field cutting of sheet metal roofing by torch is not permitted.
Rigidly fasten eave end of sheet metal roofing and allow ridge end free movement due to
thermal expansion and contaction. Predrill roofing.
kovide metal closures at peaks rake edges rake walls and each side of ridge and hip caps.
Flash and seal sheet metal roofing with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter
of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.
5. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.
6- Install ridge and hip caps as sheet metal roofing work proceeds.
7. Stagger roofrng splices and errd laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition.
8. Lap metal flashing over sheet metal roofing to allow moisture to run over and off the
material.
Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will not penetrate completely through subsaate.
l. Copper Roofmg: Use copper or stainless-steel fasteners.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by
applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent
separation as recommended by fabricator of sheet metal roofing or manufachrers of dissimilar
metals.
Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to
minimize possibilify of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight
installation.
3.4 I
I
I
I
I
T
l
I
T
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - 10
I 2002l 50r -08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
3.6I
I
E.
B.
3.5
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
B.
C.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Fascia: Align bottom of sheet metal roofing and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self+apping
screws. Flash and seal sheet metal roofing with weather closures where fasciae meet soffits,
along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings.
ON-SITE, ROLL-FORMED SHEET METAL ROOFING INSTALLATION
General: Install on-site, roll-formed sheet metal roofing to comply with sheet metal roofing
manufacturer's written instructions for UL wind-uplift class indicated. Provide sheet metal
roofing of full length from eave to ridge unless othenvise restricted by shipping limitations.
Standing-Seam Sheet Metal Roofing: Fasten sheet metal roofing to supports with concealed
clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended by
manufacfurer.
l. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners.2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufach.uer's written installation
instructions.
3. Before panels are joined, apply continuous bead of sealant to top flange of lower panel.
4. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved motorized seamer tool
so cleat, sheet metal roofing, and field-applied sealant are completely engaged.
ACCESSORY INSTALLATION
General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and
provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
l. Install components required for a complete sheet metal roo{ing assembly including trim,
copings, ridge closures, s€am covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips,
and similar items.
Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation
instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." hovide concealed fasteners
where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints,
and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
l. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool
marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to
form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in
waterproof and weather-resistant performance.
2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24
inches (600 mm) of comer or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion
provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof,
form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (25 mm) deep,
filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).
Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped and sealed joints. Attach gutters to
eave with gutter hangers spaced not more than 4 feet (l .2 m) o.c. using manufacfurer's standard
SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - l1
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertieht with sealant. Provide for thermal
expansion.
D. Downspouts: Join sections with l-l/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners
desigred to hold downspouts securely I inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at top
and bottom and at approximately 60 inches ( 1500 mm) o.c. in between.
I . Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building.
E. Roof Curbs: Install curbs at locations indicated on Drawings. Install flashing around bases
where they meet sheet metal roofing.
F. Stop-Type Snow Guards: Attach snow guards to sheet metal roofmg with solder, as
recommended by manufacturer. Do not use fastenen that will penehate sheet metal roofing.
l. Provide rows of snow guards, at locations indicated on Drawings, spaced in accordance
with manu factures written instructions.
G. Vertical Rib Type Snow Guards: Attach bar supports to vertical ribs of standing-seam sheet
metal roofing with clarnps or set screws. Do not use fasteners that will penetrate sheet metal
roofing.
l. Provide of snow guards, at locations indicated on Drawings, spaced accordinag to
manufacfurer' s written instuctions,
H. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetation and sheet metal roofing. Fasten and seal
to sheet metal roofing as recommended by manufacturer.
3.7 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and aligt sheet metal roofing within installed tolerance of l/4
inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) on slope and location lines as indicated and within l/8-inch (3-
mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and
weathering.
B. Clean and neutalize flux materials. Clean offexcess solder and sealants.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable frlms, if any, as sheet metal roofing is
installed. On completion of sheet metal roofing installation, clean finished surfaces, including
removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a
clean condition during con struction.
D. Replace panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish
touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
t
t
1
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
ISHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 - t2
t.
c.
B.
c.
D.
3.9
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY
WHEREAS <Insert name> of <Insert address>, herein called the "Roofing Installer," has
performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project:
L Owner: <Insert name of Owner,>2. Address: <Insert address.>3. Building NameiType: <Insert information.>4. Address: <lnsert address.>5. Area of Work: <Insert information.>6. Acceptance Date: <Insert date.>7. Warranty Period: <Insert time.>8. Expiration Date: <Insert date.>
AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a
subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and
worknanship for designated Warranty Period,
NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to t€Tms and conditions herein
set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be
made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and
defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.
This Warranty is made su$ect to the following terms and conditions:
l. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the
building, and to building contents, caused by:
lighnring;
peak gust wind speed exceeding <Insert wind speed> mph (mtsec);
fire;
failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive
deflection, deterioration, and decomposition;
faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, slcylights, vents,
equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations ofthe work;
vapor condelsation on bottom ofroofing; and
activity on roofing by others, including construction conhactors, maintenance
personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by
Owner.
2. when work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, warranty shall be null and
void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense
thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so desigrrated.3. Roofing hrstaller is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not
liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or
faults or defects of work.4. During warranty Period, if owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than
Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with
penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this
Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent
said alterations affect work covered by this warranty. If owner engages Roofing
a.
b.
c.
d.
SHEETMETAL ROOFING 07610 - l3
2002 I 501 .08
END OF SECTION 07610
VAIL MOI.]NTI,AN LODGE
Authorized Signatwe: <Insert signature)
Name: <Insert name>
Title: <Inserttitle.>
Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unlessRoofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing,
showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage Ji
deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifing a limitation or termination of this
Warranty.
5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but
was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded
basin, or other use or service more severe than originally rp""ifi"d, this Warranty shall
become null and void on date of said change, but only to tliLe exteni said change Lffects
work covered by this Wan-anty.6. owner sball promptly notiS Roofing Instalrer of observed, known, or suspected leaks,
defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonabte opportunity for Roofing Installer to
inspect work and to examine evidence ofsuch leaks, defects, or deterioration.7. This Wan"anty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work
and shall not operate to restict or cut off Owner from other iemedies and resources
lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall
not operate to relieve Roofing- Installer ofresponsibility for performance of originai work
according to requirements of the Conbact Documents, regardless of whether Contract
was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contactor.
IN wITNEss THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this <rnsert day> day of<Insert month>, <fnsert year>.
3/20t2004 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l.
2.
J.
SHEETMETAL ROOFING 07610 - 14
t
I 20021501.08 vAIL MoUNTI.AN LoDcE 3/20t2004
I
-l]T SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
r PART I -GENERAL
I l.l SUMMARY
) A. This Section includes the following:
t l. Formed roof drainage system.
2. Formed steep-slope roof flashing and trim.
3. Formed wall flashing and tim.
I
1.2 ST]BMITTALS
t A. ProductData: Foreachproductindicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts, profiles, shapes, seams, dimensions, and details for fastening,
t joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim.
- C. Samples: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim.
I
I.3 OUALITYASSIJRANCEI
t A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual." Conforrn to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are
l, indicated.
I B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at hoject site.tI PART2-PRoDUcrs
I
- 2.1 MANUFACTI.]RERS
I A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
f product selection:
,l l. Available Manufachrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
I offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specifi ed.
fJ 2.2 SHEET METALS
I A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H0l, cold-rolled copper sheet.I
t
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - I
!
2.3
20021501.08 VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE 3/20t20Q4
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings,
separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing
and trim installation.
Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt,
nonperfbrated.
I . Slip Sheet Rosin-sized paper, minimum 3 lb/l 00 sq. ft. (0. 16 kg/sq. m).
Fasteners: Wood screws, annular tlreaded nails, self-tapping screwg self-locking rivets and
bolts, and other suitable fasteners desigrred to withstand desigr loads.
1. Nails for Copper Sheet: Copper or hardware b'ronze, 0.109 inch (2.8 mm) minimum and
not less than 718 inc1r'(22 mm) long, barbed with large head.
2. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or
factory-applied coating.
3. Fasteaers for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or selfdrilling scr€ws, gasketed, with
hex washer head.
4. BlindFasteners: High-sfrengthstainless-steelrivets.
Sealing Tape: Pressure-sansitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape
with release-paper backing. hovide permanantly elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape.
Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class,
and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain
watertight.
F. Butyl Sealant: ASTMCl3ll, single+omponert, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant,
polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited
movemert.
Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two'part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compotmd.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for lS-mil
(0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat.
FABRICATION. GENERAL
General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in
SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to desigrr, dimensions, metal, and
other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fab'ricate items where practicable. Obtain field
measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks
and tue to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.
l. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat-
lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.
T
I
t
I
I
I
T
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
c.
D.
G.
H.
2.4
B.
SHEET METAL FLASHING ANDTRM 07620 -2
I 20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/20t2004
I C. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric
- sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations.
I D. Expansion hovisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in the Work cannot
I be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than I inch (2-5 mnr)
deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints.
I E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed-to-view sheet metal
flashing and trim, unless othenvise indicated.
I F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or
from compatible, noncorosive metal, and in thiclness not less than that of metal being secured.
rl
I 2.5 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METALFABRICATIoNS
I A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to half round cross section indicated, complete with end pieces,
I outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2400-mm-)
long sections. Furnish flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal
I as gutters, of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness.
t Fabricate expansion jointg expansion-joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutt€r
accessories from same metal as gutters.
t l. Fabricate from the following material:
I a. Copper: 20 oz.bq.ft. (o.z mm itrict)
I B. Downspouts: Fabricate round downspouts complete wrth mitered elbows. Fumish with metal! hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors.
I l. Manufactured Hanger Style: Copper Strap.>t 2. Fabricate downspouts from the following material:
I a. Copper: 16 oz.lsq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
I
I 2.6 STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONStA. Apron, Step, Cricket, and Backer Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:
I l. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).!
B. Valley Flashing: Fabricate &om the following material:
I 1. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
1; C. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following material:
- l. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
I D. Eave, Rake, Ridge, and Hip Flashing: Fabricate from the following material:t
1. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
I
I SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 3
3.1
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
2.7 WALL SHEETMETAL FABRICATIONS
A. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, and similar flashings to extend
4 inches ( 100 mm) beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- (50-mm-)
high end dams. Fabricate from the following material:
1. Copper: 16 oz.isq. ft. (0.55 mm thick).
PART3 -EXECUTION
INSTAILATION, GENERAL
General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work secwely in
place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fastaners, solder, welding
rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to
complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
l. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive zubstrates,
protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other
permanent separation as recornmended by fabricator or manufachners of dissimilar metals.
Install exposed sheet metal flashing and tim without excessive oil canning, buckling and tool
marks.
lnstall sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide unifornL neat
seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant.
Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance.
Veriff shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.
1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two
fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.
Expansion hovisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space
movement joints at a maximum of l0 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600
mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be
used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked
flanges, not less than I inch (25 mrn) deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within
joints.
Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than l-1/4 inches (32 mm)
for nails and not less than 314 inch ( l9 mm) for wood scr€ws.
L Copper: Use copper or stainless-steel fasteners.
Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction.
T
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
D.
F.
G.
H.
SHEETMETAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 4
A.
B.
C.
D.
3.2
J.J
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021501 .08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3/20/2004
Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges
of sheets to be soldered to a width of l-112 inches (38 mm) except where pretinned surface
would show in finished Work.
ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION
General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system
according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof
perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system.
Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed
with elastomeric sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to
firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced not more than 18 inches (900 mm) apart. Provide end
closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts.
l. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet (15.24
m) apart. Install expansion joint caps.
Downspouts: Join sections with l-ll2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners
desigrred to hold downspouts securely I inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at top
and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between.
ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements
and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where
possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams
that will be permanently watertight.
Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations
in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet l-49.
1. Interlock bottom edge ofroof edge flashing with continuous cleats anchored to substate
at l6-inch (400-mm) centers.
Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing.
Insert cotmterllashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a
waterproof marmer. Extend counterflashing 4 inches ( 100 mm) over base flashing. Lap
counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches ( 100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant.
Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation
of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows:
I . Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with
flashing.
2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead
flashing on vent piping.
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 5
20021 50 r .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
3.4 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to SMACNA reconrmendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall
flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.
B. Openings Flashing in Frame Constuction: Install continuous head, sill, and similar flashings to
extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings.
END OF SECTION 07620
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
tSHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07620 - 6
B.
c.
1.1
1.2
1.3
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTI-AN LODGE
SECTION O78I I - SPRAYED FIRE.RESISTTVE MATERIALS
PART I -GENERAL
3t20/2004
SUMMARY
This Section includes sprayed fire-resistive materials applied to surfaces that are concealed from
view behind other construction when the Work is completed.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show extent of sprayed fire-resistive material for each construction and fire-
resistance rating, applicable fire-resistive desigrr designations of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities havingjurisdiction, and minimum thicknesses.
Compatibility and adhesion test reports.
Product test reports.
Research/evaluation reports.
QUALITY ASST'RANCE
Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufactwer to install
manufactrner's products. A manufacturer's willingne ss to sell its sprayed fire-resistive materials
to Contactor or to an installer engaged by Contactor does not in itself confer qualification on
the buyer.
Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Testing: By a qualified testing and inspecting agency engaged
by Contractor or manufacturer to test for cornpliance with specified requirements for
performance and test methods.
l. Sprayed fire-resistive materials are randomly selected for testing from bags bearing the
applicable classification marking of UL or another testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Testing is performed on specimens of sprayed fire-resistive materials that comply with
laboratory testing requirements specified in Part 2 and are otherwise identical to installed
fire-resistive materials, including application of accelerant, sealers, topcoats, tamping,
troweling, rolling, and water overspray, if any ofthese are used in final application.
3. Testing is performed on specimens whose application the independent testing and
inspecting agency witnessed during preparation and conditioning. Include in test reports
a full description of preparation and conditioning of laboratory test specimens.
Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to
prepare compatibility and adhesion test reports.
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTTVE MATERI,ALS 07811- l
20021 50 | .08 VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE 3t20/2004
1. Test for bond per ASTM E 736 and requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" for
coating materials. Provide bond strength indicated in referenced fire-resistance design,
but not less than minirnum specified in Part 2.
2. Veri0/ that manufacturer, through its own laboratory testing or field experience, has not
found primers or coatings to be incompatible with sprayed fire-resistive material.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide products identical to those tested
for fire resistance per ASTME 119 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
l. One Hour Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design desigrations from UL's "Fire
Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency.
2. Identi$ products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
Provide products containing no deteciable asb€stos as determined according to the method
specified in 40 CFR 763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section l, "Polarized Light Microscopy."
PROJEST CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not apply sprayed fire-resistive material when ambient or
substrate temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) or lower rmless temporary protection and heat is
provided to maintain temperature at or above this level for 24 horns before, during, and for 24
hours after product application
Ventilate building spaces during and after application of sprayed fire-resistive material. Use
natural means or, if they are inadequate, forced-air circulation until fire-resistive material dries
thoroughly.
Sequance and coordinate ap'plication of sprayed fire-resistive materials with related work.
l. Provide terporary enclosure as required to confine sprayng operations and protect the
environment.
2. Provide temporary enclosures for applications to prevent deterioration of fire-resistive
material due to exposure to weather and to unfavorable ambient conditions for humidity,
temperature, and ventilation.
3. Avoid unnecessary exposure of fire-resistive material to ab'rasion and other damage likely
to occw during construction operations subsequent to its application.
4. Do not apply fire-resistive material to metal roof deck substates until concrete topping, if
any, has been completed. For metal roof decks without concrete topping, do not apply
fire-resistive material to metal roof deck substrates until roofing has been completed;
prohibit roof traffic during application and drying of Iire-resistive material.
5. Do not apply fire-resistive material to metal floor deck substrates until concrete topping
has been completed.
6. Do not begin applying fire-resistive material unfil clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and
other items penetrating fire protection are in place.
7. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying fire-
resistive material until application offire protection is cornpleted.
8. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after fire-resistive material has
been applied, inspected, tested and corrections have been made to defective applications.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
t
D.
1.4
B.
C.
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTTVE MATERTALS 07811-2
I
I 20021s0t.08 vAIL MoUNTIAN LoDGE 3t2o/2oo4
I 1.5 wARRANTYI
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by Contractor and by Installer, in
I which manufacfurer agrees to repair or replace sprayed fire-resistive materials that fail in
f materials or worknanship within two years from date of Substantial Completion.
f l. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, flaking, spalling, eroding in excess of
I specified requirements; peeling; or delaminating of sprayed fire-resistive materials from
subshates.
I 2. Not covered under the warranty are failures due to damage by occupants and Owner's
I maintenance personnel and other causes not reasonably foreseeable under conditions of
normal use.
.l
. PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.1 CONCEALED SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTTVEMATERIALS
I A. General: For concealed applications of sprayed fire-resistive materials, provide manufacture/s
I standard products complying with requirements indicated for material composition and physical
properties representative of installed products.
I
I B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be- rncorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
I C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirernents, provide one of the following:
T
l. Cernentitious Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material:
I a. Carboline Co., Fireproofing hoducts Dv.; Pyrolite 15.
b. Carboline Co., Fireproofing Products Dv.; Pyrolite 15 High Yield.
I c. Grace, W. R. & Co.-Conn., Construction Products Div.; Monokote Type MK-6s.
I d. Grace, W. R. & Co.-Conn., Construction hoducts Div.; Monokote Type MK-
6IHY.
I e. Isolatek Intemational Corp., Cafco Products; Cafco 300.
I f. Southwest Vermiculite Co., Inc.;5EF.g. Southwest Vermiculite Co., Inc.; 5GP.
I 2. Sprayed-Fiber Fire-Resistive Material:!
a. Isolatek Intemational Corp., Cafco Products; Cafco Blaze-Shield II.
I b. Isolatek Intemational Corp., Cafco Products; Type JN-HD.
I
D. Material Composition: Either of the following:
t I . Cementitious sprayed fire-resistive material consisting of factory-mixed, dry formulation
of gypsum or portland cement binders and lightweight mineral or synthetic aggrcgates
I mixed with water at Project site to form a slurry or mortar for conveyance and
I application.
I
I SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERI-ALS 078il - 3
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3t20t2004
2. Sprayed-fiber fire-resistive material consisting of factory-mixed, dry formulation of
inorganic binders, mineral fibers, fillers, and additives conveyed in a dry state by
pneumatic equipment and mixed with water at spray nozzle to form a damp, as-applied
product.
Physical Properties: Minimum values, unless othenvise indicated, or higher values required to
attain desigrated fire-resistance ratings, measured per standard test methods referenced with
each property as follows:
l. Ilry Density: 15 lb/cu. ft. (240 kg/cu. m) for average and individual densities regardless
of density indicated in referenced fire-resistance desigr, or greater if required to attain
fire-resistance ratings indicate{ per ASTME605 or AWCI Technical Manual l2-A,
Section 5.4.5, "Dsplacement Method."
2. Thiclness: Provide minimum average thiclness required for one how fire-resistance
design indicated according to the following criteria, but not less than 0.375 inch (9 mm),
perASTM E 605:
a. Where the referenced fire-resistance design lists a thickness of I inch (25 mm) or
greater, the minimum allowable individual thickness of sprayed fire-resistive
material is the design thickness minus 0.25 inch (6 mm).
b. Where the referenced fire-resistance desigr lists a thickness of less than I inch (25
mm) but more than 0.375 inch (9 mm), the minimum allowable individual
thiclness of sprayed fire-resistive material is the greater of 0.375 inch (9 mm) or
75 percent ofthe desigr thickness.
c. No reduction in avaage thicloess is permittcd for those fire-resistance designs
wbose fire-resistance ratings were established at densities of less than 15 lb/cu. ft.
(240kglcu.m).
3. Bond Strengh: 150 lbflsq. ft. (7.2 kPa) minimum per ASTM E 736 under the following
conditions:
a. Field test sprayed fire-resistive material that is applied to flanges ofwide-flange,
strucfural-steel members on surfaces matching those that witl exist for remainder
of steel receiving fire-resistive material.
b. If surfaces of structural steel receiving sprayd fire-resistive material are primed or
othenvise painted for coating materials, perform series of bond tests specified in
LIL's "Fire Resistance Directory." Provide bond strength indicated in referenced
UL fire-resistance criteria, but not less than 150 lbflsq. ft. (7 .2 YAa) minimum per
ASTM E 736.
c. Minimum thickness of sp'ra.yed fire-resistive material tested in laboratory shall be
0.75 inch ( l9 mm).
4. Compressive Shength: 5.21 lbflsq. in. (35.9 kPa) as determined in the laboratory per
ASTM E 761. Minimum thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material tested shall be 0.75
inch (19 mm) and minimum dry density shall be as specified, but not less than 15 lb/cu.
ft. (240 kg/cu. m).
5. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion per ASTM E 937.
6. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, or delamination per ASTM E 759.
7. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, or delamination per ASTM E 760.
8. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.025 g/sq. ft. (0.270 glsq. m) in 24 hours per
ASTM E 859. For laboratory tests, minimum thickness of sprayed fire-resistive material
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
ISPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS 07811-4
c.
D.
2.2
3.1
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
2002r 501.08 VAIL MOTJNTLAN LODGE 3/20/2004
is 0.75 inch (19 mm), maximum dry density is l5 lb/cu. ft. (240 kgicu. m), test specimens
are not prepurged by mechanically induced air velocities, and tests are terminated after 24
hours.
9. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide sprayed fire-resistive materials with the
following surface-burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction:
a. Flame-Spread Index: l0 or less.
b. Smoke-Developed lndex: 0.
AUXILIARY FIRE-RESISTTVE MATERIALS
General: Provide auxiliary fire-resistive materials that are compatible with sprayed fire-
resistive materials and substrates and are approved by UL or another testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use in fire-resistance desigrrs indicated.
Subsfate Primers: For use on each subst'ate and with each sprayed fire-resistive product,
provide primer that complies with one or rnore of the following requirements:
I . Primer's bond stength complies with requirements specified in UL's "Fire Resistance
Directory," for coating materials based on a series of bond tests per ASTM E 736.
2. Primer is identical to those used in assemblies tested for fue-test-response characteristics
of sprayed fire-resistive material per ASTM E I 19 by UL or another testing and
inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jrnisdiction.
Adhesive for Bonding Fire-Resistive Material: hoduct approved by manufacturer of sprayed
fire-resi stive material.
Metal Lath: Expanded metal lath fabricated from material of weight, configuration, and finish
required to comply with fire-resistance desigrs indicated and fire-resistive material
manufacturer's written recommendations. Include clips, lathing accessories, comer beads, and
other anchorage devices required to attach lath to substrates and to receive sprayed fire-resistive
material.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Examine subsbates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to determine whether they are
in satisfactory condition to receive sprayed fire-resistive material and to verifo the following:
l. Substrates are free of oil, grease, rolling compounds, incompatible primers, loose mill
scale, dirt, or other foreign substances capable of impairing bond of fire-resistive
materials with substrates under conditions of normal use or fire exposure.
2. Objects penehating fire-resistive material, including clips, hangers, support sleeves, and
similar items, are securely attached to substrates.
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS 0781I - 5
20021 50 t .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t20t2004
3. Substrates are not obstructed by ducts, piping, equipment, and other suspended
construction that will interfere with applying fire-resistive material.
Clean substrates of substances that could irnpair bond of fire-resistive material, including dirt,
oil, grease, release agents, rolling cornpounds, loose mill scale, and incompatible primers,
paints, and encapsul ants.
Conduct tests according to fire-resistive material manufacturer's written recommendations to
verify that substrates are free of oil, rolling compounds, and other substances capable of
interfering with bond.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corected.
Cover other work subject to damage from fallout or overspray of fire-resistive materials during
application.
Install metal lath, as required, to comply with fire-resistance ratings and fire-resistive material
manufachlrer's written recommendations for conditions of exposure and intended use. Securely
attach lath to subsfrate in position required for support and reinforcement of fire-resistive
material. Use anchorage devices of type recommended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive
material manufacturer. Attach lathing accessories where indicated or required for secwe
attachment to substrate.
Coat subsfrates with adhesive before applying fire-resistive material where required to achieve
fire-resistance rating or as reconunended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive material
manufachner for material and application indicated.
Extend fire-resistive material in full thickness over entire area ofeach subsfate to be protected.
Unless otherwise recommended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive material manufacttrer,
install body of fire-resistive covering in a single course.
Spray apply fire-resistive materials to maximum extent possible. Following the spraying
operation in each area, complete the coverage by trowel application or other placement method
recommended in writing by sprayed fire-resistive material rnanufacturer.
Apply concealed sprayed fire-resistive material in thicknesses and densities not less than those
required to achieve fire-resistance ratings designated for each condition, but apply in greater
thicknesses and densities if specified in Part2 nConcealed Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials"
Article.
Immediately after completing spraying operations in each containable area of Project, remove
material overspray and fallout from surfaces of other construction and clean exposed surfaces to
remove evidence of soiling.
Repair or replace work that has not been successfully protected.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports.
I
T
IB.
c.T
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
G.
J.
3.2
SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTTVE MATERIALS 07811-6
B.
D.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOTNTIAN LODGE
Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of sprayed fire-resistive
material shall take place in successive stages, in areas of extent and using methods as follows.
Do not proceed with application of sprayed fire-resistive material for the next area until test
results for previously cornpleted applications of sprayed fire-resistive material show compliance
with requirements. Tested values must equal or exceed values indicated and required for
approved fire-resi stance desi gn.
l. Thickness forFloor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: Foreach 1000-sq. ft. (93-sq. m) area,
or partial area, on each floor, from the average of 4 measurements from a 144-sq. in.
(0.093-sq. m) sample area, with sample width of not less than 6 inches (152 mm) per
ASTM E 605.
2. Thickness for Structural Frame Members: From a sample of 25 percent of struchnal
members per floor, taking 9 measurements at a single cross section for structural frame
beams or girders, T measurements ofa single cross section for joists and fusses, and 12
measurements of a single cross section for columns per ASTM E 605.
3. Dorsity for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Frame Members: At frequency and from
sample size indicated for determining thickness of each type of construction and
structural framing member, per ASTME605 or AWCI Technical Manual 12-A,
Section 5.4.5, "Displacement Method."
4. Bond Stength for Floors, Roofs, Walls, and Structural Framing Members: For each
10,000-sq. ft. (929 sq. m) area, or partial area, on each floor, cohesion and adhesion from
one sample of size indicated for determining thickness of each typ€ of construction and
structural framing member, per ASTM E 736.5. If testing frnds applications of sprayed fre-resistive material are not in compliance with
requirernents, testing and inspecting agency will perform additional random testing to
determine extent of noncompliance.
Remove and replace applications of sprayed fire-resistive material where test results indicate
that it does not comply with specified requirements for cohesion and adhesion, for density, or
for both.
Apply additional sprayed fire-resistive material per manufachrer's written instructions where
test results indicate that thickness does not cornply with specified requirements.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 07811
3t20t2004
I
I
I SPRAYED FIRE-RES ISTTVE MATERIALS 07811 - 7
A,
B.
l.l
t.2
1.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 312012004
SECTION 07841 - THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
PART 1-GENERAL
RELATED DOCI.JMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contact, including General and Supplemantary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes tlrrough-peneh"ation firestop systems for penetrations through fire-
resistance-rated constructions, including both ernpty openings and openings containing
penetrating items.
Related Sections include the following:
l. Dvision 7 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems."
2. Division 15 Sections speciffing duct and piping penetrations.
3. Division 16 Sections speciffing cable and conduit panetrations.
PERI'ORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
General: For penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both ernpty
openings and openings containing penetrating iterns, provide through-penetration firestop
systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements
indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating
of conskuction penehated.
l. Fire-resistance-rated walls including fire walls, fire partitions, fire barriers, and smoke
barriers.
2. Fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies including floors, floor/ceiling assemblies, and
ceiling membranes of rooflceiling assernblies.
B. Rated Systems: Provide through-penehation firestop systems with the following ratings
determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479:
1. F-Rated Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F-ratings indicated,
but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire-resistance rating of constuctions
penetated.
2. T-Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through-penehation firestop
systems with T-ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, where systems protect penehating
items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas:
a. Penetations located outside wall cavities.
b. Penetrations located outside fire-resistance-rated shaftenclosures.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - I
20021 501 .08 VAILMOUNTAIN LODGE 3/2012004
For through-penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical
damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions
both during and after construction.
l. For piping penehations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-
resistant through-penehation firestop systems.
2. For floor penerations with annular spaces exceeding 4 inches (100 mm) in width and
exposed to possible loading and traffic, provide firestop systems capable of supporting
floor loads involved, either by installing floor plates or by other means.3. For penebations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems
not requiring removal of insulation.
For through-panetation firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread
and smokedeveloped indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per
ASTM E 84.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration fnestop system, show each type of construction
condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item.
Include firestop desigr desigratibn of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences
compliance with requirements for each condition indicated.
I . Submit documentation, including illushations, from a qualified testing and inspecting
agency that is applicable to each through-penetration firestop system configuration for
constuction and penehating items.
Through-Penetration Firestop System Schedule: Indicate locations of each through-penetration
firestop system, along with the following information:
I . Types of penetating items.
2. Tlpes of constructions penetrated, including fire-resistance ratings and, where applicable,
thicknesses of con struction penetated.
3. Through-penetation firestop systems for each location identified by firestop desigrr
designation ofqualified testing and inspecting agency.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating through-penehation firestop
system cornplies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of cunant products.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
lnstaller Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing through-panehation frestop systems
similar in material, desigr, and extent to that indicated for this hoject, whose work has resulted
in construction with a record of successful performance. Qualifications include having the
necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
I
c.
D.
t.4
A,
B.
c.
D.
E.
1.5
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 0784t -2
B.
C.
D.
B.
B.
1.6
|.,L.t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE
requirements. Manufacturer's willingness to sell its through-penehation firestop system
products to Contactor or to lnstaller engaged by Contractor does not in itself confer
qualification on buyer.
lnstallation Responsibility: Assign installation of through-penetration firestop systems and fire-
resistive joint systems in hoject to a single qualified installer.
Source Limitations: Obtain through-penetration firestop systems, for each kind of penehation
and construction condition indicated, through one source from a single manufacfurer.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide through-penetation firestop systems that comply
with the following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements"
Article:
l. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A
qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL or another agency performing testing and
follow-up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
2. Ttrough-penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per testing standard
referenced in "Part 1 Performance Requirements" Article. Provide rated systems
complying with the following requirements:
n. Through-penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to
tbrough-penetration firestop systern designations listed by the following:
1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory."
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver through-penetration firestop system products to Project site in original, unopened
containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifring product and
manufacturer, date of rnanufacture, lot number, shelf life if applicable, qualified testing and
inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project, curing time, and mixing
instructions for mul tic omponent materials.
Store and handle materials for through-penetration firestop systerns to prevent their
deterioration or damage due to moisfure, ternperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not install through-penetration firestop systems when ambient
or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by through-penetration firestop systern
manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
Ventilate through-panetration firestop systems per manufacturer's written instructions by natural
means or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
3/20t2004
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841-3
1.8
20021501.08 VAIL MOLTNTAIN LODGE 3t20t2004
c.
COORDINATION
Coordjnate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through-penetation
firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements.
Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate
through-penetration fi restop systems.
Noti$ Owner's inspecting agency at least seven days in advance of through-penetration firestop
system installations; confirm dates and times on days preceding each series of installations.
Do not cover up through-penetation firestop system installations that rvill become concealed
behind other constnrction until each installation has been examined by building inspector, if
required by authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 MANI.]FACTIJRERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, through-penehtion firestop
systems that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those systems
indicated that are produced by one ofthe following manufachrers:
l. A/D Fire Protection Systerns Inc.
2. Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn.
3. Hilti, Inc.
4. Johns Manyille.
5. Nelson Firestop hoducts.
6. NUCOhc.
7. RectorSeal Corporation (Ihe).
8. Specified Technologies Inc.
9. 3M: Fire hotection hoducts Dvision.
10. Tremco; Sealant/WeatherproofingDivision.
I l. USG Corporation.
FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL
Compatibility: Provide through-penetation firestop systems that are compatible with one
another; with the substrates forming openings; and with the items, if any, penetrating through-
penetation firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by
through-penehation firestop system manufactr.ner based on testing and field experience.
Accessories: hovide components for each tlnough-penetration fir€stop system that are needed
to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requiremants" Article. Use
only components specified by through-penetration firestop system manufacfurer and approved
by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include,
but me not limited to, the following items:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
B.
D.
2.2
B.
TTIROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - 4
C.
D.
F.
G.
J.
2.3
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
20021 501 .08
l.
VAIL MOI.TNTAIN LODGE 3t20t2004
Permanent forming/damming,backing malerials, including the following:
a. Slag-/rock-wool-fiberinsulation.
b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to
prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
c. Fire-rated form board.
d. Fillers for sealants.
Temporary forming materials.
Substrate primers.
Collars.
Steel sleeves-
2.
3.
4.
5.
FILLMATERIALS
General: Provide through-penetration firestop systems containing the types of fill materials
indicated in the Through-Penetation Firestop System Schedule at the end of Part 3 by
referarcing the types of materials described in this Article. Fill materials are those referred to in
directories ofreferenced testing and inspecting agencies as "fill,u "void,n or "cavity" materials.
Cast-in-Place Firestop Devices: Factory-assembled devices for use in casGin-place concrete
floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial
extended.flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a
neoprene gasket.
Latex Sealants: Single-component latex formulations that after cure do not re-emulsiff during
exposure to moisture.
Firestop Devices: Factory-assanbled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with
intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of panetant.
Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum-foil-faced elastomeric
sheet bonded to galvanized steel sheet.
Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvants,
inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.
Infumescent Wrap Strips: Single-cornponent intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum
foil on one side.
Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement,
fillers, and lightweight a9gegate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a
nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar.
PillowsiBags: Reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled
with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agants, and fire-retardant
additives.
Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers tJrat, when mixed, expand
and ctne in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - 5
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t20t2004
K. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral+uring elastomeric sealants of
grade indicated below:
l. Grade: Pourable (selfJeveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal
surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a
nonslumping, gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag
grade for both opening conditions.
2. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (selfJeveling) formulation for openings in
floors and other horizontal surfaces.
3. Grade for Vertical Surfaces: Nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other
surfaces.
2.4 MXING
A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with tbrough-penefration
firestop system manufacturer's writter instructions for accurate proportioning of materials,
water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers,
mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with
optimum performance characteristics for application indicated.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.I EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requircmeirts for
opening configurations, penetrating iterns, substrates, and other conditions affecting
performance of work.
l. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing tlrough-penetation
firestop systems to comply with firestop system manufachrer's written instructions and with the
following requirements:
l. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating iterns foreigrr. materials
that could interfere with adhesion of tlnough-penetration firestop systems.
2. Clean opaning substrates and penehating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable
of developing optimum bond with tlnough-poretration firestop systems. Remove loose
particles remaining from cleaning operation.
3. Remove laitance and form-releas€ agents from concrete.
Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration firestop
system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and rnethods. Confine
primers to areas ofbond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
3.2
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
B.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - 6
C.
B.
B.
J.J
3.4
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
2002150r.08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent through-penehation firestop systems from
contacling adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would
otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to
remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without
disturbing firestop system's seal with subshates.
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION
General: Install through-penetation firestop systems to cornply with Part 1 "Performance
Requirements" Article and with firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions
and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support
fill materials during their ap'plication and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional
shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible
forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of
firestop systems.
Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results:
l. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, formlng materials, accessories, and
penetating items as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and
penefiating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Worlq finish to produce
smootlt, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with
cleaning materials that are approved in writing by ttrough-penetration firestop system
manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
hovide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that
through-penetation firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove
damaged or deteriorated through-penefation firestop systems immediately and install new
materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 0784I
3t20t2004
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 0784t -7
I 20021501.08 vArL M.T.JNTATN L.DGE 3/20t2004T
I SECTION 07842 - FIRE-RESISTTVE JOINT SYSTEMS
r PARTI -GENERAL
I 1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
- A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemartary
t Conditions and Dvision I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
ll r.2 SUMMARYtA. This Section includes fire-resistive joint systems for the following:
I l. Floor-to-floorjoints.
2. Floor-to-walljoints.
I 3. Head-of-wall joints.
I 4. Wall-to-wall joints.
5. Perimeter fre-resistive joint systems consisting of floor-to-wall joints between perimeter
I B. ."".::::::;ff";#assembriesandexteriorcurtainwa's'
l. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for floor-to-wall joints indicated as perimeter
I fire-containment systems between perimeter edge of fire-resistance-rated floor assembliesI and back of non-fire-resistance-rated exterior curtain walls.2. Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systerns" for systerns installed in
I openings in walls and floors with and without penetrating iterns.
|| 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for non-fre-resistive joint sealants.
I r.3 PERFORMANCEREQUTREMENTS
r A. General: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of
I fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintainr original fire-resistance rating of assembly in which fire-resistive joint systems are installed.
I B. Joint Systems in and between Fire-Resistance-Rated Consfiuctions: Provide systems with
I assembly ratings equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance ratings of construction that they join,
and with movement capabilities and L-ratings indicated as determined by UL 2079.
f C. For fire-resistive systems exposed to view, provide products wit} flame-spread and smoke-
developed indexes ofless than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84.
r 1.4 SUBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.I
t
I
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 07842 - |
2002 r 501.08 VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE 3t20/2004
Shop Drawings: For each fire-resistive joint system, show each kind of construction condition
in which joints are installed; also show relationships to adjoining construction. Include fire-
resistive joint system design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction that demonstrates compliance with requirements for each
condition indicated.
l. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting
agency that is applicable to each fire-resistive joint system configuration for construction
and penetrating items.
C. Product Certificates: For each type of fire-resistive joint system, signed by product
manufactwer.
Qualification Data: For lnstaller.
Evaluation Reports: Evidence of fire-resistive joint systerns' compliance with ICBO ES AC30,
from the ICBO Evaluation Service.
QUALITY ASSI.]RANCE
Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FMG according to FMG499I,
"Approval of Firestop Contractors. n
Installation Responsibility: Assign installation of thnough-penetration firestop systems and fire-
resistive joint systems in Project to a single qualified installer.
Source Limitations: Obtain fire-resistive joint systems, for each kind of joint and construction
condition indicated, tbrough one source from a single manufactuer.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide fue-resistive joint systons that comply with the
following requirements and those specified in Part I "Performance Requiremants" Article:
1. Fire-resistance tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A
qualified testing and inspecting agency is IJL or another agency performing testing and
follow-up inspection services for fire-resistive joint systerns acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
2. Fire-resistive joint systems are identical to those tested per methods indicated in Part I
"Performance Requiremernts" Article and comply with the following:
a. Fire-resistive joint system products bear classification marking of qualified testing
and inspecting agency.
b. Fire-resistive joint systems correspond to those indicated by referencing system
desigrations of the qualified testing and inspecting agency.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver fire-resistive joint system products to hoject site in original, unopened containers or
packages with qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to
Project and with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifoing product and manufacturer,
B.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
D.
E.
1.5
B.
D.
't.6
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 07842 -2
I
T
T
I
t
I
2002 1501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3I2OI2OO4
number, shelf life, curing time, and mixing instructions fordate of manufacture. lot
multicomponent materials.
B. Store and handle materials for fire-resistive joint systems to prevent their deterioration or
damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install fire-resistive joint systems when ambient or substrate
temperatures are outside limits permitted by fire-resistive joint system manufacturers or when
substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.
B. Ventilate fire-resistive joint systems per manufacturer's written instructions by natural means or,
if this is inadequate, forced-air circulation.
I.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction of joints to ensure that fire-resistive joint systems are installed
according to specifi ed requirements.
B. Coordinate sizing ofjoints to accommodate fire-resistive joint systems.
PART 2.PRODUCTS
2.1 MANTJFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to cornpliance with requirements, fire-resistive joint systerns that
may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those systems indicated in the
Fire-Resistive loint Svstem Schedule at the end ofPart 3.
2.2 FIRE-RESISTTVEJOINTSYSTEMS
A. Compatibility: Provide fire-resistive joint systems that are compatible udth joint substrates,
rmder conditions of service and application, as dernonstrated by fire-resistive joint system
manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Accessories: Provide components of fire-resistive joint systems, including primers and forming
materials, that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part I "Performance
Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by fire-resistive joint system
manufactuer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for systems indicated.
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 07842 - 3
2002 I 501 .08
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t20/2004
3.I EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with krstaller present, for compliance with requirements for
joint configurations, subshates, and other conditions affecting performance of work.
1. Proceed with installation onlv after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
Surface Cleaning: Clean joints immediately before installing fire-resistive joint systems to
comply with fire-resistive joint systern manufacturer's written instructions and the following
requirements:
l. Remove from surfaces of joint subshates foreign materials that could interfere with
adhesion of fill materials.
2. Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum
bond with fill materials. Rernove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation.3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
Priming: Prime substrates where recomrnended in writing by fire-resistive joint system
manufacfurcr using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine p'rimers
to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
Masking Tape: Use mashng tape to prevent fill materials of fire-resistive joint system from
contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would
otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to
remove smears from fire-resistive joint systern materials. Remove tape as soon as possible
without disturbing fue-resistive joint system's seal with substrates or damaging adjoining
surfaces.
INSTALLATION
General: Install fire-resistive joint systems to comply with Part I "Performance Requirernarts"
Article and fire-resistive joint system manufacturer's written installation instuctions for
products and applications indicated.
Install forming/packing/backing materials and other accessories oftypes required to sup'port lill
materials during their application and in position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and
depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
Install fill materials for fire-resistive joint systems by proven techniques to produce the
following results:
l. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings and forming/packing/backing materials as
required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated.
2. Apply fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by joints.
t
t
I
3.2
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
B.
J.J
c.
FIRE.RESISTTVE JOINT SYSTEMS 07842 - 4
B.
3.4
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
I
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing work, finish to produce
smootb, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to joints as Work progresses by methods and wirh
cleaning materials that are approved in writing by fire-resistive joint syslem manufacturers and
that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
hovide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure fire-
resistive joint systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Cornpletion. If
damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut oul and remove damaged or
deteriorated fre-resistive joint systems immediately and install new materials to produce fire-
resistive joint systems complying with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 07842
FIRE-RESISTIVE JOINT SYSTEMS 07842 - 5
I
Vail Morrrrt;rin Lorlge
I sECrroNoTe2o-JorNrsEArANTs
I PARr r -.ENERAL
n022Dn0
I r.r RELATEDDocttMEMsI
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
1.2 STIMMA.R,Y
! A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications, including those specified by reference to
this Section:
t B. This Section includes sealants for the following applications:
l. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces:
I a. Control and erpansion joints in cast-in-place concrete above interior spaces only.
b. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems.
I c. Joinls between different materials listed in a. & b. above.
I d. Perimetcr joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows.
e. Other joints as indicated.
I 2. Erlerior joinls in thc following horizontal trafhc surfaces:I
a. Control, expansion, and isolationjoinls in casl-in-place concrete slabs.
I b. Tile control and cxpansion joinrs.
t c. Joints betwcen differenl matcrials listed in a. & b. above.d. Other joints as indicated.
I 3. Interior joints inthe following vertical surfaces and horizonral nontraffic surfaces:t
a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated.
I b. Tile control ard erpansion joints.
t c. Joints betwecn plurnbing fixtures and adoining walls, floors, and counters.
d. Other joints as indicated.
I 4. Interior joints in tbe foltowing horizonlal lraffic surfaces:r
a. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring.
I b. Control and exparsion joints in tile flooring.
I c. Other joints as indicated.
I C. Related Sections include the following:
I l. Division 2 Section "Pavement Joint Sealants" for sealing joinls in pavements, walkuays, and
curDrng,
I 2. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry" for masoruy control and expansion joint filhrs and gaskets.
I 3. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing sealanrs.
I
I
JOI]VT SEALANTS 07920 - |
Vnil Monntain Lodge 0022n00
t.3
4. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for sealing perimeter joints of gypsum bard
partitions to reduce sound transmission.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
Provide elastomeric joint sealanls that establish and maintain walertight and airtight continuous joint seals
wilhout staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant
conlinuous joi seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates.
SIJBMITTALS
Product Data: For each joint-scalant product indicated.
Samples for Initial Selection: Manufaclurer's color cha s consisting of strips of cured sealants showing
the full range of colors available for each producl exposed to view.
Product Ce ificales: Signcd by manufacturers ofjoint sealants certifying that producb furnished comply
with requirements and are suitable for the use indicatcd.
Qualification Data: For firms and pcrsons specified in "Quality Assurance" Articlc to demonstrale their
capabilitics and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names
and addresses of architects and owners, and other informalion specified.
Compatibility and Adhesion Tcst Reports: Iiom sealanl manufacturer indicating the following:
l. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-scalant backings have becn tested for compatibility
ard adhesion with joint sealants.2. Inerprctation of tcst results and written recommendatjons for primers and subslrate preparalion
necded for adhesion.
Product Test Reports: From a qualified tasting agency indicating sealants comply with requirements,
based on comprehensive lesting of current product formulations.
Wananties: Special warranties specified in this Section.
QUALITY ASSIJRANCE
Installer Qualifications: An experienced installcr wbo has specialized in installing joint sealants similar
in material, design, and extenl to those indicatcd for this Project and whose work has resultcd in joint-
sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type ofjoint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer.
Mockups: Before installing joint sealanls, apply elastomeric sealanls as follows to verify selections made
under sample Submittals and to demonstrale aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution:
l. Joinls in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive
elastomeric joint sealanls, which are specified by reference to this Section.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
B.
1.4
I
I
I
A.
B.
:
D.
F-
G.
1.5
-A.
B.
c.
JOINTSEALANTS vI92$-2
B.
B.
B.
c.
1.6
t.?
1.8
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
t
t
I
t
Vail Mountnin Lorlge 0022000
C.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDL]NG
Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating
manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing lime, and mixing
instructions for multicomponent materials.
Store and handle materials in compliarrce wilh manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their
deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, conlaminants, or olher causes.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installalion of joint sealants under the following
conditions:
l. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant
manufaclurer.
2. When ambient and substrate lemperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant
manufaclurer or are below 40 deg F(4.4 deg C).
3. When joint substrates are wet.
Joinl-Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joinl sealants where joint widths are less
than those allowed by joint sealant manufaclurer for applications indicated.
JoinrSubslrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation ofjoint sealants until contaminants capable
of interfering with adbesion are removed from joint subslrales.
WARRANTY
General Warranty: Special warrantics specified in this Articlc shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owner may havc rmdcr otber provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurenl with, other waranties made by Contractor under requiremenls of the Conlracl Docum€nts.
Special Installer's Warranty: Writlen warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace
elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performancc and o$er requirenrcnts specified in this
Section within specified warranty period.
L Warranty Period: Two ycars from date of Substantial Completion.
Special Manufacturerb Warranty: Written wruranty, signed by elastomeric sealant manufaclurer agreeing
lo furnish elaslomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that do nol comply with performance and
other requiremenls specified in this Section within specified wananty period.
l. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Conpletion.
Special warranlies specified in this Article exclude delerioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants
from the following:
l. Movemenl of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturerb
written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural setllemenl or
errors attdbulable to design or construction.
Disintegration ofjoint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications.
Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or olher outside agents.
Changes in sealanl appearance caused by accumulation ofdirt or other atmospheric contaminants.
2.
3.
4.
JOINTSEALANTS 07929 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Vai I Mountain Lodge
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
JOINT SEALAFI1TS
0022000
PRODUCTS AND MANIJFACTI'RERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requiremenls, products that may be incorporated into thc
Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in the sealant schedules at the end of Part 3-
MATERIALS. GENERAL
Compalibility: Provide joint sealanls, backings, and other related materials thal are compatible with one
another and with joint substrales under conditions of service and application, as demonslraled by sealant
manufacturer based on testing and ficld experience.
Colors of Exposed Joint Sealanls: As selected by Architect from manufacturer3 full range for this
characterislic.
ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS
Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirenrents indicated for cach
liquid-applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint-Scalant Schedule al the end of Part 3,
including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses.
Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in the Elaslomeric
Joint-Sealant Schedule, provide products with the capability, when tcstcd for adhesion and cohcsion
under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withsrand thc specified percentage change in thc
joint width existing at thc time of installation and remain in compliance with other requircnrnts of
ASTM C 920 for uses indicated.
Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in
repeated contact with food, provide producls that comply wi0r 2l CFR 177.26W.
LATEXJOINT SEALANTS
Latex Sealant Slandard: Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the
Latex Joint-Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3.
ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: For each product of this description indicated in
th€ Acoustical Joint-Sealant Schedule'at the end of Part 3, provide manufacturerb standard nonsag,
paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following:
l Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeler joints and openings in
building construction as dernonstrated by tqsting representative assemblies according lo
ASTM E9O.
JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
2.5
t
I
I
I
t
I
2.6
07920.4
B.
c.
B.
2.7
3.1
3.2
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
r
I
I
I
I
t
I,
t
Vnil )lnunlnin Lorlge 0022000
General: Provide sealanl backings of material and type that are nonslaining; are compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, pnmers, and olherjoint fillers; and,ue approved for applications indicated by sealant
manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C I 330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control
sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant petformance:
l. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin.
2. Type O: Open-cell male al on vertical sudaces only
3. Type: Any material indicated above.
Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or olher plastic tape recommended by sealant manufaclurer for
preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back ofjoinl
wbere sucb adhesion would result in scalant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Primer: Malerial recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealanl to
joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joinl-sealant-substrate tests and field lests.
Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturets of sealants and scalant
backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harrning joint substrates
and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adbesion of sealants
with jgint substrates.
Masking Taft: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjaccnt
lo irints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
Er.amine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, fot compliance with
requirernents for joint configuration, installation tolcrances, and olher conditions affecting joint-sealant
performance.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfaclory conditions have been corected.
PREPARATION
Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installingjoint sealants to cornply widt
joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and lhe following requirements:
l. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adbesion of joint
sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanenl! prolective coatings tested and approved for
sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease,
waterproofing, water repellents, waler, surface dirt, and frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading,
or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrale capable of developing
optimum bond with joinl sealants. Remove loose particles rernaining from above cleaning
t
JOINT SEALANTS fr920 - 5
I
t
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
t
I
)
I
t,
I
tl
I
B.
B.
D.
F.
3.3
Vail Morrnlain Lorlge 0022000
operations by vacuuming or blowing outjoints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces
include lhe following:
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
c- Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete,
4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or olher means that do not slain, harm substrates,
or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion ofjoint sealants.
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazcd surfaces of ceramic tile.
Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based
on preconstruclion joint-s€alanl-subslrate tesB or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint
sealant manufacturerb wilten inslructions. Confine primers to areas ofjoinl-sealant bond; do not allow
spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
Masking Tapc: Usc masking tapc where rcquired lo prcvent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaccs
that otherwise would be pernanently stained or damaged by srrch contact or by clcaning methods
required to remove sealant sm€ars Rcmovc tape immediatcly afler tooling without disturbing joint scal.
INSTAII-ATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
General: Comply with joint sealanl manufacturert written installation instructions for products and
applications indicatcd, unless morc stringenl requiremcnts apply.
Scalant Installation Slandard: Comply with recomrnendatiors of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint s€alants
as applicablc to natcrials, applications, ard conditions indicated.
Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of
joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materialB, applications, and conditions indicated.
Install sealant backings of type indicated to support scalants during application and at position required to
produce cross-seclional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum
sealant movement capability.
l. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, punclure, ot lear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace
them with dry materials.
Install bond-brcaker tapc behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back
ofjoints.
Inslall sealants by proven techniques to comply with rhe following and at the same time backings are
installed:
l. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wel joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses provided foreachjoint configuration.
I
JOINTSEALANTS 0792n - 6
I YailMorrnlnin Lorlge 00220t10
]
I 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow oplimum
I sealant rnovement capability.
.. G. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealanl application and before skinning or curing begins,
I tool sealanls according to requirements specified below to form smoolh, uniform beads of configurationrl indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contacl and adhesion of sealant with sides ofjoint.
l, l. Remove excess sealanrs from surfaces adjacent tojoinr.
|l 2. Use tooling agents lhat are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do nol discolor
sealadts or adjacent surfaces.
I 3. Provide concavejoint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C I193, unless olherwise indicated-
l[ 4. Provide flush joint configuralion, per Figure 58 in ASTM C I 193, where indicated.f 5. Provide recessed joint configuration, per Figure 5C in ASTM C 1193, of recess deplh and at
1. locations indicated.
lr.\lJ a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces ofrecessed tooled joints.
I 3.4 CLEANINGF
2t A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joinls as the Work progresses by methds and with
I cleaning malerials approved in writing by manufactwers ofjoint scalants and of products in which joints
I occur
I
f 1.5 PROTECTION
-. A. Prctcct joint sealants during and after curing pcriod from contacl with conhminating substances and from
I damagc resulting from construction opcrations or other caus€s so scalants are without deterioration or
ll damagc at time of Substantial Complction. If, despite such proteclion, damage or delerioration occurs,
cut out and remove damaged or detcrioraled joinl s€alants immediately so installalions with repaired
li areas are indistinguishable from the original work.
v
3,6 ELASTOMERICJOINT.SEALANTSCHEDIJLE
A. Mcdium-Modulus Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated,
provide products complying with the following:
1. Producs: Available products include $e following:
a. 791; Dow Corning.
b- 795; Dow Corning.
c. HiFlex 393; NUCO Industries, Inc.
d. PSI-631; Polymeric Systems, Inc.e. SM5731 Poly-Glaze; Schnee-Morehead, Inc.
f. SM5733 Poly-Glaze; Schnee-Motehead, Inc.g. Spectrem 2; Tremco.
h. Tremsil 6010; Tremco.
2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 25.
4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic)
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable lo joint substrales indicated, O.
I
0
f'
I
!
I
I
t JOINTSEALANTS 07920-7
Voil IVlou nlnin Lnrlge 0n22nn0
Stain-Test-Response Characterisrics: Nonstaining to porous substrales per ASTM C 1248.
Applications: Glazing, metal (without high performance coatings) and other non-porous surfaces
including galvanized sleel and previously painted or varnished wood.
Medium-Modulus Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated,
provide products complying with the following:
l. Products: Available products include the following:
a. 756 H.P.; Dow Corning.
b. Silglaze II; GE Silicones.
c. 895; Pecora Corporalion.
Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
Class:25.
Additional Movemenl Capability: 50 pcrcenl movement in extension and 50 percent nnvement in
compression for a total of 100 percent rnovemenl.
Use[s] Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
Uses Related to Joinl Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.
Applications: Color anodic aluminum and aluminum coatcd with a high-performance coating
where color olher than black is selected by Arcbitcct.
High-Modulus Neutral-Curing Siliconc Scalant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide
products complying with the following:
l. Products: Availablc products includc thc following:
a. 799; Dow Corning.
b. NuFlex 319, NUCO Indusuies, Inc.
c. SM5734 Controllcd Flow Poly-Glazc; Schnce-Morehcad, Inc.
2. Type and Gradc: S (single componenr) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 25.
4. Use Related to Exposurc: NT (nontraffic).
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable ro joint substrates indicated, O.
6. Applications: Glazing and where glazing abuts color anodic aluminum and aluminum coated with
a high-performance coating.
High-Modulus Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: Wherc joint sealants of this type are indicared, provide
products complying with the following:
1. Products: Available products includc the following:
^. 995; Dow Corning.
b. Ultraglaze 4(XD; GE Silicorrcs.
c. Ultraglaze 400OAC; GE Silicones.
Type and Grade: S (singlc component) and NS (nonsag).
Class: 25.
Additional Movement Capability: 50 percenl rnovemenl in extcnsion and 50 pcrcent movemcnt in
compression for a lotal of 100 percent movement.
Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
l'
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
l
I
I
6.
'1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D.
JOINTSEALANTS 07920 -8
F.
3.7
t
I
I
I
t
t
tl
l,
Il
I
t
I
0
I
t
I
I
Vail iVIountain Lotlge 0022000
'1 . Applications: Color anodic aluminum and aluminum coated with a high-performance coating
where black color is selected by Architect.
Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealanl: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products
formulated with fungicide that are intended for sealing interior ceramic lile joints and other nonporous
substrates that are subject to in-service exposures of high humidity and temperature extremes, and that
comply with the following:
l. Products: Available products include the following:
a. 786 Mildew Resistant; Dow Corning.
b. Sanitary 1700; GE Silicones.
c. NuFlex 302; NUCO Induslries, Inc.
d. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant; Pecora Corporalion.
e. PSI-61 I ; Polymeric Systems, Inc.
f. Tremsil 600 Whitel Trernco.
2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag).
3. Class: 25.
4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G, A, and, as applicable to joint subsirates indicated, O.
6- Applications: Between bilet room and orher plumbing fixtures and walls, counterlops and other
non-porous surfaces including ceramic tile, porcelain, stainless steel, plastic laminate, solid
surfacing materials and the like.
Multicomponent Norsag Urethane Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide
products complying with the following:
l. Products: Available products include the following:
a. Vulkem922;Mame*olnternalional.
b. Dynatrol II; Pecora Corporation.
c. Fleriprene 2000; Polymeric Syslems, Inc.d. Sikaflex - 2c NS; Sika Corporation.
e. DYmeric 5 I l; Trernco.
Type and &ade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag).
Class:25.
Additional Movement capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent in
compression for a total of l@ percent movemenl.
Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic).
uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, o.
Applications: Brick, stone, concrete, concrele masonry units and exterior insulation and finish
systems' Also where joints of these materials abut color anodic aluminum and aluminum coated
with a high-performance coating, galvanized and other rnetats. Verify manufacturer requiremenls
for primer for use with anodic aluminum surfaces.
LATEX JOINT.SEALANT SCIIEDULE
I alex Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the
following:
2.
3.
4.
f.
6.
7-
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 -9
Vnil .Vlountain Lor'lge 0022000
l Producls: Available products include the following:
a. Chem-Calk 600: Bostik lnc.
b. NuFlex 330; NUCO Industries, Inc.
c. LC 160 All Purpose Acrylic Caulk Ohio Sealants, Inc.
d. AC-20; Pecora Corporation.
e. PSI-701; Polymeric Systems, lnc.
f. Sonolac; Sonneborn Building Ptoducts Div., ChemRex, Inc.
E. Tremflex 834; Tremco.
2. Applications: Inlerior caulk joints hollow metal frames, walls and similar surfaces to bc painted
where little or no joint movcment is anticipated.
ACOUSTICAI JOINT-SEALANT SC}IEDULE
Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Conccaled Joints: Where joinl sealants of this type are indicated,
provide products complying with rhe following:
l. Products: Available products include the following:
a. AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Scalant; Pccora Corporation.
b. SHEETROCK Acoustical Scalant; USG Corp., United States Gypsum Co.
2. Applications: At locations other than gypsum board type assemblies. (See Division 9 Sections for
acoustical joint-sgalanl at gypsum board assemblies.)
END OF SEeflON 07920
I
,t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
0
I
3.8
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
JOINT SEALANTS 0?920 - r0
B.
B.
B.
l.l
t.2
1.3
t.4
I
t
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
l
I
t
I
I
l
t
3
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE
SECTION O8I I I - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART I - GENERAL
3t20/2004
STJMMARY
This Section includes standard hollow-metal steel doors and frames.
SIJBMITTALS
hoduct Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core de scriptions, label
compliance, fire-resistance rating, and finishes for each type of steel door and frame specified.
Shop Drawings: Provide a schedule of standard steel doors and frames using same reference
numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
Product test reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Rated Door Frame Assemblies: Assernblies complying v/ith NFPA 80 that are listed and
labeled by a testing and inspecting agancy acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-
protection ratings indicated.
l. Test Pressure: Test at atrnospheric (neuhal) pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL l0B.
2. Test hessure: Test according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C After 5 minutes into the test, the
neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches (1000 mm) or less
above the sill.
3. Temperature-Rise Rating: At exit enclosures, provide doors that have a temperature-rise
rating of 450 deg F (250 deg C) maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure.
Smoke-Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105 or UL 1784.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver doors and frames palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during ransit and
Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded
to jambs and mullions.
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08lll - I
2002 I 501 .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I
I
t
0
I
l
A.
2.1
VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
MANUFACTURERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Amweld Building Products, LLC.
2. Benchmark Doors; a division of General Products Co., Inc.
3. CecoDoorProducts; anASSA ABLOYGroupCompany.
4. CLJRRIES Cornpany; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company.
5. Deansteel Manufacturing, Inc.
6. Fleming Door Products Ltd.; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company.
7. Kewanee Corporation (The).
8. Mesker Door Inc.
9. Pioneer lndustries, Inc.
10. Republic Builders Products Company.
I I . Steelcraft; an lngersoll-Rand Company.
MATERI.ALS
Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), TypeB; suitable
for exposed applications.
Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTMA l0ll/A l0l1M, Commercial Steel (CS), TypeB; free of
scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
Supports and Anchors: After fabricating, galvanize units to be built into exterior walls
according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
lnserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide items to be built into exterior walls, hotdip galvanized
according to ASTM A 153/.{ 153M.
Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener systern of tne suitable for application
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for
attaching standard steel door frames of type indicated.
Grout: Comply with ASTM C 476, with a slump of 4 inches (102 mm) for standard steel door
frames built into concrete or masonry, as measured according to ASTM C l43lc 143M.
Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting
of fibers manufacttned from slag or rock wool with 6- to l2-lb/cu. ft. (96- to 192-klcu. m)
density; with maximum flame-spread and smokedeveloped indexes of 25 and 50 respectively;
passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12, compounded for lS-mil
(0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-t]?e noncorrosive compormd free of
asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.
2.2
I
I
I
I
fl
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
F.
G.
H.I
I
ISTANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-2
r
t
I
I
I
1
U
I
I
t
i
l
I
t
I
c
I
I
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOTNTAIN LODGE 3/20t2004
2.3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS
A. General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with
smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces. Comply with ANSI 4250.8.
1. Core Constuction: Manufacturer's standard kaft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene,
polyurethane, mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core that produces doors
cornpllng with ANSI 4250.8.2. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Beveled edge unless square edge is indicated.
a. Beveled Edge: 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3 mm in 50 mm).
3. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch- (1.0-rnm-) thick end
closures or channels of same material as face sheets.
B. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet. unless othenvise indicated to
comply with exterior door requirements. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated
below by referencing ANSIA250.8 for level and model and ANSI A2504 for physical-
endurance level:
l. Level I and Physical Performance Level C, (Standard Duty), Model 2 (Seamless).
2.4 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
A. General: Comply with ANSI 4250.8 and with details indicated for type and profrle.
B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet.
l. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face corners and seamless face joints.
2. Frames for Level I Steel Doors: 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-) thick steel sheet unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to comply
with exterior frame requirements.
1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face comers and seamless face joints.
2. Frames for Level I Steel Doors: 0.042-inch- (1.0-mm-), unless otherwise indicated.
D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from electrolytic zinc-coated or metallic+oated steel sheet.
E. Jamb Anchors: Masonry, stud-wall, compression, or postinstalled expansion t)rye; not less than
0.042 inch ( 1.0 mm) thick.
F. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch ( 1.0 mm) thick.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate standard steel doors and frames to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or
buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for
thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 3
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/20t2004
proper assembly at hoject site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory
assembled before shipment.
Standard Steel Doors:
l. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit
moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetation.
Standard Steel Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling
limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal
as frames.
l. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth,
flush, and invisible.
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners,
unless otherwise indicated.
3. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot
welds per anchor.
4. Jamb Anchors: Locate anchors not more than l8 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom
of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c.
5. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as
follows. Provide plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction.
Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare standard steel doors and frames to receive tenrplated
mortised hardware; includc cutouts, reinforcemort, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according
to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates fumished as specified in Dvision 8 Section
"Door Hardware."
l. Comply with applicable requiremants in ANSIA250.6 and ANSllDHIAll5Series
specifications for door and frame prcparation for hardware. Locate hardware as indicated
on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to ANSI 4250.8.
Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form
corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.
I . Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door or frame.2. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of doors and frames.
2.6 FINISHES
A. Steel Finish: Factory pnming for field-painted finish.
l. Shop Primer: Manufach:re/s standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer
complying with ANSI A250.10 acceptance criteria.
T
t
B.
c.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
f,
tl
I
I
t
I
I
I
D.
STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111-4
t
I
20021501.08
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
3.I INSTALLATION
A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory.
B. Provide doors and frames of sizes, thicknesses, and desigrrs indicated. Install standard steel
doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with
Drawings and manufachrer's written instructions.
C' Standmd Steel Frames: lnstall standard steel frames for doors and other openings, of size and
profile indicated. Cornplywith SDI 105.
l. Set frames accwately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent
anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving
surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. At fire-protection-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80.b. Apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with mortar, grout, and
plaster containing antifreezing agents.
2. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames.3. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly hlling space
between frames and masonry with mortar as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit
Masonry Assemblies."4. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Install grout
in lifts and take precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not
deformed or damaged by grout forces.
D. Standard Steel Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames. Shim as necessary.
l. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.2. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors according to NFPA 105.
E. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing" and with
standard steel door and frame manufacturer's written instructions.
F. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final
inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace
defective work, including standard steel doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise
uracceptable.
G. Prime{oat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of
prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.
END OF SECTION O81I I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
I
;
I
I
STANDARD STEELDOORS AND FRAMES 08lll-5
I 20021501.08 vArL M.r-INTAIN L'DGE 3/2r/2004I
I SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
,f' PART I -cENERAI
I r.r
''MMARYA. This Section includes solid-core doors as follows:
I l. Doors with hardboard faces.fJ 2. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.
I B. See Division 6 Section " lnterior Architectural Woodwork" for wood door frames and custom
f panels appliedto flushwood doors.
I t.z sr.rBMrrrALS
I A. hoduct Data: For each type of door. Include factory-finishing specifications.
I B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;
z:-, construction details; location and extent of hardware blocking mortises, holes, and cutouts;
I factory finishing; fire ratings; and other pertinent data.t C. Samples: For each face material and fmish.I
I 1.3 QUALTTYASSTJRANCE
!1 A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Qualrty Standards'- Illustrated."
I B. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agancyir acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated.
} PART2-PRoDUcTs
I 2.r MANUFACTTJRERS
e A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
I products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
L Algoma Hardwoods lnc.
I 2. Ampco hoducts, krc.! 3. Buell DoorCompany.
, 4. Chappell Door Co.
J 5. Eagie Plywood & Door Manufachring, Inc.
, 6. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division.
7. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp.
tlII
FLUSH WOOD DOORS O82I I - III
2002 I 501 .08 I
I
f,
I
I
I
I
l,
I
I
I
t
l
B.
2.2
VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE
8. Haley Brothers, Inc.
9. Ideal Wood Products, Inc.
10. IPIK Door Company.
11. Lambton Doors.
12. Marlite.
13. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.
14. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co.
15. Poncraft Door Co.
16. SouthwoodDoorCo.
17. Vancouver Door Company, Inc.
18. VT lndustries Inc.
19. WeyerhaeuserCompany.
DOOR CONSTRUCTION
Doors for Opaque Finish:
l. Grade: Economy.
2. Faces for Interior Doors: Hardboard.
3. Construction: Seven plies, either bonded or nonbonded construction.
Interior Hardboard-Faced Solid-Core Doors:
l. Core: Either glued or stsuchnal corupositLe lumber.
2. Constuction: Three plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then sntire unit abrasive
planed before faces are applied.
Fire-Rated Doors:
l. Consfuction: Construction and core specified above for type of face indicated or
manufacturefs standard mineral-core construction as needed to provide fire rating
indicated.
2. Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated-edge corstruction with improved
screw-holding capability and split resistance.
3. Pairs: hovide fire-rated pairs with fire-retardant stiles matching face veneer that are
labeled and listed for kinds of applications indicated without formed-steel edges and
astagals. hovide stiles with concealed intumescent seals.
Blocking: For mineral- core doors, provide blocking as needed to eliminate through-bolting
hardware. For mineral-core doors use composite blocking with improved screw-holding
capability.
FABRICATION
Factory fit doors to suit frame-oparing sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of
referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated
doors.
Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
3t21t2004
D.t
I
t
t
2.3
B,
n
IFLUSHWOODDOORS082rr - 2
,l 20021501.08 vArL MoUNTATN LODGE 3/2u2004rl
3 t
lf?Lfitragals:
Premachine astragals and formed-steel edges for hardware for pairs of
I C. Openings: Cut and trim openings tbrough doors to comply with applicable requirements of
I referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required.
t 2.4 sHoppR,'rNG
j A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, with one
I coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
I 2.5 FACToRYFTMSHTNcI
A. General: Field finish doors indicated to receive opaque frnish.rii
'r PART3 -ExECUTIoN
IIt 3.1 INSTALLATIoN
I A. hstall doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard,
t and as indicated.
I l. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
I B. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with rmiform clearances and bevels; do not trim
I stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire-rated doors.
I Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
t l. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
I C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
I D.
ffi,:l-rff*ted
Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at
u ENDOFSECTTONOS2T1
I
tr
I
J
FLUSH WOOD DOORS O82I I - 3I
I
t 2002rs0r.08 vArL MoLTNTATN LoDGE 3tzrt2004
. SECTION 08212 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
I PARTr -GENERAL
I I.I SUMMARYt
A. This Section includes exterior and interior stile and rail wood doors.I
N B. See Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for wood door frames.
I r.2 suBMrrrALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofdoor.
I B. Shop Drawrngs: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;
I
construction details not covered in Product Data; and other pertinent data.
I C. Samples: For each species and finish required.
III I.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
a A. Quality Standard for Doors of Stock Desigr and Constuction: Comply with WDMA I.S.6,
| "Industry Standard for Wood Stile and Rail Doors."
a B. Qualrty Standard for Doors of Special Desigrr and Construction: Comply with AWI's
I "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards."
,. C. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency
t acceptableto authoriiieshavingjurisdiction.
D. Safet5r Glass: Provide products complying with testing requirernents in 16 CFR 1201, for
I Category II materials, unless those ofCategory I are expressly indicated and permitted.a
- PART2.PRODUCTS
l
7I MANUFACTURERSIJ A, In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
- product selection:
U l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
ffering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,.,. manufacturers specified.
I
l
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 - I
IIt
20021s01 .08 I
I
I
I
)^
I
t
J
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
\t
T
B.
c.
D.
F.
G.
2.2
2.3
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE 3t2t/2004
MATERIALS
Assemble exterior doors, including components, with wet-use adhesives.
STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF SPECIAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
Available Manufacturers :
1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.
2. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division.
3. ENJO Architectural Millwork.
4. Karona, Inc.
5. Maiman Company (The).
6. Oakwood Woodworks.
7. Pinecrest, lnc.
8. Select Interior Door, Ltd.
9. SUN-DOR-CO.
10. Woodtech Trading Company.
Construction, General :
l. Grade of Doors for Transparent Finish: Custom.
2. Grade of Doors for Opaque Finish: Custom.
3. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Alder, quarter sawedsliced.
Door Construction for Transparent Finish:
l. Stile and Rail Consfruction: Veneered, stuctural composite lumber or veneered, edge-
glued, frn ger-j ointed clear lumber.
2. Raised-Panel Conskuction: Vaneered, shaped, wood-based panel product with veneer
conforming to raised-panel shape.
Exterior Doors:
l. Raised-Panel Thiclness: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than l-l/8 inches (29
mm).
2. Glass for Openings: Uncoated, clear, fully tempered float glass, 5.0 mm thick.
lnterior Doors:
l. Basis-of-Desigrr Product: Maiman or a comparable product.
2. Raised-Panel Thickness: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 1-ll8 inches (29 mm)
thick.
Interior Fire-Rated Doors (20-Minute Rating): Fire-rated doors with I -3l4-inch- (,14-mm-)
thick stiles and rails and veneered raised panels not less than l-ll8 inches (29 mm) thich
complying with requirements indicated for interior doors.
lnterior Fire-Rated Doors (45, 60, and 9O-Minute Rating): Fire-rated doors with l-3/4-inch (2-
ll2 inch for 60 or 90 minute rating) thick, edged and veneered mineral-core stiles and rails and
STILE ANDRAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 -2
I 2002150r.08
'AIL
MouNTAIN LoDcE 3t2t/2004a
I I - I /8-inch- (or 'l -3i4 inch for 60 or 90 minute rating) thick, veneered mineral-core raised panels,
t complying with requirements indicated for interior doors.
I
l. Basis-of-Desigrr Product: Maiman or a comparable product.
i) 2.4 FABRICATIONs-' A. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors in sizes indicated for Project-site fitting.
I B. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requiremants oft referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated
doors.a.
I C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not sr:rface applied.
I
D.
,:ttrJ*3::rtgs:
Trim openings indicated for glazing with solid wood moldings, with one side
I E. Exterior Doors: Factory treat exterior doors after fabrication with water-repellent preservative
I to comply with WDMA I.S.4. Flash top of outswinging doors with manufacturer's standard
metal flashing.
I
' 2.5 SHOP PRMING
I A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop apply one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section
ll "Painting" to faces and edges of doors.
t B. Doors for Transparant Finish: Shop apply stain (ifrequired), other required preteatments, and
I first coat of finish specified in Division 9 Section "Painting" to faces and edges ofdoors.
-
t' 2.6 FACTORYFTMSHTNG
A. Finish wood doors at factory that are indicated to receive tansparent finish.
t B. Grade: Custom.
I C. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance requirements comparable to AWI
t System TR4 conversion vamish.
t D. Staining: As selected by Architect from manufachner's full range.
l,j E. Effect Open-grain finish.
I F. Sheen: Satin.
-
I
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 -3
20021501.08
PART 3. EXECUTION
VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE 3t21t2004
3.I INSTALLATION
A. lnstall wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced
quality standard, and as indicated.
l. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.
Job-Fitted Doors: Aligrr and fit doors in frames with rmiform clearances and bevels as indicated
below; do not bim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by rnanufacturer or permitted with firo-
rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
l. Clearances: Provide l/8 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors.
hovide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or
covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide l/4 inch (6.4 mm) from
bottom ofdoor to top ofthreshold.
a. Comply \rith NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors.
2. Bevel non-fire-rated doors l/8 inch in 2 inches (3-ll2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges.
3. Bevel fire-rated doors l/8 inch in 2 inches (3-ll2 degrebs) on lock edge; trim stiles and
rails only to exteflt permitted by labeling agency.
Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
END OF SECTION 08212
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
t
t
't
B.
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 -4
l.l
I
T
t
l
t
20021501.08 VAILMOUNTAIN LODGE 3t21/2004
SECTION 08263 - SLIDING WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS
PART I - GENERAL
SUMMARY
This Section includes sliding wood-framed glass doors for exterior locations with aluminum-
clad exterior exposed surfaces.
1.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIR.EMENTS
A. General: hovide sliding wood-framed glass doors capable of complying with performance
requirements indicated based on testing manufacfurers' doors that are represantative of those
specified.
B. AAMAn\IW\rDA Performance Requirements: hovide sliding wood-framed glass doors of the
performance class and grade indicated that comply with AAMA/NWWDA l0l/I.S'2.
l. Performance Class: R.' 2. Performance Grade: Minimum for performance class indicated.' 3. Exception to AAMAA.IWWDA l0l/LS.2: kr addition to requirements for performance
class and performance grade, desigrr glass framing system to limil lateral deflections of
glass edges to less than l/175 of glass+dge length or 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less,
at design presswe based on testing performed according to AAMA/NWWDA l0l/I.S.2,
Uniforrn Load Deflection Test.
C. Thermal Transmittance: Whole-door U-factor maximum indicated below at 15-mph (24-knlh)
€xterior wind velocity and winter condition temperatures when tested according to
AAMA 1503.
l. U-Factor: 0.57 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (-1.23 Wsq. m x K) for double-glazed, aluminum-
clad sliding wood-frarned glass doors.
D. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: hovide sliding wood-framed glass doors with a wholedoor
SHGC maximum of 0.63, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures for nomesidential
size.
I.3 SUBMITTAIS
A. Product Data: For each tlpe of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments lo other work.
C. Samples: Foreach exposed finish.
D. Productcertificates.
t
l
!
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
T
I
SLIDING WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 08263 - 1
2002 | 501 -08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Feneshation Standard: Comply with AAMA,TNWWDA l0l/I.S.2, "Voluntary Specifications
for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors," for minimum standards of
performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANI'FACTI-IRERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to conrpliance with requirements, manufacfurers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Aluminum-Clad Slidine Wood-Framed Glass Doors:
312u2004
1.4
2.1
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
c.
h.
i.
j.
Caradco.
Crestline; a division of SNE Enterprises, Inc.; a Nortek Company.
Hurd Millwork Conrpany, lnc.
Kolbe & Kolbe MillworkCo., lnc.
Marvin Windows and Doors.
Noico Windows & Patio Dbors; Jeld-Wen, Inc.
Peachtree Doors and Windows; a Nortek Company.
Pella Corporation.
Vetter; a division of SNE Enterprises, lnc.; a Nortek Company.
Weather Shield Mfg., Inc.
2.2 MATERIALS AND FIMSHES
General: Comply with AAMA /NWWDA l0l/I.S.2 requirements.
Wood Parts: Wood or wood cornposites, water-rep€llent preservative treated except inside
stops and inside trim.
Aluminum Cladding; Provide the following manufacturer's standard finish:
1. High-performance organic finish consisting of a fluoropolymer 2-coat system complying
with AAMA 2604.
a. Color and Gloss: To match existing as selected by Architect from manufacturer's
full range.
Glazing System and Glass: Manufacturer's standard factory-glazing system that produces a
weathertight seal and is glazed with clear insulating-glass units with low-E coating or film.
Hardware: Manufacturer's standard.
Insect Screens: Locate screens in operable panels on outside of door. Comply with SMA 2006.
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
D.
E.
F.
t
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
SLIDING WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 08263 -2
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/21/2004
l. Insect Screen Frames: Manufacturer's standard extruded-aluminum or formed-tubular-
aluminum members, with mitered or coped joints, concealed fasteners, adjustable rollers,
and removable PVC or PE spline/anchor concealing edge of frame.
a. Finish: Baked-on organic coating.
b. Color: Manufachrer's standard.
2. Glass-Fiber Mesh Fabric: ASTM D 3656, l8-by-14 (1.4-by-1.8-rnm) or l8-by-16 (1.'1-
by-I.6-mm) mesh of PVC-coated, glass-fiber threads.
a. Mesh Color: Charcoal gray.
3. AluminumWireFabric: l8-by-16(l.l-by-I.3-mmopenings)meshof0.01l-inch-(0.28-
mm-) diameter, coated aluminum wire.
a. Wire-Fabric Finish: Charcoal gray.
4- Lock: Manufacturer's standard pull and keyless locking device on each movable panel,
lockable from inside onlv.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate sliding wood-framed glass doors in sizes indicated that conply with
AAMAATWWDA l0l/I.S.2 for performance class and grade indicated.
B. Fabricate sliding wood-framed glass doors tbat are reglazable without dismantling panel
framing.
C. Factory-Glazed Fabrication: Glaze sliding wood-framed glass doors in the factory where
practical and possible for applications indicated.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. Install sliding wood-framed glass doors level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or
impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper
relation to wall flashing, vapor retarders, air retarders, water/weather barriers, and othEr
adjacent construction.
B. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight consauction.
C. Adjust operating panels, screens, and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and
weather shipping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and
moving parts.
D. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing sliding glass doors. Avoid damaging
protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing sealants, dirt, and other substances.
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
f'
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
SLIDING WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 08263 -3
20021501.08
END OF SECTION 08263
VAIL MOI.JNTAIN LODGE 3t2v2w4
SLIDING WOOD-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 08263 - 4
| 2oo2r5ol.o8 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t21t2004
I sEcrroN0s3' -AccESsDooRSANDFRAMES
I PARr r -.ENERAL
I l.l s'MMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Access doors and frames.
2. Fire-rated access doors and frames.
--1!1.2 SUBMITTALS
t A. Product Data: For each type ofaccess door indicated.
J B. Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scate and coordinating access door and frame installation
I with ceiling support, ceiling-mounted itans, and concealed Work above ceiling.
C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
l D. Schedule: Door aird frame schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, construction
details, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation.a
I
1.3 QUALTTYASSURANCE
I A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 and that are labeled and'- listed by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
I
jurisdictionpertest method indicated.
I |. Vertical Access Doors; NFPA 252 or UL l0B.
2. Horizontal Access Doors and Frames: ASTM E ll9, UBC Standard 7.1, orUL263.l,
t B. Size and Location Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed
to gain access to concealed equipment, and indicate on schedule.
I
-r
PART2-PRODUCTS
S 2.1 MATERTALS
I A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A36M.il
products and ASTM A 153/A l53M for steel and iron hardware.
! B. Steel Sheet:
fII/
ACCESSDOORSANDFRAMES 08311- ItI
2002 l50l .08 VAIL MOTNTAIN LODGE 3t21/2004
l. Hot-Rolled: ASTMA569/A569M, Commercial Steel (CS), TypeB; free of scale,
pitting, and surface defects; pickled and oiled.
2. Cold-Rolled: ASTM A 3661A366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A6201A620M,
Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.
a. Electrolytic zinc-coated steel sheet, complying with ASTM A 591/A 591M,
Class C coating, may be substituted at fabricator's option.
3. Electrolytic Zinc Coated: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), with Class C
coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting.
4. Metallic Coated: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Tlpe B, with A60
(ZFl80) zinc-iron-alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 (2180) mill-phosphatized zinc
coating; stretcher-leveled standard of fl atness.
Drywall Beads: Edge trim formed from 0.0299-inch (0.76-mm) zinc-coated steel sheet formed
to receive joint compound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum panels indicated.
Paint:
l. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast+uring, lead- and cluomate-free, universal
modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requiremants in FS fi-P-664;
selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish
paint systerns indicated, and capability to provide sotmd foundation for field-applied' topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
2. Shop Primer for Metallic-Coated Steel: Organic zinc-rich primer complying with SSPC-
Paint 20 and compafible with topcoat.
3. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zincdust-content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel,
compllng with SSPC-Paint 20.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Acudor Products, Inc.
2. Bar-Co, Inc. Div.; Alfab, Inc.
3. Cendrex. lnc.
4. Cesco hoducts.
5. Elmdor/Stoneman; Div. of Acom Engineering Co.6. Jensen Industries.
7. J. L. Industries, Inc.
8. Karp Associates, Inc.
9. Larsan'sManufacturingCompany.
10. MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc.
I l. Milcor Limited Partnership.
12. Nystom Building Products Co.
13. Precision Plumbing hoducts, Inc.
14. Williams Bros. Corporation of America (The).
Flush, Uninsulated, Fire-Rated Access Doors and Trimless Frames:
I
I
t
I
t
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
I
I
I
t
t
B.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08311-2
I
I
I
| 2oo2r5or.o8 VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE 3t2t/2004
l. Material: Prime-painted steel sheet.
2. Surface Type: Gypsumboard.
3. Locations: Walls and ceilings.
4. Fire-Resistance Rating: Minimum as indicated in project code review for opening in
rated assembly.
5. Temperature-Rise Rating: 250 deg F ( 139 deg C) at the end of 30 minutes.
6. Door: Flush panel with core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal with a
minimum thickness of 0.036 inch (0.9 nm).
7. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with drywall bead.
I 8. Hinges: Concealedpintype.
f| 9. Automatic Closer: Spring type.! 10. Latch: Selflatchingboltoperatedbykeywithinteriorrelease.
.- I l. Lock: Key-operated cylinder lock with interior release.
T,q C. Flush, Uninsulated, Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim:
l. Material: Prime-painted steel sheet.2. Locations: Ceramic-tile wall surfaces.
3. Fire-Resistance Rating: Minimum as indicated in project code rerriew for opening in
rated assembly.
4. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-l thick sheet metal. flush construction.
5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with l-inch- (25-mm-) wide,
surface-rnounted trim.
fJ 6. Hinges: Concealed pin type.!
7 . Autornatic Closer: Spring type.R Latch: Self-latching bolt operated by flush key with interior release.Ir D. Flush Access Doors and Trimless Frames:
1. Material: Prime-painted steel sheet.
2. Surface Type: Gypsumboard.
3. Locations: Walls and ceilings of back of house employee areas not generally exposed to
public view.4. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal, set flush with surrounding
finish surfaces.
I 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with bead for type of surface
indicated.r 6. Hinges: Continuous piano hinge.
t 7. Lock: Key-operated cylinder lock
a-r E. Recessed Access Doors and Trimless Frames:
l. Material: Prime-painted steel sheet.
2. Surface Type: Gypsumboard
3. Locations: Non-rated walls and ceilings of all areas exposed to public view.
4. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal in the form of a pan recessed
518 inch ( l6 mm) for infill of finish matching surface type indicated.
a. Reinforce panel as required to prevent buckling.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083u - 3
2002rs0r.08 VAIL MOLTNTAIN LODGE 3/2v2004
5. Frame; Minimum 0.060-inch- ( 1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal with bead or edge for surface
type indicated.
6. Hinges: Concealed pivoting rod hinge.
7. Lock: Key-operated cylinder lock.
Exterior, Flush Access Doors and Frames: Weatherproof with extruded door gasket.
Surface Type: EIFS, Wood Siding, Masonry.
Locations: Walls and ceilings.
Door: Minimum 0.036-inch- (0.9-mm-) thick, metallic-coated steel sheet; flush panel
construction with 2-inch- (50-mm) thick fiberglass insulation.
Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch (1.5-mm) extruded aluminum wi0r mill finish.
Hinges: Continuous piano hinge, zinc plated.
Lock: Lockable dual-action handles.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Latching Mechanisms: Frrnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when
closed.
1. For cylinder loclq firnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike.
2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic
grommets and install in holes cut through finish.
PART3 -EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor
door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as
locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices.
Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels
aligned with adjacent finish surfaces.
Install access doors with trimless frames flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to
receive fmish material.
Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation.
END OF SECTION O83I I
l
t
I
t
I
t
I
t
l
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
F.
B.
C.
D.
3.1
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08311-4
T
t
20021501 .08 VA]L MOLINTAIN LODGE 3/2t/2004
SECTION 08550 -WOOD WINDOWS
PART I - GENERAL
I.I SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following aluminum-clad wood-framed window product types:
L Casement windows.
2. Fixed windows.
1,2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. General: Provide wood windows capable of complying with performance requirements
indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified
and that are of minimum test size required by AAMA/I.IWWDA 101/I.S.2.
B. AAMA/NWWDA Performance Requirements: Provide wood windows of the performance
class and grade indicated that comply with AAMA/NWWDA l0l/I.S.2.
l. Performance Class: R.
2. Performance Grade: Minimum for performance class indicated.
3. Exception to AAMA/NWWDA l0l/I.S.2: kr addition to requirernents for performance
class and performance grade, desigrr glass framing system to limit lateral deflections of
glass edges to less than 1/175 of glass-edge length or 3/4 inch (19 mm), whichever is less,
at design pressure based on testing performed according to AAMAA.IWWDA l0l/I.S.2,
Uniform Load Deflection Test or structural computations.
C. Thermal Transmittance: Whole-window U-factor maximum indicated below at 15-mph (24-
km,tr) exterior wind velocity and winter condition temperatures when tested according to
AAMA 1503.
l. U-Factor: 0.57 Btur/sq. ft. x h x deg F (3.23 Wsq. m x K) for double-glazed, aluminum-
clad wood windows.
D. Solar Heat Gain Coeffrcient: Provide wood windows with a whole-door SHGC maximum of
0.63, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures for nonresidential size.
E. Specifrc Product Performance Requirements: Comply with Section 2.2 of
AAMA/NW'WDA l0l/I.S.2 as applicable to types ofwood windows indicated.
I.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of wood window indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to other
Work, and operational clearances.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
!
t
I
I
WOODWINDOWS 08550 - r
2002r s0r.08 I
T
I
I
I
I
I
l
i
c.
1.5
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t2t/2004
1. Include structural analysis data indicating deflection limitations of glass framing systems,
signed and sealed by the qualihed professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
Samples: For each exposed finish.
Product test reports.
Maintenance data.
QUALITY ASSI]RANCE
lnstaller: A qualified installer, approved by manufacfurer to install manufachner's products.
Fenesfation Standard: Comply with AAMAA.IWWDA l0l/I.S.2, "Voluntary Specifications
for Aluminum, Vinyl (PVC) and Wood Windows and Glass Doors," for minimum standards of
performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent
requirements are indicated.
Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and
GANA's "Glazing Manual' unless more stringent requirernents are indicated.
WARRANTY
Special Wananty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace wood windows that fail in materials and worlsnanship within two years from date of
Substantial Cornpletion.
Warranty Period for Metal Finishes: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Glass: Five years from date of Substantial Conrpletion.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
MANTJFACTT]RERS
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremants, manufactureas offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Andersen Commercial Group; Andersen Corp.
2. BiltBest Windows and Patio Doors.
3. Caradco Window Corp.; Jeld-Wen, Inc.
4. Crestline; a division of SNE Enterprises, Inc.; a Nortek Company.
5. Eagle Window & Door, Inc.; an American Architectural Products Corporation Company.
6. Hurd Millwork Co.
7. Kolbe & Kolbe Millwork Co., Inc.
8. Marvin Windows and Doors.
9. Norco Windows and Patio Doors; Jeld-Wen, Inc.
10. Peachtree Doors and Windows: Nortek. Inc.
C.
D.
E.
1.4
A.
B.
B.
c.
tl
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
2.1
WOODWINDOWS 085s0 - 2
B.
A.
B.
B.
c.
D.
2.2
2.3
2.4
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
T
I
I
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
I 1. Pella Corporation.
12. Pozzi Wood Windows; Jeld-Wen, Inc.
13. Vetter; a division of SNE Enterprises, Inc.; a Nortek Company.
14. Weather Shield Mfg., Inc.
MATERIALS, GENERAL
High Altitude System: Provide a window and glazing system intended for installation at
altitudes above 8,000 feet above sea level.
Aluminum Extrusions and Rolled Aluminum for Cladding, High-Performance Organic Finish:
Two-coat thermocured system with fluoropolymer coats containing not less than 70 percent
poll'vinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2604.
l. Color and Gloss: Match Existing Windows
CLAZING
Glass: Clear, insulating-glass with low-e coating or film.
Glazing Systern: Manufacturer's standard high altitude, factory-glazing systan that produces
weathertight seal.
INSECT SCREENS
General: Design windows and hardware to accommodate screens in a tight-fitting, removable
arrangemeart, with a minimum of exposed fasteners and latches. Locate screens on inside of
window and provide for each operable exterior sash or ventilator.
L Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens: Comply with SMA 1004, "Specifrcations for
Aluminum Tubular Frame Screens for Windows." Residential R-20 class.
Aluminum Insect Screen Frames: Manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy complying with
SMA 1004. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped joints, concealed fasteners, and removable
PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame.
l. Aluminum Tubular Framing Sections and Cross Braces: Roll formed from aluminum
sheet with minimum wall thickness as required for class indicated.
2. Finish: Manufacturer'sstandard.
Glass-Fiber Mesh Fabric: 18-by-14 (l.l-by-l.4-nrm) or 18-by-16 (1.O-by-l.l-mm) mesh of
PVC-coated, glass-fiber threads; woven and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion,
shrinkage, stretch, impact damage, and weather deterioration in the following color. Comply
with ASTM D 3656.
l. Mesh Color: Charcoal gay.
Aluminum Wire Fabric: l8-by-16 (1.1-by-1.3-mm) mesh of 0.01l-inch- (0.28-mm-) diameter,
coated aluminum wire.
3t2t/2004
WOODWINDOWS 08s50 - 3
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t21t2004
without distortion or impeding thermal
support, and in proper relation to wall
I
I
I
2.5
l. Wire-Fabnc Finish: Charcoal gray.
Wickets: Provide sliding or hinged wickets, framed and himmed for a tight fit and durability
during handling.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate wood windows, in sizes indicated, that comply with
AAMA/l{lmyDA 101n.S.2 for performance class and performance grade indicated. lnclude a
complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows.
Fabricate wood windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing.
Weather Stripping: Provide full-perimeter weather stipping for each operable sash and
vertilatoq unless otherwise indicated.
Factory machine windows for openings and hardware that is not surface applied.
Mullions: hovide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with
anchors for support to stucture and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances
and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections,
as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of
window units.
Glazing Sto'ps: Provide nailed or snapon glazing stops coordinated udth glazing systern
indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator frames.
PART3 -EXECUTION
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
F.
B.
C.
D.
E.
B.
c.
I
I
I
U
I
t
I
3.1 INSTALLATION
Install windows level, plurnb, square, true to line,
movement, anchored securely in place to structural
flashing and other adjacant construction.
Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight construction.
Metal Protection: Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion
or electolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements
specified in "Dissimilar Materials" Paragraph in Appendix B in AAMAA.IWWDA l0l/I.S.2.
Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at
contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight clostne. Lubricate
hardware and moving parts-
Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from
consfuction operations. kr addition, monitor window surfaces adjacent to and below exterior
concrete and masonry surfaces during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits,
D.
E.
I
IWOODWINDOWS08550 - 4
I
t
T
stalns, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances do contacl window surfaces, remove
contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written recommendations.
F. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective
coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.
G' Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's
written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels
and clean surfaces.
H' Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during
construction period.
END OF SECTION 08550
20021501.08 VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE 3t2t/2004
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
wooDWINDOWS 08550 - 5
I 20021501.08 vAIL MouNTAIN LoDGE 3t21t2004!
I SECTION 08830 - MIRRORS
a
I PARTI -GENERAL
I l.l sLMMARY!
A. This Section includes the following:
? 1. Annealed monolithic glass mirrors.
a 1.2 SUBMTTTALS
- A. Product Data: For mirror hardware and mastic.I
B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachments to
other work.
I C. Samples: For cach type of mirror product required, in the form indicated below:
I 1. Mirrors, 12 inches (300 mm) square, including edge treatment on 2 adjoining edges.
a 2. Mirror clips.
3. Mirror trim, 12 inches (300 rnrn) long.
!' D. Product Certificates: For each type of mirror and mirror mastic, sigrred by product
manufacturer.
t E. Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test Reports: From mirror manufacturer.JI'e
I 1.3 euALTTYASSTJRANCEI
A. Glazing Publications: Comply with GANA's "Glazing Manual" and GANA Mirror Division's
I "Mirrors, Handle with Exteme Care: Tips for the hofessional on the Care and Handling of
I Mirrors" unless more stringent requirements are indicated
I B. heconstuction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirror
I manufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing paint and
substrates on which mirrors are installed.
' 1.4 DELIVERY, SToRAGE,ANDHANDLING
t A. Comply with miror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling
I minors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glass
surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors, protected from moisture including condensation.
I!
t MIRRORS 08830 - 1
I
a
20021 501 .08 t
I
I
I
I
t
I
1.5
2.1
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE 3t2t/2004
WARRANTY
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by mirror
manufactruer agreeing to replace mirrors that deteriorate, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to
Project site, within specified warranty period indicated in second subparagraph below.
l. Deterioration of Mirrors: Defects developed from normal use that are attributable to the
manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for
maintaining and cleaning mirrors conhary to mirror manufachrer's wdtten instructions.
Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film.
2. Wananty Period: Five years from date of manufacture.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRROR MATERTALS
Clear Glass Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Minor Glazing Quality.
1. Nominal Thickness: 3.0 mm.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS .
Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of 85, plus or
minus 5.
Edge Scaler: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by minor manufacturer for
use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges.
Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, produced specifically for setting mirrors and
certified by both mirror manufacturer and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass coating
and substates on which mirrors will be installed.
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Gunther Minor Mastics.
b. Palmer Products Corporation.
MIRRORHARDWARE
Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a retum deep enough to
produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths
required to cover bottom and top edges ofeach mirror in a single piece.
1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5i 16 and 314
inch (7.9 and l9 mm) in height, respectively.
A.
2.2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
C.
2.3
MIRRORS 08830 - 2
B.
C.
A.
B.
c.
A.
B.
c.
2.4
3.1
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
J
I
20021501 .08 VAIL MOL]NTAIN LODGE
2. Top Trim: Formed with front leg with a height of 5/16 inch (.7.9 nrm) and back leg
designed to fit into the pocket created by wall-mounted aluminum cleat.
3. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a. Bottom Trim: C. R. Laurence Co., lnc.; D638 FHA Type "J" Channel.
b. Top Trim: C. R. Laurence Co., Inc.; D 1638 Top Channel.
c. Cleat: C. R. Laurence Co., Inc.; D 1637M Mirror Motl:t System Cleat.
Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in
finished color and texhre where fasteners are exposed.
Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide
toothed or lead-shield expansion-bolt denices for drilled-in-place anchors. Provide galvanized
anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated.
FABRICATION
Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes.
Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces.
Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetations in mirrors.
Mirror Edge Treatrnent: Flat polished edge.
I . Seal edges of mirrors after edge treatnent to prevent chernical or atmospheric penetration
of glass coating.
PART3 -EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Gereral: Install mirrors to comply with mirror
referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors
distorting refl ected images.
3tzt/2004
manufacturer's written instructions and with
accurately in place in a manner that avoids
Provide a minimum air space of 1/8 inch (3 mm) between back of mirrors and mounting surface
for air circulation between back ofmirrors and face ofmounting surface.
For wall-mounted mirrors, install with mastic and minor hardware.
1. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed
with anchors or inserts as applicable. lnstall fasteners so heads do not impose point loads
on backs of mirrors.
2. For mirror hardware in the form of continuous J-channels at bottom, provide setting
blocks l/8 inch (3 mm) thick by 4 inches (100 mnr) long at quarter points. To prevent
trap'ping water, provide, between setting blocks, 2 slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch
(6.4 mm) wide by 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) long.
3. For metal or plastic clips, place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and each clip to
prevent spalling of mirror edges.
MIRRORS 08830 - 3
2002 l50l .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t2u2004
4. Where indicated, install bottom trim and top clips. Fabricate bottom trim in single
lengths to fit and cover bottom edges of mirrors. Locate top clips so they are
symmetrically placed and evenly spaced.
5. Install mastic as follows:
' a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers
of mirrors and backing material.
b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's writtea instructions for
covenrge and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of
mounting surface.
c. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a
minimum air space of l/8 inch (3 rnm) between back of mirrors and mounting
surface.
D. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substance s rezulting from construction
operations.
E. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water.
F. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture
from condelsation or other sources for continuous periods of time.
END OF SECTION OE83O
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IMIRRORS08830 - 4
I 20021501.08 vAIL MoLJNTAIN LoDGE 3/zr/2004
!
I
I SECTION087il -DOORHARDWARE
-I PART I -GENERALt
I r.l suMMARY
-rt
A. This Section includes the followine:
- l. Commercial door hardware.
2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections.
t 3. Electrified door hardware.r
t- 1.2 SLJBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Include details of electrified door hardware and wiring diagrams.
rt
C. Samples: For each exposed finish.I
t D. Door Hardware Schedule: Organized into door hardware sets indicating type, sfyle, function,
size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of each door hardware itern.
I Include description ofeach electrified door hardware function, including sequance of operation.
I- E. Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks.
I F. hoduct certificates.I
I 1.3 eUALTTYASST.JRANCEt
A. Supplier Qualifications: Person who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural Hardware
I Consultant.
I B. Source Limitations: Obtain electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical
I door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers lhat are listed to perform electrical
I modifications, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
are acceptable.
I
I C. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at hoject site. lncorporate keying conference
" decisions into final keying schedule.
I D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.r
,_ E. Keys: Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail.
t F. Templates: Obtain and dishibute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be
factory prepared for installing door hardware.
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOT]NTAIN LODGE 3/2U2004
G. Standards: Comply with BHMA 4.156 series standards, Grade l.
H. Certifred Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in BHMA directory of certified
Products.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacture/s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or
replace components of door hardwarc that fail in materials or workrnanship within warranty
period.
l. Warranty Period for Electromagretic Locks: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion.
2. Wananty Period for Manual Closers: l0 years from date of Substantial Completion.3. Warranty Period for Concealed Floor Closers: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion.
I.5 EXTRAMATERIALS
A. Fumish full-size units described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering and identified with labels describing.contents.
l. Door Hardware: <Insert detailed descriptions and specific numbers of units)2. Eleckical Parts: <Insert detailed descriptions and specific numbers of units.>
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTI"JRERS
A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product named for each door
hardware item indicated in Door Hardware Sets.
B. Basis-of-Design hoduct: Product named for each door hardware item indicated in Door
Hardware Sets establishes the basis of design. Provide either the named product or a
comparable product by one ofthe manufacturers specified for each type ofhardware item.
2.2 DOORHARDWARE
A. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to Door Hardware Sets at the end
of Part 3. Manufacturers'names are abbreviated.
2.3 PIVOTS AND HINGES
A. Manufacturers:
I . Hinges:
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IDOORHARDWAREo87rr -2
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTATN LoDGE 3t2t/2004l
f| a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
I b. Bommer Indushies, Inc. (BI).
c. Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
I d. Hager Cornpanies (HAG).
I e. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
f. McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (MCK).' g. Mont-Hard Corporation; Div. of Fanal, SA (MH).
I i 3l'"#il"qJ"t:'.tnnr.ornouny; Div. oIESSEX Industries, hrc. (sGr).
j. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
! 2. Pivots and Pivot Hinges:
I a. DORMA Door Contols Inc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).
I b. Hager Companies (HAG).
c. Lawrence Brothers, Inc. (LB).
I d. LCN Closerq an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
I e. Markar Products, Inc. (MP).
f. McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Indushies, Inc. (MCK).
1; g. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
I h. Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RIX).
i. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
I j. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
I! 3. Continuous Geared Hinges:
I a. Hager Companies (HAG).I b. Markar Products, Inc. (Mp).
c. McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc- (MCK).
I d. Pemko Manufacturing Co., krc. (PEM).
t e. Select Products Limited (SPL).
f. Z.ero Intemational, hrc. (ZRO).
I B. General: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed cntirely (both leaves) into wood doors and
frames, provide only ternplate-produced units.
I C. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:
t- 1. Exterior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding heads.
f 2. Interior Hinges: Steel, with steel pin.I 3. Hinges for Fire-Rated Assemblies: Steel, with steel pin.
I D. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of pin while door
t is closed; for oulswinging exterior doors and outswinging corridor doors with locks.
11 E. Screws: Phillips flat-head screws; screw heads finished to match surface ofhinges.
rr 1. Metal Doors and Frames: Machine screws (drilled and tapped holes).
.. 2. Wood Doors and Frames: Wood screws.
I 3. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Threaded-to-the-head wood screws.
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711-3
2002 I 501 .08 I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
2.4
2.5
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
Manufacfurers:
l.
2.
.).
3/21/2004
Accurate Lock and Hardware Co. (ALH).
Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
Brink, R. R. Locking Systems, Inc. (RRB).
Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security krc. (CR).
Door Controls International (DCI).
Folger Adam Security Inc. (FAS).
Glynn-Johnson; an lngersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives, H. B. (fVS).
Lockwood Architectural Hardware; Dv. of Lloyd Matheson Inc. (LAH).
Marks USA (MKS).
McKinney Products Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (MCK).
Medeco High Security Locks, lnc. (MED).
NT Falcon Lock Co.; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTF).
PDQ Manufacturing Co. (PDQ).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Dv. of ESSEX Industries, krc. (SGT).
Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
Security Door Controls (SDC).
Simplex; Div. of UNICAN (SM).
Southern Steel Co.; Div. of Phelps-Tointon Inc. (SS).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, hrc. (TBM).
Weiser Lock; Div. of Masco Building Products Corporation (WEI).
Yale Security krc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAI).
Bored Lockset Design: As scheduled.
Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons.
Lock Throw: Comply with labeled fire door requirements.
Backset: 2-314 inches (70 mm), unless othenvise indicated.
ELECTRIFIED LOCKS AND LATCHES
Electomagnetic Locks: Tested according to BHMA A156.23.
1. Manufacturers:
a. American Device Manufacturing Cornpany; Member of The DORMA Group
(ADM).
b. Door Controls International (DC[).
DOORHARDWARE 08711-4
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
b.
c.
d.
e.
B.
D.
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
20021501.08
C.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/21/2004
Doorguard Systerns, Inc. (DGS).
Dortronics Systems Inc. (DS).
Dynalock Corp. (DLC).
Locknetics Security Engineering; a Harrow Company (LSE).
Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RIX).
Rutherford Controls Inc.; Div. of Fritz Fuss (RC).
Sargent Manufacturing Company Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Securitron Magralock Corp. (SMC).
Security Door Controls (SDC).
Von Duprin, lnc.; an hgersoll-Rand Company (VD).
Yale Security lnc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
2. Strength Ranking: 500 lbf (2224 N).
3. Inductive Kickback: Not more than 53V peak voltage.
4. Residual Magnetism: Not more than 0Jbf (0-N) force to separate door from magnet.
Self-Contained Electronic Locks and Latches: Internal, battery-powered locks; consisting of
complete lockset, motor-driven lock mechanism, and actuating device. Provide key override,
low-battery detection and warning, LED status indicators, and ability to program at the lock.
l. Manufacfurers:
Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
Cypress Computer Systems, Inc. (CYP).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, hc. (SGT).
Simplex; Div. of UMCAN (SM).
Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
Electromechanical Locks and Latches:
l. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g
h.
j.
k.
L
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, hrc. (AAH).
Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
Brinlq R. R. Locking Systems, krc. (RRB).
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
Folger Adam Security Inc. (FAS).
Locknetics Security Engineering; a Harrow Company (LSE).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
Security Door Connols (SDC).
Southern Steel Co.; Div. of Phelps-Tointon Inc. (SS).
Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
Exit Locks: Surface-mounted deadbolts or latchbolts; with battery-powered alarm that sounds
when unauthorized use of door occurs. Provide red and white pressure-sensitive letterins
reading'PUSH TO OPEN--ALARM WILL SOI-IND."
DOORHARDWARE 08711-5
2.6
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/21/2004
BOLTS
Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with labeled fire door requirements.
Surface Bolts: Flush bolt heads of minimum \/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) diameter rods of brass,
bronze, or stainless steel with minimum l2-inch- (305-mm-) long rod,
l. Manufacturers:
Bums Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
Door Controls International (DCI).
Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Ives, H. B. (IVS).
NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company G.na).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, hrc. (TBM).
Flush Bolts: BHMA Grade l, designed for mortising into door edge.
l. Manufacfurers:
Adrims Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
Burns M anufacturing Incorporated (BM).
Cal-Royal Products, Inc. (CRP).
Door Conhols International (DCI).
Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GI).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA).
Ives, H. B. (IVS).
NT Quality Hardware; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
Rixson-Firemarlg hc.; Div. of Yale Security hrc. @D<).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
2.7 EXIT DEVICES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
2. American Device Manufacturing Company; Member of The DORMA Group (ADM).
3. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, Inc. (AAH).
4. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
5. Door Conhols International (DCI).
6. Dynalock Corp. (DLC).
7. Locknetics Security Engineering; a Harrow Company (LSE).
8. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
9. NT Monarch Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (I{-IM).
10. Precision Hardware, Inc. (PH).
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
c.
h.
a.
b.
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
i
j.
k.
l.
m.
DOOR HARDWARE 08711 - 6
I 2002150r.08 vArL MoTJNTATN LoDGE 3/2v2004
!
I I l. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, krc. (SGT).
t 12. Securiron Magnalock Corp. (SMC).
13. Von Duprin; an lngersoll-Rand Company (VD).
t 14. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
t B. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled for panic protection, based on testing according to
- uL 305.
- C. Fire Exit Devices: Complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled for fire and panic
I protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252.
I l. Dummy Push Bar: Nonfunctioning push bar matching functional push bar.
2. Outside Trim: Pull with cylinder; material, finish, and desigr to match loclaets and
I latchsets, unless otherwise indicated.
fl 3. Through Bolts: For exit devices and trim on metal doors, non-fire-rated wood doors and
fire-rated wood doors.
r 2.8 OPERATINGTRM
I A. Push-Pull Desigrr: As scheduled.
1 . Manufacturers:
ll a. Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
b. Bums Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
I c. Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
t d. Forms * Surfaces (FS).
e. Hager Companies (HAG).
I f. HEWI, hrc. (HEW).
lJ C. Hiawatha, hc. (HIA).
h. Ives,I{. B. (fVS).
I i. NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Cornpany Q'ma).
! j. Rockwood ManufacturingCompany (RM).
k. Stanley Commercial Hardware; Div. of The Stanley Works (STH).
I l. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Cornpany, Inc. (TBM).
I
2.9 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS
a A. Coordinators: BHMA A156.3-
f l. Manufacturers:
!a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
b. Archirectural Builders Hardware Mfg., krc. (ABH).
t c. Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
d. Door Controls hrternational (DCI).
I i ffl#::H:l;#,HE;:"'.andcompanv(GJ)I s. Ives, H. B. (rvs).
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 7
2OO2I5OI.O8 VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
h. NT Monarch Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTM).
i. Precision Hardware, Inc. (PH).
j. Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
k. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
2,10
A.
B. Removable Mullions: BHMA A156.3.
l. Manufacturers:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co. (ARM).
b. American Device Manufacturing Company; Member of The DORMA Group
(ADM).
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company Nm).
NT Monarch Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTM).
C.
g. Precision Hardware, Inc. (PH).
h. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
i. Von Duprin; an lngersoll-Rand Company (VD).j. Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
2, Fire-Exit Removable Mullions: Complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled for
fire and panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305 and NFPA 252. Mullions
shall be used only with exit devices for which they have been tested.
Carry-Open Bars: Provide carry-open bars for inactive leaves of pairs of doors, unless
automatic or self-latching bolts are used.
CLOSERS
Surface-Mounted Closers:
l. Manufacturers:
c.
d.
e.
f.
3/2v2004 t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
t
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (AAH).
Cal-Royal Products, hc. (CRP).
Corbin Russwin Architechral Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
DORMA Door Contols Inc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).
LCN Closers; an lngersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (NDC).
Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RIX).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, Inc. (SGT).
Yale Security lnc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
Concealed Closers:
1 . Manufacturers:
a. DORMA Door Controls Inc.; Member of Ttre DORMA Group (DC).
b. LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
B.
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 8
I 20021501.08 vArL MoINTATN LoDGE 3t2r/2004r
I c. Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (NDC).
t d. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
e. Rixson-Firemarb Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RX).
I f. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
I g. Yale Security krc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
- C. Electromechanical Closers:
' l. Manufacturers:
t a. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Securify Inc. (CR).I b. Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (NDC).
c. Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RD().
I d. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Indusfiies, krc. (SGT).
I e. Yale Security lnc.; Div. ofWilliams Holdings (YAL).
I D. Closer HolderRelease Devices: BHMA A156.15.I
ll l. Manufacturers:
t a. Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security hc. (CR).
b. DORMA Door Conhols tnc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).I :. k:ffi:'.l:'d;fff;B1l;l;l+;:Hll#T)'i*o.,
- e. Rixson-Firemark, Inc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RX).
I : i:1:1ffi*:lfri:?Ttiilh?';;ii,lilii^fiustries'hrc
(sGr)
r E. Flush Floor Plates: Finish cover olates for floor closers. unless thresholds are indicated. Match
|, door hardware finish.
I F. Recessed Floor Plates: Provide insert of floor finish material for floor closers. unless thresholds
- are indicated. hovide extended closer spindle to accommodate thickness of floor finish.
Ir G. Size of Units: Factory-sized, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening
I force.
t
- 2.11 PROTECTryETRMUNITS
I A. ProtectiveTrimUnits: Sizedl-ll2inches(38mrr)lessthandoorwidthonpushsideandll2
inch (13 mm) less than door width on pull side, by height scheduled or indicated. Fasten with
I exposed machine or self{apping screws.
!1. Material: Metal.
., a. Manufacfurers:
I ll ffi1'tril1r"'#",t1l,i,kli;jtk,r 3) Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
I
t
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - 9
20021 501 .08
2.12
A.
B.
2.t3
A.
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
4)
s)
6)
7)
8)
e)
l0)
l1)
r2)
l3)
l4)
VAIL MOLINTAIN LODGE
Bums Manufacturing lncorporated (BM).
Don-Jo Mfg., Inc. (DJO).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA).
IPC Door and Wall Protection Systems, Inc. (IPC).
Ives, H. B. (rvS).
NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company CI.{Ta).
Pawling Corporation (PAW).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
Wilkinson Company, Inc. (W[).
3l2l/2004
STOPS ANDHOLDERS
Stops and Holders: Provide floor stops for doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled
or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede taffic. Where floor or wall
stops ar€ not appropriate, provide overhead holders.
1. Manufacturers:
Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc. (ABH).
Baldwin Hardware Corporation (BH).
Burns Manufacturing Incorporated (BM).
Door Contols Intemational (DCI).
DORMA Door Contols Inc.; Member of The DORMA Group (DC).
Glynn-Johnson; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (GJ).
Hager Companies (HAG).
Hanchett Entry Systems, Inc. (HES).
Hiawatha, Inc. (HIA).
Ives, H. B. (IVS).
LCN Closers; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (LCN).
Norton Door Controls; Div. of Yale Security hrc. (NDC).
NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an lngersoll-Rand Company (NID).
NT Quality Hardware; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTQ).
Rixson-Firemark, lnc.; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (RIX).
Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM).
Yale Security Inc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
Silencers for Door Frames: Neoprene or rubber; fabricated for drilled-in application to frame.
DOOR GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS
Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide
smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide
noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated.
1. Manufacfurers:
DOORHARDWARE 08711- l0
I 20021501.08 vAIL MoLJNTAIN LoDGE 3t2tt2oo4I
a. Gasketing:t l) Hager Conrpanies (HAG).
|; 2) National Guard Products, Inc. (NGP).
I 3) Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. (PEM).
4) Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).
I 5) Sealeze Corporation (SEL).
t 6) Ulha Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
7) Zero International, Inc. (ZRO).
t b. Door Bottoms:r
I )\ fi:f;"1":iffi1lHil*[]'""
^o,,t 3) Pemko Manufachrring Co., Inc. (PEM).
4) Reese Enterprises, Inc. @E).
I 5) Sealeze Corporation (SEL).
fJ 6) Ultra Industries; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
7) Zero Intemational, Inc. (ZRO).
I 2. 'Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot (0.000774 cu. m/s pL'r m) of crack length
for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283-
I 3. Smoke-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and
I labeled, based on testing according to UL 1784.r 4. Fire-Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and
I 5 fj.ill'-il:#:'s:ffXffi,*.i:'JTJi.Y';",",?lH$'i^'i ,u0","0, based on restingf accordingtoAsTM E 1408.
6. Gasketing Materials: Comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 7Ol/702.I
I B. Thresholds: Oftype scheduled orindicated.
I l. Manufacturers:r a. Hager Companies (HAG).
b. National Guard Products, Inc. (NGP).
! c. NT Dor-O-Matic Hardware Div.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTD).
d. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. (PEM).
I I fiffT-Tf#:i:,*l;ff];"aresecurityrnc (RrX)I g. Ulha Indusfties; a Macklanburg-Duncan Company (ULT).
h. Zero Intemational, Inc. (ZRO).
r 2.14 MISCELLANEOUSDOORHARDWARE
I
I A. Boxed Power Supplies: Modular unit in NEMA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure; filtered and
regulated; and listed and labeled for use with fire alarrn systems.
I
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711 - l l
2002 I 501 .08
2.15
A.
VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 312112004 T
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CYLINDERS, KEYING, AND STRIKES
Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver.
l. Manufacturers:
Same manufacturer as for locks and latches.
ABLOY High Security Locks; Div. of ASSA ABLOY, Inc. (ABL).
Arrow Architectural Hardware; Div. of ESSEX Industries, krc. (AAH).
ASSA High Security Locks; Div. of ASSA ABLOY, hrc. (ASA).
Best Lock Corporation (BLC).
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware; Div. of Yale Security Inc. (CR).
Lockwood Architectural Hardware; Div. of Lloyd Matheson Inc. (LAII).
Marks USA (lvfl$).
Medeco High Security Locks, hc. (MED).
NT Falcon Lock Co.; an Ingersoll-Rand Company (NTF).
Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX lndustries, Inc. (SGT).
Schlage Lock Company; an lngersoll-Rand Company (SCH).
Weiser Lock; a Masco Building Products Corporation (WEI).
Yale Security lnc.; Div. of Williams Holdings (YAL).
2. Number of Pins: Six
3. High-Security Grade: BHMA Grade 1A, listed and labeled as complying withUL437
(Suffix A).
4. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; interchangeable
cores.
5. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of
consruction keys without cylinder removal. Provide l0 construction master keys.
6. Constuction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores.
Provide 10 construction master keys.
a. Replace construction cores with permanent cores, as directed by Owner.
b. Fumish permanent cores to Owner for installation.
Keying System: Factory-registered keying system; [no master] [master] [grand master]
Igreat-grand master] key system.
l. Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control number
and "DO NOT DUPLICATE" notation. In addition to one extra blank key for each lock,
provide three change keys and five [master] [grand master] [great-grand master]
keys.
Key Control System: Include key-holding hooks, labels, key tags with self-locking key holders,
envelopes, and markers. Contain system in [multiple-drawer] [wall-mounted] [portable] type
metal cabinet with baked-enamel finish. Include cross-index system set up by key control
manufacturer, with [card index] [computer software].
1 . Manufacturers:
a. Key Control Systems, Inc. (KCS).
b. Major Metalfab Co. (MM).
B.
C,
DOORHARDWARE 0871l - 12
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
2.t6
A.
2OO2I5OI.O8 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3I21I2OO4
c. Sargent Manufacturing Company; Div. of ESSEX Industries, Inc. (SGT).
d. Sumoc Corporation (SUN).
e. <Insertmanufacturer.>
Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved
lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set.
FABRICATION
Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door
hardware units and BHMAAI56.I8 for finishes. Do not fumish manufachner's standard
materials if different from specified standard.
Fasteners: Phillips flat-head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware,
unless othenvise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or steel through bolts for
fire-rated applications.
Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors.
Fasteners for Wood Doors: Comply with requirements of DHI WDHS.2, "Recommended
Fasteners for Wood Doors."
E. Finishes: Comply with BHMA A156.18.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled
fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting
performance. Examine roughing-in for eleckical power systems to verify actual locations of
wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation.
Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHI Al15 series. Drill and tap doors and
frames for surface-applied hardware according to SDI 107.
Wood Door Preparation: Comply with DHI A115-W series.
Mounting Heights: Comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architecfural
Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."
2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Builders'
Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames."
3. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3. "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for
Wood Flush Doors."
D.
B.
c.
D.
3.1
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 0871t - 13
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3t21/2004
Adjust and reinforce attachment subsfrates as necessary for proper installation and operation.
Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasterers. Space
fasteners and anchors according to industry standards.
1. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, in
equipment room. Verifu location with Architect.
a. Configuration: Provide the least number of power supplies required to adequately
serve doors with elect-ified door hardware.
2. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant
complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating
equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements.
L Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that from an open position of 70 deg rees, the door
will take at least three seconds to move to a point 3 inches (75 mm) from the latch,
measured to the leading edge of the door.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
lnspections: Owner will engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to
perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports.
DOORHARDWARE SETS
(See HW desigrrations on Door Schedules - do not confuse with lnterior Designer's Hardware sheets)
GROUP l: Guestroom Entrv - Card Reader
( I ) Fully-mortised card-reader lockset.
(1) Conducting hinge (finish to match lockset).
(2) Heavy-duty hinges - one or more hinges to be adjustable self-closing spring tlpe;
number of spring hinges to be determined by manufacturer's rating for weight of door
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
E.
F.
A.
3-Z
J.J
and exposure; finish to match lnterior Designer's lockset finish, typical all
(l) Stop (as required by location).
(l) Viewer (see Door Type drawings for mounting heights).
(l) Smoke Seal.
(l) Automatic Door Bottom.
(l) Interior Door Latch.
GROUP 2: Residence Entry - Lockset
(l) Fully-mortised lockset, key/ thumb-turn.
(3) Heavy-duty hinges - one or more hinges to be adjustable self-closing spring type;
number of spring hinges to be determined by manufacturer's rating for weight of door
hardware.
hardware.and exposure; finish to match lnterior Desigrer's lockset finish, typical all
(l) Stop (as required by location).
(l) Viewer (see Door Type drawings for mounting heights).
(1) Smoke Seal.
DOORHARDWARE 0871I - 14
I 2oo2r5or.o8 VAIL MOUNTAINLODGE 3t2v2004
I (l) Automatic Door Bottom.
t (l) Interior Door Latch.
I GROUP 3: Interior Privacv - Bedrooms. Bathrooms. Water Closets
I tfl p.ivacy Lockset (reference ID specification sheet for style and finish).
(3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
(l) Stop (as required by location).
- GROUP4: lnteriorDoubleClosetDoors
I (a D".@cification sheet forstyle and finish).
I (6) Hinges (match finish on lockset).I (2 sets) Heavy-duty ball-catch hardware mounted to top of leaves.
(2) Stops (as required by location).I
f GROUP 5: lnterior Passage - Residential
-<r["ssage
tocksei 6"r.."nce n specification sheet for style and finish).
I (3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
t (l) Stop (as required by location).
I GROUP 6: Storeroom. Closet. Mechanical
I
-11;
storooom Lockset (reference ID specification sheet for style and finish).
(3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
I (l) Stop (as required by location).
I (l) Smoke Seal.
(l) Door Bottom.
,r (l) KickPlate.
I (l) closer'
GROUP 7: Storeroom - Paired
I (1) Dr--y L"""r(r.f.rence ID specification sheet for style and finish).
- ( 1) Bolt Lockset (reference ID specification sheet for style and finish).
(6) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
I (2) Stops (as required by location).
I (1) Smoke Seal.
(2) Door Bottoms.
I (2) Closers.
!
GROUP 8: Office
I ( I ) Privacy Lockset - Key/ Button (reference ID specification sheet for style and
t finish)..^.
-(3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
- (l) Stop (as required by location).
I (l) Automatic Door Bottom.rF (1) Smoke Seal.
( I ) Closer.
! GROUP 9: Interior Passage - Restroom. Spa, Elevator
@tion sheet for style and finish).
I ( I ) Pull (reference ID specification sheet for style and finish).
I (3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
(l) Stop (as required by location).
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711- 15
20021501.08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE
( I ) Closer.
(3) Silencers.
(l) Kick Plate.
(l) Smoke Seal (fire rated conditions only).
(l) Door Bottom (fire rated conditions only).
( I ) Reuse existing coordinating hardware at all elevator locations.
GROUP l0: Resfroom Stall
(l) Privacy Loclaet (reference ID specification sheet forstyle
(3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
(l) CoatHook.
GROUP l1: Exit
(l) Panic Device.
(l) Passage Lever
(3) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
(t) Closer.
(1) KickPlate.
(1) Smoke Seal.(1) Door Bottom (fire rated conditions only).
GROUP 12: Corridor Passage - Paired
(2) Panic Device (reuse existing when possible).
(2) Passage Levers or pulls
(6) Hinges (match finish on lockset).
(2) Elecfronic Hold Open devices (as required by location, wire to existing fre
alarm system, reuse existing when possible).
(2) Closer.
(2) Kick Plate.
(l) Smoke Seal.
(2) Automatic Door Bottom (fire rated conditions only).
GROUP 13: Garaee Door(1) Over-Head Rolling Door with electric drive.
GROUP 14: Exterior Elecbical Closet
(2) Flush Bolts (reference ID specification sheet forstyle and finish)
(2) Pulls (finish to match lockset).
(6) Heavy-duty exterior-grade hinges (match finish on lockset).
(l) Weather stripping.
END OF SECTION O87I I
3/21t2004
and finish).
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DOORHARDWARE 08711- 16
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTATN LoDGE 3tz2/2004I
II SECTTON 08830 - MTRRORS
I PART1 -GENERAL
I r.r suMMARYI
A. This Section includes the following:It l. Annealed monolithic glass minors.
I 1.2 SUBMTTTALS
I A. Product Data: For mirror hardware and mastic.
t B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachments to
other work.
I C. Samples: For each type of mirror product required, in the form indicated below:
I 1. Mirrors, 12 inches (300 mm) square, including edge featrnent on 2 adjoining edges.
I 2. Mirror clips.
3. Mirror rinl l2 inches (300 mm) long.
I D. Product Certificates: For each t)?e of mirror and mirror mastic, signed by product
manufacturer.
t,
I E. Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test Reports: From mirror manufacturer.
I 1.3 euALTTYASSURANcEI
A. Glazing Publications: Comply with GANA's "Glazing Manual" and GANA Mirror Division's
I "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the hofessional on the Care and Handling of
I Mirrorsn unless more stringent requirements are indicated
I B. Preconstruction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirror
t manufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing paint and
subshates on which mirrors are installed.
Ir 1.4 DELryERY, STORAGE.ANDHANDLING
I A. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling
I mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, bnd abrasion of glass
surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors, protected from moisture including condensation.I
I
I MIRRORS 08830 - IIr
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3t22t2004
I.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Ovi'ner and signed by mirror
manufacturer agreeing to replace mirrors that deteriorate, f.o.b. lhe nearest shipping point to
Project site, within specified warranty period indicated in second subparagraph below.
l. Deterioration of Mirrors: Defects developed from normal use that are attributable to the
manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for
maintaining and cleaning mirrors confrary to mirror manufacturer's written instructions.
Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film.2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of manufacture.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRROR MATERI,ALS
A. Clear Glass Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality.
l. Nominal Thiclness: 3.0 mm.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERI,ALS
Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of 85, plus or
minus 5.
Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and ap,proved by mirror manufachrer for
use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges.
Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, produced specifically for setting mirron and
certified by both mirror manufacturer and mastic manufacturer as compatible with glass coating
and substates on which minors will be installed.
l. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Gunther Mirror Mastics.
b. Palmer Products Corporation.
MIRRORHARDWARE
Top and Bottom Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a retum deep enough to
produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths
required to cover bottom and top edges ofeach mirror in a single piece.
1. Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/16 and 3/4
inch (7.9 and l9 mm) in height, respectively.
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
B.
2.3
MIRRORS 08830 - 2
B.
c.
A.
B.
C.
B.
c.
2.4
3.1
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
2002 l50l .08 VAIL MOIINTAIN LODGE 3/22t2004
2. Top Trim: Formed with front leg with a height of 5il6 inch (7.9 mm) and back leg
desigred to fit into the pocket created by wall-mounted aluminum cleat.3. Product: Subject to cornpliance with requirements, provide the following:
a. Bottom Trim: C. R. Laurence Co., Inc.; D638 FHA Type "J" Channel.b. Top Trim: C. R. Laurence Co., Inc.; D 1638 Top Channel.c. Cleat: C. R. Laurence Co., Inc.; D 1637M Mirror Mount System Cleat.
Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in
hnished color and texture where fasteners are exposed.
Anchors and Inserts: hovide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide
toothed or lead-shield expansion-bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Provide galvanized
anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated.
FABRICATION
Mirror Sizes: To suit hoject conditions, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes.
Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible swfaces.
Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around penetrations in mirrors.
Minor Edge Treatment: Flat polished edge.
l. Seal edges of mirrors after edge teatmealt to prevent chemical or atrnospheric penetration
ofglass coating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
General: lnstall mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with
referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids
distorting reflected images.
hovide a minimum air space of 1/8 inch (3 mm) between back of mirrors and mounting surface
for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface.
For wall-mounted mirrors, install with mastic and mirror hardware.
l. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed
with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads
on backs of mirrors.2, For mirror hardware in the form of continuous J-channels at bottom, provide setting
blocks l/8 inch (3 mm) thick by 4 inches (100 nrm) long at quartef, points. To prevent
trapping water, provide, between setting blocks, 2 slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch
(6.4 mm) wide by 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) long.3. For metal or plastic clips, place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and each clip to
prevent spalling of minor edges.
MIRRORS 08830 - 3
2002 150 I .08 VAIL MOI.JNTAIN LODGE 3t22/2004
4. Wlere indicated, install bottom trim and top clips. Fabricate bottom trim in single
lengths to fit and cover bottom edges of mirrors. Locate top clips so they are
symmetrically placed and evenly spaced.5. Inslall mastic as follows:
a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers
of mirrors and backing material.
b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacfiner's written instructions for
coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of
mounfing surface.
c. After mastic is applied, aligr mirrors and press into place while maintaining a
minimum air space of 1/8 inch (3 mm) between back of mirrors and mounting
surface.
D. hotect mirrors tom b,reakage and contaminating substances resulting from constuction
operations.
E. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water.
F. Maintain ervironmental conditions that urill prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture
from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time.
END OF SECTION 08830
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
MIRRORS 08830 - 4
! 20021501.08 vArL MotrNTtAN LoDcE 3/2r/2004I
I SECTION 09260 - cypsuM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
I PART I -GENERAL
I 1.1 suMMARYI
A. This Section includes the following:
I l. Interiorgypsumwallboard.2. Tilebackingpanels.
I 3. Non-load-bearing steel framing.
I
T 1.2 SUBMITTALSrA. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Samples: For each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work.!
I 1.3 QUALTTY ASSI'RANCErA. Fire-TesfResponse Characteristics: For g)?sum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings,
I provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
I ISTM E l19 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
I B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, providet materials and construction identical to iirbse tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 4l3by a qualified independent testing agency.
a C. Mockups: Beforefinishinggypsumboardassemblies,installmockupsofatleastl00sq.ft.(9
sq. m) in surface area to dernonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution.-
I l. Install mockups for the following applications:
I a. Surfaces with texture finishes.
I b. Surfaces indicated to receive nontextured paint finishes.c. Surfaces indicated to receive textured paint finishes.
I 2. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review ofrnockups.I
I
I
I
I
GYPSI]M BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - I
20021501.08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOI'NTIAN LODGE 3/21/2004
2,1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below inhoduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2.2 STEELFRAMING
A. Steel Framing, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 fq conditions indicated.
l. Steel Sheet Components: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. Protective Coating:
l) lnterior Applications: manufacturer's standard
coating.
2) Exterior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M,' galvanized zinc coating.
B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing:
corrosion-resistant zinc
G60 (2180), hofdip
1. Tie Wire: ASTM A&llA64.lM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch- (1.59-
mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- ( I .21 -mm-) diameter wire.
2. Hanger Attachments to Concrete:
a. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistanl materials with holes or loops for
attaching hanger wires and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5
times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to
ASTM E 488 by a qualified independent testing agency.
I ) Type: Cast-in-place anchor, designed for attachment to concrete forms.
b. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated, fabricated from
corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or otler devices for attaching hangers of
type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to l0 times
that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190
by a qualified independent testing agency.
3. Wire Hangers: ASTMA 641/A6/-Illl, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch
(4.12-mm) diameter.
4. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base metal thickness of
0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), a minimum l/2-inch- (12J-mm-7 wide flange, and in depth
indicated.
5. Furring Channels (Furring Members):
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -2
D.
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
2002 r 50r .08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/21/2004
a. Cold Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with
minimum 1 12 -inch- ( I 2.7-mm-) wide fl ange, 3 / 4 inch ( I 9. I mm ) deep.
b. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated.
l) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm) unless otherwise
indicated.
c. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C U5,718 inch (.22.2 mm) deep.
l) Minimum Base Metal Thiclrress: 0,0312 inch (0.79 mnt) unless otherwise
indicated.
d. Resilient Furring Channels: 112-inch- (12.7-rrm-) deep members designed to
reduce sound fransmission, and asymmetrical with single leg or hat shaped with
two legs.
Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct-hung system composed of
main beams and cross-furrins members that interlock.
I . Available Products:
a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Furring SystemVDrywall.
b. . Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Furring 660 System.
c. USG Interiors, Inc.; Drywall Suspension System.
Partition and Soffit Framing:
1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated.
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm).
2. Proprietary Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of
gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of skucture above;
in thickness indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.
a. Available Products:
l) Delta Star, lnc., Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFI).
2) Metal-Lite, lnc.; Slotted Track.
3. Proprietary Firestop Track: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand
and contact with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-
resistance-rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in
width to accommodate depth of studs.
a. Available Products:
l) Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak attached to studs with Fire Trak Slip Clip.2) Metal-Lite, Inc.; The Systern.
4. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width
indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -3
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t2v2004
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch 10.45 mn).
Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538-inch (I.-i7-mnr) bare steel thickness, with
minimum | /2-inch- ( 12.7-mm-) wide flange, and in depth indicated.
a. Clip Angle: 1-112by 1-l/2 inch (38.1 b.v- 38.1 mnr),0.068-inch- (1.73-mm-) thick,
galvanized steel.
Hat-Shaped, Rigid Funing Channels: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated.
a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm).
Resilient Furring Channels: ll2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep, steel sheet members designed to
reduce sound transmission. Asymmetrical or hat shaped, with face attached to single
flange by a slotted leg (web) or attached to tu'o flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs.
Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538-inch (1.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with
minimum l/2-inch- (12.7-mm) wide flange, and in depth indicated.
a. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, cornrgated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum
bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch (0.79 nrm).
b. Tie Wire: ASTM A 64ll[64lM, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch-
(1.59-mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter
wrre-
Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of l-l/4 inches (31.3
mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22.2 mm), minimum bare metal thickness of
0.0179 inch (0.a5 mm), and depth required to fit insulation tbickness indicated.
Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding
power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.
PANELPRODUCTS
Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize
joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated.
Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36.
l. Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.
2. Type X: ln thickness indicated and with long edges tapered.
Flexible Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to bend to fit tight radii and to be
more flexible than standard regular-type panels of the same thickness, l/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick,
and with long edges tapered. Apply in double layer at curved assemblies.
Sag-Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to have more sag resistance than
regular-type gypsum board, 1 2 inch \12.7 n.un) thick, and with long edges tapered. Apply on
ceiling surfaces.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
5.
6.
8.
9.
10.
A.
B.
C.
D.
2.3
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 4
I 2002150r.08 vAILMoLJNTIAN LoDGE 3l2rt20o4
I
I E. Proprietary, Special Fire-Resistive Type: ASTM C 36, having improved fire resistance over
I standard Type X, complying with requirements of fire-resistance-rated assemblies indicated, in
thickness indicated, and with long edges tapered.
I F. Paper-Surfaced Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTMC 791C79M, with water-resistant material
incorporated into core and with water-repellent paper bonded to core's face, back" and long
- edges.
r 1. Available Manufacturers:
r I *"8ifr,ff"":#"1";",
c. National Gypsum Company.
d. United States Gypsum Co.
I 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick.
ft 3. Edge and End Configuration: Square.
I G. Glass-Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C ll77lc ll77M.
I l. Prodtrct: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Glass Gold" by G-P
Gypsum Corp.
2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick.
r H. Exterior Gypsum Panels for Ceilings and Soffits:
I l. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 93llc 931M, with core type and in thickness
t indicated and with manufacturer's standard edges.
2. Glass-Mat G1rysum Sheathing Board: ASTM C ll77lc 117TM, with core type and in
thickness indicated.
I a. Product: G-P Gypsum Corp; Dens-Glass Gold.
I I. Tile Backing Panels:t
l. Water-Resistant Glpsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M, with core type and in
I thickness indicated.! 2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C ll73lc 1178M, with core type
and in thickness indicated.
t a. Product: G-P Gypsum Corp.; Dens-Shield Tile Backer.
t 3. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al18.9, in thickness indicated.
t
2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES
I- A. lnteriorTrim: ASTMC 1047.
I l. Comerbead: Use at outside comers, unless otherwise indicated.
l| 2. Bullnose Bead: Use where indicated.
3. LC-Bead: Useatexposedpaneledges.
!
GYPST]M BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 5
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOLJNTIAN LODCE 3t21/2004 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
II
I
4. L-Bead: Use where indicated.
5. U-Bead: Use where indicated.
6. Expansion (Control) Joint: Use where indicated.
7. Curved-Edge Comerbead: With nolched or flexible flanges; use at curved openings.
B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet or rolled zinc.
Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.
LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.
Expansion (Connol) Joint: One-piece, rolled zinc with V-shaped slot and removable
strip covering slot opening. Use where indicated.
JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS
General: Comply with ASTM C 475.
Joint Tape:
1. lnterior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: l0-by-10 glass mesh.
4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.
Joint Compound for lnterior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is
compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat onjoints, flanges oftrim
accessories, and fasteners, use setting-type taping compound.
a. Use setting-type conrpound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound.
5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting-type, sandable topping
compound.
Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:
l. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandable
topping compounds.
2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by manufacturer.
Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels:
l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type,
sandable topping compounds.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by manufacturer.
3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended bv manufacturer.
l.
2.
3.
2.5
A.
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 6
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTtAN LoDGE 3lzvzoo4I
I 2,6 AUXILIARYMATERIALS
I A. General: hovide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
I manufacfurer's written recommendations.
B. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex
I sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission
I through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing
representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
I l. AvailableProducts:I
a. Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant.b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.r C. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining,
I gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recorrmended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce
I airbome sound transmission.
1. Available Products:
I a. Ohio Sealants, lnc.; Pro-Series SC-170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant.b. Pecora Corp.; BA-98.
f c. Tremco, Inc.; Trernpo Acoustical Sealant.
D. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002. unless otherwise indicated.
t 1. Use screws cornplfng with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.
|| 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
I panel manufacturer.
r E. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls:
It l. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt),
I 2. i::fftH:f"l Adhesive-backed, closed-cetl vinyt foam strips that allow fastenerf penetration without foam displacement, l/8 inch (3.2 mm) thici, in width to suit steel
stud size.
I F. Sound Barrier: Un-reinforced, mass loaded, flexible, vinyl based polymer barrier with no lead
fillers.
I . Available Manufacturers:
a. MidwestFiber-GlassCorporation.
b. Acoustic Surfaces, Inc.c. Acoustical Solutions, Inc.
d. Raven lndustries. lnc.
2. Thickness: l/8" or 0.105 inches minimum.
GYPSIJM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
t
t
I
I
I
09260 -7
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/21t2004
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NON.LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION
General: comply with ASTM c754, and ASTM c g40 requirements that apply to framing
installation.
Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing:
l. Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objectswithin ceiling plenum that- are not part of supporting stuctural or ceiling suspensionsystem. Splay hangers only where required to miss obsfuctions and ofiset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.
T
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
II
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
II
G.
J.
B.
J.l
3. STC: 27 Minimum.
4. Density: I pound per square foot.5. Stiffness: 26Mpa
6. Tensile: 450 psi, Min
7 . Color: Black or clear-
Building wrap: Air-retarder sheeting made from polyolefins; cross-laminated films, woven
strands, or spun-bonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or without perforations; and complying
with ASTM E 1677,Typel.
l AvailableManufacturers:
a. Celotex Corporation (Ihe); Building products Dvision.b. DuPont (8. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company).c. Parsec, Inc.d. Raven lndustries, Inc.e. Reemay, Inc.f. Simplex Products.
C. Sto-Cote Products, lnc.h- Tenneco Building Products.
2. Thickness: Not less than 3 mils (0.08 mm).3. Permeance: Not less than l0 perms (-i75 ng/pa x s x sq. nr.).4. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less per ASTM E g4.
5. Allowable Exposure Time: Not less than three months.
Building wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building wrap
manufacturer for sealingjoints and penetrations in building wrap.
Sheathing Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape for sealing joints and penetrations in sheathing
and recommended by sheathing manufacturer for use with type of sheathing required.
Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sillsealer; I -inch (25-rnnr) nominal thickness, compressible to l/32 inch l0.g min); selected from
manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 8
D.
3.2
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
T
I
T
t
t
I
I
2002r 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t21/2004
2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger
spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard
suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in
form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplernental suspension members and
hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced
standards.3. Attach hangers to structural members. Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to
permanent metal forms, steel deck tabs, steel roof decks, ducts, pipes, or conduit.4' Wire-tie furring channels to supports, as required to comply with requirements for
assemblies indicated.5. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension
system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members
to each other and butt-cut to fit into wall hack.
C. Partition and Soffit Framing:
l. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between
studs and wall.2. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings.
Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating
partitions above ceiling to provide support for glpsum board.3. Frame door openings to cornply with GA-600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's
applicable written recommeadations, unless othenvise indicated. Screw vertical'studs at
jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner back section (for cripple studs)
at head and secure to jamb studs.
a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated.b' Extend jamb studs though suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or
roof strucfure above.
4. Frame openings other tian door openings the same as required for door openings, unless
otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required
abol-e door heads.
Z-Furring Members: Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members.
1. Until gypsum board is installed, hold insulation in place with l0-inch (250-rrrnr) staples
fabricated from 0.0625-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter, tie wire and inserted through slot in
web of member.
Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: Install to comply with requirements specified in Division 7
Section "Building Insulation."
PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION
Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications.
space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 .um) o.c.
l.
2.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -9
20021501.08 VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 312U2004
3. On ceilings, apply glpsum panels before walVpartition board application to the greatest
extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
4. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless
otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assemblv. and minimize end
joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses
ofboard.
b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise
indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.
5. On Z-furring members, apply glpsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end
joints. Locate edge joints over furring members.
6. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply g1rysum panels to supports with steel drill
screws.
7. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports
with screws.
8. Laminating to Substrate: Comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written
recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten g)?sum panels until fastening adhesive
has set.
B. Exterior Ceilings and So{fits: Apply exterior gypsum panels perpendicular to supports, with
end joints staggered and located over supports.
1. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.
C. Building Wrap Application: Cover exterior wall sheathing with building wrap as indicated.
Cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch (102-mm) overlap. Seal seams, edges, and penehations
with tape.
D. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penehating sheathing.
Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing.
E. Tile Backing Panels:
l. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install with l/4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where
panels abut other consbuction or penetrations.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: lnstall with ll4-inch (6.4-mm) gap where
panels abut other construction or penetrations.
3. Cementitious Backer Unit Application: ANSI Al08.l l.
3.3 FINISHING
A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to
framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach him according to
manufacturer's written insffuctions.
B. Finishing Gypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control
joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare
gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
t
II
I
I
II
I
t
I
t
I
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 10
2.
J.
4.
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
C.
D.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
t
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2r/2004
Prefill openjoints and damaged surface areas.
Apply joint lape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not
inlended for tape.
Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use as exposed soffit board.
Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to
ASTM C 840, for locations indicated:
Level l: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where
indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and sound-ra1ed assemblies.
Level2 Embed tape and apply separate first coat ofjoint compound to tape, fasteners,
and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated.
Level 3: Embed tape and apply separate hrst and filI coats ofjoint compound to tape,
fasteners, and trim flanges where indicated.
Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats ofjoint cornpound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless
otherwise indicated.
Level 5: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats ofjoint compound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire
surface at panel surfaces where indicated.
END OF SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - l l
I
t
I
I
I
t
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
SECTION 09265 . GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT.WALL ASSEMBLIES
PART I - GENERAL
I.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Shaft enclosures.
2. Chase enclosures.
3. Stair enclosures.
3t2v2004
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each gypsum board shaft-wall assembly indicated.
Fire-Test-Response Reports :
L lnclude data substantiating that elevator entrances and other items that penetrate each
glpsum board shaft-wall assembly do not.negate fire-resistance rating.
Research/evaluation reports.
Acoustical-test-response reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested
in assembly indicated according to ASTME ll9 by an independent testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
STC-Rated Assemblies: For gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies indicated to have STC
ratings, provide assembly materials and construction complying with requirements of
assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified
according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANTJFACTT]RERS
Basis-of-Design Product: The desigr for gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies is based on
products named on Drawings by design desigrration of a qualified testing and inspecting agency.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product
by one of the following:
1.3
2.1
t
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
C.
D.
B.
GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 - |
20021 50 r .08 VAIL MOI.JNTAINLODGE 3/2U2004
l. American Gypsum Co.
2. G-P Gypsum Corp.
3. National Gypsum Cornpany.
4. United States Gypsum Co.
2.2 MATERIALSANDCOMPONENTS
A. General: Comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated assemblies indicated.
l. Provide panels in maximum lengths available to eliminate or minimize end-to-end butt
joints.
2. Provide auxiliary materials compllng with gpsum board shaft-wall assembly
manufacturerrs written recommendations.
B. Steel Sheet Components: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements.
1. Protective Coating: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant zinc coating.
C. Studs: Manufacfurer's standard profile for repetitive members and comer and end members and
for fi re-resistance-rated assembly indicated.
1. Depth: As indicated.
2. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated.
D. Track @unner): Manufacturer's standard J-profile track with longJeg length as standard with
manufacturer, but at least 2 inches (51 mm), in depth matching studs.
1. Minimum Base Metal Thiclness: As indicated.
E. Jamb Skuts: Manufacturer's standard J-profrle strut with long-leg length of 3 inches (76.2 mm),
in depth matching studs, and not less than 0.0329 (0.84 mm) thick.
F. Gypsum Liner Panels: Manufacturer's proprietary liner panels in l-inch (25.4-rnm) thickness
and with moisture-resistant paper faces.
G. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, core type as required by fire-resistance-rated assembly
indicated.
1. Edges: Tapered.
H. Gypsum Base for Gypsum Veneer Plaster: ASTM C 588, core brye as required by fire-
resistance-rated assembly indicated, with edges as standard with manufacturer.
I. Water-Resistant, Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M, core type as required by fire-
resistance-rated assemblv indicated.
J. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI Al l8.9, in manufacturer's standard thickness. but at least ll2
inch (12.7 mm) thick.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 -2
M.
N.
o.
P.
B.
C.
J.l
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
il/
t,
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
il
l
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/21t2004
Accessories: Comerbead, edge trim, and control joints of material and shapes specified in
Division 9 Section "Gypsurn Board Assemblies" that comply with glpsum board shaft-wall
assembly manufacfurer's written recommendations for application indicated.
Gypsum Wallboard Joint-Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475 and as specified in Division 9
Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies."
Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
l. Use screws complying with ASTMC954 for fastening panels to steel members from
0.033 1o 0.1l2 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.
2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by
panel manufacfurer.
Track (Runner) Fasteners: Power-driven fasteners of size and material required to withstand
loading conditions imposed on shaft-wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress
of frack. fasteners. or structural substrates in which anchors are embedded.
l. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Provide powder-actuated fasteners with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by shaft-wall assemblies,
as determined by testing conducted by a qualified independent testing agency according
toASTME 1190.
2. Postinstalled Expansion Anchors: Where indicated, provide expansion anchors with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by shaft-wall
assemblies, as determined by testing conducted by a qualified independent testing agency
according to ASTM E 488.
Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies."
Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665 for Type I, unfaced mineral-fiber-blanket insulation
produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from slag or rock
wool.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: Coordinate with glpsum shaft-wall assemblies so both
elements of Work remain complete and undamaged.
Install gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated
assemblies indicated, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and the following:
l. ASTM C 754 for installing steel framing.2. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for applying and finishing panels.
Do not bridge building expansion joints with shaft-wall assemblies; aame both sides of joints
with furring and other support.
GYPSI]M BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 -3
20021501.08 VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODCE 3tzl/2004
Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies around openings and as
required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures, equipment,
services, heavy trim, fumishings, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft-
wall assembly framing.
l. where handrails directly attach to gypsum board shaft-wall assemblies, provide
galvanized steel reinforcing strip with 0.0312-inch (0.79-mm) minimum thickness of base
(uncoated) metal, accurately positioned and secured behind at least I faceJayer panel.
At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft-wall assembly by installing
supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penetration and fire protection behind boxes
containing wiring devices and similar items.
Isolate glpsum finish panels from building structure to prevent cracking of finish panels while
maintaining continuity of fire-rated construction.
Install control joints to maintain fire-resistance rating of assemblies.
Seal gypsum board shaft walls with acoustical sealant at perimeter of each assembly where it
abuts other work and atjoints and penetations within each assembly. lnstall acoustical sealant
to withstand dislocation by air-pressure differential between shaft and external spaces; maintain
an airtight and smoke-tight seal; and comply with manufacturer's written instructions or
ASTM C 919, whichever is more stringent.
END OF SECTION 09265
t
I
l
!
t
3
I
il
I
I
I
l
I
I
l
I
I
J
I
D.
F.
G.
H.
GYPSI]M BOARD SHAFT-WALL ASSEMBLIES 09265 - 4
t 2oo2l5or.o8 VAIL MOI,INTIAN LODGE 312il2004
I SECTION O93IO - CERAMIC TILE
|n
T PART I -GENERAL
t
I 1.1 SUMMARY
n A. This Section includes the following:ll!| l. Ceramic mosaic tile.
t
I
ll
2. Paver tile.
3. Glazed wall tile.
4. Special-purposetile.
5. Stone thresholds installed as part of tile installations.
6. Waterproof membrane for tile installations.
7. Crack-suppression membrane for thin-set tile installations.
8. Metal edge strips installed as part of tile installations.
1.2 SI.JBMITTALS
J A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
.n B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and
I locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints.
. C. Samples:
\Ll
i! l. Each type, composition, color, and finish oftile.
2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type, composition, color, and finish of
I . tile.
ll 3. Stone thresholds in 6-inch (150-mm) lengths.
t r.3 oUALTTYASSURANCE
'!
A. Mockups: Build mockups to veri$ selections made under sample Submittals and to
I demonstrate aesthetic effecis and qualities of materials and execution.t
'' I . Build mockup of each type of floor tile installation.
0 2. Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation.
I 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
l,I! r.4 EXTRA MATERIALS
tl A. Fumish exta materials described below that match products installed and that are packagedr| with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
I
CERAMIC TILE O93IO - I
,r
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t2v2004
l. Tile and Trim Units: Fumish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount
installed, for each type, composition, color, pattem, and size indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANI.JFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below inhoduce lists, the following requirements apply for
product selection:
l. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
manufacturers soecifi ed.
2.2 TILE PRODUCTS
A. Tile Manufacturers and Products:
L As indicated by lnterior designer in finish schedule and specification sheets.
B. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1,
"Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.1. Mounting: Factory back-mounted.
C- Ceramic Mosaic Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated
with sizes and coursing where applicable.
2.3 ACCESSORYMATERIALS
A. Thresholds: Fabricate to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. Bevel edges at l:2
slope, limit height of bevel to 1/2 inch {12.7 mm) or less, and finish bevel to match face of
threshold.
l. Marble Thresholds: ASTM C 503 with a minimum abrasion resistance of 10 oer
ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241 and with honed finish.
a. Description: As indicated by lnterior designer in finish schedule and specification
sheets.
T
t
I
I
I
i
I
B.Waterproofing and Crack-Suppression Membranes
Manufacfurer's standard product that complies with
following.
l. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied hoduct:
reinforcement.
a. Available Products:
for Thin-Set Tile Installations:
ANSI Al18.10, selected from the
LiquidJatex rubber with fabric
I
I
l
I
I
u
I
c
I
I
r
ICERAMIC TILE 09310 -2
J 2oo2l5or.o8 VAIL MOI.]NTIAN LODGE 3t2v2004
1) Custom Building Products; Trowel & Seal Waterproofing and Anti-Fracture
Membrane.
2) LATICRETE Intemational lnc.; Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane.
3) MAPEI Corporation; PRP Ml9.
4) Summitville Tiles, lnc.; 3-9000.
2. Latex-Portland Cement Product: Flexible mortar witb acrylic-latex additive.
a. Available Products:
l) Boiardi hoducts Corporation; Elastiment 323.
2) MAPEI Corporation; PRP 315.
3) Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.; Southcrete I100.
4) TEC Specialty Products lnc;TA-324, Triple Flex.
3. Urethane Waterproofing and Tile-Setting Adhesive: One-part liquid-applied urethane.
a. Available Products:
l) Bostik; Hydroment Ultra-Set.
2) Southem Grouts &Mortars, Inc.; Deck-Seal 1000.
I
I
I
I
I
I
r 2.4 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALSJ.
- A. Available Manufacturers:
I 1. Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.
2. Boiardi hoducts Corporation.
1 3. Bonsal, W. R., Company.
J 4. Bostik.
5- C-Cure.
t 6. Custom Building Products.
l-,fl t. DAP, Inc.
8. Jamo Inc.
y', 9. LATICRETE Intemational Inc.
lj 10. MAPEI Corporation.JI
1 l. Southern Grouts & Mortars. Inc.
r\ 12. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
I 13. TEC SpecialtyProducts lnc.
f
^ B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI Al 18.4.
I' l. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.
J
C. Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI Al l8.3.I
U D. Polymer-Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7, color as seleted from manufacturers full range.
I
I
CERAMICTILE 09310 - 3
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2U2004
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Elastomeric Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that
cornply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
l. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone: ASTMC920; TypeS; GradeNS; Class25;
Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint subshates indicated, O; formulated
with ftngicide, intended for in-service exposures of high humidity and extreme
temperatures.
a. Available Products:
l) Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Coming 786.2) GE Silicones; Sanitary 1700.
3) Pecora Corporation; Pecora 898 Sanitary Silicone Sealant.4) Tremco, Inc.; Tremsil 600 White.
2. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade p;
Class 25; Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.
a. Available Products:
l) Bostik; Chem-Calk 550.
2) Mameco Intemational, Inc.; Vulkem 245.3) Pecora Corporation; NR-200 Urexpan.4) Tremco, Inc.; THC-900.
B. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based
formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials.
C. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, nickel silver exposed-edge material.
D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not
change color or appearance of grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil,
or silicone, that are incompatible with tile-setting materials.
Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according
to tile-setting material manufacturer's written instructions.
Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project
site before installing.
T
I
I
t
I
0
I
3.1
,t
l
I
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
7
I
B.
c.
D.
CERAMICTILE 09310 -4
E.
B.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
3.2
1
I
l
I
t
t
t
I
I
t
3
I
I
I
J
t
t
l
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t212004
Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under tile type or needed to
prevent gout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous
film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces.
INSTALLATION. GENERAL
ANSITilelnstallationStandards: ComplywithpartsofANSIAl08Series"Specificationsfor
Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting rnaterials and to
methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules.
TCA hrstallation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with
TCA installation methods indicaled in ceramic tile installation schedules.
Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete
covering without intem.rptions, urless othenvise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattem orjoint alignments.
Accurately form intersections and retums. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring
visible surfaces. Grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items. Fit tile closely to
electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap
tile.
Jointing Pattem: Lay tile in grid pattem, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when
adjoining tiles on floor, base, walli, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile
fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated.
Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated.
Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints during installation of
setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles.
1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section
"Joint Sealants-"
Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated.
1. For chemical-resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI ,{108.6.
Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A I 08. I 3 and rvaterproofing manufacturer's rvritten
instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to
substrate.
1. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to
determine that it is watertisht.
J. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI Al08 Series tile installation
standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage.
l. Exterior tile floors.
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 5
2002 1501 .08
L.
K.
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t2v2004
2. Tile floors in wet areas.
3. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 nm) or larger.
4. Tile floors composed of rib-backed tiles.
Install tile on floors with the following joint widths:
l. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch ( 1.6 mm).
2. Paver Tile: 1/4 inch (6.35 mm).
Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed
as abutting field tile, unless otherwise indicated.
L Set thresholds in latex-portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would
otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish.
Metal Edge Strips: lnstall at locations indicated or where exposed edge of tile flooring meets
carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile.
Install tile on walls with the following joint widths:
1. Ceramic Mosaic Tile: 1/16 inch (1.6mm).
2. Glazed Wall Tile: l/16 inch (l .6 rnnr).
Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints in tile floors according to grout-sealer
manufacfurer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove
excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by rviping rvith soft cloth.
FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
Exterior floor installation on concrete: thin-set mortar: TCA FI02.
I . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout.
lnterior floor installation on concrete: thin-set mortar: TCA Fl13.
1 . Thin-Set Mortar: I-atex- portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
Interior floor installation on waterproof and crack-suppression membrane over concrete; cement
mortar bed (thickset); TCA F12l .
I . Bond CoaVThin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
Interior floor installation on waterproofand crack-suppression membrane over concrete; thin-set
mortar; TCAFl22.
I . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded prout.
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
0
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
N.
o.
A-
B.
c.
D.
3.3
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 6
t 2oo2rso1.o8 VAIL MOUNTI,AN LODGE 3t21t2004
I 3.4 wALL TILE TNSTALLATToN scHEDULEI
. lnterior wall installation over masonry or concrete; cement mortar bed (thickset); TCA W201.
!-I 1. Bond CoaVThin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.t 2- Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
J B. lnterior wall installation over masonry or concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA W202.
a l. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
'l 2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
!
/_ C. Interior wall installation over masonry or concrete; cement mortar bed (thickset) bonded to
f substrate; TCA W2l l.
I,
I . Bond Coat/Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
f 2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
II- D. Interior wall installation; thin-set mortar; over gypsum board; TCA W243.
1 . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
f E. . Interior wall installation over glass-mat, water-resistant backer board; thin-set mortarJ TCA W245.
f I . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
f| 2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
t F. Interior bathtub wall installation; thin-set mortar; over water-resistant gypsum board;
t TCA B4l3 and TCA W243.
I . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
G. lnterior bathtub wall installation over glass-mat, water-resistant backer board; thin-set mortar;
TCA B4l9 and TCA W245.
l. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cemenl mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
H. Interior wall and shower-receptor installation; thin-set mortar; over glass-mat, watcr-resistant
backer board; TCA 8420 and TCA W245.
I . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar.
2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.
END OF SECTION O93IO
CERAMIC TILE 09310 - 7
| 2oo2rsor.o8 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t21/2004
! sECTIoN 09385 - DMENSIoN sroNE TILE t
a
t PART1 -GENERAL
ll l.l SUMMARY
A. This Section includes dimension stone tile and relaled setting materials applied to floors andI walls.I
I r.z suBMrrrALS
I A. hoduct Data: For each type of product indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of stone tile and tile pattern. Show widths,It details, and locations ofexpansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints.
I C. Samples: Full-size units of each type of stone tile in each finish required.a
I r.3 euALrrYAssuRANCEI
A. Source Limitations for Stone Tile: Obtain each type of stone product through one source from a
single producer.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to
dernonstate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
l Build mockup of each type of floor tile installation.
2. Build mockup of each type of rvall tile installation.3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
I
t 1.4 EXTRAMATERLALS
n A. Fumish extra materials described below that rnatch products installed and that are packaged
I with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
l. Dimension Stone Tile: Fumish quantity of full-size units equal to I percent of amount
installed, for each type, composition, color, pattem, and size indicated.
t)
I
I
t,
t
t,
I
DMENSION STONETILE 09385 - I
2002 I 501 .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOUNTLAN LODGE 3/21/2004
C.
STONE PRODUCTS
Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone varieties from
sources indicated.
Abrasion Resistance: Provide stone with a value of not less than 10, as determined per
ASTMC 1353orASTMC24l.
Stone Tile Type: As listed in Specification sheets and finish schedule.
2.2 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERTALS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, rnanufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the follorving:
1. Atlas Minerals & Chemicals, Inc.2. Boiardi Products Corporation.
3. Bonsal, W. R., Company.4. Bostik Findley
5. C-Cure.
6. Custom Building Products.
7. DAP Inc.
8. Jamo Inc.
9. Laticrete International. lnc.
10. MAPEI Corp.
II. SGM.
12. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
13. TEC Incorporated; H. B. Fuller Company.
B. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI Al08.lA.
C. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI Al18.4.l. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.
D. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI Al18.3.
E. Organic Adhesive: ANSI Al36.l, Tlpe I.
F. Standard Sanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6.
G. Standard Unsanded Cement Grout: ANSI Al l8.6 ( for stoen with polished or honed finish).
H. Polymer-ModifiedTileGrout: ANSIAll8.7.
L Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI Al18.3.
J. Grout Colors: As selected bv Architect.
t
I
l
t
I
I
tl
I
I
,l
I
i
t
I
I
I
't
t
B.
2.1
DMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 2
A.
B.
c.
D.
c.
D.
E.
2.4
I
I
I
i
t
I
I
I
i
I
J
I
t
I
I
t
T
f;
I
20021501 .08
2.3
DMENSION STONETILE
B.
VAIL MOTJNTI,AN LODGE 3/21/2004
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
Sealants: Elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with
applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based
formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials.
Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shape, nickel silver exposed-edge material with satin finish.
Floor Sealer: Colorless, slip- and stain-resistant sealer, not affecting color or physical
properties of stone surfaces as recommended by stone tile producers for application indicated.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
a. Bostik Findley.
b. Custom Building Products.c. Hillyard, hrc.
d. HMK Stone Care System.
e. Summitville Tiles. Inc.
FABRICATION
Facial Dimensions of Stone Tiles with Polished or Honed Faces: Do not vary facial dimensions
from specified dimensions by more than plus or minus l/64 inch (0.4 nrm).
Facial Dimensions of Stone Tiles with Sand-Rubbed NatLrral-Cleft or Therrnal-Finishcd Faces:
Do not vary facial dimensions from specified dimensions by ntore- thrn plus or minus 1/32 ::tc';i
(0.8 mm).
Thickness of Stone Tiles with Polished Honed or Sand-Rubbed Finish: Do not vary fi-om
specified thickness by more than plus or minus l/32 inch (0.8 mm).
Thickness of Stone Tiles with Natural-Cleft or Thermal Finish: Do not vary average thickncss
of each tile from specified thickness by more than plus or minus 1/16 inch (l .6 nln).
Backs ofPieces: Gage units by dressing backs ofpieces smooth and flat.
l. Natural-cleft stone need not be gaged if gap does not exceed 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) when
tested with a24-inch (600-nrnr) straightedge on backs of units.
09385 - 3
20021 501 .08
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2V2004
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Preparation: For concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thin-set mortar,
correct conditions that do not comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced
ANSI Al08 Series of tile installation standards.
1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound.
2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding.
B. ANSI Tile lnstallation Standards: Comply with requirements of ANSI Al08 that apply to types
of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated.
l. For tile floors, follow procedures in ANSI A108 for providing 95 percent mortar
coverage.
C. TCA Installation Guidelines: Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation."
D. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete
covering without intemrptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at
obsfuctions, edges, and comers without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.
E. Accurately form intersections and retums. Perform cutting and drilling of tilc rvithout marring
visible surfaces. Fit tile closely to elechical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so
plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
F. Finish cut tile edges that will not be concealed by other construction to match factory-fabricatcd
edges, unless otherwise indicrted.
G. Jointing Pattem: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherrvise indicated. Align joints s'hen
adjoining tiles on floor, base, rvalls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile rvork and centcr til,-'
fields in both directions in eaclr space or on each wall arca. Adjust to minimize tile cutting.
H. Match tiles within each space by selecting tiles to achieve uniformity of color and pattern.
Reject or relocrte tiles that do not nratclt colot and pattern of r.ljnr--'rrt t,l,. s.
I. Pattern Orientation: For stone varieties with directional pattem, orient pattern as indicatcd, or if
not indicated, as directed by Architect.
J. Expansion Joints: Locate scalant-filled joints rvhere indicated dLrring installation of setting
materials, mortar beds, and tilc. Do not sarv-cut joints alicr instrlling tilcs.
l. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates.
2. Prepare joints and apply elastomeric sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
3. Use single-component, mildew-re sistant, neutral-curing silicone sealant for joints in
walls.
4. Use single<omponent, nonsag urethane sealant for joints in floors.
T
T
l
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
il
I
I
tl
t
I
t
IDMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 4
I 2oo2r5or.o8
t
I
VAIL MOIiNTI.AN LODGE 3t21t2004
t 3.2 TNSTALLATToN ToLERANcES
t
T
,
I
t
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical joints, extemal comers, and other conspicuous lines, do not
exceed l/8 inch in 8 feet (3 mm in 2400 mm).
B. Variation in Level: For horizontal joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed li4 inch in
20 feet (6 n.rm in 6 m), or l12 inch (12 mm) maxrmum.
C. Variation in Surface Plane of Flooring: Do not exceed l/8 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) from
level or slope indicated when tested with a l0-foot (3-m) straightedge.
D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed the following differences
between faces ofadjacent units as measured from a sttaightedge parallel to tiled surface:
l. Units with Polished Faces: I i64 inch (i).4 mnr).
2. Units with Honed Faces: li64 inch (0.-l mn).
3. Units with Sand-Rubbed Faces: l/32 inch (0.8 mm).
4. Units with Thermal-Finished Faces: Depth of thermal finish or 3/16 inch (5 mm),
whichever is less.
5. Units with Natural-Cleft Faces: Depth of natural-cleft finish or 3/16 inch (5 mm),
whichever is less.
E. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than li 16 inch (1.6 ntm) or one-
fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less.
t 13 ADruSTINGAND CLEANING
I
I
I
I
A. Remove and replace material that is stained or othenvisc damaged or that cloes not rnatch
adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as spccified and in r nranner to clirninrte
evidence of replacement.
B. Cleon stone tiles aftcr seti.ing arrd grouting is complet"-; r:sc proccllr;ics recommenclctl l-'y stonc
producer and manui'acturer for typcs of applicatiol indicatcrl.
C. Apply sealer to cleaned stone tile flooring, according to serler mlnulacturer's s'rittct.r
insh'uctions.
; 3.4 sroNE FLooR TILE TNSTALLATToN scHEDULE
I A. Exterior floor installation on concrcte: thin-sct mortrr: TC.\ F102.
I 1. Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.v 2. Grout: Polymer-modified sanded grout.
I B. Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; TCA Fl13.
z^ I . Thin-Set Mortar: Latex-portland cement mortar.j 2. Grout: Polymer-modified unsanded grout.t C. Interior floor installation on concrete; thin-set mortar; watercleanable epoxy grout; TCA F115.Ir
DMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 5I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
2002r50r.08 VAIL MOUNTLAN LODGE
SECTION 09512 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
PART I -GENERAL
I.I ST]MMARY
A. This Section includes acoustical tiles and concealed suspansion systems for ceilings.
3t22t2004
1.2 SI.]BMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating penehations and ceiling-mounted
items. Show the following:
1 . Ceiling suspension assembly members.
2. Method of attaching hangers to building struchne.3. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
4. Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers,
access panels, and special moldings.
Samples: For each acoustical tile, for each concealed suspension systern member, for each
exposed molding and trinl and for each color and texture required.
Muct test repods.
Researctr/evaluation reports.
Maintenance data.
QUALITY ASSLIRANCE
Acoustical Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing laboratory or an NVLAP-
accredited laboratory.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
I . Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide acoustical tile ceilings identical to
those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E I 19 by UL or another testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Ratings are indicated
by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of
another testing and inspecting agency.
a. Identifu materials with appropriate markings of applicable lesting and inspecting
agency.
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
1.3
B.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOIJNTI,AN LODGE 3t22/2004
2. Surface-Buming Characteristics: Acoustical tiles complying with ASTM E 1264
Class A materials, when tested per ASTM E 84.
a. Smoke-Developed lndex: 450 orless.
C. Seismic Standard: Comply with the following:
I. ASTM E 580.
1.4 EXTRA MATERTALS
A. Fumish exta materials described below that match products installed and &at are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size units equal to 2.0 pe,cent of quantity installed, but
not fewer than 12 tiles.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANT]FACTI]RERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for
product selection:
l. Available Products: Subject to conpliance with requirernents, prducts that may be
incorporatcd into the Work include, but are not limited to, thc pnoducts sp€cified-
2.2 GENERAL
A. Acoustical Tile Standard: Comply with ASTM 8126/'.
B. Metal Suspansion System Standard: Comply with ASTM C 635.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the desigrr load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table l,
"Direct Hung,n unless otherwise indicated.
l. Anchors in Concrete: Adhesive anchors fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials.
with holes or loops for attaching hangers of qp€ indicated and with capability to sustain,
without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling constuction, as
determined by testing per ASTM E 488 or ASTM E l5l2 as applicable, conducted by a
qualified testing and inspecting agency.
2. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener systern of tlpe suitable for ap'plication
indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory
devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without
failure, a load equal to l0 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by
testing per ASTM E I 190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
l
I
I
t
I
t
I
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 -2
I 20021501.08 vArL MoI-TNTIAN LoDGE 3122/2004!
I D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc-coated carbon-steel wire; ASTM A64llA 641M, Class 1
t zinc coating, soft temper.
11 l. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger desigl load (ASTM C 635,
I Table l, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than
0. I 06-inch- (2.69-mm-) diameter wire.
fl
U E. Seismic struts and seismic clips.
- F. Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's
I standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspensionI systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed
flanges of suspension system runners.t,
a 2.3 ACOUSTICALTILES
I A. Available Products:
I l. Armstrong, Fine Fissured, Second Look II, Medium Texture.
I B. Classification: , Type lll, mineral base with painted finish; Form 2, rvater felted.
t l. Pattem: CEK
C. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
I D. [R: Not less than
11 E. NRC: Notlessthan 0.55,T1peE400mountingperASTME795.
I F. CAC: Not less than 30.
r] G. Edge Detail: 9i 16 Angted Tegular.t
H. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm).IJ I. Size: 24by49inches (scoringfor?4inchby24inchpattern).
n
| 2.4 METAL SUSPENSTON SYSTEM
A. Available Products:
! L Armshong, 15116 inch helude.
I B. Direct-Hung Suspension System: Intermediate duty structural classification.t
C. Access: Upward with each access unit identified by manufacturer's standard unobtrusive
I markers.
I
I
l ACOUSTICAI TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 3
20021501.08
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
I
I3.1
VAIL MOT,NTIAN LODGE 3122/2004
INSTALLATION
General: Install acoustical tile ceilings to cornply with ASTM C 636 seismic requiremerts
indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at
opposite edges ofeach ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width tiles at borders.
Suspend ceiling hangers from building's stuctural merrfurs, plumb and free from contact with
insulation or other objects within ceiling pleaum. Splay hangers only where required to miss
obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally
effective means. Where uridth of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces
hanger spacings that interfere with location ofhangers, use tapezes or equivalent devices.
l. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck anchor into
concrete slabs.2. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs or to steel roofdeck.
Install edge moldings and tim at perimeter of acoustical tile ceiling area and where necessary to
conceal edges of acoustical units. Screw attach moldings to zubstrate with concealed fasten€rs
at intervals not more than -t6 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from
ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of l/8 inch in 12 feet (3.2 mm in
3.66 m). Miter comers accurately and connect secrnely.
Install suspension system nrnners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another.
Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim.
Place splines or suspension system flanges into kerfed edges so tile-to-tile joints are closed by
double lap of material. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tile for
accurate fit at borders and around penefiations through tile. Hold tile field in compression by
inserting leaf-t1pe, spring-steel spacers between tile and moldings, spaced 12 inches (305 mm)
o,c.
END OF SECTION 09512
B.I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
D.
F.
I
I
I
I
t
T
IACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09512 - 4
I 2002rs01.08 vArL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3/2rt2004
I sECTroN onur, - sroNE
'AVTNG
AND FL.'RTNG
I PART1 -GENERAL
t l.l
'.MMARY
h A. This Section includes dimension stone flooring and t}resholds.
- 1. See Division 2 Section "Unit Pavers" for rough stone pavers.
2. See Division 9 Section "Dmension Stonc Tile" for stone tilc used as flooring.a
a 1.2 PERTORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
-,
I A. Stone Abrasion Resistance: Minimum value of 10 ased on testing according to ASTM C 241 or
ASTM C 1353, unless a higher value is required by the referenced building stone standard.
III
- 1.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessories, and other manufactured products
I indicated.
I B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.
t C. Samples:
l. For each stone type. Include two or more Samples in each set and show the full range of
variations in appearance characteristics expected in completed Work.
2. For each color of grout required.
D. Maintenance data.
r.4 QUALTTYASSURANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced mechanics and stone fitters who
l' are skilled in installing stone paving and flooring similar in material, design, and extent to those
indicated for this Project and whose projects have a record of successful in-service performance.
I B. Mockups: Build mockups to veriff selections made under sample Submittals and to
, demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities ofmaterials and execution.
1. Build mockups approximately 96 inches (2400 mm) square.
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2y2004
I.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Requirements for Stone Pavinq:
l. Do not build on frozen setting beds.
2. Protect stone paving against freezing when atmospheric temperature is 40 deg F
(4 deg C) and falling. Heat materials to provide mortar and grout temperatures between
40 and 120 deg F (4 and 49 deg C).
3. Provide the following protection for cornpleted portions of work for 24 hours after
installation when mean dailv air temoerature is as indicated:
a. Below 40 deg F (4 O.U arl, .ou., *ith *"uther-resistant membrane.b. Below 25 deg F (minus 4 deg C), cover with insulating blankets.
c. Below 20 deg F {minus 7 deg C), provide enclosure and temporary heat to
marntain temperature above 32 deg F (0 deg C).
B. Hot-Weather Requirements for Stone Paving: Protect stone paving when temperature and
humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of sefting beds and grout. Provide artificial
shade and windbreaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates
with temperatures of 100 deg F (38 deg C) and above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
I . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specified.
2.2 STONE, GENERAL
A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide stone varieties from
sources specified inPart2 "Stone Types" Article.
B. Match existing stone for variety, color, and finish where stone is indicated to match existing.
C. Provide stone that is free of cracks, seams, and starts impairing structural integrity or function.
D. Provide stone from a single quarry for each variety ofstone required.
1. For each stone variety, provide matched blocks exhacted from contiguous locations in a
single bed of quarry stratum unless Architect approves stone from blocks randomly
selected for aesthetic effect.
E. Quarry stone in a manner to ensure that as-quarried block orientations yield finished stone with
required characteristics.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
't
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 -2
rI 20021501.08 VAILMOUNTTAN LODGE 3t2U2004I
I 23 sToNETYPESI
A. Granite: Provide granite complying with ASTM C 615 and NBGQA's "Specifications forI Architectural Granite" and as follows:
I l. Varieties and Sources:
t a'
$illll*lTl;.-,4.s
indicated bv the lnterior Designer in finish schedule and
I b. Exterior Stone: To Match Existing.
2. Finish: As indicated or to match existing.I
t B. Slate: Provide slate complying with ASTM C 629, with a fine, even grain and unfading color,
._ from clear, sound stock and as follows:
t l. Classification: I Exterior and II Interior.2' Color: As indicated by Interior designer in finish schedule and specification sheets.I 3. Varieties and Sources:
I a. As indicated by Interior designer in finish schedule and specification sheets.
II 4. Finish: As indicated.t
I 2.4 MORTARMATERTALStA. Mortar Pigments: Natural or synthetic iron oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes andt with a record of satisfactory performance in stone mortars.
J l AvailableManufacturers:
Ir i: 3:rjJ3;i:."J"tion;
rndustriar chemicars Div
I ! 3:fiH:"?ffi:31'*
J
B. Latex additive (water emulsion), serving as rcplacement for part of or all gaging rvater, of type
I specifically recommended by latex-additive manufacturer for use ..,,,itlr .yoU-Lixed portlandI cement mortar and not containing a rctardcr.
f C. Thin-Set Mortar:
t l. Latex-PortlandCementMortar: ANSIAllg.4.
- D. Water: Potable.
T
2.5 GROUT
I A. Grout colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
I
I
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - 3
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
Latex-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI Al 18.6, for materials described in Paragraph H2.4, and
as follows:
I . Factory-Prepared, Dry-Grout Mixture: Factory-prepared mixture of portland cement;
dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to produce the
following:
a. Unsanded grout mixture forjoints l/8 inch (3 mm) and narrower.b. Sanded grout mixture for joints l/8 inch (3 mm) and wider.
2. Mixture of Dry-Grout Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of factory-prepared, dry-grout
mix and latex additive cornplying with the following requirements:
a. Unsanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch (3 mrn) and narrower.b. Sanded grout mixture for joints I /8 inch ( 3 mm; and wider.c. Latex Additive: Styrene-butadiene rubber or acrylic resin.
3. AvailableManufacturers:
a. Boiardi Products Corp.
b. Bonsal, W. R. Company.
c. Bostik.
d. C-Cure Corporation.
e. Custom Building Products.
f. DAP, Inc.
C. Laticrete International, lnc.h. Mapei Corporation.
i. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.j. Summitville Tiles, Inc.
k. TEC Specialty Products Inc.
ACCESSORIES
Cleavage Membrane: Polyethylene sheeting, ASTMD 4397, 4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick; or
asphalt felt, ASTM D 226,Type I (No. l5).
Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches (50 by 50 mm) by
0.062-inch (1.57-mm) diamcter'; comply with ASTTMA l3-( and ASTMA32 cxcept for
minimum wire size.
Divider Strips and Edging: Metal or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed
specifically for flooring applications, in longest lengths available, and as follows:
l. Exposed-Edge Material: Nickel silver.
2. Cross-Section Profile: Angle or L-shape.
3. Height: Equal to stone thickness plus depth ofselting bed.4. Width: 0.063 inch ( 1.5 mm).
5. Control-Joint Filler: Neoprene, in color selected by Architect from manufaclurer's full
range.
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
B.
2.6
I
I
I
I
I
A.
B.
C.I
I
I
I
I
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - 4
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/2v2004
Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D l7|2,Type II.
cleaner: stone cleaner specifically formulated for stone types, finishes, and applications
indicated, as recommended by stone producer and, if a sealer is specified, by sealer
manufacturer. Do not use cleaning compounds containing acids, caustiis, harsh fillers, or
abrasives.
Floor Sealer: Colorless, slip- and stain-resistant sealer that does not affect color or physical
properties ofstone surfaces, as recommended by stone producer for application indicated.
I . Available Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e,
f.
o
Bostik.
Custom Building Products.
Hillyard Floor Treatments.
HMK Stone Care hoducts.
Miracle Sealants Company.
Stone Care lntemational.
Summitville Tiles- Inc.
2.7 STONE FABRICATION
General: Fabricate stone paving and flooring in sizeq and shapes necessary to comply with
requirements indicated, including details on Drawings and Shop Drawings.
l. For granite, comply with recommendations in NBGQA's "Specifications for Architectural
Granite."
2' For marble, comply with reeommendations in MIA's "Dimensional Stone--Desien
Manual IV. "
3. For limestone, comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook."4. Fabricate stone thresholds in sizes and profiles as indicated or required to provide
transition between adjacent floor finishes.
Pattem Arrangement: Fabricate and arrange stone units rvith vcining and othcr natural
markings to comply with the follo'"ving requirements:
l- Cut stone from one block or contiguous, matched blocks in rvhich natural n-rarkings
occur.
2. Arrange units in blend pattern.
MORTARAND GROUTMIXES
Mortar: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers' written instructions to
produce mortar of uniform quality and with optimum performance characteristics.
I . Do not use admixtures, unless othenvise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride.
Latex-Modified Portland cement Setting Mortar: proportion and mix portland cement,
aggregate, and latex additive to comply with written instructions of latex-additive manufachner
t
I
t
I
I
I
B.
B.
2.8I
I
I
I
I
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - 5
20021501.08 VAIL MOT]NTTAN LODGE 3t21t2004
and as necessary to produce stiff mixture with a moist surface whel bed is ready to receive
stone.
C' Latex-Modified Portland Cement Bond Coat: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate,
and latex additive to comply with latex-additive manufacfurer's written mstructions.
D' Joint Grout: Comply with mixing requirements of referenced ANSI standards and
manufacfurer's written instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Vacuum c'lean concrete substrates to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles.
B. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond.
C' Clean dirty or slained stone surfaces by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and thendrenching with clear water. Use only mild cleaning compounds.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A' Do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use power saws with diamond blades to cut stone.cut lines shaight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
B. Set stone to comply with Drawings and Shop Drawings.
C' Scribe and field-cut stone as necessary to fit at obstructions. Produce tight and neat joints.
D' Stone over Waterproofing: Carefully place stone and setting materials over waterproofing soprotection materials are not displaced and waterproofing is not punctured or otherwise
damaged.
l. Provide cork joint filler, where indicated, at waterproofing that is tumed up on vertical
surfaces or, if not indicated, frovidc temporary liller or 1..r,.,..,tcction unlil stole pa.,i,.,-
installation is complete.
E. Expansion- and Control-Joint lnstallation: Locate and install according to Drarvings and ShopDrawings. Joint-sealant materials and installation are specified in Division 7 Section ,,Joint
Sealants."
3.3 INSTALLATIONTOLERANCES
A. Variation in Surface Plane of Paving and Flooring: Do not exceed lr'B inch in 10 t'cet (3 nrm in3 m), l/4 inch in 20 leet (6 mm in 6 nr), or 3/8 inch (10 mm) maximum from level or slopeindicated.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
t
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - 6
B.
A.
B.
3.4
I
I
I
t
I
2002 I 501 .08
F.
VAILMOTJNTIAN LODGE 3/21t2004
Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed li32-inch (0.8-mm)
difference between planes of adjacent units.
INSTALLATION OF STONE DIRECTLY OVER CONCRETE
Safurate concrete with clean water several hours before placing setting bed. Remove surface
water about one hour before placing setting bed.
Apply mortar bed bond coat to damp concrete and broom to provide an even coating that
completely covers the concrete. Do not exceed lll6-inch (1.5-mm) thickness. Limit area of
mortar bed bond coat to avoid its drying out before placing setting bed.
Apply mortar bed immediately after applying mortar-bed bond coat. Spread, tamp, and screed
to uniform thickness at elevations required for setting stone to finished elevations indicated.
Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with stone before initial set.
Cut back, bevel edge, and discard material that has reached initial set before stone can be
placed.
Place stone before initial set of mortar occurs. Immediately before placing stone on setting bed,
apply uniform 1/1 6-inch- ( I .S-mrn-) thick bond coat to bed or to back of each stone unit.
Tamp and beat stone to obtain full contact with setting bed and to bring finished surfaces rvithin
indicated tolerances. Set each unit in a single operation before initial sct of mortar.
Rake outjoints to depth required to receive grout as units are set.
Point joints after setting. Tool joints flat, uniform, and smooth, n'itlrout visible voids.
INSTALLATION OF STONE OVER CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE OR WATERPROOFING
Place cleavage membrane over substrates indicated to reccive stor-re, lapped at least 4 inchcs
(100 mm) atjoints.
Place reinforcing wire fabric over membrane, lapped at least one full mesh at joints and
srrl-rportcd so mesh bccor.ncs crr'.-.1,1,'cl irr ntirltllc of sett, :: L-'r1. Il,.lil ctl3cs L'r;k fi , I vet'l.. ul
surfaces approximately li2 inch (13 nrln).
Place mortar bed over membrane with rcinforcing wire fabric fully cmbcdded in middle of
mortar bed. Spread, tarnp, and screed to uniform thickness at elevations requir;C for setting
stone to finished elevations indicated.
Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with stone before initial set.
Cut back, bevel edge, and discard material that has reached initial set before stone can be
placed.
Place stone before initial set ofmortar occurs. Immediately before placing stone on setting bed,
apply uniform l/16-inch- (1.5-mm-) thick bond coat to bed or to back ofeach stone unit.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C.
D.
E.
3.5
G.
H.
B.
C.
D.
E,
I
I
I
I
I
STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 -7
2002r50t.08 VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE 3t2v2004
F. Tamp and beat stone to obtain full contact with setting bed and to bring finished surfaces within
indicated tolerances. Set each unit in a single operation before initial set of mortar.
G. Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout as units are set.
3.6 STONE THRESHOLD INSTALLATION
A' At locations adjacent to stone paving and flooring, install stone thresholds in same type of
setting bed as abutting stone paving and flooring, unless otherwise indicated.
l. Set thresholds in thin-set, latex-portland cement mortar to comply with ANSIAl08.5 at
locations where mortar bed would otherwise be exposed above other adjacent paving and
flooring.
3.7 GROUTING OF STONE PAVING AND FLOORING
A. Grout stone joints to comply with ANSI Al08.l0 and manufacturer's written instructions.
L Do not use sanded grout for polished or honed stone.
B. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints, taking
care not to smear grout on adjoining stone and other surfaces. After initial set ofgrout, finish
joints by tooling to produce a slightly concave polished joint, free ofdrying cracks.
C. Cure grout by maintaining in a damp condition for seven days exccpt as otherwise
recommended by latex-additive manufacturer.
3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean stone paving and flooring after setting and grouting are complete. Use proceclures
recommended by stone fabricator lbr types of application.
Apply sealer to cleaned stone flooring according to sealer manufacturer's rvritten instmctions.
Prohibit traffic fi'orn ir.:trllcd storr.. l.'l r .niinirrunr cl72 ltour'..
Protect stone paving and flooring during construction with nonstaining kraft paper. Wlere
adjoining areas require constnrction s.ork access, cover stonc paving and flooring with a
minimum of 3i-{-inch (20^mnr) untrerted plywood over nonstaining kaft paper.
END OF SECTION 09638
B.
C.
D.
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
STONE PAVING AND FLOORINC 09638 - 8
l.l
I
I
I
I
I
2002 I 501 .08
SECTION 09640 - WOOD FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t22/2004
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.2
SI.JMMARY
This Section includes the following:
l. Solid-wood, stip or plank flooring.
SUBMITTALS
Product Data: For each product indicated.
Shop Drawings: Show installation details including location and layout of each type ofwood
flooring and accessory.
Samples: For each type of wood flooring and accessory, with stain color and finish required.
QUALITY ASST]RANCE
Hardwood Flooring: Comply with NOFMA grading rules for species, grade, and cut.
l. Certification: Provide flooring that carries NOFMA grade stamp on each bundle or
piece.
PROIECT CONDITIONS
Conditioning: Maintain relative humidity planned for building occupants and an ambient
temPerature between 65 and 75 deg F (18 and 24 deg C) in spaces to receive wood flooring for
at least seven days before installation, during installation, and for at least seven days after
installation. After post-installation period, maintain relative humidity and ambient temperahre
planned for building occupants.
l. Move wood flooring into spaces where it will be installed, at least seven days before
installation.
2, For unfinished products, open sealed packages to allow wood flooring to acclimatize.3. Do not install flooring until it adjusts to the relative humidity of and is at the same
temperature as the space where it is to be installed.
Install factory-finished wood flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have
been completed.
A.
B.
C.
1.3
1.4
B.
t
I
I
WOODFLOORING 09640 - I
2002 150 I .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 3/22/2004
2.1 SOLID-WOOD STRIP OR PLANK FLOORING
A. Factory-FinishedProducts:
l. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requiremelts, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. As indicated in Finish schedule and specification sheets.
2.2 ACCESSORYMATERIALS
A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397 , polyethylene sheet not less than 6.0 mils (0.I 5 mm) thick.
B. FeltUnderlayment: ASTMD226,TypeI,No. 15, asphalt-saturatedfelt.
C. Wood Flooring Adhesive: Mastic recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers for
application indicated-
D. Fasteners: As recommarded by manufacturer, but not less than that recommended in NOFMA's
"Installing Hardwood Flooring."
E. Cork Expansion Strip: Composition cork strip cornpllng with FS HH{-576, Type I-B,
Class 2.
F. Wood Trim: In same species and grade as wood flooring, unless otherwise indicated.l. Ttneshold: Tapered on each side and routed at bottom ofone side to accommodatc wood
flooring.
2. Reducer Strip: 2 inches (51 mm) wide, tapered on one side, and in thickness matching
flooring.
PART 3 - DGCUTION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. Comply with flooring manufacturer's written installation instructions, but not less than
recommendations in NOFMA's "Installing Hardwood Flooring. "
B. Concrete Substrates: Verifu that slabs are dry according to test methods recommended by
flooring manufacturer or, if none, by test methods in NOFMA's "Installing Hardwood
Flooring."
l. Where wood flooring is installed directly over concrete slabs, grind high spots and fill
low spots to provide a maximum l/4-inch (6-mm) deviation in any direction when
checked with a l0-foot (3-m) straight edge.
2. Where wood flooring is adhesively attached to concrete slabs, veris that slabs are free of
curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with
adbesive bond.
I
l
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
WOODFLOORING 096/,0 -2
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
20021501.08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE
Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring ofnot less
than 3i4 inch (19 mm).
Vapor Retarder:
I . Wood Flooring Installed Directly on Concrete: lnstall a layer of polyethylene sheet
according to fl oorin g manufacfu rer's written instructions.
Solid-Wood Strip and Plank Flooring: Blind nail or staple flooring to substrate according to
NOFMA's written recommendations.
L Plank Flooring: For flooring of face width more than 3 inches (7-5 mm):
a. Install countersunk screws at each end of each piece in addition to blind nailing.
Cover screw heads with wood plugs glued flush with flooring.
b. Install not less than 2 countersunk nails at each end ofeach piece, spaced not more
than t6 inches (406 mm) along length of each piece, in addition to blind nailing.
Fill holes with matching wood filler.
Wood Trim: Nail baseboard to wall and nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard; do not
nail to flooring.
END OF SECTIONO964O
312212004
C.
D.
F.
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
WOODFLOORING o9uo -3
I 20021501.08 vArL MotrNTrAN LoDGE 3/2212004t
IT SECTION0965I-RESILIENTFLOORTILE
al
I PART I-GENERAL
-I I.I SUMMARYt
A. This Section includes the followine:
a l. Solid vinyl floor tile.2. Vinyl cornposition tile rygD.I
I 1.2 S{IBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: For each product indicated.
i- B. Samples: Full-size units ofeach color and pattem ofresilient floor tile required.
II
I.3 PROJECT CONDITIONSa
t A. Maintain temp€ratures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F
(21 degC) or more than 95 degF (35 degC), in spaces to receive floor tile during the
I following time periods:
'- 1. 48 hours before installation.
;fr 2. During installation.
t 3. 48 hours after installation.
-
- B. After postinstallation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by
I manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C).
C. Close spaces to traIfic during floor covering installation.I,
I D. Close spaces to haffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation.
I E. lnstall resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
I completed.
I r.4 ExTRAMATERTALSI
A. Fumish exta materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
I with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.I
1. FloorTile: Furnish I box for every 50 boxes or liaction thereol of eachtype, color, and
n pattern of floor tile installed.r
t
I
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651 - I
2.1
20021 501 .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t22/2004
SOLID VI}ryL FLOOR TILE
Solid Vinyl Floor Tile: ASTM F 1700.
l. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. As indicated by manufacturer's designations in lnterior Design Specification
Sheets.
Color and Pattem: As indicated by manufacturer's designations in Interior Desigr Specification
Sheets.
Class: As indicated by product designations.
Type: As indicated by product designations.
Thickness: Standard Size, as indicated by product designations.
Size: 1 8 by 18 inches (457 by 457 mm).
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics:
l. Critical Radiant Fltx Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 Wsq. cm per
ASTM E 648.
2.2 INSTALLATIONMATERTALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or
blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product
manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant tlpe recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and
substrale conditions indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of
resilient products.
B. Concrete Subsfates: hepare according to ASTM F 710.
l. Veri$/ that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed
with installation only after subst"tes pass testing.
3. Moisttne Testing:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651-2
C.
D.
F.
B.
C.
D.
F.
3.2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3t22/2004
a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation
only after subshates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of
rvater/l 000 sq. ft. ( 1 .36 kg of wateri92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.
b. Perform tesls recorffnended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after
substrates pass testing.
Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that
contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer.
Do not use solvents.
Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in
substrates.
Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at
least 48 hours in advance ofinstallation.
l. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as space where they are
to be installed.
Sweep and vacuum clean substates to be covered by resilient products immediately before
installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and
dust. hoceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so
tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut
widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.
l. Lay tiles square with room axis.
Match tiles for color and pattem by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as
manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discad broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed
tiles.
l. Lay tiles with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles (basket-weave pattern).
Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures
including built-in fumiture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and
nosings.
Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting
by repeating on floor tiles as marked on subskates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent,
nonstaining marking device.
Adhere tiles to flooring subshates using a full spread of adhesive applied 1o subsffate to produce
a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,
telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651 - 3
2002 r s01.08 VAIL MOUNTTAN LODGE 3t2U2W4
G. Perform the following operations immediately after cornpleting resilient product installation:
l. Remove adhesive and otherblemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.
3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommerded by manufactr.ner.
H. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction
operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period.
Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 0965I
I
l
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
T
I
T
RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651-4
I 20021501.08 vArL MouNTTAN LoDGE 3/zz/2004!
f SECTION 09653 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES
a-
t PART l -GENERAL
I l.r suMMARYI
A. This Section includes the followine:Ir l. Wall base.
2. Moldingaccessories.
I 1,2 SUBMITIALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachproductindicated.
r B. Samples: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard-size Samples but not
I less than 12 inches (300 mm) long, of each resilient product color, texture, and pattern required.
I 13 PRoJECTcoNDrrroNS
f A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufactwer, but not less than 70 deg F
I (21 deg C) or more than 95 deg F (35 deg C), in spaces to receive floor tile during the following
t time periods:
I l. 48 hours before installation.
f] 2. During installation.
3. 48 hours after installation.
I B. After postinstallation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by
- manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F ( l3 deg C) or rnorc than 95 deg F (35 deg C).
I C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been
I completed.
t r.4 EXTRAMATERT.ALS
I A. Fumish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
I with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
. l. Furnish not less than l0 linear feet (3 linear m) for every 500 linear feet ( 150 linear m) or
I fraction thereof, ofeach type, color, pattern, and size ofiesilient product installed.I
I
I
I RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096s3 - r
20021501.08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products:
incorporated into the
articles.
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t2U2004
Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
l
I
I
I
I
2.3
COLORS ANDPATTERNS
A. Colors and Pattems: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
RESILIENT WALL BASE
Wdl Base: ASTM F 1861.
l. AFCO-USA, American Floor Products Company, Inc.
2. Armstrong World Industies, Inc.
3. Azrock Commercial Flooring, DOMCO.
4. Bwke Mercer Flooring Products.
5. Endura;.
6- Estrie, Anrerican Biltite (Canada) Ltd.
7. Jolmsonite.
8. Marley Flexco (USA), Inc.
9. Mondo Rubber International, Inc.
10. Mussur, R. C. Rubber Co.
I l. Nora Rubber Flooring, Freudarberg Building Systans, lnc.
12. Pirelli Rubber Flooring.
13. Roppe Corporation.
14. Stoler Industries.
15. VPI, LLC, Floor hoducts Dvision.
Type (Material Requiranent): TS (rubber, wlcanized thermoset) or TP (rubber, thermoptastic).
Group (Manufacturing Method): I (solid, homogareous) or II (layered).
Style: Cove (with top-set toe).
Minimum Thickness: 0.080 inch (2.0 mm).
Height: 4 inches (102 rnm).
Lengths: Cut lengths 48 inches (1219 mm) long or coils in manufacturer's standard length.
Outside Corners: Job formed or prernolded.
Inside Corners: Job formed or premolded.
Surface: Smooth.
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES w653 -2
I 20021501.08 vAIL MotrNTtAN LoDcE 3t22t2004
I 2.4 RESTLTENT MoLDTNG ACcESSoRIESI
A. Description: Carpet edge for glue-down applications, Nosing for carpet, Nosing for resilient
I floor covering, Reducer strip for resilient floor covering, Joiner for tile and carpet.r 1. Burke Mercer Flooring Products.
fl 2. Johnsonite;.
| 3. Marley Flexco (USA), Inc.
4. Roppe Corporation; .
I 5. Stolerlndustries;.
r B. Material: Vinyl.
I C. Profile and Dimensions: As indicated or required for installation.t
I 2.5 INSTALLATIoNMATERTALS
I A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compotmds: Latex-modified, portland cernent based or
I blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product
I manufacturers for applications indicated.
f B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and
I substrate conditions indicated.
- C. Stair-Tread-Nose Filler: Twopart epoxy comporxid recomnrended by resilient tead
I manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.
l PART3 -EXECUTION
I
I 3.1 PREPARATION
I A. Prepare subshales according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of
I
resiliantproducts.
- B. Concrete Substrates for Stair Accessories: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.
I l. Verify rhat substrates are dry and fiee of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
fl 2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. hoceed
|l 3' il11"#:1:Xilt"''lvaftersubstratespasstesting'
! a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation
I only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb ofI b l,#.ifi.L',:;*;ffli.1i-THll,?#":'##5H* instaration onry after
; substates pass testing.
T
Ia
RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 - 3Ir
20021501.08 VAILMOUNTTAN LODGE 3t22t2004
C. Remove subsbate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that
contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer.
Do not use solvents.
D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in
substrates.
E. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be insalled at
least 48 hours in advance of installation.
l. Do not install resilient products until they are the same tenrperature as the space where
lhey are to be installed.
F. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilieat products immediately before
instrallation. After cleaning, examine subshates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and
dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 RTSILIENT WALL BASE INSTALLATION
A. Apply wall base to walls, colunms, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other
permanent fixtures in rooms and meas where base is required.
B. Install wall base in lengths as lmg as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of
adjacent pieces aligned.
C. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate tlnoughout length of each piece, with base in continuous
contact with horizontal and vertical subst'ates.
Do not shetch wall base during installation.
On masonry surfaces or other similar inegular substrates, fill voids along top edge of wall base
with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
Premolded Corners: Install premolded comers before installing staight pieces.
. Job-Formed Corners:
I . Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form without
producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. Shave back ofbase at points where bends
occur and remove strips perpendicular to length of base that are only deep enough to
produce a snug fit without removing more than half the wall base thickness.2. Inside Comers: Use staight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting an
inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave
back ofbase where necessary to produce a snug fit to substate.
3.3 RESILIENTACCESSORYINSTALLATION
A. Resilient Stair Accessories:
l. Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.
D.
E.
F.
G
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096s3 - 4
I
I
I 2oo2lsol.o8 VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 3t22/2004
I 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length ofeach piece.r 3. For heads installed as separate, equalJength units, install to produce a flush joint
between units.
I B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates
throughout length of each piece. lnstall reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would
I otherwisebe exposed.
I
I 3.4 CLEANTNG AND PROTECTTON
f A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation:
L Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.
2. Sweep and vacuurn surfaces thoroughly.
3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.
a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer.
I B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction
t operations and placonent of equipment and fixtures during remainder ofconstuction period.
Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer.
I ENDoFsEcrroNoe6s3
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 - s
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTIAN LoDGE 3t2z/zoo4!
I SECTTON 09751 - TNTERTOR STONE FACTNG
t PART l -GENERAL
I r.l suMMARYt
- A. This Section includes interior stone for the following:
I l. Base and trimf 2. Countertops.
,l B. See Division 9 Section "Dimension Stone Tile" for stone floor and wall tile.
t C. See Division 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring" for stone flooring.
- 1.2 PERFORMANCEREeUIREMENTS
I
l' I.3 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessories, and other manufactured products
I indicated.
t B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work.
C. Samples:
I l. For each stone tJpe. Include two or more Samples in each set and show the full range off variations in appearance characteristics expecte-d in completed Work.
2. For each color of grout required.
f D. Maintenance data.
l r.4 QUALTTYASST.IRANCE
I A. Installer Qualifications: An installer who employs experienced stone masons and stone fitters
f who are skilled in installing interior stone facing similar in material, design, and extent to that
indicated for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service
I P'erformance'
t 1. Installer's responsibilities include fabricating and installing interior slone facing
anchoring system and providing professional engineering services needed to assume
I engineering responsibility.t
B. Mockups: Build mockups to set quality standard for fabrication and installation.
I l. Build mockups for the following kinds of interior stone facing:a. Stone base, approximately 72 inches ( I 800 mm) long.I!
INTERIOR STONE FACING 0975I - I
I
I
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTTAN LODGE 3t22t2004
2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of
Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 MANUFACTURERS
A. ln other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
l. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the
manufacturers specifi ed.
2.2 STONE, GENERAL
A. Varieties and Sources: Subject to conpliance with requirements, provide stone varieties from
sources specified inPart2 nStone Types" Article.
B. Provide stone that is free of cracks, sears, and starts irnpairing stn rctural integrity or function.
C. Provide stone from a single quarry for each variety of stone required.
l. For each slone variety, provide matched blocks extracted from contiguous locations in a
single bed of quarry stratum unless Architect approves stone from blocks randomly
selected for aesthetic effect.
D. Quarry stone in a manner to ensure that as-quarried block orientations yicld finished stone with
required characteristics.
2.3 STONE TYPES
A. Granite: Provide granite complying with ASTMC6I5 and NBGQA's "Specifications for
Architectural Granite" and as follows:
l. Varieties and Sources:
a. As indicated in Interior design Finish schedule and Specification Sheets.
2. Finish: As indicated in lnterior design Finish schedule and Specification Sheets.
B. Marble: Provide marble complying with ASTM C 503 and as follows:
l. Varieties and Sources:
a. As indicated in Interior design Finish schedule and Specification Sheets.
2. Finish: As indicated in Interior design Finish schedule and Specification Sheets.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IINTERIOR STONE FACING 0975r -2
I 20021501.08 vATLMouNTIAN LoDGE 3/22/2004r
I 2.4 ADHESTVES AND SEALANTS
!A. General: Use only adhesives formulated for stone and ceramic tile and recommended by their
rt manufacturer for the application indicated.
'l B. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI A118.3.
I l. Available Manufacturers:a
I i B:;tr:J'#;ffili'*t c. CustomBuildingProducts.
d. Laticrete Intemational- Inc.
I e. Mapei Corporation.
t f. SummiMlleTiles, Inc.
I C. Sealani for Countertops: Silicone sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Section
I "Joint Sealants."
l. Color: Clear.
I
2.5 STONE FABRICATION
t A. General: Fabricate interior stone facing in sizes and shapes required to comply with
quiremants indicated, including details on Drawings and Shop Drawings.
t 1. For granite, comply with recommendations in NBGQA's 'Specifications for Architectural
Granite."
I 2. For marble, comply with recommendations in MIA's "Dimensional Stone-Design
I Manual IV."
I B. Fabricate molded work to produce stone shapes with a uniform profile throughout entire unit
I length and with precisely formed arris slightly eased to prevent snipping, and matched at jointsr between units.
I l. hoduce moldings with machines having abrasive shaping wheels made to reverseI contour of molding shape; do not sculpt moldings.
2. Miter moldings at comers, unless otherwise indicated, with edges of miters slightly eased
at outside corners.
a C. Stone Countertops: Comply with recommendations in MIA's "Dimensional Stone--Design
t Manual [V" and as follows:
I l. Seams: Fabricate countertops in sections indicated for joining in field, with sealant-filled
seams l/16 inch (1.5 mrn) in width.
11 2. Undercounter Lavatories: Make cutouts for undercounter lavatories in shop usingI :",Tj:1fi'":::T"i"ffi:1i'il,'il.,:fl T::li:j:ffi;"ffi":,i'ffi:"J,tT$lff:
{inish edges to match tops.
T
I!INTERIORSTONEFACING 0975I -3
ltI
I
I
t
I
I
J.
4.
3.1
2002 l 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/22t2004
Counter-Mounted Sinks: Prepare countertops in shop for field cutting openings for
counter-mounted sinks. Mark tops for cutouts and drill holes at comers of cutout
locations. Make corner holes oflargest radius practical.
Fittings: Drill countertops in shop for plumbing fittings, undercounter soap dispensers,
and similar items.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
SETTING OF STONE, GENERAL
Do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Use power saws with diamond blades to cut stone.
Cut lines straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping.
Contiguous Work Provide reveals and openings as required to accommodate contiguous work.
Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings and Shop Drawings. lnstall
anchors, supports, fastaners, and other attachm€nts indicated or necessary to secure interior
stone facing in place. Shim and adjust anchors, supports, and accessories to set stone accurately
in locations indicated with uniform joints of widths indicated and with edges and faces aligred
according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.
Provjde expansion, control, and pressure-relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated.
L Sealing expansion and other joints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."2. Keep expansion joints free of plaster, mortar, grout, and other rigid materials.
CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stone Units (Lipping): Do not exceed l/32-nch (0.8-mm)
difference betweel planes of adjacent units.
INSTALLATION OF STONE BASE, AND TRIM
Stone Base and Trim at Walls with Stone: Set units by adhering to interior stone facing with
water-cleanable epoxy adhesive. Hold adhesive back from exposed edges ofjoints to allow for
grouting.
Stone Base and Trim at Walls without Stone Paneling: Adhere units with firll spread of water-
cleanable epoxy adhesive. Hold adhesive back from exposed edges of joints to allow for
grouting.
INSTALLATION OF COUNTERTOPS
General: Install countertops over plywood subtops with full spread of water-cleanable epoxy
adhesive.
General: lnstall cormtertops by adhering to supports with water-cleanable epoxy adhesive.
B.
c.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
D.
3.2
J.J I
I
T
I
I
I
I
B.
B.
3.4
INTERIOR STONEFACING 09751 - 4
C.
D.
F.
3.5
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
20021 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTI,AN LODGE 3t22/2004
Space seams with l/16-inch (1.5-mm) gap for filling with sealant. Use temporary shims to
ensure uniform spacing and clamp units to temporary bracing to eliminate lipping.
Complete cutouls not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent
damage while cutting.
Install backsplash and end splash by adhering to wall with water-cleanable epoxy adhesive.
Leave l/16-inch (1.5-mm) gap between countertop and splash for filling with sealant. Use
temporary shims to ensure uniform spacing.
Apply sealant to seams and to gap between countertops and splashes; comply with Division 7
Section "Joint Sealants."
CLEANING
Clean interior stone facing not less than six days after completion of grouting and pointing,
using clean water and soft rags or stiff-bristle fiber brushes. Do not use wire brushes, acid-type
cleaning agents, cleaning compounds with caustic or harsh fillers, or other materials or methods
that could damage stone.
END OF SECTION 09751
INTERIOR STONE FACING 09751 - 5
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTIAN LoDGE 3/22/2004
!
I SECTTON 09911 - pArNTrNc (CONSUMER LrNE PRODUCTS)
I PARTI -GENERAL
I l.r suMMARYI
A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed interior items and
t surfaces.
I
I r.2 SUBMITTALS
I! A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
I B. Samples: For each type of finish-coat material indicated.I
I I.3 QUALITYASSURANCEt
A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full-coat benchmark finish sample for each type ofI coating and subshate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5.
I l. Wall Surfaces: hovide samples on at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m).
11 2. Small Areas and ltems: Architect will designate items or areas required.
I 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples.
I t.4 PRoJECT coNDrrroNs!
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
I ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 <Jeg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition,
I free of foreigrr materials and residue.
I B. Apply waterbome paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air
I are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).
I C. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding
I air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C).
r D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or
I at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
I 1.5 EXTRAMATERI,ALS
I A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the
I quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identift with
t labels describing contents. Deliver exta materials to Owner.
I
I
PAINTING (CONSUMER LrNE PRODUCTS)0991r - l
t
t
I
I
I
2.1
20021501.08 VAIL MOIJNTIANLODGE 3t22/2004
1. Quantity: 3 percent, but not less than I gal. (3.8 I-), as appropriate, ofeach material and
color applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTT]RERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2
articles.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
l. Benjamin Moore & Co. @enjamin Moore).2. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado).
3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints).
4. Kelly-Moore Paint Co. (Kelly-Moore).
5. M. A. Bruder & Sons, Inc. (M. A. B. Paint).6. PPG lndustries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
7. Shenvin-WilliamsCo. (Shenvin-Williams).
PAINT MATERI.ALS, GENERAL
Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish+oat materials that me
compatible with one another and with the subsbates indicated under conditions of service and
application, as demonstated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience,
Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's bestquality paint material of the various coating
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacttrer for ap'plication
indicated. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturels product identification will
not be acceptable.
Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
PREPARATORY COATS
Concrete Unit Masonry Block Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat
manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on
substrate indicated.
Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex-based primer of finish coat manufacturer and
recommended in wdting by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substate indicated.
l. Ferrous-Metal and Aluminum Substrates: Rust-inhibitive metal primer.2. Zinc-Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer.
3. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate
indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
B.I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.2
B.
c.
2.3
B.
PAINTING (CONSI]MER LINE PRODUCTS)09911-2
I 2002150r.08 vArL MouNTtAN LoDGE 3tzztzoo4!
I C. lnterior Primer: lnterior latex-based or alkyd pnmer of finish coat manufacturer and
I recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated.
I l. Ferrous-Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust-inhibitive metal primer.
|| 2. Zinc-Coated Metal Subsfates: Galvanized metal primer.
3. Where manufacturer does nol recornmend a separate primer formulation on subsfate
indicated, use paint specified for finish coat.
I
2.4 INTERIOR FINISH COATSIf A. hterior Flat Acrylic Paint:
I l. Benjamin Moore; Regal Wall Satin No. 215 Premium lnterior Finishes Flat Finish.
I 2. Coronado; 26Line Gold Acrylic Latex Flat Wall Paint.3. ICI Dulux Paints; l20l-XXXXDulux Ulta Velvet Sheen Interior Flat Latex Wall &
I Trim Finish.
I 4. Kelly-Moore; 550 Super Latex lnterior Flat Wall Paint.5. M. A. B. Pain! Rich Lux Wal-Shield Latex Flat 041 Line.
,r 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 80-Line Wallhide krterior Wall Flat Latex Paint.
I 7. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint, ,\86 Series.
B. Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel:I
I l. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Regal AquaVelvet No. 319.2. Coronado; Tough Walls Acrylic Eggshell Wall & Trim Enamel.
ll 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1403-XXXX Duln* Ult u Eggshell Interior Latex Wall & Trim
I Enamel.
4. Kelly-Moore; l610 Sat-N-Sheen lnterior Latex Low Sheen Wall and Trim Finish.
I 5. Kelly-Moore; 1686 Dura-Poxy Eggshell Acrylic Enamel.
I 6. M. A. B. Paint; fuch Lux Low Luste Latex Enamel 028 Line.
7. Pittsburgh Paints; 89-Line Manor Hall hrterior Eggshell Wall and Trim.
- 8. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Satin Wall Paint A87 Series.
- C. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel:
I l. Benjamin Moore; Regal AquaGlo No. 333 Premium Interior Finishes Latex Semi-Gloss.t 2. Coronado; 22Ltne Tough Walls Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel.3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1407-XXXX Dulux Ultra Semi4loss Interior Acrylic Wall & Trim
Enamel.
fl 4. Kelly-Moore; 1650 Acry-Plex Latex Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel.5. Kelly-Moore; 1685 Dura-Poxy Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel.
I 6. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Serni-Gloss Latex Enamel 023 Line.
t 7. Pittsburgh Paints; 88-l l0 Satinhide Interior Enamel Wall & Trim Lo-Lustre Semi-Gloss
Latex.
I 8. Sherwin-Williams; SuperPaint Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel A88 Series.
'! D. hterior Full{loss Acrvlic Enamel:
I l. Benjamin too.o Impervex Enamel No. 309.r 2. Coronado; 414 Line Super Kote 5000 Acrylic High Gloss Enamel.
I
I
PAINTING (CONSTJMER LINE PRODUCTS)09911-3
2002I50r.08 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
2.5
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/22/2004
ICI Dulux Paints; 3028-XXXX Dulux lnterior/Exterior Acrylic Gloss Finish.
Kelly-Moore; 1680 Dura-Poxy Gloss Acrylic Enamel.
M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Architectural High Gloss Latex Enamel 022-127 Line.
Pittsburgh Paints; 5l Line Brilliant Reflections Interior/Exterior Latex Gloss Enamel.
Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel 82lW20l.
Benjamin Moore; Irnpervo Enamel No. 133.
Coronado; 123 Line Super Kote 5000 High Gloss Alkyd Enamel.
ICI Dulux Paints; 4308-XXXX Devguard Alkyd Industrial Gloss Enamel.
Kelly-Moore; 1700 Kel-Guard Gloss Allcyd Rust Inhibitive Enamel.
M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Architectural Bright White Enamel 02G127 Line.
Pittsburgh Paints; 7-814 Series Pittsburgh Paints Indusbial Gloss{il InteriorlExterior
Enamel.
Shenvin-Williams; ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel 835W200 Series.
G.Interior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Wood and Metal Surfaces:
lnterior Semigloss Alkyd Enamel:
Benjamin Moore; Satin Impervo Alkyd Low Lustre Enamel No. 235.
Coronado; 23 Line Premium Gold Collection Allcyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
ICI Dulux Paints; l5l6-XXXXulfra-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss Interior Wall & Trim
Enamel.
Kel ly-Moore ; I 630-Kel-Cote lnterior Allcyd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Semi-Gloss 403 Line.
Pittsburgh Paints; 27 Line Wallhide Low Odor Interior Enamel Wall and Trim Semi-
Gloss Oil.
Sherwin-Williams; Classic 99 hrterior Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel A-40 Series.
F.Interior Full-Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Gypsum Board and Plaster:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
l.
2.
)-
4.
5.
6.
7.
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
INTERIOR WOOD STAINS AND VARNISHES
Open-Grain Wood Filler:
Benjamin Moore; Impervo Enamel No. 133.
Coronado; 123 Line Super Kote 5000 High Gloss Alkyd Enamel.
ICI Dulux Paints; 70XX Mirrolac InteriorlExterior Allcyd-Urethane Gloss Enamel.
Kelly-Moore; I 630-Kel{ote Interior Allryd Semi-Gloss Enamel.
M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Architectr:ral Bright White Enamel 026-127 Line.
Pittsbwgh Paints; 7-814 Series Pittsburgh Paints Industial GlossOil Interior/Exterior
Enamel.
Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel B35W200 Series.
Banjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238.
Coronado; none required.
ICI Dulux Paints; non€ required.
Kelly-Moore; none required.
M. A. B. Paint; Paste Wood Filler.
Pittsbtrgh Paints; none required.
l.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PAINTING (CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS)09911-4
I 20021s01.08 vArL MoUNTTAN LoDGE 3tz2tzo04r
T; 7. Sherwin-Williams; Sher-Wood Fast-Dry Filler.
I 8. Sherwin-Williams; none recommended.
I B. Interior Wood Stain: Alkyd based.
I l. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Penetrating Stain No. 234.
- 2. Coronado; 69-27 Oll Penetrating Wood Stain.
I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1700-XXX WoodPride lnterior Solventbome Wood Finishing Stain.
- 4. Kelly-Moore; McCloskey Stain.5. M. A. B. Paint; Wood Stain 062 Line.
I 6. Pittsburgh Pain ts; 77 -560 Rez lnterior Semi-Transparent Oil Stain.t 7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Interior Oil Stain A-48 Series.
t C. Clear Sanding Sealer: Fastdrying alkyd based.
!1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick-Dry Sanding Sealer No. 413.
11 2. Coronado; 8l-10 Dual Seal.
I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Varnish.
4. Kelly-Moore; 2164EZ Sand Alkyd Q. D. Sealer.
a 5. M. A. B. Paint; Minit Dri Sanding Sealer 037-005 Line.
t 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-10 SpeedHide Quick-Drying hterior Sanding Wood Sealer and
Finish.7 Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer 826V43.I
t D. Interior Allcyd- or Polyurethane-Based Clear Satin Vamish:
I I . Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes Low Lustre
I No.435.
2. Coronado; l5l-100 Alkyd Clear Satin Vamish.
I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1902-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polytrethane Varnish.
I 4. Kelly-Moore; 2050 Kel-Aqua Stain Base.5. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane.
I 6. Pittsbtngh Paints;77-7 Rez Varnish, Interior Satin Oil Clear.
I 7. Shenvin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Oil Vamish, Satin A6G300 Series.
E. Interior Waterbome Clear Satin Vamish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.
It l. Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane No. 423, Satin.2. Coronado; 70-10 Aqua-Plastic Urethane Clear Satin.
I 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1802-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Satin Vamish.
f 4. Kelly-Moore; 2097 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Urethane-Satin.5. M. A. B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Satin Polyurethane 088-900s.
I 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 77 49 Rez Satin Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
fJ 7. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, 4,68 Series.
) F. Interior'Waterbome Clear Gloss Varnish: Acrylic-based polyurethane.
I'! l. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polywethane Finishes High Gloss
I 2. fl;"1'"1", 70-10 Aqua-plastic Urerhane clear Gloss.r 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1808-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterbome Aquacrylic Gloss Vamish.
I
I
PAINTING (CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS)099n - 5
2002 I 501 .08 VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE 3/2A2OO4
Kelly-Moore; 2096 Kel-Thane II Clear Acrylic Urethane--Gloss.
M. A- B. Paint; Rich Lux Water Based Gloss Polyurethane 088-899 Line.
Pittsburgh Paints; 77-45 Rez Full-Gloss Acrylic Clear Polyurethane.
Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterbome Polyurethane Gloss, A68 Series.
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.1
G.Paste Wax: As recommended bv manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
APPLICATION
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application.
Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure
compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, fumish information on
characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fxhres, and
similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible
because of size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before swface
preparation and paintin g.
I . After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using
workers skilled in the trades involved.
Surface heparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacture/s
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.
l. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.2. Cernentitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dus! dirt, grease, oils, and release
agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to
improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral
spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.
a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac
or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill
holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand
smooth when dried.
b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. prime edges,
ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, cormters,
cases, and paneling,
c. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar vamish.d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet
wall construction occurs on back side.e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of rmprimed wood doors with a healy coat of
vamish or sealer immediatelv on deliverv
B.
C.
D.
T
I
PAINTING (CONST]MER LINE PRODUCTS)09911 - 6
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
20021501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t22/2004
4. Fenous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces thal have not been shop
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations.
a. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal heatm€nt wash coat
before priming.
b. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-
brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with
same primer as the shop coat.
5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpeholeum-based solvents so
surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized
sheet metal fabricated from coil stock bv mechanical methods.
Material Preparation:
l. Maintain containers used in mixing
foreign materials and residue.
and applying paint in a clean condition, free of
2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface
film and strain material before using.
Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector
covers, covers for firmed-tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings
in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
L Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and firrniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed
equipment or furniture with prime coat only.2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through
registers or grilles.
3. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.4. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.
5. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match
exterior.
Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or vamish coat.
Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent
surface deterioration.
1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted.
2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply
additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.
Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators
according io manufacturer's written instructions.
G.
H.
PAINTING (CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS)09911-7
2002 r 501 .08 VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t22t2004
Minimum coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no lhinner than manufacturerrs
recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thiclcress of the enlire system as
recommended by manu facfurer.
Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items
exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces.
Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure cornplete
coverage with pores filled.
Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by
manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime
coated by others. Recoat prirned and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or
tmsealed ,ueas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects
due to insufficient sealing.
Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Cornpletely cover surfaces as necessarj/ to provide a smooth,
opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appeaf,ance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,
holidays, laps, brush marks, nms, sags, ropiness, or other surface impe.rfections will not be
acceptable.
Transparent (Clear) Finisbes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass-smooth surface film of
even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color inegularity, brush marks,
orange peel, nail holes, or other surface irnperfections.
Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistibute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no
evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other swface
imperfections.
CLEANING AND PROTECTING
At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint
materials from Project site.
Protect work of other tades, whether being painted or not, againsl damage from painting.
correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect.
Provide "wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
l. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted
surfaces. Comply with procedrnes specified in PDCA Pl.
EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE
Ferrous Metal:
1 . Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.
a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer (not required on shopprimed items).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J.
N.
o.
P.
3.2
B.
C.
J.J
PAINTING (CONSI.]MER LINE PRODUCTS)09911- 8
I 2002t501.08 vAIL MoLINTTAN LoDGE 3tz2/2004I
b. Finish Coats: Exterior low-luster acrylic paint.r 2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer.
r i ilTr."uill;1*T":Hiffi1,::ffi:.:;H".,o:"'d
on shop-primed items)
II B. Zinc-Coated Metal:I
l. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer.
I a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Exterior lowluster acrylic paint.
f| 2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer.
1; a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer.
t b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss allcyd enamel.
r C. Aluminum:
I l. Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
I a. Primer: Exterior alurninum primer under acrylic finishes.
f b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel.
|1 2. Allcyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
I a. Primer: Exierior aluminum primer under allqyd {inishes.b. Finish Coats: Exterior full-gloss alkyd enamel.
!
3.4 INTERIORPAINTSCHEDULE
I A. Concrete and Masonry (Otber Than Concrete Unit Masonry):
I 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
!a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer.
b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.
I 2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
ll a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer.I b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyi enamel.
I B. Concrete UnitMasonry:I
l. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler.r i 3,*l:1*,";,ffi:'#'jffilH#"'on"oII
PATNTTNG (CONSUMER LrNE PRODUCTS) 0991I - 9
r
2002l501 .08 VAIL MOI.]NTIAN LODGE
2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a filled surface.
a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler.b. Finish Coat: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
c. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint.
C. Gypsum Board:
l. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: tnterior glpsum board primer.
b. Finish Coats: lnterior flat acrylic paint.
2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: Two linish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss allcyd enamel.
D. Wood and Hardboard:
l. Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and
finishes.
b. Finish Coats: Interior low-luster acrylic enamel.
2. Allcyd-Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic-enamel and
finishes.
b. Finish Coats: lnterior semigloss alkyd enamel.
E. Ferrous Metal:
I . Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.b. Finjsh Coats: lnterior flat acrylic paint.
2. Allqyd-Enarnel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior ferrous-metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
F. Zinc-Coated Metal:
1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer.
a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: lnterior flat acrylic paint.
3/22/2004
semigloss alkyd+namel
semigloss alkyd-enamel
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
PAINTING (CONSUMER LINE PRODUCTS)0991I - l0
| 2oo2r5ol.o8 VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODCE 3122t2004
|| 2. Alkyd-Enamel Finish: One finish coat over a primer.
I a. Primer: Interior zinc-coated metal primer.b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.
G. All-Seryice Jacket over Insulatron:
t l. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex-emulsion size.
I
3.5 INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL-FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDI]LE
I A. Stain-Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of varnish over a sealer coat and interior wood
stain. Wipe wood filler before applying stain.
I l. Fitler Coar: Open-grain wood filler.2. Stain Coat: lnierioi wood stain.
r 3. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
I 4. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear satin varnish.
B. Natural-Vamish Finish: Two finish coats of vamish over a sealer coat and a filler coat.
I l. Filler Coat: Open-grain wood filler.2. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
I 3. Finish Coats: Interior waterborne clear satin vamish.!C. Wax-Polished Finish: Three finish coats of pasre vr'ax over a sealer coat and allcyd-basedI interior wood stain.
t- 1. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain.
.) 2. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer.
t 3. Finish Coats: paste wax.
I END oF sEcrroNoggllI
I
t
I
I
-
!
I
PATNTING (CONS{'MER LINE PRODUCTS)09911 - l I
I 2002150r.08 vArL MoITNTIAN LoDGE 3t2ztz004r
t SECTION0993l-EXTERIORWOODSTATNS
I PARTr -GENERAL
I r.r suMMARYI
A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood stains and clear wood
I finishes to exterior wood surfaces.
I
I 1.2 SUBMITTALS
I A. Product Data: For each type of stain indicated.
I B. Samples: For each color and stain material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual
- conditions, on representative Samples ofacfual substates.
I I . Stained Wood: Provide 6-inch- ( I 50-mm-) square Samples.! 2. Clear Wood Finish: Provide 6-inch- ( 150-mm-) square Samples.
t 1.3 PROJECT.CONDITIONS
I A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum
t ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition,
fi'ee of foreigrr materials and residue.
I B. Apply stains only when temperatures of surfaces to be stained and the surrounding air aret between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 degC) for oil-based stain, or between 50 deg F
(10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C) for latex-based stain.
I C. Do not apply stain in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; when
temperatures are less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet stnfaces.
t 1.4 EXTRAMATERIALS
I A. Furnish extra stain materials from the same production nm as the materials applied and in
quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identifu with
labels describing contents. Deliver exta materials to Owner.
I l. Quantity: 3 percent, but not less than I gal. (3.8 L), as appropriate, ofeach material and
color applied.
I
I
EXTERIORWOOD STAINS 0993I - I
t
2002 I 501 .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOTINTIAN LODGE 3/2?,2004
MANUFACTURERS
Available Products: Subject to compliance with requiremerts, producls that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those listed in other Part 2 articles.
Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following
manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
l. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).
2. Coronado Paint Cornpany (Coronado).
3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints).
4. PPG krdustries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
5. Samuel Cabot, Inc. (Samuel Cabot).
6. Sherwin-WilliamsCo.(Shenvin-Williams).
OEXTERIOR WOOD STAIN MATERIALS, GENERAL
Material Compatibility: Provide primers and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one
another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as
demonstated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Stain-Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality stain material of the various stain
types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application
indicated. Stain-material containers not displaying manufachne/s product identification will
not be acceptable.
Colors: Match existing.
EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN PRODUCTS
Semitansparent OiYAlkyd Stain:
l. Benjamin Moore: Moorwood Semi-Transparent Stain & Wood Preservative No. 081.2. Coronado: 92 Line Nordik Semi-Transparealt Stain and heservative.3. ICI Dulux Paints: 2710-XXXX Woodpride Exterior Oil Semi-Transpareat Stain.4. Pittsburgh Paints: 77-900 Series Rez Exterior Water Repellent Serni-Transparent Oil
Stains.
5. Samuel Cabot: Semi-Transparent Stains 0300/6300 Series.6. Sherwin-Williams: Exterior Alkyd Semi-Transparent Wood Preservative Stain A14
Series.
Semitransparent Acrylic Stain:
l. Barjamin Moore: Moorwood Acrylic SerniTransparent Stain 0093.2. ICI Dulux Paints: 2610-XXXX Woodpride Exterior Waterbome Semi-Transparent Stain.3. Pittsburgh Paints: 77460 Rez Exterior Semi-Transparent Latex Stain.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.1
B.
2.2
2.3
c.
A.
B.
EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 0993r -2
D.
F.
B.
c.
3.1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
T
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
2002r50l.08
C.
VAIL MOUNTI,AN LODGE 3t22/2004
4. Shenvin-Williams: WoodScapes House Stain Exterior Polyurethane Semi-Transparent
Stain Al5 Series.
Semisolid Oil/Alkyd Stain:
l. Samuel Cabot: Semi-Solid Stains 0100/6100 Senes.
Solid-Color Oil or Oil/Allcyd Stain:
l. Benjamin Moore: Moorwood Solid Color Exterior Stain No. 080.2. Coronado: 97 Line Solid Body Oil Stain.3. ICI Dulux Paints: 2700-XXXX Woodpride Exterior Solid Oil/Alkyd Stain.4. Pittsburgh Paints: 77-600 Series Pittsburgh Paints Exterior Solid Color Alkyd/Oil Stains.5. Samuel Cabot: O.V.T. Solid Color Oil Stain 0500/6500 Series.6. Sherwin-Williams: Exterior Alkvd Solid Color Stain Al4 Series.
Solid{olor Acrylic Stain:
l Benjamin Moore: Moorcraft Super Spec Acrylic Exterior Stain No. 179.2. Coronado: 96 Line Solid Body Acrylic Stain.3. ICI Dulux Paints: 2600-XXXX Woodpride Exterior Waterborne Solid Color Stain.4. Pittsburgh Paints: 77-400 Series Pittsburgh Paints Exterior Solid Color Acrylic Latex
Stains.
5. Samuel Cabot: O.V.T. Solid Color Acrylic Stain 0600 Series.6. Sherwin-Williams: WoodScapes House Stain Exterior Acrylic Solid Color A15 Series.
Clear Wood Finish:
l. Benjamin Moore: Moorwood Penetrating Clear Wood Finish & Preservative No. 088.2. Coronado: 199-10 Exterior Clear Wood Finish.3. Samuel Cabot: ClearSolutions3000/9100 Series.
PART3 -EXECUTION
APPLICATION
Examine subsfrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for paint application.
Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and
similar items already installed that are not to be stained. If removal is impractical or impossible
because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation
and staining.
I . After completing staining operations, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in
trades involved.
Surface heparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be stained according to manufacturer's
written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Allow unseasoned
or shiny new wood to weather three months before staining.
EXTERIORWOOD STAINS 09931 - 3
2002 r 501 .08 VAILMOUNTIAN LODGE 3122t2004
l. Countersink steel nails, if used, and fill with putty tinted to final color to eliminate rust
leach stains.
2. Previously Stained Work: Renail loose or warped shingles or siding using galvanized or
aluminum nails.
Mixing: Stir stain thoroughly before applying and frequently during application to maintain
color consistency. Maintain containers used in mixing and application in a clean condition, free
of foreign materials and residue.
Minimum Spreading Rate: Apply stain at manufacturer's recomrnended spreading rate to ensure
proper penetration. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of stain
material being applied.
siding: Apply stain evenly with brush, roller, or spray. Thoroughly stain edges and ends of
boards. Brush out excess stain that collects in butts of shingles or boards. Avoid staining in
direct sunlight.
Protect work of other trades, whether being stained or not, against damage from staining.
correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and restaining as approved by Architect.
Provide "wet Paint" signs to protect newly stained finishes. After completing staining
operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work.
l. After work of other trades is complete, tough up and restore damaged or defaced stained
surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA Pl.
EXTERIOR WOOD STAIN SCHEDULE
Exterior Wood Siding: Provide the following on exterior wood siding, and wood trim including
fasciae and soffrts:
l. Semitransparant CIyAlkyd Stain: Two coats.2. Semihansparent Acrylic Stain: Two coats.3. Semisolid CyAlkyd Stain: Two coats.4. Solid4olor Oil or OiVAlkyd Stain: Two coats.
a. Primer Coat: Apply before staining as recommended by rnanufacturer.
5. Solid-Color Acrylic Stain: Two coats.
a. Primer Coat: Apply before staining as recommended by manufacfurer.6. Clear Wood Finish: Two coals.
END OF SECTION 0993I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
D.
F.
G.
3.2 I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
EXTERIOR WOOD STAINS 09931 - 4
r- 20021501.08 vAIL Mot NTIAN LODGE 3/22/2004
I
SECTION IOSOI - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES
I
PART I - GENERAL
I I,I SI]MMARY
I A. This Section includes the following:
l. Toilet and bath accessories.
I
1.2 SI.JBMTITALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachproductindicated.
I B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each
I accessory required. Use room and product designations indicated on Drarriings.
I 1.3 wARRANTI
A. Special Mirror Warranty: Manufacturet's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair
I oi replace mirrors thaidevelop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 years from date ofI Substantial Comoletion.
I PART2-PRODUCTS
I 2.r MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
I following:
!
l. Toilet and Bath Accessories:
!| a. As indicated in the krterior Design Specification Sheets.
| 2.2 MATERTALS
I A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No.4 finish (satin), 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum
I nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Brass: ASTM B 19, ASTM B l6 (ASTM B 16M), oTASTM B 30 castings.
I C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 3661A 366M,0.0359-inch (0.9-mm) minimum nominal thickness.
I D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, c60 (2180).
I
I ToILETANDBATHAccESSoRTES 10801- lI
20021501.08 VAIL MOI]NTI,AN LODGE 3/22/2004
E. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).
F. Baked-Enamel Finish: Factory-applied, gloss-white, baked-acrylic-enamel coating.
G. Minor Glass: ASTMCI036, Typel, Classl, Qualityq2, nominal 6.0 mm thich with
silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-
M-411.
H. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot{ip galvanized after
fabrication.
I. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft
resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed.
J. Keys: hovide ruriversal keys for intemal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying.
Provide minimum of six keys to Ownerrs representative.
PART3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSTAI-LATION
A. Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to subsbate indicated and recommended by unit
manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights
indicated.
l. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested
according to method in ASTM F 2146.
B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verifu that mechanisms firnction
properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove ternporary labels and protective
coatings.
END OF SECTION 1O8OI
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
T
ITOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 1080r - 2
It
I
I Vail Mountain Lodge 00220'00
T
I sEcrtoN I1,t40 - cAs FIREPLACE APPLIANCE
I PARTI-cENERALI
I l.l RELATEDDocUMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Conkact, including General and SupPlem€ntary Corditions and
I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I
1,2 SI.IMMARY
t A. This Section includes the following:
I
l. Residential gas tueplaces.
. a. Top Vent.b. Side Vent.
r B. Rclated Secrions include the following:
l. Dvision 15 Section "Natural Gas Piping" for gas pipe connections to fire places, and venting.
2. Division 16 Scction "Conductors and Cables" for services and connections to elecEical powcr and
control motors and equipment
I.3 SIJBMITTALS
II A. Product Data: For each appliance type required indicating compliance with requircments. Include
complete operating and rnaintenance instructions for each appliance.
t B. Appliarrc Schcdule: Submit schedulc of appliances, using the sane room designations shown on
Drawings.
I 1.4 QUALITY ASSIJRANCE
I A. Irutalter Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an authorized rcpresentative of the residential
t appliarrce manufach,rer for both installation and maintenance of appliances required for this Project'
I B. Source Limitations: Obtain residential appliances tluough one source from a single manufacturer'
I L Provide appliances by a single manufacturer for entire Project.
I C. hoduct Options: Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirernents ofr residential applialrces and are based on the specific rypes and models indicated. Other manufacturers'
appliances with equal performance characteristics may be considered.
t D. Electrical Apptiances: Listed and labcled as defined in NFPA 70, Article l0O, by a testing agcrrcy
acceptable lo authorities having jurisdiction.
t cAS r'tREpLAcE AppLlANcE ll'140 ' I
I
Vail Mountain Lodge tn220.00
IJL and NEMA Compliarrce: Provide electrical components required as part of residential appliances
that are listed and labeled by IJL and that comply with applicable NEMA standards.
I. Provide unit listed by Underwriter Laboratories as a vcnted decorative gas appliance.
AGA and ANSI Standards: Provide gas-buming appliances thal carry the design certification seal of
AGA and that corrply wilh ANSI Z2l .50b standards.
I.5 DELIVERY
A. Deliver appliances only after urility rough-in is complete and construction in the spaces to receive
appliances is substantially complele and ready for installation.
I.6 WARRANTIES
A- General Warranty: Special warranlies specified in this Article shall not deprive Owrrr of other rights
Owrrr may have under olher provisions of thc Contract Docuncnts and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other warranlies made by Contractor under rcquirements of thc Contract Docun€nts.
B. Special Warranties: Written warranties, crccuted by manufacturcr of each appliance specified agrccing
to repair or replace residential appliances ot componenls that fail in rnatef,ials or worlcrnanship within
waranty pcriod of I (one) year.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTI'RERS
A. Gas Fireplace: hovide gas fireplaces complying with the following:
l. Available prodncts include the following:
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
F.
F.
G.
B.
c.
D.
E.
Nominal Size And Type: Nominal 4l inches wide by 19 irches dc"p by 38 irrches high slide-in zero
clcarance type.
Venling: Systern capable of venting through wall (direcr) or roof.
Log Set: Manufacturer's proprietary refractory type log set with detailed log look design, capable of
glowing when gas burner is operating.
Burner Operation And Conlrols:
l. Gas Type Natural.
2. Opa'ation: Soot-free.
3. Performance: Designed for optimum performance at altitude of project site and for varying
weather conditions inchding wind, smw, rain, temperature and barometric pressure.
4. Elecronic ignition pilot light remotely controlled; locate as directed by Architect.
Glass Door Panel: Clear heal-resistant lempered glass providing unobstructcd view of interior; capable
of sealing the fireplace from dre roons intcrior; and easily removable for clcaning and maintenarcc.
Circulating Heating: Provide face grilles altowing room air to circulaie lhrough unit's chambered box by
GASNREPLACEAPPLTANCE 11440.2
I
Vail Mountain Lodge 00220-00
I H. fll|,""tlli' Manufacturer's srandard factory-applied baked-on epoxy, porcelain-enamel or powder coat
paint finish.
I L Color: As selected from manufacturers srandard range of color and finishes.
I PARr3 -ExEcurIoN
I 3.I EXAI\4INATION
I A. Examinc roughing-in for plurnbing, mechanical, and elcctrical services, with Insraller ptesent, to verify
actual locations of services before fireplace appliance installation.
I l. Proceed with instatlation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
I 3.2 INsrAIrArIoN
I
A' General: Comply with manufachuer's written instructions'
! B. Built-in Equipmenl Securely anchor units to supporting structue with concealed fastercrs. Verif that
clearances ari adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are complelely corrccaled-II C. Utilities: Refer to Dvisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and elecrical requirements'
I 3.3 AD'''TINGAND.LEANIN.
I A. Test each itern of fucplacc appliances ro verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustmenB.
I B. Verify that accessories required have been furnished and installed.
I C. Remove packing material from fireplacc appliances and leave units in clean condition, ready for
I operatio[
I ENDoFsEcrIoN lr44o
t
I
I
T
I 'A'FIREPLA.EAPPLIAN.E
11440'3
I
I 2002150r.08 vAILMouNTAINLoDGE 3t2ot2o04rt!l
I
r SECTION II45I -RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
I. PART I-GENERAL
-
! 1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
I L Cooking equipment including cooktops, ranges, wall ovens, and microwave oven.
2. Ventilation range hoods.
.t 3 Refrigerator/freezers.
\Lj 4. Dishwashers.
5. Clothes washers and drvers.Irr r.z STJBMITTALS
I A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.I
B. Sarnples: For each exposed frnish.
f C. Appliance Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
I D. Maintenance data.
I
|
1.3 QUALITYASSLJRANCE
rr A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers tained and approved by manufacturer for
I installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.
I B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
I intendeduse.
t C. Gas-Buming Appliances: Comply with ANSI Z2l Series standards.
I
I D. Residential Appliances: Comply with NAECA standards.
I t.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of each appliance
I specified ugr""* io repair or replace residential appliances or componants that fail in materialsJ or worlcrnanship within specified warranty period.
I I . Electric Range: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on surface-bumer
f elements.
I
r-tt
I
\
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451- I
20021501.08 VAIL MOI.INTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
2. Microwave Oven: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on defects in the
magnetron fube.
3. Refrigerator/Ireezer: Five-year limited warranty for in-home service on the sealed
re fiigeration system.
4. Dishwasher: lO-year warranty for in-home service against deterioration of tub and door
liner.
5. Clothes Washer: l0-year limited warranty for in-home service on the inner wash basket
and outer tub, and five-year limited warranty for in-home service on the balance
suspension system and drive transmission.
PART2.PRODUCTS
2.1 MANI.]FACTI.]RERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirernents apply to
product selection:
l. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
2.2 COOKING APPLTANCES
A. Cooktop:
l. Products:
a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.
B. Range:
l. Products:
^. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets
C. Wall Oven:
l. Products:
a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.
D. Microwave Oven:
l. Products:
a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.
2.
E. ExhaustHood:
l. Products:
a. As indicated in hoduct Specification Sheets.
l
I
I
I
I
il
I
I
I
T
il
!
)
t
{
I
I
I
I
/
RESIDENTTAL APPLIANCES t1451 -2
I 2002150r.08 vArL Mor.rNTArN LoDGE 3/20t2004
a)
I 2.3 REFRIGERATION APPLIANCES
t A. Refrigerator/Freezer:rf' l. Poducts:
a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.
a']ir 2.4 cLEANING APPLIANCES
I A. Dishwasher:
-
i_ l. Products:
a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.
,l B. Clothes Washer:
I.
t l. Products:
a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.
J c. clothes Dryer:
l. Products:
r, a. As indicated in Product Specification Sheets.IIft
t PART3-EXECUTION
U
|''
3.1 TNSTALLATTON, GENERAL
{!' A. Built-in Equipment Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or colmtertops w'ith concealed
fasteners. Verifu that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are
t
cornpletely concealed.
B. Freestanding Equipmenl Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in
t each area. Veri$ that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment.
I C. Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements.
I
- END oF sEcrIoN 11451
.I
tl
l
I
I
t
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 1145I - 3
I
T
T
T
I
I
I
I
I
l
t
T
t
t
t
t
!
I
t
I
20021501.08
SECTION 11460 - UNIT KITCHENS
PART I - GENERAL
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE 3/20/7004
unit kitchens with laminate-clad
and connections to unit kitchen
electrical work associated with
1.1 SI.]MMARY
This Section includes factory-fabricated and -assembled
cabinets, countertops, fixtures, appliances, and accessones.
See Division 15 plumbing Sections for plumbing services
appliances and fixhres.
See Division 16 elect'ical Sections for wiring and other
connecting unit kitchens and appliances.
B.
c.
1.2 SUBMITTAIS
A. ProductData: Foreachtypeofproductindicated.
1. Include rated capacities,'operating characteristics, and utility requirements ofappliances.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
L Include wiring diagrams.
C. Samples: For each exposed fmish.
D. hoductcertificates.
E. Manufacfurercertificate.
F. Maintenance data.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that fabricates unit kitchens and their
components. Manufacturers that only assernble components obtained from other sources are
not acceptable.
Accessibility Requirements: Provide operating controls for appliances that do not require tight
grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist, and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf
(22.2 N).
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
1.3
B.
C.
UNITKITCHENS 11460 - I
t
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
t,
I
,l
!
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
2002 l s0l .08
SECTION I1460 - LTNIT KITCHENS
PART I -GENERAL
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE 3/2012004
l.l SUMMARY
This Section includes factory-fabricated and -assembled unit kitchens with laminate-clad
cabinets, countertops, fi xtures, appl iances, and accessories.
See Division 15 plumbing Sections for plumbing servic€s and connections to unit kitchen
appliances and fixtures.
See Division 16 electrical Sections for wiring and other electrical work associated with
connecting unit kitchens and appliances.
SI.JBMITTALS
Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
l. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and ufility requirernents of appliances.
.
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
l. Include wiring diagrams.
Samples: For each exposed finish.
Product cedificates.
Manufacfurer certifi cate.
Maintenance data.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that fabricates unit kitchens and t}eir
components. Manufacfurers that only assemble components obtained from other sources are
not acceptable.
Accessibility Requirements: hovide operating contols for appliances that do not require tight
grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist, and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf
(22.2N).
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
B.
c.
1.2
B.
1.3
c.
D.
E.
F.
c.
B,
T]NITKITCHENS 11460 - 1
2002 l 501 .08 VAILMOI.JNTAIN LODGE 3t20/2004
l. Built-in Refrigerators: Listed and labeled for recessed installation. Mount label to be
visible after installation of unit; include electrical rating, type of refrigerant, and
minimum installation clearances.
2. Refrigerated Unit Kitchens: Listed and labeled for entire unit as a single integrated
syslem. Mount label to be visible after installation of unit; include electrical rating, t)?e
of refrigerant, and minimum installation clearances.
Laminate-Clad Cabinet Fabrication Standard:
l. AWI 4008, Custom grade.
2. KCMAA16l.l. Provide cabinets with KCMA's'Certified Cabinet" seal affxed to a
semiexposed location of each unit and showing compliance with standard.3. Either fabrication standard above.
Appliance Standards:
l. RefrigeratorsandFreezers: tll.250.
2. Electric Ranges: UL 858.
3. Microwave Ovens: UL 923.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. . Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair o'r
replace components of unit kitchens or appliances that fail in materials or worlsnanship within
specifi ed warranty period.
l. Warranty Period for Refrigerators: Five years from date of Substantial Completion for
sealed refrigeration system that includes compressor, condenser, evaporator, ard
connecting tubing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANT'FACTI.]RERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
l. Acme Kitchenettes Corp.
2. Cervitor Kitchens, Inc.
3. Dwyer Products Corp.
MATERIALS
Porcelain-Enamel-Finished Steel Sheet: ASTMA424, enameling-grade steel, uncoated
thickness indicated; with exposed face and edges coated with primer, ground coat, and color
cover coat; and concealed face coated with primer and ground coat; acid resistant.
Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI 4'208.2, Grade MD.
I
I
D.
,|
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
2.2
B.
TINIT KITCHENS 11460 -2
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
2.3
2002r50r.08 VAIL MOTINTAIN LODGE 3/20/2004
C. Particleboard: ANSIA208.l,GradeM-2,minimum45-lbrtu. ft. (720-kg/cu. m)density.
D. Softwood Plywood: Exterior, DOC PS L
E. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-|, Type L
F. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3.
G. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper
complying with LMA SAT-1.
H. Solid-Surfacing Material: Homogenous solid sheets fabricated from reacted monomers and
resins, mineral fillers, and pigmcnts; in thickness indicated; compllng with ISSFA-2.
LAMINATE-CLAD CABINETS
Frameless-Style Base Cabinets:
l. Back Panels: l/4-inch- (6-mm) thick plywood or particleboard with thermoset
decorative laminate bonded to inside srnface.
2. Top and Bottom Panels: 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) thick particleboard with thermoset
decorative laminate bonded to both sides.
3. End Panels: 5/8-inch- (16-mm-) thick particleboard with thermoset decorative laminate
bonded to both sides.
4. Door and Drawer Fronts: 5/8-inch- ( l6-mm-) thick particleboard with thermoset
decorative laminate bonded to both sides.
a. Wire Pulls: Brushed+hrome finish.
5. Door and Drawer Fronts: 5/8-inch- (16-mm) thick particleboard with thermoset
decorative laminate bonded to both sides. Provide continuous bevel edge at tops and
bottoms of doors and bottom of drawer fronts in wood-grain laminate.
6. Drawers: Four sided, with l/2-inch- (13-mm-) thick particleboard fronts, backs, and
sides, and l/4-inch- (6-mm-) thick particleboard bottom.7. Shelves: 314-inch- ( l9-mm-) thick particleboard with thermoset decorative laminate
bonded to both sides and PVC edges.
Wall Cabinets: Same material and finish as base cabinets, with adjustable shelves.
l. Wall Shields: Fabricated from high-pressure decorative laminate of grade and color to
match countertop . Provide wall shields for back wall and side walls between countertop
splash and wall cabinets.
Scribe Strips for Recessed Cabinets: Same material, finish, and color as cabinet.
COUNTERTOPS
Countertop for Drop-in Sink: Seamless, one-piece countertop with integral backsplash and side
splashes.
A.
B.
c.
2.4
t
I
l
i
t
I
I
I
tj
t
TJNITKITCHENS 11460 - 3
2002150t.08 VAIL MOT]NTAIN LODGE 3120t2004
I . High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: Grade HGS, bonded to 3i4-inch ( l9-mm) plywood.
2. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: Grade HGP, post-formed, bonded to 3/4-inch (19-
nrm) particleboard with Grade BKL unfinished backing sheet bonded to reverse side.
FXTURES
Porcelain-Enamel-Finished Steel Drop-in Sinks: 0.0428 inch (l.l mm) thick; seamless; single
compartrnent.
Supplies: chrome-plated copper with stops.
Sink Faucet: SingleJever consol; polished chrome-plated mixing faucet with limited-swing
spout and aerator.
Sink Outlet: 3-l/2-inch- (89-mm-) diameter outlet with stainless-steel cup strainer and 1-ll2-
inch- (38-mm-) diameter tailpiece.
Drain Piping: NPS l-l/2 (DN 40) chrome-plated cast-brass tap, tubular brass waste to wall,
and wall escutcheon.
APPLI,ANCES
Built-in Refrigerators: Fabricated with l-piece seamless steel or ABS plastic inner liner;
refrigerator compartnent with slide-out or removable shelves and meat tray; adjustable
automatic terpeftrture contol; door with magnetic gaskets and storage shelves; interior light;
closed compartrnent for 25-lb- (ll-kg-) minimum storage of prefrozen food and 2 ice cube
trays;115-Vac.
l. Minimum Capacity:6.4 - undercounter.
2. Defrost Systern: Push button or manual.
Built-in Electric Ovens: Porcelain-enamel-finished steel exterior surfaces; coil-element burners
w"ith removable rings and reflector bowls, infinitely adjustable heating contols, and individual
signal lights. Oven interior fab,ricated from I -piece porcelain-enamel-finished steel with
rounded corners, with "Baken and "Broil" oven elements, automatic heat control, signal light,
and removable wire oven rack; textured baked-enamel- or porcelain-enamel-finished steel oven
door; 208/240-Y ac, with wiring terminated at factory-installed junction box.
l. Cooktop Burners: Three elernents, each rated at 1250 W.
2. Oven Elements: Manufacturer's standard.
Built-in Microwave Ovens with Exhaust Hood: Undercabinet mounted, minimum 1.0-cu. ft.
(0.028-cu. m) capacity with 800 W cooking power; electronic touch controls, variable power
contol, digital clock timer, interior light, tumtable, tempered glass door, and exhaust hood wittt
integral light and 2-speed fan control; I l5-V ac, with 3-conductor, grounded power cord.
1. Exhaust Hood: Recirculating, nonventing type, with replaceable charcoat filter.
I
I
2.5 I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
B.
c.
D.
2.6
c.
t
I
TINIT KITCHENS 11460 - 4
2.7
I
I
2002 t 501 .08 VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE 3120/2004
ACCESSORIES
Fluorescent Light Fixtures: Surface mounted to underside of overhead cabinet; with 15 W
lamp, on-off switch, grounded convenience receptacle, and hanslucent plastic lens.
FABRICATION
General: Factory fabricate and assemble unit kitchens, with base cabinets, sink, refrigerator,
and countertop shipping as a one-piece assembly. Securely fastan components, fixtures, and
appliances together.
L Providc manufacturer's standard hardware including concealed, adjustable plated-steel
hinges; steel drawer slides with nylon rollers; and catches and rubber bumpers on doors
and drawers. Unless otherwise indicated, provide chromium-plated metal or satin-
finished stainless steel for exposed hardware.
FINISHES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.I INSTALLATION
A. Examine roughing-in for electrical power and plumbing system(s) to verifu actual locations of
connections before installation of unit kitchens. Proceed with installation onlv after
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. General: Install level, plumb, and true; shim as required, using concealed shims. Provide
fasteners, clips, backing materials, brackets, anchors, fillers, scribes, trim, and accessories
necessary for complete installation.
l. Anchor unit kitchens at ends and at intervals recommended by manufacturer, but not
more than 36 inches (910 mm) o.c. Install anchors through backup reinforcing plates,
channels, or blocking as required to prevent material distortion, using concealed
fasteners.
C. Comply with requirements specified in Division 15 for connecting unit kitchens to plumbing
system(s).
D. Comply with requirements specified in Dvision 16 for connecting unit kitchens to electrical
power system.
E. Test, adjust, and veriff operation of each appliance, plumbing fixh:re, and component of unit
kitchens. Repair or replace items found to be defective or operating below rated capacity.
F. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. Adjust doors and latches to operate easily without
binding.
T
I
I
I
t
I
1
I
2.8
2.9I
I
I
I
T
I
J
t
UNIT KITCHENS 11460 - 5
I
t
n
I
I
I
ti
,l
I
t
L
,l
t
I
0
I
0
I
2002r501.08
ENDOF SECTION I1460
VAILMOIJNTAIN LODGE
I1460 - 6I.JMTKITCHENS
I 2002rs01.08 vArL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3/22/2004
I
I SECTTON t4240 - HYDRAULTC ELEVATORS
t PART l -cENERALI
I I.I SUMMARY
!A. This Section includes hydraulic passenger elevators.
Ii
I B. See Division 9 Section "Stone Paving and Flooring" for finish flooring in elevator cars.
r 1.2 SUBMITTALS-,l;
-z A. hoduct Data: Include capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes, and
I similar information for each elevator required.I
B. Shop Drawings: Show plans, elevations, sections, and large-scale details indicating service at
i each landing, machine ioom layout, relationships with other construction, and locations of
t equipment and signals. Indicate maximum and average power demands.
a C. Samples: For each exposed finish.
|' D. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by elevator manufacturer certiffing that hoisway, pit, and
t machine room layout and dimensions, as exist and shown on Drawings, and electrical service,
I
as shown and specified, are adequate for elevator systern being provided.
- E. Maintenance manuals.
t F. Inspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities
aving jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted elevator use.
I.3 QUALITYASSURANCE
I A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with local governing regulations and with applicable
provisions in ASME Al7.l, "Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators."
I l. Project's Seismic Risk Zone: 0 or l.
B. Accessibility Requirernents: ln addition to local governing regulations, comply with SectionL 407 in rcc Al17.l.
I
r 1.4 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
E- A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 12 months' full
- mainteaance service. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of wom
I or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting.
I HYDRAULICELEVAT.RS
I
t4240 - 1
20021501 .08
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE 3t22t2004
MANUFACTURERS
Basis of Design product:
1. ThyssenKrupp Elevator Group North America, Seville 30.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requiremerts, manufacturers offering
hydraulic elevators that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to. the
following:
l. Fujitec America, Inc.
2. Montgomery KONE hrc.
3. Otis Elevator Co.4. Schindler Elevator Corp.5. Schumacher Elevator Co.6. ThyssenKrupp Elevator Group North America.
MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
General: Provide manufactruer's standard elevator systems, published by manufacturer as
included in standard preengineered elevator systems and as required for a complete sysrem.
Punrp Units: Positive-displacement type with a maximum of l0 percent variation between no
load and full load and with minimum pulsations.
1. Pump: Mounted on top of oil tank with vibration isolation mounts and enclosed in
prime-painted steel enclosure lined with l-inch- (25-mm-) thick, glass-fiber insulation
board or submersible, suspended inside tank frorn vibration isolation mounts.2. Motor Starting: Wye delta or solid state.
Hydraulic Silencers: Containing pulsation-absorbing material in a blowout-proof housing at
pump unit.
Protective Cylinder Coating: Two or more layers of PVC tape with a total thickness not less
than 0.040 inches (1.0 mm)or other coating complying with ASME Al7.l .
Car Frame and Platform: Welded steel units.
Finish Materials:
l. satin Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, with No. 6, nondirectional satin finish.
OPERATION SYSTEMS
Provide manufacturer's standard microprocessor operation system of the type indicated.
I . Single Elevator: hovide "selective collective aulomatic ope ation" as defined in
ASME AI7.I.
Auxiliary Operations:
I
I
I
i
I
t
I
i
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
2.1
B.
2.2
B.
D.
E.
F.
2.3
B.
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 -2
a 20021501.08 VArL MOUNTIAN LODGE 3t22t2004
I
I l. Battery-Powered Lowering: When power fails, cars are lowered to the lobby level, open
t *:#ff;ri:ir.shut down. System includes recbarseable battery and autornatic
tf
r 2.4 STGNALEQUIPMENT
I A. General: Satin stainless-steel signal equipment with hall-call and car<all buttons that light
|J when activated and remain lit until call has been fulfilled. Fabricate lighted elements of acrylic
or other permanent, nonyellowing hanslucent plastic.t
I B. Car Control Stations: Manufacturer's standard car control stations mounted in return panel
adjacent to car door, unless otherwise indicated.
'tI C. Emergency Communication System: Compllng with ASME A,17.1 and the U.S. Architectural
& Transportation Barriers Compliance Boards "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA),
a Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG)." On activation, system dials preprograruned number of
I monitoring station and identifies elevator locatjon to monitoring station. Systern provides two-r] way voice communication without using a handset and provides visible signals that indicate
when system has been activated and when monitoring station has responded. System is
I contained in flush-mounted cabinet, with identification, instructions for use, and battery backuprt power supply.
I D. Fire Deparhnent Communication System: Telephone jack in each car and required conductorsl| in traveling cable for fire departmant communication system specified in Division 16 Sections.
a E. Car Position lndicator: Locate above car door or above car control station and include audible
I signal to indicate to passengers that car is either stopping at or passing each ofthe floors served.
r l. Include travel direction arrows ifnot included in car control station.I
t F. Hall Push-Button Stations: Locate at each landing for each elevator or group of elevators as
indicated.I
I G. Hall Lanterns: Units with illuminated arrows,
I l. With each lantem, include audible signals. Sigrrals sound once for up and twice for
J down.
i H. Hall Position Indicators: Locate above hoistway entrance at ground floor.
l\It I. Corridor Call Station Pictograph Signs: Matching hall push-button stations with text and
i graphics according to ASME Al7.l, Appendix H.
IIt
2.5 DOOR REOPENING DEVICES
I A. Infrared Array: Uniform anay of 36 or more microprocessor-controlled, infrared light beams
projecting across car entrance. lntemrption of one or more of the light beams causes doors to
a stop and reopelr.
I
T HYDRAULICELEVAT'RS
I
14240 - 3
2002r 501.08
l.
2.
J.
A
5-
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
t
a.
b.
d-
e.
2.6
2.7
2.8
VA]L MOLTNTIAN LODGE 3/22t2004
ELEVATOR CAR ENCLOSURES
General: Provide manufacturer's standard enameled-steel car enclosures with removable wall
panels , suspended ceiling, trim, accessories, access doors, doors, power door operators, sills
(thresholds), lighting, and ventilation.
l. Floor Finish: As specified in another Section.2. Wall Panels: Fire treated wood panels to be custom fabricated as specified in Division 9.3. Fabricate car with recesses and cutouts for signal equipment.4. Fabricate car door frame integrally with front wall of car.5. Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction, fabricated from non-directional
brushed stainless steel.6. Sills: Nickel Silver, with grooved surface, l/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick.7. Ceiling: Island type brushed stainless steel finish with (6) halogen downlights.8. Handrails: Manufachrer's standard cylindrical l-112" diameler brushed stainless steel
handrails.
HOISTWAY ENTRANCES
General: Manufacturer's standard horizontal-sliding, door-and-frame hoistway entrances
cornplete with t'ack systems, hardware, sills, and accessories.
l. Where gypsum board wall construction is indicated, provide self-supporting frames with
reinforced head sections.2. Stainless-SteelFrames: Formedstainless-steelsheet.
3. Stainless-Steel Doors: Flush, hollow-metal construction, fabricated from stainless steel.4. Sills: Nickel Silver, with grooved surface, l/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick.5. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorroslve,
nongaseous grout cornplying with ASTM C I107.
ELEVATORS
Elevator No.l :
Type: Under-the-car single cylinder.
Rated Load: 3000 lb ( | 362 kg) .
Rated Speed: 200 fpm ( 1.0 nrls).
Operation System: Selective collective automatic operation.
Car Enclosures:
Division 9.
f. Door Faces (Interior): Satin stainless steel.
Inside Width: 80 inches (2032 mm).
lnside Depth: 57 inches (1448 rnm).
Inside Height: 88 inches (2235 mm).
Front Walls: Satin stainless steel with integral car door frames.
Side wall Panels: Fire treated wood panels to be custom fabricated as specified in
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 4
I 20021501.08 VAIL MOLTNTTAN LODGE 3t22t2004
I
I 6. Hoistway Entrances:
J a. Width: 42 inches 0067 rnm).b. Height: 84 inches (2134 mm).
I l. ffisinett-tpeed
center opening'
l) First Floor: Satin stainless steel-
- 2) Basement Floors: Satin stainless steel,
r, 3) Other Floors: Satin stainless steel.
I e. Doors:
3 1) First Floor: Satin stainless steel
I 2) Basement Floors: Satin stainless steel3) Other Floors: Satin stainless steel
f 7. Additional Requirements:
I ilili:::l5.f."#*tficate in each car, mounted under acrylic cover with satin
-
I PART 3 -ExECUTIoN
a
I 3.1 INSTALLATION
r A. Excavation for Jack: Drill excavation in each elevator pit to accommodate installation of
1, cylinders; comply with applicable requirements in Dvision 2 Section "Earthwork."
! l. Provide waterproof well casings to retain walls of well hole.
I B. Install cylinders in protective casings within well casings afler removing water and debris andI providing a permanent waterproof seal at bottom of well casing.
t C. Install cylinders plumb and accurately centered for elevator car position and tavel. Anchor
|, securely in place, supported at pit floor. Seal between well casing, protective casing, or
cylinder and pit floor with 4 inches (100 mm) of nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
J
t D. Leveling Tolerance: l/4 inch (6 mm), up or down, regardless of load and direction of tavel.
d E. Set sills flush with finished floor surface at landing. Fill space under sill solidly with nonshdnk,
I nonmetallic grout.
I 3.2 FrELD QUALTTY CONTROL,I
A. Acceptance Testing: On completion of elevator installation and before permitting use (either
I temporary or permanent) of elevators, perform acceptance tests as required and recommended
f by ASME Al7. I and by governing regulations and agencies.
T H'DRAULICELEVAT'RS
I
14240 - 5
.)..'
2002rs0r.08 VAIL MOI.JNTIAN LODGE 3t22/2004
DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service represeltative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain elevators. Review emergency provisions and train Owner's
personnel in procedures to follow in identiffing sources of operational failures or malfunctions.
Refer to Division I Section "Closeout Procedures."
PROTECTION
A. TemPorary Use: Do not use elevators for construction purposes unless cars are provided with
temporary enclosures, either within finished cars or in place of finished cars, to protect finishes
Iiom damage.
l. hovide full maintenance service by skilled, competent enrployees of elevator Installer for
elevators used for construction purpos€s.
END OF SECTION 14240
I
I
I
I
I
3
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
il
I
I
3.4
HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 14240 - 6
I
I
I DIVISION Is_MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
II
SECTION IsOIO-MECHANICAL GENERAL PRO\ISIONS
-r I.OO GENERALI
I.OI RELATEDDOCUMENTS
t A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are part of
r these specifications. Consult them further instructions and be govemed by the
requirements thereunder.
I
I.O2 DESCRIPTIONrI A. Work Included
l. Furnish all labor and materials and perform all operations necessary for the
t installation of complete and operating mechanical systems subject to ther ffi1lffi:i#l:i."#::l.*iJ,Tl;:4i#::Tthe compretion orsuch
necessary for the successful operation ofall systems; this includes the
fumishing of all materials for filling systems to make them operable,? including water, refrigerant, oil, grease, antifreeze and brine. Prove
. satisfactory operation of all equipment and conhols to the MECHANICAL
ENGINEER on request.t'
B. Work Not Included
I I . Certain labor and materials may be furnished and/or installed under other
t divisions ofthese specifications. Coordinate with other trades and arrange
the work to make the parts fit together. The following items are to be
I accomplished mder other divisions of these specifications.
fl a. Temporary Heat: See Paragraph I .07, this Section and Division I .
b. RoofCurbs: See Paragraph 3.07, this Section.
I c. Concrete: See paragraph 3.08, this Section.
I d. Electrical Equipment and Wiring: See paragraph 3.09, this section.
e. Temporary Water and Toilet: See Division l.
f C. Equipment Fumished by OwnerJ
I I
;T":r"J#11rilfi't';:Jn:fJ,T:1.il1'":"-mence
concurrentrv with this
I a. Equipment Installation: Refer to appropriate drawings for equipmant
furnished by the Owner.
I 2. Rough-in service pipes to locations as required by architectural and mechanical
I drawings and equipment shop drawings. Provide service valves on all pipes
except waste and vent pipes, plug or cap these. Final connections to equipmenl
will be made by the Contractor.
t 1.03 PROVISIONSII
f X$iibVl+ffiAIY
L.DGE MAR.H, 2oo4
l
15010 - I
A. Work performed under this division of the specifications shall conform to the
requirements of Division 1, and the mechanical drawings and all items hereinafter
specified.
L Prior to any work being performed under this division, examine architecfural,
structural, food service, civil, electrical, specialty systems, and interior design
drawings and specifications. If any discrepancies occur between them and the
mechanical drawings and specifications, report discrepancies to the Architect in
writing and obtain written instructions for the work.2. Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as actual
construction of the building will permit. All changes from drawings necessary to
make the mechanical work conform to the building as constructed shall be made
without additional cost to the Owner.3. Coordinate the mechanical work with the General Contractor and be responsible
to him for satisfactory progress of the work. Coordinate mechanical work with
all other trades on the project without additional cost to the Owner.4. All work and materials covered by drawings and specifications shall be subject to
review at any time by representatives of the Architect and Owner. If the
Architect or Owner's ag€nt finds any materials or installation that does not
conform to these drawings and specifications, Contractor shall rernove the
material from the premises and correct the installation to the satisfaction of the
agent.
5. ln acceptance or rejection ofinstalled mechanical systems, no allowance will be
made for lack of skill on the part of the installers.
I.O4 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES/SITE
A. Visit the premises site before submitting bid as no extras will be allowed for lack of
knowledge of existing conditions.
I.O5 CODES AIID STANDARDS
A. Conform to applicable sections of NFPA 13.
B. Conform to the National Electrical Code. 1999 Edifion.
C. Conform to Colorado Department of Health "Rules and Regulations Governing
Restaurants in the State ofColorado".
D. Conform to all applicable State and Iocal Codes.
E. In case of difference between these specifications, codes, laws, industry standards, and/or
utility company regulations the most stringent shall govem.
F. Americans with Disabilities Acts (ADA) and American National Standards Institute
(ANSD 117.
I.06 PERMITS. FEES AND NOTICES
A. Apply for and pay for all permits, fees, licenses and inspections for this Dvision of work.
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
t
I
I
I
I
!
I
T
l
I
l
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
MARCH,2004 15010 - 2
t,
I
!, l. Do not include the cost of any "Plant Investment Fee" or "System Development
t Charge" for sewer and,/or water charged by the City. This will be arranged for
and paid for by the Owner.
f 2. Do not include the cost of any "Gas Applicalion Fee" charged by the Utility
t Company. This will be arranged and paid for by the Owner.
r B. Notify proper authorities when work is ready for inspections required by applicable
I codes, rules and regulations, allowing sufficient time for inspections to be made without
hindering progress of the work. Furnish to the Owner copies of inspection certificates of
n acceptance.
T I.O7 TEMPORARYHEAT
f A. Temporary heat will be fumished by the General Contractor. Use of the permanent
t heating system will not be allowed without written authorization from the
MECHANICAL ENGINEER. In case the permanent heating system is used for
I
temporary heat, the General Conhactor shall pay all costs until acceptance by the Owner.
I.O8 EXISTINGUTILITIES
I A. The plans indicate the location, type and sizes of various utilities within the site wherer known. These utilities are indicated as accurately as possible. Ifutilities are encountered
I during construction which are not shown on the drawings, ask for instructions from ther fl:l*'.':,,f#:it?i,'f#',"#:;1il';"f,iffii,#::$*"*:t"i":fffiil'*
damage caused by this construction at no extra charge to the Owner.
a B. Investigate with proper authorities for all existing water taps, etc. and make arrangements
I to pay for all remowal charges in original bid.
t C. Owners of all undergromd utilities shall be notified at least 2 business days prior to
excavation so that they can locate and mark underground facilities.
I 1.09 EXISTING CONDITIONS
t A. Existing systems and conditions shown on drawings for existing buildings are to be noted
I "for guidance only''. The Mechanical Contractor shall field check all existing conditions
prior to bidding and is to include in his bid an allowance for removal and/or relocation of
f existing ductwork, piping, fixtures, or other equipmenl and adapt new and existing
I mechanical system to all other work as required.
- B' Existing ductwork, equipment, piping, etc. which are not indicated for reuse become the
I property of the Contactor. However, fixtures, pumps, fans, fire protection equipment,
etc. shall become the property of the Owner unless noted otherwise.
t C. System outages shall be permitted only at times approved by Owner-in writing. Workf which could result in an accidental outage shall be performed with the Owner's
maintenance personnel advised of such work.
I D. Service shall be maintained to existing areas during construction.
J,
f VAIL MOUNTIATY LODGE MARCH,2004 15010 _ 3
RENOVATION
I
I
I.1O DRAWINGS
A. Mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and are not tobe scaled for dimensions. Take all
dimensions from Architectural drawings, certified equipment drawings, and from the
structure itself before fabricating any work. Veri$ all space requirements, coordinating
with other trades, and install the systems in the space provided without extra charges to
the Owner.
B. Conceal all piping in finished areas ofthe building except where othenvise noted on the
drawings.
C. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, unless
approval is given in writing by the MECHANICAL ENGINEER for deviation.
I.I1 EXAMINATION OFBIDDINGDOCTMEI{TS
A. Each bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully, and not later than seven days
prior to the date ofreceipt ofbids, shall make written request to the Architect for
interpretation or correction ofany discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency, or eror
therein which he may discover. Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an
addendum by the Architect. Only a writtar interpretation or correction by addendum
shall be binding. No bidder shall rely upon interpretations or corrections given by any
other method. If discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency, or eror are iot covered by
addendum or written directive, Contractor shall include in his bid, labor materials and
methods of constuction resulting in higher cost. After award of contract, no allowance
or extra compensation will be made on behalf of the Contractor due to his failure to make
the written requests as described above.
B. The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Failure to
so request clarification ofany inadequacy, omission, or conflict will not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility. The signing of the Contract will be considered as implicitly
danoting that the Contractor has a thorough comprehension offull intent and scope ofthe
working drawings and specifications.
I,I2 ROUGH.IN
A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measuements and with the requirements of
the actual equipment.
B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions I through 14 and 16 for additional rough-
in requirements.
C. Refer to kitchen equipment drawings and equipment cut sheets provided by the Owner
for kitchen equipment.
1.13 COORDINATIONDRAWINGS
A. Prepare and submit a set of coordination drawings showing major elements, components,
and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other building
components. Prepare drawings to an accurate scale of %"=1"4" or larger. Indicate the
VAIL MOTJNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
T
I
MARCII,2OO4 15010 - 4
B.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
t
I
J
I
J
I
locations ofall equipment and materials, including clearances for servicing and
maintaining equipment. Indicate movement and positioning of large equipment into the
building during construction.
Prepare floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, elevations, sections, and details to
conclusively coordinate where space is limited, and where sequencing and coordination
of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not
necessary limited) to the following:
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
Ductwork
Hydronic Piping
Plumbing Piping
Fire sprinkler piping
Electrical conduit mains
I.I4 MECHAIYICALINSTALLATIONS
Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other building
components.
Veriff all dimensions by field measurements.
Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for
mechanical installations.
Coordinate the installation ofrequired supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured
in place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.
Sequernce, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment
for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring
positioning prior to closing-in the building.
Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the
installation of mechanical equipment and materials.
Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services and
overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible, and in accordance with
minimum required clearances as specified in codes and regulations.
The word "concealed" as used in this specification refers to such spaces as pipe and duct
chases, pipe and duct tenches, above plastered ceilings, in walls and buried where pipe
and/or duct is inaccessible when building is complete. "Exposed" is intended to be
within equipment rooms, unfinished areas, above "push up" ceilings, accessible pipe and
duct tunnels.
The term "furnish" means supply and deliver to Project, unless otherwise defined in
greater detail. The term "install" is used to describe operations at Project, from
inspecting and unloading, to completion in place, ready for intended use. The term
"provide" means fumish and install, cornplete and ready for intended use, unless
otherwise defined in greater detail.
1.I5 SUBMITTALS
VAIL MOUNTIANLODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - 5
A. Submit under provisions of Division l.
B. Proposed Product List: Include Products specified in Dvision 15 specifications.
C. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related
systems, Producls, and accessories in a single submittal.
D. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified.
E. Submit miscellaneous items specified on the drawings, but not covered in the
specifications. Make no substitutions without prior approval from the Architect.
I.16 SHOPDRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings on all equipment, Temperature Conftols and Fire Protection.
Provide shop drawings to the Architect and Engineer showing locations of all access
panels.
B. Shop drawings required for this project are as follows:
L Plumbing fixtures
2. Insulation
3. Boilers
4. Chillers5. Pumps
6. Fans
7. Make-up Air Units
8. Fire hotection
9. Piping
10. Motor Starters
I l. Temperature controls
C. Present shop drawing submittal data at one time, bound in three-ring binders, indexed in a
neat and orderly manner. Partial submittals will not be accepted. Provide five sets of
submittal data, unless noted otherwise in Division l. Do not begin work until one (l)
copy is retr.nned.
D. Provide, with shop drawing submittal, l/4" scale layout drawings of rooms with boilers,
chillers, and HVAC equipment. Layouts shall show locations of, and shall be
coordinated with electrical equipment, and equipment shall be drawn to scale,
E. Place orders for all equipment in time to prevent any delay in constuction schedule or
completion of project. If any materials or equipment are not ordered in time, additional
charges made by equipment manufacturers to complete their equipment in time to meet
construction schedule, together with any special handling charges, shall be bome by the
Contractor.
F. Contractor agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the engineer are not change
orders. The purpose of shop drawing submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate to
the angineer that the Contractor understands the desigr concept, that he demonstrates his
understanding by indicating which equipment and material he intends to flrrnish and
VAILMOIJNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
l
I
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - 6
B.
A.
B.
c.
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use.
Contractor further agrees that ifdeviations, discrepancies, or conflicts between shop
drawing submittals and contract documents in the form of design drawings and
specifications are discovered either prior to or after shop drawings and specifications
shall control and shall be followed.
G. Contractor to provide manufacturers' recommended installation manuals for equipment.
H. Review of shop drawings does not relieve this Contractor from the responsibility of
furnishing equipment and materials of proper dimension, size, quantity, quality and all
performance characteristics to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of the
contract documents. Review does not relieve this Contractor from responsibility for
erors on the shop drawings. If the shop &awings deviate from the contract documents,
advise the MECHANICAL ENGINEER of the deviations in writing accompanying the
shop drawings, including the reasons for the deviations. Coordinate all required changes
with the other trades affected. If the changes are occasioned by the Contractor, he shall
pay any costs involved.
I.I7 PROJECT/SITECONDITIONS
lnstall Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project cortditions.
Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions,
including changes to Work specified in other.sections. Obtain permission of Architect
before proceeding.
I.18 PROJECTRECORDDRAWINGS
A. During the process of the work, maintain an accurate record of the installation of the
mechanical systems. Upon completion of the mechanical systems installation, transfer all
record data to blue-line prints of the original drawings. Drawings shall include all
adderndum items, charge orders, altemations, reroutings, etc. As a condition of
acceptance of the project, deliver to the Architect one copy ofthe record drawings.
1.I9 WARRANTY
All materials and equipment shall be new unless otherwise specified.
Guarantee all workrnanship, materials and equipment and replace any found defective
without cost to the Owner, for one year after final acceptance, as defined in General
Conditions.
Each warranty for longer than the one year described above (that comes with equipment
used on the job) shall be passed on to the owner with dates of start and end of the
warranw.
I.2O ENGINEERING BY CONTRACTOR
A. The construction ofthis building requires the contractor to design several systems or
subsystems. All such design shall be the completed responsibility of the contractor.
VAIL MO{JNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - 7
B. Systems or subsystems which require engineering responsibility by the contractor
include, but are not limited to:
l. Fire sprinkler.
2. Equipment supports, not fully detailed in the drawings.
3. Pipe hangers and anchors not specified in these docurnents, or catalogued by the
manufacfurer.
4. Temperature controls.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.OI EQUPMENTMANUT'ACTURDR
A. Equipment in the following categories shall be of one manufacturer or available through
one manufacturer for each category to facilitate ease of maintenance for the Owner.
l. Motors (open drip-proof squirrel cage)
2. Starters
3. Temperature Controls
4. Plumbing Fixture Trim
5. Thermometers
6. Pressure Gauges
7. Gate Valves
8. Butterfly Valves
9. Plug Valves
10. Globe Valves
I l. Check Valves
12. Balancing Valves
13. Dielectric Unions
14. Strainers
15. Air Filters
2,03 SUBSTITUTIONS (CONTRACTOR AND/OR OWNER IMTIATED)
A. Materials or equipment listed by several manufacturers' names are intended to be bidder's
choice, and any of the listed manufacttners may be used in the base bid. Materials or
equipment not listed are considered substitutions.
B. Performance Specification: When any item is specified by requirement to meet a
performance, industry or regulating body standard or is specified by a generic spec, (no
manufacturer's name listed) no prior approval by the Consulting Mechanical Engineer is
needed unless specifically called for in these specifications.
C. Contractor to be responsible for any changes and costs to accommodate any equipment
except the first named in the specification.
D. Substitutions for Material
l. Equipment and materials not listed as equivalants may be proposed as deductive
alternates to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item to the base
bid on the Bidder's letterhead.
2. Such altemate proposals shall not be substituted for the base bid and must be
accompanied by full descriptive data on the proposed equipment, together with a
statement ofthe cost to be deducted for each item and all deviations from
VAIL MOI]NTIAIY LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
l
t
MARCH,2OO4 15010 - 8
t
I
t
I
I
T
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3
I
I
t
specified items. Highlight all difference from specified equipment. If any such
altemates are considered, the Contractor shall submit a list of the proposed
alternate substitution items within 14 days of award ofcontract. Late requests for
proposed substitutions shall not be accepted by the Engineer due to scheduling or
delivery concems.
2.04 BID ALTERNATE(S)
A. Refer to Division I and all contract documents for additional information.
B. Alternate(s) for Material and Equipment
1. Equipment and material bid alternate(s) shall be proposed as additive or
deductive alternate(s) to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item
from the base bid on the Bidder's letterhead.
2. Such bid altemate proposals shall not be substituted or included in the base bid.
Bid altemate proposal(s) must be accompanied by full descriptive data on the
proposed equipment, together with a statement of the cost to be added or
deducted for each item. The bid altemate shall include all materials, equipment,
labor, electrical connections, coordination with all other trades, etc. for a
complete and operational system.
3. The Contractor shall submit the bid altemates at the time the base bids are due.
2.05 SAFETYPROVISIONS
A. . Any refrigeration system containing CFC-I l, CFC-12, HCFC-123, HCFC-2Z, or any of
the other refrigerants listed in the Clean Air Act as a Class I or Class II Ozone Depleting
Compound shall comply with the Clean Air Acts and the Colorado Air Quality Control
Commission Regulation #1 5.
B. As a minimum all systems shall be equipped with refrigerant recovery service valves,
relief valves capable ofresetting after activation, and for systern with more than 50
pounds of charge, and isolateable receiver and/or condenser capable ofholding the
complete charge.
3.OO EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE
A. Provide for proper storage of all materials and equipment and assume responsibility for
losses due to any cause. All storage shall be witbin the contact limit lines of the building
site. Cover and store all equipment and naterials out of elements; any rusted or weather
damaged item shall not be used.
3.02 PRODUCTINSTALLATION
A. Manufacturer'slnstructions
l. Except where more stringatt requiremants are indicated, comply with the product
manufacfurer's instructions and recommendations'
2. Consult with manufacturer's technical represantatives, who are recognized as
technical experts, for specific instructions on special project conditions.
VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE
RDNOVATION
MARCH,2004 15010 - 9
3. Ifa conflict exists, notify the Architect/Engineer in writing and obtain his
instruction before proceeding with lhe work in question.
B. Movement of Equipment
T
I
I
T
t
T
I
T
I
I
l
I
I
I
t
t
I
l
I
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
2.
4.
5.
D.
E.
F.
l.
2.
c.Heavy Equipment
l.
2.
VAIL MOIJNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
Wherever possible, anange for the movement and positioning of equipment so
that enclosing partitions, walls and roofs will not be delayed or need to be
removed.
Otherwise, advise Contractor of opening requirements to be maintained for the
subsequent entry of equipment.
Return Air Path: Coordinate mechanical work in retum air plenum to avoid obstructing
retum air path.
l.Do not make changes in layout which will reduce return air path cross-sectional
areas. Minimum cross-sectional area will provide a maximum of 500 fpm
velocity through return air plenum at specified supply air quantity unless
otherwise noted.
Report any obstructions by work of other Divisions to Architect/Engineer.
Clearances
l. Install piping and ductwork:
Shaight and true.
Aligned with other work.
Close to walls and overhead structure (allowing for insulation).
Concealed, where possible, in occupied spaces.
Out-of-the-way with maximum passageway and headroom remaining in
each space.
Except as otherwise indicated, arange mechanical services and overhead
equipment with a minimum of:
a. 7'0" headroom in storage spaces.
b. 8'6" headroom in other spaces.
Do not obstruct windows, doors or other openings.
Give the right-ofway to piping systerns required to slope for drainage (over other
service lines and ductwork).
Offsets, transitions and changes in direction in pipes and ducts shall be made as
required to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping pipes whether or not
indicated on the drawings. Furnish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents,
etc., as required to effect these offsets, hansitions and changes in direction.
Access
l. lnstall all work to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of coils, heat
exchanger bundles, boiler tubes, fan shafts and wheels, filters, belt guards,
sheaves and drives, and all other parts which might require periodic replacement
or maintenance. Arrange pipes, ducts, and equipment to permit ready access to
Coordinate the movement of heavy items with shoring and bracing so that the
building structure will not be overloaded during the movement and installation.
Where mechanical products to be installed on the existing roof are too heavy to
be hand-carried, do not transport across the existing roof deck; position by crane
or other device so as to avoid overloading the roof deck.
MARCH,2004 15010 - 10
II
I valves, traps, starters, motors, control components and to clear the openings of
I doors and of access panels.
I 3.03 PROTECTION OFWORK AND PROPERTY
I A. Where there are existing facilities, be responsible for the protection thereof, whether or
I not such facility is to be removed or relocated. Moving or removing any facility must be
I done so as not to cause interruption ofthe work of Owner's operation.
B. Close all pipe and duct openings with caps or plugs during installation. Cover all fixtures
I and equipmint and protect agaLst injury. At ihe final completion, clean all work and
a deliver in an unblemished condition, or refinish and repaint at the discretion ofthe
Architect.
I C. Do not allow any fans in the HVAC system to operate before the area served by the fan
has been cleaned and vacuumed of all debris and dust which might enter the system'
t D. Any equipment, duct or piping systems found to have been damaged or contaminated
above "MILL" or "SHOP" conditions shall be replaced or cleaned to the Engineer's
7f satisfaction.
E. kritial fill of haps
.r I . Provide initial water seal fill for all waste p-traps, condensate traps, or similar
! traps.
, 3.04 PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTf,MS
It A. All temporary water connections shall be made with an approved back flow preventer.
I B. All hose bibbs shall have, as a minimum, a vacuum breaker to prevent back flow.
t
C. Direct connections to hydronic systems shall only be made through a reduced pressure
back flow preventer.
I 3.05 PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS SERVING OCCUPIED SPACES
I A. Where work is being performed in occupied spaces, or occupancy is to be phased in with
ongoing construction contractor shall prevent contamination ofall systerns serving the
t occupants including but not limited to:
I t'
fyntr b:'ffi 311"tt o" capped or provided with adequare particulare and gas
phase fihration to prevent dust, chemical, or biological contamination.
I i;T*ti",:I"TiJl;|l
be as a minimum equivalent to those specified for
2. Domestic Watei
a. Isolate sterilized portions from non-sterilized portions.
t
3.06 DEMONSTRATION
I A. Refer to Division I sections of the specifications regarding requirements of Record
Drawings and Operation and maintenance Manual submiltal and systems demonstration.
t VAIL MOLINTIAN LODGE MARCH,2004 ls0l0 - 1I
RENOVATION
a
l. Demonstrate that each system operates properly.
2. Explain the operation of each system to the Owner's Representative. Explain use
of O&M manual in operating and maintaining systems.
B. Date and time of demonstration will be determined by the Owner.
ROOFCURBS
A. Roof curbs and roof flashings for all equipment located on the roof shall be fumished
under the Architectural Division (except for any sound curbs or rooftop units'integral
curbs specified herein). Furnish and install all counter flashing ofthe same material as
the flashing.
3.08 CONCRETE
All poured in place concrete shall be fumished under the Architectural Divisions of these
Specifications.
This Contactor shall coordinate all requirements for concrete surrounding buried duct.
Ducts shall be tied down to concrete deadman and completely surrounded with 3l' of
concrete.
ELECTRICAL EQIiIPMENT AND WIRING FOR MECIHMCAL DTYISION
A. Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls shall be fumished, set in place and
wired in accordance with the following schedule. (MD is Mechanical DMsion - ED is
Electrical Division).
ITEM FI.JRMSHED
I.INDER
SET IN
PLACEOR
MOT]NTED
I.JNDER
WIREDAND
CONNECTED
T'NDER
l. Equipment Motors and Thermal
overloads, resistance heaters (3).MD MD ED
2. Motor Controllers; magnetic
starters, reduced voltage starters
and overload relays.
ED ED(l)ED
3. Disconnect switches, fused or
unfused, H.P. rated switches,
thermal overload switches and
fuses, manual operating
switches.
ED(l)ED(l)ED
4. Push-button stations, pilot lights,
multi-speed switches, float
switches, thermostats, control
relays, time clocks, control
transformers, control panels,
motor valves, damper motors,
solenoid valves, EP and PE
switches and interlocks.
MD MD(2)lvD(2)
VAIL MOIJNTIAIY LODGE
RENOVATION
B.
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - 12
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
5. Contactors, 120V control circuit
outlets for control panels and for
boiler controls and for fire
protection controls and smoke
detectors.
ED ED ED
6. Duct Detectors, firelsmoke
dampers, elevator vent dampers.MD MD ED(3)
1) If fumished as part of factory wired equipment, wiring and
connections only by ED.
2\ If float switches, line thermostats, P.E. switches, time switches,
etc., carry the FULL LOAD CURRENT to any motor, they shall
be furnished by the Mechanical Division, but shall be set in place
and connected under the Electrical Dvision, except that where
such items are no integral part of tbe mechanical equipment, or
directly attached to ducts, piping, etc., they shall be set in place
tmder the Mechanical Division and connected by the Electrical
Division. If they do not carry the FULL LOAD CURRENT to
any motor they shall be fumished, set in place and wired under
the Mechanical Division. Control devices carrying full load
current furnished by Mechanical and wired by Electrical shall be
located at the device being controlled, unless shown on drawings
or mufual agreement is made between the contractors with no
change in the contract price. '
(a) Wiring fiom alarm contacts.to alarm system by ED; all
control function wiring bY MD.
3) The above list does not attempt to include all components. AII
items necessary for a complete system shall be included in the
base contract.
B. Connections to all controls directly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical equipment
shall be made with flexible connectors.
3.IO IDENTIFICATION
A. Piping
1. All exposed piping, except piping in finished spaces, shall be identified in
conformance with "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems", ANSI Al3.
All markers must be in compliance with respect to (l) proper letter color, (2)
proper letter size, (3) correct background color, and (4) proper marker length.
2. Directional flow arrows shall be applied adjacent to each pipe mark.
3. For pipes under 3/4" O.D. color coded (as described above) identification tags
shall be secwely fastened at all required locations. Tags shall be l-l/2 inches in
diameter.
4. All piping shall be marked at the following locations: (1) next to each valve and
fitting, (2) at each branch and riser take-ofi (3) at each wall, ceiling or floor
penetration, (4) on pipes that lead to and from underground areas, and (5) every
30 feet on horizontal and vertical pipe runs. Identification of all piping systems
shall conform to the designations in the mechanical legend on the drawings.
B. Valves
VAIL MOI.INTIAITLODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 1s010 - 13
1. All valves shall be identified by color coded (to match piping system
identification) tags which indicate both service and number. Tags shall be l-ll2
inch in diameter and have I /4 inch high letters to indicate service and 7116 inch
high numbers. Tags shall be securely fastened to all valves. Service
designations shall match abbreviations for piping systems given in mechanical
legend on the drawings. Valve charts shall be provided and shall include ( I )
valve identification number, (2) service, (3) location, and (4) purpose' Valve
charts shall be mounted in metal frame with glass enclosure. One valve chart
shall be secured on a wall in the boiler room. A second valve chart shall be
delivered to the Owner's authorized representative. Also a copy of the valve
chart shall be included in the Operations and Maintenance Instructions.
C. All fire dampers and their access doors shall be identified by printed stencil secured to
the access door or a location approved by the Architect.
D. All electric controls, starte6, air handling units, pumps, and all other equipment and
controls shall be identified by stencil or permanent labeling.
E. Care shall be taken not to paint over nameplates.
3.II FLUSIIING, CLEAIYING & STERILIZING
A. lntent: It is the intent of this specification to require that all worlg including the inside of
equipment, be left in a clean condition with all dust, grease, and construction debris
rernoved.
l. Piping and connection equipment to be left free of sediments, core sand, grease,
etc.
2. Clean all exposed surfaces ofpiping, ducts and hangers, etc., sufficiently to
receive paint. Vacuum ducts as required for debris removal.
3. Air systems shall not be operated without filters. Replace the filters or clean
permanent type lilters just prior to substantial completion. All air systems shall
be fumished with one additional set of filters for owner replacement.
4. Remove and clean all screens, interceptors, strainers, etc., in piping systems just
prior to substantial comPletion.
5. Clean and wipe dry all plunbing fixtures, exposed valves, faucels, and piping,
etc., that are exposed just prior to substantial completion. Clean all equipment
and fixtures per manufacturer's specifications to avoid scratching finished
surfaces. Leave all plumbing fixtures ready to use.
6. Clean interior and exterior of all air handling equipment of all construction
debris. Clean exterior ofall exposed ductwork just prior to substantial
completion.
7. Thoroughly clean all equipment room floors after completion of equipment, pipe
and duct cleaning. A condition of final acceptance will be the cleanliness of all
exposed systems, equipment, and equipment rooms.
B. Before final connections are made in the piping systems, blow out all piping with air and
then wash out with cleaning compounds. Then flush the system to remove of all foreign
materials. Fumish all temporary connections, valves, etc, required for this purpose.
Clean the boiler and chiller by the same procedure.
C. After flushing, sterilize the domestic water system in accordance with Section 15400,
VAIL MOT]NTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
!
I
I
I
I
T
t
l
T
I
t
I
MARCH,2OO4 15010 - 14
I
t 3.r2 TESTTNG
f A. Test all drain and waste lines with standing water test of twelve feet of head, held long
I enough to visually inspect eachjoint.
-r B. Test all heating water, snowmelt, and domestic water piping at 150 psig hydrostatic
I pressure before connecting to unit.
C. Test all gas piping under 60 psig air pressure.
I D. All tests must be done to the satisfaction of the local authorities having jurisdiction,
r before covering.
t E. All hydrostatic tests to be held for a minimum of six hours without loss of pressure. Air
tests to be held for a minimum of two hours without loss of pressure.tt F. Fumish all instruments required for testing.
I 3.13 PLACING IN OPERATIONIA. Clean all ducts, pipes, equipment, controls etc., ofplaster and other foreign debris.
I R. Before final acceptance, clean or rsplace all strainers, oil or gtease all bearings and cleanI out all drains. Clean and recoat all permanent filters, replace throwaway type filters with
new filters.tI C. The systems shall be put into operation.
l. The Contractor shall verifu that all controls are set to meet operating conditions
specified.
t a. Example: Boiler operating and limit controls set where specified.
2. The contractor shall verifu that all pieces of equipment are operable and that all
I sequences of control are being met.
t 3. The contractor to adjust settings through I st year as required by MECHAMCAL
ENGINEER.
t 3.r4 BALANCING
I A. The balancing of the system shall be part of this contract. Include in bid the cost of
I balancine and adiustine.
- B. At the completion of the installation, the mechanical systems shall be adjusted and
I balanced by an indepatdent balancing firm specializing in this work. The firm must have
- a Registered Professional Engineer in charge of the work, must have a local office with
resident personnel in the greater Vail area or within 100 miles of the project. The hrm
I must have experience and qualifications satisfactory to the MECHANICAL ENGINEER
t and must be accepted by him prior to bidding. All work must be done under the direct
supervision oftbe Registered Professional Engineer. The firm shall submit a booklet
showing procedure and data forms to be used in balancing when asking for acceptance.
I
I VAII- MOTJNTIANLODGE MARCH,2004 1s010 - ls
RENOYATION
I
I
C. Before commencing work, verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the
following:
l. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition.
2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.
3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.
4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in
addition to final filters.
5. Duct systems are clean of debris.
6. Correct fan rotation.
7. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open.
8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed.
9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.
10. Air outlets are installed and connected.
I 1. Duct system leakage has been minimized.
12. Hydronic systems have been flushed, filled, and vented.
13. Correct pump rotation.
14. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place.
15. Service and balance valves are open.
16. Report any defects or deficiencies noted during performance of services to
Architect/Engineer.
17 . Promptly report abnormal conditions in mechanical systems or conditions which
prevent system balance.
18. I{, for desigr reasons, systan cannot be properly balanced, report as soon as
observed.
19. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
D. The Mechanical Contractor is to fumish and install such iterns as thermometer rvells,
pressure test cocks, access doors, etc, as required to allow tests and adjushnents to be
made as described in this section.
E. The balancing firm shall make any changes of fan belts and sheaves to obtain the
required cfm and make other corrections to the systems for proper performance as may be
within tbe scope of the conhact as requested by the MECHANICAL ENGINEER.
F. Adjust and balance all air and water systems. Check, adjust and balance all systems to
meet the design conditions and tabulate all information on acceptable forms. All systems
shall be checked for proper performance during desigr conditions, both heating and
cooling. Balancing and adjusting shall include but not be limited to the following:
l. Adjust all fan systems to deliver design air quantities within a tolerance of -5o/o to
+5olo. Measure air volumes at all grilles, registers, diffusers, intake and exhaust
louvers, filters and coils. Adjust and balance to meet design. conditions at site
altitude.a. All built up fan systems and packaged air handling units shall be adjusted
with a 1" static pressure drop developed across the filters.
b. Make air quantity rneasurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire
cross sectional area of duct.
c. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets.
d. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free
from objectionable &afts and noise.
e. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to the extent
that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels.
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
!
T
I
I
I
T
I
l
l
I
I
I
VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - 16
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
o
h.
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Effect volume control by duct intemal devices such as dampers and
splitters.
f. Vary total system air quantities by adjustrnent of fan speeds. Provide
drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation.
g. Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities
recorded at each outlet or inlet.
h. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter
and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make
allowances for 50 percent loading of filters.
i. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, retum air, and exhaust
dampers for design conditions.
j. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and
exhaust dampers to check leakage.
k. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and
balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at
maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full
heating.
l. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, retum, and exhaust
air systerns to provide required relationship between each to maintain
approximately 0.05 inches (12.5 Pa) positive static pressure near the
building entries.
2. Adjust all valves and/or fittings on each piece ofradiation or water coil to
provide specified air temperature rise or drop, heating or cooling capacity and
gpm flow, all with control valves open.
a. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities.
b. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on
temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the
system.c. Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows tlrough
heat fansfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by
measurement of temperafure differential in conjunction with air
balancing.
d. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing
cocks, valves, and fittings' Do not use service or shut-off valves for
balancing unless indexed for balance point.
e. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or
individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by
temporary restriction of flow to other parts.
3. After all balancing is done, tabulate the following and include in a written report
to the MECHANICAL ENGINEER.
RPM, amperage and voltage input to each motor (include all motors).
Nameplate data and overload heater capacity installed for motor.
Entrance and exit air pressure at each fan, filter, coil and louver.
CFM capacity ofeach fan system, and at each grille, register, diffuser,
return intake and exhaust louver.
Total static pressure across each fan system.
Air temperature of each heated or air conditioned space and at the
entrance and exit ofeach automatic damper and coil.
Entrance and discharge pressure at each pump.
Water temperature and pressure at entrance and exit of each chiller,
boiler, heat exchanger, heating coil and cooling coil.
VAIL MOUNTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - t7
i. GPM flow of eachPumP.
j. Gas flow and pressure to each appliance and gas pressure at meter under
flow.
G. Make special note of any discrepancy between tabulated conditions and specified
conditions and call to the MECHANICAL ENGINEER'S attention. Rebalance and
retabulate information as required by the MECHANICAL ENGINEER to meet design
conditions.
H. Incorporate in the report, reduced size copies of the mechanical drawings. Where the
point of measurement cannot be described adequately, provide a cross reference number
in the report tabulations and at the point of measurement on the drawings.
I. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing
settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops.
J. After adjustment, take measurements to verif balance has not been disrupted or that such
disruption has been rectified.
K. At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points
or areas as selected and witnessed by the Owner'
L. Check and adjust systems approximately six months after final acceptance and submit
report.
3.18 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. Books of Operating and Maintenance Instructions shall be personally delivered to the
Owner's authorized representative and the Owner instructed as to their use and the
equipment involved. (hovide two books for each building). Also, instnrct the Orvner's
personnel on each valve and the valve chart previously specified.
B. The book shall contain, but not be limited to, the following general items:
l. Spare parts lists for each piece of equipmant.
2. Operating manuals for each piece of equipment and control.
3. Lubrication charts showing type of lubricant and application methods and
frequencies.
Filter cleaning or replacement schedule. (On Contractor's letterhead stationary).
Preventive maintenance schedule for checking all items such as belt drive, safety
controls and oil and refrigerant charges. Cleaning schedule of all strainers, traps,
coils, tubes, tower pans, sprays, etc. (On Conhactor's letterhead stationary).
Water treatment recommendations for boiler, tower, etc.
Normal operating instructions including a sequence of operation for each system.
(On Conhactor's letterhead stationary).
Instructions as to procedure to be followed for any emergency situation, such as
alarms or safety items being tripped. (On Contractor's letterhead stationary).
Instructions on who to call for service during guarantee period. (On Contactor's
letterhead stationary).
Record of equipment installed (copy ofeach shop drawing as set forth under
" Shop Drawing" Paragraph).
VAIL MOTJNTIAI\ LODGE
RENOVATION
4.
5.
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
!
I
T
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
I
I
6.
8.
9.
10.
MARCH.2OO4 15010 - 18
I
I I 1. All warranties provided by Manufacturers on their equipment that run longer
I than the one year guarantee by the Contractor'
,. C. Books shall be arranged in sequence to match the equipment schedules included in the
I soecifications.
D. Approval will not be given for final payment until the tests, balancing and operating
I instruction portions have been completed.
3.T9 EOUIPMENTSTART-UP
f All refrigeration, boilers, and packaged equipment shall be started by the manufacturer or under
the manifacturer's supervision. Start-up data shall be recorded in logs' Copies ofstart-up logs
I shall be forwarded to Mechanical Engineer and included in Operation and Maintenance manuals.
I
I
ENDoFsEcrroN
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I vArL M'TINTHN L.DGE MARcH,2oo4
RENOVATION
I
1s010 - t9
VAILMOIINTIANLODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 15010 - 20
I
I
I
T
I
SECTION IsIOO_BASIC MATERJAL AND METHOD
1.OO GENERAL
1.OI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part of
these specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be governed by the
requirernents thereunder.
I.O2 STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS
A. All materials shall conform to current applicable industry standards. Workrnanship and
neat appearance shall be as important as the electrical and mechanical operation.
Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired, prior to final acceptance, in
a manner acceptable to the Architect or Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. All equipment shall have housings suitable for the location installed.
C. Provide products and materials that are new, clean, free of defects, and free of damage
'and corrosion, unless specifically directed to reuse any existing materials.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.01 MoToRs
A. Fumish ball bearing, squirrel cage, open dripproof, normal starting torque
motor of the horsepower and current characteristics specified with thermal
overload protection and dustproof and leak proofbearing rings and
consrmcred for use at the altitude where the work is'to be located. Motors
guaranteed to operate continuously at full load with temperature rise in any
part not to exceed NEMA Standards. Motors shall be commercially,
dynamically balanced and tested at the factory before shipment and selected
for quiet operation. Provide motors for V-belt &ives with a cast iron and steel
base, with slide rail and adjustable screw device and belt guard. Line up
motors and drives and place motors and equipment on foundations ready for
operation.
B. Motors rated I horsepower or greater shall be Department of Energy (DOE)
approved "energy efficient", meeting the requirernents ofEP Act92, and shall
meet NEMA l2-6C full load efficiencies. Where not commercially available,
power factors shall be capacitor corrected by equipment manufacturer to at
least 90 percent under rated load conditions.
2.02 BELT DRIVES
A. Provide belt drives with cast iron sheaves, either companion driven sheaves
(except for two groove) or fixed pitch sheaves. If fixed pitch sheaves are
used, the MECHANICAL ENGINEER reserves the right to direct speed
changes be made, if in his opinion, these are warranted after final balancing.
Fixed pitch sheaves shall be bushed type. Provide two groove adjustable
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
3
I
I
I
I
MARCII.2()()4 15100 - I
drive sheaves with a key for holding pitch adjustment. Use standard FHP, A,
B, C and D Sections. FHP belt drives may be used for motors less than tltee
horsepower. Select belt sections for drives for three horsepower and over
from the following chart:
MOTOR SPEEDS
HP 1750
a.3A
b.5A
c. 7.5 B
e. 108
B. Provide matched belts sized for 150% of motor schedule horsepower. When
A-B sheaves are used. use B Section belts onlv.
2.03 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide painted, steel access doors with key lock suitable for the strface in
which they are installed and satisfactory to the Architect. Recessed style to
accept plaster finish, recessed bpe to accept acoustical tile, flush panel for
drywall or flanged flushed panel for remodeling. ln installed in fire rated
surface, access door to carry proper rating.
2.05 ALTITUDE RATINGS
A. Except as otherwise noted, all equipment capacities, air qualities, etc., are
adjusted ratings for the elevation of this project as noted on drawings.
Manufacturer's ratings shall be adjusted to provide net ratings shown.
2.06 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS
A. For steel piping, construct with stainless steel inner hose and braided exterior
sleeve.
B. For copper piping, construct with bronze inner hose and braided exterior
sleeve.
C. Use connectors suitabl€ for minimum 125 psi WSP and 450" and 200 psi
WOG and 250"F.
D. Construct spool pieces to exact size for insertion of flexible cormection.
2,07 FIR.E STOPPING MATERIAL
A. General:
l. Products to be used shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM
E 814-88 and be listed in the UL Fire Resistance Drectorv.
B. Bare Piping:
l. Model FD 150 or CP-25.
VAIL MOIINT{N LODGE
RXNOVATION
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
t
I
ll60
A
A
B
B
MARCH.2OO4 15100 - 2
t
I
I
t
I
t
C. lnsulated Piping:
l. Model: CP-25 or FS-195. Intumescent.
2. "No-sag" or "selfleveling" as required.
D. Plastic Piping:
l. Model: CP-25 or FS-195 lntumescent.
2. "No-Sag" or "Self leveling" as required.
E. Accessories:
l. Provide Fasteners, Restricting collars, backing materials, and
protective coatings as required to comply with the UL system listing.
F. Manufacturers:
1. 3M or G.E.
3.OO EXECUTION
)
t 3.01 FREEZE PROTECTION
I A. Proximity of any equipment component or fluid piping to potential damager ffi;ffrl':lxilHl".l';l:111*lffiH:""1''j;"ffT:1'"j"Ti
deJces and/or heat sources as necessary to prevent or minimi ze freeze
! damage potential. The Architect/Engineer will neitber guarantee nor be
responsible for any consequences of freezing.
I 3.02 \rBRATroN rsoLATroNI
A. Equipment
I l. Erect all floor mounted equipment on 4" high concrete pads over the
I complete floor area of the equipment.
2. Where inertia bases are indicated, pow these bases within structural channel
;; frames having mountings attached to the inside perimeter and furnished with
I supplementary spring units. Furnish bases with an 18 gauge sheet metal bottom
welded in place to retain the concrete. Anchor bolts and reinforcing bars are to
I be set in the field, #5 reinforcing bars top and bottom, 12" o.c. both ways.I il::ffi$iffi#:ff""fir:;:"f":J*"["#'"1J"',#"1-,.]h'"Tiill'li"-",,,
No damping material shall be used between the inner and outer housing on
I mountings and mountings shall have a combination lifting and leveling
adjustment and ll4" thick neoprene acoustical friction pads bonded to the steel
base.
I 3. Mount supply and return cenkifugal fans, cabinet fans and air handling units
t (where called for on plans) on inertia base with a weight equal to not less than l-
l/2 times the combined weight of the fan and motor. Where centrifugal fan is
I used, mount fan and motor on common steel base.
f] 4. Support each air or refrigeration compressor, (including temperature conffol
compressor) base mounted pump, factory assembled air handing unit and fan by
Mason Industries or equivalent spring type vibration isolators, as follows:
I
I vArL M.'NTATNL'DGE MARcH,2oo4
RENOVATION
I
15100 - 3
EQUIPMENT GROTIND
SUPPORTED SLAB
ORBASEMENT
MASON
20'FLOOR SPAN
POSSIBLE FLOOR DEFL
0.67*
MASON
Engr.
Spec
Min Static
Defl. (in.)
Engr'
Spec.
Min Static
Defl. (in.)
Refrigeration Machines (Note 2)
I . Absorption Machines
2. Centrifugal Chillers or Heat
Pumps
a. Cooler condenser
Mounted Hermetic-
Compressors
b. Cooler condenser
alongside Hermetic-
compressors
c. Open Type Compressors
Note3)
3. Refrigeration Reciprocating
Cornpressors
^. 500 RPM to 750 RPM
b. 751 RMP and over
4. Reciprocating Chillers or
Heat Pumps
a. 500RPMto750RPM
b. 751 RMP and over
AK
A-K
A-K
A-G-K
B
B
C-K
c-K
0.3s
0.35
0.35
0.35
0.75
0.7s
0.75
0.75
c-K
C-K
C-K
C.G.K
B
B
C-K
C.K
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.5
0.75
1.5
0.75
b. Pumpsffi#al
1. Close Coupled
a. Ttru 5 HP
b. TYzHP andlarger
c.
A-J.K
B-J-K
0.35
0.75
B-J-K
B-J-K
0.75
0.75
c. FactoryAssembledH&VUnits
L Suspended Units
a. Thru 5 HP
b. 7-ll2l{F and larger -
275 RPM TO 4OO RPM
c. 7-l/2HP and larger -
401 RPM and over
2.Floor Mounted Units
a. Thru5HPb. l-llzHP and larger -
275 to40l RPM
D
D
D
A
A
1.0
1.5
1.0
0.35
0.35
D
D
D
B
B-H
1.0
1.5
1.0
0.75
1.5
I
I
I
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
l
T
I
I
T
MARCH,2004 15100 - 4
B.
t
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
T
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5. All mountings used out ofdoors shall be hot dipped galvanized'
6. Equipment with operating weight different than the installed weight,
such as chillers and cooling towers and equipment exposed to wind,
such as roof fans, cooling towers, etc., shall be mounted on sPring
mountings as directed in Mason Engineering Spec. B, but a housing
shall be provided that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring
extension when weight is removed' Limit stops shall be out of
contract during normal operation.
Piping
l. Chillers,
a. Isolate all refrigerant piping from the structure throughout by
double deflection spring and neoprene hangers with 1"
deflection. Hang piping so that it does not touch any part of
the structure. Connect pipes to compressor or condensing
unit with convoluted bellows braided metallic flexible pipe
connectors.
b. Isolate all condenser water piping, connected to condenser on any
packaged chiller with a reciprocating compressor' from the structure
throughout the equipment room by double deflection spring and
neoprene hangers with l" deflection' Hang piping so that it does not
touch any part of the structure. Connect pipes to condenser and to
cooling tower with Teflon flexible equipment connectors'
VAIL MOI'NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
d. Air Compressors (Note2)
l. TankType
2. Hoiz, Vert, 1 or 2 CYlinder
lNoie s)
a. 275 RPMto499RPM
b. 500 RPM to 800 RPM
B-J-L
B-I-L
B.I-L
0.75
2.5
1.5
B.J-L
B.J-L
B-J-L
0.75
2.5
1.5
e. Blowers
I . Utilities Sets
a. Floor Mounted (Note tl
b. Roof Mounted
c. SuspendedUnit
(!fd€
z. Centrifugal Blowers (l iefr)
A
1l
A.J
0.35
0.35
B
c
D
B-J
0.75
0.75
2.5
3. Tubular Centrifugal and
Axial Fansffjffi
a. Suspended Units
b. Floor Mounted w,Motor
on/in Fan Casing
c. Floor Mounted
Arrangement 1 or anY
Separately Mounted
Motor
A-J
D
A
Refer to Guide.
0.35 B-J
0.35 B 0.75
MARCH.2OO4 15100 - 5
c. Isolate all chilled water piping, connected to evaporator on packaged
chiller with reciprocating compressor, from the structure throughout the
equipment room by double deflection spring and neoprene hangers with
l " deflection. Hang piping so that it does not touch any part of the
structure. Connect pipes to evaporator with Teflon flexible equipment
connectors.
2. Domestic Hot and Cold Water, Heating Water and Waste Piping
a. Domestic hot and cold water piping one inch diameter and smaller shall
be isolated with the Acousto-Plumb System of orange and blue pipe
isolators, holders, and guide, as manufactured by LSP/Specialty Products
CompanY, Tel (800) 854-3215.
b. Isolate waste piping and domestic hot and cold water piping larger than
one inch in diameter with Trisolator system of pipe isolators as
manufactured by Elmdor/Stoneman, Te!. (818) 968-8699.
c. Do not allow the piping, pipe connectors, pipe hangers or valve to
directly touch the structure, studs, glpsum board, or other pipes.
d. Copper waste piping must be completely wrapped with Lowry's
acoustical pipe wrap. The wrap is manufactured by Harry A' Lowry'
Tel. (818) 768466r'
Flexible Connections
1. Where ductwork or piping is connected to fans, air handling units, pumps, or
other equipment that may transmit vibration along the piping or ductwork,
connect by means of a flexible connection constructed of fire resistant canvas,
flex piping, or other approved method. Connections shall be suitable for
pressures developed at the point of installation. Flexible material shall be
waterproof for weather exposed ductwork, shall show no visible strain during
operating conditions, and shall comply with code requirements. Flex connections
for range exhaust systems shall be fire rated.
3.03 PIPE HANGERS
A. General
1. Provide pipe supports for vertical lines at each floor. Provide pipe hangers to
support the systems without sagging, including hangers at each offset or change
in direction, at ends of branches over five feet in lenglh and at the following
maximum sPacing:
Hanger Rod Diameter
Pipe Size Haneer Spacine (Minimum)
3/4" and smaller 6 ft.3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
v2"
l/2"
5/8'
7/8"
lu
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
8ft.
C.
B.
1-ll4" through 2" 10 ft.
2-112" through 3" l0 ft.
4" through 5' l0 ft.
6" throueh 10" 2ff
12" and larger
Cast iron no hub
hrdividual Hangers
t2ft.
5 ft. and atjoints
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 15100 - 6
l.
2.
J.
I
I
t
t
I
T
I
Individual hangers for non-insulated copper piping and insulated
copper heating piping and insulated domestic hot water and
circulating water piping shall be copper plated, adjustable swivel ring
hangers similar to Auto Grip 500, Kin-Line felt lined 440-F or
Michigan Hanger Company Series 102 with polyvinyl coating, with
insulation over hangers.
krdividual hangers for insulated cold piping (steel or copper) shall be
zinc plated, adjustable swivel ring hangers similar to Auto Grip
Figure 800, Kin Line 400 Series, Michigan Series 103. Hangers shall
support pipe with hangers over the insulation. The system shall be
complete with Auto Grip or MichiganZinc plated steel shield' Pipe
Shields or Kin-Line 460 zinc plated steel shield. Provide insulation
insert of high density polyethylene foam, calcium silicate, higb
density glass fiber or expanded perlite divided in longitudinal half
sections and covered with fire resistant vapor banierjacket' High
density inserts are not required in plumbing walls behind plumbing
fixtures.
Individual hangers for all insulated or non-insulated steel piping
(except steam and high temperature hot water) shall be zinc plated,
adjustable swivel ring hangers similar to Auto Grip Figure 400, Kin-
Line 400 Series, Michigan Series 100. Hangers shall support pipe
with insulation over hangers.
Individual hangers for steam and high temperature water piping (250T and
above) shall be adjustable swivel pipe rolls, similar to Grinnel No. l7l' l8l or
174 with pipe covering protection saddle, similar to Grinnel No. 185-186 or 360o
zinc plated steel shield for insulation thickness specified.
Trapeze Hangers
1. Parallel runs of piping may be supported on trapeze hangers- Trapeze shall be
unistrut P-1000-3 or Kin Line 211,371or 372 equivalort by Elcen or Kindorff.
System shall be selected to support five times the weight of thrust applied
without failure.
All non-insulated steel pipe and insulated steel heating water pipe shall have
standard pipe straps at each support.
All non-insulated copper pipe, insulated copper domestic hot and re-circulating
water piping and insulated copper heating piping shall rest on n€oprene sleeves
and have standard pipe straps at each support.
All cold insulated pipe (steel or copper) shall rest on Fee and Mason Figure 8l or
equivalent by unistrut, or Kin-Line, galvanized steel insulation shield or 360o
galvanized steel shield. Provide insulation insert of high density polyethylene
foam, calcium silicate, high density fiber glass or expanded perlite divided in
longitudinal halfsections and covered with fire resistant vapor barrierjacket'
Provide pipe strap over insulation at each support. High density inserts are not
required in plumbing walls behind plumbing fixtures.
All steam and high temperature hot water pipe shall have pipe covering
protection saddle and shall be supported on Unistrut P-2474-3,pipe rollers or
equivalent at each support.
See this Section, 3.02, Vibration Isolation for special hangers.
T
t A
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
C.
3.04 CONTROL VALVE PIPING
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE MARCII. 2OO4
RENOVATION
15100 - 7
A. If the control valve size is smaller than the pipe size marked on the drawing, the
reduction in size pertains to the valve only. Gate valves, globe valves, and strainers on
either side of the automatic valve shall be a minimum of the pipe size marked on the
drawings.
3.05 PI]MP CONNECTIONS
A. Where the suction or discharge of any pump unit is smaller than the pipe size noted on
the drawings, all strainers, valves, flexible connections, expansion joints, etc., shall be a
minimum of the pipe size noted on the drawings.
3.06 ACCESS DOORS
A. Fumish an access door for each pipe chase for each floor. This includes both toilet
plumbing chases and pipe riser chases. Access doors assembly to be minimum size of
16" x 16".
B. Also, furnish access doors in all non-removable ceilings and in paflitions and walls where
necessary to maintain access to plumbing cleanouts, shock absorbers, fire dampers,
manual dampers, valves and other mechanical devices rgquiring access. Size these as
required for access.
C. Provide all access doors to the General Contractor for him to constuct into the building.
D. Submit shop drawing indicating the locations of all access doors'
3.07 WELDING
A. Provide all welding in accordance with the welding procedrnes of the National Certified
Pipe Welding Bureau or other approved procedure conforming to the requirements of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, or the ASA Code for Pressure Piping. Only
welders who have been fully qualified under the specified procedure shall be employed.
3.09 PIPE DEPTHS
A. Interior pipe below slabs shall be a minimum of 4 inches below slab and shall not be in
contact with concrete at any point. Minimum extsrior cover over water piping, unless
otherwise shown or required by code, shall be 8 feet above the top ofthe pipe. Area
drains shall have maximum cover possible consistent with finished landscape and
acceptable flow lines. Gas piping shall have minimum of 3 foot cover with waming tape
12" above pipe. Sanitary waste and storm drain lines shall have 3 foot cover minimum.
3.IO PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS
A. Full length pipe in longest lengths possible shall be used. All threads shall be right hand,
pipe standard, clean cut, full depth and tapering. hstall piping so as to permit complete
draining. Provide drains at all low points. All interior soil, waste and condensate lines
shall have uniform pitch in the direction of flow ofnot less than l/4 inch per foot unless
otherwise noted. Ream out all pipe ends, tum on ends and rattle before installing.
3.11 DUCTS
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
t
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
MARCH,2OO4 15100 - 8
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
,l
A. Constn:ct straight and smooth with neatly finished joints, air-tight and free from
vibration. lntemal ends of slip joints shall be made in the direction of flow. Changes in
duct dimensions and shape shall be gradual and uniform. Curved elbows, unless
otherwise noted, to have centerline radius of at least l-l12 times the duct width. Air tums
shall be installed in all abrupt elbows and shall be arranged to permit air to make turns
without appreciable turbulence and to remain quiet when the system is in operation.
Construction ofducts shall be per the details and recommendations of the latest edition of
the ASHRAE handbook and U.M.C. The most stringent requirement govern in conflicts.
"Duct mate" joint method may be utilized provided all portions of seam/joint materials
are provided by "duct mate" and installed in strict compliance with manufacturer's
standards.
3.12 FIRE DAMPERS AIYD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS
A. tnstall as required by NFPA pamphlet No. 90A, the Uniform Building Code, Uniform
Mechanical Code and as required by local codes. Provide a duct access door to each fire
damper and service access when architecture is restrictive. Fumish UL 5555 labeled fire
and fire/smoke dampers. Refer to architectural drawings for fire resistive ratings of
walls, floors, ceilings, etc.
3.13 FLE)(IBLECONNECTIONS
A. Where ductwork or piping is connected to fans, air handling units, pumps, or other
equipment that may traismit vibration along the piping or ductwork, connect by means of
a flexible connection constructed of fire resistant canvas, flex piping, or other approved
method. Connections shall be suitable for pressures developed at the point of installation.
Flexible material shall be waterproof for weather exposed ductwork, shall show no
visible shain during operating conditions, and shall comply with code requirements. FIex
connections for range exhaust systems shall be fire rated.
3.I4 CLEAI\'ING
A. Intent: It is the intcnt of this specification to require that all work, including the inside of
equipment, be left in a clean condition with all dust, grease, and construction debris
removed. Refer also to specification Section 01710.
B. Piping and connected equipment to be left free of sediments, core sand, grease, etc'
C. Clean all exposed surfaces of piping, ducts and hangers, etc., sufficiently to receive paint.
Vacuum ducts as required for debris removal.
D. Air systems shall not be operated without filters. Replace the filters or clean pennanent
type filters just prior to substantial completion. All air systems with disposable filters
shall be fumished with one additional set of boxed filters for owner replacement.
E. Remove and clean all screens, interceptors, strainers, etc., in piping systems just prior to
substantial completion.
F. Clean and wipe dry all plumbing fixtures, exposed valves, faucets, and piping, etc. that
are exposed just prior to substantial completion. Clean all equipment and fixtures per
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATTON
MARCH.2OO4 15100 - 9
manufacturer's specifications to avoid scratching finished surfaces. Leave all plumbing
fixtures readY to use.
G. Clean interior and exterior of all air handling equipment of all constnrction deb,ris. Clean
exterior of all exposed ductwork just prior to substantial cornpletion'
H. Thoroughly clean all equipment room floors after completion of equipment, pipe and
duct cleaning. A condition of final acceptance will be the cleanliness of all exposed
systems, equipment, and equipment rooms.
3.I5 EXPANSIONCOMPENSATION
A. Examine piping layout and provide anchors or expansion joints required to adequately
Protect system.
B. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to equipment supported by vibration
isolation.
C. Accomplish structural work and provide equipment required to control expansion and
contraction of piping, loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, and provide comrgated
bellows type expansion joints where required.
3.16 SLEEVES, CUTTING, PATCHING
A. Major openings in the structure for mechanical work may be shown on the structural
drawings, these will be done under the Architectural Dvision of these Specifications. It
is the Contracto/s responsibility to set necessary sleeves and boxes for pipe and ducts
(not shown on the structural drawings) before erection of structure. This Contractor is
responsible for the correct size and location of all openings including coordination with
the other trades. All sleeves shall be large enough to allow for continuous insulation to
pass through the sleeve.
B. ln mechanical equipment room floors, all pipe sleeves to the Schedule 40 pipe and shall
extend I " above finished floor. In mechanical equipment room floors, all ducts shall
have a 4" high concrete curb arormd duct'
C. Caulk all pipes and ducts leaving equipment rooms between sleeve and duct or pipe, l"
deep on each side of wall, floor, or roof. Caulk bare pipes and ducts with lead wool.
Caulk insulated pipes with I or 2 part polysulphide caulking compound.
D. In the same marmer as described in Paragraph C above, caulk all other pipes and ducts
tbroughout the buitding which p€netate walls and floors and roofs this includes prpe and
ducts to rooftoP units.
E. All pipes which may be in view shall be finished with chrome floor, wall and ceiling
plates, excePt in equiPment rooms.
3.T7 FOUNDATIONS AI{D SIJPPORTS
A. Furnish and install as indicated on the plans and/or as may be necessary for the proper
installation of all equipment furnished under this Division, all foundations, bases and
VAIL MOT]NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t'
MARCH,2OO4 15100 - l0
t
f supports. Contractor shall be responsible for their correct location and sizes to fit allI ilffiil:il,f.H;::,rH,::il"':lll,'"::,'jff:il#*?:'"::il'"il,il"';"J""1,"il1'
I B. Fumish all hangers, anchors, sway bracing, guides, etc., for the various piping and duct
systems as required for their proper installation.
I 3.19 FrRE sroPPrNGa
_ A. lnstall firestopping materials in accordance with their UL and ASTM tested
methods.
I
B. Coordinate required annular space with size of pipe and sleeve'
I C. Requirements for specific systems:
I . Cold piping: Includes chilled water, domestic water, storm water and
I refrigerant: Insulation and vapor barrier shall be continued through
t wall and firestopping for "insulated piping" shall be provided.
2. Hot piping to 250oF includes domestic hot water, steam to 15 psig
- and heating hot water: The Conhactor has the option of continuingt :T,'$:*il';"[:::l;T,ffffHiff:il1'4";':?,?:l':"i:T;if."'
penetration and using firestopping for uninsulated piping".r 3
E:?if#"fiH:,:Tll3#iJ,''#;l,T,ll!"l,.l,iif,,1l!.T; "','temperature piping".
.
EI\ID OF SECTIONI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I vArL M.'NTATN L.DGE MARcH,2oo4
RENOVATION
I
15100 - 1l
t
t
I
t
I
SECTION T525o--INSULATION
1.OO GBNERAL
1.OI RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part of
these Specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be govemed by the
requiremarts thereunder.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.OI ACCEPTABLEMANUFACTURDRS
Owens Corning, Johns Manville, Armstrong, Keene and Knauf insulation will be
considered equal names to the insulation specified and will be acceptable without
prior approval by the MECHANICAL ENGINEER.
2.O2,A.CCEPTABLEPRODUCTS
A. This specification allows several methods of insulating valves, fittings, etc., but it is
the contractor's and the manufacturer's responsibility to assrne themselves that the
code authorities will approve any product to be installed on the project'
3.OO DGCUTION
3.01 DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING
A. Generall. It is the intention ofthis specification to insulate and provide a vapor barrier
on all surfaces in the piping system.
B. Insulate with U.L. approved, flame resistant, l/2" thick glass fiber, 850o pipe insulation
with white, vapor barrier jacket with self-sealing lap as made by Johns Manville
Company or equivalent. Seal longitudinal seam overlap with staples with vapor barrier
adhesive over staples. Seal ofends of the pipe insulation atall valves, fittings, flanges
and hangers with vapor barrier coating.
C. Valves, Flanges, Unions and Fittings
l. Insulate with pre-molded insulation sections. Secure sections in place with tape
and trim insulation to assure an even transition with adjacent pipe insulation.
Apply glass fabric circumferentially around insulation sections and then apply a
vapor barrier mastic over the entire surface to provide a vapor seal.
2. Apply cement over surface, smooth and finish cement to make a flush transition
with adjacent pipe insulation. After cement has dried, apply glass fabric
circumferentially around cement. Apply a vapor-barrier mastic over entire
surface to provide a vapor seal.
3. Insulate with factory precut, 2 layer insulation and cover with factory premolded,
one piece, PVC insulation fitting covers (covers to beUL 25/50 rated). Tuck the
ends ofthe insulation snugly into the throat ofthe fitting and the edges adjacent
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15250 - I
to the pipe fitting. Secure the one piece PVC fitting cover by stapling and taping
the ends to the adjacent pipe covering. All seam edges of cover sealed with
vapor barrier pressure sensilive color matched tape. The tape shall extend over
the adjacent pipe insulation and have an overlap on itselfat least 2 inches on the
dorvnward side.
3.02 DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING
A. lnsulate all hot water supply lines and circulating water lines with U.L. approved, flame
resistant, I " thick glass fiber, 850" pipe insulation with white, flame resistant jacket with
self-sealing lap as made by Johns Manville Company or equivalent, with ends butted.
Seal off the ends of the pipe insulation at all valves, fittings' flanges, etc'
B. Valves, Flanges, Unions and Fittings
l. lnsulate with pre-molded insulation sections. Secure sections in place with tape
and trim insulation to assure an even hansition with adjacent pipe insulation.
Apply glass fabric circumferentially around insulation sections.
Z. Apply cement over surface, smooth and finish cement to make a flush transition
with adjacent pipe insulation. After cement has dried, apply glass fabric
circumferentially around cement.
3. lnsulate with factory precut, 2 layer insulation and cover with factory premolded,
one piece, PVC insulation fitting covers (covers to be UL 25150 rated). Tuck the
ends of the insulation snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edges adjacent
to the pipe fitting. Secure the one piece PVC fitting cover by stapling and taping
the ends to the adjacent pipe covering'
3.03 IIEATING PIPING; SNOWMELT MAINS,IIEATING WATER AI\D ANTIFREEZE
PIPING
A. PiPe
l. lnsulate with U.L. approved, flame resistant, glass fiber, 850" pipe insulation
with white, flame resistant jacket with self-sealing lap as made by Johns
Manville Company or equivalent. Seal offends of the pipe insulation at all
valves, fittings, flanges, etc'
2. Piping connections between baseboard radiation elements and radiant ceiling
panels need to be insulated.
B. Valves, Flanges, Unions, Fittings and Air Separators'
l. Insulate wilh pre-molded insulation sections. Secure sections in place with tape
and trim insulation to assure an even transition with adjacent pipe insulation.
Apply glass fabric circumferentially around insulation sections and then apply a
vapor barrier mastic over the entire swface to provide a vapor seal'
2. Apply cement over surface, smooth and finish cement to make a flush transition
with adjacent pipe insulation. After cement has dried, apply glass fabric
circumferentially around cement. Apply a vapor-barrier mastic over entire
surface to Provide a vaPor seal'
3. Insulate with factory precut, 2 layer insulation and cover with factory premolded,
one piece, PVC insulation fitting covers (covers to beUL25/50 rated). Tuck tbe
ends ofthe insulation snugly into the throat ofthe fitting and the edges adjacant
to the PiPe covering.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
t
T
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
MARCH,2OO4 t5250 -2
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. On fittings where temperature exceeds 250"F 'zlayers of the factory precut
insulation inserts shall be applied with a few wrapping of twine on the first layer
to be sure lhere are no voids or hot spots. The fitting cover shall then be applied
over the insulation as described above.
C. Expansion Joints
I . tnsulate all expansion joints in piping with blanket type insulation of same
thickness as the pipe insulation. Hold the blanket in place by wire or galvanized
straps for ease of removal'
3.04 CHILLED WATER PIPING
A. General
l. It is the intention ofthis specification to insulate and provide a vapor barrier on
all surfaces in the PiPing system.
B. Pipe
l. Insulate with U.L. approved, flame resistant, glass fiber 850" pipe insulation with
white, vapor barrier jacket witb self sealing lap as made by Johns Manville
Company or Armstrong's "Accotherm" a molded rigid phenolic form pipe
insulation or equivalent. Vapor barrier jacket to have vapor transmission rate of
less than .01 perms. Seal longitudinal seam overlap with staples with vapor
barrier adhesive over staples. End joints to be secured with factory fumished
vapor barrier tape and adhesive. Seal off ends of the pipe insulation at all valves,
fittings, flanges and hangers with vapor barrier coating'
C. Valves, Flanges, Unions, Fittings, Air Separators and Pump Casings.
l. lnsulate with pre-molded insulation sections. Secure sections in place with tape
and trim insulation to assure an even transition with adjacent pipe insulation.
Apply glass fabric circumferentially around insulation sections and then apply a
vapor barrier mastic over the entire srnface to provide a vapor seal.
2. Apply cement over surface, smooth and finish cement to make a flush transition
with adjacent pipe insulation. After cement has dried, apply glass fabric
circumferentially around cement. Apply a vapor-barrier mastic over entire
surface to provide a vapor seal.
3. Insulate with factory precut, 2 layer insulation and cover with factory premolded,
one piece, PVC insulation fitting covers (covers to be UL 25150 nted). Tuck the
ends ofthe insulation snugly into the throat ofthe fitting and the edges adjacent
to the pipe fitting. Secure the one piece PVC fitting cover by stapling and taping
the ends to the adjacent pipe covering. All seam edges of cover sealed with
vapor barrier adhesive. The circumferential edges of cover shall be wrapped
with vapor barrier pressure sensitive color matched tape. The tape shall extend
over the adjacent pipe insulation and have an overlap on itselfat least 2 inches on
the downward side.
3.05 PIPE INSI]LATION SCHEDULE
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15250 - 3
PIPING
SYSTEM
TYPES
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
RANGE, OF.
PIPE SIZES
Run
Outs up
to 2" (l)
I" and
Less
t-t/4
to 2"
2-t/2
to 4"
5"
to 6"
8" and
Larger
Low
temperanne r20-200 %%I t-r/2 l-112 l-U2
Chilled Water 40-50 %Y2 314 I I I
(1) Runouts not exceeding 12' in length to Individual Terminal Units.
3.06 DUCT INSULATION
A. Inside Duct Liner. See Section 15800 Ductwork.
B. Boiler Breeching:
l. Emergancy Cenerator Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Insulate with factory pre-
molded, flame resistant, hydrous calcium silicate rated 1400T.
2. lnsulate with 2" mineral fiber blanket insulation, 14001F service temperature,
Eagle Pitcher or equivalent. Cover with l8 gauge, l" mesh galvanized wire,
apply 712" insulating cement, trowel smooth and finish with 8 oz. canvas jacket
applied with fire retardant lagging adhesive, or finish over the galvanized wire' with glass cloth and vinyl acrylic mastic coating with dry film thickness of 1/16".
EI\[D OF SECTION
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
MARCH.2OO4 15250 - 4
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
SECTION Is4OO-PLUMBING
r.OO GENERAL
I.O1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part of
these Specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be govemed by the
requirements theretmder.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.OT WATER PIPING MATERIALS
A. Piping Outside Building
l. All pipe outside the building to the service termination inside the building,
4" and larger; class 250, cement lined, cast iron, or ductile iron of
manufacturer's recommended thickness class, mechanical joint or push on
joint. 3" and smaller; Type "K", hard drawn copper using hard solder
having a minimum melting point of I l00iF'
B. Piping Inside Building
1.. Piping from the service termination throughout the rest ofthe building, for
buried lines; Type "K", hard drawn copper, wrought copper fittings and hard
iolder having a minimum melting point of 1100"F: for non-buried lines,
Type "L", hard drawn copper, wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder'
Where copper tube is joined to brass, steel or other dissimilar metal, use
I l00o solder.
C. Valves and Specialty Schedule
I . Gate Valves
a. Bronze, Class 125, 200 psi W.O.G. screwed, or iron body, brass
trim, class 125' 200psi W.O'G. flanged.
2. Globe Valves
a. Bronze, class 150, 300 psi W'O.G. screwed, or iron body, brass trim,
class 125,200 Psi W'O.G. flanged.
3. Check Valves
a. Bronze, Class 125, 200 psi W'O.G' screwed, or iron body, brass trim,
class 125, 200 Psi W.O'G. flanged.
4. Pressure Gauges
a. 4-l/2" dial,bronze bourdon tube. Pressure ranges as required' Brass
level handled cock and pigtail. U.S. Gauge Figure 5801, Trerice 600,
Danton 101 or equivalent.
5. Thermometers
a. Multi angle with separable socket, red reading mercury. U'S' Gauge
MN-9, Trerice B X 9, Duro 9 EZ or equivalent.
6. Dielectric Unions
a. Provide dielectric pipe unions at all cormections where ferrous material is
connected to non-ferrous material.
7. Strainers
VAILMOI'NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15400 - I
a. 250 lb. semi steel or case iron "Y" type flanged with brass screen, or 250
lb. semi steel "Y" screwed with monel screen.
8. Press Temp Taps
a. Universal Controls Corporation #45-PT-N or Sisco BNO-500, l/2'NPT,
Nordel Core.
2.02 SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND STORM DRAIN MATERIALS (to 10 ft. outside building)
A. Pipe
I.Waste and vent lines buried below ground to a distance of l0 ft. from the
building; coated, standard weight, cast iron soil pipe and fittings, Class 50 ductile
iron pipe and fittings or hubless, cast iron soil pipe with cast iron couplings
approved for below grade installation. From this point on shall be as specified
under "Sanitary Sewer."
Waste lines above ground 3" and over; standard weight, cast iron soil pipe and
fittings, or hubless, cast iron soil pipe and fittings. Pipe up through 2-712" in
size; standard weight, galvanized steel pipe and black cast iron recessed drainage
fittings, or standard weight, cast iron soil pipe and fittings, or hubless cast iron
soil pipe and fittings.
Vent piping above ground 2" and over; standard weight, cast iron soil pipe and
fittings, or standard weight, galvanized steel pipe with 150 lb. galvanized
malleable iron fittings. Pipe l-l/2" and under; standard weight, galvanized steel
pipe with black cast iron fittings for 125 lb. SWP.
Waste and vent piping above ground may be DWV copper drainage pipe and
fittings using 50-50 solder.
Storm drainage pipe and Iittings above ground; standard weight, galvanized steel
pipe with black cast iron recessed drainage fittings, or DWV copper drainage
pipe and fittings using 50-50 solder, or standard weight, cast iron soil pipe and
fittings or hubless (use clamps rated to max. head pressures of50'on l-l/2 to
4"; 40'on 5" and 6"; 30'on 8" and 10" when building is 3 stories or more in
height), cast iron soil pipe and fittings. All drains within the building below
ground to a distance of 10 ft. from the building, standard weight, cast jron soil
pipe and fittings, Class 50 ductile iron pipe and fittings or hubless cast iron soil
pipe with cast iron couplings approved for below grade installation. From this
point on shall be a specified under " Storm Sewer".
The following table indicates the permissible joints for the various type of pipes.
All joints in vitreous clay pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM
desigration C-12 and joints using materials having resilient properties in
accordance with ASTM C425-64 and C425-'7 | .
PIPE HOTPOI.]RED
BITUMINOUS
COMPOUND
RESILIENT
JOINT
l. Clay X (only when water
table is below pipe)X
2. Cast Iron X X
C.Hangers
B. Joints
1.
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
2.
4.
5.
MARCII,2OO4 15400 - 2
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l. Suspend all horizontal lines in building with adjustable split swivel hangers
similar to Grinnel No. I t 5. or as shown' with rod and suitable base'
2.05 GAS PIPING MATERIALS
A. Pipe and Fittings: Schedule 40 black (or galvanized) steel pipe.
l. Above grade piping; 2 inches and smaller, use 150 lb. malleable iron fittings and
threaded joints in exposed locations and standard weight socket weld fittings and
welded joints in inaccessible locations. Over 2 inches, use seamless steel butt
weld fittings and welded joints in exposed locations and standard weight socket
weld fittings, same thickness as pipe, and welded joints in inaccessible locations.
B. Valves
l. Lubricated Plug Valves
2. Class 125, 175 lb. W.O.G. cast iron, screwed, or flanged with low friction coated
plumb.
3. Non Lubricated Plug Valves
4. Class 150, 175 lb. W.O.G. semi steel, screwed or flanged, DeZuik435, Rs49 or
Homestead l5l2 or 1522.
2.06 FIXTURE EQUIPMENT SCIIEDULE
3.OO EXECUTION
3.OI PREPARATION
A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs.
B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly.
C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. hovide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals.
B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient'
C. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space.
D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations'
E. Install piping to allow for expansion and conhaction without stressing pipe, joints, or
connected equipment.
Provide clearance for installation ofinsulation and access to valves and fittings.
Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of
access doors with Architect.
H. Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points.
YAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
F.
G,
MARCH.2OO4 15400 - 3
I. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush
clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
J. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not prefinished, ready for finish painting.
Refer to Division 9.
K. Excavate in accordance with Division 2 for work of this Section.
L. Backfill in accordance with Division 2 for work of this Section.
M. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted'
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparafus connections.
B. Install butterfly valves or gate valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of
sy$ems, or vertical risers, and where indicated on drawings.
C. Instatl butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services, and where
indicated on drawings.
3.04 WATER PIPING
A. Inside Building
l. Terminate domestic service inside building wall or above floor slab. Piping
ro be continued under this section.
2. lnsulate all buried pipe within the building as per Insulation Section ofthese
Specifications and surround with 4" or clean sand.
3.05 SOIL, WASTE, VENT & STORM DRAIN (to 10 ft. outside bldg.)
A. General
L Main lines within the building; provide a uniform fall of not less than one
inch in eight feet.
2. Branches; provide a uniform fall ofnot less than one inch in fow feet.
3. Horizontal lines suspended from structure; provide hangers at five feet
intervals or wherever necessary to inswe proper grading'
4. Vertical lines: anchor at each floor level.
5. Fixtures; vent in accordance with sound plumbing practice and applicable
codes.
B. Cleanouts
1. Install full size brass cleanout plugs wherever pipes change direction or
otherwise require cleanouts for proper cleaning of entire drainage systems. All
wall cleanouts shall be located [4'-6" above floors in (commercial) areas] and [l'-
6" (residantial) areas]. Provide cleanouts at 50 feet maximum intervals for pipe
4" and less in size, 100 feet with interv'als for 5" prpe and larger. Cleanouts to
have brass plugs with ch'rome plated cover plates for walls, scoriated brass cover
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
MARCH,2OO4 15400 - 4
B.
C.
D.
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
t
I
T
for floor, flush with floor or wall. Avoid locating floor and wall cleanouts in
visible living and sleeping areas.
3.06 GAS PIPING
General
I . All underground pipe shall be buried 24 inches minimum and surrounded with 4"
clean sand before backfilling. All buried joints shall be welded and left exposed
until testing has been completed.
2. (All except Colorado Springs)
^. Gas meter and service from the main to the meter will be furnished and
installed by the utility company, paid for by the Owner. Fumish and
install all gas piping from the meter throughout the building and connect
to all equipment required.
3. Provide "Tee" will plug in line on house side of meter for measuring pressures
and flows.
4. Buried Pipe Coating
3.07 FIXTT'RES AND EQUIPMENT
Fixhres
l. Install all fixtures and/or rough in according to the fixture schedule.
2. All fixtures shall be secured to walls, floors or countertops in accordance with
manufacturer's roughing in and setting requirements to form a rigid installation.
3. All pipe at all the fixtures, which may be exposed to view, shall be brass chrome
finish, finished with chrome escutcheons where they project from walls and
floors.
4. All floor drains connected to the sewer system shall be equipped with rap
primers. Provide trap primers with backllow preventers and connect to the
nearest cold water piping adjacent to a flushing fixture. Install in accordance
with manufacfurer's recommendations.
5. Stop valves shall be fumished and installed at all fixtures, for all equipment and
at rough in locations.
6. Vacuum breakers shall be provided at all outlets with hose connections.
7. All exposed domestic hot water and waste at handicapped accessible fixtures
shall be insulated with Truebro "Lav Guard" or equivalent.
Kitchen Equipment
l. All water, waste and vent piping which may be in view shall be brass or copper,
chrome finish.
Valving
1. Provide valves on all water and gas piping lines before they leave the basement,
crawl space or trench. Install shut off valves and access panels for all plumbing
groups of more than 4 fixtures.
Hose Bibbs
1. Provide and install hose bibb in each equipment room where there is a cold water
line present.
3.08 FLASIIINGS
VAIL MOI.'NTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 15400 - 5
A. Flash each vent and stack through roof in accordance with the roofing manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Flash roof drains in accordance with roofing manufacturer's recommendations. Clamp
flashing into roof with roofing.
3.09 DISINFECTION OFDOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM
A. Prior to starting work, veriff system is complete, flushed and clean.
B. Ensure pH of water to b€ treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or
soda ash) or acid (hydrochloric).
C. tnj ect disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, throughout system
to obtain 50 to 80 mell residual.
D. Bleed water Uorn or'ir.o to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at
minimum l5 percent of outlets.
E. Maintain disinfectant in svstem for 24 hours.
F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treahnent.
G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or l.mg/L.
H. Take samples no sooner than24 hours after flushing, from l0 percent of outlets and from
water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C60l and local health deparfrnent
standards.
3.IO PLUMBING PIPING TESTINC
A. Prior to starting work, veriff system is completc, flushed and clean.
B. Soil, waste and vent system shall be tested with water equal to the maximum height of
the system, but not less than l0 feet. System shall maintain water level for period of four
(4) hours with no noticeable water loss.
C. Water piping shall be tested to 125 psig for four (4) hours with no pressure drop.
D. Gas piping shall be tested in accordance with applicable requirements set forth in the
Uniform Plumbing Code.
E. Compressed air piping shall be tested to 200 psig. for four (4) hours with no pressure
drop.
END OF SECTION
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
MARCH,2OO4 15400 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
sEcTroN 15600--HEAT GENERATION, REFRIGERATION AIYD LIQUID HEAT TRANSFER
1.OO GENERAL
1.OI RELATED DOCUMENTS
The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part ot
these Specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be governed by the
requirements thereunder.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.OI PIPING MATER]ALS
A. Low Pressure (124 psi and less)
l. Low Temperafure (249'F and less) Contactor's option, either steel or copper
for water pipe as outlined below. All fittings to be long radius pattem'
2. Steel Pipe
a Anti-freeze, , chilled water, and heating water piping; Schedule 40'
black steel. butt weld ASTM-A-53.
b Fittings on exposed pipe 2" and under may be 125 lb' cast iron
screwed, or for any water lines, 150 lb. malleable iron screwed.
Fittings on concealed pipe, use forged steel, standard weight, butt
weld or socket welded. Fittings on plPe 2-l/2" and over, use forged
steel, standard weight, butt weld. Where flanging to valves
equipment, etc., use 150 lb. forged steel flanges or 125 lb. cat iron
flanges. For branch lines on welded installation welding tees,
thread-o-lets or weld-o-lets shall be used. No stub-in branches will
be approved except in radiant panel grids.
c All fittings for anti-freeze systems shall be butt weld or socket weld.
3. CopperPipe
a Heating water piping, chilled water piping; type "K" copper with
wrought copper fittings and I1001F solder for all buried lines. For
non-buried lines; type "L" copper with wrought copper fittings and
95-5 solder. Where copper pipe isjointed to brass, steel or other
dissimilar metal, use I l00T solder.
b Drain pan piping; type "M" copper with wrought copper fittings and
95-5 solder on all lines not buried. Type "L" copper with wrought
copper fittings and 95-5 solder for all buried lines'
B. Mechanical Pipe Coupling (Contractor's Option for 3" and larger heating water, dual
temperature, condenser water or chilled water piping at presswes of 124 psi and less.)
1. Couplings
a Mechanical pipe couplings may be used to connect mechanical
equipment to piping system and may be used in lieu of unions or welded,
flanged, or screwed pipe.
b Couplings shall be self-centered and shall engage and lock in place the
grooved or shouldered pipe and pipe fitting ends in a positive watertight
couple. Some degree of angular pipe deflection, contraction and
expansion should be allowed.
VAIL MOIJNTIAII LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 15600 - r
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
C.
c Couplings housing clamps shall be fabricated in two or more parts of
malleable iron castings. Housing clamps shall hold in place a
composition water sealing gasket designed so, that intemal water
pressue serves to increase the seals water tightness. Water sealing
gasket shall be molded synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM
Specifications with special heat resistance test of 16 hours at 200 degrees
F., and maximum elongation charge or minus 30 percent.
d Coupling assembly shall be securely held together by two or more
tackhead. oval neck, steel bolts. Bolts and nuts shall be heat-treated
carbon steel and shall be in accordance with ASTM-A-183.
e All pipe fittings used in connection with pipe couplings shall have
grooved or shouldered ends and shall be fabricatcd of malleable iron
castings in accordance with Federal Specification, QQ-I-666 D. Grade II.
f Before assembling couplings, lightly coat pipe ends and outside of
gaskets with cup grease or graphite paste to facilitate installation.
g Pipes, fittings and valves shall be provided with grooved or shouldered
ends in accordance with pipe coupling manufacturer's latest published
literature. Flanged or threaded end valves may be used with grooved
adapters.
h Couplings and fittings shall withstand a system pressure ofnot less than
150 psi.
i Entire coupling installation shall be done in accordance with
manufacturer's latest published literature.
Snowmelt Tubing:
l.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
VAIL MOIII\TIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
VALYE AND SPECIALTY SCIIEDT]LE
A. Steel, Low Pressure (l24psi and less)
B. Low Temperature (249iF and less)
l. Gate Valves: Class 125, 200 lb. W.O.G. bronze screwed, or iron body, bronze
mounted, flanged.
2. Butterfly Valves: 150 psi W.P. for 250T service, positive tight shut off for flow
in either direction. Provide level handle for services through 6", totally enclosed
gear actuator 8" and larger. Full lug iron body to permit retention ofvalve to one
flange only. Rigid back field replaceable resilient seat and bronze or welded
All tubing to be cross linked polyethylene with an oxygen diffusion barrier.
Tubing to be rated for continuous operation of 100 psig and a temperature
suitable for the specific application.
Factory manifolds shall be equipped with manual shut of?balance valves for
each loop and be equipped with zone valves as required.
System shall be capable of withstanding temperatures l80oF to 230"F for limited
periods of time.
Install piping and manifold in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
Snowmelt piping shall be placed on 9 inch centers and shall be capable of
producing 150 btuh/sq.ft with 100'F ewt, 30oF wtd. Tube diameter, nominal
5/8',.
Wirsbo pePex or Stadler, EHT equivalent. Polybutylene and rubber type piping
not permitted.
MARCH.2OO4 15600 - 2
J
I
a
I
I
I
I
0
il
I
I
I
E
I
h
T
il
!
I
I
nickel edge disc. Extended neck to allow for 2" of insulation when used in
insulated lines. Centerline Series LT, Crane #14N, Demco NE 'DeZuik 632 L,
ITT Grinnell Series 8000, Keystone 228, Stockham LD-31l-B33-B Hammond
382 Series or equivalent.
Plug Valves: 176 lb. W.O.G., 150 psi W'P. for 250oF service. Eccentric,
positive tight shut offvalve with permanently lubricated stem bearing surfaces in
upper and lower joumals. hovide adjustable position stop for all valves used in
balancing service. Level actuated on sizes 5 "-8" where pressures do not exceed
100 psi. Gear actuated on higher pressures and on all sizes 10" and larger' Gears
to have adjustable position stop. l/2" through 4"; DeZurik Figure #435. 5" and
larger; DeZurik Figure #1 18, Homestead lndustries Series 1500 series or
equivalent.
Globe Valves: Class 150, 300 ]b. W.O.G. bronze screwed, or Class 125' 200 lb'
W.O.G. iron flanged.
Check Valves: Class 125, 200 lb. W.O.G' bronze screwed, or iron flanged or 125
psi W.P. iron noiseless check valve for purnp discharges, "Muessco" l0l-AP'
"Miller Streamflow" 153, Gulf Valve MB12 or equivalent.
Flo-Control Valve: Bell & Gossett Flo-Control, Taco Flo-Chek or Hoffman Flo-
Control Valve.
Balancing Shut Off Valve: 125 psi W.P. for 250o service, tight shut off brass
valve. internal mechanism which can be set at balancing position, Illinois Dual
Purpose Balancing/Shut Offvalve, Milwaukee BBI-100, Hoffman, Sarco or
equivalent.
Unions: 300 lb. w.O.G. malleable iron screwed or 125 lb. cast iron flanged
union.
Strainers: 250 lb. semi-steel or cast iron uYu type, screwed with monel screen or
flanged with brass screen. (for steam or water as required).
Pressure Gauges: 4-112" dial,bronze bourdon tube' Presswe ranges as required.
Brass lever handled cock and piglail. U.S. Gauge figrne 5801, Trerice 600'
Danton l0l or equivalent.
Press.-Temp. Taps: Universal Controls Corp. #45-PT-N, Sisco ENO-500' 1/2"
NPT, Nordel core or equivalent.
Thermometers: Multi-angle with separable socket, red reading mercury. U.S.
Gauge MN-9, Trerice B x 9, Duro 9 EZ or equivalent.
C.Copper, Low Pressure (124 psi and less)
Gate Valves Low Temperature (249'F and less):
ends.
Class 125, 200 lb. W.O.G. bronze, solder
Globe Valves: Class 150, 300 lb. W.O.G. bronze, solder ends'
Check Valves: Class 125, 200 lb. W.O.G. bronze, solder ends.
Balancing Valves: 125 psi W.P. for 2500 service, tight shut off brass valve with
internal mechanism which can be set at balancing position, Illinois Dual Purpose
Balancing/Shut Off Valve, Milwaukee BB1-350, Hoffman, Sarco or equivalent.
Flo-Control Valves, Radiator Valves, Pressure Gauges, Pressure Temperature
Taps, Thermometers. Same as specified for steel suitable for use in copper pipe.
EQUIPMENT SCIIEDULE
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1.
2.
J.
4.
5.
3.OO E)GCUTION
3.01 PIPEWORK
VAIL MOI]NTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 15600 - 3
t
IA. Grade and valve all heating, snowmelt, and chilled water piping systems with 3/4" hose
and end valves to permit complete drainage of the system. All high points in equipment
rooms shall be vented with automatic air vents piped to convenient drain. All high points
in system outside of equipment rooms to be vented with combination automatic/manual
air vents to relieve air in the system.
B. All buried pipe to be insulated as per Insulation Section of these Specifications. All
buried pipe shall be surrounded by 4" clean sand.
C. Valve off each individual piece of radiation or equipment with valve for shut off service
on supply, valve for balancing service on return.
D. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure, and maintain
gradient.
E. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use ofspace and other
work.
F. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.
G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stessing pipe, joints, or
connected equipment.
H. Provide clearance for installation of insulation, and access to valves and httings.
I. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to
maintain top ofpipe level.
J. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush
clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
K. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.
3.02 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES.
A. Gate Valves, plug valves or butterlly valves may be used on all water services for shut
off service.
B. Plug valves shall be used for balancing service on all steel lines l-l/2" and above. Globe
or ball valves shall be used for balancing service on all copper lines l-ll2" and above
(plug valve symbols are used on drawings). For lines l-1/4" and below balancing/shut-
offvalves, globe, ball or plug valves may be used.
C. Globe valves, where shown, are the only suitable valve.
D. Check valves on all base mounted pump discharges are to be "noiseless check valves",
other check valves to be horizontal swing check valves.
E. Unions or flanges are to be used wherever necessary and in piping at all equipment so
that piping may be conveniently broken and moved to facilitate equipmort maintenance.
VAILMOI]NTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
I
I
I
fl
I
I
,
I
$
I
I
!,
T
I
a
MARCH.2OO4 15600 - 4
!
t F. Dielectric unions are to be used at all connections where ferrous material is connected to
buried non-fenous material and where ferrous material is connected to domestic water
- PiPing'
f.r| G. pressure Gauges and Press.-Temp. Taps are to be used wherever shown on drawings.
L), Gauges and taps shatl be installed in pipe immediately before and after equipment with
ifj ,,o uulrr. or fitting between gauge or tap and equipment. Taps shall be located in anY accessible Position.
I, H. Thermometers or Press-Temp. Taps are to be used on each side of each piece of
I equipment where a change in temperature takes place. This does not include distribution
t,
eq"ipme"t located in finished rooms such as radiation, fan coils or unit ventilators.
f 3-03 SNowMELT PAIYELS
I A. Connections between the main and snowmelt manifold box shall have swing joints before
I tuming up into box and arranged in a manner to allow for expansion.
t B. Panels embedded in concrete shall be graded level and laid in a manner that will allow
I concrete to enveloPe the PiPe.
I C. Panels embedded in sand beneath pavers shall be graded level and laid in a manner that
J will allow concrete to envelope the pipe.
^ 3.04 VALVING OF BRANCIIES
I' A. Valve all lines, except drain pipes, before they leave the basement, crawl space or trench.
It 3.05 AUToMATIc coLD wATERFTLL ASSEMBLY
t
A. Pressure reducing valve, reduced pressure double check back flow preventer, test cocks,
rl strainer, vacuum breaker, and valved by-pass.
u
^ 3.06 MA|IUALATRVENTS
! A.
:l,Xt fr*ir'ff::t":f 2" diameter pipe to form air chamber' with l/8" brass needle
| 3.07 PUMPS
I A. Install pumps in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
I B. provrde access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum as
I
recommanded bY manufacturer.
I C. Ensure purnps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and
cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25
n percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve'
I
t
f vArL MoUNTIAI\ LoDGE MARcrI, 2004 1s600 - s
RENOVATION
I
D.Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping
a jacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. For base mounted
pumps, provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 4 inches
and over.
Provide line sized shut-off valve on pump suction, and line sized non-slam soft seat
check valve and balancing valve on pump discharge.
Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings.
Provide drains for bases, piped to and discharging into floor drains.
Lubricate pumps before start-uP.
Provide field representative for starting unit and fraining operator.
provide combustion test for each boiler and submit report. Test shall include boiler firing
rate, overfire draft, gas flow rate, heat input, burner manifold gas pressr.ne, percent carbon
monoxide (co), percent oxygar (oX), percent excess air, flue gas temperature at outlet,
ambient temperature, net stack temperafure, percent stack loss, percent combustion
efficiency, and heat outPut.
I
t
I
fi
t
'l
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
ar
I
F.
G.
H.
A.
B.
3.08 BOILERS
3.09 CIIILLERS
VAIL MOIINTIAN LODGE
RENOVATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Align chiller package on steel or concrete forn:dations.
Arrange piping for easy dismantling to permit tube cleaning.
Supply service of factory fiained representative for a period ofone day to supervise
testing, dehydration and cbarging of machine, start-up, and instruction on operation and
maintenance to Owner.
Supply initial charge ofrefrigerant and oil.
Demonstrate system operation and verifr specified performance.
END OF SECTION
MARCH.2OO4 15600 - 6
T
t
t
ill
T
IT
I
T
l)
t
'l
t
t
Il
I
I
I
VAIL MOIINTIAN LODGE MARCH,2OO4 15600.7
A RENovATIoN
a
I
I SECTIoN ls8oo-AIR DISTRTBUTIoNrlII.OO GENERAL2
I r.or RELATEDDocLMENTs
3
T LOz REFERENCES
I
I
The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part of these
Specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be governed by the requirements
thereunder.
A. ASHRAE Handbook 2001 Fundamentals; Chapter 32 - Duct Design.
B. ASHRAE Handbook 2000 tMC Systems and Equipment; Chapter 16 - Duct
Construction
C. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
D. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards.
E. UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire hotection Service.
F. UL 5555 - Fire Dampers, Fire/Smoke Dampers and Ceiling Dampers.t,
t
1.03 DEFIMTIONS
tIltll|l A. Duct Sizes: Outside sheetmetal dimensions. Sheetmetal dimensions shown on
drawings account for duct liner.
B. Low Pressure: Two classifications.
1 . Up to /2" water gauge (WG) positive or negative static pressure and
). velocities less than 2,000 fpm to be SMACNA Duct Pressure Class l/2"
U w'g'
2. Over /2" up to 2" WG positive or negative static pressure and velocities less
I than 2,000 fpm to be SMACNA Duct Pressure Class 2" w.g'
-lU- 2.00 PRODUCTS
rn[ 2.ot MATERTALSa
L, A. Steel Ducts: ASTM A52 or ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming
l, quality, having zinc coating of 1.25 oz per sq. ft. for each side in conformance witha ASTMAS0.
f, B. Fabric supported by helically wound spring steel wire or flat steel bands; rated to 2"
J WG positive and 1.5" WG negative for low pressure ducts.
I C. tnsulated Flexible Ducts: Flexible duct rwapped with flexible glass fiber insulation,
f anclosed by seamless aluminum pigmented plastic vapor barrier j acket; maximum
0.23 K value at 75T.a
al vArL MoTJNTAIN LoDGE MARcH,2004 1s800 - I
OVATION
!
D. Stainless Steel Ducts: ASTM A167, Type 304.
E. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws.
F. Sealant: Non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating
materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic. Arabol and canvas.
G. Hanger Rod: Steel, galvanized; threaded bolh ends, threaded one end, or
continuously threaded.
2.02 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK (l/2 and 2 inch Classificrtion)
A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards and
ASHRAE handbooks, except as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and
sealing for %" and 2" operating pressures.
B. Size round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE
table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. No variation of duct configuration or
sizes permitted except by written permission.
C. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than l-ll2 times width of duct on
centerline. Where not possible and wherd rectangular elbows are used, provide [air foil]
turning vanes. Where acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes ofperforated
metal with glass fiber insulation.
D. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15o divergence wherever possible.
Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30o; convergence downstream shall
not exceed 45o.
E. Provide easements where low pressure ductwork conflicts with piping and structwe.
Where easements exceed l0 percent duct area, split into two ducts maintaining original
duct area.
F. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands and sheet metal screws.
G. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8" and smaller with
crimp in direction of air flow. Use mechanical joints for exposed round duct joints.
H. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports.
I. If glass hber supply and return duct system is used, furnish and install in accordance with
NAMA Fibrous Glass Construction Manual and the recommendations for the
manufacturer. Only concealed ductwork may be glass fiber type. All ducts in equipment
rooms or otherwise exposed shall be metal with lines as specified.
2.03 BURTEDUNDERGROUNDDUCTS
A. Buried ducts may be stainless steel or spiral lockseam or PVC jacketed and lined sheet
metal. Where exhaust tubing contacts duct, provide stainless steel near surface.
I
I
I
t
T
I
|t
I
e
I
I
I
I
,i
'l
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
,f
I
MARCH.2OO4 15800 - 2
I
I
I
c
B. Fabricate metal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards,
except as indicated.
2,04 LATJNDRY EXHAUST DUCTS
A. All laundry exhaust ducts from exhaust collar through exhaust fan to outside of building
to be (aluminum) (copper) ductwork watertight construction of weights as called for. All
ductwork exposed to view to be stainless steel with ground and polished welded joints.
All ducts to have radius elbows as no tuming vanes will be allowed.
t B. All dryer exhaust ducts from exhaust collar to outside ofbuilding to be galvanized steel
I ductwork watertight 26 gauge construction. All ducts to have radius elbows. Wall cap to
I
be galvanized steel consruction with prime coat finish, hood, and backdraft danrper.
'
2.09 VOLTMECONTROLDAMPERS
I
T
t,
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards,
and as indicated.
B. Fabricate splitter dampers of material same gauge as duct to 24" siz.e in either
direction, and two gages heavier for sizes for 24".
C. Fabricate splitter dampers of single thickness sheet metal to streamline shape.
Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum %" diameter rod
in self aligning, universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw.
I D. Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to 9 - %" x 30".
I E. Fabricate multi-blade damper of opposed bladc pattem with maximum blade sizes
I 12" x 72" . Assemble center and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized
t channel frame with suitable hardware.
A F. Except in round ductwork 12" and smaller, provide end bearings. On multiple blade
t dampers, provide oil-impregnated nylon or sintered bronze bearings.
il G. Provide locking, indicating quadrant regulators on single and multi-blade dampers.
I( Where rod lengths exceed 20" provide regulator at both ends.
I H. On insulated ducts mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases,r or adapters.rt
^ 2.IO FIRE DAMPERSIr A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 5555.
I B. Fabricate ceiling firestop flaps ofgalvanized steel, 22 gage frame and 16 gage flap,
af two layers 0.125" ceramic fiber on top side, and one layer on bottom side for round
flaps, with locking clip.
I\
I VArL MOTTNTATN LODGE MARCH,2004 15800 - 3
RENOVATION
aI
C. Fabricate curtain type dampers of galvanized steel with interlocking blades. Provide
stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal installations. Configure
with blades out of air stream.
D. Fabricate multiple blade fire dampers with 16 gage galvanized steel frame and air
foil blades, oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel
axles, l/8" or %" plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade
stops, and lock.
E. Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at 160oF. Provide adjustable link straps for
combination fi relbalancing dampers.
F. Acceptable Manufacturers:
l. Ruskin
2. Air Balance
3. Prefco
4. Louvers and darnpers.
2.II FIRE/SMOKEDAMPERS
A. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 5555.
B. Fabricate ceiling firestop flaps ofgalvanized steel, 22 gatge frame and 16 gauge
flap, two layers 0.125" ceramic fiber on top side, and one layer on bottom side for
round flaps, with locking clip.
C. Fabricate multiple blade fire dampers with 16 gauge galvanized steel frame and air
foil blades, oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated steel
axles, l/8" xtA" plated steel concealed linkage, stainless steel closure spring, blade
stops, and lock.
D. Fusible links, UL 33, shall separate at l60oF. Provide adjustable link staps for
combination fire/balancing dampers.
E. Dampers shall meet minimum UL 5553 250'F elevated temperature rating, Class Il
leakage rating.
F. Darnper operator actuator to power open and fail close'
G. Interface damper with smoke detector and fire alarm systern for closure.
H. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Ruskin
2. Air Balance
3. Prefco
4. Louvers and dampers
2.12 FLE}ilBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, and as indicated.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
I
I
;
c
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
g
I
I
,l
I
I
il
MARCH,2OO4 1s800 - 4
I
I
t
t
I
f
B. UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass fiber fabric to NFPA 90A,
minimum density 36 oz per sq. yd, approximately 6 inches wide, crimped into metal
edging strip.
A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards and as indicated.
B. Coordinate locations with Architect prior to fabrication.
C. Fabricate rigid and close-fitting doors ofgalvanized steel with sealing gaskets and quick
fastening locking devices. For insulated ductwork, install minimum one inch thick
insulation with sheet metal cover.
D. Access doors smaller than 12" square may be secured with sash locks.
E. Provide two hinges and two sash locks for sizes up to 18" square, three hinges and two
compression latches with outside and inside handles for sizes tp to 24" x 48". Provide an
additional hinge for larger sizes.r! F. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable.
l.: 2.14 DUCT TEST HOLES
I:tr A. Cut or drill temporary test holis in ducts as required. Cap with neat patches, neoprene
- plugs, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on metal caps.
t B. Permanent test holes shall be factory fabricated, air tight flanged fittings with screw cap.
_ hovide extended neck fittings to clear insulation.
t z.ts GRILLE, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS
A. Rectangular Ceiling Diffusers
1. Rectangular, adjustable pattem, stamped multi-core b,pe diffuser to
discharge air in 360 degree pattem with sectoring baffles where indicated.
2. Provide surface mount and inverted T-bar type fiames. ln plaster ceilings,
provide plaster frame and ceiling frame.
3. Fabricate of steel with baked enamel off-white finish.
4. hovide opposed blade damper and multilouvered equalizing grid with
damper adjustable from diffuser face.
B. Ceiling Exhaust And Return Registers/Grilles
1. Streamlined blades, depth of which exceeds 3/4 inch spacing, with spring or
other device to set blades, vertical face, double deflection.
2. Fabricate of steel with 20 gage minimum frames and 22 gage minimum
blades, steel and aluminum with 20 gage minimum frame, or aluminum
extrusions, with factory baked enamel finish.
3. hovide integral, gang-operated opposed blade dampers with removable key
/ z.r3 DucrAccEss DooRS
operator, operable from face.
D. 2.I7 LOW VELOCITYFLE)ilBLE DUCTS
iJ vArLMor.nrrArNLoDGE MARCH,2''4
RENOVATION
I
I
I
t
'c
t
15800 - 5
A. Acoustically insulated flexible duct, consisting of inner core of perforated one ply
corrugated duct, I " thick insulation and air tight vapor barrier cover. The flexible duct
must be approved by code authority for the specific application. Duct must have the
following insertion loss in dB/ft.
I . Clevaflex Clevaform type DBA or equivalent'
2.I8 TWIST-IN FITTING FOR ROUND DUCT CONNECTION
A. Factory fabricated galvanized for insulated ducts, steel adaptor plate on glass fiber ducts.
Butterhy damper with quadrant opsrator and lock nut on all applications excePt VAV
systems upstream of VAV box'
2.Ig VOLUME EXTRACTORS (ALL RECTAI\GIILAR TAKEOFFS)
A. Steel or aluminum construction dvanes on 2" centers, gang operated. Manual operator
attached to branch duct. Cames 1250, Titus AG-225, T & B VLR, Anemostat DT2M,
Krueger EX-88A, Agitair Branchbol s-2, J & J EX 9, Metalaire EX-l or equivalott.
2.20 INSULATION
A. Type A: Flexible glass fiber; All ducts shall be insulated on the outside with flexible
giass fiber blanket-. Microlite Typ e 7 5 - 2 inches thick Fiber Glass Duct Wrap Insulation
per ASTM C 553 Type I or approved equal with a minimum installed R-Value of 5.6.
The FSK facing should have a permeance of '02 or less'
B. Type B: Flexible glass fiber; All sheet metal shall be lined wi0r Factory edge coated
Johns Manville Permacote II or approved equal. The liner shall meet ASTM C-I071 and
NFPA 90A and 90B with an Air Sfieam Acrylic Coating, which contains an immobilized,
EpA Registered, anti-microbial agent as tested in accordance with ASTM G-21 and G-
22. T\eliner shall have an R-Value of 4.2 and a NRC of .70 [tested in accordance to
ASTM C 423'"fype A Mounting". Maximum velocity - 6000 sm. Adhesive shall
conform to ASTM C 916, with liner adhered to the Duct with 90 percent minimum
coverage. Pin placement per manufacturer's data sheet [Johns Manville AHS-I97].
Shop oi field cuts shall be liberally coated with Johns Manville Super Seal Edge
Treatment or approved equal. Note: when velocity exceeds 4000 frm, use metal nosing
on every leading edge.
C. Adhesives: Waterproof fire-retardant type'
D. Joint Tape: Glass fiber cloth' open mesh'
E. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage.
F. Any of the following manufacturers may be used in the base bid:
1. Ultralite Number 200
2. Pittsburgh Plate Glass uTextrafine"
3. Owens Corning "Aeroflex"4. Certainteed
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
i
I
I
c
I
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2OO4 15800 - 6
I
I 2.2r EeUIPMENT ScHEDULE
3.OO EXECUTION
| 3.or AccEssoRr's IN.TALLATI'N
I
I
I
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide balancing dampers where indicated. Use splitter dampers only where indicated.
C. hovide fire dampers and fire/smoke dampers at locations indicated, and where ducts and
outlets pass through fire rated components. hstall with required perimeter mounting
angles, sleeves, breakarvay duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings,
bushings and hinges.
D. Demonstate re-setting of fire and fire/smoke dampers to authorities having jurisdiction
and Owner's representative.
E. hovide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where
indicated.
F. Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with
fans and motorized equiprnent.
G. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after aulomatic dampers
at fire dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8" x 8" size for hand
access, 18" x 18" size for shoulder access, and as indicated.
H. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes.
I 3.02 cRrLLE, REGI'TER, DIFFU'ER AN'D LouvER TNSTALLATI'N
r
t
I
I
t
'tI
il
I
A. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to
conform with architectural featwes, symmeFy, and lighting alrangement.
B. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection.
C. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black.
| 3.03 DU.T*.RKIN'TALLATT'N
A. Duct sizes shown on the drawings are outside (sheet metal) duct dimensions. Ductwork
shall be fumished and installed in accordance with SMACNA Low Pressure (STD) Duct
Construction Standards and High Pressure (STV) Duct Construction Standards Manual.
B. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and
controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete
with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where
openings are provided in insulated ducfwork, install insulation material inside a metal
nng.
! VAILMOUNTATN LODGE MARCH,2004
RENOVATION
Ox
!
1s800 - 7
Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and
maintenance activities.
Slope underground ducts to plenums or low pumpout points at l:500.
Connect terminal units to ducts with one foot maximum length of flexible duct. Do not
use flexible duct to change direction.
Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts with 5 feet maximum length of flexible duct,
Hold in place with strap or clamp.
During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open
ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system.
When low pressure supply air ducts are not located in the conditioned room itself, these
ducts shall be sealed as per SMACNA Class B Standards. This Standard includes the
sealing of all transverse joint and fitting connections and snap lock seams. Not more than
one unsealed longitudinal seam on the perimeter shall be allowed. All ductwork shall be
sealed by using mastic or masticplus type. The sealer shall be non-toxic, non-
combustible and non-flammable and have approved fire rating for sealing ducts in
plenums as required by appropriate authority having jurisdiction
Do not install takeoffs on elbows or other points of the system where air velocity is not
uniform.
Suspend ducts from structure with proper hangers at 4' -0" intervals, at each floor and
wherever necessary. Make all duct coffiections to motor driven equipment with flexible
connections, unless specifically indicated otherwise on the plans. Install tuming vanes in
all 90o square elbows, whether shown on Plans or not. lnstall manual splitter dampers
and/or opposed blade dampers in all velocity duct division and splits where shown.
Splitter dampers shall have push rod and extemal locking device. Install adjustable
volume extractors in low velocity duct takeoffs with linkage for external operator.
Make all duct offsets with 15 degree transitions. Sharper tansitions can be made only
when space does not allow l5 degree offsets, 30 degree offsets minimum.
Make all radius elbows with radius of one and one half times the diameter or width of
duct and an inside throat radius of one times the diameter or width.
Make all ducts on indoor cooling towers and ducts exposed to weather; watertight by
welding all joints and connections or by using duct sealants recommended by the
manufachrer.
3.04 DUCTWORKAPPLICATIONSCIIEDULE
AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL
Low Pressure Supply
(Heating Systems)Steel
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
D
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
J.
K.
L.
M.
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH.2OO4 15800 - 8
I
0
I
I
I
l
I
l
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
f,
I
t
t
Low Pressure Supply
(System with Cooling Coils)Steel
Buried Supply or Return
PVC Coated and Lined.
or Stainless Steel
Retum and Relief Steel
General Exhaust Steel
3.05 CASINGS AND PLENUMS
A. Secure the casing to floors, walls and ceilings by a 2" x 2" x ll8" angle grouted between
angle and floor, wall or ceiling. Secure the angle by 1/4" bolts at one foot centers shot
into floor, wall or ceiling by 1/4" J-bolts set in concrete.
Se cure casing to the angle by bolts on one foot centers. Seal all joints airtight. Seal all
bolts through casing airtight by covering heads inside with sealer.
B. Construct all casings of 16 gauge galvanized steel panels. Maximum width of panels to
be 2l inches. One side ofa panel shall be flanged 1" and the opposite side formed with
1" double standing seam. Assemble panels by interlocking the flanged side with double
standing seam and bolting together on 18" centers. Apply sealer into double standing
seam prior to assembly and allow 24 hours to dry.
C. Brace panels by l-112" xl-ll2" x l/8" angles spaced on 4 ft. centers maximum, and run
continuously for the full length and width of casing.
D. Make all opanings through the casing for piping connections with a flanged telescoping
collar 1" inside diamcter greater than the pipe outside diameter. Solder the flanges to the
casing entirely around the circumference of flange of both the inside and the outside of
the flange. Pack the pipe tightly into the opening with Oakum, held in place by a metal
flange on both sides ofthe casing and cut to fit tightly around the pipe and sheet metal
screwed to the telescope flange. Seal all sheet metal screws on the inside with liquid fype
sealer.
3.06 FIRE AND FTRE/SMOKE DAMPERS
A. Install fire dampers with code approval sleeves in all duct openings where shown on
drawings. Installed in accordance with the U.L. requirement with access door in duct.
Use frame CR for all round ducts. Use frame B for rectangular and square ducts.
3,07 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide sheet metal access of the size as noted or as required for proper access to the
equipment. Access doors shall occur on each side of each coil and filter bank, inlet to
each fan and wherever else shown. Construct these doors ofNo. 22 gauge galvanized
metal. Provide doors with a flat iron or angle iron stiffening frame and so constructed
that they can be operated without twisting or distortion.
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2OO4 15800 - 9
B. Provide duct opening at each door with a continuous reinforcing galvanized bar with a
sponge rubber gasket to make the door airtight. Provide doors with not less than two
galvanized iron hinges and latches sized to suite door size, each hinge having a bronze
pin. Construct all parts ofdoors of galvanized iron and make airtight. Doors shall be
double thickness with 1" insulation between sheet metal walls when located in insulation
duct. Access doors shall open against air pressure'
3.08 DUCT INSULATION
A. lnstall materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
hovide insulation with vapor barrier.
Exterior lnsulation (Type A) Application:
I . Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket joints with vapor
barrier adhesive or tape to matchjacket.
2. Install without sag or underside of ductwork. Use adhesive or mechanical
fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by
mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. Stop and point insulation
around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without distnbuting
wrapping.
Liner (Type B) Application:
l. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 100 percent coverage. Secure insulation
with mechanical fasteners on 15" centers maximum on top and side of ductwork
with dimension exceeding 20". Seal and smooth joints. Do not use nail-type
fasteners. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor
barrier adhesive.
2. Ductwork dimensions indicated are net outside dimansions required for air flow.
Ductrvork sizes to allow for insulation thickness.
Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations.
lnsulation Schedule
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
!
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
B
A
B.
C.
D.
F.
DUCTWORK
l. Exhaust Ducts Within 10 ft. of
Fan (except Grease)
2. Rectilinear Supply/Retum Air
Ducts
3. Round SupplyiRetum Air Ducts
4. Supply Ducts in EvaporativelY
Cooled Svstems
3.09 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
TYPE INSULATION
THICKNESS
B1'
l'
2"
A. Attach all flexible ducts inner to duct connectors, diffuser necks, or ductwork with
stainless steel worm driven clamp. Tape outer vapor barrier securely over clamp with
vapor barrier tape.
MARCH.2OO4 15800 - 10
I!
T 3.IO DUCT SYSTEM ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
!- A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated
a dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which
I may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning.
l
a. B. Clean duct systems with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment which may be
I lf#fi"i#i"ff::tu1[#H*"J: or bvpass during creaning' Provide adequate access
END OF SECTION,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T\
I 'ATLM'TNTATNL.DGE MARcH,2oo4
RENOVATION
I
15800 - 11
VAIL MOT'NTAINLODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 158tn - 12
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
SECTION IsgOO--CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION
I.OO GENERAL
r.OI RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions and Contract Documents are a part of these
Specifications. Consult them for further instructions and be governed by the requirements
thereunder.
I.O2 WORKINCLUDEI)
A. Provide a solid state electronic control system as described on the drawings with components
fumished and installed by the temperature control manufacturer or by the manufactwer's
representative. Provide all components, materials and wiring (except as noted herein) to make a
complete system capable ofall conhol requirements and functions described herein. Coordinate
control requirements with project conhactors and equipment suppliers to avoid conflict or
omissions. The system shall be complete in all respects, put in operation and calibrated under
occupied conditions.
B. The controls and instrumentation system required for this work includes, but is not necessarily
limited to:
l. Boiler conkols.
2. Circulation pump conftols.
3. HVAC system controls.
4. Make-up and exhaust air unit controls.
5. Domestic hot water controls.
6. Hydronic baseboard and fan coil controls.
7. All other control items indicated on the drawings, specified herein, or needed for a
complete and proper control installation in accordance with all pertinent codes and
regulations.
1,03 GENERAL
A. All automatic control valves shall be furnished by the Temperature Control Manufacturer and
installed under his supervision under the Mechanical Division, Section 15600. All automatic
control dampers, unless otherwise specified, shall be fumished by the Ternperature Conhol
Manufacturer and installed rmder his supervision under the Air Distribution Section 15800.
1.04 WIRING
A. All wiring shall comply with the National Electric Code, local codes and the Electrical Division
of these specifications.
B. All wiring shall be run in metallic conduit, tubing or raceways.
l. Exceptions:
2. NEC class 2 low voltage wiring where not exposed to view such as above suspanded
ceilings, in shafts, etc., may be run in cable. Not allowable above ceilings used as
return air plenums.
3. Wiring enclosed in Temperature Contol panels.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE MARCH.2OO4
RENOVATION
15900 - I
c.All low voltage conductors shall be l8 gauge minimum, except 19 gauge may be used for home
runs to cenhal control panels, and 22 gauge minimum for resistance or thermistor sensing
element connections.
All control interlocla and control panels shall be wired by the Temperature Control
Manufacturer, except one 120 volt power circuit to each control panel shall be provided under
the Electrical Division. All other 120 volt power shall be by the Mechanical Division.
1.05 DRAWINGS
A. The Temperature Control Manufacturer shall submit shop drawings of equipment, control
panels and wiring diagrams to the MECHAMCAL ENGINEER forreview.
B. Upon review and return of above shop drawings, the Temperature Control Manufacturer shall
disperse the required information to other trades involved in the work.
C. Shop drawings shall consist of descriptive literatwe, control diagrams, wiring diagrams, damper
schedule, auto valve schedule, sequence of control, piping diagrams for all valves and shall
show equipment arrangement in all panel fronts. Show location in buitding for all panels.
I.06 DAMPERANDVALVEOPERATION
A. Provide pilot positioners with positive shaft feedback for all sequencing applications.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.OI ACCEPTABLEMAIruFACTT'RERS
A. This specification is based on Johnson Control Company equipment. Acceptable
manufacfurers are Trane, Honeywell or Barber Coleman. Others must be approved by
the mechanical engineer before bidding. It is recognized that packaged equipment comes
dother names on controls and that some functions are accomplished w/other named
components. This specification does not intend to prohibit this practice.
2.02 LOWVOLTAGEPOWER
A. All control devices and panels containing low voltage power sources shall inherently
comply with NEC Class 2 requirernents (current limiting), or shall be supplied with
branch circuit fusing to limit control circuit current to NEC Class 2. All control
transformers shall be of the inherent current limiting type, or shall be installed with
primary disconnect and overload protection.
2.03 THERMOSTATS
A. Transmitters shall be liquid filled capillary averaging bulbs of maximum length unless
specified otherwise. Liquid insertion thermostats shall be provided with separable wells.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE MARCH.2OO4
RENOVATION
t
I
I
t
l
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
D.
1s900 - 2
I
I
t
t
I
l
J
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
i
I
T
I
Solid State sensors for duct and air handling equipment shall be averaging type unless
specified otherwise. Liquid sensors shall be provided with separable wells'
All thermostats shall have a fully adjustable setpoints. Provide visible thermometer scale
on thermostats in apartments, condominiums, residences, and u/herever required by
owner.
All room thermostats shall have concealed adjustment and locking cover in the fo'llowing
areas:
Provide guards on any electric thermostats in areas deemed necessary by Owner:
2,04 PRESSURE CONTROLS
Static and differential pressure controllers and indicators shall be transmitter and panel
rnounted receiver controller type, unless specified otherwise. Provide panel mounted
pressure indication at each sensing point.
2.05 DAMPERS
Damper frames shall be 13 gauge galvanized steel channel on l/8" extruded aluminum
with reinforced comer bracing. Damper bearings shall be nylon or Teflon. Bushings that
tum in the bearing are to be oil impregnated sintered metal. .Damper blades shall not
exceed (6) inches in width. Blades are to be suitable for high velocity performance. A1l
edges ofthe blades and top, bottom and sides ofthe frame shall be provided with
replaceable, butyl rubber or neoprene seals. Side seals may be spring loaded stainless
steel. The seals shall provide a maximum of 1% leakage when sized at a wide open face
velocity of 1500 fpm 4" static pressure. The damper linkage shall provide a linear flow
of equal percentage characteristic is required.
Dampers to be Pacific Series 210, Johnson "Proportion/Air", Honeywell "Moduflow low
leakage", Ruskin "CD50 low leakage," Penn Air Control Damper PBD or OBD or
equivalent.
2.06 VALVES
Valves in water and anti-freeze system shall be sized for not more than 3 psi drop.
All valves shall open for full supply water flow from heating or cooling generation plant
whenever a loss ofpower or air supply to the valves occur. Ifvalves are involved with a
changeover fype operation the valves shall fail open to the heating water supply.
2.07 FREEZE DETECTION TI{ERMOSTATS
Each supply system with water and steam coils taking outside air shall have a freeze
protection thermostat located on the downstream side of the coil. Thermostals shall be
adjustable electric contact type silver plated, having manual reset with 20' flexible
sensing bulb of increment type with any section capable of actuating mechanism on
temperature drop below setpoint. When temperature drops below setpoint, thermostat
B.
c.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE MARCH.2OO4
RENOVATTON
D.
E.
B.
A.
B.
15900 - 3
shall stop fan(s) and close outside air damper. They shall have an isolated set ofcontacts
for alarm system.
2.08 SMOKE DETECTORS (NFPA REQUIREMENTS)
A. No smoke detector devices required on systems 1999 cfm and less'
B. All air handling units shall be equipped with a manual emergency stop control located at
a convenient and accessible point for shutting down the fan in case of fire. For the
purposes of this specification, the disconnect sw'itch will serve this purpose.
C. In systems of over 2,000 cfin capacity, smoke detectors approved for duct installation
shall be installed at a suitable location in:
The main supply duct on the downstream side of the filters to automatically stop
the fan, and
In the return system on each floor at the point of entry into the common retum, or
a system of smoke detectors providing total area coverage.
D. Exception No. I The smoke detector in the retum air stream may be omitted in systems
ofless than 15,000 cfm capacity.
E. Exception No. 2 Supply and rehrm detectors may be omitted provided That the system is
less than I 5,000 cfm capacity, the entire systern is within the space served and such space
is protected by an area smoke detection system.
2.09 DIRTY FILTTR GAUGES
A. Provide and install differential pressure air filter gauges of zuitable range with sensing
tips located on the inlet and outlet side of all supply fan filters. Differential pressure
gauges Dwyer Series 2000-AF Magrehelic or equivalant with scale range approximately
twice the pressure drop recommended for filter change.
3.OO EXECUTION
3.01 THERMOSTATS
Provide and install a3-l/2" dial, remote bulb thermometer adjacant to each remote bulb
thermostat which is not provided with temperature indication by another part of this
contract.
3.02 LOCALCONTROLPANELS
Provide and install local control panels at each HVAC, H & V, AC, Make Up Air System
and Domestic Water System. Group these together into one panel whan equipment is
located in one equipment room. The panels shall be totally enclosed with hinged door
and containing all relays, switches, gauges, etc.
3.03 WIRING OF CONTROL DEVICES
I
t
I
l
I
T
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
l.
2.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
RENOVATION
MARCH,2004 15900 - 4
I
I A. Control devices carrying full load current furnished by Mechanical and wired by
Electrical shall be located at the device being controlled, unless shown on the drawings or
mutual agreement is made between the contractors with no change in the contract price.
I 3.04 sYsrEM cHEcKour
,:--: A. Prior to control persons leaving job site, they must confirm in writing to the Architect or
a At*T::**
all systems are operating satisfactorily as shown on approved shop
I 3.os sEeuENcE oF coNTRoL{rI A. Refer to Drawinss.t\t END OF SECTION
I
t
t
I
l
I
I
I
T
T
I
I vArL MouNTATN LoDGE MARCH,2oo4
- RENOVATION
I
1s900 - 5
B.
I
I
1
I
,f,
I
J
I
I
!
I
DIVISION 16 -- ELECTRJCAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION I6OTO--ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.OO GENERAL
1.OI RELATEDDOCUNIENTS
A. The General Conditions, Special Conditions, and Contract Documents are part of
these specifications. Consult them further for instructions and be governed by the
requirements contained thereunder.
I.O2 DESCRIPTION
Work Included
l. Work shall consist of fumishing all labor, equipment, supplies and materials,
unless otherwise specified, necessary for the installation of complete electrical
systems as required by the specifications and as shown on the drawings, subject
to the terms and conditions of the conhact. The work shall also include the
completion of those details of electrical work not mentioned or shown which are
necessary for the successful operation of all electrical systems.
Work Not Included
l. Certain labor, materials, and equipment may be furnished under other sections of
these specifications, by Utility Companies or by the Owner; when this is the
case, the extent, source, and description ofthese items will be as indicated on the
drawings or as described in the specification.
I.O3 PROVISIONS
Work performed under this division of the specifications shall conform to the
requirements of Division l, the electrical drawings, and all items hereinafter specified-
-l Prior to any work being performed under this division, examine architectural,
structural, food service, civil, mechanical, specialty systems, and interior design
drawings and specifications. If any discrepancies occur between them and the
electrical drawings and specifications, report discrepancies to the Architect in
writing and obtain written instructions for the work.
Electrical drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as closely as actual
construction of the building will permit. All changes from drawings necessary lo
make the electrical work conform to the building as constructed shall be made
without additional cost to the Owner.
Coordinate the electrical work with the General Contractor and be responsible to
him for satisfactory progress of the same. Coordinate electrical work with all
other trades on the project without additional cost to the Owner.
All work and materials covered by drawings and specifications shall be subject
to review at any time by representatives of the Architect and Owner. If the
Architect or Owner's agent finds any materials or installation that does not
conform to these drawings and specifications, Contractor shall remove the
material from the premises and correct the installation to the satisfaction of the
agent.
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822,17
A.
2.
l
I
3.
4.
I
t
I
I
I
MARCH.2OO4 16010 - I
ln acceptance or rejection of installed electrical systems, no allowance will be
made for lack of skill on the part of the installers.
I.O4 CODES AND STANDARDS
The latest editions of the following standards (including supplements and official
interpretations) are minimum requirements:
I
T
I
T
I
t
t
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
1.
2.
3.
A
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
14.
15.
16.
NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code.
NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.
NFPA I l0 - Emergency Power Systems
Conform to all applicable State and Local Codes.
American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI).
National Electrical Safety Code (NESC).
Americans with Disabilities Acts (ADA) and American National Standards
lnstiture (ANSD I17.
National Electrical Manu facturer' s Association G\fEMA).
Underwriter's Laboratories (UL).
Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
Intemational Building Code.
Intemational Mechanical Code.
lntemational Fire Code.
lnstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
(SMACNA).
B. The complete installation shall comply with requirements of the utility and telephone
companies fumishing service to this installation. The drawings and specifications take
precedence when they are more stringent than codes, statutes, or ordinances in effect.
Applicable codes, ordinances, standards and statutes take precedence when they are more
shingent or conflict with the drawings and specifications.
I.O5 SPECIALREQUIREMENTS
A. Definitions: "Provide" shall mean "fumish and install". "Fumish" means to supply all
materials, labor, equipment, testing apparatus, controls, tests, accessories and all other
items customarily required for the proper and complete application. "Install" means to
join, unit, fasten, link, attach, set up or otherwise connect together before testing and
tuming over to Owner, complete and ready for regular operation. The words "accept" or
"acceptable" denote only that the equipment items are in general conformance with the
design concept of the project.
B. Drawings:
I . The drawings indicate the general arrangement of circuits and outlets, locations
of switches, panelboards and other work. lnformation shown on the drawings is
schematic, however, re-circuiting will not be permitted without specific
acceptance. Drawings and specifications are complementary to each other. Wlrat
is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. Data presented
on these drawings is accurate as planning can be determined, but accuracy is not
guaranteed and field verification of all dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit
I
l
I
MARCH,2004 16010 - 2
B.
C,
A.
B.
C.
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
field conditions is directed. Review all Architectural, Structural and Mechanical
Drawings and Specifications; adjust all work to conform to all conditions shown
therein. The Architectural drawings shall take precedence over all other
drawings.
2. Discrepancies between different plans, between plans and specifications,
between specifications or regulations and codes governing this installation shall
be brought to the attention of the Architect in writing before the date of bid
opening. ln the event such discrepancies exist, and the Architect is not so
notified, the adjudication of responsibility shall be solely at the discretion of the
Architect.
1.06 RECORDDRAWINGS
Maintain a current set of electrical drawings at the site. Neatly mark all changes and
deviations from the original drawings. Use a color which contrasts with the prints. This
shall be a separate set of drawings, not used for construction purposes, and shall be kept
up to date as the job progresses and shall be made available for inspection by the
Architect at all times. These updated progress drawings shall be used to produce the
final record drawings that shall be in AutoCad electronic format media upon project
completion.
Upon completion of the contract, both sets (electronic and hard copy drawings) ofrecord
drawings shall be delivered to the Architect.
The Contractor shall mark all record drawings on the front lower right hand corner with
a stamp impression that reads'RECORD DRAWINGS' or similar.
I.O7 PROJECT/SITECONDITIONS
Install work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions.
Prior to submitting a bid, visit the site ofjob and ascertain all conditions affecting the
proposed installation and adjust all work accordingly. Make provisions for these costs.
Coordinate the work with that of all other trades. Where conflicts of work occur and
departure from the indicated arrangements are necessary, consult with other Contractors
involved; come to agreement as to changed locations and elevations, etc., and obtain
written acceptance from the Architect ofproposed changes before proceeding with work.
All outages of electrical service shall be scheduled with the Owner and Utility Company
five (5) days in advance of proposed outage. Include an overtime allowance in the bid
for the performance of all work requiring outages at such time as it is approved by the
Owner. Outages shall be at a time and of such duration as accepted by the Owner.
r.O8 EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCIJMENTS
Each bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully, and not later than sevor days
prior to the date of receipt of bids, shall make written request to the Engineer for
interpretation or correction of any discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency' or error
VAILMOI]NTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
D.
I
I
I
I
I
MARCII,2OO4 16010 - 3
I
Itherein which he may discover. Any interpretation or corection will be issued as an
addendum by the Architect. Only a written interpretation or correction by addendum
shall be binding. No bidder shall rely upon interpretations or corrections given by any
other method. If discrepancies, ambiguity, inconsistency, or eror are not covered by
addendum or written directive, Contractor shall include in his bid, labor materials and
methods of construction resulting in higher cost. After award of contract, no allowance
or extra compensation will be made on behalf of the Contractor due to his failure to
make the written requests as described above.
B. Failure to request clarification during the bid period of any inadequacy, omission, or
conflict will not relieve the Contractor of their responsibilities. The signing of the
contract will be considered as implicitly denoting that the Contractor has a thorough
comprehension ofthe full intent and scope of the working drawings and specifications.
1.09 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provision of Division I .
B. Listing of Equipment: The Contractor shall submit, within thirty days after the arvard of
the contract, a complete tlperwitten list of those items of equipment which will be
fumished under this contract. lnclude the name or description of the item, name of
manufacturer, model, type, and catalog number.
c. Submit five (5) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data, wiring diagrams
and material schedules that may be requested by the Architect for his review. The
review by the Architect will not constitute concurence with any deviation from the plans
and specifications unless such deviations are specifically identified by the method
described below, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of responsibility for crrors or
omissions in the submitted data.
D. Processed shop drawings shall not be construed as change orders. The shop drawings
shall demonshate that the Contractor understands the design concept, indicate which
equipment and materials he intends to provide, and detail the fabrication and installation
methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts betwean shop
drawing submittals and the design drawings and specifications are discovered, the design
drawings and specifications shall govern'
E. Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions (which he shall confirm and correlate at
the job site), fabrication processes and techniques of construction and coordination ofhis
work with that of other trades. The Contraclor shall check and verif all measurements
and review shop drawings before submitting them and sign a statement on the shop
drawings which signifies that they comply with plans and specifications and that
equipment is dimensionally suitable for the application. If any deviations from the
specified requirements for any item of material or equipment exist, such deviation shall
be expressly stated in writing and incorporated with the submittal. The Owner's copies
(two of each) of the reviewed submittals shall be retained by the Contractor until
completion of the project and presented in bound form to the Owner.
F. Shop drawings and manufacturer's published data shall be submitted for:
l. All panelboards
VAIL MOI.INTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
t
l
I
I
I
MARCH.2OO4 16010 - 4
A.
B.
B.
c.
D.
I
l
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lighting fixtures (catalog cuts)
Fire alarm and detection system
Telecommunication devices and equipment
G. Provide, with shop drawing submittal, 1/4" scale layout drawings of room with
switchboards, transformers, telephone backboards, panelboards, and data equipment.
Layouts shall show tocations of, and shall be coordinated with mechanical equipment.
Equipment shall be drawr to scale.
I.IO USE OF TIIE ARCHITECT'S AND/OR ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS
The Conhactor shall obtain, at the Contractor's expense, from the Architect or Engineer
a set of AutoCad or compatible format architectural and engineering drawings on
electronic rnedia where desired by the Contractor and/or required by the Specifications
for use in preparing the shop drawings, coordination drawings, and record drawings-
The Conhactor shall provide to the Architect and Engineer a rvritten release of liability
acceptable to the Architect and Engineer prior to receiving the electronic media'
2.
J.
4.
2.00
2.01
PRODUCTS
STANDARD FORMATERIALS
All materials shall conform to current applicable industry standards. Workmanship and
neat appearance shall be as important as the'electrical and mechanical operation.
Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired, prior to final acceptance,
in a manner acceptable to the Architect or Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
All electrical materials shall be acceptable for installation only if labeled or listed by a
nationally recognized testing laboratory and if accepted by local authorities.
2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS (CONTRACTOR AND/OR OWNER II{ITIATED)
Materials or equipment listed by several manufacturers' names are intended to be
bidder's choice, and any of the listed manufacturers may be used in the base bid.
Materials or equipment not listed are considered substitutions.
Performance Specification: When any item is specified by requirement to meet a
performance, industry or regulating body standard or is specified generically (no
manufactwer's name listed), no prior review by the Consulting Electical Engineer is
needed unless specifically called for in these specifications.
Conhactor to be responsible for any changes and costs to accommodate any equipment
except the first named in the specification.
Substitutions for Material
l. Equipment and materials not listed as equivalents may be proposed as deductive
altemates to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item to the base
bid on the Bidder's letterhead.
2. Such substitutions shall not be substituted for the base bid and must be
accompanied by a full description of the difference between the Contact
VAIL MOIINTAINLODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCII.2OO4 16010 - 5
Document requirements and that of the substitution, the comparative features of
each, and the effect of the change on the end result performance. lnclude the
impact of all changes on other contractors and acknowledge the inclusion of
additional costs to the other trades. If any such alternates are considered, the
Contractor shall submit a list of the proposed alternate substitution items within
14 days of award of contract. Late requests for proposed substitutions will not
be accepted by the Engineer due to scheduling or delivery concems.
2.03 BID ALTERNATE(S)
Refer to Division 1 and all contract documents for additional information'
Altemate(s) for Material and Equipment
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
l
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
3.
B.
1.
2.
Equipment and material bid altemate(s) shall be proposed as additive or
deductive alternate(s) to specified items by submitting it as a separate line item
from the base bid on the Bidder's letterhead.
Such bid alternate proposals shall not be substituted or included in the base bid.
Bid alternate proposal(s) must be accompanied by full descriptive data on the
proposed equipment, together with a statement of the cost to be added or
deducted for each item. The bid altemate shall include all materials, equipment,
labor, electrical connections, coordination with all other trades, etc. for a
complete and operational system.
The Contractor shall submit the bid alternates at the time the base bids are due'
3.OO EXECUTION
3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
A. Contractor's personnel and subconbactors selected to perform the work shall be well
versed and skilled in the hades involved.
B. Coordinate electrical equipment and materials installation with other building
components.
C. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of electrical materials and equipment
for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring
positioning prior to closing-in the building.
D. Any changes or deviations from the drawings and specifications must be accepted in
writing by the Architect/Engineer. All errors in installation shall be corrected at the
expense of the Contractor. All specialties shall be installed as detailed on the drawings.
Where detail or specific installation requirements are not provided, manufacturer's
recommendations shall be followed.
E. Upon completion of work, all equipment and materials shall be installed complete,
thoroughly checked, correctly adjusted, and left ready for intended use or operation. All
work shall be thoroughly cleaned and all residue shall be removed from surfaces.
Exterior surfaces of all material and equipment shall be delivered in a perfect,
unblemished condition.
MARCH.2OO4 16010 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
F. Contractor shall provide a complete installation, including all required labor, material,
cartage, insurance, permits, and taxes.
3.02 CHASES, OPENINGS, CUTTING, AND PATCIIING
A. Carefully lay out all work in advance so as lo eliminate where possible, cutting,
channeling, chasing or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings and roofs. Any
damage to the building, structure, piping, ducts, equipment or any defaced finish shall be
repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at no additional cost to the Owner
and to the satisfaction of the Architect. Any necessary cutting, channeling, drilling or
anchoring of raceways, outlets, or other electrical equipment shall be performed in a
careful manner, and as accepted by the Architect'
B. All openings made in fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings shall be patched and made tight
inamannertoconformtothefireratingforthesurfacepenetrated.
C. All penetrations required through existing concrete construction shall be core drilled at
minimum size required. Precautions shall be taken when drilling to prevent damage to
structural ,on...i.. Contractor shall obtain permission from the Architect before
proceeding with drilling.
3.03 PROGRESS OF \ilORK
A. Order the progress of electrical work to conform to the progress of the work of the other
trades. Comilete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will
permit. Any cost resulting from defective or ill timed work performed under this Section
shall be borne bY this Conhactor.
3.04 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Obtain and pay for all permits and licenses required and fumish the Architect (for the
Owner), a tertificate of final inspection and approval from the authorities having
jurisdiction over the electrical installation'
3.05 CUTTING AND PATCIITNG
A. provide all cutting, trenching, backfrlling, patching and refinishing or resurfacing required for
elecrical work in-a manner meeting the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the
Owner.
3.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS
A. Arrange and be held responsible for delivery and safe storage of materials and equipment for
electrical installation.
B. Store materials and equipment for easy inspection and checking'
C. Carefully mark and store all materials.
D. Deliver materials to the job site in stages of the work that will expedite the work as a whole'
VAILMOUNTAIN LODGE
Project#5822.17
I
I
I
I
MARCH.2OO4 16010 - 7
E. Carefully check materials furnished to this Contractor for installation, and provide receipt
acknowledging acceptance of delivery and condition of the materials received. Thereafter,
assume full responsibility for its safekeeping until the final installation has been reviewed and
accePted.
3.07 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY
A. Where there are existing facilities, be responsible for the protection thereof, whether or not such
facility is to be removed or relocated. Moving or removing any facility must be done so as not to
cause intemrption of the work of Owner's operation.
B. Close all conduit openings with caps or plugs during installation. Cover all fixtures and
equipment and protect against injury. At the final completion, clean all work and deliver in an
unblemished condition, or refinish and repaint at the discretion of the Architect.
C. Any equipment or conduit systems found to have been damaged or contaminated above "MILL"
or "SHOP" conditions shall be replaced or cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction.
3.08 GUARANTEE
The entire electrical system installed under this Contract shall be left in proper working order.
Replace, without additional cost, any work, material or equipment, which develops defects in
design or worlsnanship within one (1) year from date of final acceptance.
3.09 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
Final acceptance by the Owner will not occur until all operating instructions are received and
Owner's personnel have been thoroughly indoctrinated in the maintenance and operation of all
equipment.
Operating manual, parts lists, and indoctrination of operating and maintenance personnel:
Furnish the services of a qualified representative of the supplier for each item or system itemized
below who shall instruct specific personnel, as designated by the Owner, in the operation and
maintenance of that item or system.
Inskuction shall be made when the particular system is complete and shall be of the number of
hours indicated and at the time requested by the Owner. A representative of the Electrical
Contractor shall be present for all demonstrations.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
B.
C.
D,
SYSTEM
l. Fire alarm system
2. Data system
HRS. OF
INSTRUCTION
2
A
Deliver three (3) complete operating manuals and parts lists to the Owner (or his designated
representative) at the time of the above required indoctrination. Fully explain the contents of the
manuals as part of required indoctrination and instruct the Owner's personnel in the correct
procedure in obtaining service, both during and after the guarantee period. The operating manual
and parts lists shall give complete information as to whom the Owner shall contact for service
VAIL MOI]NTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCII.2OO4 16010 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
and pa s, including the address and phone number. Fumish evidence that an authorized service
organization regularly carries a complete stock of repair parts for these items (or systems), and
that the organization is available for service. Service shall be furnished within twenty four (24)
hours after requested.
E. Clean-up: Remove all materials, scrap, etc., relative to the electrical installation and leave the
premises and all equipment, lamps, fixtures, etc. in a clean, orderly condition. Any costs to the
Owner for clean-up of the site will be charged against the Contractor.
F. Acceptance Demonstration: Upon completion of the work, at a time to be designated by the
Architect. the Conkactor shall demonshate for the Owner the operation of the entire installation,
including all systems provided under this conftact.
G. Operating and Acceptance Tests: Provide all labor, instruments, and equipment for the
performance of tests as specified. Submit three (3) copies of a typewritten test report for the
Architect for his approval.
L Record the full load current in each phase or line at the main service enfiance
and for each feeder leaving the main distribution panelboard. Readings shall be
taken with the maximum installed load connected and in operation'
2. Perform a careful inspection ofthe main switchboard bus structure and cable connections
to verify that all connections are mechanically and electrically tight.
3. Measure the resistance to ground for the service ground, which shall not exceed ten (10)
ohms under normal soil moisture conditions. If required, install additional ground
provisions in a manner accepted by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.10 IDENTIFICATION
A. General: Provide the following services and materials to assist the Owner in operation
and maintenance.
B. Directory cards, Nameplates and Labels: No temporary markings, which are visible on
equipment, shall remain after the project is complete. Repaint trims, housing, etc., where
such markings cannot be readily removed. Defaced finishes must be refinished. All
engraved metal or plastic nameplates shall be white letters on a black or gray
background. Raised letter t1pe tape shall not be used. No abbreviations in labeling will
be permitted without special approval. All panelboards shall be labeled as designated on
the elecfical drawings. Thoroughly clean surface to which pressure sensitive type labels
are applied to assure adherence of label. Directory cards, nameplates, and labels shall
indicate the general area and type of electrical load served by each circuit. Provide the
following types of labels at these locations.
1. On each feeder switch, combination starter, or circuit breaker located in motor
control centers, main service equipment, the main switchboard or panelboard,
subdistribution panelboards, and all special equipment housed in cabinets, the
labeling shall be one fourth inch (l/4") minimum height letters.
2. On each separate mounted disconnect and starter for a motor or fixed appliance,
indicate motor or appliance designation, voltage, and phase. (Motor or appliance
designations shall be as given on the Mechanical or Architectural plans.) Use
three-sixteenth inch (3/16") minimum height letters.
3. On telephone terminals indicate terminal number.
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCH,2OO4 16010 - 9
4. On all branch circuit panelboards indicate panel designation, voltage and phase.
Use three-fourths inch (3/4") minimum height stenciled letters in metal tape or
one-half inch (1/2") engraved letters on laminated nameplate. Apply to the
inside ofeach door. All emergency panels and disconnects shall be painted with
red enamel.
5. For all branch circuit panelboard directories, provide neatly typed, removable
cards and protective plastic faces. Spare circuit breakers shall be identified as
such.
6. For all device plates for switches used to control exhaust fans or other
equipment, provide one-eighth inch (1/8") minimum height black filled,
engraved letters on stainless steel device plates.
7. For all exposed conduits, junction boxes, wiring gutters, etc., provide three-
fourths inch (3/4") minimum height stenciled letters, or one-half inch (1/2")
minimum height pressure sensitive labels equal to Brady self-sticking vinyl
cloth. Labels shall be provided at the foilowing locations:
a. Entering or leaving panels or switchgear or enclosures.
b. All junction boxes shall be identified as to circuits contained within.
c. Exposed conduits containing circuits above 600 volts shall have voltage
labeled at least once for each exposed length or not more than fifteen
feet (15'-0") apart.
3.11 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS FOR ROOFS
Raceways penetrating roofs shall be installed in a manner to preserve the integrity of the roof.
Provide flashing and counter flashing for all roof penetrations required for the work.
Conduits routed above roofs shall be installed a minimum of twelve inches (12") above the
finished roof surface, supported on metal stands installed with flashing and counter flashing,
with maximum spacing of ten feet (10'-0').
3.12 CONSTRUCTION LIGIITING AI{D POWER
C.
Provide all temporary facilities required to supply construction power and ligbt. Install and
maintain facilities in a manner that will protect the public and worlsnen. Comply with all
applicable laws and regulations.
Provide covered walkway lights and obstruction lights which shall be kept buming continuously
between sunset and sunrise where required.
Upon completion of the work, remove all temporary facilities from the site.
The General Conhactor shall pay for all power and light used by him and his subcontractors
where construction power is separately metered, or is taken from the permanent project metered
service solely for construction use.
The cutoff date for power cost allocation where permanent meters are used shall be either the
agreed date of occupancy by the Owner or the date of final acceptance of the project, whichever
shall be the earlier date.
3.r4 MECHAMCAL EQUTPMENT WIRTNG AND CONNECTTONS
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B.
A.
B.
D.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E.
MARCH,2OO4 16010 - l0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Fumish, set in place, and wire, except as indicated, all heating, ventilating, air conditioning,
plumbing, fire protection, motors and controls in accordance with the following schedule.
Carefully coordinate with work performed under the Mechanical Division of these specifications.
I
I
ITEM FURNISHED
UNDER
SET IN
PLACE OR
MTD. UNDER
WIRED
CONNECTED
T]NDER
I . Equipment motors and
thermal overload.
resistance heaters. (3)
MD MD ED
2. Motor confiollers,
magnetic starters, reduced
voltage starters and
overload relays.MD ED(a)ED
3. Disconnect switches.
fused or unfused, h.p.
rated switches, thermal
overload switches and
fuses, manual operating
switches.
ED(a)ED(a)ED
4. Pushbutton stations, pilot
lights, multi-speed
switches, float switches,
thermostats, control
relays, time clocks, control
transformers, control
panels, motor valves,
damper motors, solenoid
valves. EP and PE
switches and interlocks.MD MD(b)MD(b)
5. Contactors. l20V control
circuit outlets for control
panels and for boiler
controls and for fire
protection controls and
moke detectors.ED ED ED
6. Duct Detectors,
Fire/Smoke Dampers, and
Elevator Vent Dampers.MD MD ED(c)
I
I
I
I
| ffi
ED=EIectrical, Division I 6.
1; a. If fumished as part of factory wired equipment, then wiring and connections
only by ED.
I b. If float switches, line thermostats, p.e. switches, time switches, etc., carry the
I FULL LOAD CURRENT to any motor, the Mechanical Division shall fumish
them. They shall be set in place and connected under the Electrical Division,
lI vArL MOTJNTATN LODGE MARCH,2004 16010 - 1r- Project #5822.17
I
except there where such items are an integral part of the mechanical equipment,
or directly attached to ducts, piping, etc., they shall be set in place under the
Mechanical Division and connected by the Electrical Division. If they do not
carry the full load current to any motor, they shall be furnished, set in place and
wired under the Mechanical Division'
c. Wiring from alarm contacts to alarm system by ED; all control function wiring
by MD.
Provide electrical connections to mechanical equipment. Refer to the Mechanical specifications
and plans covering sprinkler systems, motor interlocks, switching, etc. Provide wiring, conduit,
outlets and final electrical connections to all equipment.
Where motor controllers are furnished by others, install controller and provide connections at
line and load side of controllers.
Where reduced voltage, multiple speed, duplex, triplex, lead-lag, pony motor and other unusual
controller types are utilized, coordinate specific requirements of motor(s) and controller and
provide required wiring between motor(s) and controller.
Provide branch circuits and connections to sump and sewage ejector pump alarm bell system'
Connect to emergency power distribution system'
Where electric duct heaters are provided with remote power panels, provide branch circuits
between remote panel and duct heater elements in accordance with the equpment manufacturer's
recofinnendations.
For electric water coolers veri$ whether the equipment is hard wired, cord and plug connected
and whether a remote chiller is provided. Provide circuiting and cormections to match.
3.15 ELEVATORS
Locate equipment and points of cormeclion in elevator machine rooms and elevator pits in -accordance with the requirements of the elevator vendor and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. t
Provide a fused switch or circuit breaker, dedicated 3 phase branch circuit, and power connection r
for each elevator. Fused switch or circuit breaker shall be located within elevator machine room. !
Circuit breaker rating shall be in accordance with elevator manufacturer's requirements. !
provide a dedicated 120V, 20A circuit with lockable disconnect switch and connection to each -elevator cab for elevator cab lighting and ventilation I
D. Provide a dedicated 120V, 20A circuit and connect to elevator system intercom in elevator .machineroom a
E. Provide a dedicated circuit and connect to each elevator controller for control power. Circuit
rating shall be in accordance with the elevator vendor's requirements.
I
F. Provide a dedicated circuit for weatherproof lighting
receptacles within each elevator pit.
fixtures, lighting switches and duplex
G. Provide a dedicated telephone outlet for each elevator. Provide and
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
B.
C.
empty %"raceway U"- I
16010-12 |
I
MARCII.2OO4
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
each telephone outlet to the nearest telephone backboard.
3.16 PERMANENTLY INSTALLED EXTERIOR SPAS
A. Provide an emergency power off switch within 5 feet from the inside walls of the spa.
Emergency power off switch shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 800T push button station NEMA
type 3R with hinged clear plastic cover. Provide a legend plate for each unit with designation:
POWER/AC SIIUTDOWN.
B. Provide controls, relays, contactors, conduit and wire to activate shunt trip breakers and
contactors to disconnect power spa motors and heater.
C. Provide a 120-volt receptacle located a minimum of 10 feet from the inside wall of the spa and
not more than 20 feet. The receptacle shall not be located more than 78 inches above the level of
the spa. The receptacle branch circuit shall have GFCI protection'
D. Branch circuit conductors with GFCI protection shall be in dedicated raceway systems without
conductors that do not have GFCI protection'
3.IX REMODELINGPRO\TSIONS
A. Existing systems and conditions shown on the drawings are provided for guidance only. The
Electrical Contractor shall'field check all existing conditions prior to bidding and shall include in
his bid an allowance for the removal and relocation of existing conduits, wires, devices, fixtures,
or other equipment as indicated on the plans or as required to coordinate and adapt new and
existing electrical systems to all other work required for this project.
B. Where the reuse of existing conduits, outlets, junction boxes, etc., is permissible, make certain
that the wiring form them is continuous from outlet to outlet. Provide modifications to assure
that circuits, or system, shall not pass through outlets or junction boxes which may be rendered
inaccessible by changes to be made to the building. Existing conduits, wire, devices, fixtures,
etc., which shall be removed shall become the property of this Contractor unless otherwise noted.
C. Connect new work to existing in a manner that will assure proper raceway grounding throughout
in conformance with the National Electrical Code.
D. Remodel Work Cutting and Patching: The Contractor shall perform cutting, channeling, chasing,
drilling, etc., as required to install or remove electrical equipment in areas of remodeling. This
work shall be performed so as to minimize damage to portions of wall finishes, surfaces,
plastering, or the structure which are to be reused, resurfaced, plastered or painted under another
division of these specifications.
E. Carefully coordinate rvith the required remodeling work, cutting and patching etc., performed by
the other trades. Remove or relocate existing electrical conduits, wires, devices, fixtures and
other equipment as necessary.
F. All outages on portions of existing electrical systems shall be minimized and shall be at a time
and of duration as accepted by the Owner.
VAIL MOIJNTAINLODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCTI,2OO4 16010 - 13
I
I3.I8 ELECTRICALDEMOLITION
Examination
1. Verity field measurements and circuiting anangements are as shown on drawings. I2. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. I3. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record -
documents. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. I4. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. I
Preparation
l. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for -^-^"^' I
2. coordination outages with Architect/o*rraa.
ot't r'Errrrr'r sertEuureu rvr rErrruvor' I
3. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during _
construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use Ipersonnel experienced in such operations.
4. Existing telephone system: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to
make switchovers and connections. Noti$ Owner/Architect in writing at least 24 hours I
before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. t
Demolition and Extension of Existing Electrical Work !l. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of Division l, Division 2, a
and this section.
2. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. I3. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. I4. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible
ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. I5. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if J
conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned
outlets, which are not removed. I6. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and dishibution equipment. I
7 . Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment
8. $i.t:n:fHffiHi;" abandoned ruminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, ""d Iother accessories. I
9. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension ,work. """ "---
.-.."-
-,-
.", . ." ,,,-:-" -
-.-,_, _.
I10. Maintain access to existing electrical installations, which remain active. Modify r
installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
1 1. Extend existing installations using materials and methods comoatible with existine Ielectrical instaliation, or as specified in individual section. - I
D' cleaning andnRePairpair
existing materials and equipment, which remain or are to be reused. I
2. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections.
Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions. I
Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement. !
3. Luminaries: Remove existing luminaires for cleaning. Use mild detergent to clean all
exterior and interior surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace lamps, non- |
operational ballasts, and broken electrical parts. I
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
A.
B.
C.
I
I
MARCH,2004 16010 - 14
f
- E. Installation
! l. Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of Division 1.
I Er{D oF sECrIoN
If vArL MottNTArN LoDGE MARCH,2004 16'010 - 15
Project #5822.17
D
A.
B.
C.
D,
A.
B.
D.
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
SECTION I6IOO_BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
I.OO GENERAL
I,O1 STANDARDSFORMATERIALS
All materials shall conform to current applicable industry standards. Workmanship and
neat appearance shall be as important as the electrical and mechanical operation.
Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired, prior to final acceptance,
in a manner acceptable to the Architect or Owner at no additional cost to the Owner.
All electrical materials shall be acceptable for installation only if labeled or listed by a
nationally recogrized testing laboratory and if accepted by local authorities.
All electrical equipment shall have a NEMA rated housing suilable for the location
installed.
Provide products and materials that are new, clean, free of defects, and free of damage
and corrosion, unless specifically directed to reuse any existing materials.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2,OI INDIVIDUALMOTORCONTROL STARTERS
C.
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
krdividual motor controlled starters shall be manufactured by Cutler Hammer, General
Electric, Siemens, Allen-Bradley, or Square D equivalent, and all starters shall be by the
same manufacfurer.
Single-phase manual starters shall consist of a toggle switch, single or double-pole, with
a thermal overload heater element capable of intemrpting the circuit in case of overload.
Install flush or surface mounted as required and specihed.
For motors of 3l4W to 25HP, provide full voltage, non reversing, (FVllR) magnetic
type combination individual motor starters (switch twe, fusible or non-fusible as
required) having undervoltage release, two-wire (maintained contact), automatic
restarting control, and a trip-free, thermal overload relay in each ungrounded phase
conductor, or the manual reset type. All contacts shall be maintenance-free, double-
break, solid silver cadmium oxide alloy. Starters shall be designed to allow installation
of auxiliary contacts without removing the starter from its enclosure. Contactor coils and
control circuit devices shall be suitable for operation with 120 volt control power.
hovide control power transformers, ,uranged to deenergize the control circuits whenever
the operating power supply to the particular equipment is disconnected. Control circuit
conductors shall be protected in accordance with National Electrical Code Article 430-
72. Provide hand-off-automatic switches on the starter face for all features. The hand
position shall not bypass firestats or other safety features. Provide one normally open
and one normally closed auxiliary contact for each starter.
Each three-phase motor rated 5 hp and larger shall have a phase monitor and control
relay, wired to protect against under voltage, phase failure, and phase reversal
conditions. Phase monitors and relays shall be integral with the starter enclosure-
MARCH,2004 16100 - I
2.02 RACEWAYS
A. Provide raceways as required for all electrical systems.
B. Rigid conduit shall be hot-dipped, galvanized steel with zinc coating or corrosion
resistant lacquer on the inside, and shall comply with Underwriter's Laboratories
Standard UL6 and American National Standards Institute C80-1. Fittings shall be
threaded.
C. Plastic coated conduit shall be rigid steel conduit having a 0.030 inch minimum
thiclcress; factoy bonded PVC jacket.
D. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized on the outside and coated on tbe
inside with a smooth hard finish of lacquer, vamish or enamel. EMT shall comply *'ith
UL Standard UL797 and ANSI C80-3. EMT fittings shall be steel compression gland
t1pe. Two and one half inch (2-112") and larger may be steel setscrew type. Where a
grounding conductor is pulled, set screw type frttings ofany size are allowed.
E. Flexible conduit shall be galvanized steel with steel fittings as manufactured by Triangle.
Liquid tight flexible conduit shall be Acaconda, Carol or Gould, with Appleton "ST"
connectors, or equivalent. One-half inch (1/2") minimum trade size; except that thLree
eighths (3/8") minimum trade size will be acceptable for recessed fixtures only.
F. Surface raceways shall be Wiremold or equivalent. Raceways, elbows, fittings, outlets,
and devices shall be of the same manufacturer, and designed for use together.
G. Wireways,, where indicated on the drawings, shall be hinged cover type, sized as
indicated; complete with elbows, tees, connectors, adapters, etc. All parts shall be
factory fabricated and ofthe same manufacturer, and designed for use together.
H. Rigid, heavywall, Schedule-40, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic conduit, for direct
burial shall meet requirements of Underwriters' Laboratories. All offsets and ells shall
be rigid, galvanized steel conduit having a 0.030 inch minimum thickness, factory
bonded PVC jacket, using a prejacketed couplings to provide substantially watertight
jacketing system.
L Flexible Metal Cable:
l. Formed ofone continuous length of spirally wound electro galvanized steel strip.
Use for wiring within casework and millwork and residential units] [in all
concealed locations. Type MC for panel and switchboard feeders. Cable sizes
as required.
2. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: Squeeze or screw type galvanized malleable
iron or steel with nvlon insulated throats.
OUTLET BOXES
A. Outlet boxes shall be constructed of zinc-coated or cadmium plated sheet steel.
B. Tile boxes shall be Steel City GW or equivalent.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
t
I
I
MARCH.2OO4 16100 - 2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. All boxes provided shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the number of conductors
entering the box in addition to the devices installed in the box, per the National Electrical
Code.
D. Equip fixture outlet boxes with three-eighths inch (3/8") fixture studs.
2.04 JUNCTION BOXES. PULL BOXES, AND CABINETS
A. Iunction and Pull Boxes
l. Construct junction or pull boxes not over 150 cubic inches as standard outlet
boxes, and those over I50 cubic inches the same as "cabinets", with screw
covers of the same gauge metal. Removable covers must be accessible at all
times. Mount per "Outlets" Section.
2. Provide a standard access panel having a hinged metal door neatly fitted into a
flush metal trim, where a junction box or equipment is located above furred
ceilings or in finished walls. Coordinate location and type with the Architect.
B. Cabinets
I . Cabinets shall meet National Electrical Code requirements, be of standard make,
UL labeled, of sheet steel with corrosion resistant finish, and with ample space
for all wires, connections and equipment. Provide each cabinet with a door and
flush catch and lock. All locks shall be keyed alike. Furnish the Owner with
two (2) keys per panel.
2. Cabinet fronts shall consist of sheet steel panels with hinged doors. Fronts for
flush cabinets shall be approximately three-fourths (3/4") larger on all sided than
cabinet and set so the front will rest firmly against the finished wall surface.
3. Provide suitable devices for securing, supporting and adjusting panelboard
interiors and fronts. Cabinets shall be arranged to provide a wiring gutter not
less than three inches (3") (larger where specified by the National Eleckic
Code).
C. Boxes and cabinets shall be weatherproof construction wherever applicable.
2.05 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Conductors shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of UL and IPCEA
Standards. Minimum conductor size shall be No. 12 AWG for light and power, and No.
14 AWG for control, unless noted otherwise on the drawings or in the specifications.
No. l0 AWG and smaller shall be solid, and No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.
B. Voltage range 0 - 24: High conductivity copper, thermo-plastic insulation, 300 volt
rating.
C. Voltage range 24 - 600: High conductivity copper, moisture-resistant thermo-plastic
insulation, 600 volt 75oC rating for general use. For HID fixtures and wiring within 3
inches of fluorescent ballasts wire shall be copper, minimum 90"C rated. Sizes indicated
are for installation in a maximum 30oC ambient. Conductor ampacity shall be derated
for higher ambient installations. 600 volt aluminum wire and cable in sizes l/0 and
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCH,2004 16100 - 3
larger may be substituted for copper on services and feeders, if ampacity is equal to or
greater than copper and voltage drop is equal to or less than copper. Aluminum wire and
cable shall be terminated at switches, lugs, circuit breakers, etc. with Mac-adapt series
"MPT" machine compression adapters or equivalent.
Terminating fittings or connectors shall be a type suitable for the specific cable
fumished.
Insulation: Conductor insulation types shall be rated for wet and dry locations (unless
specifically noted otherwise) and shall be accepted by the National Electrical Code for
the particular application. Wire and cable shall have the following (or better) insulation
classes:
l. Wiring in high temperature areas, where the temperature will exceed l65oF,
shall be rated l05oC (221"F) minimum, and a type accepted by local code. This
shall include any wiring within th,ree feet (3'-0") horizontally or ten feet (10'-0')
above any boiler or heating appliance.
2. Wiring installed in floor slabs on earth fill, in conduit in fill under floor slabs,
and wiring to exterior fixtures, devices, outlets, etc., subject to weather, Type
THW.
3. Feeders and other wiring No. 4 AWG and larger, Type THW.
4. Other wiring No. 6 AWG and smaller, Type TW.
Color Coding:
1. Wiring for control systems to be installed in conjunction with mechanical and
miscellaneous equipment shall be color coded in accordance with the wiring
diagrams fumished with the equipment. Branch circuit wiring, including circuits
to motors, and all feeders shall be coded by line or phase as follows:
2. Wire No. 2 AWG and smaller shall be factory color coded. Wire No. 1 AWG
and larger may be color coded by field painting or color taping ofsix inch (6")
length ofexposed ends.
120/208 Volts
A : Black
B=Red
C = Blue
Neutral = White
Ground = Green
Switch Travelers = PinkSwitch Travelers = Purple
G. Wire pulling lubricant shall be equal to Ideal "Yellow" or Dow-Coming "Compound
1'tu, -
METAL CLAD CABLE -TYPE MC
A. Steel metal clad cable, Type MC, employing circuit conductor #14 to #2 AWG, solid or
stranded copper with THHN insulation, an insulated green grounding conductor and
galvanized steel interlocked armor cladding. The cables shall be suitable for use in dry
locations at temperatures not exceeding 90oC on AC circuits up to 600 volts in
accordance with NEC., Article 334. The cable shall be one and two hour fire rated per
I
I
T
t
I
I
T
I
T
I
T
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
VAILMOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCII.2OO4 16100 - 4
t
ANSVUL 1479 for use in wall, ceiling and floor assemblies'
l
- black, white, red, blue. The grounding conductor in each cable shall be green'
I- C. A galvanized steel interlocked armor shall be applied over the cable core complying with
I the requirements of UL Standard 1569.r- D. Only UL compatible fittings shall be used.
| 2.oi wrRE coNNEcrIoNSI
A. No. 6 AWG and larger wire: Connectors and lugs shall be solderless or compression
I type, Blackburn, BurndS Penn-Union, T&B, or equivalent. No. 8 AWG and smaller
! wire: Twist tight and apply insulated pressrre connectors. Connectors shall be pressue,
I ;"J.tfi"f:i;lJ:i;T:::"li?'
sprice caps with nvron insurator as manuractured bv
I
2.08 SAFETY AND DISCONIYECT SWITCHES,l
I A. Provide enclosed, fusible or nonfusible safety switches where indicated and herein
specified. Safety switches shall bear UL label and each enclosure shall be the NEMA
I fype suitable foi the surrounding area and conditions. Switches shall be minimum
I normal duty, horsepower rated, and shall have quick-break mechanisms. Switches used
on motor circuits shall have adequate horsepower ratings for the motors served.
f B. Safety switches employed as motor disconnect devices for two (2) or more loads shall be
of the fusible type for rejection Upe fuses.
.-
I C. Heavy-duty indushial type safety switches shall be used for 480 volt application and
shall be horsepower rated with quick-make, quick-break mechanisms and interlocked
covers.
I'l D. Sw'itches shall be as manufactured by Cutler-Harnmer, General Electric, Siemens,
Square-D, or equivalent, and all switches provided shall be by the same manufacturer.
I
' z.o9 FUSES
A. Fuses shall be as manufactured by Bussmann or Gould-Shawmut.
B. Fuses for application under 600 volts and rated at 600 amps or less shall be as follows:
l. For all fuses in the main service equipment, except for motor circuits, provide
current limiting, 200,000 nns amperes symmetrical intemrpting capacity'
Bussmarm "Fusetron" or equivalent unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
2. For all other fuses, provide rejection type with 200,000 rms amperes symmetrical
intemrpting capacity, Bussmann "Fusetron" or equivalent unless noted othenvise
on the drawinss.
C. Control Fuses shall be Bussmann one-time nonrenewable fuses.
I
I
I
I
I 'ATLM'TTNTATNL.DGE MARcH,2oo4
Project #5822,17
I
16100 - 5
2.IO WIRING DEVICES AND DEVICE PLATES
Provide the following devices where indicated on the drawings. Device color shall be
determined. Types or devices other than those listed below shall be of the same standard
or quality. The catalog numbers and manufacturers listed are intended to indicate the
type and quality. Residential grade devices and plates shall be as manufactured by
Arrow-Hart, Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton, Pass and Seymour, or as equivalent. Devices
shall have screw type terminals.
1. Receptacles: Where special receptacles are required, verify the exact type
required to mate with equipment cord-caps before ordering. Receptacles and
plug configurations shall conform with NEMA Standards for amperage and
voltage classification and shall comply with NEMA WD-l and UL 20 tests.
a. Groundingtypeduplexthroughout:[ubbell"Styleline".
b. Duplex weatherproof receptacle shall have integral ground-fault
orotection Hubbell GF5262 with 5210 cover.
Clock outlet: Hubbell 5235.
Floor receptacle: Hubbell 82529 with 5-3925 cover.
Neon type pilot light: Arrow-Hart 1720-Red or 1722-Red.
Range outlet: Hubbell 94504.
Dryer outlet: Hubbell 94304.
Special outlets: As indicated on the drawings.
2.rl
2. Floor mounted telephone outlet: HubbellB2529 with 52525 cover.
3. Lampholders:
a. Keyless: Pass and Seymour ll0.
b. Pullchain: PassandSeymour33.
c. Provide 100W, 130v lamps unless otherwise noted.
4. Switches: Switches, unless noted, shall be the a-c, tumbler, quiet fpe;20A
Hubbell Styleline series. Switches shall be fully rated for either inductive or
incandescent loads. Key switches shall be Leviton l 12lL series.
5. Device Plates: Provide a device plate for each outlet to suit the device installed
and blank plates or covers for junction boxes or empty outlets. Flush device
plates shall be satin brush finish stainless steel, 0.030 inch thick and provided in
garages, mechanical and electrical rooms and utility areas. Flush device plates
shall be high abuse nylon, Bryant 88000 Series or equivalent and provided in all
public, retail and residential areas.
a. Device plates shall be as manufactured by any of the manufacturers
listed above for devices.
b. Device plates shall be one-piece type and a shape suitable for the devices
and outlets installed. Sectional device plates will not be permitted.
Where exposed wiring is permitted, device plates shall be galvanized.
c. Provide blank plates for all unused telephone outlets. Finish shall match
other plates in area.
d. Where the device plate does not cover the outlet opening, the Contractor
shall patch the opening to the satisfaction of the Architect.
e. Telephone plates shall have bushed center or telephone jack opening.
SUPPORTS AIYD HANGERS
Brackets or hangers shall be Binkley, Elce'n, Super-Strut, Unistrut, or as accepted.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
d.
f.
0
h.
MARCH.2OO4 16100 - 6
2.
J.
+.
5.
B.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.OO EXECUTION
3.01 MOTORCONTROL
A. Thermal overload relays shall be set at one-hundred fifteen percent (115%) of the
nameplate full load motor current for 40oC rise motors.
B. Dual element fuses shall be sized at one-hundred fifty percent (150%) of nameplate full
load motor current.
3.02 CONDUIT SYSTEMS
General:
1. Provide conduits as required below for all systems, unless noted. The cut ends
of all conduits shall be reamed properly to prevent damage to conductor
insulation.
Conduit sizes not noted on the drawings shall be in accordance with
requirements of the National Electrical Code, Table 3C, (except flexible
connections for lighting fixtures, use Table 350-12) for the quantities and sizes
of wire installed. Where nonmetallic conduit is utilized, the Contractor shall
provide sizes as required to conform with the fill requirements calculating the
grounding wire as an additional insulated conductor.
Securely fasten all conduits. Embedded conduit shall be securely tied in place to
rebar and/or wire mesh.
Lay out work in advance to avoid excessive concentrations of multiple conduit
nrns.
Locate conduits so that tlre strength of strucfural members is unaffected and the
conduits do not conflict with the services of the other trades. Install one-inch
(1") or larger, conduit in or through sfuctural members (beams, slabs, etc.) only
when and in a marurer acceoted bv the Architect.
Above Grade Conduit Installation
1. Above-Grade: Defined as the area above finished grade for a building exterior
and above the bottom floor slab for a building interior. Installation of all
materials for above-grade conduits shall conform with the following:
a. Install conduits concealed except at surface cabinets, motor and
equipment connections, and in mechanical equipment rooms. lnstall a
minimum of six inches (6") from flues, steam pipes or other heated lines.
b. Provide flashing and counter-flashing for waterproofing conduits,
outlets, fittings, etc., that penetrate the roof. Route all (exposed or
concealed) conduit as high as possible, parallel or perpendicular to
building lines using right-angle tums and symmetrical, concentric bends.
c. Support all horizontal and vertical runs of conduit a minimum five feet
(5'-0") on center from structural members by using Unistrut and/or
Brady clips manufactured for securing conduit.
d. Provide sleeves in forms for new conflete walls. floor slabs and
partitions for passage of empty three-fourths inch (3/4") conduit for
every four (4) spares, spaces or unused poles of each flush mounted
branch circuit panelboard. Terminate these empty three-fourths inch
(3/4") conduits in a junction box which, after construction is complete,
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCH,2OO4 16100 - 7
is accessible and will enable future branch circuit extensions liom the
panel.
e. Provide conduit expansion joints with necessary bonding conductor at
building expansion joints where required to compensate for conduit or
building thermal expansion and contraction.
f. Terminate conduits one and one-fourth inch (l/4") and larger with
insulated bushings or raintight connectors with insulated throats.
2. Rigid Conduit: Hot-dipped, galvanized rigld steel conduit (GRC) shall be
installed in the following above-gtade areas:
Embedded in above-grade concrete walls and floor slabs.
Where exposed to weather.
Wherc exposed to mechanical injury.
Where specifically required by the National Electrical Code.
All remaining areas except where other conduit is specially permitted in
the following paragraphs.
Provide double locknuts and bushings on conduits terminating at outlet
boxes, cabinets, gutters, etc.
3. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be installed as follows:
Concealed locations in funed walls or ceilings.
Embedded in above-grade concrete walls and floor slabs.
Exposed, when at least five feet (5'-0') above floor.
EMT fittings shall be steel compression gland type for EMT two inches
(2') and smaller. Setscrew steel fittings will be equivalent for larger
sizes. All fittings shall be made up wrench tight.
4. Flexible metal conduit shall be provided in sufficient (minimum 2'-0"),
maximum of 6'-0') lengths for:
a. Makeup of motor or equipment and raceway connections where isolation
of sound and vibration transmission is required. For these equipment
connections in locations exposed to weather or in interior locations
subject to moisture, liquidtight flexiblc conduit shall be used.
b. Connections to recessed lighting fixtures.
c. In remodel areas where raceways must be fished in existing walls and
cerlings as specified by the Engineer.
d. All lengths of flexible metal conduit (including liquidtight) shall contain
a separate grounding conductor as outlined under "Grounding".
5. Surface Raceway: Surface wiring permitted in the finish areas in the existing
portion ofthe building shall be enclosed in surface raceway as specified by the
Engineer.
C. Below Grade Conduit lnstallation:
1. Below4rade: Defined as the area below finished grade for a building exterior
and below or within the boftom floor slab for a building interior and within
exterior building walls that are below grade. Below-grade conduit terminated
under main service equipment, padmounted hansformers, etc., above floor slabs
and equipment foundations shall project two inches (2") minimum above floor or
foundation frnish to prevent water entry. Install exterior underground conduits
thirty inches (30") minimum below finished grade.
a. Non-Encased Conduit: Unless specifically noted on the drawings for
concrete encasement, provide rigid PVC conduit for installations in or
below slabs-on-grade, in earth, or in gravel. Offsets and ninety-degree
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
a.
b.
d.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
VAIL MOTII\TAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCH,2OO4 16100 - 8
B.
c.
D.
E.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
elbows shall be rigid, galvanized, steel conduit with a 0.030 inch
minimum thickness, factory bonded, PVC jacket and pre-jacketed
couplings to provide substantially watertight j acketing.
3.03 OUTLETS
The exact location of outlets and equipment shall be govemed by structural conditions
and obstructions, or other equipment items. When necessary, relocate outlets so that
when fixtures or other devices are installed, they will be symmetrically located according
to the room layout and will not interfere with other work or equipment. veris final
location of all outlets, panels, equipment, etc., with Architect prior to rough-in.
Locations may be adjusted by the Architect up to ten feet (10'-0") from the locations
shown without additional cost. Where fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type
ceiling, provide ajunction box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. Outlet boxes
in finished ceilings or walls shall be fitted with appropriate covers, set flush with the
finished surface.
Where more than one switch or device is located at one point, use gang boxes and
covers, unless otherwise indicated. Provide barrier partitions between adjacent switches
located in the same box when voltage between switches exceeds 300 .volts. Sectional
switch boxes or utility boxes will not be permitted.
ln lieu of grounding separate or isolate section boxes, the Contractor may provide factory
prewired, pigtailed switches; sierra 5400 series oI equal, ganged in a common outlet
box. Partitions having grommeted hole between sections are also acceptable.
Back-to-back outlets in a wall, or "Tluough-wa1l" type boxes are not permitted. Provide
minimum twelve-inch (12") long nipple to offset outlets shown on opposite sides of a
common wall to minimize sound transmission.
Mounting Heights: Dimensions given are from finished floor to centerline of outlets.
Adjust heights of outlets in masonry walls to correspond with consistent brick or block
courses, Outlets in block walls shall be installed in the core of the block. (Notations on
the drawings supersede the following):
3.04 CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS
A. Cabinets shall be set rigidly in place with fronts straight plumb. Center panelboard
interiors in panelboard door opening and adjust dead fronts fully outward to meet the
trim.
3.05 WIRE AI\D CABLE
A. Provide a complete system of conductors in raceway systems. Wiring shall be routed
through an accepted raceway regardless of voltage application. Branch circuits whose
length from panel to first outlet exceeds seventy-five (75'-0') for 120 volt circuits shall
be No. l0 AWG, or larger, as required to limit voltage drop to 3%.
B. All wire shall be insulated for 600 volts. Wire sizing noted on drawings shall extend for
the entire length ofa circuit (e.g. taps and risers up lighting poles) unless noted.
I VATLM''NTATNL.DGE
Project #5822.17
I
MARCH,2004 r6100 - 9
C. lnstall wire in raceways in strict conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Use an accepted wire-pulling lubricant. Strip insulation so as to avoid nicking wire.
3.06 WIRE AND CABLE CONNECTIONS
A. General: Terminating fittings, connectors, etc., shall be a type suitable for the specific
cable fumished. Fittings shall be made up tight. Make up all terminations in strict
conformance with manufacturer's recommendations using special washers, nuts, etc., as
required.
B. Connectors and Lugs: Splices and connections shall be made as follows:
l. Connect No. 6 AWG and larger wire to panels and apparatus with properly sized
solderless or compression lugs or connectors.
2. Connect No. 8 AWG and smaller wire by twisting tight, then applying wire-nut
or pressure connectors.
3. Flashover or insulation value of joints shall equal that of the conductor.
Connectors shall be rated at 600 volts for qeneral use and 1.000 volts for use
within fixtures.
3.07 SAFETY AI{D DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Install safety and disconnect switches in general area or on equipment and accessible to
maintenance personnel. Secure switches firmly to supporting structure with acceptable
fasteners. Verifo size of switches for each installation. Where practicable, switches
shall be mounted so that the top ofthe switch is six feet, three inches (6'-3") above the
finished floor or surface.
3.08 MOTORCONTROLLERS
A. Install in accessible locations to serve respective motor, and where high ambient
temperatures will not affect overload relay calibration. Controllers shall not be located
on roof, regardless of plan notation. Provide controllers having ambient temperature
compensated overload relays for all controllers installed where the maximum ambient
temperafure will exceed I l5oF, or as noted.
3.09 WIRING DEVICES
A. Install wiring devices of the types indicated on the drawings. All connections shall be
made up tight and the devices set plumb. Use care in installing devices in order to
prevent damage to the device and the wires in the outlet box.
B. Device Plates: Provide a device plate for each outlet to suit the device installed, and
install blank plates or covers for junction boxes and empty outlets.
3.IO SUPPORT AND HANGERS
A. Support and align all raceways, cabinets, equipment, transformers, boxes, fixtures, etc.,
in an accepted manner and as herein specified. Support raceways on accepted types of
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
7
I
I
T
I
I
I
MARCH,2004 16100 - 10
B.
B.
c.
D.
!
l
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
wall brackets, specialty spring steel clips or hangers, ceiling trapeze hangers, or mallable
iron straps. Plumbers perforated straps and twisted iron wire not permitted. Do not
suspend raceways or equipment from ductwork, or from steam, water, or other piping,
but provide independent and secure support methods. hovide toggle bolts or expansion
(spider type) anchors in hollow masonry units; lead expansion shields in solid masonry
or concrete (or preferably use preset bolts in concrete); machine screu/s, bolts, or
welding on metal surfaces; and wood screws on wooden construction. Note: Nails, of
proper type, may be used for anchoring in wooden construction, in lieu of screws, only
where rigid support will be provided by their use. Use of power driven studs is
prohibited without permission from the Architect.
Where suspended ceilings ale twenty-four inches (24") ot more below the structure (bar
joists, concrete, etc.), provide independent support from the stucture for all raceways'
Where a space less than twenty-four inches (24") to the suspended ceiling occurs, the
suspending wires or hangers may be utilized to support conduits ofthree-fourths (3/4")'
or less, trade size. Mount conduits above any accessible type ceiling at a height
sufficient to permit relocation of recessed fixtures to any location' Racking of conduits
will not be permitted from ceiling suspension wires'
Provide accurately calibrated fuses of the correct capacity for overcurrent protection for
all circuits utilizing fused protective devices. Fuses shall be rated for voltages at which
they are to be applied. Paralleling of fuses will not be permitted. Fuses shall be properly
coordinated and by the same manufacturer.
Fuses for application at over 600 volts shall be as specified under Section 16300 of this
specification.
Provide two (2) spare sets of three (3) fuses for every fuse size installed.
Provide a metal cabinet with a hinged door and shelves, or holders' for neatly storing
boxed fuses. Mount the cabinet neal the main service equipment. Label "Spare Fuses"
on face of cabinet.
3.I1 FUSES
END OF SECTION
VAILMOIJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCH,2OO4 16100 - 1l
SECTION I64OO-SERVICE & DISTRIBUTION
r.OO GENERAL
A. Submit complete shop drawings with outline dimensions, descriptive literature and
complete description of the frarne size, trip setting, class, and intemrpting rating of all
breakers. Available spaces shall be identified.
PRODUCTS
2.OI ACCEPTABLEMA}IUFACTURERS
A. Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, or Square D. Panelboards, main switchboard
and/or motor control centers shall all be of the same manufacfure'
2.02 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTERS
A. Panelboards and loadcenters shall be of the ratings and configurations shown on the
Drawings. Panelboards, loadcenters and overcurrent protection devices shall have a
minimum short circuit rating as specified herein or greater where indicated on the
Drawings.
l. . 24Oll2O and 2O8Y/120 volt branch loadcenters: 10,000 RMS syrnmetrical
amperes minimum intemrpting capacity.
2. 208Y1120 volt branch panelboards: 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes minimum
intemrpting caPacitY.
3. 208Y1120 volt distribution panelboards: 18,000 RMS symmetrical amperes
minimum intemrPting caPacitY.
B. Enclosures shall be corrosion resistant galvanized (zinc finished) sheet steel. Fronts
shall be cold rolled steel, finish coated with ANSI 61 grey enamel over a rust inhibitor.
Panel locks shall be keyed alike. Recessed flush mounted panels shall have overlapping
front.
C. Doors for branch loadcenters and/or panelboards shall be one piece bolt on front with a
lockable hinged door over the overcurrent protection devices.
D. Space for future devices shall include all necessary bus, supports, and connections.
E. Bus bars shall be sequence phased, rigidly supported by high impact resistant, insulated
supporting bus assemblies to prevent vibration and resulting damage when subjected to
stress, vibration, or short circuits. Solderless terminations shall be suitable for either
copper or aluminum wire or cable.
F. Bus bars shall be of the ampere rating shown on the Drawings. Bus bars shall be plated
aluminum or copper sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on
any current carrying part to a maximum of 65 degrees C above an ambient of 40 degrees
C maximum.
VAILMOTJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
T
I
I
I
t
T
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
I
MARCH.2OO4 16400 - t2
t
I
I
I
l
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
G. Neutral bus shall be full size. Neutal bus shall be 200% rated when supplied from an
oversized neutral conductor. Neutral bus shall be capable of terminating one conductor
per pole position minimum.
H. Provide a copper equipment ground bus in each loadcenter and/or panelboard. In
addition to the equipment ground bus, provide a copper isolated ground bus when
supplied from a feeder that includes an isolated grounding conductor. Each ground bus
shall be capable of terminating one conductor per pole position minimum.
I. Provide sub-feed or feed through lugs for loadcenters and /or panelboards that feed a
additional panel without an overcurrent protection device.
J. Loadcenters:
1. Panels within residential units only shall be load centers.
2. Maximum allowable physical dimensions: 16 inches wide by 4 inches deep per
section.
K. Branch Circuit Panelboards: Maximum allowable physical dimensions: 24 inches wide
by 6 inches deep per section.
L. Distribution Panelboards: Maximum allowable physical dimensions: 44 inches wide by
l2 inches deep per section.
M. All loadcenters and panelboards shall use molded case circuit breakers:
l. Completely sealed enclosure. Toggle type operating handle. Trip ampere rating
and ON/OFF indication clearly visible.
2. Thermal-magnetic trip-free, trip-indicating, quick-make, quick-break, with
inverse time characteristic. Single-handle and common t'ipping on multi-pole
breakers.
3. Extemal handle shall be suitable for locking in the OFF position.
4. Silver alloy contacts with auxiliary arc-quenching devices.
5. Breakers for lighting circuits shall be SWD rated'
6. Provide main breakers in panelboards seryed from transformers.
7 . Shunt trip breakers shall be supplied with l20V AC coils.
3.OO E)GCUTION
3.OT GROI.]NDING
A. Provide a separate grounding conductor, securely grounded on each side of all raceways
containing sections of plastic or flexible raceways. Size in accordance with the National
Electrical Code and route inside raceway.
B. Provide grounding fype bushings for all secondary feeder conduits that originate from the
secondary section of the main distribution panel and individually bond this raceway to
the ground bus in the secondary section ofthe distribution panel.
C. Provide a separate grounding conductor for all feeders, branch circuits, and multi-outlet
assemblies.
3.02 PANELBOARDSANDLOADCENTERS
I ;ffi.y-$ilrArN
L'DGE
t
MARCH,2004 16400 - t3
A. brstall panelboards and loadcenters with the top ofthe trim six-feet, three-inches (6'-3")
from the finished floor.
B. Field check all panelboard and loadcenters loading and reconnect circuits as required to
provide balanced phase and line loads.
C. Cables installed in wire gutters ofpanelboards and loadcenters shall be neatly bundled,
routed and supported. Minimum bending radii as recommended by the wire and cable
manufacturer shall not be reduced.
D. Where panelboards are mounted r€cessed flush in wall, maintain frre integrity of wall.
END OF SECTION
T
I
,!
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
VAILMOIJNTAINLODGE
Proiect #5822.17
MARCH.2OO4 16400 - 14
D.
E.
F.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
SECTION I 65OO_LIGHTING
I.OO GENERAL
I.OI GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall provide all lighting equipment and lighting fixtures included in the
Fixture Schedule and as required for all outlets indicated on the drawings.
B. Lighting fixtures shall bear the Underwriter's Laboratories label and the manufacturer's
label.
2.OO PRODUCTS
2.OI LIGHTINGFIXTI]RES
A. Provide lighting equipment as shown on the drawings and as specified. Provide
complete lighting equipment, including canopies, suspensions, supporting brackets,
hickeys, cashing, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, lamps,
plaster.frames and flanges appropriate for the ceiling type. Provide special plates,
barriers, rings, etc., as required to comply with the National Electrical Code.
B. For the design and construction of luminaires utilizing ballasts, the ballast case
temperature shall not exceed the UL 90'C limit in a 25"C ambient. Luminaires to be
installed in a damp or wet location shall be constructed with proper gasketing and
corrosion resistant materials or coatings. Construct steel fixture channels, end caps,
interior barriers, reflectors, etc., of adequate gauge.
C. Provide all ferrous metal surfaces with a protective finish having rust inhibiting
properties. Painted finishes shall be a minimum of 1.5 mils thickness and shall have a
balance between hardness and bending properties suitable for the application. White
finishes shall have eighty-seven (87%) percent minimum reflectance. Application and
cleaning shall be done in a manner that will not cause yellowing or otherwise damage the
finish.
Fixture wire shall conform to the latest requirements of Underwriter's Laboratories and
be concealed within fixture construction.
Plastics used for light transmission shall be one hundred percent (100%) virgin materials
and 0.125 inch thick. Minimum unpenetrated thickness shall be 0.035 inch. No blends
or copolymers permitted. Plastics shall be ETL certified as light stabilized and non-
yellowing.
Ballasts
l. Ballasts fumished shall meet Underwriter's Laboratories specifications for Class
P listing and applicable ANSI Standards. Provide CMB-ETL certified, high
power factor (minimum 90%) solid state ballasts which will operate on the
nominal applied system voltage variation. Ballasts shall be capable of starting
with minimum starting temperature of 50"F. Ballasts shall be high frequency
VAIL MOI'IITAIN LODGE
Proiect#5822.17
MARCH.2OO4 16500 - I
(20ktlz or greater) and operate without a detectable flicker. Ballasts shall be
equipped with surge protection. Ballasts shall meet ANSI acceptable
performance tolerances. Fluorescent ballasts shall be General Electric, Advance,
Triad-Ultrad, E.B.T., or Universal.
2. Mercury and metal halide ballasts shall be high power factor constant wattage
autotrans former type.
3. High pressure sodium ballasts shall be high power factor auto-transformer or
reactor type.
G. Fluorescent lighting fixtures furnished shall be "ambient rated" by the fixture
manufacturer. The "ambient rating" shall be submitted in writing and shall state the
maximum ambient temperature, in degrees Fahrenheit, in which the fixture will function
continuously without actuation of the protector employed in the Class P ballast.
H. Exit sigrrs shall conform with local code requirements.
I. Lamps shall bear labels of General Electric, Phillips or Sylvania, and be per General
Electric lamp designations shown on the Luminaire Schedule. Install fluorescent lamps
aligned for proper lamp contact.
J. lncandescent lamps shall be as follows:
1. 'A" lamps shall be 99 Series, 130 volts.
2. '?AR" and "R" lamps shall be 130 volts.
3.OO EXECUTION
3.OI MOUNTING
Set luminaires true, free of light leaks, warps, dents, or other irregularities. Provide the
Iength of stems as required to hang all luminaires level and in the same horizontal plane.
Veriff the type of all ceilings before biddine, and provide fixtures and mounting to suit
the ceiling type. Mount all outlets at a position and height to clear equipment, ductworlg
piping etc., in mechanical equipment rooms, storage rooms, etc. Securely fasten all
recessed frxtures in suspended ceilings to the ceiling frame members.
Surface-mounted luminaires containing ballasts shall be mounted with a minimum one
and one-half inch (1-l/2") spacer where mounted on a combustible material, unless
specifically approved for the application.
Support luminaires only from structural elements which are capable of carrying the total
weight. All luminaires shall be mounted rigidly, without "rocking" action. Where
fixtures are surface mounted on suspended gnd type ceiling, provide two (2) supports,
spaced at least five inches (5") apart and normal to the longitudinal axis, at each end of
each forty-eight inch section (a8") of luminaire (or on forty-eight inch (48") minimum
centers at tees). Luminaires shall be supported from (load bearing) tees only. Where the
fixture orientation does not permit such support to main tees, provide additional cross
supports above the ceiling to provide bearing from the main tees, or ex tend supports
directly to the struchual system.
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
t
T
I
I
t
I
A.
B.
c.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
MARCH.2OO4 r6s00 - 2
!
t D. Protect wiring with tape or tubing at all points where abrasion is likely to occur. Provide
I chase nipples where field wiring through knockouts. Wiring in fluorescent luminaires
shall be suitable for temperature conditions and in no case less than 90oC (194'F) rating.
I E. hrstall all incandescent and fluorescent lamps in accordance with the type indicated on
Fixture Schedule.
I 3,02 ADJUSTMENT TO LUMINAIRES
f Luminaires having an adjustable type of beam spread or of the adjustable aiming type (e.9.
I floodlights, track light, wall washers, spotlights, etc.) shall be field adjusted or aimed to ther satisfaction of the Architect. VeriD/ the final placement of these luminaires and field adjust in
- accordance with the manufacturer's aiming recommendations, as indicated on the drawings, and
I as required in the field. Include an allowance in the bid to cover all costs of aiming and adjustingt these fixtures. Include an overtime allowance in the bid for aiming and adjusting exterior
luminaires at night.
. 3.03 CLEA}IING OF LIMINAIRES
t All luminaire lenses and lamps shall be cleaned prior to final acceptance by the Owner.
t
3.04 USE OF LUMINAIRES DURING CONSTRUCTION
t Luminaires required by the construction documents shall not be used for ternporary or
construction lighting except when permission for such use is granted in writing by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
t 'ATLM.TNTATNL'DGE MARcH,2oo4
Project #5822.17
T
16500 - 3
t
I SECTION I6720--FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEMS
'' r.oo GENERAL
I 1.01 WORKINCLUDED
.t A. The work covered by this section of the specifications includes the fumishing of allI l::,ffi:;*s1l:ff:"t?trrlifrffff:ffi:::ffifi:Hffil:il',$:''"
I B. The requirements of the conditions of the Conhact, Supplementary Conditions, and
I General Requirements apply to the work specified in this section.
t r.o2 RELATED sEcrIoN AND DrvrsloNsI
A. Divisions 8 - Door Hardware: Door closers.
I B. Division 14 - Elevators
I C. Division 15 - Mechanical
I D. Section 16010 - Basic Electrical Requirements
I E. Section 16100-BasicMaterialsandMethods
I 1.03 REGIILATORYREQI]IREMENTS
I A. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code'
I B. All Local Codes and Ordinances.
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
T! D. NFPA lo1 - Life safety code.
I E. Uniform Fire CodeI
F. System: UL and FM listed.
I 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRJPTION
I A. General: Combination automatic and manual fire alarm system. Devices shown on
I Drawings are the minimum acceptable, additional devices and zoning may be required by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) and shall be provided at no additional cost to
I the Owner. Alarm shall achieve minimum of 80db throughout occupiable spaces and
I meet ADA Requirements.
I
t I**il?rHrArN
L.DGE MAR.H' 2004
I
16720 - |
B. System Supervision: Provide electrically supervised non-coded power limited system,
with supervised alarm initiating and alarm sigrraling circuits and be capable of having all
addressable initiation devices in alarm at one time.
C. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of manual fire alarm station or automatic
initiating device except for condominium unit smoke detectors (local alarm only) causes
system to enter ALARM, which includes the following operations:
1. Sound and display evacuation fire alarm signaling devices.
2. Transmit signal to authorized remote station equipment.
3. lndicate location ofalarms and supervisory conditions on fire alarm control
panel and on remote annunciator panels.
4. Transmit signals to building elevator conhol panel to initiate retum to main floor
or altemate floor.
5. Transmit sigral to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown of fans and
damper operation.
6. Transmit signal to release door hold-open devices.
D. Alarm Reset: Key-accessible RESET function resets alarm system out of ALARM if
alarm initiating circuits have cleared.
E. Trouble Sequence of Operation: System trouble, including grounding or open circuit of
supervised circuits, or power or system failure causes systgm to enter TROUBLE mode,
. including the following operations:
l. Visual and audible trouble alarm by zone at conhol panel.
2. Visual and audible trouble alarin at armunciator panel.
3. Manual ACKNOWLEDGE function at control panel silences audible trouble
alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating trouble is cleared.
4. Transmit trouble signal to remote station. The specifications includes the
fumishing of all labor, equipment, materials, and performance of all operations
associated with the installation of the Fire Alarm System as shown on the
drawings and as herein sPecified.
F. Lamp Test: Manual LAMP TEST function causes alarm indication at each zone at fire
alarm conhol panel and at annunciator panel.
G. Drill Sequence of Operation: Manual DRILL function causes ALARM mode operation
to:
l. Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices.
2. lndicate location ofalarm zone on fire alarm control panel and on remote
annunciator Panel.
H. Zoning: As indicated on Drawings and as required by local Fire Marshal.
I.O5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five
years documented experience with addressable alarm systems.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
t
I
I
MARCH,2OO4 16720 -2
!
I B. Installer: Company specializing in smoke detection and fire alarm systems with five
t years documented experience, certified by manufacturer as fire alarm installing
contractor.
I 1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Fire Marshal approved shop drawings and product data under provisions of
I Division I.t
B. Provide drawing which indicate building from plans, locations ofdevices, conduitI routing, wiring diagrams, fire alarm panel, data sheets, connection details and equiprnent
I ratings, layout, dimensions, and finishes.
I C. Submit manufacturer's installation inskuctions under provisions of Division I.
I
D. Submit manufacturer's certificate under provisions of Division I that system meets or
exceeds specified requirements.
I
I,O7 PROJECTRECORDDRAWINGS
I A. Submit documents under the provisions of Division I and specification Section 16010.
I '1.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
I A. Submit data under provisions of Division I.
I B. Include operating inr*.,ionr, and maintenance and repair procedwes.
) C. Include manufacturer representative's letter stating that system is operational.
I 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDLING
I A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division I.
B Store and protect products under provisions ofDivision I.II I.1O EXTRA MATERIALS
I A. Provide two keys ofeach type.I
B. Provide five smoke detectors.I! 2.OO PRODUCTS
I 2.OI MANUFACTURERS
I A. Any of the following manufacturers may be used in the base bid.
l. Edwards
I 2. Pyrotronics
I vArL M.'NTATN L.DGE MARcH,2oo4r Projectr5822.l7
I
16720 -3
J.
4.
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.
J.
..|.
5.
6.
'1.
Simplex
Notifier
B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16100'
2.OI FIRE ALARM AND SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL PAI\TEL
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
A. The control panel shall be microprocessor based and totally power limited. The panel
shall be capable of supporting Class A (Style 6) or Class B (Style 4) Network
Communications Lines and Class A (Style Z) or Class B (Style Y) Indicating Appliance
Circuits. The panel shall have the following features:
Totally Field Programmable
Password Access Protection
Built in Panel Diagnostics
Alarm and Trouble Resound
Trouble Status Buffer
Point Identifi cation Display
24-Hour Trouble Resound
8. One Man Walk Test
9. Alarm Verification
10. Positive Alarm Sequence
B. The panel shall have the following relays with a form C configuration:
1. Alarm
2. Trouble
3. Supervisory
4. Default Alarm Mode (allows alarm reporting during microprocessor failure)
C. The control panel shall be designed to monitor two or four Network Communications
Line. The system shall process up to 256 addressable inputs (smoke detectors, manual
stations, water flow devices, etc.) and up to 128 addressable control relays. The Network
Communications Lines shall support various annunciation devices (i.e. LED
Annunciators, Alphanumeric Displays, Printers) in addition to the addressable inputs and
outputs described above. The system architecture shall allow for T-tapping ofthe
Network Communications Lines and the use of the Conventional Zone Interface devices
on the Communications Line of a group of conventional detection devices (standard
smoke detectors, manual stations, waterflow and temper switches) to be interfaced into
the system as an address point. The control panel shall contain two indicating circuits,
supplying 2 amps of power for each circuit. These circuits shall be field programmable
independently to operate a Steady, March Time or Zone Coded signaling.
D. The control panel shall contain an Alphanumeric Display/Printer interface which
contains a microprocessor with non-volatile memory to store field programmable alarm
and trouble messages. The Alphanumeric Display shall consist of two 40 character lines
for alarm, supervisor and trouble identification, and in quiescent mode, indicates systern
status. The Alphanumeric shall be back illuminated and have an adjustable viewing
angle. Provide Cerberus Pyrotronics model LAN or equivalent
MARCH,2004 16720 - 4
I
I E. Power Supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote
I annunciators, door holders, smoke dampers, relays, and alarm signaling devices. krclude
battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity for operating system in standby
mode for 24 hours followed by alarm mode for 5 minutes.
F. Detection Circuits: Supervised zone module with alarm and trouble indication.
I G. Signal Circuits: Supervised zone coded signal module, sufficient for signal devices
connected to system.
I H. Municipal Trip Circuit: Provide output connections for connection to remote stationr transmitter. lnctude municipat trip bTSCONNECT switch-
I I. Remote Station Signal Transmitter: Electrically supervised, capable ofreceiving signalsI from remote station transmitter over telephone lines with up to 4000 ohms loop
resistance, and visually annunciating alarm signals by addressable device and cornmon
trouble signal.I
2.02 INITIATINGDEVICES
I A. Manual Station: Addressabte semi-flush mounted, double action, manual station.
I B. Heat Detector: Addressable fixed temperature, rated 135oF.
!C. Area Smoke Detector: Addressable photoelectric type with plug-in base, and visual
indication of detector actuation, suitable for mormting on 4 inch outlet box.
I D. Dwellins Unit Smoke Heat Detector: Combination Heat/Photoelectric smoke with self-
containel audible device, integral thermal cleanout rated 135oF and auxiliary relay
I contact.
I E. Remote Test Switch: Key-operated switch mounted on flush cover with lamp to indicate
t detector actuation. (provide one switch for each duct mounted smoke detector.)
r F. A Conventional Zone Interface shall be provided for WaterFlow devices and Tamper
- switches or any contact type devices. This Convention al Zone Interface shall have a
Class B (Style B) circuit.
I G. A Conventional Zone Interfac e (CT)shall be provided which can monitor conventionalI detectors such as lon, Photo+lectric or Thermal and either UV or IR Flame detectors or a
Beam detector set and any number of contact devices. The CZI shall incorporate an
I integral pulsing LED for confirmation that the CZI is active. This LED shall change
I from pulsing to steady state upon an alarm condition for quick identification ofthe
alarming device.
I 2.03 SIGNALING DEVICES
I A. Alarm Hom: NFPA 72; Flush type fire alarm hom. Sound Rating: [87] [95] clB at l0
I feet. Provide integral ADA strobe larnp and flasher with red lettered FIRE on white lens.
I vArL M.'NTATN L.DGE MARcH,2oo4
Project #5822.17
I
16720 - 5
B. Remote Annunciator: Provide supervised remote annunciator including audible and
visual indication of fire alarm by addressable device, and audible and visual indication of
system trouble. lnstall in flush wall-mounted enclosure.
C. Remote printer shall be supplied and shall be connected to the Network Communications
Line. The serial printer shall be supervised for troubles via the interface module. The
user text shall be totally field progrannnable with customer's defined message (80
characters max.) including time and date.
2.04 AUXILIARY DEVICES
A. Door Release: Door closer as specified in Division 8'
2.05 FIRE ALARM WIR.E AND CABLE
A. Fire Alarm Power Branch Circuits: Building wire as specified in Section 16100 or as
permitted in Article 760 ofN.E.C.
B. Initiating and Signal Circuits: All Nehvork Communications Lines shall be three
conductor shielded or wiring approved by the Manufacturer. Building wire as specified
in Section 16100. Power limited fire-protective sigraling cable classified for fire and
smoke characteristics, copper conductor, 300 volts insulation rated l05oC, suitable for.
use in air handling ducts, hollow spaces used as ducts, and plenums.
3.OO EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force.
C. Make conduit and wiring connections to door release devices, sprinkler flow switches,
sprinkler valve tamper switches, fire suppression system confrol panels, duct smoke
detectors, and other systems or devices required by applicable codes.
D. Automatic Detector lnstallation: NFPA 72.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Division I .
B. Test in accordance with NFPA 72 andlocal fire deparunant requirements.
3.03 MAIYUT'ACTURER'SFIELDSERVICES
A. Provide manufacturer's field services under provisions of Division l.
VAIL MOTJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
MARCH,2004 16720 - 6
I
I B. lnclude services of certified technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final
I connections, and system testing.
r 3.04 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE COLOR CODE
It A. Provide fire alarm circuit conductors with color coded insulated, or use color coded tape
.r at each conductor termination and in each junction box as follows:
r ) ilffii#:l':'til"?x*frsBrackandwhite'
3. Detector Power Supply: Violet and brown.
.. 4. Signal Device Circuit: Blue (positive), white (negative).
5. Door Release: Gray, gray.
END OF SECTIONI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
t
I 'ArLM''NTATNL'DGE MARcH,2oo4
Project #5822.17
I
16720 -7
r
SECTION T6750-TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
r 1.OO GENERAL
- I.OI RELATEDDOCIJMENTS
I A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementaryt Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
I I.O2 SUMMARY
I A. This Section includes wire, cable, connecting devices, installation, and testing for wiring
I systems to be used as sigrral pathways for voice, high-speed data transmission, and
master antenna television svstems.
I.O3 DEFINITIONS
I A. EMI: Elechomagnetic interference.r
B. IDC: Insulation displacement connector.
I C. LAN: Local area network.
I D. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.
I E. STP: Shielded twisted pair.
I F. UTP: Unshielded trvisted pair.
(1 MATV: Master antenna televisionII H. CATV: Community antenna television (cable television)
I I. SUBMITTALS
I A. hoduct Data: Include manufacturer's data on features, ratings, and performance for
I each component specified.
I B. System Labeling Schedules: Include electronic copy oflabeling schedules, as specified
I in Part 3, in software and format specified by Owner.
1. Wiring diagrams: Show typical wiring schematics including the following:
I a Outlets,jacks, andjack assemblies.
b Patch panels.
! C. Cable Administration Drawings: As specified in Part 3.
t VAIL MOLINTATN LODGE MARCE,2004 167s0 - 1
Project #5822.17
I
Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that distribution
racks and their components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 16 Section
"seismic Controls for Electrical Work." Include the following:
l. Basis for Certification: Base certification on the maximum number of
components capable ofbeing mounted in each rack type. Identify components
on which certification is based. lndicate whether withstand certification is based
on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
a The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without
separation ofany parts from the device when subjected to the seismic
forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic
event."
2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identiff center of gravity of
each rack-mounted component and ofeach assembled rack type, and locate and
describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification
is based and their installation requirements.
Qualification Data: For Installer.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For voice and data communication cabling to include
in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Building lndustry Consulting Service International (BICSI)
certified firms with at least five (5) years of successful installation experience with
projects utilizing voice and data systems and equipment similar to that required for this
project.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain all products except twisted-pair and fiber-optic cables
thLrough one source from a single manufacturer.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70 (NEC), Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
D. Comply with NFPA 70 (NEC).
E. CATV systems will comply with 47 CFR 15,17, and76.
F. All copper termination materials shall be from the same manufacturer. All copper
cabling shall be from the same manufacturer.
I.O2 COORDINATION
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
t-
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
D.
E.
F.
MARCH.2OO4 16750 -2
I
I
I
I
t
t
A. Voice/Data Systems: Coordinate layout and installation of voice and data
communication cabling with Orvner's telecommunications and LAN equipment suppliers.
Coordinate service entrance arrangement with local exchange carrier.
l. Meet jointly with telecommunications and LAN equipment suppliers, local
exchange carrier representatives, and Owner to exchange information and agree
on details of equipment arrangements and installation interfaces.
2. Record agreements reached in meetings and distribute to other participants.
3. Adjust anangements and locations of distribution frames and cross-connect and
patch panels in equipment rooms and wiring closets to accommodate and
optimize arrangement and space requirements of telephone switch and LAN
equipment.
B. MATV Systems: Coordinate layout and installation of television cabling with Owner's
CATV and satellite equipment suppliers. Coordinate service entrance arrangement with
local CATV and satellite service providers.
I 2.oo PRoDUcrs!
I 2.OI MANUFACTIJRERS
I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
t l. cable:
r i 3.lf+#i;Xffi'::il::,:
c. Black Box Network Services
d. The Siemon CompanyI e. Libertv Cable
f. Commscope
C. PanduitCorp.!
2. Terminal and Connector Components and Distribution Racks:
t a. AMP lncorporated; a Tyco International Ltd. Company.
b. Leviton Telecom.
c. Black Box Network Services
I d. The Siemon Company
e. Orhonics
3. Television Cable and Distribution Equipment:
a. Anderson Manufacturing, Inc.
b. Blonder Tongue Laboratories, Inc.
c. Channel Master. Inc.
d. Chaparral Communications, Inc.
e. Comtech Antenna Svstems. Inc.
I
I
I
I vArLMouNTArNLoDcE MARCH,2'.4
Project#5822.17
I
16750 - 3
2.02 SYSTEMREQUIREMENTS
A. General: Coordinate the features of materials and equipment so they form an integrated
system. Match components and interconnections for optimum future performance.
B. Expansion Capability: Unless otherwise indicated, provide spare fibers and conductor
pairs in cables, positions in cross-connect and patch panels, and terminal strips to
accommodate 20 percent fufure increase.
2.03 MOUNTING ELEMENTS
A. Raceways and Boxes: Comply with Division l6 Section "Raceways and Boxes."
B. Backboards: 3/4-inch (l9-nrm), interior-grade, fire-retardant-treatedplywood.
C. Distribution Racls: Freestanding and wall-mounted, modular-steel units designed for
telecommunications terminal support and coordinated with dimensions of units to be
supported. Racks will meet ANSVTLA,/EIA-568A standards. Racks shall be complete
with mounting hardware, wire management rings, and Velcro cable supports'
l. Approximate Module Dimensions: 8.1 inches (2130 mm) high by 22 inches (560
mm) wide.
2. Finish: Baked-polyester powder coat.
3. Mountine width: 19"
2.04 TWISTED-PAIR CABLES, CONNECTORS, AI{D TERMINAL EQIIIPMENT
A. Cables: Listed as compllng with Category 5e of TIA./EIA-568-A.
Conductors: Solid copper.
UTP Cable: Comply with TIA,/E[A-568-A. Four, thermoplastic-insulated, individually
twisted pairs of conductors; No. 24 AWG, color-coded; enclosed in PVC jacket.
UTP Plenum Cable: Listed for use in air-handling (plenum) spaces.
UTP Cable Connecting Hardware: Connecting hardware to be IDC type, complying with
TIA/EIA-568-A, unless otherwise noted.
F. Cross-Connect Panel: Modular array of IDC terrninal blocks arranged to terminate
building cables and permit interconnection between cables.
I . Number of Terminals per Field: One for each conductor in assigred cables.
2. Mounting: Backboard or Rack.
G. Patch Panel: Modular panels housing multiple-numbered jack units with IDC-type
connectors at each jack for permanent termination of pair groups of installed cables.
l. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four-pair conductor group of indicated
cables.
VAIL MOIJNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
III
t
I
t
I
I
I
B.
C.
D.
E.
MARCII,2OO4 16750 - 4
I
T
I
2. Mounting: Backboard or Rack.
H. Jacks and Jack Assemblies for UTP Cable: Modular, color-coded receptacle units with
inte gral IDC-type terminals.
I. UTP Patch Cords: Four-pair cables in 48-inch ( I 200-nrnr) lengths, terminated with RJ-
45 plug at each end. Use keyed plugs for data service.
t 2.05 TELEvISToN cABLEs, coNNECToRS, AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT
A Components: Modular plug-in, heary-duty, industrial-, or commercial-grade units.II B. Equipment: Silicon-based, solid-state, integrated circuit devices.
I C. Cable: Coaxial cable elements shall be RG-6ru, 75-ohm nominal impedance, quad-
I shielded, cellular-polyethylene dielectric, #18awg solid copper-clad steel conductor,
PVC jacket.
I D. Plenum Cable: Listed for use in air-handling (plenum) spaces.
I E. Patch Panel: Modular panels, wall- or rack-mounted, housing multiple-numbered pass-
I through cable connectors for termination of installed cables.
- F. Cable Connectors: Type 'F', 75-ohm nominal impedance.
I
2.06 IDENTIFICATIONPRODUCTS
f A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" and the following:
I L Cable Labels: Self-adhesive vinyl or vinyl-cloth rwaparound tape markers,
I machine printed with alphanumeric cable designations'
I 2.07 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS
I A. Voice Outlet
r '1 ft:::'.3,:l'j;-ff1i,'fi:i,t',fJffi#*"'i11"filf,11-';"T,iff:fl:ii:ff:$"'
one (l) RJ-l l, Category 3 jack.
I 2. Cabling: Two (2) Category 5e UTP Cables. Two (2) pairs of one cable will be
terminated in outlet jack. Homerun all cables to Unit Media Center Panel.
I Splice points will not be acceptable.
3. Terminations: One (l) Category 5e cable will be terminated in the Voice/Data
I module in the Unit Media Center Panel. Opposite end of terminated cable will
I be cormected to outlet. One cable will be spare; loop end in outlet box. All
spare cables shall be bundled and looped in Unit Media Center Panel.
t B. High Speed Internet / Data Outlet
I VArL MOTJNTAIN LODGE MARCH,2004 167s0 - 5
Project #5822.17
I
l. Outlet: Double-gang steel outlet box with single-gang high-impact plastic outlet
plate. Color of outlet plate to be determined by Architect. Outlet shall contain
one (l) RJ-l l, Category 3 jack and one (1) RI45, Category 5ejack.
2. Cabling: Two (2) Category 5e UTP Cables. Homerun all cables to Unit Media
Center Panel. Splice points will not be acceptable.
3. Terminations: One (1) Category 5e cable will be terminated in the VoicelData
module in the Unit Media Center Panel. Opposite end will be connected to RI-
I I jack in outlet. One (l) Category 5e cable will be terminated in the internet
Gateway. Opposite end will be connected to RI45 jack in outlet.
C. Television Outlet (Refer to plans for requirements where TV outlets are shown adjacent
to voice/data outlets).
1. Outlet: Double Gang steel outlet box with single-gang high impact plastic outlet
plate. Color of outlet plate to be determined by Architect. Outlet shall contain
one (1) female,'F'-type coaxial connectors.
2. Cabling: Two (2) RG-6 coaxial cables. Homerun all cables to Unit Media
Center Panel. Splice points will not be acceptable.
3. Terminations: One (1) RG{ cable will be terminated in the Advanced Home
Telephone/Video panel in the Unit Media Center Panel. Opposite ends will be
connected to outlet. One (l) RG-6 cable will be spare; loop ends in outlet box.
All spare cables shall be bundled and looped in Unit Media Center Panel.
3.OO EXECUTION
3.OI EXAMINATION
A. Examine pathway elements intended for cables. Check raceways, cable trays, and other
elements for cornpliance with space allocations, installation tolerances, hazards to cable
installation, and other conditions affecting installation. Proceed with installation only
after unsatisfactorv conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A. Wiring Method: Install wiring and optical fiber in raceway up to accessible ceiling
spaces in non-residential unit areas, Use Ul--listed plenum cable in environmental air
spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished
spaces. Route cables concealed in walls and ceilings in residential units (raceway not
required).
B. Install cables using techniques, practices, and methods that are consistent with
Category 5e rating of components and that ensure Category 5e performance of
completed and linked sigrral paths, end to end.
C. lnstall cables without damaging conductors, shield, orjacket.
VAILMO{JNTAIN LODGE
Project#5822.17
I
T
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
t
MARCH,2004 16750 - 6
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
t
I
I
I
t
t
Do not bend cables, in handling or in installing, to smaller radii than minimums
recommended by manufacturer.
Pull cables without exceeding cable manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions.
l. Pull cables simultaneously if more than one is being installed in same raceway.
2. Use pulling compound or lubricant if necessary. Use compounds that will not
damage conductor or insulation.
3. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire or
cable grips, that will not damage media or raceway'
Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (760 mm; and not more
than 6 inches (i-50 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and
terminals.
Wiring within Wiring Closets and Enclosures: Provide conductors of adequate length.
Train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Use wire management devices to
resfrain cables, to prevent sfraining connections, and to prevent bending cables to srnaller
radii than minimums recommended by manufacfurer.
Separation of Wires: Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A rules for separating unshielded
copper voice and data communication cabling from potential EMI sources, including
electrical power lines and equipment.
Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and cross-connect and patch
panels.
All pathways designated for telecommwrications use shall be dedicated for
telecommunications use only and shall not be shared with other building services.
All installed pathways shall be accessible for the additions, moves, or removal of cables.
Enclosed pathways shall have pull points within 100 feet ofeach other.
Cable supports and pathways shall be provided by means that are structurally
independent of the suspended ceiling, its frameworl or its supports. For open ceiling
cable pathways, cable support systems shall be designed and installed to be a minimum
of 3 inches above the ceiling grid which supports the tiles.
Properly installed Ullisted fire stop systems shall be installed to prevent or retard the
spread of fire, smoke, water, and gases through the building.
Elevator shafts shall not be used as a cable pathway.
GROUNDING
A. Comply with Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
B. Ground cable shields, drain conductors, metallic raceways, and equipment to eliminate
shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross
talk, and other impairments.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822J7
MARCII,2OO4 16750 - 7
Bond shields and drain conductors to ground at only one point in each circuit.
Telecommunications Grounding Bar (TGB): Provide #6 12"x4" grounding bar with
insulated bushings in each IDF. Using #6awg copper conductor, bond TGB to TBB and
structural steel. if available.
Signal Ground Terminal: Locate in each equipment room and wiring closet; isolate from
power system and equipment grounding.
Signal Ground Bus: Mount on wall of main equipment room with standoff insulators.
Signal Ground Backbone Cable: Extend from signal ground bus to signal ground
terminal in each equipment room and wiring closet.
3.04 TNSTALLATTON IN EQTIIPMENT ROOMS AIYD WIRTNG CLOSETS
A. lnstall plywood backboards on walls of equipment rooms and wiring closets as indicated
on drawings.
B. Mount patch panels, terminal strips, and other connecting hardware on backboards,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields.
D. Use patch panels to terminate cables entering the space, rmless otherwise indicated.
E. Organize all cabling utilizing adjustable/removable wire management devices.
3.05 INSTALLATIONSTANDARDS
l. Comply with requirements in TIA/ELA-568-A and TIA/EIA-569-A.
3.06 IDENTIFICATION
A. In addition to requiremants in this Article, comply with applicable requirements in
Division 16 Section "Electrical ldentification" and TIA/E[A-606.
B. System: Use a unique, three-syllable, alphanumeric designation for each cable, and label
cable and jacks, connectors, and terminals to which it connects with same designation.
Use logical and systematic designations for facility's architectural arrangernent.
l. First syllable identifies and locates equipment room or wiring closet where
cables originate.
2. Second syllable identifies and locates cross-connect- or patch-panel freld in
which cables terminate.
3. Third syllable designates type ofmedia (copper or fiber) and position occupied
by cable pairs or fibers in field.
C. Outlets: Label cables within outlet boxes.
VAIL MOUNTAIN LODGE
Project #5822.17
c.
D.
F.
G.
E.
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
T
I
I
MARCH,2OO4 16750 - 8
t D. Distribution Racks and Frames: Label each unit and field within that unit.
I E. Within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets: Label each
I connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware. Where
similar jacls and plugs are used for both voice and data communication cabling, use a
different color forjacks and plugs ofeach service.
I F. Cables. General: Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of each termination and
tap, where it is accessible in a cabinet orjunction or outlet box, and elsewhere as
t indicated.
I G. Cable Schedule: Post in prominent location in each equipment room and wiring closet.I H:Hffiililff;:*::Xi:t*'#$,T:'J"i::',il*lTf':i:ffilij#?li;
comprehensive schedules for Project, in software and format selected by Owner.
r H. Cable Adminishation Drawings: Show building floor plans with cable administration
I :-,'lj'fh1x;13il1"y,,:1"'l;fff:::*.*:';:ilJ:l:H":[[:1ffiil:iT;H;,"f and positions, horizontal cables, work areas and workstation terminal positions,
grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors. Follow
I convention of TIA/ELA-606. Fumish electronic record of all drawings, in software and
I format selected by Owner.
I 3.07 TESTING
I A. After completion, all systems and installation shall be thoroughly tested and adjusted to
I provide a complete system in accordance w'ith the intent of this specification. For all
t areas where cable is not installed in conduit systems, test the cable prior to the
installation of drywall and after the installation of drywall. Improperly installed and
wired devices or cable to be replaced or rewired at no cost to the Owner.
r B. Results of these tests will be included in the final documentation package.
I 4.oo DEMoNsTRATToNI
4.01 SYSTEMDEMONSTRATION
t A. Upon completion and installation of systems, and after communications wire circuitry
has been energized, demonstrate capability and compliance with requirernants.
I Demonstrate to Owner that requirements for basic output signal levels as well as values
I for attenuation and signal-to-noise ratios have been achieved.
END OF SECTION T6750
I
I vArL Mor.iNTArN L'DGE MARcrr,2004 r6zs0 - 9
Project #5822.17
I
II
I